4 e Z r SA t i) - y : 1 a

SEY

LIBRARY
1925

THOMAS LINCOLN
CA

Wi

is

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF

LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1890.

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY WEST, NEWMAN AND ©CO.,
54, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.Cc.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMAN, GREEN, READER AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

1890,

;
i
i a rye sa PREVI vs RET ::
CPTHTOO8: DMO OAOHO TAGES
s ; 7 = vs
: an ;
' —
; j ae |
NOUAOL
AOA.
: a ~, Fs Te R - . ar 7 OF .
LAMY SRT - 1X8 ;
‘ iy oi | i
id ¥ 4 \
: i i 7 4 *) if r . e .
. - Mec late | = 7 7
: ee
~ = A
Lt
rg “4 e
’ = 0
Tea VOSA Ode, ooo, 5°
r OD OMA, HARHAK), Tae Te ganioR wie gees ent
: f . nd S ‘
Ai; ra yo? PANG GRRE mpi ty .
7 ; o-_ a Pay ot : : ; \ 4
VARS Tae CON ML TE AME eo Paso A Pa Ge
oa me gal AA yne. Berge .
~ | HAT Ck OES AMT AED Oa “eH oe
P ia 5 oe "ROS 1 SSHOLTRVAS he
1 : z vg ‘ ; ‘a
; . ORES = , uh
‘ i 4 eoey :
; co - : sal ; 4
A : ! ena : 3 7 ' i

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FounpDED, 1833.
INCORPORATED BY Royau CHARTER, 1885.

Hon. Hife-President.

Pror. J. O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S.,
Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1890-91.

resident.
THe Rt. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Vice- 2 residents.

JOSEPH W. DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S. og EZ OCs
FREDERICK D. GODMAN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S

Greusurer.
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S.
THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

Librarian.
FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S.

Council.
JOSEPH W. DUNNING, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Tor Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., TEI UES.
FREDERICK DU CANE GODMAN, M.A. F.R.S.
HERBERT GOSS, F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.
FERDINAND GRUT, F.L.S., &c.
PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S., &c.
RICHARD SOUTH, F.E.S.
IBODINR AY UPS SMMACONMMOING” IORIRisho Tigi iutse
ROLAND TRIMEN, F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.
Tue Rr. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Resident Librarian.
W. E. POOLE.

Assistant Librarian.
Wien EAT:

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1834—1890.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.
First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1845) ...... Price£4 13 0 £310 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) .... SOO 315 0
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) 11 Oe O 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868........ 0) 70
. op UelWecoooone 12,40
" i" ICV Uswertooe 18 0 2 5 0
; ~ Ivey Als an Saas 1 5 0
x ; UST isedd oon Ie oe W
; 7 IRS GIRS Goode 116 0
: 33 TEV S Goce ae 112 0
; a NS Dyareleretere vere if @ 3 0 0
ra 2 Uy Gan eiocn So 112 0
” ” 1877 .:<;<' 01098 1 ee)
- 1878econe ee re Or0 015 0
. ; 1879s. 6 ante 1 2 0 016 6
~ 1880 see cee 0 19 0 014 38
; iM TSS. t2eicciste 116 0 ee
n 3 TOS erect are 110 0 12:6
i F Tegsee sae c7 0 1160 3
“I 93 1SS4 oe ee actare 1 *S2"0 10
” 9 TS8b aac nrsrc cle P6706 OF195 6
os - TSSG rete aielaiets t76 0 019 6
” 99 TES ioe «cielo t ob16 019 0
9 Fy USBS aes cece I-15, 6 1.63
7 3 odo aan L6G Doe 6
TS9O creme 11970 110 0

Any single volume from 1850 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s Longicornia Malayana .......... 212 0 ne)
Baly’s Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1, Aposta-

GIGI. sc aocdaosoDpoOUECanoIeG00C50e 016 0 012 O
Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

ELAIMENOD LE? ha munatakerroletetokeiele steerer alates 0 4 6 03 4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

Pa rtittenysca a cfavavers «/slatelolecstorislelste aueino iets 0 16:50 0 4 6
Newport's ‘ Athalia centifolie’ (Prize Essay) Ona (yt)

The JouRNAL OF PRocEEDINGS is bound up with the Transactions, but
may be obtained separately, by Fellows, gratis; by the Public, price
Sixpence per Sheet (16 pp.).

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,
and they will be forwarded free, by post, to any address,

(aru 4)

CONTENTS.

ee
Explanation of the Plates
List of Fellows ..
Additions to the Eibesy.

MEMOIRS.

. On the South American species of Diabrotica. Part I.

By the late Josurn S. Bary, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., &e.

. Notes on a new genus of Lycenide. By LIoNEL DE NIcE-

VILLE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S8., &e.

. On the phylogenetic significance of the wing-markings in

certain genera of the Nymphalide. By Frepurick A.
Drxry, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham College, and
Demonstrator in the University Museum, Oxford.

. Systematic temperature experiments on some ee

in all their stages. By Frepreric MERRIFIELD, F.E.S.

. The moths of Burma. Part I. By Colonel CHar.es

SwinuoEg, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

. The moths of Burma. Part II. By Colonel CHaries

SwinHor, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. On new Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. By

Cartes J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

. On some moths allied to Himantopterus, with description of

a new species. By Henry J. Euwes, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. On some aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. ay. Davip

Suarp, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

. Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of

Gibraltar. By James J. Waker, R.N., F.L.S.

. Notes on certain species of Cetoniide of the section Golia-

thides. By Prof. Joun O. nen OoD: M.A., F.L.S., Hon.
Life Pres. Ent. Soc. Lond.

. On the structure of the terminal ae in some male

Hemiptera. By Davip Suarp, M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e..

. On the classification of the aes i the Buropean

fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A.,

. Additions to the Cicindelide fauna of leds with remarks

on some of the previously-recorded species. Boe HENRY
Wauter Bates, F.R.S., F.L.S., &. .. ;

. A Catalogue of the Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera wdlieded
in the Shan States, with notes on the country and climate.
By NEVILLE ManpERs, M.R.C.S., F.E.S., ee te
Medical Staff. :

PAGE
viii

1x

. Xxili

87

89

131

161

201

297

329

339

361

393

399

429

493

511

(wit? |)
PAGE
XVI. Notes on the species of the families Lycide and Lampyridea,
contained in the Imperial Museum of Calcutta, with de-
scriptions of new species, and a list of the species at
present described from India. nh the Rey. Henry S.
Goruam, F.Z.S., F.E.S. we

XVII. On some new species of African diurnal Lepidoptera
Pure Crow ey, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., &e. :

XVIII. A Catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim aanteetea "
Henry J. Elwes and the late Otto Méller. By Prerer
Cat: eee Hon. F.E.S., with notes iy Henry J.
Euwes, F.L.S. ae :

XIX. On a species of Aiden insects Pa the bread-fruit
trees in Ceylon. By Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A.,
F.L.S., &e. 56 ae ; A

XX. Further notes on the synonymy of the genera of Noctuites.
By Arruur G. Buruzr, F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

541

By
551

557

649

653

Proceedings for 1890..

President’s Address ..
Index ..

. xivili
1xi

EXPLANATION

Plates I., II., III.
See pages 89—130

OF THE PLATES.

Plates XII., XIII., & XIV.
See pages 399—428

ny nd Meira fe » XV. See ,, 429—492

See ,, 131—160 » XVI. See ,, 493—510
» VI. See ,, 161—200 » RVI VL
Pe Willer Ville See pages 551—556

See’ 4, :201—296 soe VRE sk RO
pt LX. See ,, 297—328 See pages 557—648
sk te See ,, 329—338 XXI. See ,, 649—652
Sele XL See ,, 393—398

ERRATA.
TRANSACTIONS. °

Page 476, 1. 8, leonalis, Oberth:, dele * and transfer to MNrstxena.
», 489, 1. 4, for Crasrmeris, n. g., read PseLNoPHoRus, Wallgr.
», 516, for Danais liminace read limniace.
», 925, for Kalluna inachus read Kallima inachis.
», 526, for LyBITrHmINa& read LipytHEINa.
» 036, for Leptocircus cureus read curius.

Gn Iga’)

Vist of Fellows

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of

HONORARY FELLOWS.
Election.

1875 Burmeister, Hermann Carl Conrad, Buenos Ayres.
1885 Douxkxn, Carl August, Stettin.

1863 Hacen, Hermann August, Cambridge, U.S.A.

1884 Mixer, Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.
1884 OstTEN-SackEN, Baron C. R. von, Heidelberg.

1884 Pacxarp, Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1889 Ruxey, Prof. Charles V., Washington, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Geneva.

1871. Senys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liege.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter C. T., Rotterdam.

FELLOWS.

Marked * are Original Members.
Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of
Tlection.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68 St. Ermin’s Mansions,
Caaxton-street, Westminster, 8.W.
1877. Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.
1885 Apxin, Robert, Wellfield, Lingard-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1880 AnpRri, Ed., Member of the Entomological Societies of
France, Berlin, Stettin, &e., 21 Boulevard Brétonmere,
Beaune (Cote @Or), France.
b

xX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1856 ArmrracE, Ed., R.A., 3 Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

1886 Atmore, E. A., 3 Haylett-terrace, Hxton’s-road, King’s
Lynn, Norfolk.

18838 ArtyE, Robt. Jervoise, Ingow Grange, Stratford-on-Avon.

* +Baprneton, Charles Cardale, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c.,

Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge,
5 Brookside, Cambridge.

1885 Baker, George T., F.L.S., 16 Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.

1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Corfe Castle, Dorset.

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., Knott's Green, Leyton, Essex.

1886 Bareacui, Nobile Cavaliere Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo
Tempi No.1, Florence, Italy.

1887 Barker, H. W., 83 Brayard's-road, Peckham, 8.E.

1884 Barrett, Charles Golding, Inland Revenue Department,
Somerset House, W.C.; and 39 Linden Grove, Nunhead,
S.E.

1865 Barron, Stephen, 32 St. Michael's Hill, Bristol.

1861 Bates, Henry Walter, F.R.S., F.L.8., &., 11 Carleton-
road, Tufnell Park, N.

1890 Bazerr, Mrs. Eleanor, Springfield, Reading, Berks.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, 153 Hither Green Lane, Lewisham, 8.E.

1882 Bere, Carl, Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres.

1886 Brppus, F. W., M.A. Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,

Kent. ‘

1880 bicneLi, George Carter, 7 Clarence-place, Stonehouse,
Plymouth.

1879 Bruuurs, T. R.,20 Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,
S.E.

1889 Buanprorp, Walter F.H., M.A., 48 Wimpole-street, W.

1890 Buarcu, W. G., 214 Green Lane, Smallheath, Birmingham.

1885 Buiatruwayrt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Hagle House, Bath-
easton, Bath.

te BuoMEFIELD, The Rev. Leonard, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 19 Bel-

mont, Bath.

1886 BiLoomriritp, The Rey. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling
Rectory, Hastings.

1875 Borrer, Wm., junr., F.G.8., Pakyns Manor House,
Hurstpierpoint, Sussex.

1876 Boscuer, Edward, Bellevwe House, Twickenham.

1888 Bowsr, B. A., Langley, Hltham Road, Lee, Kent.

LIST OF FELLOWS. x1

1852 | Boyp, Thomas, Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill,

1867
1886
1877

1870
1890
1879
1878
1887
1886
1890
1883

1855
1889

S.E.

Boyp, William Christopher, Cheshunt, Herts.

Bripeman, John B., F.L.S., 40 St. Giles’, Norwich.

Brices, Charles Adolphus, 55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.
and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briees, Thos. Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead,
Surrey.

Bristowg, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, 8.E.

Bronentartr, Le Chevalier Charles, Memb. Ento. Soc.
France, and Memb. Geol. Soe. France, Foreign Corr. Geol.
Soc. Lond. &e., 8 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

Brown, Henry Rowland, B.A., Oxhey Grove, Stanmore,
Middlesex.

Brown, John, 5 King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Bryant, George, 6 Oakley Crescent, Chelsea, S.W.

Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe,
Haslemere, Surrey.

Burne, Edward Henry, 32 Bedford-row, W.C.

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, S.W.

1868 + Burter, Arthur Gardiner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum,

1883

1886

1886
1885

1860
1880

1889

1890

1886
1890

South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,
Beckenham, Kent.

Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., Windeyer, Ashley-
road, Crouch Hill, N.

CaLvERT, Wm. Bartlett, Colegio Yngles, 13 Calle Nataniel,
Santiago, Chili, South America.

CamEroN, Peter, Olive Mount, Sale, Cheshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Rose Hill,
Hoddesdon, Herts.

CanviEzE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CanspaLr, W. D., 6 Whittington-terrace, London-road,
Forest Hill, S.E.

Cant, A., care of F, DwCane Godman, Esq., 10 Chandos-
street, Cavendish-square, W.

- CapPpER, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire

and Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near
Lwwerpool.
Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford.
CarpEN, Major-General George, Douglas Lodge, Surbiton,
Surrey.
b2

Xl LIS! OF FELLOWS.

1886 CarmicHaEL, T. D. Gibson, M.A., F.L.S., Chiefswood,
Melrose, N.B.

1868 Carrincton, Charles, Hurst-place, Bexley, Kent.

1890 Carrer, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., Lume Grove,
Knottingley, Yorkshire.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 18 Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871 Cwampron, G. C., F.Z.S., 11 Calder-Vale-road, Elms Park,
Clapham Common, S.W.

1890 CuHatrerton, F. J. S., 1382 Queen Victoria-street; and 41
Doughty-street, Mecklenburgh-square, W.C.

1889 Curisty, W. M., Watergate, Emsworth, Hants.

1886 + CuarK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields,
N.E.

1867 Cxrarxe, Alex. Henry, 109 Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.

1886 Cxrarke, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.8., Royal
Herbarium, Kew.

1874 Cock.iE, Capt. George, 9 Bolton-gardens, S.W.

1873 Coxe, William, 7 Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1884 CoLuetrt, E. Pyemont, 19 St. John-street, Manchester.

1880 CopLaNnD, Patrick F., 4% Hope Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

1883 CovERDALE, George, 24 Fleming-road, Lorrimore-square,
S.E.

1886 CoweLL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public
Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1867 Cox, Herbert Ed., 34 Harrington-gardens, South Kensing-
ton, W.

1888 CreGor, J. P., Tredinnick, Bodmin.

1890 Crewe, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., F.L.S., F.G.8.. Sec. R.M.S.,

5 Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

1888 Croker, A. J., 156 Terminus-road, South Norwood, S.E.

1883 Crow.ey, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Waddon House, Croydon.

1888 Crusu, W., Hlim, Ulwndi-road, Westcombe Park, Black-
heath, S.E.

1873 Daun, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne.

1888 Date, Henry F., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S., Royal Thames Yacht
Club, 2 Savile Row, London, W.

1887 Dautry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.8., Madeley
Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire.

1886 Dannatr, Walter, F.Z.8., luy Dene, Westcombe Park,
Blackheath, 8.E,

1885

1837

1886

1875
1887
1889
1885
1873
1886
1876
1889

1874
1884

1867

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xill

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.8., 20 Thuwrloe-square,
S.W.

DrvonsHIRE, His Grace The Duke of, K.G., M.A., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., &c., Devonshire House, 78 Piccadilly, W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D.,
Professor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow,
Glasgow.

Distant, Wm. Lucas, Post Office, Pretoria, Transvaal,
South Africa.

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham
College, Wadham College, Oxford; and Friern Lea,
North Finchley, N.

Dosriz, N. F., The New Walk, Beverley, Yorkshire.

Donovan, Charles, junr., M.D., Gurteen, Bandon, Co. Cork.

Doria, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

Dormer, The Right Honourable Lord, Grove Park, Warwick.

Doveuas, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153 Lewisham-
road, Lewisham, 8.H.

Downine, John W., 59 Lupus-street, St. George’s-square,
S.W.

Dowsett, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Druct, Hamilton H. C. J., 43 Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 48 Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.

1849 + Dunnine, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., 12 Old-

1865
1883

1890
1865

1886
1884
1886
1886
1878

1886

square, Lincoln’s Inn, W.C.
D’Ursan, W. 8S. M., F.L.S., Moorlands, Exmouth, Devon.
Durrant, John Hartley-, The Cottage, Merton Hall,
Thetford, Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Hnton Lodge, Witley, Surrey.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., The Vicarage,
Shepton Montague, Castle Cary, Somersetshire.

Epwarps, James, 131 Rupert-street, Norwich.

Epwarbs, Stanley, F'.Z.8., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E.

E.isHa, George, 122 Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

Eis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 159 Howard-place, Skelton,
Stoke-on-Trent.

Ewes, Henry John, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vicz-PRESIDENT, Preston
House, Cirencester.

Enock, Frederick, 11 Parolles-road, Upper Holloway, N.

X1V LIST OF FELLOWS.

1890 Farn, Albert Brydges, Mownt Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ;
and Medical Department, Local Government Board,
Whitehall, S.W.

1890 Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E.

1886 Frnwick, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

1881 Ferrepay, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

1889 Ferrnaxp, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1878 Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77 St. Helen’s Gardens
N. Kensington, W.

1874 Firou, Edward A., F.L.8., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1886 Fircu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.

1865 Fuiercusr, J. E., 26 McIntyre-road, St. John’s, Worcester.

1883 + FLercuErR, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,
Sussex.

1885 Foxknr, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1880 Fow ter, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secretary, The
School House, Lincoln.

1883 FRrEMAN, Francis Ford, 8 Leigham-terrace, Plymouth.

1888 Fremuin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth,
Maidstone, Kent.

1855 Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill Howse, Dulwich Wood
Park, Norwood, 8.E.

1889 FRyeER, Charles John, Hmscote-road, Warwick.

1884 Furr, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., care of Jos. Anderson, jun.,
Alre Villa, Chichester.

1887 Gauan, Charles J.,M.A., British Museum (Natural History),
South Kensington, 8.W.; and 8 Rylett Crescent,
Shepherd’s Bush, W.

1887 Gatton, Francis, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. (President, Anthro-
pological Institute), 42 Rutland Gate, S.W.

1890 GarpneER, John, 6 riars-Gate, Hartlepool.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S, F.Z.S.,
VickE-PRESIDENT, South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham,
Sussex; and 10 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1890 GoLpTHwalTE, Oliver, 2 Oak Villas, Lea Bridge Road,
Leyton, Essex.

1886 | GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Aubrey, Lyming-
ton, Hants.

1855 Goruam, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.8., The Chestnuts,
Shirley Warren, Southampton.

1874

1886
1865

1888
1846

1890
1885

1889

1877
1886
1889
1889

1881
1888

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV

Goss, Herbert, F'.L.S., F.G.S., Szcretary, Berrylands,
Surbiton Hill, Surrey.

GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.

GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Apsley-road,
Clifton, Bristol.

GrirritHs, G. C., 43 Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol.

Grut, Ferdinand, F.L.S., Liprartan, 9 Newcomen-street,
Southwark, 8.B.

Hat, A. E., Norbury, Pittsmoor, Sheffield.

Hau, Thomas William, 7 Princess-road, Selhurst, South
Norwood, 8.E.

Hamitton, The Rev. W. A., 1 Dereham-terrace, Truro,
Cornwall.

Harpine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

Harris, John T., Newton-road, Burton-on-Trent.

Harrison, John, 7 Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

Henn, Arnold Umfreville, Heaton Chapel Rectory, near
Stockport.

Henry, George, 38 Wellington-square, Hastings.

Hiaes, Martin Stanger, Mason Science College, Birming-
ham.

1876 + Hituman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1890

1888

1887

1887
1886

Hopaxinson, J. B., Ellerslie, Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston,
Lancashire.

Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., Wordfield, Clive-road,
Penarth, Cardiff.

Hoxiuanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue,
Pittsburg, Penn., United States.

HonratH, Ed. G., 8 Unter den Linden, Berlin.

Horner, A. C., Tonbridge, Kent.

1876 + Horniman, Fredk. John, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &e.,

Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, 8.K.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., 94 Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888

Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New
Zealand.

1880 + IncHBaALD, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Grosvenor Terrace, Horn-

sea, Holderness.

XV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1886 Jacoxsy, Martin, 7 Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

1885 + James, Harry Berkeley, F.Z.S., F.R.G.8., Las Salinas,
Valparaiso, Chili; and The Oaks, Woodmansterne, near
Epsom, Surrey.

1848 Janson, Ed. W., 82 Victoria-road, Finsbury Park, N.;
and 35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and
35 Little Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4 Haststreet, Lewes.

1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd.

1889 Jonnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh
Ireland.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Sloperton
Lodge, Kingstown, Ireland.

1884 Kappet, A. W.,F.L.S.,5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876 Karrer, Dr. F., Putbus, Riigen, North Prussia.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1872 Kaye, Ernest St. G., Jessore, Bengal.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26 Charles-street, St. James, S.W.

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.

1886 Kew, H. Wallis, 5 Giesbach-road, Upper Holloway, N.

1890 Kimpsr, Miss M., Cope Hull, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1890 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207 Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kirpy, W. F., F.L.S., 5 Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, W.

1889 Kuapdtex, Professor Franz, Zoological Department, Royal
Museum, Prague, Bohemia.

1887 + Kunin, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer,
Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red
House, Stanmore, Middlesex.

1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28 Link-strasse, Berlin.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., R.E., 7 Medina Villas, West Brighton.

1887 + LeEcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c.,
29 Hyde Park Gate, S.W.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1876 Lewis, George, F'.L.8., 101 Sandgate-road, Folkestone.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XVll

1886 Livett, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1875 Livinestonr, Clermont, Hast Lodge, Forest Rise,
Walthamstow, Essex.

1865 + Luewetyn, J. Talbot Dillwyn, M.A., F.L.8., Yuisgerwn,
Neath.

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussex.

1885 Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road,
Nightingale-lane, Clapham Common.

1850 Lown, W.H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road,
Wimbledon Park, S.W.

1850 + Lussock, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.8., F.G.8., &¢., High Elms, Farnborough,
Kent.

1880 Lupton, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-rd., Headingley,
Leeds.

1887 Lynam, R. G., M.B., 20 Magdalen-street, Oxford.

1887 M‘Doucatt, James Thomas, Dwnolly, Morden-road,
Blackheath, S.E.
1851 + M‘Intosu, J.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., The Old Brewery, Masuri, Western
Himalayas, India.
- 1858 M‘Lacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Westview,
Clarendon-road, Lewisham, 8.E.
1887 Manpers, Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Medical Staff Mess,
Rawal Pindi, India.
1865 Marsuautt, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming
Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall.
1856 + MarsHatu, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.
1874 + Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Burton-on-Trent.
1887 Matruews, Coryndon, Hrme Wood, Ivybridge, South Devon.
-1865 Matuew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S.,
Lee House, Dovercourt, Essex.
1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Percy Cross,
Fulham-road, S.W.
1872 + Metpota, Prof. Raphael, F.R.S., F.R.A.S., F.C.S.,
6 Brunswick-square, W.C.
1885 Metviu1, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., &e., Kersal Cottage,
Prestwich, Lancashire.
1887 MerRRIFIELD, Frederic, 24 Vernon-terrace, Brighton.
1888 Meryer-Darcis, George, Endsleigh, Highfield Hill, Upper
Norwood,

XV1ll
1880
1883
1886
1879
1853

1886

LIST OF FELLOWS.

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Ramsbury, Hungerford,
Berkshire.

Mites, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

Miskin, W. H., Brisbane, Queensland.

Monrterro, Senor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72 Rua
‘do Alecrion, Lisbon.

Moors, Frederic, F.Z.S., A.L.S., Claremont House,
Avenue-road, Croydon-road, Penge, S.B.

Morean, A. C. F., F.L.S., Villa Nova de Gaya, Oporto,
Portugal.

1889 } Mortcr, The Rey. F.D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College,

1889

Oxford, 27 Hillmorton-road, Rugby.
Mostry, 8. L., Beawmont Park, Huddersfield.

1869 + Miuier, Albert, F.R.G.S., 1954 Junkerstrasse, Berne,

Switzerland.

1872 + Murray, Lieut. H.

1886

1886
1889

1887

1878

1890
1882

1886
1886
1878

1869
1877
1883

18758
1.86

Moutcu, J. P., Hornsey-road, N.

Neave, B. W., 95 Queen’s-road, Brownswood Park, N.

NEVINSON, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 6 Tite-street, Chelsea,
S.W.

Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple
Barton, Oxon.

Newman, Thomas P., F.Z.S., 54 Hatton Garden, E.C.; and
Hazelhurst, Haslemere, Surrey.

NewsteEaD, R., The Museum, Chester.

NicéviLue, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ;
and 13 Kyd-street, Calcutta.

NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

Norris, Herbert E., 15 Market Place, Cirencester.

NorripGE, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

OBERTHUR, Charles (fils), Rennes, France.

OBERTHUR, Rene, Rennes, France.

OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 21 Longridge-
road, Karls Court, S.W.

OLIVIER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

Our, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Depart-
ment of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S.
Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X

1878 OrmERop, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.8., Torrington
House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1880 OrmeERop, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell
Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1841 + OwEN, Sir Richard, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., M.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S. F.G.8., &., Sheen Lodge, Richmond Park, S.W.

1854 Pascor, Francis P., F.L.8., 1 Buwurlington-road, West-
bourne Park, W.

1884 Patron, W. H., Waterbury, Connecticut, U.S.A.

1887 Peers, John Witherington, M.A., Wendover, near Tring,
Herts.

1888 PrENNINGTON, F., jun., Broome Hall, Holmwood, Surrey.

1885 PrERINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town,
South Africa.

1879 Prrxkins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-wnder-Edge, Gloucester-
shire.

1887 Puiiips, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter’s
Hill, Kent.

1881 Pim, The Rey. H. Bedford, M.A., 17 Margaret-street, W. ;
and Leaside, Kingswood-road, Upper Norwood, S.E.

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Heerengracht 476,
Amsterdam.

1885 Poor, W. E., 11 Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Greenfield House, Huddersfield.

1884 + Poutton, Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,
Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thur-
caston Rectory, Leicester.

1876 PREUDHOMME DE Borne, Alfred , Rue Scuwtin 11, Schaerbeck,
Brussels.

1878 Pricer, David, 48 West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1886 Raconot, E. L. (Ex-President Ento. Soc. France), 12 Quai
de la Rapeée, Paris.

1882 + RamspENn, Hildebrand, M.A., F'.L.8., 26 Upper Bedford-
place, Russell-square, W.C.

1874 Rexp, Edwyn C., Banos de Cauquenes, Valparaiso, Chili.

1890 RenpLESHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall,
Woodbridge, Suffolk.

1886 Ruopxs, John, F.h.M.S., 860 Blackburn-road, Accrington,
Lancashire.

XX LIST OF FELLOWS.

1853 Rreon, The Most Honourable The Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,
F.R.S., F.L.S., &e., 9 Chelsea Hmbankment, 5.W.

1889 Rostnson, Arthur, B.A., Brettanby Manor, Darlington.

1869 + Rosrnson-Dovetas, William Douglas, M.A., MS.,
F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 5 Royal Exchange Avenue, E.C.

1868 Roruney, G. A. J., 15 Versailles-road, Norwood, 8.H.

1888 Roruscuitp, The Honble. Walter de, 148 Piccadilly,
W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 RoutLepes, G. B., 50 Russell-square, W.C.

1865 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S., Highfields,
Thelwall, Warrington.

1885 Sapet, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South
Side, Clapham Common, S.W.

1875 Sait, Auguste, 13 Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 + Satviy, Osbert, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., 10 Chandos-
street, Cavendish-sq., W.; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst,
Haslemere.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., ‘‘ Peace Wold,” Radnor Park-road,
Folkestone.

1885 Sanpars, T. C., 46 Cleveland-square, Hyde Park, W.

1865 + SaunpERs, Edward, F.L.S., TREAsuRER, St. Ann’s, Mount
Hermon, Woking, Surrey.

1861 + SaunpErs, G.S., 20 Dents-rd., Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 Saunpers, Prof.Wm., London, Ontario, Canada (President
of the Entomological Society of Ontario).

1881 Scoxuick, A. J., Albion Lodge, Putney, 8.W.

1886 ScuppER, Samuel H., Cambridge, Mass., United States.

1875 + Seaty, Alfred Forbes, Cochin, South India.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10 Newgate-
street, H.C.

1862 Swarr, David, M.B., C.M., Edin., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8.,
Wilmington, Dartford, Kent ; and University Musewm
of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 Suaw, A. Eland, Wandsworth Dispensary, Wandsworth,
S.W.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F'.Z.8., 18 Rutland
Gate, W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. XX1

1887 Sipewicx, A., M.A. (Fellow of Corpus Christi College,
Oxford), 64 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1877 SuaTeR, John Win., 386 Wray-crescent, Tollington Park, N.

1883 Smiru, Frederick W., Hollywood, Lewisham Hill, S.E.

1869 SwmirH, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 136 Harley-street, Cavendish-
square, W.

1885 SmirH, Sidney Philip, 22 Rylett-road, Shepherds Bush, W.

1885 Sour, Richard, 12 Abbey-gardens, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

{ Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1848 + Stainton, Henry Tibbats, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.8., &c.,
Mountsfield, Lewisham, 8.E.

1889 SranDEN, Richard 8., 67 Harl’s Court-square, South Ken-
sington, W.

1890 Stearns, A. E., 29 Uharleville-road, West Kensington, W.

1862 Stevens, John S., 7 Ravenna-road, Putney, S.W.

1837 Stevens, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper
Norwood, 8.E.

1889 Srraron, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Wilts.

1886 SurraGcE, J. Lyddon, B.A., 76 Regent’s Park-road, N.W.

1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

1884 SwinHor, Colonel Charles, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Avenue House,
Cowley-road, Oxford.

1876 Swinton, A. H., Tudor Villas, Gery-street, Bedford.

1886 THEOBALD, F. V., Chestnut Avenue, Kingston-on-Thames.

1889 THORNEWILL, The Rev. C. F., M.A., Burton-on-Trent.

1859 + Tren, Roiand, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Curator of South African
Museum), Cape Town, Cape Colony.

1886 Tur, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,
S.E.

1869 VaucHan, Howard W. J., Woodford Green, Essex; and
55 Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C.

1866 VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

1889 Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taiback, South Wales; and
Trinty College, Cambridge.

XXll “ LIst OF FELLOWS.

1876 WakeEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1886 Watxer, Alfred O., F.L.S., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay,
Denbighshire.

1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun
Mallard, Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 Waker, JAMES J., R.N., F.L.S., 28 Ranelagh-road, Marine
Town, Sheerness.

1863 + Wauuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.,
Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.

1889 Wat.ey, The Rey. John, Wuhw, China.

1866 + WatstncHAM, The Right Hon. Lord, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., &c., PRESIDENT, Haton House, 66a Eaton-square,
S.W.; and Merion Hall, Thetford, Norfolk.

1888 Watton-Lewis, The Rev. R., Kamastone, Queenstown,
Cape Colony.

1886 WarreEN, William, M.A., 3 Kempson-road, Walham Green,
S.W.; and British Musewm, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1869 WarerHousE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens,
Acton, W.; and British Museum, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1845 Werr, John Jenner, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Chirbury, Beckenham,

Kent.
1876 | WesterN, E. Young, 27 Craven Hill Gardens, Bays-
water, W.

os Westwoop, John Obadiah, M.A., F.L.S. (Professor of

Zoology in the University of Oxford), Honorary LIFE
PRESIDENT, 67 Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1882 Weymer, Gustav, Sadowa-strasse 21a, Hlberfeld, Rhenish
Prussia.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,
Norwich.

1868 + WHite, F. Buchanan, M.D., F.L.8., Annat Lodge,
Perth, N.B.

1865 Wuutr, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884. Wuurr, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,
Sheffield.

1882. Wruiams, W. J., Zoological Society, Hanover-square, W.

1881 Woop, The Rey. Theodore, Merton Cottage, Baldock, Herts

1888 YeERBuRY, Major J. W., R.A., Colombo, Ceylon.
1886 Youna, Morris, Free Museum, Paisley, N.B,

(i SXIDIG@))

ADDTREONS, COs DHE ULB RAR Y

DurInG THE YEAR 1890.
)?

AsrinLE (L’). Journal d’Entomologie, XXV, 1889, redigé par S. A.
de MarsEvt. The Editor.
AviErz (G.). Myrmecologiska Studier. 8vo. Stockholm, 1886.
The Author.
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. I., part 2.
The Director.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History for 1889 and 1890.
Purchased.
AsumEap (Wm. H.). On the Hymenoptera of Colorado. 8vo. Wash-
ington, 1890.
Arxinson (E. T.). Catalogue of the Insecta of the Oriental Region
(Insecta, No. 2). Family Carabide. Calcutta, 1889.
The Author.
Catalogue of the Insecta of the Oriental Region (Insecta, No. 4).
Family Dytiscide. The Author.
Catalogue of the Capside (Insecta, No. 2). Calcutta, 1889.
The Author.
Notes on Indian Economic Entomology. Rhyncota.
The Author.
Avriviuius (C.). Bidrag till kannedomen om vara solitara gettingars.
The Author.

Ofversigt .. . familyen Brachyceride. The Author.
Revisio Microceridarum et Protomantidarum. 4to. Stockholm,
1887. The Author.
Revisio Lepidopterorum Ludovic Ulrice. 4to. Stockholm.
1887. The Author.

Coleoptera och Lepidoptera. The Author.

Bere (Carlos). Enumeratio systematica y Sinonimica de los Formicidos.
The Author.

Bertxau (Dr. Ph.). Bericht iiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im

Gebiete der Entomologie wiihrend des Jahres, 1889. 8vo.

Berlin, 1890. The Author.
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift, 17 and 18. 1873 and

1874. By Exchange.
Berliner Entomologische Monatsblitter, 1 and 2. 1876 and

1880. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische, 25 to 32. By Exchange.

('' isa?)

Borre (A. Preudhomme de). Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique
du Limbourg. Troisiéme Centurie. Bruxelles, 1890.
The Author.
Pourquoi je me suis demis des Fonctions de Conservateur au
Musée Royal @histoire naturelle de Belgique.
The Author.

Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de Brabant. Quatriéme

Centurie. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.
Matériaux pour la Faune Entomologique de Flandres. 4éme
centurie. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.

Bronenrart (Charles). Les Entomophthorées et leur application 4 la
destruction des insectes nuisibles. 8vo. Bruxelles, 1890.
The Author.
Coup d’eil rapide sur la faune entomologique des terrains
paleozoiques. Bruxelles, 1890. The Author.
Les Blattes de ’époque houillére. Bruxelles, 1890.
The Author.
Bucxton (G. Bowdler). Monograph of the British Cicade or Tettigiide.
Parts 1 to 4. The Author.

Cameron (P.). Monograph of British Phytophagous Hymenoptera (Ray

Society). Vol. III. J. W. Dunning.
Canadian Entomologist (The). Vol. XXI., No. 12, and Vol. XXIL.,
Nos. 1 to 11. The Editor.

Canvize (E.). Elaterides nouveaux. 4éme fascicule. The Author.

Casry (Thos. L.). Coleopterological Notes. I. With an Appendix on
the Termitophilous Staphylinide of Panama.
The Author.
Cuervrevt (Michel Eugéne). Obituary Notice by C. Broaniarv.
The Author.
CuaRkE (C. Purdon). Is the preservation of the Industrial Arts of India

possible ? The Author.
Curz (Antonio). Saggio di un Catalogo dei Lepidotteri d'Italia.
Firenze, 1889. The Author.

Distant (W. Lucas). A Monograph of Oriental Cicadide. Parts 1 to 3.
Calcutta, 1889—90. Trustees of Museum.

Epwarps (Henry). Biographical Catalogue of the described Trans-
formations of North American Lepidoptera.
The Author.
Euuts (J. W.). The Lepidoptera of Lancashire and Cheshire.
The Author.
Entomological News. Vol. I., Nos. 1 to 6. Philadelphia, 1890.
The Editor.
Entomologist (The). 8vo. London, 1890. T. P. Newman.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 8vo. London, 1890.
The Editors.
Entomologist’s Record (The) and Journal of Variation. Vol. L.,
Nos. 1 to 5. The Editor,

¢ xxv)

GasPERINI (Ricardo). Notizie della Fauna Imenotterologa.
The Author.

Grote (A. Robinson), Revised Check List of the North-American
Noctuide. The Author.

Hacen (H.). Unsere gegenwartige Kentniss der Ephimeriden. 1889.
R. M‘Lachlan.

Has (Bernhard). Barbatistes glabricauda och B. punctatissima. 1887.
The Author.

Hansen (Dr. H. J.). Gamle og nye hovedmomenter til Cicadariernes

systematik, The Author.
Hensuaw (Samuel). Bibliography of the more important Contributions
to American Economic Entomology. The Author.

Howarp (L. O.). The Hymenopterous Parasites of North-American
Butterflies. 4to. Cambridge (Mass.), 1889. The Author.

Annotated Catalogue of the Insects collected in 1887 and 1888.
Washington. The Author.

Huust (George D.). The Epipaschiine of N.America. 8vo. Brooklyn.
1889, The Author.

The Phycitide of N. America. The Author.

Insect Life. By C. V. Rmey and L. O. Howarp. Vol. I., Nos. 7 to 12,
Vol. III., Nos. 1 to 3. Department of Entomology.

Kirsy (W. F.). On the employment of Names proposed for Genera of
Orthoptera previous to 1840. [Proc. R. Dublin Soc. }
The Author.

Krrscu (Theodor). Nekrolog (mit portrait). The Publishers.
Kosexe (Albert). Report of a Trip to Australia under the direction of
the Entomologist to investigate the natural enemies of the

Fluted Scale. Washington, 1890.
The Department of Agriculture.

Lewis (R. T.). Note on the male of Icerya Purchasi from Natal.
The Author.
Notes on the larval Forms of Orionia and Icerya.
The Author.
Lintner (J. A.). Fifth Report of the Injurious and other Insects of the
State of New York. Albany, 1889. The Author.
Lowne (B. Thompson). Anatomy, Physiology, Morphology and Deve-
lopment of the Blow-fly (Calliphora erythrocephala).
Part I. 8vo. London, 1890. Purchased.

McCoy (Frederick). Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. Decades
19 and 20. The Government of Victoria,
Masxeui (W. M.). An account of the Insects noxious to Agriculture
and Plants in New Zealand. The Scale Insects (Coccide).

23 Plates. Wellington, 1887. The Author.
Further Notes on Coccidw, with descriptions of new species
from Australia, Fiji, and New Zealand. The Author.

Motony (Sir Alfred). Notes on the Butterflies and Moths of Yoruba.
The Author.

¢

(, Xxy¥i )

Nature. Nos. 1049 to 1100. London, 1890. The Publishers.

Neat (J. C., M.D.).. The Root-knot disease of the Peach, Orange, and
other Plants in Florida, due to the work of Anguillula.

8vo. Washington, 1889. The Author.
NicevinieE (Lionel de). On new and little-known Butterflies from the
Indian Region. 8vo. 1889. The Author.

Ormerop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects

during 1889. The Authoress.
Manual of Injurious Insects, with methods of prevention.
2nd edition. 8yo. 1890. The Authoress.
Pacxarp (A. 8.). Life-history of Drepana arcuata. The Author.

The partial Life-history of Pseudohazis eglanterina, with
Remarks on the larve of allied genera. The Author.

Prerers (M. C.). Observations sur des Vols de Lépidoptéres aux Indes
Orientales Neerlandaises. The Author.

Puateau (Felix). Les Myriapodes marines. The Author.

Riney (Charles V.). Reports of Observations and Experiments, under
the direction of the Entomologist. 8vo. Washington,

1890. The Author.
Ritey (Charles V.) and S. O. Howarp. The Horn-fly. Washington,
1887 and 1888. The Author.

Saunpers (Edward). Catalogue of British Hymenoptera (Aculeata).
The Author.
SaunpErs (Edward) and James Epwarps. Catalogue of British Homo-
ptera and Heteroptera. The Authors.
ScuiupE (Johannes). Schach den Darwinismus! Studien eines Lepi-
dopterologen. 8vo. Berlin, 1890.
Entomologische Verein in Berlin.
Scnwernrurtu (Dr. G.) Sur certains Rapports entre l’Arabie heureuse
et l’Ancienne Egypte resultant de son dernier yoyage au

Yémen. 8vo. Genéve, 1890. The Author.

Scupper (S. H.) Classified List of Food-plants of American Butterflies,
Lhe Author.
The work of a Decade upon Fossil Insects. The Author.
The Fossil Butterflies of Florissant. The Author.
Mimicry and Protective resemblance. The Author.

Physiognomy of the American Tertiary Hemiptera.
The Author.

Fossil Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada.

The Author.
Sacra (John B.). Contribution towards a Monograph of the Insects of
the Lepidopterous Family Noctuids of temperate North
America. Meyvyision of the Species of the Genus Agrotis.

1890. The Author,

( xxvi )

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

ADELAIDE. ‘Transactions and Proceedings and Report of the Royal
Society of South Australia. Vols. XII. and XIII., part 1.

1888 to 1890. The Society.
Bern. Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift. Jahrg. XIX. to
XXXII. 8vo. Berlin, 1875 to 1889. By Exchange.

Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. Jahrg. XVII. and XVIII.
Monatsblatter, 1876 and 1880. Jahrg. XXV. to XXXIII.

8vo. Berlin, 1881 to 1889. By Exchange.
Catatalog der Coleopteren von Siberien von Lucas v. Heyden
(Beiheft. Berlin Ent. Zeitsch.). The Society.

Bompay. Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society. Edited
by H. M. Phipson. Vol. IV., nos. 3 and 4. Vol. V., no. 1.
The Society.

Bostoy. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Vol. XXIV., parts land 2. 8vo. 1889. The Society.

Brooxiyn. HKntomologica Americana. Vol. V., 10 to 12. Vol. VI.,

1 to 11. Brooklyn Society.
Briinn. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Vereines in Briinn.
XXVII. Band. 1838. The Society.

Brussets. Annales Société Entomologique Belgique. 1889.

The Society.

Buckuurst Hinu. The Essex Naturalist, being the Journal of the
Essex Field Club. Edited by William Cole. Vol. IIL.,
nos. 7 to 12. Vol. IV., nos. 1 to 3. The Editor.

Buenos Arres. Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires.

Dr. Burmeister.

Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias in Cordoba.
Tomo X., eutrega 3, 1888. Tomo XI., eutrega 3, 1888.

Dr. Burmeister.

Carn. Bulletin de Normandie.

CamBrivcGE (Mass.). Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. 8vo. Cam-
bridge. Trustees of Museum.

Conumsus, Onto. Bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment
Station. Vol. II.,no. 6. S8vo. 1890.

Fiorence. Bulletino della Societa Entomologica Italiana. XXI.,
1to4; XXII., 1 and 2.

FRANKFORT-ON-THE-MatneE. Bericht iiber die Senkenbergische natur-
forschende Gesellschaft. 1889. The Society.

Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergische natur-
forschenden Gesellschaft. Band XVI., Heft 1. 4to. 1890.
The Society.
Bericht tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im gebiete der
Entomologie wahrend des Jahres. 1889. Purchased.

GrnrvA. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle
de Genéve. Tome XXX., 2nd partie. 1889 to 1890.

The Society.

Genoa. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturali di Genova.
Vols. VII. to IX. (XXVII. to XXIX.). The Museum.

Guascow. Proceedings and Transactions of the Natural History of
Glasgow. II. (n.s.), part 2; III., part 1, The Society.

(. xxvii)

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

Hacur. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. XXII. Deel, 3 and 4
Aflevering ; XXIII. Deel, 1 and 2 Aflevering.
The Netherlands Society.
Haurrax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Insti-
tute of Natural Science. Vol. VIL., part 3.
The Institute.
Lonpon. Proceedings of the Royal Society. Nos. 284 to 294.
The Society.
Journal of the Linnean Society (Zoology). Vol. XX., nos. 123
to 125. Vol. XXIII., nos. 141 to 146. The Society.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London. November,
1887 to 1888, The Society.
Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society
of London. 1889, part 4; 1890, parts 1 to 3.
The Society.
Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. 3rd
Series, nos. 1 to 3; and General Index to 2nd Series.

Exchange.
Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. 1889, parts 6 and
6a; 1890, parts 1 to 5. The Society.
Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Series 2. Vol. IV.,
nos. 26 and 27. The Club.
The Naturalist ; a Journal of the Natural History of the North
of England for the year 1890. The Editors.

Transactions of the County of Middlesex Natural History and
Science Society for 1888 and 1889. 8vo. London, 1889.
The Society.
Moscow. Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de
Moscou. 1889, nos. 2 to 4; 1890, no.1. The Society.
Paris. Annales de la Societé Entomologique de France. 1889.
The Society.
PuHinapELPHIA. Transactions of the American Entomological
Society. Vol. XVI., no. 4; XVII., nos. 1 and 2. 1889 and
1890. The Society.
Sr. Perzrssurc. Hore Societatis Entomologicw Rossice. T. XXIII.
1889. The Society.
San Francrsco. Proceedings of the Californian Academy of Science.
TI. 1889. The Academy.
ScHAFFHAUSEN. Mittheilungen der Schweizerichen Entomologischen
Gesellschaft. Vol. VIII. Heft, no. 4. 1890.
The Society.
Strerrin. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung. 50 Jahrg., nos. 7
to 12. 51 Jahrg., nos. 1 to 6. The Society.
Srockuoum. Bihang till Kong]. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar.
The Academy.
Sypney. Records of the Australian Museum. Edited by E. P.
Ramsay, LL.D. Vol. I., nos. 1 and 2. 1890.
The Museum.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales.
2nd Series, Vol, IV., parts 2 to 4, Vol. V., part 1.
Lhe Society.

() -Xxx1se ¢)

Societies (Transactions of Scientific) :—

TopreKa (Kansas). Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science.
Vol. XI. 1887 and 1888. The Academy.

Toronto. The Twentieth Annual Report of the Entomological
Society of Ontario. 1889. The Society.
Tovnovuse. Bulletin de la Société histoire naturelle de Toulouse.
23 année. Janvier a Juin. The Society.
Vienna. Verhandlungen z. b. Gesel. in Wien. XI. Band, 1 and 2
Quartal. The Society.
Wasuineaton. Proceedings of the United States National Museum.
Vols. X. and XI. The Smithsonian Institution.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington.
Vol. I., no. 4. 1890. The Society.
WatrorpD AND Hertrorp. Transactions of the Hertfordshire
Natural History Society. Vol. V., parts 6 to 8.
The Society.
We uineton (N. Z.). Transactions and Proceedings of the New
Zealand Institute. Vol. XXII. The Society.
WEeERNIGERODE (Saxony). Schriften der Naturwissenschaftlichen
Verein des Hartzes. IV. Band. 1889. The Society.
SoviE (Caroline G.) and Ipa M. Exior. Notes on the early stages of
Heterocera. The Authoresses.
StopeL (Alfons). Lepidopteren gesammelt auf einer Reise durch
Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Brasilien, Argentinen und
Bolivien. Purchased.

Tompson (Isaac C.). Types of Metamorphosis in the Development of
the Crustacea, being the Presidential Address for 1890 to
the Liverpool Microscopical Society. The Society.

THoRELL (T.). Ona Silurian Scorpion from Gotland. 4to0. Stockholm,
1885. The Author.

Tryon (Henry). Report on Insect and Fungus Pests. No. 1. 8vo.
Brisbane (Queensland), 1889. The Author.

Wanker (Rev. Francis A.). The Botany and Entomology of Iceland.
; The Author.

WateruHovseE (Charles O.). Aid to the Identification of Insects. No. 31.
The Author.
Westwoop (J. O.). Revisio Insectorum Familie Mantodarum speciebus
novis aut minus cognitis. Fo. 1889. The Author.
Woop-Mason (J.). .Description of a new Genus and Species (Paryme-
nopus Davisoni) from the Oriental Regions.
The Author. '

Monograph of Phyllothelis, a Genus of Mantodea peculiar to

the Oriental Region. The Author.
The Ethiopian and Oriental Representatives of the Mantodea,
subfamily Vatide. The Author.
Zoological Record for 1888. Purchased.
Zoologist (The). 8vo. London, 1890, T. P. Newman.

d

‘2 Tinie si OAR WA Py Hote ts di ‘ a) ath att bpraul ivan ay (ART /

E ’

, . a, © |) (hen

‘ i's vy ot

‘ “ 7 «
i ‘i . uv
’ : : a
: }
cy a = *

' a i y hd - ‘

7 . +o em DDT cring TT
wariotn't Tope vexhlinn re aro 7! well hy Puch ance ee ae
Ve WAY Nw Lis F hon ae 2 :
tani iiienaantt onl, vs bona TAA, aa Uae
see ey yk ATLA hy lieth Ya og
Roupore kale Bs leat) nee OPcs) | Tf vf ete al ai Lana wane i
Tah wd eas NEF atte 8 edie he -

Wianll ne : Has f .
“(tet <i} fy (ace ih aa pe Lretaly ut i We afrelyaers 7 foun eae?
eth ALWoh te pire ay ot , Ez set at? ino
rai feQl 9, ys toni Ae Maa a a a
d cuaeald Aer sider day A
weitiy lume atk Foo .1iesmani inant wy’ Aurel!
« #010 nn. Cateye aOR ga me,

«| i Tole hve - i = 4
yupts ot aa ribo: “4 als A \ He Me ti AY iB) REE ey ae

Areiratee us fe eS a %
135 vei a8 ¢ at wil Cay ‘yi! ; (ithe Re oraA) ruGs i Fal Ue typ.

M\) eee FO pol V0” aap aiate

Yo rarhin yee alremy ehlon. sonal Sige Sek ice ee civil

ery ite tid cas Sh ax ona)
ytnoh cat’ rom. We | ane aTgnth * HOTS SRi pT awunr ‘arouse .
Dio Lek ye onal > artelie aeiignnt vntdoe's (a it oar
a <—ty eu Kone 1 ; 2 ‘ LY winrar 2 ‘
Ph barista hEL at? ur lea) 1, Aa On ares
(MAST Leta ITA. Ludi te duly AIP beg ielind any : oh
Kae Th i\ roe le = | list ae a lipat realt ar? : : eA \

at qed naa eA inst Sith “10 eal Ae “fl }4 ait AM Ay nia ib mepgnaley

=

falahoot “Seb. boat Oud hahaa eee hte an ;

ity hort. mesh. no qu hires ogprl tay daggual 4g + 1%) aon
ce gs. RS . ZEAL AD nalaieanpy ouaretett= 7 —_

fis nb th confoereedlt Beta printed ahh (Ch nisetete aa ‘Fe aes

o\ a * : - i - ‘gy +
aati; GU Rece mri ae elo! ct alse aaa
’ joie), : ie : tr

he were, rere: hi ‘ira tl) pat usb, a, corie! ofehintl MOI, t" - ,
Weinert; GP UN eed ict AYE Age ils “y j
re et
AWEMR SY (ity ft gay syra waitia aa Haha athe fs Apel +
nk tea Va T {its thea ry +13, Pao ii a pe Te
. ose aie 4 a > Ee

suite Oe -Lriol alien
pphoh tal: apd td Nay IAS ay f salt faint) Bee bina age re
Sia ot ; hay ‘Yisegtdenee nh eee

sot i

) | ve
Alva ee | SRE rena

stonenave AY ; (bE nobada “ahi ga
& SAG, / Mi Paes
cee a 7 rt
" oe *
= »' 7. = , Oy ih

THE

TRANSACTIONS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON

For THE YEAR 1890.
ae

I, On the South American species of Diabrotica. Part I.
By Josnry S. Baty, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., &e.

[Read July 3rd, 1889.]

In the present paper I have brought together all the
South American species of the genus Diabrotica known
to me, describing all those which appeared to be new,
and re-characterising those which from the original
brief and imperfect diagnoses required to be more fully
defined. Since the publication of my papers on the
Columbian Diabrotice I have received great numbers
both of specimens and species from various parts of the
South American continent; my knowledge of the limits
of the various specific forms has thus been greatly
extended, and I have been compelled to sink a certain
number hitherto considered distinct into varieties of
other earlier described species. In this paper the genus
is divided into groups and sub-groups, which will, I
trust, greatly facilitate the work of the student. I must
beg to thank Messrs. Kirsch, Meyer, P. de Borre, Fry,
Jacoby, Duvivier, Donckier de Donceel, Staudinger and
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1890.—PART I, (APRIL.) B

2 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

others, who have kindly placed their types and collections
in my hands for examination and description.

JosEPH §. Baty.
Warwick, July, 1889.

TABLE.

Section I. Fourth joint of antenne as long as or longer than
the second and third united.

A. Elytra black, piceous or metallic-green or blue, with one or more dis-
coidal spots, a medial fascia and the outer margin white,
flavous or prasinous (one or other of these markings some-
times obsolete).

a. Elytra not longitudinally grooved or plicate below the humeral
callus.

b. Each elytron with five discoidal spots, two subbasal, two medial
(this pair sometimes confluent) and one subapical.

Spec. 1, 2.

bb. Elytra each with the apex, the lateral margin and a medial
fascia flavous.

Spec. 3.

bbb. Elytra each with two subbasal spots, a medial fascia and an

apical or subapical patch, white or yellowish white.
c. Abdomen entirely flavous.

Spec. 4—7.
ec. Apex of abdomen piceous or black.
Spec. 8—12.

bbbb. Hach elytron with the outer limb and two spots placed
longitudinally on the disk, white or flavous.
Spec. 13.

bbbbb. Elytra each with the outer limb, a medial fascia and a sub-

basal spot (this last sometimes obsolete), flayous.
Spec. 14—16.

bbbbbb. Elytra with the lateral margin, the apex and a medial
fascia, flavous ; antenne pectinate in the g.
Spec. 17.

aa. Elytra more or less distinctly longitudinally grooved or plicate
below the humeral callus.

b. Elytra each with five white spots, placed 2, 2, 1 on the disk.

Spec. 18.

bb. Hach elytron with the outer border, the apex, a medial fascia

and one or two subbasal spots, yellowish white or prasinous.
Spec. 19—24.

bbb. Elytra cyaneous, the outer limb and a post-medial fascia
flavous.

Spec. 25.

bbbb. Each elytron with the outer limb and four spots or patches
placed longitudinally on the disk and sometimes confluent,

flavous or yellowish green.
Spec. 26.

B. Elytra cyaneous, the outer limb flavous, disk rugose.
Spec. 27.

C. Elytra black, each with a broad discoidal vitta and in some species a
subapical spot, testaceous or white,
Spec. 28—31,

South American species of Diabrotica. 3

. Elytra black, with linear or irregular flavous markings.

Spec. 32, 33.
— 49, var.

. Elytra flavous, each with the suture at the base and several irregular

discoidal markings, one humeral, one medial and one or
two post-medial, piceous or black.
Spec. 34—87.

. Elytra flavous, with irregular black markings, placed without order

on the disk and frequently confluent.
a. Black markings scattered over the whole surface, the hinder disk
sometimes excepted.
Spec. 388—40.
— 9 and 33 vars.
aa. Black markings post-medial.
Spec. 1, 2 vars.

. Elytra prasinous or flavous, with small black spots placed trans-

versely in pairs; these spots sometimes confluent and
forming linear fascie.
Spec. 41—47.

. Elytra rufo-testaceous, the outer limb, dilated at the apex, flayous,

the suture at the base and a humeral spot black.
Spec. 48.

. Elytra flavous, each with two annuli (often interrupted), one basal,

the other post-medial, black or cyaneous.
Spec. 49—53.

. Elytra flavous or prasinous, the base to a greater or less extent,

together with one or two patches or transverse bands, black
or cyaneous.

a. Each elytron with two transverse bands, one before the other
behind the middle, black.

Spec. 54.

aa. Elytra with a single post-medial fascia, usually abbreviated at
the suture, black or cyaneous.
Spec. 55—63.

. Elytra flavous or prasinous, each with two short basal spots or wedge-

shaped vitte#, the inner one common, together with a post-
medial patch or fascia black.
Spec. 64—66.

. Elytra prasinous, variegated with flavous; this latter colour in some

species forms regular spots or patches, in others its limits
are ill-defined, it becoming gradually lost in the ground
colour of the disk; occasionally it covers nearly the entire

surface.
a. Antenne thickened in the $.
Sp. 67, 68.

aa. Antenne filiform in both sexes.
b. Elytra with black or piceous markings, which often nearly conceal
the flavous spots.
Spec. 69—72.
— 13, var. B.
bb. Black or piceous markings on elytra obsolete, the flavous spots
sometimes stained or margined with rufo-testaceous.

c. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
Spec. 73, 74.

4 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

cc. Elytra more or less distinctly grooved or plicate below the
humeral callus.
Spec. 75—79.
M. Elytra prasinous, broadly rufous at the base, a post-medial fascia
flavous.
Spec. 80.

N. Elytra prasinous, a broad discoidal vitta rufo-piceous.
Spec. 26 var.

O. Elytra flavous, rarely prasinous, each with twe black or cyaneous
vitte, which extend downwards from the base to a greater
or less extent towards the apex; hinder disk with black or
cyaneous spots or vittule (sometimes obsolete).

a. Elytral vitta not extending below the medial third of the disk.

b. Inner basal vitta subsutural ; each elytron with two black markings,
placed transversely on the hinder disk.

Spec. 81.

bb. Inner basal vitta sutural, common.

c. Apical border of elytron nigro-piceous.

Spec. 82.

cc. Apical margin of elytron concolorous with the disk.

d. Each elytron with three black spots, placed in a triangle just
before its apex.

Spec. 83.

dd. Each elytron with two black spots or vitte, placed transversely
on the hinder disk.
Spec. 84—89.

ddd. Inner post-medial spot on elytron obsolete.
Spec. 90—93.
dddd. Both post-medial markings obsolete.
Spec. 94—98.

aa. Sublateral vitta extending below the middle third of the elytron,
but not reaching the apex; it is sometimes interrupted
below its middle.

b. Each elytron with a discoidal vitta, broadly abbreviated at base
and apex.

Spec. 99—102.

bb. Each elytron with a short post-medial black or piceous spot,
placed between the sublateral vitta and the suture.

Spec. 103—108.

— 13, var. D.

bbb. Post-medial elytral spot obsolete.
c. Sutural vitta entire.
Spec. 109—112.
ec. Sutural vitta not reaching the apical angle.
Spec. 113—121.
— 9—13, 107, 108 vars.
aaa. Sublateral vitta on elytron entire.
Spec. 122, 123.
P. Elytra flavous, each with a sutural line, a submarginal vitta abbre-

viated near the apex, and two linear fascix, black.
Spec. 124.

Q. Outer limb of elytra a different shade or colour to that of the disk,

a. Elytra green, the outer limb rufous,
Spec. 125,

South American species of Diabrotica. 5

aa. Elytra rufous or flavous, the outer limb green.
b. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
Sp. 126, 127.
bb. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
Spec. 128.
aaa. Elytra flavous or fulvous, the entire limb (the sutural one some-
times excepted) black or piceous.
b. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
Spec. 129, 130.
bb. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
Spec. 131—133.
aaaa. Elytra olivaceous, the outer margin, dilated at the apex,
greenish yellow.
Spec. 134.
aaaaa. Elytra prasinous, the entire limb white.

Spec. 135.

R. Elytra flayous, a short sutural line at the base black.
Spec. 136.

S. Elytra pale flayous, a broad ill-defined medial fascia pale green.
Spec. 137.

T. Elytra fulvous or flavous, immaculate.
a. Elytra not grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
b. Elytra transversely impressed across the middle.
Spec. 138.
bb. Transverse impression on elytra obsolete.
Spec. 139—145.

aa. Elytra grooved or plicate below the humeral callus.
b. Elytra transversely impressed across the middle.
Spec. 146.

bb. Transverse impression on elytra obsolete.
Spec. 147—153.

U. Elytra prasinous or olivaceous, immaculate.
a. Thorax rufous.
Spec. 154.

aa. Thorax concolorous with the elytra.
Spec. 155—158.

— 41, 64, and 73 vars.

V. Breast densely clothed on the sides with golden hairs; elytra rugose,
rufous, the outer limb and apex sometimes narrowly edged
with black.

Spec. 159, 160.

Spec. 1. Diabrotica regalis, Baly.

Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1859, p. 270; Journ.
Lin. Soc., xix., p. 213; Jac., Biol. Cent. Amer., Cole-
optera, vol. vi., pt. 1, p. 502, tab. xxviil., fig. 18.

Var. A. Elytris a basi ad longe pone medium fulvis. Long.
4—65 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Cayenne, type and var. A; also

6 . Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Central America, Guatemala. My collection, that of
the Belgian Museum and Mr. Jacoby.

The broader and more regularly oval form separates
this species from any other belonging to the present

group.
Spec. 2. Diabrotica consentanea, Baly.
Lin. Soc. Journ., xix., p. 214.

Hab. Colombia; also the Upper Amazons and Eeuador.
Var. A. My collection.

This insect nearly equals D. regalis in size, but is
narrower and more elongate. In my former paper I drew
up my diagnosis on a specimen in which the two medial
spots on the elytron were confluent, forming a transverse
band. I have since received other specimens in which
the band is divided into two distinct spots, as in D.
regalis ; this is doubtless the normal coloration of the
species.

Spec. 8. Diabrotica gratiosa, Baly.

lin. Soc. Journ:, xix, p. 215; Jac. PBicl rire
p. 504, tab. xxviil., fig. 22.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca; also Central America,
Nicaragua. Coll. Baly (type) and Jacoby.

D. gratiosa closely resembles elegantula; the thorax
in the present species is convex, the deep fovea on
either side being replaced by a small puncture, only
visible when viewed sideways under a lens. It is also
separated by the rounded, not plicate, sides of the
elytra.

Spec. 4. Diabrotica Lacordairet, Kirsch.
Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1883, p. 199.

Diabrotica morosa, Jacoby, Biol. C. Amer., pt. vi.,
p. 503, plo xxvii, tie. 19)

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-albida aut flava, nitida,
pedibus femoribus, ad basin exceptis, pectore, scutello capiteque
nigris, antennarum articulis tribus ultimis, ultimi apice excepto,
albidis ; thorace convexo, levi; elytris tenuiter punctatis, nigris,
utroque maculis subbasalibus duabus, transversim positis, fascia
lata vix pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, maculaque subapicali,
albidis aut pallide flavis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 7

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus, articulis secundo et tertio
brevissimis, quarto ad decimum leviter compressis, intus paullo
dilatatis ; articulo decimo toto nigro.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, filiformibus.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota; Panama (Champion) ; Upper
Amazons (Garfell). Dresden Museum (type) ; also coll.
Baly and Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a distinct
longitudinal ridge; antenne longer than the body in the ¢, the
second-and third joints very short, the second moniliform, the third
turbinate, distinctly shorter than the preceding one, the fourth as
long as the basal three united and together with the four following
joints, which are each nearly equal in length, more or less dis-
tinctly compressed and slightly dilated on their inner edge;
antenne in the 9 shorter than the body, slender, filiform, the
second and third joints rather longer than in the other sex, the
third being slightly the longer of the two; black, the three outer
joints, the apex of the eleventh excepted, yellowish white. Thorax
one-third broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate
from the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and
obliquely converging towards the apex; upper surface convex,
shining, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly ;
upper surface convex, finely punctured, jet-black, each elytron
with three round spots or patches (two half-way between the basal
margin and the middle, the inner one large, the outer one smaller
and placed close to the lateral margin, the third subapical), and a
transverse band just below the middle, abbreviated at either end,
white or yellowish white. Legs almost entirely black.

The entirely black legs in both sexes and compressed
joints of the antennez in the male, render this species
easy to be recognised. Diabrotica fraterna, mihi, with
which Mr. Jacoby has confounded this species, is much
narrower and quite distinct.

Spec. 5. Diabrotica guttifera.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis basi sordide piceis,
apice albidis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris subcrebre subfortiter
punctatis ; nigris, utroque limbo laterali, postice late abbreviato,
maculis duabus infra basin, oblique transversim positis, una sub-

8 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

apicali fasciaque prope medium, utrinque abbreviata, albidis aut
flavo-albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum limbo laterali toto nigro, macula sub-
basali externa obsoleta.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus; abdominis segmento anali
apice leviter sinuato, disco transversim convexo.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus.

Long. 3—4 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head slightly longer than broad in the g, as broad as long in
the 2, triangular ; clypeus with an ill-defined longitudinal ridge ;
antenne filiform, rather longer than the body in the ¢\, two-thirds
its length in the 9; the second and third joints short, nearly equal
in length in the 3, the third distinctly longer than the second in
the other sex; black, the three lower joints piceous, the three
upper ones, the outer half of the apical one excepted, yellowish
white. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides nearly parallel
and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded
and obliquely converging towards the apex; anterior angles
thickened, obliquely truncate, the hinder ones subacute; disk
smooth, convex. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly,
their apices conjointly regularly rounded; above convex, distinctly
punctured, the punctures finer below the middle.

Distinctly separated from the preceding species by the
narrower form in both sexes, and by, the filiform antenne
and sinuate apex of abdomen in the male.

Spec. 6. Diabrotica alboplagiata, Jac.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut flavo-
fulva, nitida, tibiis, tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, anten-
narum articulis ultimis tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis;
thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis; nigris, utro-
que limbo externo, pustulis duabus infra basin, interna magna,
rotundata, externa parva, ad limbum adfixa, fascia vix infra
medium curvata, utrinque abbreviata, pustulaque ante apicem,
rotundata, flavo-albidis aut albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum limbo albido externo obsoleto. Diabrotica
alboplagiata, Jac., Cist. Ent., iii., p. 47.

Var. B. Elytrorum maculis inter se plus minusve conflu-
entibus.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus; abdominis segmento anali
leviter emarginato, disci medio concavo.

Lozg. 3}—4 lin.

South American species of Diabrotica. 9

Hab. Amazons (Bates) ; Upper Amazons (Staudinger) ;
var. B, Cayenne. Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct
longitudinal ridge ; antenne slender, filiform, the second and third
joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth much longer than the
preceding two united, the three upper joints (the apex of the
terminal one excepted) yellowish white, the three or four lower
ones in some specimens piceous. Thorax more than one-half
broader than long ; sides faintly diverging and slightly sinuate from
the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging
towards the apex, the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones sub-
acute; disk transversely convex, smooth, impunctate. Hlytra
oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, regularly rounded at the apices ;
convex, sometimes faintly impressed below the basilar space,
rather closely and distinctly punctured.

The present and preceding species are very closely
allied and possibly may prove to be local forms of the
same insect ; for the present, however, I think it right
to consider them distinct.

Spec. 7. Diabrotica testaceicollis.

Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ante apicem albidis,
basi picea; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo, elytris tenuiter punc-
tatis, nitidissimis, nigris, utroque maculis parvis tribus, duabus
ante medium una ante apicem, lineaque transversa vix pone
medium posita, utrinque abbreviata, albidis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates); Peru. My collection.

Antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second
joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth more than equal in
length to the preceding two united; black, the four lower joints
piceous, the ninth, tenth, and the lower half of the eleventh, white.
Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides slightly sinuate
and nearly parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely
converging towards the apex; convex, nitidous, impressed just in
front of the basal margin with a shallow fovea. Elytra ovate,
dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly excavated on the suture below
the basilar space, the latter obsoletely thickened, surface finely
but distinctly punctured; transverse band narrow, margined above
and below by a faint sulcation.

The above insect may be known by the entire absence

10 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

of the pale outer limb of the elytron, by the smaller
size of the spots, and by the margination of the trans-
verse band.

Spec. 8. Diabrotica Illigeri.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, faciei basi plus minusve flava,
antennis ad basin piceo-fulvis aut fulvis, articulis penultimis duobus
albidis; tibiis, tarsis anoque piceis aut nigro-piceis; thorace con-
vexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis, nigris, utroque limbo
basali, margine externo, maculis duabus infra basin oblique trans-
versim positis, fascia vix pone medium, utrinque abbreviata macu-
laque subapicali, flavo-albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum signaturis ampliatis confluentibus, ad basin
etad marginem extensis.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus ; abdominis segmento
anali obtuse rotundato, disco leviter concavo.

Fam. Antennis corpore vix brevioribus.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Amazons; Para (Bates). My collection.

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate; clypeus with a
strongly raised longitudinal ridge; antenne equal to the body in
length in the g, rather shorter in the 9; filiform, the second joint
short, submoniliform, the third scarcely longer than the second,
obeonic, the fourth much longer than the preceding two united ;
the three lower joints flavous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white,
the rest black. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides
straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle,
thence slightly converging towards the apex, the hinder and
anterior angles subacute ; disk convex, nearly impunctate. Elytra
oblong, moderately dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, rather
closely punctured.

The dark apex of the abdomen separates this species
from albofasciata ; the pale markings on the elytra are
also larger and usually confluent.

Spec. 9. Diabrotica scripta, Oliv.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava aut fulvo-flava,
nitida, ano, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, an-
tennis ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis nono et decimo albidis ; elytris
sat crebre punctatis, nigris, utroque basi extrema, limbo externo,
ante apicem abbreviato, maculisque tribus, una inter basin et

South American species of Diabrotica. it

medium, rotundata, secunda paullo infra medium, transversa
postice leviter emarginata et tertia ante apicem, rotundata, fulvis.

Var. A. Facie inter oculos fulva; elytris nigris, basi extrema,
limbo externo, vittis latis diseoidalibus duabus plus minusve ex-
tensis, maculisque rotundatis una vel duabus, pone medium cum
vittis seepe confluentibus, flavis.

Galleruca scripta, Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 655, tab. 4, fig. 71.
Var. B. Elytris flavis utroque vitta irregulari a vix infra
basin fere ad apicem extensa, plerumque ante apicem maculam
rotundatam flavam includente, nigra.
Var. C. Elytrorum sutura vittaque submarginali nigris.
Var. D. Elytris flavis, obsolete nigro nebulosis.
Long. 8—3} lin.

Hab. Cayenne; Amazons. In most collections.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a broad
ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne about three-fourths the
length of the body, filiform, the second and third joints short, the
third slightly longer than the preceding one; the three lower
joints piceo-fulvous, the ninth and tenth white. Thorax about
one-half broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate
from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging
towards the apex, all the angles very slightly produced, subacute ;
disk convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated pos-
teriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space, distinctly
and rather closely punctured.

Although the specimens that I have described as
representing the typical coloration of this species, and
those I have placed as varieties, at first sight appear
very dissimilar, they do not differ more than the type
and varieties of D. regalis, consentanea, and many others
of the present group. All the forms of D. scripta agree
in the black anal segment of the abdomen and in the
coloration of the antenne, the ninth and tenth joints of
these latter alone being white. The type may be known
from its allies by the extreme base of the elytra being
narrowly edged with fulvous, by the absence of a second
subbasal spot (although specimens will possibly be found
in which this spot is present), and in the position of the
submedial one, which is placed much lower down on the
disk than is usually the case in D. guttata and other
similarly coloured species.

12 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Spec. 10. Diabrotica Javeti.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 251.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, femori-
bus (apice extremo excepto) thoraceque flavo-fulvis, antennarum
articulis novo et decimo flavo-albidis; thorace convexo, obsolete
bifoveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, utroque maculis duabus
rotundatis infra basin, fascia pone medium, utringue abbreviata
maculaque rotundata subapicali, albidis.

Mas. Antennis corpori fere equilongis, abdominis basi sordide
fulva.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, abdomine toto nigro.

Long. 83 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Espirito Sancto; Coll. Fry and Baly.
Bahia (Read); Coll. Fry.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with an
elevated ridge; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in
length in the 3, shorter and rather more slender in the ?; the
second and third joints very short, nearly equal and moniliform
in the 3, the fourth nearly twice the length of the two united; in
the ? the third joint is obconic and very slightly longer than the
second, the fourth being about one-half longer than the other two
united. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides rounded and
slightly produced before the middle, slightly sinuate posteriorly ;
convex, impressed on either side with a very small shallow fovea.
Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, moderately convex,
minutely punctured.

The black under side separates D. Javeti from the
allied species.

Spec. 11. Diabrotica fulvo-signata, Baly.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., i1., 1879, p. 77;
Jacoby, Biol. Cent. Amer., pt. vi., Col., p. 517, pl. xxix.,
aire a

Hab. Colombia; also Guatemala, My collection.

Spec. 12. Diabrotica generosa, Baly.

L5G. Doble
Hab. Ecuador. A single specimen in my own col-
lection.

South American species of Diabrotica. 13

Spec. 13. Diabrotica melanocephala (Fabr).

Entom. Syst. Suppl., 1798, p. 95 (sub Galleruca),
Oliv., Ent., vi., p. 652, tab. 4, fig. 65.

Galleruca capitata, Fabr., Syst. Gl. i., p. 452.

G. tripunctata, Fabr., l.c., p. 451; Oliv., Entom., vi.,

p- 652, fig. 66; Jac., Biol. Cent. Amer., Col., vi.,
pt. i., p. 516, tab. xxix., fig. 24.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore piceo, capite nigro aut piceo, antennis piceis aut fuscis,
basi et apice flavis; scutello elytrisque nigro-piceis aut castaneis,
utroque limbo externo, apice dilatato, maculisque duabus flavis
aut albidis.

Var. A. Elytrorum maculis confluentibus, sepe ad marginem
extensis.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula postica obsoleta.

Var. C. Elytrorum maculis totis obsoletis.

Var. D. Elytrorum sutura, basi plus minusve ampliata, apice
abbreviata, vitta irregulari submarginali, a basi fere ad apicem
extensa, maculaque parva pone medium, inter vittam et suturam
posita, piceis.

Var. E. Elytris macula postica cum sutura et cum vitta sub-
marginali confluente. Galleruca sinwata, Oliy., l.c., p. 653, tab. 4,
fig. 67 a, b.

Long. 23—8 lin.

Hab. West Indian Islands; Trinidad; Nicaragua ;
Chontales (Janson); Cayenne; Amazons, Santarem,
Nauta (Bates). In most collections.

Head black or rufo-piceous; antenne filiform, the second and
third joints very short, nearly equal in length, the fourth longer
than the preceding two united; five or six intermediate joints
together with the apex of the terminal one, more or less stained
with piceous. Thorax rather broader than long; sides nearly
parallel and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, slightly
produced and rounded anteriorly; convex, shining, obsoletely
punctured. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly; convex,
rather closely and distinctly punctured.

This variable species has been described by Fabricius
and Olivier under no less than four different names ;
as, however, I possess a long series of intermediate
varieties connecting the extreme forms, I have no hesi-
tation in uniting them under one specific head. Var. D
closely resembles in the pattern of its elytra D. abrupta,

14 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

F., but may be known by the short third joint of the
antenna.

Spec. 14. Diobrotica Pascoei, Baly.
Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,,1.,4.478.
Hab. Cayenne. My collection.
Separated from mediofasciata by its differently-coloured
antenne and larger size.

Spec. 15. Diabrotica mediofasciata.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida,
pedibus scutello thoraceque fulvis, hoc convexo, levi; antennis
pallide piceis, ante medium pallide flavis; elytris tenuiter sed
distincte punctatis; nigris, margine externo ab infra basin ad
apicem angusto, apice paullo dilatato, rufo-fulvo, necnon fascia
integra lineariformi pone medium posita flava, instructis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). A single specimen in my
cabinet.

Antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second
joint short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second, the
fourth equal in length to the preceding two united; the six lower
joints pale piceous, the rest pale flavous, the apex of the terminal
one nigro-piceous. Thorax rather broader than long; sides
nearly straight and diverging from the base to the middle, rounded
and slightly produced just before the latter, thence converging
towards the apex; upper surface convex, smooth, impunctate.
Elytra ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, finely but distinctly
punctured; the extreme outer margin from below the shoulder to
the apex narrowly edged with rufo-fulvous, the apical margin more
broadly bordered with the same colour.

Spec. 16. Diabrotica bisecta.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,
nitida, pectore, pedibus (femoribus ad basin exceptis), scutello
capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis penultimis duobus flavo-
albidis; thorace transverso, late transversim excavato, obsolete bifo-
veolato; elytris oblongis, postice vix ampliatis, convexis, ad latera
non plicatis; nigris, limbo externo fasciaque mediali flavis.

Mas. Antennis corporis longitudini fere equalibus, extrorsum
distincte incrassatis.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Amazons, Para. My collection.

South American species of Diabrotica. 15

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather
strongly raised, but abbreviated before reaching the anterior margin
of the clypeus; antenne robust, nearly equal to the body in
length, the second joint short, the third nearly twice the length of
the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united, the
seven upper joints in the $ distinctly thickened. Thorax nearly
twice as broad as long; sides nearly straight and slightly diverging
from the base to the apex; upper surface broadly excavated trans-
versely, the excavated portion faintly impressed on either side with
a large shallow fovea. Elytra rather closely punctured, not plicate
below the humeral callus.

The excavated thorax at once distinguishes the present
species from either of the preceding ones.

Spec. 17. Diabrotica pectinicornis.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, pallide
flava, nitida, tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennarum articulo
penultimo albido, thorace transversim excavato; elytris subcrebre
punctatis, nigris, limbo laterali, fascia prope medium apiceque
flavis.

Mas. Antennis pectinatis, articulis penultimis duobus incras-
satis, difformibus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Cauca. A single specimen in my
own collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, coarsely punctured on
the vertex and lower face; clypeus with a distinct longitudinal
ridge ; antenne longer than the body in the g, the second joint
very short, obconic, the third one scarcely half the length of the
second, turbinate, the fourth nearly as-long as the three basal ones
united, the fourth to the eighth each with its upper and inner angle
produced upwards and inwards into an acute tooth or process, these
teeth increasing in length on each succeeding joint; the ninth and
tenth joints strongly thickened, sinuate on their inner margins,
the ninth armed at its inner apex with an acute tooth, the tenth
bidentate at its inner base, the eleventh joint slender, cylindrical.
Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides nearly parallel and
slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence con-
verging towards the apex, the anterior angle distinctly produced,
broadly obtuse, the hinder subacute; upper surface transversely
excavated on the middle disk, finely but sparingly punctured.

16 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices
conjointly regularly rounded, convex, slightly flattened along
the suture, distinctly and somewhat closely punctured, faintly
wrinkled.

Spec. 18. Diabrotica decaspila.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, femoribus
ad apicem, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice,
articuli ultimi apice excepto, albido; thorace levi; elytris sub-
nitidis, utroque maculis rotundatis quinque, 2, 2, 1 dispositis, flavis ;
abdominis apice piceo.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. A single specimen in my own col-
lection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, somewhat wedge-shaped ;
longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined; antenne filiform,
three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint short, the
third rather more than one-half longer, the fourth longer than the
preceding two united; the three or four basal joints more or lesa
stained with piceous, the three upper ones (the apex of the eleventh
excepted) white. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides
parallel and distinctly sinuate behind the middle, rounded ante-
riorly and converging towards the apex, the hinder angle slightly
produced ; disk convex, smooth, impunctate, Elytra oblong-ovate,
dilated posteriorly ; convex, impressed below the humeral callus
with a short broad longitudinal sulcation, very finely punctured ;
each elytron with five round flavous spots, placed in pairs, two
before, two scarcely behind the middle and one near the apex,
rather larger than the rest.

The above species in form and in the disposition of
the spots on the elytra resembles D. regalis ; it is, how-
ever, separated by the presence of the longitudinal
sulcation below the humeral callus.

Spec. 19. Diabrotica Jacobyi, Baly.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ii., p. 77, 1879.
Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Unique in my collection.

Spec. 20. Diabrotica elegantula, Baly.

Lin. Soc. Journ., xix., p. 218; Jac., Biolog. Cent.
Am,, 15.6.5 D004, pl. XXVIII, tes.

Hab. Colombia (Var. A, Magdalena River); also
Central America. Coll. Baly (type) and Jacoby.

South American species of Diabrotica. 17

The difference in the relative length of the second and
third joints of the antenne, mentioned by Mr. Jacoby in
the ‘ Biologia,’ is sexual; in the ¢ the two joints are
of nearly equal length, in the ? the third is distinctly
longer.

Spec. 21. Diabrotica adornata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis nono
decimoque albidis; thorace convexo, tenuiter remote punctato,
utrinque obsolete foveolato; elytris subcrebre punctatis, ad latera
plicatis; nigris, utroque limbo externo, apice dilatato, macula
oblonga aut subrotundata infra basin, fasciaque vix pone medium,
fulvis.

Mas. Antennis modice robustis corpori equilongis, articulis
secundo et tertio brevissimis; abdominis segmento anali late
truncato.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus, minus robustis, articulo
tertio secundo longiori.

Long. 25—8 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeus with a slightly elevated,
longitudinal ridge; antenne robust, equal to the body in length
in the $, rather shorter in the ?, filiform, the second and third
joints short, equal and submoniliform in the §; in the ? the
second joint is short, subovate, whilst the third is one-half longer,
the fourth in both sexes is longer than the preceding two united ; the
four lower joints pale piceous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white.
Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly parallel
and slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence
obliquely converging towards the apex; the hinder and anterior
angles subacute; above convex, obsoletely foveolate on either side,
shining, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly,
convex, very minutely punctured.

Spec. 22. Diabrotica viridimaculata, Jacoby.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 150.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida, pec-
tore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis,
ad apicem albidis; thorace leviter trifoveolato, fovea tertia minus
distincta, interdum obsoleta; elytris distincte punctatis, infra callum
humeralem leviter plicatis; nigris, utroque limbo externo, apice
dilatato, maculis duabus, una rotundata subbasali, altera apicali ad

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) ©

18 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

marginem adfixa fasciaque angusta vix pone medium posita, ad
suturam abbreviata, prasinis.
Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head triangular; antenne slender, filiform, the second joint
short, the third nearly twice its length, the fourth as long as the
preceding two united, the four lower joints fluvo-piceous, the three
upper ones white, the rest black. Thorax about one-fourth broader
than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to
beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and converging
towards the apex; upper surface shining, disk impressed on either
side with a very shallow fovea.* Elytra distinctly and rather
closely punctured, plicate below the humeral callus.

Spec. 23. Diabrotica viridi-pustulata, Baly.
Journ. Lin. Soe., xix., p. 226, 1886.
Hab. Colombia. Coll. Oberthur (type).

Spec. 24. Diabrotica Chapuisi, Baly.
Ls¢., De 227.
Hab. Colombia. Coll. Oberthiir (type).

Spec. 25. Diabrotica Ianthe.

Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice albido,
thorace trifoveolato, foveis transversim positis; elytris distincte,
sat crebre punctatis ; lete cyaneis, limbo externo, apice ampliato,
fasciaque communi v1x pone medium posita, extrorsum abbreviata,
flavis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). My collection; a single
specimen.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge raised, ill-defined on
the sides; antenne filiform, nearly three-fourths the length of the
body, the second joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; black, the three outer joints,
the extreme apex of the terminal one excepted, yellowish white.
Thorax one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly,

* Mr. Jacoby, in his diagnosis, mentions a third fovea less dis-
tinctly impressed; this is obsolete in the specimen given me
by him.

South American species of Diabrotica. 19

sinuate behind the middle, upper surface moderately convex,
impressed with three shallow fovex, placed transversely across the
disk. Elytra subelongate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex,
slightly plicate below the humeral callus, distinctly and rather
closely punctured.

The above insect, of which I only know a single speci-
men, somewhat resembles in coloration D. elegans.

Spec. 26. Diabrotica octo-pustulata.

Subelongato-oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,
viridi tincta, nitida, scutello, thorace capiteque prasinis, antennis
piceis aut nigro-piceis articulis subapicalibus duobus albidis ;
thorace longitudine paullo latiori, convexo; elytris sat crebre
punctatis, castaneis, limbo externo prasino; utroque pustulis
quatuor, longitudinaliter positis albido-flavis.

Var. A. Elytris viridi-flavis, utroque vitta lata discoidali
castanea. Diabrotica latevittata, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 444.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Garfell). My collection.

Antenne filiform, equal to the body in length, the second and
third.joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth nearly equal in
length to the three lower ones united; piceous or nigro-piceous,
the three basal joints paler than the rest, the ninth and tenth white.
Thorax rather broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly parallel
from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging to
the apex; above convex, sparingly impressed with very minute punc-
tures. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, rather
closely and distinctly punctured; castaneous, the outer limb
broadly edged with pale grassy green; each elytron with four
large round pale yellow pustules, placed longitudinally on the
inner disk, one at the base, one before the middle, a third below

the latter, lastly one subapical and confluent with the outer
limb.

This species was originally described by me in 1886 ;
the name then given (latevittata) does not apply to the
ordinary pattern of the elytra. I have therefore changed
it to the one given above.

Spec. 27. Diabrotica rugulipennis.
Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
thorace rufo, pectore, pedibus, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis

OW

20 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

ad basin piceis, apice albidis ; thorace sat fortiter bifoveolato ; elytris
rugulosis, cyaneis, limbo externo, apice ampliato, levi, flavo.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Magdalena River. Unique in my
collection.

Head not longer than broad; ridge on clypeus ill-defined ;
antenne filiform, equal to the body in length, the second joint
short, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than the pre-
ceding two united, the three or four lower joints more or less
piceous, the three upper ones yellowish white. Thorax slightly
longer than broad; sides nearly parallel and faintly sinuate,
slightly converging in front, the hinder angles somewhat produced,
subacute; upper surface nitidous, hinder disk excavated and
impressed on either side with a large deep fovea. Elytra narrowly
oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, distinctly
and rather closely punctured, disk irregularly wrinkled, rugulose,
plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa extending
downwards below the middle, not strongly defined, but bounded
within by a broad longitudinal sulcation ; metallic-blue, the outer
limb, dilated at the apex, flavous, its surface smoother than that of
the disk.

Spec. 28. Diabrotica Fowleri.

Anguste elongata, fere parallela, modice convexa, nigra, nitida,
femoribus ad apicem exceptis, antennarumque articulo penultimo
(ultimo fracto) albidis, thorace leviter bifoveolato, nigro-piceo,
utrinque vitta lata albida; elytris parallelis, distincte punctatis,
utroque vitta lata, a basi fere ad apicem extensa, albida.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg. My collection. Rio
Janeiro; coll. Fry. |

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-
defined; antennze filiform, rather shorter than the body, the
second joint short, obovate, the third rather longer than the second,
the fourth one-half longer than the preceding two united. Thorax
rather broader than long; sides parallel and faintly sinuate from
the base to beyond the middle, thence slightly converging towards
the apex ; disk nitidous, impunctate, impressed on either side with
a large shallow fovea. Elytra parallel, moderately convex, plicate
below the humeral callus, distinctly punctured.

Spec. 29. Diubrotica bilineata.
Anguste elongata, fere parallela, modice convexa, nigra, nitida,
antennarum articulis penultimis duobus albidis; thorace trifoveo-

South American species of Diabrotica. 21

lato; elytris parallelis, ad latera plicatis, utroque vitta lata dis-
coidali, a basi fere ad apicem extensa alba.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus filiformibus.

Fam. Antennis corpore brevioribus robustis.

Long. 2—23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg, ¢. My collection ; Rio
Janeiro, f and @, coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather strongly
raised, well-defined; eyes in the g large, prominent; antenne
filiform and slightly longer than the body in the g, the second and
third joints in the same sex very short, moniliform, the fourth
equal in length to the preceding three united; antenne in the ?
shorter than the body, more robust than in the g, the third joint
slightly longer than the second, the fourth shorter than the pre-
ceding three united. Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long;
sides straight from the base to beyond the middle, very slightly
diverging inthe 3, parallel in the other sex, thence obliquely con-
verging towards the apex; disk trifoveolate, the third fovea less
deeply impressed than the other two. Elytra elongate, parallel,
strongly plicate below the humeral callus, minutely punctured.

Very similar in form to Diabrotica Fowlert ; separated
by the trifoveolate thorax.

Spec. 30. Diabrotica chloropus, Harold.
EKnt., Hefte xiii:, 1875, p. 90.

Anguste elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida,
antennarum articulis ultimis duobus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis,
femoribus flavis, thorace trifoveolato, fovea posteriori minus dis-
tincta; elytris ad latera plicatis, utroque vitta lata discoidali, a
basi ad longe pone medium extensa maculaque subapicali, testaceis
aut flavis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Minas Gereas, St. Catharine (Harold) ;
Rio Janeiro (Fry); Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; eyes large, prominent ;
clypeal ridge well-defined; antenne equal to the body in length,
filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united, black, the tenth and eleventh,
the apex of the latter excepted, white. Thorax slightly longer
than broad; sides parallel, slightly produced and rounded ante-
riorly, the anterior angle obliquely truncate; disk trifoveolate, the

22 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

hinder fovea ill-defined. Elytra minutely punctured, strongly
plicate below the humeral callus.

H. von Harold describes the thorax as being bifoveo-
late; the third fovea is less distinctly impressed and
probably in some specimens entirely obsolete.

Spec. 81. Diabrotiea exelamationis, Baly.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 271.
Hab. Brazil. Unique in my own collection.

The present species differs from the preceding in its
non-foveolate thorax and in the entirely black legs and
antenne.

Spec. 82. Diabrotica Donckieri.

Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, nigra,
nitida, femorum basi flava; facie thoraceque fulvis, hoe bifoveo-
lato, disco plagis duabus ornato; elytris distincte, minus crebre
punctatis, punctis infra basin subseriatim dispositis; nigris, utro-
que limbo externo, linea suturali, ab apice ad paullo ante medium
extensa, hine ad basin oblique excurrenti, limbo externo fasciisque
lineariformibus duabus, una longe ante, altera vix infra medium
positis, flavo-albidis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not broader than long, subrotundate; clypeus with the
longitudinal ridge distinct, but not strongly elevated; antennze
three-fourths the length of the body, black, the second joint short ;
the third distinctly longer than the second, the fourth as long as
the preceding two united. Thorax one-half broader than long ;
sides subangulate just behind the middle, faintly sinuate posteriorly,
slightly converging towards the apex in front; above convex,
deeply impressed on either side with a large round fovea; disk
with two large black patches, which are confluent on the medial
line. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices
regularly rounded; above convex, distinctly punctured, the punc-
tures on the anterior disk obsoletely arranged in striw; sub-
humeral callus very slightly raised, ill-defined; each elytron with
the narrow outer limb, a sutural line, which, extending from the
apical angle to a short distance above the middle of the elytron,
from thence runs obliquely outwards to the basal margin just
within the humeral callus, yellowish white ; in addition are two

South American species of Diabrotica. 23

linear concolorous fascie, one extending from the outer margin to
the anterior oblique line, the other, placed just below the middle,
extending from the suture to the outer limb.

Spec. 83. Diabrotica tarsalis, Harold.
Ent., Hefte xiii., 1875, p. 92.

Ovata, postice ampliata, nigra, nitida, thoracis limbo elytro-
rumque limbo externo, sutura, antice abbreviata lineisque trans-
versis vel maculis irregularibus, flavis.

Var. A. Elytris flavis, maculis irregularibus nigris.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Magdalena River. My
collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on
clypeus ill-defined; antenne filiform, three-fourths of the body in
length, the second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the
fourth longer than the preceding two united, two or three of the
basal joints piceous beneath, the rest entirely black. Thorax nearly
two-thirds broader than long; sides moderately rounded, nearly
straight and parallel posteriorly; disk convex, obsoletely foveolate
on either side. Elytra rather broadly ovate, slightly dilated pos-
teriorly, convex, disk impressed with faint longitudinal suleations.

The present insect varies greatly in coloration; in
the typical form the elytra are black, with the sutural
and outer margins, together with several obliquely trans-
verse lines on the disk, flavous; in some specimens the
black colour gradually disappears until they may be
described as flavous, with irregular black markings.

Spec. 84. Diabrotica distincta. Jacoby.

Gist) Hint.) a1, pe 46.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut
viridi-flava, nitida, pectore pedibusque, femoribus exceptis, nigro-
piceis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis piceis, ad basin pallidis,
ante apicem sordide albidis ; thorace levi; elytris tenuissime punc-
tatis, ad latera non plicatis, utroque linea suturali, plaga oblonga
a basiad ultra medium extensa, intus angulatim emarginata altera-
que transversa pone medium, piceis aut nigro-piceis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). Coll. Jacoby (type) and Baly.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge rather strongly
raised, well-defined; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body

24 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

in length, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth
much longer than the preceding two united, the three or four
lower joints pale piceo-flavous, the three upper ones, the apex of the
eleventh excepted, yellowish white. Thorax broader than long;
sides rounded anteriorly, nearly parallel and sinuate posteriorly ;
disk convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, con-
vex, not plicate below the humeral callus, very finely punctured.

Spec. 35. Diabrotica atromaculata.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste, oblonga-ovata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, scutello
capiteque nigris, antennis flavis, articulis intermediis piceis,
thorace levi; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque macula basali
communi, plaga magna humerali trigonata, intus profunde excavata
fasciaque pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, postice emarginata,
nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum fascia post-mediali interrupta, maculas
duas formant.

Long. 2% lin.

Hab. Amazons, Santarem (Bates). My collection.

Antenne filiform, the second joint short, the third about one-
half longer than the second, the fourth slightly longer than the
preceding two united; the six or seven intermediate joints more or
less stained with piceous. Thorax slightly broader than long;
sides rather deeply sinuate from the base to the middle, slightly
dilated at the latter, thence converging towards the apex; disk
convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra dilated posteriorly, convex,
slightly excavated on the suture below the scutellum, closely and
rather strongly punctured ; each elytron with three black patches,
one at the base common, pentangular, one on the humeral
callus large, triangular, extending downwards from immediately
below the basal margin to the middle of the elytron, its inner
surface deeply emarginate, lastly, one below the middle,
transverse, abbreviated at the suture and outer limb, its hinder
margin emarginate, black.

Rather larger than D. distincta ; the markings on the
elytra, which sometimes change to dark piceous, are
more irregular than in that species; there is also an
additional patch placed on the suture at its base.

South American species of Diabrotica. 25

36. Diabrotica piceo-picta.

Anguste oblonga, postice vix ampliata, pallide flava aut prasina,
nitida, tarsis, capitis vertice, antennis scutelloque pallide piceis ; his
ad basin et ad apicem piceo-flavis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris
crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque maculis quatuor, inter se
plerumque confluentibus, duabus basalibus, prima communi cunei-
formi, secunda humerali, una prope medium transversa, unaque
inter medium et apicem bruneis aut castaneis.

Long. 2—23 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons (Garfell). My collection.

Head scarcely broader than long; longitudinal ridge on clypeus
well-defined; labrum and eyes black; antenne filiform, equal to
the body in length in the g, slightly shorter in the ?, the second
and third joints very short, equal in length in the g, the third
nearly one-half longer in the 9; pale piceous, the two lower
joints, together with the tenth and eleventh, the extreme apex
of the latter excepted, piceo-flavous (in some specimens these
two are not paler than the preceding ones). ‘Thorax slightly
broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly, distinctly sinuate and
slightly converging behind the middle ; disk shining, impunctate,
impressed on either side with a shallow fovea, which varies in
depth in different individuals. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated
posteriorly, convex, rather closely punctured, plicate below the
humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge bounded within by a broad
suleation, which varies in depth and in some cases is almost
entirely obsolete; in the more strongly-marked specimens there
are traces in addition of several shallow sulcations on the disk.

This insect closely resembles D. atromaculata in the
pattern of its elytra, but is separated by the paler head,
foveolate thorax and plicate sides of the elytra.

Spec. 37. Diabrotica atomaria, Jacoby.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 284.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, fulvo-flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis pallide fuscis ad basin et
ante apicem flavis ; tibiarum anticorum dorso tarsisque nigro-piceis ;
thorace convexo, non foveolato ; elytris crebre distincte punctatis ;
flavis, utroque suture basi, macula humerali, una mediali duabusque
pone medium, his transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Caracas. Coll. Simon and Jacoby.

26 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on tne

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge prominent, entire ;
antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second
and third joints short, equal, the fourth much longer than the pre-
ceding two united ; fuscous, the three lower joints, together with
the ninth and tenth, flavous. Thorax nearly one-half broader than
long; sides slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, nearly
straight and parallel behind the middle; disk convex, not foveo-
late. Elytra oblong-ovate, convex, closely punctured ; flavous, each
elytron with a narrow sutural line, dilated at the base and extending
downwards slightly below the middle, a subtriangular basal patch
covering the humeral callus, a subrotundate spot on the outer disk
at its middle and two smaller spots placed transversely on the
hinder disk, half-way between the middle and apex, black; the basal
margin between the humeral patch and the suture also narrowly
edged with black; the lower and inner angle of the basal patch is
joined to the suture by a narrow piceous line.

The specimen of this species, kindly lent me by Mr.
Jacoby, and from which the above description was
drawn,. differs slightly in the coloration of its antenne
and legs from tke diagnosis given in that author’s paper ;
it is however, probably somewhat variable in colour.

Spec. 38. Diabrotica confluenta.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, abdomine, disci
medio excepto, thoraceque fulvis, hoe convexo, obsolete bifoveolato ;
elytris distincte, sat crebre punctatis, ad latera obsolete plicatis ;
flavis, utroque vitta communi basali, vitta brevi humerali macu-
lisque irregularibus discoidalibus, his maculis inter se et cum vittis
basalibus confluentibus, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. EKeuador (Buckley). A single specimen in Mr.
Fry’s collection.

Head not longer than broad, entirely black; antenne filiform,
equal to the body in length, the second joint short, the third half
as long again as the second, the fourth longer than the preceding
two united. Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides
faintly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence
rounded and converging towards the apex; disk convex, nitidous,
impressed on either side with a small shallow fovea. Elytra
broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, conxex, distinctly and rather
closely punctured ; flavous, some irregular patches on the middle
disk, confluent with each other and also with the sutural and
humeral vitte, black; the apical third of the disk immaculate.

South American species of Diabrotica. 27

Spec. 39. Diabrotica vagrans.
Proce. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, abdo-
mine thoraceque flavis, hoe convexo levi; elytris crebre punc-
tatis, flavis, suture basi vittisque vel vittulis irregularibus nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Bolivia. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; elypeus with an
elevated ridge; antenne filiform, the second and third joints
short, equal, submoniliform, the fourth longer than the preceding
two united. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides
straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence
obliquely converging and slightly rounded towards the apex;
upper surface transversely convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra
oblong-ovate, scarcely dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly
rounded, convex, strongly and rather closely punctured; flavous,
each elytron with the suture at its base, a short irregular patch,
placed on the central third of the middle disk, often connected
obliquely with the sutural marking and an irregular submarginal
vitta extending from the base nearly to the apex of the elytron,
black ; this vitta is frequently interrupted, forming two or more
longitudinal spots.

Spec. 40. Diabrotica pauperata.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valide convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad apicem albidis ad basin
fulvis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque
suture basi, vitta humerali longe ante apicem abbreviata et pone
medium interrupta punctisque duobus discoidalibus, uno prope
medium, altero inter medium et apicem positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytri vitta humerali ramulam transversam ad pune-
tum primum emittenti.

Var. B. Elytrorum signaturis nigris plus minusve obsoletis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). Type in coll. Fry and Baly.
Vars. A and B in coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad, triangular ; clypeus with a broad
ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more than
half the length of the body; the second joint short, the third
nearly twice as long, the fourth equal in length to the preceding
two united ; the three lower joints piceous, the three upper ones

28 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

white, the rest black. Thorax about one-half broader than long;
sides slightly diverging and faintly sinuate from the base to the
middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk
convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra subquadrate, ovate, broadly
dilated posteriorly, their apices broadly rounded; upper surface
strongly convex, faintly excavated transversely below the basilar
space, rather coarsely and somewhat closely punctured.

Spec. 41. Diubrotica decempunctata, Latr.
Latr., Voy. Humb., 11, 1833, p. 21, tab. 39, fig. 9.

Var. A. Elytris immaculatis. Diabrotica placida, Baly, Journ.
Lin. Soc., xix., 1886, p. 220.

Hab. Colombia. In most collections.

Since the description was published I have come to
the conclusion that D. placida, mihi, cannot be separated
from D. 10-punctata.

Spec. 42. Diabrotica centralis, Jac.
Cist. Ent, iii., p. 46.

Diabrotica histrionica, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,
p. 215.

Hab. Colombia, Venezuela. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

When describing the present insect I overlooked Mr.
Jacoby’s diagnosis.

Spec. 48. Diabrotica spilota, Baly.
ORS ya oe
Hab. Columbia. My collection.

Spec. 44. Diabrotica Klugii, Baly.
TERG:, P- 208:
Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Spec. 45. Diabrotica duplicata, Jacoby.
Biol. Cent. Amer. Coleopt., pt. 1., p, 519, tab. xxx.,
fig ee
Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava aut fulvo-
flava, nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, vertice interdum nigro-piceo,
antennis fusco-fulvis ad apicem pallidioribus; thorace levi, disco

South American species of Diabrotica. 29

excavato, leviter trifoveolato, fovea tertia minus distincta, interdum
obsoleta ; elytris tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis, flavis apice
rufo-fulvo, utroque maculis quinque 1, 2, 2, nigris, interdum
cyaneo tinctis.

Long. 23—8 lin.

Hab. Colombia; also Central America. Coll. Jacoby
and Baly.

Very similar to D. spilota, mihi; separated by the
more deeply excavated thorax, by the paler antenne
and by the absence of the sutural black patch of the
elytra.

Spec. 46. Diabrotica quindecimpunctata, Germar.
Spec. Ins., p. 600 (1824).

Diabrotica nigro-notata, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,
p- 216.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis (Gray); Tejuca (Clark) ;
Colombia. In most collections.

After a careful comparison of Brazilian and Colombian
specimens, I have discovered that they all belong to a
single species, 15-punctata, Ger.

Spec. 47. Diabrotica Germari.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
unguibus, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceo-flavis
ad apicem albidis, thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre, sat
fortiter punctatis, utroque maculis sex, duabus basalibus, una
suturali, communi, altera humerali, necnon duabus ante duabusque
pone medium, transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. My collection.

Head rather longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised; antennze
slender, filiform, equal to the body in length, the second and third
joints very short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than the preceding
two united, the four lower joints piceo-flavous, the four upper ones
white, more or less stained with fuscous, the rest black. Thorax
nearly one-half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from
the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging
towards the apex; upper surface smooth, disk impressed on either
side with a small shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated
posteriorly, convex, coarsely and rather closely punctured.

30 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Very similarly coloured to D. 15-punctata; separated
by its narrow form, bifoveolate thorax and coarsely
punctured elytra.

Spec. 48. Diabrotica Sharpii, Kirsch.

Berliner Entom. Zeitschrift, xxvii., 18838, Heft i1.,
p- 201.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, flava, nitida, tibiis,
tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis,
articulis penultimis duobus ultimique basi albidis; thorace con-
vexo, levi; elytris subnitidis, obsolete rugulosis, crebre punctatis ;
sordide rufo-testaceis, limbo externo, apice late ampliato, flavo ;
utroque suture basi maculaque humerali nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Bolivia, Dresden Museum (type); Ecuador
(Buckley). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a longi-
tudinal ridge ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,
the second joint short, submoniliform, the third more than one-
half longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding two united ;
black, the four or five lower joints piceous, the ninth, tenth, and
basal half of the eleventh, white. Thorax about one-half broader
than long; sides slightly sinuate behind the middle, thence
rounded and converging towards the apex; upper surface convex,
shining, impunctate. Elytra broadly ovate, dilated towards the
apex; upper surface strongly convex, closely punctured, faintly
rugulose.

Similar in shape to D. 15-punctata and pauperata. All
the specimens that I have seen agree very closely with
each other, and differing from the preceding species in
coloration.

Spec. 49. Diabrotica biannularis, Harold.
Col., Heft xui., p. 91 (1875).

Diabrotica nummularis ?, Harold, Mitth. Munch. Ent.
Ver Si), Da ted.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,
nitida, post-pectore capiteque nigris, antennis flavis, articulis
intermediis nigro-piceis aut nigris; thorace levi, disci medio
leviter excavato aut deplanato, leviter trifoveolato ; elytris tenuiter
punctatis; utroque annulis duobus, uno infra basin altero pone
medium, hoc spe aperto, nigro-ceruleis.

South American species of Diabrotica. dl

Var. A. Antennis flavis, ceteris ut in typo.

Var. B. Elytro utroque plagis magnis duabus, una basali, com-
muni, utrinque punctum parvum flavum plerumque includenti al-
teraque pone medium, postice plerumque emarginata, nigro-cexruleis.

Var. C. Elytrorum annulo basali, postice interrupto vittulisque
duabus pone medium transversim positis, nigro-ceruleis.

Long. 38 lin.

Hab. Colombia (type); two specimens in my own
collection. Central America (type and varieties). In
most collections.

Head shining black; longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined ;
antenne filiform, the third joint distinctly longer than the second,
the fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly
one-fourth broader than long; sides diverging and sinuate from the
base to the middle, slightly produced and rounded anteriorly,
thence slightly converging towards the apex; upper surface smooth,
impunctate, hinder disk flattened or slightly excavated, impressed
with three shallow fovew, one on either side about the middle, the
third less distinctly defined than the others and often obsolete,
placed immediately in front of the basal margin. LElytra oblong,
slightly dilated posteriorly, minutely punctured.

The present species is so closely similar in colour and
variation of pattern to D. pulchella and adelpha, Harold,
that without close attention to the sculpturing of the
thorax it is quite impossible to separate them. In
C. biannularis the hinder portion of the middle disk is
more or less distinctly excavated, the excavated surface
being impressed with three shallow fove, placed in a
triangle, the hinder one sometimes obsolete ; this exca-
vation varies greatly in depth, and in some few cases
almost entirely disappears, in some specimens the
hinder disk being simply flattened, but never, in any
of the specimens that I have examined, convex ; in the
two allied species the disk is regularly convex, its
surface being bifoveolate in C. pulchella, whilst in
C. adelpha the fovezx are obsolete.

Spec. 50. Diabrotica pulchella, Jacq. Duval.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore
capiteque, antennis ad basin et ad apicem exceptis, nigris ; thorace
bifoveolato ; elytris tenuissime punctatis, utroque annulo basali
alteroque pone medium, hoe plerumque lacerato, cyaneis.

32 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

Var. A. Elytro utroque plaga magna basali communi, plerum-
que maculam parvam flavam includenti, alteraque pone medium,
cyaneis.

Phyllobrotica pulchella, Jacq., Duval, Hist. Nat. de Cuba,
p. 807, pl. 7, fig. 8.

Diabrotica pulchella, Suffr., Wieg. Archiv., 1867, p. 308.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Heuador (Buckley). A single specimen in the
collection of Mr. Fry. Also Mexico and other parts of
Central America, where it appears to be common. In
most collections.

This insect is so closely allied to D. biannularis,
Harold, that it is quite unnecessary to give a detailed
description ; the sole point of difference between the two
being that in pulchella the thorax is convex and bifoveo-
late, whilst in biannularis it is more or less distinctly
excavated and trifoveolate.

Spec. 51. Diabrotica inequalis, Baly.
Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 219 (1886).
Hab. Colombia, Magdalena River. My collection.
Closely allied to biannularis, agreeing in the sculp-
turing of the thorax, but separated by its larger size,
the irregular and coarser punctuation of its elytra,

the plicate outer disk, the black tibiz and tarsi and the
darker coloration of the antenne.

Spec. 52. Diabrotica Haroldi, Baly.
OCR RAR UAE
Hab. Colombia. Unique in my own cabinet.

Agreeing in size and in the coloration of its legs and
antennz with the preceding species, differmg in the
smoother surface of the elytra and in the bi- not tri-
foveolate thorax.

Spec. 58. Diabrotica varicornis, Jacoby.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 282.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulva nitida,
pectore labro antennarumque articulis intermediis nigris; thorace

South American species of Diabrotica. 33

bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, utroque annulo basali lineaque
semilunata pone medium, nigris ceruleo vix tinctis.
Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia, San Esteban. Coll. Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, rufo-fulvous, the labrum
and eyes black; clypeal ridge nearly obsolete; antenne filiform,
more than four-fifths the length of the body, the second joint
short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth slightly longer
than the preceding two united; the third to the ninth black, the
rest fulvous. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides slightly
produced and rounded just before the middle, rather deeply sinuate
behind the latter, obliquely converging and slightly rounded in
front; disk nitidous, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra closely and rather
strongly punctured, faintly wrinkled on the middle disk; each
with a large annulus at the base and a semilunate fascia below the
middle, black with a faint metallic-blue tinge.

Spec. 54. Diabrotica Reedii.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis ultimis
tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis ; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo ;
elytris distincte, subcrebre punctatis, fascia lata communi baseos, ad
marginem abbreviata, et utroque maculis transversis duabus, una
vix ante medium, altera inter medium et apicem positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum macula antica cum fascia basali con-
fluenti.

Long. 83—8} lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a broad
longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, robust and slightly exceeding
the body in length in the #, more slender and slightly shorter in
the 9; the second and third joints in the g very short, equal, the
third joint in the 9 slightly longer than the second, the fourth in
both sexes longer than the preceding two united: the three or four
lower joints piceous, the three upper ones, the upper portion of the
apical one excepted, white. Thorax nearly one-half broader than
long; sides slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, sinuate
behind the middle, convex, impressed but not closely, with fine
punctures. LElytra broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, their apices
regularly rounded; convex, transversely depressed below the basilar
space, distinctly punctured.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) D

34 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 55. Diabrotica transversa.

Ovata, postice ampliata, sat valde convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin pallidis, ad apicem albidis,
tibiis tarsisque pallide piceis; thorace convexo, integro; elytris flavis,
plaga magna basali ad marginem lateralem abbreviata, fasciaque
lata pone medium, extrorsum abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine; my collection.

Head not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on clypeus
strongly raised; antenne filiform, nearly five-sixths the length of
the body, second and third joints short, the third rather longer than
the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the
three lower joints piceous or nigro-piceous, the three upper ones,
the extreme apex of the eleventh excepted, white. Thorax one-
half broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the
base to beyond the middle; disk convex, its surface entire. Elytra
broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, rather strongly convex, slightly
depressed transversely below the basilar space, minutely punctured.

Broader than the preceding species ; otherwise closely
allied.

Spec. 56. Diabrotica speciossima, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ili., p. 79.

Hab. Ecuador. My collection.

Spec. 57. Diabrotica elegans, Baly.
Fe Gs5 PenoUs
Hab. Ecuador. In most collections.

Spec. 58. Diabrotica elata, Fabr.

Syst. HI, 1.;.p. 4545 Oliv.,. Hnt.,- vi, pevG60) 11. tay
fig. (9:

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,
pectore capiteque nigris, antennis sordide fulvis; thorace convexo,
disco non foveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, lateribus obsolete
plicatis; utroque plaga magna basali communi, ad latera abbre-
viata, alteraque transversa pone medium postice emarginata, inter-
dum communi, nigris.

ITab. Cayenne. Not uncommon in collections.

Head not broader than long ; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne
filiform, nearly three-fourths the length of the body, the second

South American species of Diabrotica. 35

joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth as long as the
preceding two united. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides
parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the
middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging towards the
apex ; disk, the extreme lateral margin excepted, convex, smooth,
non-foveolate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, slightly
but distinctly excavated on the suture below the basilar space,
minutely punctured, plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa
ill-defined, bounded within by a longitudinal groove.

Spec. 59. Diabrotica arcuata, Baly.
Ti e,, 1809, Ds 201:

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Magdalena River ; in most
collections.

Spec. 60. Diabrotica Jacobiana, Duvivier.
Mem. Soc. des Scien. de Liége, tom xi., p. 47.

Diabrotica Gemmingeri, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soe., xix.,
p- 225.
Var. A. Elytrorum fascia posticali obsoleta.
Var. B. Elytro utroque vittis duabus basalibus nigris, una com-
muni, ceteris ut in var. A.

Diabrotica Jacobyi, Kirsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxvii.,
18838, p. 200.

Hab. Colombia (Steinheil, Stober). Coll. Jacoby and
Baly.
Spec. 61. Diabrotica Buckleyi, Baly.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., 11., 1879, p. 80.
D. translucida, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880, p. 6038.
Hab. Ecuador. My collection and that of Mr.
Jacoby.
Spec. 62. Diabrotica discoidalis, Baly.
Trans. lint. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 849.
Hab. Ecuador. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Spec. 68. Diabrotica Kraatzt.
Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore
tibiis, tarsis, femoribus interdum dorso, scutello capiteque nigris

D 2

36 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

antennarum articulis penultimis duobus albidis ; thorace convexo,
minute suberebre punctato; elytris crebre subfortiter punctatis,
lateribus plicatis ; viridi-flavis, utroque maculis basalibus duabus
parvis, una humerali, altera suturali, communi, fasciaque lata
subarcuata, utrinque abbreviata, extrorsum paullo ampliata, inter
medium et apicem posita, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Two specimens in my
collection.

Head scarcely broader than long; clypeal ridge elevated, well-
defined; antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths the length of the body,
the second joint short, the third rather longer, the fourth more
than equal in length to the preceding two united; the ninth and
tenth white, the rest black. Thorax one-half broader than long;
sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the
middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk
transversely convex, nitidous, minutely punctured. Elytra nar-
rowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate on the
sides, the humeral costa ill-defined ; surface obsoletely wrinkled,
rather coarsely punctured.

Spec. 64. Diabrotica nigromaculata, Jacoby.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878, p. 154.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nitida, subtus viridi-
flava, pectore, tibiis tarsisque nigris; supra prasina, scutello
capiteque nigris, antennis pallide flavo-piceis ; thorace bifoveolato ;
elytris crebre tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis‘ utroque macu-
lis basalibus duabus, una humerali, altera suturali cuneiformi,
communi, fasciaque pone medium, utrinque abbreviata, nigris.

Long, 22 lin.

Hab. Keuador (Buckley), Peru. Coll. Jacoby and
Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge elevated,
well-defined; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,
the second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united. Thorax about one-fourth
broader than long; sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the
base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards
the apex; disk deeply bifoveolate. Elytra broadly oblong-ovate,
dilated posteriorly, convex, minutely punctured, rather strongly

South American species of Diabrotica. 37

plicate below the humeral callus; disk with several very faint
longitudinal sulcations, only visible when viewed obliquely.

This species, for the possession of which I am indebted
to the kindness of Mr. Jacoby, differs in its smaller size
and in the absence of any flavous coloration on the disk
of the elytra. The specimen before me appears to be
a ?; in the absence of the other sex I am compelled to
keep the two species distinct.

Spec. 65. Diabrotica Gorhami.

Anguste oblonga, postice vix ampliata, pallide prasina, nitida,
abdomine flavo, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, clypeo utrinque
antennisque piceo-flavis, tibiis tarsisque fulvo-tinctis, thorace con-
vexo, non-foveolato ; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera
plicatis, utroque vitta brevi suturali communi alteraque humerali
nigris, macula transversa pone medium picea.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). A single specimen in my
cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, subrotundate; clypeal ridge
strongly raised; antenne nearly three-fourths the length of the
body, filiform, the second joint short, the third rather longer, the
fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-
half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from the base
to the middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex ;
disk convex, obsoletely deflexed on the sides. Elytra oblong,
slighly dilated posteriorly, convex, rather strongly plicate below the
humeral callus, disk rather closely impressed with fine punctures.

Diabrotica Gorhami agrees to some extent with D.
nigromaculata, Jac.; it is, however, more oblong in
form, more convex and the disk of the elytra is without
the longitudinal sulcations present in the latter species ;
the post-medial spot is probably at times more strongly
developed.

Spec. 66. Diabrotica quinquemaculata, Faby.

Galeruca quinquemaculata, Fabr., Syst. EL.,i., p. 452;
Oliy., Ent., vi., p. 659, tab. 8, fig. 77.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis piceo-fulvis, articulis intermediis
ultimogue piceis; thorace non-foveolato, fulvo-rufo; elytris sat
crebre punctatis, lateribus obsolete plicatis ; vittis basalibus tribus,

38 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

subeuneiformibus, fere ad medium extensis, et utroque plaga
transversa pone medium, interdum postice emarginata, nigro-
cyaneis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne, Upper Amazons. My collection.

Longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined; antenne nearly four-
fifths the length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the
third scarcely longer than the second, the fourth longer than the
preceding two united ; the fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth and eleventh
joints piceous, the rest obscure fulvous. Thorax shaped as in
D. elata. Elytra rather closely and distinctly punctured, not
depressed below the basilar space, obsoletely plicate below the
humeral callus.

This species differs from D. elata in the coloration of
the thorax, in the more distinct punctuation of the
elytra and in the different coloration of the elytral
markings.

Spec. 67. Diabrotica mutabilis, Baly.
Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 225.
Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Very closely allied to D. twmidicornis, Erichs.; sepa-
rated by its broader more oval form and by the presence
of several faint longitudinal sulcations on each elytron
(these are not mentioned in the original description) ;
the antenne in the male are thickened as in the former
species, but the two upper joints are less abruptly
narrowed. In my original diagnosis of this insect I
described the thorax as obsoletely bifoveolate: this is to
some extent an error; the foveew vary in depth, but in
the majority of specimens are well-defined.

Spec. 68. Diabrotica tunidicornis, Erichson.
Wied. Arch., 1847, p. 167.

Diabrotica fulvofasciata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889,
p. 281.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, pallide viridis, nitida,
capite, pectore, abdomine tibiisque flavis, his ad basin antennisque
fuscis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris tenuissime punctatis, pallide
prasinis aut viridi-flavis, ad basin interdum nigro-maculatis, plerum-
que viridi-marginatis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 39

Mas. Antennis extrorsum ampliatis, articulis ultimis duobus
abrupte tenuibus.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Peru, Callao; Bolivia. Coll. Baly and Jacoby.

Head trigonate; longitudinal ridge on clypeus well-defined ;
antenne equal in length to the body, the second joint very short,
the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth longer than the pre-
ceding two united, the seventh and following two joints in the g
thickened, the tenth and eleventh abruptly narrowed, not broader
than the sixth. Thorax nearly one-fifth broader than long; sides
very slightly diverging and faintly sinuate from the base to the
middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex; disk
nitidous, more or less deeply bifoveolate, foveee oblong or sub-
elongate. Elytra narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly,
closely and finely punctured; the coloration varies from viridi-
flavous to prasinous, but in most specimens the outer margin and
sometimes the suture are narrowly edged with a darker shade of
green.

Spec. 69. Diabrotica formosa, Baly.
Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 226.
Hab. Venezuela. My collection.

Spec. 70. Diabrotica undecimpunctata, Jac.

Cist. Ent., i1., p. 524.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, prasina,
nitida, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum
articulis duobus penultimis flavis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris
crebre tenuiter punctatis ; utroque vitta lata fulva a basi ad longe
pone medium extensa, punctisque sex, 2, 2, 2 dispositis, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Chanchamayo (Thamm). A single specimen in
Mr. Jacoby’s collection.

Longitudinal ridge on the clypeus well-defined; antenne fili-
form, nearly three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint
short, the third one-half longer, the fourth more than twice the
length of the preceding two united ; the basal joint pale green, the
following two piceous, the ninth and tenth pale flavous. Thorax
about one-third broader than long; sides parallel and distinctly
sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence rounded
and converging towards the apex; upper surface nitidous, deeply
bifoveolate. Elytra convex, slightly but distinctly suleate below

40 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

the shoulders, finely but closely punctured; each elytron with a
broad fulvous vitta, which, commencing at the base, extends
downwards to rather more than half-way between the middle and
the apex; in addition are six small black spots, two basal, the
inner one common, the outer one placed on the humeral callus,
two just before the middle, and two half-way between the latter
and the apex.

Spec. 71. Diabrotica viridula, Fabr.

Syst. El.,1., p. 453.

Diabrotica optiva, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiv., 1847, 1.,
p. 469.

D. fusco-maculata, Jacoby, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878,
p. 995 ; Biol. Cent. Amer., pt. vi., p. 528, pl. xxix.,
fig. 25, var.

D. ornatula, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soe., xix., p. 224.

Var. inconstans, Baly, l.c., p. 224.

Hab. Peru, Ecuador, Amazons; also Colombia and
Central America. Common in collections.

This widely-spread species varies in the coloration of
the antenne, tibie and tarsi, from flavous to nigro-
piceous or black. Hrichson describes the breast and
antenne as testaceous and the tibie and tarsi as flavous.
His description of the markings on the elytra agrees
with D. fusco-maculata, Jac., var. A, in the absence of
the third fuscous spot. In inconstans, mihi, which I
have united with the present species, each elytron has
two large yellow patches, one basal, the other below the
middle, the upper one being stained at its base with
rufo- or nigro-piceous. D. viridula varies greatly in
size.

Spec. 72. Diabrotica prolongata, Jacoby.

Cist. Ent., iii., p. 45.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, subtus nitida, flava,
viridi-tincta, pectore nigro; supra minus nitida, lete prasina aut
olivacea, scutello labroque nigris, antennis ad basin flavo-fuscis, ad
apicen pallide flavis, articulis intermediis nigro-fuscis; thorace
leviter trifoveolato; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,
disco sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus obsolete impressis ; basi nec
non margine externo fulvo-limbatis; utroque vitta humerali, ad
medium extensa, macula suturali baseos, communi, alterisque
discoidalibus tribus, longitudinaliter positis, nigro-piceis.

South American species of Diabrotica. 41

Var. A. Elytris pallide prasinis, vitta lata discoidali flava.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Squire, Fry). Coll. Jacoby,
Fry, and Baly. Var. A, coll. Fry.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge rather strongly raised ; antennze
filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second joint short,
moniliform, the third nearly twice its length, the fourth longer
than the preceding two united, the four lower joints fusco-flavous,
with a greenish tinge, the following four piceous, the three upper
ones piceo-flavous. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long;
sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the
middle, thence rounded and obliquely converging towards the
apex; disk impressed with three shallow fovee. LElytra narrowly
oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate and strongly
carinate below the humeral callus, disk rather closely punctured,
impressed with several faint longitudinal sulcations ; each elytron
with a narrow submarginal vitta, which covers the subhumeral
costa and extends downwards as far as the middle, and four small
spots, one basal common and three discoidal, one immediately
below the basal margin, another just before and a third immedi-
ately below the middle, nigro-piceous.

The number and position of the dark markings on the
elytra appear to vary greatly; in two specimens I have
seen they form two narrow interrupted linear fascie.

Spec. 73. Diabrotica speciosa, Germ.
Insect. Spec., p. 602, 1824 (Galeruca).
Diabrotica hexaspilota, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soc., xix.,
p- 228.

Oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,
scutello, tibiis tarsisque nigris, capite rufo-testaceo, antennis
extrorsum piceis, labro plerumque piceo aut nigro; thorace longi-
tudine latiori, levi, utrinque plus minusve distincte foveolato (inter-
dum levi); elytris tenuiter punctatis, utroque maculis tribus,
prima ad basin, secunda prope medium tertiaque inter medium et
apicem positis, flavis ornatis.

Var. A. Pectore rufo-testaceo, tibiis tarsisque fuscis aut nigris.
Diabrotica vigens, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiv., 1847, p. 147.

Var. B. Capite (antennis exceptis) nigro, ceteris ut in typo;
elytris suture basi interdum nigro-lineata. Diabrotica Simoni,
Jac., Proc. Zool. Soe., 1889, p. 280.

Var. C. Elytrorum maculis flavis fere aut totis obsoletis, ceteris
ut in vars. B. and C. Diabrotica amabilis, Baly, l.¢., p. 222;

49 Mr. Joseph S. Baly on the

D. simulans, Baly, l.c., p. 222; D. Simoni, Jacoby, var., l.c.,
1889, p. 280.

Hab. Brazil, Tejuca, Petropolis (Gray); St. Catha-
rine (ex col. Deyrolle); Tucuman, type and var. A
(Lord Dormer); Peru, Chanchamayo, vars. A and B
(Thamm); Bolivia, vars. B, C; Cayenne, var. A;
Amazons, var. A (Bates); Colombia, vars. A, C, and D
(Steinheil) ; Mexico, var. B. In most collections.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a broad
longitudinal ridge; antenne shorter than the body in both sexes,
filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth
slightly longer than the preceding two united. Thorax slightly
broader than long; sides nearly parallel and slightly sinuate from
the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards
the apex, hinder angles subacute ; upper surface moderately con-
vex, smooth, impressed more or less distinctly on either side with
a round fovea, which is in some specimens ill-defined and in many
instances entirely obsolete. Elytra ovate, dilated posteriorly,
their apices rounded ; above convex, not plicate below the humeral
callus, finely but rather closely punctured.

This common and variable species is found in nearly
all the warmer parts of the South American continent
and also in Mexico and other parts of Central America ;
it varies greatly in the coloration of the head, under
surface of the body and in the presence or absence of
the yellow markings on the elytra; these markings,
when present, appear to differ but little in form. The
fovee on the thorax, as stated above, vary from being
' well-defined to entirely obselete, every stage being found
between the two extremes. Having nearly one hundred
specimens of the different forms, both in sculpture and
coloration, now under my observation, I cannot but
regard them as varieties of the same species, therefore
am compelled to unite them under a single head.

Mr. Jacoby, in his diagnosis of D. Simoni, gives the
thorax in the ? as being marked with four piceous
spots. I have several specimens in my collection in
which the thorax is more or less distinctly marked with
piceous or fulvous, evidently the result of fading after
death.

South American species of Diabrotica. 43

Spec. 74. Diabrotica balteata, Leconte.

Proc. Acad. Phil., 1865, p. 213; Jac., Biol. Cent.
Amer., Col., vi., pt. i., p. 280, tab. xxix., fig. 23.

Diabrotica Sallei, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix., p. 227.

Hab. Colombia (Steinheil); Central and North
America. Common in collections.

Spec. 75. Diabrotica luteopustulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida, post-
pectore, tibiarum dorso tarsisque piceis, scutello capiteque rufo-
fulvis, labro nigro, antennis piceo-fuscis, ad basin et ante apicem
pallidis ; thorace levi, leviter bifoveolato; elytris sat crebre, tenuiter
punctatis, utroque maculis tribus, longitudinaliter dispositis, seepe
confluentibus, fulvis.

Var. A. Thoracis foveis obsoletis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. My collection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a
strongly-raised longitudinal ridge ; antenne filiform, equal to the
body in length in the J, rather shorter in the 2; the second and
third joints short, equal in length in the g, the third rather longer
than the second in the ?; piceo-fuscous; the three or four lower
joints, together with the ninth, tenth, and basal portion of the
eleventh, flavous, more or less stained with piceous. Thorax
nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides rather deeply sinuate
behind the middle, the latter rounded, slightly produced laterally ;
upper surface rather abruptly deflexed on the sides, slightly flat-
tened on the hinder disk, impressed on either side with a small
fovea (these foveee are sometimes entirely obsolete). Elytra
oblong, slightly dilated «posteriorly, their apices conjointly regu-
larly rounded in the g, obtusely rounded in the 2; convex, not
depressed below the basilar space, rather closely punctured, plicate
below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa well-defined,
extending downwards as far as the middle of the elytron and
bounded within by a deep sulcation; each elytron with three large
subrotundate and more or less confluent fulvous patches, placed
longitudinally, one at the base, a second about the middle, and the
third between the middle and the apex.

44 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 76. Diabrotica glaucina.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, sordide fulva, nitida,
labro antennisque piceis aut nigro-piceis, his ad basin fulvis, ante
apicem flayo-albidis, articulo apicali nigro; thorace convexo ;
elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, disco
exteriori ante medium obsolete longitudinaliter sulcato; utroque
pustulis magnis quatuor, longitudinaliter positis, fulvis, pustulis
duobus anticis plerumque confluentibus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad ; clypeus with the longi-
tudinal ridge strongly elevated, well-defined; antenne filiform,
equal to the body in length, the second joint short, moniliform, the
third slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer than the
preceding two united; piceous or nigro-piceous, the three lower
joints fulvous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white, the eleventh
black. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly parallel
and slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle,
rounded anteriorly, converging towards the apex; above convex,
shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, very slightly dilated
posteriorly, their apices conjointly regularly rounded, convex,
finely and rather closely punctured, outer disk anteriorly with
several longitudinal sulcations; plicate below the humeral callus,
subhumeral costa broad, extending downwards as far as the middle
of the elytron.

Spec. 77. Diabrotica curvipustulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nitida; subtus flava,
thorace femoribusque prasinis, tibiis piceo-tinctis; supra prasina,
antennis basi excepta, piceis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris crebre
puncta disco sulcis longitudinalibus leviter impresso; utroque
pustulis flavis tribus ornatis, harum una basali, rotundata, secunda
‘humerali, ad disci medium fere extensa, intus curvata, apicem
versus ampliata, tertiaque sublunata, pone medium posita, fulvis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Colombia; Nicaragua (Janson). Coll. Fry and
Baly.

Head not longer than broad; labrum fulvous; eyes black ;
antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second
joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth rather longer than
the preceding two united; the basal joint pale green, the second

South American species of Diabrotica. 45

and third piceo-fulvous, the rest piceous, the two upper ones rather
paler than the rest. Thorax rather more than one-third broader
than long; sides sinuate and slightly diverging from the base to
the middle, rounded anteriorly; disk shining, bifoveolate. Elytra
oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, closely and dis-
tinctly punctured; plicate below the humeral callus, disk of each
elytron with five or six shallow broad longitudinal sulcations.

The more strongly punctured sulcate elytra, together
with the different form of the fulvous markings, will at
once separate the above insect from sexmaculata, mihi,
the only species with which it can be confounded.

Spec. 78. Diabrotica gracilis, Jac.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878. p. 150.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo amplhata, convexa, prasina, nitida,
pectore, tibiis, tarsis, capite, scutello elytrorumque linea basali
communi nigris; antennis ad basin prasinis, ante apicem flavo-
albidis; thorace bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera
plicatis ; utroque plagis duabus, una basali, altera pone medium,
flavo-fulvis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil. Unique in Mr. Jacoby’s collection.

Clypeal ridge well-defined; antennz slender, filiform, the
second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than
the preceding two united; the basal joint pale green, the ninth
and tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth broader
than long; sides parallel and distinctly sinuate from the base to
beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex;
disk deeply bifoveolate, nitidous, impressed with very minute
punctures, only visible under a deep lens. Elytra oblong-ovate,
scarcely dilated posteriorly ; convex, distinctly and rather closely
punctured ; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa
extending to just beyond the middle of the elytron, bifurcate at
its base.

Spec. 79. Diabrotica bipustulata, Baly.

Journ. Lin. Soc., xix, p. 221.

Hab. Venezuela. In most collections.

Spec. 80. Diabrotica amena, Dalm.
Analect. Ent., 1823, p. 75.
Diabrotica Clarkella, Baly, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1859, p. 271.
Hab. Brazil. Common in collections.

46 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 81. Diabrotica Grayella, Baly.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 445.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis, Constancia (Gray). In most
collections.

The subsutural vitta at once separates this species
from D. Clarkella, which in all other respects it closely
resembles. In most collections.

Spec. 82. Diabrotica apicipennis.

Elongata, modice convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, ano, tibiis,
tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, articulis
novo et decimo albidis (artic. ult. fract,), thorace bifoveolato ; elytris
fere parallelis, crebre distincte punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque
margine apicali, suture basi vittaque humerali nigro-piceis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Unique in Mr.
Fry’s collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular ; clypeal ridge distinct ;
eyes large, prominent; antenne filiform, the second and third
joints short, the third rather longer than the second, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united ; the second and third joints
piceous, the ninth and tenth white, the eleventh (in the single
specimen known to me broken off). Thorax about one-third
broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the
base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and slightly
rounded towards the apex; disk convex, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra
subelongate, their sides nearly parallel; above moderately convex,
rather closely and strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral
callus; each elytron with the apical margin, a narrow sutural line
at the base, together with a short humeral vitta, nigro-piceous.

Spec. 83. Diabrotica atrosignata.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque (antennis basi et apice exceptis) nigris ; thorace
leviter trifoveolato; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis; flavis,
utroque vittis subcuneiformibus duabus, basalibus interna com-
muni, maculisque tribus ante apicem, triangulariter dispositis,
nigris.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Brazil. Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; elypeus with a broad

South American species of Diabrotica. 47

longitudinal ridge; antenne moderately robust, filiform, rather
more than half the length of the body, the second joint short, the
third more than one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal
in length to the preceding two united; the three lower joints,
together with the two upper ones, fulvous, the rest black. Thorax
more than one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight and
parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely con-
verging and slightly rounded towards the apex, the anterior angles
obtuse, the hinder ones acute; upper surface smooth, impunctate,
convex, flattened on the central disk, trifoveolate, the two anterior
fovere rather strongly impressed, the third small and ill-defined,
placed just in front of the basal margin. Elytra ovate, rather
strongly dilated posteriorly; above convex, finely and closely
punctured.

Spec. 84. Diabrotica septemliturata, Erichs.

Diabrotica lineolata, Kirsch, Berl. Entom. Zeits.,
Xxvil., p. 202, 1883.

Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava,
pectore, ore antennisque nigris, his ad basin plerumque flavis, apice
albido, articulis intermediis interdum fuscis; thorace excavato,
trifoveolato, foveis interdum fere obsoletis; elytris ad latera
plicatis; utroque vittis basalibus duabus, brevibus, una communi,
altera humerali, maculisque lineariformibus duabus, pone medium
transversim positis, nigris.

Var. A. Capite rufo-piceo aut nigro.

Mabrotica septemliturata, Erichs., Wiegm. Archiy., 1847, i.,
p. 167.

Var. B. Elytri vittis basalibus confluentibus, capite ut in
var. B.

Var. C. Elytri maculis posticis duabus inter se confluentibus.

Var. D. Ore flavo.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo (Thamm); Amazons
(Bates) ; Bolivia. Common in collections.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined ; antennz
filiform, rather more than three-fourths the length of the body,
the second joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth slightly
longer than the preceding two united; black, the three outer joints
yellowish white, the three or four basal ones sometimes piceo-
flavous ; in some specimens the antenne are entirely of this latter
colour, the intermediate joints being scarcely, if at all, darker than
the rest. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides parallel and

48 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

faintly sinuate from the base to the middle, obsoletely dilated and
rounded anteriorly; above convex, hinder two-thirds of disk
broadly excavated, more or less distinctly trifoveolate. Elytra
oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, plicate below the humeral
callus; surface closely and distinctly punctured.

After a careful examination. of a long series of this
variable species I cannot separate D. lineolata, Kirsch
(the type-specimen of which, through the kindness of
the author, I have before me) as a distinct specific form.
The head varies in colour from entirely black to entirely
flavous; the antenne are also equally variable in tint.
Dr. Kirsch lays stress on the absence of the discoidal
foves of the thorax in his insect, but in the specimen
before me they, although faint, are distinctly visible
under a lens. Erichson only gives the thorax as bi-
foveolate, the third fovea is always less distinctly defined
than the others and in some specimens possibly entirely
obsolete.

D. septemliturata is separated from D. Clarkella by its
smaller size, and by the difference in the sculpturing of
the thorax. It is also much more variable in the
pattern of its elytra than that species.

Spec. 85. Diabrotica Dysoni, Baly.
Journ. Ent. Soc., 1886, xix., p. 217.
Hab. Colombia; my collection. A single specimen.

D. Dysoni may be known by the form of the elytral
markings, which are broad and of equal width through-
out, their apices being abruptly truncate.

Spec. 86. Diabrotica sedata.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, oculis antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, apice sordide
flavo; thorace leviter trifoveolato ; elytris subnitidis, sat crebre
punctatis, ad latera leviter plicatis, disco sulcis nonnullis longi-
tudinalibus obsolete impresso; utroque vittis brevibus basalibus
duabus, una communi, altera humerali, vittulisque duabus longe
pone medium oblique transversim positis, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil; also Guatemala. My collection.

Head slightly longer than broad; labrum pale piceous ; c'ypeal
ridge strongly raised, terminating before reaching the anterior

South American species of Diabrotica. 49

margin; antenne filiform, four-fifths the length of the body, the
second joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than
the preceding two united; the two lower joints piceous, the three
upper ones obscure fulvous, the rest black. Thorax about one-
half broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly parallel from the
base to just beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and
slightly rounded towards the apex; above convex, slightly exca-
vated on the hinder two-thirds of the disk, obsoletely trifoveolate.
Elytra oval, slightly dilated posteriorly; convex, rather broadly
margined ; above convex, subnitidous, distinctly punctured, obso-
letely plicate below the humeral callus, disk faintly impressed with
several ill-defined longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 87. Diabrotica Clarkella, Baly.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice conyexa, flava,
nitida, dorso interdum fuseo tincto, pectore antennisque nigris, his
ad basin et adapicem fulvis ; thorace convexo, disco excavato, plus
minusve distincte bifoveolato; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera
plicatis ; utroque vittis basalibus brevibus duabus, una communi,
altera humerali, maculisque duabus pone medium, oblique trans-
versim positis, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum maculis posticis confluentibus, capite nigro-
piceo.

Long. 3}—4 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Petropolis, Constantia (Gray). In
most collections.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge only slightly raised,
not well-defined; antennze rather more than three-fourths the
length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the third
scarcely one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding
two united; the three lower and the three upper joints, together
with the basal portion of the fourth, flavo-fulvous, the rest black.
Thorax one-third broader than long; sides sinuate and nearly
parallel from the base to the middle, thence slightly converging
towards the apex, the anterior angles slightly thickened, obtuse,
the hinder ones acute; above convex, the medial disk broadly
excavated, impressed on either side with a shallow fovea. Elytra
narrowly ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly
rounded; above convex, rather closely and strongly punctured,
obsoletely rugulose, plicate below the humeral callus.

In some specimens the surface immediately sur-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) E

50 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

rounding the elytral markings is paler than the rest of
the disk.

Spec. 88. Diabrotica simulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore
scutelloque nigris, capite rufo-piceo, ore nigro; antennis sordide
fulvis, articulis intermediis ultimoque nigris, thorace convexo,
levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis; utroque vitta humerali altera-
que suturali, communi, maculisque duabus, pone medium trans-
versim positis, nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates); a single specimen in my
own cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; rufo-piceous, the mouth
black; clypeus with a distinctly elevated longitudinal ridge;
antenne filiform, about three-fourths the length of the body, the
second joint short, ovate, the third obconic, about one-third longer
than the second, the fourth longer than the preceding two united ;
the four lower joints, together with the ninth and tenth, fulvous,
the rest black. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides
parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle,
thence obliquely narrowed towards the apex; disk smooth, con-
vex. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, rather
closely and distinctly punctured, the subhumeral ridge only visible
immediately below the humeral callus.

Separated from the following species, Buqueti, by the
less distinct plication of the elytra and by the short
subhumeral costa.

Spec. 89. Diabrotica Buqueti.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava nitida, pectore antennis-
que nigris aut piceis, his ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis
duobus albidis; scutello labroque piceis; thorace rufo-fulvo aut
flavo, convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis ;
utroque linea suturali baseos, altera subhumerali lineisque brevi-
bus duabus pone medium, transversim positis, nigris aut piceis.

Var. A. Elytrorum lineis posticis obsoletis.

Long. 3% lin.

Hab. Amazons, Kga (Bates); Peru. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct
longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more than three-

South American species of Diabrotica. 51

fourths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third
very slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer than the
preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides
nearly parallel and sinuate from the base to the middle, thence
rounded and converging towards the apex, the hinder angle
slightly produced, acute; disk convex, impunctate. EHlytra ovate,
dilated posteriorly ; upper surface rather strongly convex, closely
punctured, distinctly plicate below the humeral callus, the sub-
humeral costa well-defined and extending to the middle of the
elytron.
Spec. 90. Diabrotica proximans.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello capiteque, antennis ad basin et ante apicem ex-
ceptis, nigris; thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre punctatis,
utroque vittis duabus basalibus brevibus, una humerali, altera
suturali communi maculaque sublaterali pone medium, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge well-
defined ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body im length, the
second joint short, moniliform, the third slightly longer, the fourth
much longer than the preceding two united, the fifth to the eighth,
together with the eleventh, black or piceous, the rest flavous.
Thorax about one-third broader than long ; sides parallel and very
slightly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded
and converging towards the apex, the anterior angles slightly pro-
duced, obtuse; disk convex, impunctate. Elytra ovate, slightly
dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly grooved longitudinally below
the humeral callus, rather closely punctured; the basal vitta
wedge-shaped, scarcely extending for more than one-fourth the
length of the elytra.

The black head, the less strong subhumeral plication
of the elytra, together with the short basal vitte and
the absence of the inner post-medial spot, will separate
this species from the preceding.

Spee. 91. Diabrotica brevicornis.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pallide flava,
nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis ad basin et ad
apicem pallidis; thorace levi, disco postico leviter deplanato; scu-
tello piceo; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera distincte plicatis ; utro-
que vittis brevipus basalibus duabus, una communi, altera humerali,
maculaque sublaterali oblonga, pone medium posita, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

E 2

52 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Hab. Cayenne; asingle specimen. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge elevated,
not sharply defined on the sides; antenne rather more than half
the length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, the third
rather more than one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to the
preceding two united; the three basal, together with the three
upper joints, piceo-flavous, the rest nigro-piceous. Thorax rather
broader than long; sides rounded and very slightly dilated ante-
riorly, nearly straight and parallel behind the middle; disk convex,
its hinder portion very slightly flattened, nitidous, infpunctate.
Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated posteriorly, moderately convex,
distinctly plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely but finely
punctured; surface of disk here and there obsoletely wrinkled.

The short antennz, scarcely exceeding half the body
in length, separate this species from its congeners.

Spec. 92. Diabrotica analis.

Elongato-ovata, postice ampliata, modice convexa, flava, nitida,
abdominis segmento anali, tibiis, tarsis, pectore, scutello capiteque
nigris, antennis ad basin piceis aut piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis
duobus albidis ; thorace transverso, convexo, levi, utrinque obso-
lete foveolato ; elytris convexis, sat crebre, distincte punctatis, ad
latera plicatis; utroque linea suturali, communi, vitta brevi
humerali lineaque submarginali ante apicem posita, nigris.

Mas. Antennis corpore paullo longioribus.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne
filiform, equal to the body in length in the 9, slightly longer in
the #, the second joint short, subovate, the third one-half longer
than the second, the fourth rather longer than the preceding two
united; black, the three lower joints piceo-flavous or piceous, the
ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax about one-third broader
than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to
beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex ;
disk convex, very faintly foveolate on either side, these fover
sometimes entirely obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated
posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded, convex, slightly flat-
tened along the suture, distinctly and rather strongly punctured,
outer disk with three or four very shallow longitudinal sulcations,
in some cases nearly obsolete; subhumeral callus slightly raised
and extending from the humeral callus to a short distance below
the middle.

South American species of Diabrotica. 58

Spec. 93. Diabrotica Westwoodi.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., 252.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello, labro antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, articu-
lis externis tribus, ultimi apice excepto, albidis; thorace convexo,
dorso obsolete deplanato, ad basin fovea obsoleta impresso ; elytris
subcrebre, tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque linea
suturali, a basi fere ad medium extensa, vitta humerali brevi, macu-
laque oblonga submarginali, nigris.

Long, 33 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeus with an
ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antennz nearly equal to the body in
length, filiform, the second and third joints very short, nearly
equal, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; black, the
three lower joints pale piceous, stained above with black; the three
upper ones yellowish white, the apex of the eleventh black.
Thorax one-half broader than long; sides sinuate behind the
middle, very slightly dilated and rounded anteriorly ; upper surface
convex, the hinder two-thirds of the disk obsoletely flattened,
impressed at its base with a faint fovea. LElytra narrowly oblong-
ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, obtusely rounded conjointly at
the apices; convex, slightly flattened along the suture, finely punc-
tured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge dis-
tinctly elevated and extending to just beyond the middle of the
elytron.

Spee. 94. Diabrotica Weiset.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, scutello
antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis
duobus albidis; thorace convexo, rufo-testaceo; elytris convexis, ad
latera plicatis, sat crebre punctatis, utroque linea brevi basali com-
muni vittaque brevi humerali, nigris.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, labrum piceous; clypeal ridge
rather broad, well-defined; antenne nearly equal to the body in
length, filiform, the second joint short, the third rather longer, the
fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower
joints piceo-fulvous, the tenth and eleventh white, the rest black.
Thorax nearly one-third broader than long; sides parallel and
distinctly sinuate posteriorly, rounded and converging towards the

54 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

apex in front; disk convex, smooth and shining, rufo-testaceous.
Elytra broadly ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, grooved below
the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa elevated and extending
to a short distance below the middle; surface rather closely punc-

tured; outer margin rather broadly reflexed.

Separated from D. Westwoodi by its broader and more
ovate form, the subhumeral groove being also less deeply
impressed.

Spec. 95. Diabrotica facialis.

Anguste ovata, postice amplhata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, vertice, clypeoque utrinque flavis;
antennis ad basin piceo-fulvis, articulis penultimis duobus flavo-
albidis; thorace integro, nitido ; elytris tenuissime subremote punc-
tatis, lateribus plicatis ; utroque linea suturali vittaque elevata sub-
humerali, postice abbreviatis, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, Bogota, Dresden Museum, and coll.
Duvivier, Baly, and Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad, shining black, a patch
on the vertex, together with the clypeus, the longitudinal ridge
and the anterior margin excepted, flavous; antenne filiform, more
than four-fifths of the body in length, the second and third joints
short, nearly equal, the fourth much longer than the preceding
two united ; the four lower joints piceo-fulvous, the fifth piceous,
the following three, together with the apical one, black, the ninth
and tenth yellowish white. Thorax about one-third broader than
long; sides rounded anteriorly, parallel and slightly sinuate behind
the middle; disk nitidous, convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong-
ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly plicate below the
humeral callus, the subhumeral costa strongly elevated and ex-
tending downwards below the middle, general surface minutely
but rather remotely punctured ; each elytron with a narrow sutural
line, abbreviated just below the middle, and a linear vitta, which
runs along the subhumeral costa and extends downwards a little
beyond the medial line, black.

The yellow colour of the face in some cases extends
upwards on the front; the subhumeral ridge is more
strongly developed than in any of the allied species.

Spec. 96. Diabrotica soroensis.
Elongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,
labro antennisque nigris (horum articuli ultimi quatuor fracti

aoe ee

South American species of Diabrotica. 55

sunt); thorace levi, obsolete trifoveolato, rufo-testaceo; elytris
tenuiter subcrebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, suture basi et utro-
que vitta humerali vix pone medium extensa, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge ill-defined; labrum, eyes, and
antenne black; these last with the second joint short, the third
nearly twice its length, the fourth longer than the preceding two
united, the basal joint piceous (the four upper joints in the single
specimen before me broken off). Thorax rather broader than long;
sides parallel and sinuate from the base to the middle, slightly
rounded anteriorly ; disk convex, impunctate, faintly impressed on
the hinder disk with three shallow fovee. Elytra narrowly oblong,
dilated posteriorly, convex, faintly impressed transversely below
the basilar space, finely and rather closely punctured, strongly
plicate on the side below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge
strongly raised.

Spee. 97. Diabrotica brevivittata.
Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,
nitida, pectore, ore antennisque nigris, his ad basin et ad apicem
sordide flavis ; thorace excavato, utringue obsolete foveolato ; elytris
sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque lineis basalibus
brevibus duabus, una communi, altera submarginali, nigris.
Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; labrum and eyes
black, the latter large, prominent; antenne filiform, equal to the
body in length, the second joint short, the third one-half longer,
the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower
joints, together with the two upper ones, piceo-flavous. Thorax
nearly one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly,
sinuate and nearly parallel behind the middle ; upper surface con-
vex, hinder disk rather deeply excavated, obsoletely bifoveolate.
Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately
convex, plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely punctured.

Closely allied to D. soroensis ; separated by the deeply
excavated thorax and by the shorter elytral vitte.

Spec. 98. Diabrotica cavicollis.

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, ni-
tida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem pallide

56 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

piceis ; thorace rufo-testaceo, disco leviter excavato ; elytris minute
punctatis, ad latera plicatis, utroque vittis basalibus duabus,
lineariformibus, una communi, altera submarginali, nigris.

Long. 24 lin.

Hab. Brazil. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined : antenne
filiform, rather shorter than the body, the second joint short, the
third rather longer, the fourth slightly longer than the preceding
two united; the three lower, together with the tenth joints fulvo-
piceous (the eleventh joint broken off). Thorax scarcely broader
than long; sides rounded anteriorly, sinuate behind the middle,
convex; the hinder disk slightly but distinctly excavated. Elytra
narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly
plicate below the humeral callus, very minutely punctured ; the
sutural vitta in this species terminates at the commencement of
the middle third of the elytron, whilst the sublateral one extends
to the lower end of the latter.

Spec. 99. Diabrotica sesquilineata, Erichs.
Wied. Archiv., 1847, p. 167.

Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis ultimis tribus
albidis; thorace scutelloque rufo-testaceis, illo excavato, obsolete
trifoveolato; elytris tenuiter punctatis, lateribus plicatis, utroque
sutura, postice attenuata et longe ante apicem abbreviata, vitta
humerali, ante apicem abbreviata, lineaque discoidali utrinque
abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Peru (Thamm); Upper Amazons. Coll. Fry
and Baly.

Head triangular; longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined ;
antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the second
and third joints short, equal in length, the fourth much longer than
the preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long;
sides very slightly produced and rounded anteriorly, parallel and
very faintly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle; hinder
disk excavated, obsoletely trifoveolate. Elytra narrowly oblong,
very slightly dilated posteriorly, finely and rather closely punctured,
distinctly plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa well-defined
and extending below the middle of the elytron.

Erichson places this species in the division with the
thorax bifoveolate ; in the specimen before me the fovee

South American species of Diabrotica. 57

are very ill-defined, and it is very possible that occa-
sionally the third one is obsolete; in all respects it
agrees closely with his description. In the pattern of
the elytra it resembles D. atrivittata, but differs in its
narrower form and in the foveolate thorax.

Spec. 100. Diabrotica atrivittata.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore nigro,
scutello capiteque nigro-piceis, antennis flavis, articulis intermediis
oculisque nigris, thorace convexo, levi; elytris crebre punctatis,
ad latera plicatis, utroque suture basi, vitta humerali a basi ad
longe pone medium extensa alteraque discoidali utrinque abbre-
viata, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro, St. Paulo (Fry). Coll.
Fry and Baly.

Head triangular; clypeus with a well-defined longitudinal
ridge; antenne filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the
second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth
slightly longer than the preceding two united; pale flavous, the
fifth to the eighth, together with the apex of the fourth, black.
Thorax one-third broader than long; sides nearly straight and
parallel from the base to the middle, thence obliquely rounded and
converging towards the apex; above convex, shining, impunctate.
Elytra broadly ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices broadly
rounded; convex, rather closely punctured, subhumeral costa dis-
tinct, extending downwards as far as the middle of the elytron.

Spec. 101. Diabrotica Kirbyt.

Anguste oblongo-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pal-
lide flava, nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, pedibus anten-
narumque basi fulvo-flavis; thorace obsolete bifoveolato ; elytris
crebre punctatis, flavo-albidis, utroque sutura ante medium, Vitta
humerali fere ad apicem extensa, alteraque discoidali, utrinque
abbreviata, nigris.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Parana; a single specimen in my own
collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus convex, the
longitudinal ridge nearly obsolete; antenne filiform, moderately
robust, the second joint short, submoniliform, the third rather

58 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

more than one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal in
length to the preceding two united; three lower joints fulvo-
flavous, the fourth to the ninth black (the two upper ones in the
single specimen before me broken off). Thorax nearly one-half
broader than long at the base; sides sinuate from the base to the
middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex, posterior
angles slightly produced, acute; above convex, slightly flattened
on the disk, impressed on either side with a large shallow fovea.
Elytra oblong, very slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices
regularly rounded; above convex, rather closely punctured, plicate
below the humeral callus, subhumeral ridge distinct, extending
more than half-way between the middle of the elytron and its
apex, its hinder portion less strongly elevated.

Spec. 102. Diabrotica atrilineata.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Elongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, pallide flava, nitida,
pectore oculisque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis aut nigris, apice
flavo; thorace bifoveolato ; elytris crebre punctatis, pallide flavis,
suture basi, linea humerali, fere ad apicem extensa, pone medium
late interrupta, lineaque brevi discoidali, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, labrum stained at the
base with piceous; clypeus with a well-defined longitudinal ridge ;
antenne filiform, moderately robust, the second joint short, the
third about one-half longer, the fourth slightly longer than the
preceding two united; nigro-piceous or black, the three upper
joints flavous. Thorax nearly one-fourth broader than long; sides
parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to the middle, rounded
anteriorly and converging towards the apex, the hinder angles
slightly produced, subacute; medial disk distinctly excavated,
impressed on either side with a large shallow fovea. Elytra
narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices
regularly rounded; above convex, rather coarsely and closely
punctured ; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa
well-defined, extending to the middle of the elytron.

Spee. 108. Diabrotica trifoveolata.
Subelongata aut elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice con-
vexa, flava, nitida, pectore capiteque nigris, antennis nigro-piceis,
ad basin et ad apicem pallidis ; thorace rufo-testaceo, trifoveolato ;

South American species of Diabrotica. 59

elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis ; utroque linea brevi basali,
communi, vitta submarginali a basi fere ad apicem extensa, in-
terdum ante apicem subinterrupta, maculaque post-mediali inter
vittam et suturam posita, nigris.

Long. 8—3} lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge well-defined ;
antenne filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the second
joint short, the third one-half longer, the fourth equal in length to
the preceding two united, two or three lower joints, together with
the three upper ones, piceo-fulvous. Thorax one-fifth broader than
long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the base to the
middle, thence rounded and converging towards the apex ; above
convex, hinder disk excavated, trifoveolate. Elytra narrowly
oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, strongly
plicate below the humeral callus, rather closely punctured.

Spec. 104. Diabrotica confraterna.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Oblongo-elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ad apicem sordide
fulvis ; thorace convexo, obsolete trifoveolato, rufo-fulvo; elytris sat
crebre punctatis, costa subhumerali yix elevata; utroque vitta brevi
basali, communi, altera humerali, a basi ad longe pone medium
extensa maculaque parva oblonga inter medium et apicem posita,
nigris.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons; a single specimen in my own
collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a distinct
longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths the length
of the body, the second joint short, the third nearly twice its length,
the fourth as long as the preceding two united; the two lower
joints piceous, the three upper ones piceo-fulvous. Thorax rather
more than one-fourth broader than long; sides very slightly pro-
duced before the middle, sinuate posteriorly, obliquely converging
towards the apex; above convex, very faintly impressed with
three small fovexr, two, one on either side the disk, only visible
when viewed obliquely, the third rather more distinct, subelongate,
placed on the medial line just in front of the basal margin. Elytra
narrowly oblong, very slightly dilated posteriorly, rather broadly
margined on the sides, regularly rounded at the apex, convex,

60 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

distinctly punctured; subhumeral ridge broad, very slightly
elevated, extending from the humeral callus to just below the outer
and hinder angle of the elytron.

Rather broader than D. trifoveolata, its thorax dis-
tinctly trifoveolate.

Spec. 105. Diabrotica contigua.
Proc: Zool. Soc.,-1889, p- 92.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem flavis;
thorace leviter trifoveolato, disco interdum piceo tincto; elytris
sat crebre punctatis, disco sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus leviter
impresso, costa subhumerali fere ad apicem extensa; utroque linea
suturali ante apicem abbreviata, ad apicem paullo ampliata, vitta
humerali, a basi fere ad apicem extensa maculaque discoidali pone
medium posita, nigris.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. Coll. Baly and Fry.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a strongly
raised well-defined longitudinal ridge; encarpe thickened, trans-
verse ; antenne filiform, nearly equal to the body in length, the
second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second,
the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the three lower
joints, the basal portion of the fourth, together with the three
upper ones, flayous, the ninth more or less stained with fuscous,
the rest black. Thorax one-half broader than long; sides slightly
dilated and rounded anteriorly, rather deeply sinuate behind the
middle, the hinder angles slightly produced, acute; disk im-
pressed with three shallow fovee. LElytra narrowly oblong,
slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded, convex,
finely but rather closely punctured; disk of each elytron impressed
with four or five broad but shallow longitudinal sulcations; sub-
humeral costa strongly raised and extending nearly to the apex of
the elytron.

This species may be known from the preceding two by
the sulcations on the elytra.

Spec. 106. Diabrotica boliviana. v. Harold.
Mittheil. d. Munch. Ent. Verr., 1877, p. 111.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore
capiteque nigris, antennis pallide piceis, apice piceo-tlavo, scutello

South American species of Diabrotica. 61

thoraceque rufis; hoc plus minusve distincte trifoveolato, fovea
intermedia interdum obsoleta; elytris distincte, sat crebre punc-
tatis, utroque vitta suturali communi basali, ante medium abbre-
viata, altera sublaterali, a basi ad longe pone medium producta
maculaque oblonga discoidali pone medium posita, cyaneis aut
viridi eneis.

Var. A. Elytrorum vitta sublaterali interrupta.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula discoidali cum sutura confluenti.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Bolivia, Upper Amazons, and Peru. My col-
lection. .

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate ; clypeus with a broad
longitudinal ride ; eyes large, prominent; antenne filiform, four-
fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third twice
the length of the second, the fourth equal to the preceding two
united; pale piceous, the four basal joints beneath, together with
the three upper ones entirely, piceo-flavous. Thorax one-third
broader than long ; sides nearly parallel and slightly sinuate from
the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and obliquely con-
verging towards the apex; upper surface convex, hinder disk
moderately excavated, more or less distinctly trifoveolate, the
middle fovea, which is placed just in front of the basal margin,
sometimes obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly,
their apices conjointly regularly rounded; convex, distinctly punc-
tured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral costa
distinct, bounded within by a longitudinal sulcation.

Spec. 107. Diabrotica picco-signata.

Subelongata, postice paullo amplata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad apicem flavis, thorace inferiori
utringue macula scutelloque piceis; thorace profunde bifoveolato,
foveis fusco piceis; elytris subcrebre punctatis, utroque suture
basi, vitta submarginali a basi fere ad apicem extensa, lineaque brevi
pone medium, inter vittam et suturam posita, nigris.

Var. A. Thoracis maculis piceis obsoletis.

Var. B. Elytrorum macula post-mediali obsoleta.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Tejuca (Gray). My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with an ill-
defined longitudinal ridge; antenne four-fifths the length of the
body, filiform, the second joint short, subovate, the third about
one-half longer than the second, the fourth equal in length to the
preceding two united; black, the three upper joints flavous, the

62 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

three lower ones sometimes nigro-piceous. Thorax nearly one-
half broader than long ; sides nearly parallel and sinuate from the
base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded towards the
apex, the anterior angles obtuse, the hinder ones slightly pro-
duced, subacute; above convex, disk with a large ill-defined
excavation, which is impressed scarcely behind the middle
with two large deep fovex, separated from each other by a
narrow line, each fovea stained with a piceous spot; surface
shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated
posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded; above convex, finely
but distinctly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, sub-
humeral costa extending below the middle.

Spec. 108. Diabrotica mitidicollis.
Proc. Zool."Soe., 1889; p. 92:

Subelongato-ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava,
nitida, pectore scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum apice flavo ;
thorace convexo, levi, fulvo-rufo; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad
latera plicatis, costa subhumerali longe pone medium extensa;
utroque linea suturali fere ad apicem extensa, linea humerali
ante apicem abbreviata maculaque parva discoidali pone medium
posita, nigris.

Var. A. Elytrorum macula discoidali obsoleta.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry). Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head triangular, not broader than long; clypeus with a well-
defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, three-fourths the
length of the body, the second joint short, the third distinctly
longer, the fourth rather longer than the preceding two united ;
the three upper joints pale flavous, the second and third piceous.
Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides parallel and
slightly sinuate from the base to the middle, thence rounded and
converging towards the apex; upper surface convex, shining, im-
punctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, their
apices rather broadly rounded; above convex, distinctly and
rather closely punctured, very faintly wrinkled, plicate below the
humeral callus, subhumeral costa distinctly elevated and extending
downwards to more than half-way between the middle and apex,

Separate from D. piceo-signata by the non-foveolate
thorax.

South American species of Diabrotica. 63

Spec. 109. Diabrotica Meyer.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
abdominis apice, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis
corpore vix longioribus, ad basin flavis, ante apicem albidis ; thorace
levi, convexo; elytris distincte punctatis, ad latera plicatis, linea
suturali integra, et utroque vitta submarginali ante apicem abbre-
viata et pone medium late interrupta, nigris.

Long. 8+ lin.

Hab. Brazil. My collection.

Head slightly broader than long ; clypeal ridge not well-defined ;
antenne scarcely longer than the body, filiform, the second joint
short, the third nearly one-half longer than the second, the fourth
much longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints
flavous, the ninth and tenth white, the rest black. Thorax nearly
one-half broader than long; sides parallel and very slightly sinuate
from the base to beyond the middle ; disk nitidous, convex. Elytra
narrowly oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, distinctly and
rather closely punctured, outer disk with several broad shallow
longitudinal sulcations; each elytron with the sutural margin,
together with a sublateral vitta, the latter broadly interrupted
below the middle and terminating some distance before reaching
the apex, black or nigro-piceous.

Spec. 110. Diabrotica diversicornis.

Subelongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
abdominis apice, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis pallide flavis,
articulis intermediis ultimoque nigris, tarsis fuscis; thorace con-
vexo, levi; elytris tenuiter sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,
costa subhumerali distincta, fere ad apicem extensa; utroque
linea suturali alteraque sublaterali, ante apicem interrupta, nigro-
piceis.

Long. 2} lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, subrotundate; clypeus with a
distinct longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, shorter than the
body, the second and third joints short, equal, the fourth longer
than the preceding two united; pale flavous, the sixth to the
eighth, together with the eleventh joints, black, the ninth and
tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth broader than
long; sides straight and slightly diverging from the base to beyond
the middle, thence rounded and obliquely converging towards the
apex; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra narrowly oblong,

64 Mr. Joseph S: Baly on the

searcely dilated posteriorly; convex, distinctly but rather finely
punctured, the general surface obsoletely wrinkled; subhumeral
costa rather strongly raised, extending nearly to the apex of the
elytron.

Spec. 111. Diabrotica interrupta, Baly.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 445.
Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Spec. 112. Diabrotica venezuelensis, Jacoby.
Cist. Ent., iii., p. 45.

Diabrotica virginella, Baly, Journ. Lin. Soce., xix.,
p. 228.

Hab. Venezuela. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Spec. 118. Diabrotica rugulosa.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et ad apicem sordide
fulvis; thorace sat profunde subarcuatim excavato; elytris rugulosis,
ad latera plicatis, sulcis longitudinalibus obsolete impressis ; utroque
linea suturali, ante apicem abbreviata, lineaque elevata sublaterali,
a basi fere ad apicem extensa, nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Catharine. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a longi-
tudinal ridge; antenne about three-fourths the length of the body,
filiform, the second joint short, ovate, the third more than one-half
longer, the fourth equal in length to the preceding two united; the
three lower joints, together with the upper two, obscure fulvous.
Thorax nearly twice as broad as long; sides slightly dilated and
rounded anteriorly, sinuate behind the middle; above convex, the
hinder disk deeply excavated. Elytra oblong-ovate, slightly dilated
posteriorly, convex, irregularly but not deeply rugulose, rather
strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, the sub-
humeral costa raised, well-defined and extending beyond the
middle ; disk with four or five very shallow ill-defined longitudinal
suleations ; each elytron with a narrow sutural line, abbreviated
towards the apex, and a linear submarginal vitta, which, com-
mencing at the base, runs along the subhumeral costa and extends
to some distance below the middle, black.

South American species of Diabrotica. 65

Near D. extensa ; separated by the pale basal joints
of the antenne, more deeply excavated thorax, and less
strongly punctured elytra.

Spec. 114. Diabrotica extensa.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
oculis, labro antennisque (his ad apicem exceptis), nigris; thorace
leviter excavato, utrinque obsolete foveolato; elytris subrugulosis,
sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis, costa subhumerali fere
ad apicem extensa; utroque linea suturali, postice abbreviata
vittaque sublaterali super costam humeralem posita, nigris.

Long. 22 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Fry); Bahia. Coll. Fry
and Baly.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with its longi-
tudinal ridge ill-defined; antenne filiform, three-fourths the length
of the body, the second joint short, ovate, the third slightly longer,
obeonie, the fourth longer than the preceding two united; black,
the three upper joints pale flavous. Thorax scarcely one-fourth
broader than long; sides parallel and slightly sinuate from the
base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards
the apex, anterior and hinder angles distinctly produced, subacute 5
above convex, excavated on the hinder portion of the disk, and
impressed more or less distinctly on either side with a shallow
fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their
apices regularly rounded ; convex, rather closely punctured, sub-
rugulose; plicate below the humeral callus, subhumeral costa
extending downwards nearly to the apex of the elytron, curving
inwards before its termination.

In a specimen from Bahia, in my own collection, the
three basal joints of the antenne are pale piceous, and
there are faint traces of several longitudinal sulcations
on the disk of each elytron; in all other respects it
agrees with the typical form.

Spec. 115. Diabrotica nigroscutata.
Diabrotica scutellata, Baly.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 98.

Subelongato-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
oculis scutelloque nigris, pectore, ore antennisque piceis; thorace
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—rarTI. (APRIL.) F

66 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

leviter bifoveolato ; elytris sat crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis,
costa subhumerali ad longe ultra medium extensa; utroque vitta
sublaterali super costam subhumeralem posita, picea, sutura obso-
lete piceo-tincto.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil. <A single specimen in my own col-
lection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a
well-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, rather more
than half the length of the body, the second joint short, ovate, the
third one-half longer, the fourth as long as the preceding two
united. Thorax nearly one-third broader than long; sides nearly
straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence
obliquely converging towards the apex; disk convex, impressed on
either side with a small but distinct fovea. Elytra narrowly
oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded ;
convex, rather closely punctured, subhumeral costa broad and
straight for the whole of its course, extending downwards to about
half-way between the middle of the elytron and the apex; its
surface covered by the piceous sublateral vitta, which commencing
on the humeral callus is faint and nearly obsolete on the anterior
disk.

The name first given by myself to this species having
been already used by Mr. Jacoby in the ‘ Biologia,’ I
have changed it to the one above.

Spec. 116. Diabrotica Reitteri.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis, tarsis capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin et apicem flavis, eu-
carpis piceis; thorace rufo-fulvo, leviter trifoveolato; elytris sat
crebre punctatis, ad latera plicatis; utroque vittis duabus, a basi
ad longe pone medium extensis una suturali, communi, altera sub-
laterali, cyaneo-nigris.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia, Cauca. A single specimen in my
collection.

Head slightly longer than broad, wedge-shaped; clypeal ridge
ill-defined; antennz filiform, equal to the body in length, the
second joint short, the third nearly twice ‘its length, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints,
together with the three upper ones, fulvous, the rest black. Thorax
not broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the

South American spectes of Diabrotica. 67

base to the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging
towards the apex; disk nitidous, its hinder two-thirds excavated,
obsoletely trifoveolate. LElytra subelongate, very slightly dilated
posteriorly ; moderately convex, strongly plicate below the humeral
callus, minutely punctured. .

Spee. 117. Diabrotica melanopyga.
Proc. Zool. Soe., 1889, p. 92.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
abdominis apice, tibiis, tarsis posticis capiteque nigris, anten-
narum articulis basalibus tribus ante penultimoque totis, et quarti
quintique apicibus flavis, penultimo piceo; thorace bifoveolato ;
scutello, tibiis tarsisque anticis quatuor piceis, elytris sat crebre
punctatis; utroque linea suturali apicem versus fere obsoleta,
macula parva apicali vittaqgue humerali, fere ad apicem extensa,
nigris.

Long. 22 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. A single specimen, from
the late E. Deyrolle’s collection, in my own cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus clothed on
either side with adpressed fulvous hairs, the longitudinal ridge
well-defined; antenne filiform, moderately robust, nearly equal to
the body in length, second and third joints short, nearly equal, the
fourth slightly curved, much longer than the preceding two united ;
the three lower joints, the ninth, together with the apices of the
fourth and fifth, flavous, the tenth piceous. Thorax rather more
than one-half broader than long; sides straight and parallel from
the base to the middle, thence obliquely converging towards the
apex ; above convex, impressed on either side with a large round
fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, con-
vex, distinctly punctured; plicate below the humeral callus, the
subhumeral costa broad and extending nearly to the apex of the
elytron.

Spec. 118. Diabrotica submarginata.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, convexa, nigra, nitida, thorace
bifoveolato, capite, antennis exceptis, elytrisque pallide piceis, horum
margine basali, vittisque duabus, ante apicem abbreviatis, una
suturali, altera submarginali, intus sinuata, nigris.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, St. Paulo. A single specimen in my
‘own collection.

68 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Head subrotundate, elypeal ridge raised; mouth and antenne
black, the latter filiform, equal to the body in length, the second
and third joints very short, equal, the fourth nearly twice the length
of the preceding two united. Thorax rather broader than long;
sides rounded anteriorly, nearly parallel and sinuate behind the
middle; disk impressed with two large deep fover. Elytra
narrowly oblong, convex, strongly plicate below the humeral
callus, very minutely punctured.

Spec. 119. Diabrotica emorsitans.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, prasina,
nitida, tibiis, tarsis, labro antennisque nigris, harum basi scutelloque
piceis; thorace profunde bifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, fortiter
punctatis, leviter elevato-vittatis, vitta subhumerali magis fortiter
elevata; utroque sutura, vitta submarginali, a basi fere ad apicem
extensa intus late emarginata maculaque inter medium et apicem,
ad vittam adfixa, piceis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (A. Fry). Coll. Fry and
Baly.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeus with a
broad ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne slightly longer than the
body in the g, rather shorter in the Q, filiform, the second and third
joints very short and equal in the g', the third rather longer in the
other sex, the fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax
about one-half broader than long; sides slightly diverging and obso-
letely sinuate behind the middle, rounded and converging anteriorly
towards the apex; disk moderately convex, deeply impressed on
either side with a large round fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, very
slightly dilated towards the apex, the latter regularly rounded ;
upper surface moderately convex, slightly flattened along the
suture, coarsely and rather closely punctured; each elytron with
five or six narrow slightly elevated vitte, the one below the
humeral callus much broader and more strongly elevated than
the rest.

Spec. 120. Diabrotica minuta, Jac.

Cist. Entom., ii., p. 526.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,
pectore abdomineque viridi-flavis, vertice scutelloque nigris ;
tibiis, tarsis antennisque piceis; thorace bifoveolato; elytris ad
latera plicatis, crebre punctatis; utroque linea angusta suturali,
vitta sublaterali a basi ad medium extensa, ad apicem intus

South American species of Diabrotica. 69

ampliata, maculaque subapicali oblonga, cum vitta submarginali
obsolete convexa, piceis.
Long. 2 lin,

Hab. Peru. Coll. Jacoby and Baly.

Head not longer than broad; longitudinal ridge on clypeus
well-defined; labrum nigro-piceous ; antenne robust, the second
and third joints short, equal in length, the fourth longer than the
preceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides
slightly diverging and sinuate from the base to beyond the middle,
thence slightly converging towards the apex; disk shining, deeply
bifoveolate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly ;
above convex, not depressed below the basilar space, distinctly
and closely punctured, subhumeral ridge strongly raised, a slightly
curved second ridge being placed just within the former.

Spec. 121. Diabrotica virescens, Baly.
Journ. Ent. Soc., xix., p. 223.
Hab. Colombia. Coll. Baly.

Spec. 122. Diabrotica sublimbata, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 347.
Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection.

Spec. 123. Diabrotica nigrostriata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,
pectore, femorum apice, tibiis, tarsis, scutello, labro antennisque
nigris, harum articulis duobus penultimis albis, articulis basalibus
subtus piceis; thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre tenuiter
punctatis, utroque linea suturali alteraque submarginali, integris
apicibus confluentibus, nigris.

Mas. Antennarum articulis tertio et quarto incrassatis, cylin-
dricis.

Long. 33 lin.

Hab. Colombia, San Esteban. Coll. Simon and
Jacoby.

Longitudinal ridge on clypeus ill-defined ; antenne rather more
than two-thirds the length of the body in the 9, rather longer in
the g; the second joint short, the third one-half longer than the

70 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

second, the fourth as long or nearly so as the two preceding ones
united, the third and fourth joints in the g distinctly thickened.
Thorax one-third broader than long, the sides parallel and slightly
sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence rounded and
converging to the apex ; disk convex, smooth, impressed on either
side with a shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong-ovate, slightly
dilated posteriorly, convex, not depressed below the basilar space,
finely and closely punctured; each elytron with a sutural line
extending from base to apex, together with a second also entire,
submarginal and confluent at its extreme apex with the first.

Spee. 124. Diobrotica limitata.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p: 95.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore, tibiis,
tarsis, capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ad apicem albidis 5
thorace flavo-rufo, disco late excavato, leviter trifoveolato, fovea in-
termedia minus distincta, interdum obsoleta}; scutello piceo ; elytris
sat crebre punctatis, pallide flavis, utroque linea suturali, vitta sub-
marginali his apicem versus abbreviatis, lineisque duabus, una vix
ante medium, secunda inter medium et apicem, plerumque cum
vitta submarginali confluentibus, nigris.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Eastern Ecuador (Buckley). Coll. Baly and
Jacoby.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a slightly
raised longitudinal ridge; antenne more than three-fourths the
length of the body, filiform, the second joint short, subovate, the
third nearly twice its length, the fourth as long as the preceding
two united; the three or four lower joints piceous, the three upper
ones, the extreme apex of the eleventh excepted, yellowish white,
the rest black. Thorax only slightly broader than long; sides
nearly straight and parallel from the base to beyond the middle,
thence obliquely converging towards the apex; upper surface
shining, impunctate, hinder two-thirds of disk broadly excavated,
trifoveolate, the two anterior fovex well-defined, the middle one,
placed just in front of the basal margin, smaller and sometimes
obsolete. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, their apices
conjointly regularly rounded; above convex, faintly longitudinally
suleate on the outer disk about its middle, rather coarsely punc-
tured, subrugulose.

South American species of Diabrotica. 71

Spec. 125. Diabrotica rufolimbata, Baly.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., ii., p. 74 (1879).
Hab. Rio de la Plata. My collection.

Spee. 126. Diabrotica riridilimbata, Baly.
lescs i. p14.
Hab. ——?. Unique in my own collection.

Spec. 127. Diabrotica prasinomarginata.
Anguste-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida,
pectore tarsisque piceo-tinctis, scutello antennisque extrorsum
nigris; thorace obsolete trifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, crebre
punctatis, ad latera non plicatis, margine exteriori pallide prasino.
Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Colombia. <A single specimen in my own
collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-defined; antenne
filiform, scarcely three-fourths the length of the body, the second
joint short, the third scarcely longer than the second, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints con-
colorous with the head, the following four stained with piceous, the
remaining four black. Thorax scarcely one-third broader than
long; sides parallel and distinctly sinuate behind the middle,
obliquely converging towards the apex anteriorly, the anterior
angle slightly produced laterally into an obtuse tubercle; above
convex, nitidous, faintly excavated and obsoletely trifoveolate on
the hinder disk. Elytra ovate, slightly dilated posteriorly, convex,
subnitidous, closely and rather deeply punctured, not plicate below
the humeral callus, the outer limb very narrowly edged with pale
green.

Very similar in colour to D. Lebasii: separated by
the less deeply foveolate disk of the thorax, by the
absence of any plication on the outer side of the elytron,
and by the different coloration of the antenne.

Spec. 128. Diabrotica Lebasii, Baly.
Journ. Lin. Soc., xix., p. 221.
Hab. Colombia. My collection.

72 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 129. Diabrotica unipunctata, Jacoby.
Cist. Ent., ii1., p. 47.

Var. A. Elytri macula discoidali obsoleta. Diabrotica
limbella, Baly, l.c., p. 218.

Hab. Colombia. Type coll. Jacoby; var. A; my
collection.

Spec. 180. Diabrotica nigrolimbata, Baly.
Lhe €.5 SARE. Be
Hab. Colombia. My collection.

Spec. 181. Diabrotica oculata.

Elongata, postice vix ampliata, modice convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, abdomine, tibiis, tarsis, scuteilo capiteque nigris, anten-
narum articulis penultimis duobus albidis; thorace bifoveolato ;
elytris crebre punctatis, lateribus plicatis; utroque, limbo basali
excepto, nigro limbato.

Mas. Antennis corpore longioribus, articulis secundo et tertio
brevissimis, equalibus, oculis magnis.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro (Squire). My collection.

Head triangular, slightly broader than long; eyes large, rotun-
date; antenne longer than the body, filiform, the second and third
joints very short, moniliform, the fourth more than twice the
length of the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-third
broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel, scarcely con-
verging at the apex; disk nitidous, deeply bifoveolate. Elytra
subelongate, scarcely dilated posteriorly, rather coarsely and
closely punctured; the entire limb of each (the base excepted)
edged with black.

The solitary specimen known to me (in which the
terminal joint of the antenne is broken off) is a male ;
the female is probably broader, with shorter antenne
and smaller eyes.

Spec. 182. Diabrotica piceomarginata.
Elongata, postice leviter ampliata, modice convexa, flava,
nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennarum articulis

South American species of Diabrotica. 73

penultimis duobus albidis, tibiis tarsisque piceis, femoribus fulvo-
tinctis ; thorace bifoveolato; elytris subfortiter, sat crebre punc-
tatis, limbo externo piceo, ad apicem nigro-piceo.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Bahia (Reed). My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised but not
well-defined laterally; antennz equal to the body in length, fili-
form, the second joint very short, the third slightly longer, the
fourth longer than the preceding two united; the two or three
basal joints nigro-piceous, the ninth and tenth white, the rest
black. Thorax about one-fourth broader than long; sides slightly
rounded anteriorly, abruptly sinuate just behind the anterior angles,
nearly straight and parallel posteriorly; disk shining, impunctate,
distinctly bifoveolate. Elytra subelongate, slightly dilated pos-
teriorly, plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa ill-defined,
bounded within by a broad shallow sulcation; surface rather
coarsely punctured, faintly wrinkled on the middle disk.

Spec. 133. Diabrotica piceolimbata.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
capite, scutello elytrorum limbo abdominisque apice piceis, tibiis,
tarsis, antennisque nigris, his ad basin piceis, ante apicem albidis ;
thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera
plicatis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. A single specimen in my
own collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge ill-
defined; antenne equal to the body in length, the second joint
short, moniliform, the third one-half longer, the fourth longer than
the preceding two united; the three lower joints obscure piceous,
the ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax scarcely one-fourth
broader than long; sides straight and parallel from the base to
beyond the middle, thence rounded and converging towards the
apex; disk nitidous, impunctate, impressed with two large shallow
fover. Elytra narrowly oblong, convex, slightly flattened along
the suture, rather strongly and closely punctured; outer disk
plicate ; each elytron with the basal and outer margins piceous, the
piceous colour on the lateral border becoming paler along the outer
edge, being scarcely darker than the disk itself.

74 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 184. Diabrotica Schaufussi.

Elongata, postice paullo ampliata, nitida, sordide fulva, tibiis
tarsisque piceis, supra olivacea, antennis piceo-fulvis; thorace
levi, lateribus anguste viridibus, disci basi fovea parva impressa ;
elytris minute punctatis, ad latera sat valde plicatis; apice Jato
margineque exteriori sordide fulvis, viridi-tinctis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Bolivia. My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge distinct,
well-defined; antennz filiform, nearly equal to the body in length,
the second joint short, the third half as long again as the second,
the fourth much longer than the preceding two united; piceo-
fulvous, the ninth and tenth paler than the rest, the seventh and
eighth piceous, the eleventh nigro-fuscous. Thorax slightly broader
than long; sides parallel and sinuate from the base to beyond the
middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; disk con-
vex, impressed at its base with a small but distinct fovea. Elytra
narrowly oblong, scarcely dilated posteriorly, convex, strongly
plicate below the humeral callus, very minutely punctured, their
apical fourth, together with the outer margin, obscure viridi-
flavous. Thighs (in the only specimen before me, which is
probably a $), robust, the hinder pair slightly thicker than the
others.

Spec. 185. Diabrotica viridana, Baly.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 443.
Hab. Chil. My collection.

Spee. 186. Diabrotica liciens, Fabr.
Syst. El., i., p. 461.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello, oculis labroque nigris, tibiis, tarsis antennisque,
harum basi excepta, pallide piceis ; thorace levi; elytris minute, sat
crebre punctatis, inea communi basali nigra.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro. A single specimen in my
cabinet.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a well-
defined longitudinal ridge; antenne filiform, slightly attenuated
towards the apex, three-fourths the length of the body, the second
and third joints very short, equal in length, the fourth much
longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints

South American species of Diabrotica. 75

flavous, the rest pale piceous. Thorax one-third broader than
long; sides obsoletely sinuate and slightly diverging from the base
to the middle, thence slightly rounded and converging towards the
apex; disk convex, smooth, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate,
slightly dilated posteriorly, their apices regularly rounded; above
convex, finely but rather closely punctured, the subhumeral costa
obsolete; each elytron with a short black sutural line, which
covers the basal third of the suture.

Spec. 187. Diabrotica evanescens.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, pallide viridi-
flava, abdomine flavo, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, seutello capiteque nigris,
antennarum basi picea; thorace longitudine paullo latiori, disco
bifoveolato; elytris subnitidis, crebre punctatis, sordide flavis,
fascia lata prope medium prasina, suture basi nigra.

Long. 8 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). Unique in my collection.

Antenne filiform, black, the three lower joints obscure piceous ;
second and third short, nearly equal, the fourth longer than the pre-
ceding two united. Thorax slightly broader than long; sides sinuate,
nearly parallel from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely
converging towards the apex; disk nitidous, impressed on either
side with a large but shallow fovea. Elytra dilated posteriorly,
convex, coarsely and rather closely punctured, each elytron plicate
below the humeral callus; within the latter is a distinct but shallow
longitudinal sulcation, a second less defined being placed on the
medial line between the outer and inner disks; across the middle
of the elytra, which are of a pale dirty yellow colour, is a broad
ill-defined grassy-green fascia; the suture at its base is narrowly
edged with black.

Spec. 188. Diabrotica flavo-fulva.

Ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida, pectore,
scutello labroque nigris, tibiis antennarumque articulis ultimis piceo-
tinctis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris fere impunctatis, levibus,
prope medium transversim impressis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Cayenne. Coll. Fry and Baly.

Head not longer than broad ; clypeal ridge prominent ; antenne
filiform, three-fourths the length of the body, the second joint
short, the third slightly longer than the second, the fourth longer

76 Mr. Joseph 8S. Baly on the

than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-third broader
than long; sides parallel and sinuate behind the middle, obliquely
converging towards the apex in front; disk convex, nitidous.
Elytra oblong-ovate, convex, transversely impressed across the
middle; surface shining, impunctate.

Spec. 189. Diabrotica fulvescens.

Late ovata, postice ampliata, valde convexa, sordide fulva,
nitida, pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis fulvo-piceis,
tibiis tarsisque nigro-piceis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris sub-
ventricosis, sat crebre punctatis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Peru (Thamm). My collection; two speci-
mens.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeus with a longi-
tudinal ridge; antenne scarcely two-thirds the length of the
body, filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the
fourth longer than the preceding two united. Thorax rather more
than one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel
from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging
towards the apex, the hinder angles subacute, the anterior ones
obtuse; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Elytra subventricose,
rather strongly dilated towards the apex, the latter broadly
rounded; upper surface rather closely punctured.

Spec. 140. Diabrotica atriceps.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-albida, viridi
vix tincta, nitida, pectore, tibiis, tarsis, scutello capiteque nigris,
antennis sordide flavis ; thorace leviter bifoveolato; elytris tenuis-
sime punctatis, lateribus non plicatis.

Long. 23 lin.

Hub. Bogota. Dresden Museum and my collection.

Head triangular; antenne filiform, four-fifths the length of the
body, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united. Thorax subquadrate, not
broader than long ; sides parallel and faintly sinuate from the base
to beyond the middle, thence slightly rounded and slightly con-
verging towards the apex; disk shining, impunctate, impressed on
either side with a shallow fovea. Elytra very finely punctured,
not plicate on the sides, the subhumeral costa obsolete.

South American species of Diabrotica. T7

Spec. 141. Diabrotica atritarsis.
Ent. Month. Mag., xxv., p. 252.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, pectore,
tibiis anticis ad apicem, tarsis anticis oreque nigro-piceis, tibiis
posticis quatuor ad apicem, tarsis posticis, oculis antennisque nigris,
harum articulis basalibus tribus flavis, antepenultimo penultimoque
albidis ; thorace levi, convexo; elytris subfortiter punctatis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeus clothed with
sericeous hairs, its medial ridge ill-defined; antenne filiform, four-
fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, moniliform, the
third one-half longer, the fourth more than equal in length to the
preceding two united; the three lower joints pale flavous, the
ninth and tenth yellowish white, the rest black. Thorax rather
more than one-half broader than long; sides parallel and very
slightly sinuate from the base to just beyond the middle, thence
slightly rounded and obliquely converging towards the apex, the
anterior angles obtuse; upper surface transversely convex, shining,
impunctate. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, their apices con-
jointly regularly rounded, convex, rather strongly punctured.

Spec. 142. Diabrotica lutescens.

Anguste oblonga, postice paullo ampliata, lutea, nitida, oculis
nigris, antennis piceo-tinctis ; thorace nitido, leviter trifoveolato ;
elytris sat crebre punctatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Brazil, New Friburg. A single specimen in
my collection.

Head slightly broader than long; clypeal ridge ill-defined;
antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second
and third joints short, equal, the fourth longer than the preceding
two united. Thorax one-third broader than long; sides diverging
from the base to the middle, thence rounded and converging
towards the apex; disk shining, impunctate, impressed with three
shallow fover. Elytra oblong, convex, not depressed below the
basilar space, rather closely but not strongly punctured, middle
disk obsoletely wrinkled.

78 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

Spec. 148. Diabrotica ochreata, Fabr.

Ent. Syst., i., pt.2, p.4; Syst. El., i., p. 456 (ocreata).

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flavo-fulva, nitida,
pectore, tibiis plus minusve, scutello, labro, oculis antennarumque
articulo ultimo nigris; thorace convexo, levi; elytris convexis,
prope medium transversim depressis, minute punctatis.

Long. 23—3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, West Indian Islands. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; clypeal ridge entire, broad, rather
strongly elevated; antenne equal to the body in length, filiform,
the second and third joints short, the third being rather longer than
the second, the fourth much longer than the preceding two united.
Thorax one-half as broad again as long; sides nearly parallel and
sinuate behind the middle, rounded anteriorly, converging towards
the apex; disk convex, shining, impunctate. Scutellum black.
Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated posteriorly, convex, transversely de-
pressed across the middle, not plicate on the sides; surface very
minutely punctured. Tibiw to a greater or less extent black or
nigro-piceous.

Three specimens labelled Brazil, formerly in the col-
lection of the late E. Deyrolle, do not differ in the
slightest degree from those from Guadeloupe.

Spec. 144. Diabrotica asignata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida, tibiis,
tarsis antennisque nigris, his ad basin flavis, articulis nono et decimo
albidis; thorace convexo, levi; elytris leviter rugulosis, crebre
punctatis.

Long. 23 ln.

Hab. Cayenne. Unique in my collection.

Head scarcely longer than broad, triangular; clypeus with a
broad longitudinal ridge ; antenni about four-fifths of the body in
length, filiform, the second joint short, moniliform, the third dis-
tinctly longer, obconic, the fourth longer than the preceding two
united ; the three lower joints flavous, the ninth and tenth white,
the rest black. Thorax about one-half broader than long; sides
nearly parallel and obsoletely sinuate from the base to beyond the
middle, thence obliquely converging towards the apex; upper
surface convex, impunctate. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated pos-
teriorly, regularly rounded at the apices, convex, finely rugulose,
strongly and closely punctured.

South American species of Diabrotica. 79

Spec. 145. Diabrotica tibialis.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava nitida,
antennis piceo-nigris, ad basin et ante apicem flavis, tibiis extrorsum
piceis, thorace convexo, nitido; elytris tenuissime punctatis.

Long. 8} lin.

Hab. Cayenne. My collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge rather
strongly elevated, entire; antennz four-fifths the length of the
body, filiform, the second and third joints short, equal, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; the four lower joints,
together with the ninth and tenth, flavous, the rest pitchy-black.
Thorax nearly one-half broader than long; sides nearly straight
and parallel behind the middle, very slightly produced laterally
just before the latter, thence slightly converging towards the apex;
disk convex, entire, impunctate. Elytra oblong, slightly dilated
towards the apex; convex, plicate below the humeral callus, the
subhumeral ridge strongly developed, extending downwards to
nearly half-way between the middle and apex; surface very
minutely punctured, the puncturing only visible under a lens.

Spec. 146. Diabrotica fulveola.

Ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, fulvo-flava, nitida,
pectore nigro, capite nigro-piceo, antennis ad basin fulvis, ante apicem
albidis, thorace convexo, levi; elytris sat crebre tenuiter punctatis,
prope medium transversim impressis.

Long. 3} lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). My collection, a single
specimen.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, nigro-piceous, labrum
black, clypeus rufo-piceous, its longitudinal ridge well-defined ;
antenne filiform, nearly four-fifths of the body in length, the
second joint short, the third nearly one-half longer, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints
piceo-fulvous, the ninth and tenth yellowish white, the rest nigro-
piceous. Thorax more than one-half broader than long; sides
nearly parallel and very slightly sinuate from the base to beyond
the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging towards the
apex; disk convex, nitidous. Elytra oblong-ovate, dilated pos-
teriorly, convex, slightly plicate below the humeral callus, trans-
versely depressed near the suture below the basilar space and again
more strongly immediately below the middle of the disk.

80 Mr. Joseph §. Baly on the

This species agrees with D. fulvo-flava in the trans-
verse sulcation of the elytra, but differs in the presence
of the subhumeral plication.

Spee. 147. Diabrotica pallescens.

Subelongata, postice ampliata, convexa, dorso leviter deplanato,
pallide viridi-flava, oculis nigris, tibiis tarsisque piceo-tinctis,
antennis piceis, ad basin et ante apicem pallidis; thorace levi ;
elytris sat crebre tenuiter punctatis, ad latera plicatis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head not longer than broad; labrum pale piceous; clypeal ridge
prominent, well-defined; antenne filiform, rather more than four-
fifths the length of the body, the second joint short, the third more
than one-half longer, the fourth rather longer than the preceding
two united; the three or four lower joints, together with the ninth
and tenth pale flavo-piceous, the rest piceous. Thorax very slightly
broader than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the
base nearly to the apex, slightly converging close to the latter ;
disk moderately convex. Elytra oblong, dilated posteriorly, their
apices conjointly obtusely rounded; above convex, slightly but
distinctly flattened along the suture ; minutely punctured, strongly
plicate below thé humeral callus.

The flattened upper surface of the elytra separates
this species from any others in the present group.

Spec. 148. Diabrotica piceicornis.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Anguste ovata, postice paullo ampliata, convexa, flava, nitida,
plus minusve viridi-tincta, antennis pallide piceis, oculis nigris ;
thorace elytrisque pallide prasinis, illo bifoveolato, his tenuiter sub-
crebre punctatis, disco exteriori obsolete longitudinaliter sulcato ;
tarsis piceo-tinctis.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Rio Janeiro, Petropolis (Gray). My
collection.

Head not longer than broad, subtrigonate; clypeus with a
strongly raised longitudinal ridge; antenne nearly equal to the
body in length, slender, filiform, the second joint short, moniliform,
the third nearly equal in the ¢, one-half longer in the 9, the
fourth equal in length to the preceding two united. Thorax about

South American species of Diabrotica. 81

one-half broader than long; sides slightly dilated and rounded
anteriorly, sinuate below the middle, the hinder angles slightly
produced, subacute; disk minutely punctured, impressed on either
side with a small round fovea. LElytra oblong-ovate, slightly
dilated posteriorly, their apices conjointly regularly rounded ;
above convex, distinctly punctured, plicate below the humeral
callus; on the inner side of the broad subhumeral ridge are
several shallow longitudinal sulcations,

Spec. 149. Diabrotica Bartleti.

Subelongata, postice paullo ampliata, modice convexa, flava,
nitida, pectore, tibiarum apice, tarsis capiteque, antennis ad basin
et ante apicem oreque exceptis, nigris, scutello piceo; thorace leviter
bifoveolato; elytris ad latera leviter plicatis, tenuiter subcrebre
punctatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. A single specimen in my
collection.

Head not longer than broad, triangular; clypeal ridge not
defined; antenne nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the
second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth equal in
length to the preceding two united. Thorax nearly one-half
broader than long; sides slightly rounded, slightly converging at
base and apex; disk convex, impressed on either side with a small
shallow fovea. Elytra oblong, plicate below the humeral callus
finely but distinetly punctured.

Spec. 150. Diabrotica Fauvelt.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, tibiis, tarsis,
pectore capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin flavis, articulis nono
decimoque albidis ; thorace convexo, non-foveolato ; elytris crebre,
distincte punctatis, infra callum humerale obsolete sulcatis.

Var. A. Antennarum articulo decimo nigro.

Var. B. Scutello nigro, antennis ut in var. A.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Bahia (Reed). Coll. Fry and Baly,
type and var. A; var. B in coll. Fry.

Head not longer than broad, face triangular; clypeal ridge
slightly raised, ill-defined; antenne slender, filiform, slightly
longer than the body in the , rather shorter inthe 2, the second
and third joints short and equal in the g, the third rather longer
than the second in the other sex, the fourth longer than the pre-
ceding two united; black, the three lower joints, together with the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT I. (APRIL.) G

82 Mr. Joseph 8. Baly on the

basal portion of the fourth flavous, the ninth and tenth (this latter
joint sometimes excepted) white. Thorax about one-third broader
than long; sides nearly straight and parallel from the base to just
beyond the middle, thence obliquely converging and _ slightly
rounded towards the apex; disk convex, nitidous. Elytra rather
closely and distinctly punctured, obsoletely sulcate below the
humeral callus.

Spec. 151. Diabrotica atriscutata.

Anguste ovata, convexa, postice ampliata, flava, nitida, pectore,
scutello, labro, oculis antennisque nigris, his ad basin flavis, ante
apicem flavo-albidis, articulo ultimo piceo; thorace convexo, obso-
lete trifoveolato; elytris ad latera plicatis, minute punctatis, sutura
ante medium obsolete piceo-marginata.

Long. 3 lin.

Hab. Amazons (Bates). A single specimen in my
collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge entire,
not well-defined; antennze nearly equal to the body in length,
filiform, the second and third joints short, nearly equal, the fourth
longer than the preceding two united; the three lower joints
flavous, the fourth to the eighth black, the two following ones
yellowish white, the eleventh piceous. Thorax rather more than
one-third broader than long; sides rounded anteriorly, sinuate
behind the middle; disk moderately convex, faintly impressed on
either side and again just before the middle of the basal margin
with a small shallow fovea. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly
dilated posteriorly, moderately convex, plicate laterally, the sub-
humeral costa well-defined and extending downwards for some
distance below the middle; surface minutely punctured, the basal
third of the suture obsoletely edged with nigro-piceous.

Spec. 152. Diabrotica egrota.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 94.

Oblongo-ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, subtus flava, nitida,
pectore, ano tibiis tarsisque nigris ; supra subnitida, pallide viridi-
flava, scutello capiteque nigris, antennis ad basin piceis, ante api-
cem flavo-albidis ; thorace longitudine latiori, lateribus fere rectis,
reflexo-marginatis, disco transversim convexo, levi; elytris crebre
punctatis, subrugulosis.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Hcuador (Buckley), My collection; a single
specimen,

South American species of Diabrotica. 83

Antenns nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second
joint short, the third slightly longer, the fourth distinctly longer
than the preceding two united; black, the three lower joints
piceous, the ante-penultimate and the penultimate yellowish white.
Thorax rather broader than long; sides nearly straight and con-
verging from the base to the apex, narrowly margined; disk trans-
versely convex, impressed just in front of the basal margin with a
shallow fovea, the rest of the surface smooth, impunctate. Elytra
oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex, closely punctured, subrugulose ;
disk of each elytron with several very faint longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 158. Diabrotica crenulata.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, pallide flava, nitida,
pectore, scutello capiteque nigris, vertice antennisque piceis, tibiis
tarsisque piceo-tinctis; thorace obsolete trifoveolato; elytris
minute punctatis, disci medio irregulariter crenulato.

Long. 4 lin.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley). My collection.

Head triangular, not longer than broad; clypeal ridge raised,
not sharply defined; antenne slender, filiform, the second and
third joints very short, nearly equal in length, the fourth much
longer than the preceding two united. Thorax nearly twice as
broad as long at the base; sides slightly converging and slightly
sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence obliquely con-
verging towards the apex, the posterior angles slightly produced
laterally, acute; disk convex, impressed with three small shallow
fovee. Elytra narrowly oblong, dilated posteriorly, convex,
minutely punctured, the punctures less visible towards the apex;
the middle third of the disk irregularly and coarsely wrinkled.

Spec. 154. Diabrotica erythrodera, Baly.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., iii., p. 82 (1879).
Hab. Peru. A single specimen, my collection.

Spec. 155. Diabrotica subsulcata, Baly.

Trans. Ent. Soc., 3rd ser., u., 1865, p. 351
Hab. Colombia. Coll. Baly, Fry, Jacoby, &c.

G2

84 Mr. Joseph §S. Baly on the

Spec. 156. Diabrotica viridans.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, p. 93.

Subelongata. postice paullo ampliata, convexa, prasina, nitida,
antennis, pectore abdomineque pallide piceis, pedibus flavo-viridi-
bus, thorace convexo, fere impunctato ; elytris sat crebre punctatis,
disco exteriori sulcis nonnullis longitudinalibus leviter impresso.

Long. 23 lin.

Hab. Brazil, Constancia (Gray). Coll. Fry and
Baly.

Head not longer than broad, triangular, labrum pale piceous;
clypeus with a broad but ill-defined longitudinal ridge; antenne
nearly equal to the body in length, filiform, the second and third
joints short, nearly equal, the fourth as long as the preceding two
united. Thorax one-fourth broader than long; sides nearly
parallel and slightly sinuate below the middle, very slightly con-
verging anteriorly, all the angles subacute; disk convex, im-
punctate. Elytra narrowly oblong, slightly dilated posteriorly,
their apices regularly rounded; above convex, faintly depressed
transversely below the basilar space, finely but rather strongly
punctured, plicate below the humeral callus, the subhumeral ridge
extending below the middle; on its inner side are several very
shallow longitudinal sulcations.

Spec. 157. Diabrotica chloris.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, prasina, antennis
nigris, basi piceo-fulva, articulis penultimis duobus albidis; pedi-
bus piceo-fulvis, femoribus posticis quatuor interdum viridi-flavis ;
thorace nitido, non foveolato; elytris lateribus obsolete plicatis,
erebre tenuiter punctatis.

Long. 38 lin.

Hab. Upper Amazons. My collection.

Head triangular; clypeal ridge well-defined; antenne filiform,
more than four-fifths the length of the body, the second joint
short, the third one-half longer, the fourth exceeding in length the
preceding two united; black, the five lower joints piceo-fulvous,
the ninth and tenth yellowish white. Thorax not broader than
long; sides straight and parallel from the base nearly to the apex,
slightly rounded and converging before reaching the latter; upper
surface smooth and shining, non-foveolate, sides rather broadly
margined. Elytra finely and closely punctured, obsoletely plicate
on the sides, the subhumeral costa continued as far down as the
middle, bordered within by a short shallow sulcation,

South American species of Diabrotica. 85

Separated from D. viridans by the different coloration
of the antenne, and by the much less distinct plication
of the sides of the elytra.

Spec. 158. Diabrotica labiata, Baly.
Journ. Ent. Soc., xix., p. 238, 1886.
Hab. Colombia (Steinheil). My collection.

This species might be mistaken for a unicolorous
variety of D. speciosa, but may be known by the sub-
humeral sulcation of the elytron.

Spec. 159. Diabrotica chrysopleura, Harold.
Col., Hefte xiii., p. 92.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra, subtus nitida,
abdomine viridi-aureo sericeo, pectoris lateribus pube adpressa
aurea dense vestitis ; pedibus pallide viridibus, plus minusve piceo-
tinctis; supra subnitida, antennis pallide flavis, extrorsum pallide
piceis, articulo basali nigro tincto; thorace excavato, utrinque sat
profunde foveolato; elytris rugosis, irregulariter elevato-vittatis ;
sordide rufis, apice margineque externo nigris.

Var. A. Elytris totis rufis.

Var. B. Pectore abdomineque rufis, antennis pallide viridibus,
extrorsum piceis.

Long. 3}—4 lin.

Hab. Colombia, La Luzula (Steinheil), var. A and B;
Cauca, var. B. Not uncommon in collections.

Head triangular, clypeal ridge prominent, well-defined ; antennz
filiform, nearly equal to the body in length in the J’, rather shorter
in the ?, the second and third joints short, the fourth longer than
the preceding two united; the six or seven lower joints pale yellow
or yellowish green, the basal one usually stained with black or
piceous, the four or five upper joints piceous. Thorax scarcely
broader than Jong in the 3, rather broader in the 9; sides parallel
and distinctly sinuate from the base to beyond the middle, thence
obliquely rounded towards the apex; disk convex, its hinder
portion excavated and impressed on either side with a deep fovea.
Elytra convex, coarsely rugose, disk with a number of raised
irregular vitte, which anastomose with each other more or less
distinctly on the outer disk.

Harold describes the elytra in this species as obscure
purple; in all the specimens that I have seen they are
rufous, more or less stained with piceous.

86 South American species of Diabrotica.

Spec. 160. Diabrotica diversicolor.

Anguste ovata, postice ampliata, convexa, nigra; femoribus
posticis ad basin abdomineque fulvis, pedibus antennisque prasinis,
his extrorsum pallide piceis, pectoris lateribus dense fulvo hirsutis ;
thorace bifoveolato; elytris crebre sat fortiter punctatis, ad latera
plicatis, sordide rufis.

Long. 34 lin.

Hab. Keuador. Coll. Fry; a single specimen.

Head triangular, scarcely longer than broad; clypeal ridge ill-
defined; antenne filiform, rather more than three-fourths the
length of the body, the second and third joints short, nearly equal >
the fourth longer than the preceding two united; the seven lower
joints prasinous, the four upper ones pale piceous. Thorax scarcely
broader than long; sides parallel and sinuate from the base to
beyond the middle, thence obliquely rounded and converging
towards the apex; upper surface opaque, excavated on the hinder
disk, impressed on either side with an oblique fovea. LElytra
convex, strongly punctured, plicate below the humeral callus.

(iSZ-in)

II. Notes on a new genus of Lycenide. By Lionen
pE Nicevitue, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., &e.

[Read December 4th, 1889.]

I nave asked my friend Mr. Distant to exhibit at a meeting
of the Entomological Society a twig of walnut, on which
will be found numerous egg-masses laid by a lycenid
butterfly. I have proposed a new generic name for this
species, which was described as long ago as 1865, by
the late Mr. Hewitson, as Dipsas odata. I have called
it Chetoprocta, with reference to the immense tuft of
long hairs which clothe the end of the abdomen of the
female butterfly. I think it is a good genus, as in
neuration it differs considerably from Zephyrus, Dalman,
the genus to which it is most closely allied. With the
walnut-branch I have sent a pair of specimens of the
imago of this little butterfly, which strongly reminds one
of Zephyrus (Thecla auctorum) quercus, Linneus, the
common ‘‘ Purple Hairstreak.” Like it, C. odata is
purple alone, that colour being rather more restricted to
the base of the wings in the female than in the male.
The under surface is silvery greenish-grey, banded and
spotted with a darker colour. The butterfly is found,
as far as I know, only in the north-western hilly portions
of the Indian Empire, at elevations of from 5000 to 10,000
feet above the sea. It is single-brooded, flying from
May to July, and is only found where walnut-trees grow,
on which its larva feeds. In the day time it flies but
little; when disturbed on beating a walnut or neigh-
bouring tree, it ‘‘ flops” off of one leaf on to another,
resting with closed wings on the upper surface only.
But in the late afternoon it rouses itself, flies backwards
and forwards and round and round the walnut trees with
great rapidity, and it is then that couples may frequently
be taken together. If the end of the abdomen of the
female be examined, it will be found to be furnished
with a large closely-packed mass of long hair-like scales

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL.)

88 Notes on a new genus of Lycenide.

of a pale ochreous satiny colour. The female lays its
eges in irregular rows, varying from two to four eggs in
each row, the egg-mass when finished presenting a neat
thatched appearance, and of an elongated form. It
appears that the sticky egg, in passing from the ab-
domen of the mother, becomes thickly coated with the
hairs at the end of her body, the basal portion of the
hairs, which are dark, being attached to the egg, while
the anterior portion of the hairs, which are greyish,
remain free. The larva is of the usual lycznid form,
pale green, and apparently lacks the dorsal gland on the
eleventh segment and the two subdorsal tentacula on the
twelfth segment commonly found in the larve of this
family, and is consequently unattended by ants.

I should be glad if some members of the Entomological
Society would try to breed this butterfly in Hngland. On
the twigs sent are numerous patches of live eggs; also
many patches of dead ones, which were probably laid last
year, and may be known from the others by the hairs
having all been destroyed, and each egg having a round
hole from which the young larva had escaped. It will be
seen that in many instances fresh eggs are laid in con-
tinuation of an old egg-mass. I should be very glad to
know if there is any other butterfly which coats its eggs
with hairs in the way done by C. odata. The Zoological
Society of London might perhaps be asked to try to
breed the butterfly. The larve, I may add, will only
eat the very freshest and youngest leaves of the walnut-
tree.

(89 )

III. On the phylogenetic significance of the wing-markings
in certain genera of the Nymphalide. By Freprrick
A. Drxey, M.A., M.B., Fellow of Wadham College,
and Demonstrator in the University Museum,
Oxford.
[Read February 5th, 1890. |

Puates I., II. & IIT.

Everyone who has paid any attention to the perfect
insects of the genus Vanessa and allied forms, must
have been struck with the great general resemblance
that exists between them in respect of their wing-
markings.* In the investigation of which I now present
the results, my first object has been to ascertain the
exact extent of this resemblance by analysing the wing-
patterns and reducing their constituent markings to a
system ; from this I have been led to search for homo-
logues of the markings in certain other members of the
family Nymphalide, and finally to use the interesting
conclusions thus arrived at in an attempt to sketch the
outline of a phylogeny for insects of the genera
examined.

I need hardly point out that facts of the kind here
dealt with, relating, that is to say, entirely to certain
special external characters of adult forms, constitute
only one kind of phylogenetic evidence out of many that
could be brought ; and that conclusions resting on them,
though valuable as contributions towards the settle-
ment of the question of kinship, must not be held to be
final unless they are corroborated by the result of other
lines of enquiry—especially those relating to the onto-
geny of the various species concerned, and to their
distribution in space and time.

* See a note in Weismann’s ‘ Studies in the Theory of Descent’
(English Edition, 1882, vol. ii., p. 447), by Prof. Meldola, who
observes, ‘‘ The genus Vanessa (in the wide sense) appears to be in
aremarkable condition of what may be called phyletic preserva-
tion.”

90 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

Moreover with reference to the study of these mark-
ings in especial, it must not be forgotten that the
investigator is deprived of the assistance usually afforded
to similar enquiries from the side of embryology, for the
characters in question spring as it were at once into
perfect being at a definite stage in the life of the
individual; they have, so to speak, no growth, no
embryology.* Nevertheless, in spite of these limita-
tions, it would seem worth while to examine the evidence
available from this source with as much accuracy as
possible, to see how far it will go towards indicating
lines of probable development, and to determine the
direction in which such lines appear to lead. The
conclusions so reached will no doubt need to be checked
and corrected by evidence derived from other quarters,
but ought, nevertheless, to be allowed their due weight
in any settlement that endeavours to be final.

The amount of material available for the construction
of a phylogeny of the Nymphalide as a whole has
received a notable addition in an elaborate memoir by
W. Muller (‘Sudamerikanische Nymphalidenraupen’),
published in the ‘Zoologische Jahrbucher,’ Bd. I., 1886,
pp. 417—678. His conclusions, however, as there given,
extend in the main only to groups of higher importance
than genera; and the sole data on which they rest are
the facts of the larval and pupal ontogeny and habits,
the perfect form being left out of account altogether.

In comparing the evidence of kinship derived from
the study of immature stages with that obtainable from
adult forms, it must not be forgotten that in cases such
as the present, in which the immature stages have a
separate and independent existence of their own, the
conditions amid which the earlier periods of life are
passed will have their own special influence upon the
larval form and development, without necessarily pyro-
ducing any corresponding effect upon the form ulti-
mately assumed; and that consequently the affinities
disclosed by the larva do not always exactly correspond
with those indicated by the perfect organism. ‘This
point, to which attention had in some degree been

** A possible exception to this general statement may exist in the
pigmentation of the wings of certain pupe. This point needs
further investigation. See below, pp. 125—128.

significance of wing-markings. 91

previously directed by Darwin* and Lubbock,t has
been fully treated of with great completeness of illustra-
tion by Weismann, in his essay on ‘ Phyletic Parallelism
in Metamorphic Species, i where he has shown this want
of congruence between larval and imaginal affinities to
be especially well-marked among certain of the sub-
groups of the family now before us. In cases where the
form-relationship of the larve does not coincide with
that of the imagines we may find it difficult to determine
which of the two is the more trustworthy guide to the
real affinities of the species; but where the evidence
from both sides can be shown to point in the same direc-
tion such grounds of doubt no longer exist, and we may
claim to have gone far towards establishing the true
phylogenetic relation. Itis interesting therefore to find,
as will appear before the end of this paper, that Muller’s
conclusions, as far as they go, and when due allowance
is made for the facts just referred to, are in general
accordance with the results to which I have been led by
an entirely distinct method of investigation.

As a preliminary to the minute comparative study of
the wing-markings, it will be well to lay down certain
landmarks to serve collectively as a sketch outline of
which the details may be afterwards filled in. For this
purpose let us first of all glance at the costal margin of
the fore wing in V. urtice (fig. 1). Here occur three
dark patches alternating with four areas of lighter
ground colour, the innermost of which is red, the next
two yellow, and the outermost white. These three dark
patches I distinguish by the Roman numerals I., II., III.,
in order from within outwards; while to the four light
coloured areas I give in similar order the letters A, B,
C, D. Outside the white patch D comes the dark sub-
marginal band. This I regard as in series with the
costal patches, and accordingly recognise it as 1V. Now
these eight costal areas of alternate light and dark
colour will be found in one form or another in most of
the insects with which we shall have to deal; and I

* © Origin of Species,’ p. 440 (1st Edition).
ie Origin and Metamorphoses of Insects,’ 1874; vid. esp. pp.
89 9, 70.
‘Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ English Edition by Prof.
Meldaln 1882, vol. i. p.890—vol. il., p. 554.

92 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

therefore propose to adopt the letters and numbers I
have just given as a uniform means of distinguishing
these markings both in figures and descriptions. In cer-
tain forms, as for instance V. polychloros, V. io (fig. 2),
and the various species of the genus Grapta, they are as
easily recognised as in V. urtice ; in others one or more
may be obliterated (as A in P. atalanta, see fig. 3), the rest
remaining easily recognisable ; in others again some or
all of the patches may be broken up into separate
constituents, as in most members of the genus Argynnis
(fig. 4), but, as will be shown, not in such a way as to lose
their actual identity. When this resolution happens, I
shall retain the letter or number already given as the
collective designation of the entire group of constituent
markings, while generally distinguishing the separate
members by the Arabic numerals, 1, 2, 3, 4, &c., in the
case of the dark, and the letters a, 8, y, 0, &c., in the case
of the light areas. It will be seen in the sequel that
in nearly every case the costal patch forms part of a
series of markings which belongs or did belong to the
entire wing, and indeed to both fore and hind wing alike.
It will therefore be necessary, as we proceed, to enlarge
the notions we have at first attached to the letters A to
D, and the numbers I. to IV., and to make them stand
for the whole range of marks, of which the most
conspicuously and uniformly recognisable portions occupy
the region of the costa. It will, moreover, in some
cases be convenient to introduce a further division of
groups into II. and II’., III. and III’., &c. (figs. 31, 37).

We may now begin the consideration of the wing-
markings in detail, taking first—

1. The series of light-coloured spots near the apex of
the primaries. — Comparing Pyrameis cardwi with P.
atalanta, we are at once struck with the identity of
pattern shown by the apex of the fore wings in these
species. On the black ground of this region in P.
cardut occur four conspicuous white spots (fig. 5, a, 8,
y, 0) arranged in a curve, the first and fourth being
markedly larger than the other two. ‘These are
obviously homologous with the’ similar white spots
in P. atalanta (figs. 6, 7), which are arranged in a
curve of the same character and keep much the same
relative size, 8 and y being, however, a little smaller in
P. atalanta than in P. cardui, and « showing distinctly

significance of wing-markings. 98

in the former species the crescent shape only indicated
in the latter.

In P. atalanta, however, we find that the series does
not end with no. 4, which we have called 6. There is in
this species always present a fifth spot, continuing the
curve, and in the female a sixth as well* (figs. 6, 7, €, ¢);
this last spot, a very small one, coming within the red
band of the fore wing. Now the first of these spots
obviously corresponds with the white costal patch in V.
urtice, Which I have called D. I shall continue, there-
fore, to refer to the six spots under the names of the
first six letters of the Greek alphabet, 2, 8, y, 3, «, ¢,
speaking of them collectively as series D.

Although in the great majority of specimens of P.
cardui only the first four terms of this series are repre-
sented, yet it sometimes happens that the fifth, and
even in rare cases the sixth, is present as well. A
specimen of P. cardui was caught at Mortehoe, North
Devon, by Miss Daisy Longstaff, in the autumn of
1889 (fig. 8), in which ¢ is as distinct as in P. atalanta.
Two specimens in the Hope Collection at Oxford show
the same peculiarity ; one being British, the other from
North America. In most of these cases the spot is
larger on the under surface of the wing than on the
upper.t

On the other hand, in P. huntera and P. myrinna,
which bear a general resemblance to P. cardui, I have
never seen ¢; but ¢ is always present and usually very
conspicuous (fig. 9).

In all other species of the genus Pyrameis the series
is present in greater or less completeness. The spots
most constantly present are a and 0. In those members
of the group that approach P. atalanta in aspect, B and

* A specimen in the British Museum has this sixth spot on the
left side and not on the right. Scudder, in his ‘ Butterflies of the
Eastern United States,’ 1889, does not notice this spot either in his
description (vol. i., p. 442), or figure (vol. iii., pl. 2, fig. 6). The
latter is expressly said to be of P. atalanta 9.

+ A third specimen of P. cardwi in the Hope Collection shows
the whole range from a to €; ¢ is here well marked on the under-
surface, but on the upper only faintly mdicated, — being, indeed,
reduced to a few scales of lighter shade than the general ground
colour. A specimen in the British Museum resembles the Mortehoe
specimen in the presence of ¢, but differs from it in another
respect; see below, p. 113.

94 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

y (especially 8) tend to become small and to disappear ;
eis mostly present (small or absent in P. callirrhoe, fig.
10); ¢ as arule is absent, except as we have seen in P.
atalanta 2. In those that approach P. cardwi, 1.e.,
the assemblage of species distinguished by Scudder*
as ‘“‘ Neopyrameis,”’ 6 & y are tolerably conspicuous, ¢
nearly always absent, but € may be very large and dis-
tinct, as in most specimens of P. huntera. P. gonerilla,
from New Zealand (fig. 11), has «—e constantly and
plainly present, their appearance being, however, modified
by an invasion of blue, the meaning of which we shall
see later.

A careful examination of the whole family Vanesside
and allied groups shows that this series D, a—¢ has a
very extensive range; though in passing away from the
insects just specially referred to it in most instances soon
begins to lose its distinctive and conspicuous character.

At first, however, the series is plain and recognisable
enough. JV. 20 (fig. 12) shows the whole set complete
from a to ¢; @ is here coloured pale yellow, and is
modified in shape in order to form the outer part of the
pale zone of the eye-mark ; ¢ though preserving its rela-
tive size is elongated conformably with the outline of the
same mark, and all the spots from f to ¢ are invaded by
a pale blue colour, the meaning of which, like the some-
what similar feature in P. gonerilla, will be considered
later.

In Araschnia levana we have the same series; a, 0 and
€ being the most constant members, while y & « are
small or absent. In the dark form known as A. prorsa,
however, all are usually present (figs. 13, 14).

Other well-marked cases of the complete or partial
presence of the series are afforded by Hurema zabulina
(2and >), H. kefersteinit (a, 0, e, sometimes y, underside
a—t), E. dione (a, [y],+ 3, 2). In this latter case the
spots a—e on both upper and underside are silvery,
while ¢ is vertically elongated and transparent. The
assertion that the window-slit in the centre of the fore
wing in Hf. dione represents the minute white spot in
the red band of the female P. atalanta may sound far-
fetched and unlikely to be true, but to any one who wiil

* Op. cit., vol. i., p. 434.
+ Sometimes absent,

significance of wing-markings. 95

compare the following—E. dione, E. kefersteinw, P.
huntera, P.atalanta ?, there will be no possible doubt
of the correctness of the identification (figs. 15, 16,
iT):

In V. polychloros (fig. 18), the spots of this series are
of a reddish yellow, not very far removed from the
orange-brown ground colour of the wing; nevertheless
it is usually easy to identify 2,8 & y. The rest of the
series is less readily made out; however, in some
specimens 9, « and é are to be distinguished, and even a
further member which we may call 1.

V. urtice, as we have seen, has a well developed and
pure white in colour, but no further members of the
series are present.

In V. antiopa, a and 6 are conspicuous and fused ; y
and dare faintly visible in some specimens, both on the
upper and under side.

The same series of spots may, perhaps, be traced in the
genera Apatura and Limenitis. If we compare the fore
wing of Apatura iris with that of Vanessa atalanta, we
cannot fail to be struck with the general resemblance of the
pattern at the apex in the two cases, though whether the
outer series of white spots in A. iris really corresponds
with that in V. atalanta seems doubtful. Spots, however,
more or less answering to @, y and «, are easily recog-
nised in the male A. iris, while in the female @ and 0 are
possibly present as well (fig. 19). There is, however, a
certain departure from the Vanessa and Pyrameis type,
in respect of the arrangement and relative size of the
spots. Thus, 8 and « are relatively large in Apatura,
small in Pyrameis ; moreover in A. wis, ¢ though preser-
ving the same relation to the nervules of the wing as in
Pyrameis and Vanessa, seems as far as the pattern
is concerned to have stepped into the place of 3.

In L. sibylla we find the series present in A. iris
verging towards disappearance. It is not difficult, how-
ever, to identify «, and probably (6 and ¢ (fig. 20).

But the most interesting results in connection with
this series follow from tracing it in another direction. The
general uniformity of pattern in the genus Argynnis is
well known, and at first sight it may seem that these
insects present nothing that corresponds to this series of
spots. If, however, A. valesina, the melanic variety of
the female of A. paphia (which probably represents a

96 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

reversion to, or survival of, an ancestral type) be carefully
examined, it will be seen that the arrangement of dark
spots and pale ground colour near the tip of the fore
wing closely corresponds with the pattern we have been
considering in the Vanesside (figs. 21, 27; ef. figs. 1—4).
This correspondence is strikingly brought out in some
specimens by the creamy white colour of those pale areas
that answer in position to the dead white band and spots
in P. atalanta, the rest of the ground colour of the wing
in A. valesina tending to a dusky olive.

The Vanessa-like character of this region of the fore
wing, which as we have just seen is perceptible enough
in the dark variety of A. paphia ? , becomes remarkably
vivid in the female of A. niphe; so much so, in fact, as to
give the latter insect almost the general aspect of a
Pyrameis, the underside especially suggesting that of P.
cardui.* The resemblance does not depend only on the
special points which we are now considering, but also on
other features which will be noticed later. Confining
our attention for the present to the series D, a—é, and
making a careful comparison between P. cardui, P.
atalanta 2 and A. niphe 2, we shall not be able
to escape the conclusion that the series is exactly repre-
sented in this last insect, spot for spot (fig. 22). The
only apparent exception is ¢, which is often absent from
the upper side of A. niphe; on the under side, however,
€ is distinct and conspicuous, and in at least one
specimen that I have seen (Hope Collection) it is
faintly visible on the upper side as well. The com-
parison of A. niphe 2 with other members of the
genus Argynnis makes it clear that these light-coloured
markings, which I have shown to be homologous with
the white spots of the Vanesside, are merely an accen-
tuation, as it were, of the general ground colour of the
wing between certain of the dark spots which are so
characteristic of the Argynnide.t If any doubt remains

** The aspect of A. niphe Q is no doubt partly the result of its
mimicry of Danais chrysippus, but the special points named here
and below (p.101) can scarcely be affected by this fact. Moreover
the resemblance as a whole is seen, on careful comparison with
other Argynnids, to depend on the retention and intensification of
true Argynnid characters, not (with the exception, perhaps, of the
general shape of the wings) on the acquisition of new ones.

+The spot a is in one respect exceptional, as will be seen later
(p. 101, note). Itis to be observed also that the white spotsin A, niphe

significance of wing-markings. 97

on this subject, it will be removed by a comparison of
A. sagana 9, A. niphe 2, A. valesina and A. diana ?
with C. pantherata and with the male of almost any
Argynnis that it is most convenient to take; for instance,
A. adippe or A. paphia. Putting together the results of
the examination of all the insects that have been
referred to, we recognise the areas between the dark
spots of this region of the fore wing in the Argynnide
(seen perhaps in their simplest formin A. diana 2 ), as in
most instances simply partaking of the usual brown
eround colour of the wings (4. adippe, A. paphia, &c.),
in other instances becoming somewhat specially marked
out by an increase of paleness (A. valesina, C. panthe-
rata), and in A. sagana 2 and A. niphe 2 assuming
the character of a system of definite spots; which
character becomes absolutely established in Vanessa,
Pyrameis, Araschnia and Eurema, perhaps passes over in
a modified form to the genera Limenitis and Apatura,
and beyond these limits gradually loses its distinctive
features and disappears. That the homology of the
spots in all these cases (except the last) is perfect there
can be little or no doubt for any one who will carefully
examine the insects named. That the true line of
development has been indicated in the above account is
more open to question; it will, however, be seen in the
course of this paper that the conclusion here arrived at
is corroborated by other evidence.

2. The submarginal chain of black spots with blue
centres. —I now wish to call attention to another feature
in the colouring of the Vanessas and allied genera, and
in the same way to make an attempt to trace its history.
Near the anal angle of the hind wing in Pyrameis cardui
there occurs a long narrow oval or crescentic black spot
with a blue core or centre, the latter often showing signs
of a division into two* (fig. 24, IV., 15). This spot is

are not absolutely distinct and circumscribed as in P. cardui and P.
atalanta, but represent merely the central portions of small areas
of unaltered ground colour into which they shade off with greater
or less gradation of tint. In the genus Pyrameis the original
ground colour has disappeared from around the spots a to e, persist-
ing only in the neighbourhood of ¢.

* This duplication of markings in the space between the sub-
median nervure and 1st median nervule is a common feature in
both fore and hind wings of many species. See especially the blue
spots in V. urtice and V. antiopa. (Fig. 26, IV., 8, 15).

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LOND, 1890.—PARTI. (APRIL.) 4H

98 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

evidently the last term in a series of dark spots which
forms a kind of inner border to the hind wing, there
being a separate oval or diamond-shaped spot for each
interspace between the nervules with the exception of
the first two or three interspaces, in which the spots of
this series are fused together (fig. 24, [V., 10—15). In
Pyrameis atalanta the same blue-centred spot occurs in
the same situation, and here again it is easily seen to
be the last term ina series. But in Pyrameis atalanta
the blue colour is not confined to this last term, for in
most, if not all, specimens a definite area of blue,
varying from a few blue scales to a well-marked patch,
occupies the centre of the last spot but one. In the
hind wing of V. polychloros we recognise at once the
same submarginal series of spots, forming a complete
inner border to the wing, each spot being now crescentic
in outline, more or less fused with its neighbours, and
the blue centre being found not only in the last one or
two terms of the series, but in all of them except the
first. The imner portion of the border of the fore wing
in V. polychloros is formed by an evident continuation of
the same series, visible also in the fore wings of
P. cardwi and atalanta (especially in P. cardui, under
side), but in these latter cases somewhat obscured by
the general coloration of the dark area of the wing.
The series as a whole is that which we have already
distinguished as IV., and the anterior portion of which
forms the external boundary of the light-coloured series
D, a—é. The conspicuous blue centres of the marginal
spots in the hind wing of V. polychloros do not extend to
the remainder of the series in the fore wing; neverthe-
less, in many specimens a few blue scales, quite incon-
spicuous, may be detected in the centres of IV., 5, 6 and
7. The same blue-centred chain of submarginal spots
is very plainly visible in A. levana, especially on the
upper surface. It occurs with great distinctness on the
under surface of A. prorsa, and asa trace at the anal
angle of the hind wing on the upper surface of the same
insect, as also in P. gonerilla (fig. 25, IV., 15). Similar
traces will be found at the anal angle of the hind wing
in LH. kefersteini (best marked on under surface), and
E. dione, in these cases the blue being reduced to a few
blue scales, almost invisible to the naked eye. If we
now turn to V, wrtiee, and notably to V. antiopa (fig. 26),

significance of wing-markings. 99

we find the whole series of black submarginal spots with
their blue centres complete and conspicuous. In the
latter insect the crescentic outline of the spots, constant
in V. polychloros, is mostly lost; and the spots become
fused into a black band easily distinguishable from the
dark chocolate colour of the general surface of the wing.
An indication of the formation of this band by the fusion
of separate members, each corresponding to an inter-
space, is preserved both by the crenated outline of the
band and also by the blue centres, which in this species
are large and conspicuous, their outline tending to
become roundish or oval. The character of this sub-
marginal band or chain of spots in V.wrtice bears a
strong general resemblance to the same in V. polychloros,
but in V. urtice the distinct development of the blue
centres in the upper wings marks an approximation to
the condition in V. antiopa, which is also borne out in
some specimens by a tendency towards complete fusion
of the black spots, and the substitution of an oval or
roundish outline for the crescentic shape of the centres.

Having now examined this system of blue and black
markings in its almost evanescent condition in P. cardui
and P. atalanta, and its state of greater development in
V. polychloros, A. prorsa and levana, V. urtice and
V. antiopa, we will glance at two or three species closely
allied to those mentioned, in which we shall find it
represented under curiously modified forms; and then
proceed to consider whether there is any evidence which
may throw light upon its history.

If anyone will attentively examine the tip of the fore
wing in V. io and compare it with the same region in
V. urtice, he will not be long in coming to the conclusion
that the black crescent with its included blue area,
which forms the outer portion of the ocellus in the
former species, is the exact representative of the first
part of the submarginal series which we have been con-
sidering in V. uwrtice. It has been already pointed out
how the spots D 2—? are modified in V. io in order to
help in the formation of the ocellus ; the same applies
to the present series. The first part of the series
remains, the black spots being fused into the outer
crescentic region of the ocellus. The blue centres are
in some specimens quite separate, and easily to be iden-
tified with those of IV,, 1—5 in V. urtice ; inmany, how-

H 2

100 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

ever, they are fused, though seldom without retaining
clear indications of their separate nature. Although the
black constituent of this submarginal series ([V.) ceases
to exist as a conspicuous feature behind the region of
the ocellus, a relic of it can be detected in most, if not
all, specimens in the form of a small dark patch just
outside the spot «, with a few blue scales to indicate the
blue centre.

On page 94 attention was called to the invasion of
the spots D 6—é¢ in V. io by a blue coloration. This
affects both the spots themselves and the surrounding
area of the wing, the scales composing the spots being
not quite white, but a very pale blue, and the surrounding
areas having scales of a blue nearly or quite as intense
as that of the blue centres 2, 8, 4, plentifully mixed with
other scales that merely present the bright chestnut of
the general ground colour of the wing. This last
feature in the colouring I shall speak of as the ‘‘ blue
shade.” Its appearance in J. io irresistibly suggests
the inference that it is due to an extension inwards of
the blue of the centres of the fused submarginal spots,
and this is put almost beyond doubt by a comparison of
the corresponding region in P. atalanta, P. huntera,
and P. gonerilla.

As has been before mentioned, the submarginal black
band is quite recognisable in the fore wing of P. atalanta,
though to some extent masked by the general black
colour of the wing. We have seen that the blue centres
are represented at the anal angle of the hind wing.
But they are also represented in the fore wing, in some
specimens with great distinctness, by two or three
crescentic blue patches in the black ground colour, just
outside the spots #, y, %, «,—nearly the same situation,
in fact, as the blue centres that survive in the fore wing
of V. polychloros. These blue crescents, though usually
well outside the white spots, in some cases approach
them closely, and may even encroach upon 0, aS in a
specimen in the Hope Collection. We have only to turn
to P. gonerilla to see this encroachment carried to a
much greater extent. Here 2 is bordered with blue on
its outer side, d has a narrow blue band surrounding it,
expanding externally to a broad blue margin; £, y and «
are blue altogether.

I haye only once seen anything of the kind in P. cardut,

significance of wing-markings. 101

but 6 and y are nearly always blue, or at least edged
with blue, in P. huntera and P. myrinna.

These cases would seem to support the suggestion
already made that the “‘ blue shade” in V. io represents
an encroachment inwards of the blue of the centres of
the submarginal series of spots.*

The question now arises whether we can trace the
origin of this series of blue-centred spots, which we
have seen in their full development and in their decline.
It will be understood how keenly, when I was investi-
gating this point, I sought among the Fritillaries for
some indication of this blue-centred black border. Did
there exist any species of Argynnis with blue round the
margins of the wings? The clue to the solution of the
question was supplied by the same species that is of so
much interest in regard to the series D, a—, viz.,
A. niphe. In this insect we are at once struck by the
resemblance of the hind wing, both in g and ?, to that
of P. cardut. The various series of dark markings are
seen to correspond, spot for spot, and what is more
interesting still, the submarginal portion of the wing
shows a blue colour, best developed near the anal angle,
which at once suggests the remnants of blue in P. cardut.
The blue here does not, it is true, occupy the centres of
the dark spots corresponding to those which form the sub-
marginal series in P. cardut, but rather belongs to the
ground colour between this series and one still further out,
while externally comes another interrupted narrow area
of blue ground colour before the black edge of the wing is
finally reached. Still it is difficult to resist the conclusion
thatthe bluein P. cardui is derived from a source indicated
by the same colour in A. niphe, which indeed may have
been effected by a spreading inward of the blue in the
form of a shade which has afterwards been cut off, of
which we have already seen an example in A. prorsa, or
by the taking up of the outer row of dark spots in an
attenuated form to make with the submarginal row a
series of composite spots, the included blue ground
colour becoming the centres of the series so made. This

* A similar extension inwards of bluish coloration from the
series of blue-centred spots occurs on the under side of A. levana,
both upper and lower wing. In A. prorsa (hind wing) this has
become separated from the border, remaining as a small but
distinct bluish patch.

102 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

last is most likely the true explanation, if indeed it is
not put beyond doubt by a comparison of the anal
angle, under surface, of A. niphe with the same region,
either upper or under surface, in P. atalanta.

A comparison of the upper wings in A. niphe ? and
P. atalanta gives a similar result. The submarginal
series IV., very distinct in A. niphe, as in nearly all
species of the genus Argynnis (fig. 31), is sometimes
indicated in P. atalanta with tolerable distinctness,
especially in its upper part, and is here seen to be
bounded outwardly by an interrupted bluish area like
that which in A. niphe bounds the same series of spots,
though it is less conspicuous than in the hind wing.
Further along the margin of the wing in P. atalanta the
same interrupted bluish area occurs, and is here rein-
forced by a few scales of a more intense blue, which, as
we have seen, spread inwards over the centres of the
fused dark spots of 1V., forming a ‘“‘ blue shade” like
those already mentioned, and even reaching and en-
eroaching on the white spots of series D, a—¢. There
can, I think, be little doubt of the substantial identity
of series LV. in these two species.

A. niphe, as far as the arrangement of the black spots
on the ground colour is concerned, is quite a typical
Argynnis ; and this particular series (1V.) runs in a very
well-marked form throughout the genus (fig. 27, &c.).
As far, then, as the first constituent of the series of
marks we are considering is concerned, 2.e., the sub-
marginal chain of black spots, we find it well-established
in the Fritillaries, and persisting in a more or less
marked degree in the Vanessas. There would seem to
be little doubt that, as in the case of the series D, a—,
we have in Argynnis the generalised or ancestral and in
Vanessa the specialised or derived form of the series,
and this conclusion is supported by a further investiga-
tion into the history of the second constituent, viz., the
blue centres and shades. If we are right in tracing
back the blue centres to the indications of blue ground
colour in A. niphe, it becomes important to ask, What is
the meaning of the latter ?

Now it is a well-known fact that in very many species
of Argynnis the two sexes differ in colour, one being
much darker than the other. When this is the case the
darker is invariably the female. The general darker
appearance is partly due to the larger size of the black

significance of wing-markings. 103

spots (A. paphia), partly to an alteration in the general
ground colour, which in these females shows an infusion
of a dull olive of various degrees of intensity into the
bright tawny ground colour characteristic of the male
(A. paphia, aglaia, adippe, &c.). As is well known, a
‘‘melanic” variety of the female of the first-named species
sometimes turns up, in which the whole ground colour is
of a deep dusky olive, no trace of the usual tawny colour
being visible. The females of some species of Argynnis
are normally as completely destitute of the usual bright
ground colour as these occasional melanic females, the
prevailing tone in such cases being, similarly, a deep
dusky olive or blue-green; the bluish tinge prevailing,
é.g., in A. diana, the greenish in A. sagana. In other
species we see this dark blue or green ground colour
confined to a particular area of the wing, e.g., the tip of
the fore wing and border of both wings in A. niphe 2,
the border of the hind wing in A. niphe 3; the posterior
and inner half of the hind wing in A. pandora and
A. childreni 2 , the border at the anal angle in the hind
wing of A. childreni ¢. It is significant that in all
these cases, if the bluish or greenish ground colour is
visible in only one sex, that sex is the female; if it is
visible in both sexes, it prevails toa much greater extent
in the female than in the male.

Prof. Meldoia (in Weismann, op. cit., vol. 1., p. 8, note)
quotes Mr. Wallace* as holding that the dark colour of
many female butterflies is a character acquired for pur-
poses of protection ; but the facts to which I have called
attention, more especially the occasional occurrence in at
least one brown Argynnis of a melanic variety so closely
resembling in coloration the normal female of other
species, and the presence of traces of the same dark ground
colour in some of the male Argynnids, would seem rather
to point to the conclusion that at any rate in this group the
dark blue or green is ancestral; preserved, no doubt, in
many instances for purposes of protection, but in the first
place deriving its origin from the progenitors of the race.

**Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection,’ 1870,
pp. 112—114. In the same author’s ‘ Darwinism,’ 1889, pp. 276,
277, the analogous sober coloration of the female in many species
of birds is considered to be an ancestral rather than an acquired
feature. J am not sure that Wallace’s words as cited by Professor
Meldola necessarily imply that the same may not be the case with
butterflies.

104 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

‘The melanic females would then be instances of reversion
or survival, and the whole aspect of the females of the
genus would be a case of the well-known rule that in
species where sexual dimorphism or “ antigeny”’ occurs,
the female most nearly approaches the ancestral type,
the male being the more highly specialised form.* The
nearest representative of the primitive Argynnis would
thus seem to be the female of A. diana, and it is
interesting to note that one of the earliest butterflies yet
found in a fossiliferous depositt belongs apparently to
that species, or at least is not easily to be distinguished
from it. The first step in specialisation we may imagine
to have been already taken in A. diana by the lightening
of the ground colour in certain places, leaving darker
patches forming a chain of spots. A further extension
of the same process would give us a form like the
melanic A. paphia (valesina), or, if a marked accentua-
tion of some of the lighter areas took place, the female
A. sagana. The bright fulvous ground colour of the
majority of Argynnids would then represent a still
further advance in specialisation, affecting, as we should
expect, chiefly the males; and in such instances as

* Scudder (op. cit., vol. 1, p. 533) maintains that in these cases
it is the female that departs from the general type, though he
admits that this is ‘‘precisely the opposite conclusion to that
reached by Darwin,’ He quotes the case of Semnopsyche
(Argynnis) diana 9 as an instance of complete departure from
the ordinary colouring of the group, but makes no mention of
such similar colouring as is visible in A. sagana 2, A. niphe 2,
A, valesina, &e. The partial dark coloration of certain males
he accounts for by saying that ‘tin other cases the melanic feature
has been superinduced upon the opposite sex”’ (vol. 2, p. 951). It
does not, however, seem to me that he has given sufficient reasons
for his view to ensure its general adoption ; and indeed the following
passage would not appear to be in accordance with his own opinion
as elsewhere expressed :—‘‘ Some species, which we can hardly doubt
have had a common ancestor, scarcely differ from each other
excepting in the character of their antigenic peculiarities, and this
accounts for the close resemblance of the females of allied species
of Skippers” (Ib.). Surely this must mean that the males are the
more specialised. A good instance of the preservation of an
ancestral character by the female alone is afforded by the spot Z
in P. atalanta 2, as noticed above, p. 93. With respect to the
alleged mimicry on the part of A. diana 2, which forms part of
Scudder’s argument, see note on pp. 105, 6.

+‘ V. pluto” of Heer, from the Oligocene of Radaboj, Croatia.
Vid. Lyell, Elem. Geol., 1885, pp. 214, 5; Edwards, Butterfl. N.
Amer., 1879, vol. i.

significance of wing-markings. 105

A. niphe f and 9°, A. childrent Sg and 2, &c., we
should recognise the last battle-ground between the
rival tints, the old one holding its own longest in the
female, and especially clinging to the region of the
borders and anal angle of the wings.*

If this be the true account of the bluish or greenish
areas in the wings of such species as A. niphe, and if
this survival of the ancestral ground colour about the
borders of the wings be the origin, as seems most
probable, of the blue constituent of series IV., so con-
stantly present in the Vanesside, we have in the whole
history of this series of markings an interesting case
of the revival and fresh employment of an almost obso-
lete feature; just asif an old weapon, rusty from disuse,
were polished up anew and once more turned to account,
not indeed for its old purposes, but as a piece of orna-
ment. The history of the series D, e—é, we saw to be
somewhat similar, inasmuch as they represent mere
lighter areas of ground colour, seized upon as it were
and turned to more distinctly decorative purposes. In
the two cases the most probable lines of origin are seen
to converge from the showy and highly specialised
Vanessas, through such forms as A. niphe to the archaic
and comparatively sombre female Argynnis diana.t

* Perhaps even in this diminished form still serving as a pro-
tection, by shading the insect off against its surroundings, when
sunning itself in the usual manner of Argynnids.

+ Seudder (‘ Butterflies of the Eastern United States,’ 1889,
pp. 287, 582, note, 718, 1802, &c.) asserts that the difference be-
tween the sexes in Semnopsyche (Argynnis) diana is due to mimi-
ery; the female A. diana mimicking Basilarchia astyanax
(Limenitis ursula of Doubleday and Westwood). ‘There can be
no doubt,” he says, ‘that S. diana is the mimicker, since it
obtains its resemblance by departing from the ground colour not
only of the opposite sex, but that prevailing in both sexes in the
whole tribe of Argynnidi to which it belongs.” JI do not find
myself able to concur with Scudder in this opinion, for the following
reasons :—(1). The ground colour of A. diana Q does not widely
differ from that of many other female Argynnids, e.g., A. valesina,
A. sagana, and (for part of the wing) A. niphe. There is therefore no
need to assume mimicry in order to account for it. (2). The
habits of A. diana are not those of an insect protected by mimicry,
it being, according to Edwards, ‘an exceedingly alert and wary
insect.”’ (3). The resemblance of the two insects is not close. A.
diana is much larger than B. astyanax, and differs widely from it
in shape. (4). On the other hand, there 7s a close resemblance, as
pointed out by Doubleday and Westwood (‘Genera of Diurnal

106 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

3. The white band on the costal margin of the fore wing.
—Returning now to P. cardwi and P. atalanta, we find
another conspicuous mark near the apex of the fore
wing besides those already noticed. This is the broad
white band passing inwards from the costa at the
junction of its outer and middle thirds, to which I have
already given the distinctive letter C. No question can
possibly arise as to the identity of C in these two species.

Lepidoptera,’ vol. ii., p. 275), between B. astyanaw and Lertias
(Papilio) philenor. This resemblance extends not only to markings
and colour, but to form and size as well. It is noticed by Scudder
(op. cit., p. 287), but dismissed as insufticient to establish mimicry.
(5). The genus to which B. astyanax belongs contains undoubted
cases of mimicry in which the Basilarchias are the mimickers.
This raises a presumption in favour of B. astyanax mimicking
rather than being mimicked, which is strengthened by the fact that
B. astyanaz has scarcely the aspect of a typical Basilarchia. (6).
In favour of the view that B. astyanax, whether mimicked by
A. diana or not, itself mimies L. philenor, are the facts given by
Scudder (vol. ii., p. 1251), on the authority respectively of Edwards
and Doubleday, that the latter butterfly ‘‘has a strong and dis-
agreeable scent,” and that ‘its flights are rather low and not very
powerful.” It would therefore seem that L. philenor is specially
protected, and that it would be advantageous to another insect,
such as B. astyanaz, to be mistaken for it. On the other hand, no
reason is alleged by Scudder why it should benefit A. diana to be
taken for B. astyanax, nor does he suggest that A. diana may
be taken for L. philenor. (It should be stated that Scudder fails to
verify the point as to the evil odour of L. philenor.) On the whole,
therefore, it seems to me that the evidence of mimicry between
L. philenor and B. astyanaz is much stronger than that between
B. astyanax and A. diana; and if, as Scudder thinks, the former
is insufficient, a fortiori, the latter must be also. I should wish,
however, to point out that even if it be conceded that A. diana 2

is a mimicker, it does not follow that the ground colour was
acquired for that purpose ; it may merely have survived. More-
over, the spots of A. diana @ are those of a typical Argynnis.
The blacking-in of the base of the wings internal to series I]. has
its counterpart in other American Argynnids (A. cybele, A.
nokonuis , and especially A. leto 2), and the only character that,
so far as 1 know, is really peculiar to A. diana among its relatives
is the large expanse of blue ground colour surrounding the spots of
series I11., which I admit to be like the corresponding feature in
B. astyanax and L. philenor. Whether, therefore, such resem-
blance as exists between these insects be due to mimicry or not, I
see no reason to doubt that A. diana @ is a near representative of
the oldest type of the Argynnids, and so in all probability of the
Nymphalide generally. I may add to the above that Mr. Wallace,
in his lately published volume ‘ Darwinism,’ 1889, p. 248, speaks
unhesitatingly as to the mimicry of P. philenor by L. ursula
(Scudder’s B. astyanax), but makes no mention in this connection

of A. diana.

significance of wing-markings. 107

They correspond exactly, and C is also recognisable with
equal certainty in very many of the allied species, e. g.,
P. huntera,* P. gonerilla, P. callirrhoe, &c. (see figs.
5—11). In Araschnia prorsa and levana Cis again to be
seen, in the former as a conspicuous pale yellow band, in
the latter asa portion of the light ground colour of the wing
between the dark areas II. and III. A similar condition
obtains also in Vanessa urtice and V. polychloros, in
both of which C begins on the costa as a yellow band,
which as it passes inwards soon becomes merged in the
general reddish brown ground colour, this happening
earlier in V. polychloros than in V.urtice. In P. carye Cis
distinct and circumscribed, and of the same colour as
the general surface of the wing. A relic of C is visible
in V. antiopa, and in JV. io (fig. 12) the band is present
and modified to form the pale zone of the inner side of
the ocellus, being in this species of very nearly the
same pale yellow as in V. uwrtice. Many other allied
forms (e. g., the genera Grapta and Hurema) show C
with greater or less distinctness, and it is interesting to
observe that it passes over into the genera Limenitis
and Apatura. L. sibylla and A. iris both exhibit it very
plainly (figs. 19, 20). In these two insects it passes by
one interspace further into the wing than in most
specimens of P. cardui, but some specimens of the latter
show a paling of the ground colour in the situation
corresponding to this extension, which becomes more
marked on the under side; and in European, though
not in American, specimens of V. atalanta a small white
projection is constantly present in the same place.t
Can an origin be assigned for this band C with the same
amount of probability as in the former cases? Again
we look to Argynnis niphe ? for an answer to the
question. In this insect C is as distinct and conspicuous
as in any Pyrameis or Vanessa, and is plainly seen to be
an accentuation of the ground colour between the chain

* According to Scudder (op. cit., vol. i., pp. 430, 458) C is white
in the male P. hwntera, orange in the female. It is, however,
white in the large majority of specimens that I have seen.

+ This statement as to the difference between Huropean and
American specimens of P. atalanta is made on the authority of
Doubleday and Westwood (op. cit., vol. i, p. 204), quoting
Stephens. A specimen in the Hope Collection, labelled as from
Llinois, in this respect resembles specimens from Hurope.

108 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

of spots IL. and the series III. which comes next outside
it (fig. 4). The same appears with equal vividness in
A. sagana ?, and is plainly enough, though less strik-
ingly, visible in the melanic A. valesina (fig. 27). The
tendency to a lightening of the ground colour in this
particular region appears again in C. pantherata (fig. 28),
in this instance the ground colour being brown, though
not so bright as in most brown Argynnids. Turning to
Argynnis diana 2, we find C indicated by a simple
clearing up of the ground colour between the dark
patches of series II. and III.’, and thus the present line
of probable origin is seen to point in the same direction
with those before suggested.

Although in the great majority of cases C is not
specially distinguished from the general ground colour,
except in the neighbourhood of the costa, yet there
are some exceptions which must be noted, as they are of
special interest. The yellow patch (C1, fig. 82) near the
anal angle of the fore wing in V. urtice belongs to this
series, as also the yellow shade at the costal margin of
the hind wing in the same species. These are both
recognisable in V. polychloros, and the latter in V. 20
plainly contributes to the pale zone surrounding the
ocellus of the hind wing. But perhaps the most
striking development of this series occurs in A. sagana ¢ ,
where several members of the series are picked out
in pale primrose. In the hind wing of this species a
broad band is thus formed, which at once suggests the
band that crosses the hind wing in so many species of
the genera Apatura and Limenitis (figs. 29, 30). That the
band in Limenitis corresponds with that in Apatura will
scarcely be questioned, and that the band in Apatura
exactly coincides in position with C 6—é in A. sagana @
will be evident on a comparison of the latter insect with
A. ilia, in which the spots of series III. are persistent.*
The apparent continuation of the same white band on
the fore wing of Apatura and Limenitis would also
appear to be the counterpart of Ce—n in A. sagana ?,
and we are thus led to conjecture that both Apatura and
Limenitis may have taken their origin from a form like
the present.

* As they are also in some other species of Apatura, e.g., A.
celtis and A. clyton.

significance of wing-markings. 109

4, The dark area between C and D.—Having traced C
and D throughout many of the species of the group, we
shall, of course, find it easy to identify the dark area
included between C and D in the same insects.

On the upper surface of the fore wing in P. cardui and
P. atalanta, this dark area simply partakes of the
general black or dark brown of the ground colour of that
part of the wing, and shows no tendency to break up
into separate constituents.

In V. io the same area is easily recognised as forming
the centre of the ocellus in the fore wing, and a part of
it is here suffused with the ruddy chestnut of the general
eround colour.

In V. urtice this area somewhat resembles in shape
the same area in V. io, but is sharply marked off from the
red ground colour. V. polychloros shows us the same
dark patch, im many cases breaking up into a chain of
spots which run parallel with the submarginal series IV.
and the hind border of the wing. Much the same
appearance is presented throughout the genus Grapta,
but in Grapta c-aureum we find the suggestion of a
breaking up of the area into two lateral constituents by
the inclusion of a patch of the ordinary ground colour
just internal to De. This resolution is faintly indicated
on the under side of some of the species we have
already noticed by a paling of the ground colour towards
the middle of the patch. Turning now to the genus
Argynnis, we find, as before, the same arrangement in a
more simple and intelligible form. The dark area is
completely resolved into dark spots, situated on the
ordinary ground colour, and falling into two series, an
inner and an outer. ‘The outer series is clearly seen to
be the first part of a chain of eight spots, running right
across the wing to the inner border, generally parallel
with series IV., but with a decided inwards curve
opposite the middle of the hind border. This is the
series I have named III. It is, of course, one of the
most constant and characteristic features of the pattern
of the ordinary Argynnids.

The inner constituent is a triangular or crescentic
patch, usually an obtuse-angled triangle, with its base at
the costa, and its apex pointing backwards and out-
wards. ‘This I distinguish by the sign III’. (fig. 31,
cf. 4, 27), It is generally large and well-marked in the

110 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

females throughout the genus Argynnis (including A.
sagana and A. niphe) ; in the males it is smaller, often
erescentic instead of triangular, and sometimes (as
in A. paphia 2), apparently on the point of disappear-
ance. In Clothilda pantherata 3 @ it is resolved into
a series of three (sometimes four) dark spots, con-
verging with III. 1—5 towards the middle point of
series III. (fig. 28). The same condition obtains in A.
diana 2, except that here the dark spots are less
sharply differentiated from the rest of the wing.

We see accordingly that the dark space between C
and D in the genera Pyrameis and Vanessa forms part
of aseries. This series occurs in its least modified and
most complete form in the genus Argynnis, where it
consists of a chain of dark spots, in their origin
undoubtedly, like series [V., survivals of the primitive
dark ground colour (see A. diana 2?) extending the
whole way across the wing nearly parallel to the hind
border, and giving off in the interspace between the 3rd
median and 2nd discoidal nervules an interior branch
which reaches the costa separately (fig. 31, III., III’.).

In the genera Pyrameis, Vanessa and Grapta, the
spots posterior to the point of bifurcation have generally
disappeared, while the two branches III’. and III. are
usually fused together with more or less admixture of
the light ground colour * (figs. 1, 2, 3).

The question may suggest itself whether the two small
black spots near the middle of the fore wing in JV.
urtice (fig. 82, II. 6, 7) do not represent two terms of
this series. They are clearly identical with the two
larger spots in the similar situation in V’. polychloros
(fig. 83), and these again with spots constantly present
in the genus Grapta.

If we examine the fore wing of a specimen of JV.

** Before leaving the subject of series IIT. with its offshoot III’.,
we may notice that the first one or two members of III. show a
strong tendency to approach and become fused with the corres-
ponding members of IV. (clearly seen in figs. 4, 31). The
interval between the fore part of III’. and III. thus becomes better
marked than that between II]. and IV., and it is this interval that
gives rise to a in series D, which thus constitutes an exception to
the general relations of its series. This is most clearly shown by
A. nerippe, in which a is conspicuously picked out in white on the
usual tawny ground colour of an ordinary Argynnis, and is well
seen to belong to the interval between IIL’. and III.

significance of wing-markings. 111

polychloros in which resolution of III. is pretty well
marked, we shall find the constituents of III., together
with these two spots and the large spot at the anal
angle of the wing, forming a regular series in the form
of an 8. Comparing such a specimen with any
Argynnis, we shall be tempted to indentify this series as
a whole with series III. in the Argynnis, the only con-
spicuous difference being that in the latter the curve is
less pronounced. With regard to the large spot at the
anal angle I have no doubt of the correctness of the
identification. It exactly represents in V. polychloros
the spot III. 8 in the Fritillaries. The two others,
however, do not really represent II]. 6 and 7 as they
seem to do; but belong to another series, the history of
which will be traced later. This is shown by a careful
examination of Grapta c-aurewm, in which the two spots
corresponding to those in V. polychloros are plainly
seen, while outside them come two minute but unmis-
takeable representatives of III. 6 and III. 7 (fig. 34).
If any one doubts this, he has only to look at the
underside, where he will find the whole of series ITI., with
its branch III’., sharply indicated by small black dots,
two of which coincide exactly with III. 6 and 7 on the
upper surface, while the representatives of the other
two spots in question lie well to the inside of the
present series. A feature in G. c-awrewm worthy of notice
is the presence in III. 7 (upper surface) of a minute
patch of blue scales (the import of which will be
explained later), indicating that it is in series with the
blue centred III. 8.

It is interesting to observe that, as shown by the case
of V. polychloros, it is possible for a new series to be
made up out of parts of two old ones.

Series III., like the already described series IV.,
extends into the hind wing, here constituting a chain of
spots most usually five in number, occupying the five
interspaces from the 1st subcostal to the 1st median
nervule. ‘These five spots I distinguish by the numbers
III., 10—14. They are conspicuously present in P.
cardwi (fig. 24), both upper and under surface; in the
latter situation appearing as extremely handsome ocelli.
They are present but less conspicuous on the under
surface of P. atalanta; on the upper surface of this
species they are partly obscured by the prevailing dark

112 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

sround colour, but still can in most specimens be easily
distinguished by a careful examination. In V. urtice and
V. polychloros they are absent from both surfaces, so also
almost entirely from the under surface of V. io, where,
however, in some specimens, vestiges of III. 10 and 11
can be traced. In the genus Grapta, the spots of this
series on the upper surface, as a rule, are fused ; and the
series appears as an irregular brown band, darker than
the general ground colour, but paler than the spots
of another series (II.) which at present remains unde-
scribed. On the under surface in this genus, the spots
are often discrete and pretty easily recognisable ; this is
notably the case in G. c-albwmn.*

In the genus Argynnis we find, as we should expect,
the spots of this part of the series constantly present and
very distinct, especially on the upper surface (fig. 31).
Beneath, they may be conspicuous as in A. adippe and
A. lathonia, where they are picked out with silver,
present but somewhat faintly distinguished as in A.
paphia, or modified into mere patches of green shading
to the silver spots, as in A. aglaia. The series in
A. lathonia is reinforced by the presence of III. 9 and
III. 15, which in most species are wanting; and the
under side of this insect gives perhaps the most complete
view of the whole series that can be found in the genus.
In A. diana the spots are present but small, in the male
almost evanescent, and in both sexes absent from the
under surface.

Two points of interest remain to be noticed before the
present series is dismissed. ‘The first is the relative
size of the spots III. 10—14.

In the genus Argynnis, ITI. 12 is almost always smaller
than the rest, it may even disappear altogether, as often
in A. adippe . In the genus Pyrameis, III. 11 and 14
show a strong tendency to exceed the average size. This
is well seen on the under side of P. atalanta (less
clearly in P. callirrhoe and P. gonerilla), and on both
surfaces of P. cardui. In P. huntera the enlarge-
ment of these two members of the series becomes a
very conspicuous feature of the pattern, the under side
in this species often presenting III. 11 and 14 in the

* In G. c-awreum, III. is very well defined in the hind wing,
where the spots composing it are blue-centred (see p. 114).

significance of wing-markings. 118

form of two large and very showy ocelli, while the rest
of the series is almost or quite obliterated.

The conspicuous ocellus near the anal angle of the
hind wing in A. iris (fig. 30) may very probably be
identified with III. 14, as is shown by a comparison of
the under side with that of A. ilia, in which most of the
series is present.

The second point that remains for notice is the
frequent occurrence of blue centres in the spots of this
series. A large proportion of British specimens of P.
cardui have a few blue scales in the centre of III. 14;
in some there are distinct blue patches in the centre of
both III. 18 and 14, while specimens of P. kershawt,
from §. Australia, have conspicuous blue centres to
these, and also to III. 12 in addition. It is interesting
to remark that (so far as I have observed) those British
specimens of P. cardw in which Ds is present, mostly
have blue centres to III. 13 and III. 14 as well*; as we
know that the presence of De is an ancestral feature,
this would lead us to make further enquiry into the
occurrence of these blue centres, in order to see whether
they too have a history. Turning to the closely allied
P. huntera, we find the blue centre well-marked in III.
11 and 14, while in P. carye we find the whole series in
the hind wing blue-centred, with the exception of III. 10.
In the very showy P. gonerilla of N. Zealand, III. 11—14
are conspicuously present on the upper side, each with a
blue centre (fig. 25). P.itea has Il. 12—14 provided
with small blue centres, besides possessing a blue relic
of IV. 15 at the anal angle of the hind wing. But the
most interesting development of the blue-centred Iil.
10—12 occurs in V. 20, where these three spots, without
losing their separate identity, combine to form the
ocellus of the hind wing. In many specimens of V. io,
attentive examination of the hind wing will disclose the
presence of the next member of the series, namely III.
13, in a rudimentary form, consisting in fact merely of a
minute black patch, with a few blue scales in the centre,
almost concealed by the long chestnut-coloured hairs
that beset this part of the wing (fig. 35, III. 13). In the

* This, however, appears not to be the case with the British
—— specimen of P. cardui mentioned on p. 98, in which
respect it differs from the Mortehoe specimen mentioned on the
same page.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—pPART I. (APRIL.) 1

114 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

‘Entomologist’ (Vol. xxii. (1889) p. 218; and Plate
VIII., fig. 8), Mr. South figures and describes a variety
of V. 20, in which III. 10 and III. 11 remain distinct as
simple black blue-centred spots, ike the same spots in
P. gonerilla,—this again confirming the account of the
homology of the ocellus just given. The condition is
represented in fig. 86.* Whether other materials enter
into the composition of the central area of the ocellus
in V. to I do not feel certain, but the appearance of
the three blue constituents, especially the doubling of
the middle one, would suggest that perhaps the sub-
marginal blue-centred band IV. (cf. V. urtice) may have
helped in its formation. I am, however, unable to
bring forward any facts in support of this suggestion.

The blue centres to the spots of this series are not
confined to the genera Pyrameis and Vanessa, but occur
also in the allied genera Grapta and Eurema. In
Grapta c-aureum not only are the spots in the hind wing
blue-centred, but III. 7 and 8 (the former being rudi-
mentary) in the fore wing are blue-centred as well. It
will be remembered that this feature enabled us to
decide upon the true position of the central black spots
in the fore wings of Grapta generally, and so also of
V. polychloros and V. urtice. In E. dione, III. 18 and
14 have distinct blue centres.

It appears then, to summarise the foregoing, that the
present series (III.) has a history broadly corresponding
with that of the previously considered ([V.), existing in
its more generalised condition among the Argynnids,
and in a form specialised by alteration and partial
suppression in the Vanessids. Unlike the blue centres
of series IV., which we saw to have a continuous history
from the original ground colour of the Argynnids, the
blue centres of the present series would appear not
to be traceable further back than to the common
ancestor of Vanessa, Pyrameis, Eurema and Grapta.
They represent an added feature.

5. The dark area between B and C.—On the costa of
the fore wing of P. atalanta, internal to the white band
which I have called C, and external to the red band the
costal termination of which I have marked as B, we find

* Taken, by kind permission of Mr. South, from the ‘ Entomo-
logist,’ loc, cvt,

significance of wing-markings. 115

a black area, continuous posteriorly to C with the black
ground colour that pervades the whole region of the
apex. This is clearly identical with the central of the
three black costal patches in Vanessa urtice, V. poly-
chloros, and Grapta c-album, and is without difficulty also
recognisable in V. io as the black claw-shaped mark
which forms by its concave border the inner boundary
of the ocellus (figs. 1,2, 3, I1.). On the underside of P.
atalanta we find this surface diversified by certain bluish
marks, of variable character, but on the whole tending
towards a threefold division of the dark area in question.
Turning to Pyrameis cardui and its immediate allies,
we find no difficulty at all in identifying this area ; and
a glance at the under side of P. cardw or P. huntera
enables us at once to recognise that here the threefold
division visible in P. atalanta meets us again. ‘The
division between the outer and middle portion of the
patch, however, is of far less importance than that
between the middle and inner ; ; and referring back to the
upper side of P. cardwi we see this latter division alone
represented.

Of the two members into which this patch accordingly
divides, the outer becomes merged in the dark ground
colour of the apex, while the inner comes to an end near
the origin of the 3rd median nervule, having enclosed
the disco-cellular nervules in its course, and so having
intruded a little way into the discoidal cell.* With these
two landmarks to guide us, viz., on the outer side C, and
on the inner the disco-cellular nervules, we find it easy
to mark out the corresponding area in the Argynnids
(fig. 4). As we should expect, we find here resolution
instead of fusion; the twofold division is in most cases
very clearly marked; the outer division, that immediately
bounding C on its inner side, being clearly the beginning
of a series of spotst+ (II.) which runs through both
wings, upper and lower, and being separated by a region
of the lighter ground colour from the inner division
(IL.’) which, as in Pyrameis, just occupies both sides of
the disco-cellular nervules (fig. 37).

ye to this poy we have met ae no difficulty in the

: This portion within the cell, ioe ever, belongs properly to
dbisther series (I).—Vid. infra, p. 118.
+ Visible also on the under side of a specimen of P. cardwt, from
North America, in the Hope Collection,
12

116 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

investigation of this series, nor so far as the Argynnids
are concerned does the least doubt arise with reference
to the identification of series II., which occurs throughout
the group just as universally as series III. and IV., and
is traceable through both fore and hind wings with equal
certainty * (fig. 37).

Nor, again, is there any room for doubt as to the
presence of series II. in the hind wing of the genus
Pyrameis ; a comparison of Pyrameis cardui, huntera,
or myrinna, with any Argynnis being conclusive on this
point ; though here the tendency towards fusion of the
spots into a band is still more strongly marked than in
Argynnis. The marginal region of the dark base of the
hind wing in V. urtice and V. polychloros similarly
results from the fusion of series II.; and the same
feature is readily recognised in V. io, forming the dark
crescentic border of the basal portion of the hind wing
adjacent to the ocellus. In Argynnis sagana ?, the
homologous feature is the dark portion of the hind wing
just internal to the broad cream-coloured band; in all
probability corresponding with the similar character in
A. tris and ilia, L. sibylla, &c. The presence of the
three series, II., III., and [V., in the hind wing in an
almost unmodified condition gives this region in P.
cardui a great resemblance to the same in the Argynnids
(cf. figs. 38, 39).

But with regard to the remainder of the series in the
upper wing, considerable difficulty attends at present
any attempt to bring the Vanessa and Argynnid types
into harmony with each other; and though some of the
steps in the reasoning that follows will not be disputed,
the argument as a whole is somewhat doubtful, and
must not be taken for more than it is worth.

The three black spots in the hinder portion of the fore
wing in VJ. wrtice are, as we have seen, certainly identical

** It is observable with regard to series II., as compared with
III. and IV. in the Argynnids, that the spots of which it is com-
posed (1) take a more zig-zag course across the wing, falling less
easily into a regular series ; (2) are themselves less circumscribed,
often occupying the whole vertical space between two adjacent
nervules, and thus tending, especially in the hind wing, to form a
sinuous band rather than a chain of spots. In A. diana 2 II. is
present in its entirety, though not easily distinguishable from the
general ground colour,

significance of wing-markings. 117

with the three similarly lettered in V. polychloros (figs.
32, 33; II. 6,7, 8). The same three occur throughout
the genus Grapta ; in G. c-aureum, as has been seen, side
by side with spots undoubtedly representing series III.
(fig. 84). In Grapta we also get a representative of the
spot at the anal angle of the fore wing in V. polychloros,
which we have identified as III. 8. So far there is no
difficulty. Now turning to A. levana, we may, | think,
satisfy ourselves on a careful comparison with any
Grapta, that II., 6, 7, and 8 are present, as well as III.,
6, 7, 8; moreover, that there exist in A. levana two
additional black areas in the angles between the sub-
median and median nervures, and between the Ist and
2nd median nervules, 7.e., in the roots of the 7th and 8th
interspaces. These we may regard as in series with II’.
1—5, and may conveniently call II’. 7, and II’. 8 (fig. 40).
The latter does not occur as a distinct spot in any
Grapta with which I am acquainted ; the former, how-
ever, is found in many species (e.g. G. interrogationis),
also constantly in V. v-album, and sometimes in V.
polychloros (as in a specimen in the Hope Collection,
fig. 38). Having thus met with a tolerably generalised
type in A. levana, and having used it to interpret this
part of the series in the Graptas and Tortoiseshells, we
shall find that we are able to trace from the same type
two diverging lines, the first leading towards the genus
Pyrameis, the other backwards, as we may suppose,
towards the Argynnids. The best species to compare
with A. levana for this purpose is P. carye (fig. 41), in
which II. 6 and 7 will be found, forming a continuous
band across the wing, connected in front with the
anterior portion of series II., and behind with III. 8;
while II’. 7 is seen to be similarly connected with II. 8
vertically ; and also with II. 7 horizontally by a lateral
streak following the course of the 1st median nervule.
II. 8 is represented by a distinct but narrow patch
connected with II’. 7, while a dark and not distinctly
defined area at the root of the 8th interspace may
stand for II’. 8. The passage from P. carye to P. huntera
and P. myrinna, and through P. kershawi, P. cardui and
P. callirrhoe, to P. atalanta and P. gonerilla is so easy that
it is not necessary here to trace it in detail; the main
features being the merging of II. 6 in the general dark
ground colour, the paring down of II. 7 until it becomes

118 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

a mere projection on the summit of III. 8, the filling up
of the valley between II. 7 and II’. 7, and (in P. cardua
and myrinna) the disappearance or melting into II’. 8 of
II.8; to which must be added in P. callirrhoe the gradual
overspreading of the wings by a dark ground colour
advancing from the base, this feature reaching its
highest development in P. atalanta and P. gonerilla.

If the identification of the spots already given be
correct, they can of course be easily found in any ordi-
nary Argynnis. The greatest doubt exists with reference
to II.’ 7 and II.’8, which would seem to be usually
absent. A spot corresponding to the former may, how-
ever, sometimes be seen in A. lathonia and A. adippe (as
in specimens in the Hope Collection), while one in the
position of the latter occurs normally in A. lathonia and
A. niphe, and not infrequently in A. childreni, A. idalia,
and other species of the genus. ‘The present series is
thus seen to constitute no exception to our general rule;
and to be traceable as to its posterior portion with
certainty, though as to its anterior with some doubt,
from its earliest beginnings in such a form as A. diana
?, where it is hardly to be distinguished from the
general ground colour, through the more specialised
Argynnids to the highly modified form it assumes in
Araschnia, Pyrameis, Grapta, and Vanessa, the difficulty
of identification in the latter genera arising, as in the
former cases, partly from the suppression of some of
the spots, and partly from the fusion of spots belonging
to the same or different series.

6. The markings within the discoidal cell—The last
series of markings that calls for notice is that which
occupies the discoidal cell in fore and hind wings, dis-
tinguished collectively as series I. These in the fore
Wing consist in their simplest form of five transverse
marks, [.1 being a small black patch in the angle
between the subcostal and median nervures (fig. 4),
I, 2 and 38 being united into a more or less complete
ring (under side of P. atalanta, both sides of A. adippe
and some other Argynnids, figs. 4, 42). It is probably
the latter of these two marks that forms the innermost
of the black costal patches in V. polychloros, V. urtice,
and V. io (figs. 1, 2, L., ef. figs. 42, 48). I. 4 appears in
most Argynnids as a curved band with its convexity out-
wards; in P. cardui as a process from the summit of I.’ 7,

significance of wing-markings. 119

rarely reaching forwards to the subcostal nervure; in P.
atalanta as a similar but blunter process, easily visible
on the under side (fig. 42), but on the upper reduced to a
mere irregularity of the dark inner boundary of the red
streak. I. 5 is closely apposed to the disco-cellular
nervules, with an occasional intercalated patch of lighter
ground colour (as often in A. adippe), and forms the
innermost portion of the middle dark costal patch in the
Vanessas and Graptas.

The markings in the discoidal cell of the hind wing
(I. 6—9) are normally four, or corresponding to I. 1, 2,
38and 5. I. 6, like I. 1, occupies the angle between the
principal nervures of the wing, i.e., the subcostal and
the median; I. 7 and 8 are often united into a more or
less regular ring; I. 9, when present, consists of a
narrow dark border to the disco-cellular nervules (fig. 44).
These markings are, as we should expect, best seen in
the Argynnids; in the Vanessas they are mostly merged
in the dark ground tint that pervades the base of the
wing. I. 6, 7 and 8, however, may be distinguished
on the under surface of V. polychloros, V. urtice, V. 10,
and other species.

T. Phylogenetic conclustons.—It now remains to put
together the results of the preceding investigation, and
to draw from them what conclusions seem possible as to
the phylogeny of the forms examined.

It would appear, then, that all the lines which we
have been able to trace converge in the direction of a
dark olive or blue-coloured Argynnid like the female of
the recent A. diana.* Possibly, were we able to go
back further still, we should find a type in which the
dark coloration was absolutely uniform, as it is over the
basal region of the wings in A. diana, no differentiation
into ground colour and spots having yet taken place.
From such a type as the last mentioned, the earliest
step in advance would be taken by the lightening of the
ground colour in patches between the nervures, the
original dark tint remaining as ill-defined streaks and

* “The stem-form of the Nymphalid@ must have possessed a
caterpillar approximately of the form that is now presented to us
by Acrea... Acrea, the Heliconine, Argynnis still remain in
this stage of development.’ W. Miiller, ‘‘ Sitidamerikanische
Nymphalidenraupen,” Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. i., p. 621. This is
confirmatory of the primitive character of Argynnis.

120 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

spots between the lighter patches. This, as we have
seen, is exactly the state of things now existing in
A. diana ?; and a consideration of this and other
species (A. idalia, A. leto, &c.) will lead us to the con-
clusion that the process of differentiation began at the
hind border of the wings, and has gradually extended
inwards towards the body. Thus in 4. diana 9, we find
the series of dark spots IV. and III. already distin-
guishable, though not yet well-defined, while LI. is just
emerging into separate existence.*

The four normal series of dark marks having thus
been made distinct, as, for instance, in A. paphia var.
valesina, we find in the next place a very general altera-
tion in the pale areas of the ground colour between the
spots. This loses its dull olive or bluish tint and
becomes bright brown, as in nearly all Argynnids, the
spots at the same time becoming, as a rule, smaller and
more sharply defined. The original ground colour,
however, clings to the females of certain species, and
even, though ina less degree, to the males. Among the
female Argynnids which retain the primitive ground
colour, there occurs the very striking Hoe A. se in

* Seudder (op. cit., vol. i., pp. 513515) advances ine view that
the dark coloration in butterflies began as a dark border to the
wings, spreading inwards and breaking up. It does not appear
from the passage cited whether Scudder would consider the spots
in the Argynnids to have directly arisen in this way, though his
language would seem to suggest such a conclusion. I myself
believe the balance of pr obability to be in favour of the view taken
in the text, for the following reasons :—(1). Other evidence seems
to show that the darker Argynnids are the older. (2). The general
prevalence of a dark colour at the base of the wings even in brown
Argynnids indicates that this at least is an ancient feature. (8).
The spots in series IT. seem by their shape (vid. p. 116, note) to bear
traces of their latter differentiation. Such species as A. lathonia,
in which the spots of series II. are distinct and circumscribed, like
those of series III., we should on other grounds consider as the
more highly specialised members of their group. Higgins (‘ On
the Colour-patterns of Butterflies,’ ‘Journal of Science,’ 1868,
pp- 823—329), suggests that the arrangement of the dark markings
depends on that of the nervures, from the immediate neighbourhood
of which they appear always to take their rise; while the lighter
ground colour of the wing, which may be more or less affected by
a “blush,” is independent of the nervures. He makes, however,
no attempt to show any reason for the alleged connection between
nervures and dark colouring. As a matter of fact, both kinds of
markings, whether light or dark, may either follow the nervures
or be independent of them.

significance of wing-markings. 121

which, while all the dark series keep their normal places,
an entirely new effect is produced by the still further
paling of the ground colour in certain situations, espe-
cially between II. and III., or that region of the wings
which we have denoted by C. In this way definite
light-coloured bands are produced, which may readily
suggest the source whence the groups represented by
L. stbylla and A. wis respectively may have derived
their characteristic pure white markings, the corre-
spondence of which with those in A. sagana can scarcely
be accidental.* In the neighbourhood of the brown
Argynnids we find the slightly divergent form C. pantherata,
which in the breaking up of the patch of original ground
colour III’. marks a point of specialisation not reached
by any true Argynnis, while its somewhat dull ground
colour, and the peculiar accentuation of the costal por-
tion of C and D, relating it to A. valesina and A. diana
? , would seem to indicate its early separation from the
Argynnid stem. This accentuation of C and D is carried
to a much greater extent in A. niphe 2, one of those
transitional species in which we see the old and new
eround colour fighting for the mastery. In this con-
spicuous and highly ornamental species we seem to have
reached the point at which those butterflies called in the
wide sense Vanessas quit the parent stem.t

* W. Miller (op. cit., p. 622) considers that the group including
Limenitis (which he names “ Rippenbauenden’’) must find its
root either among the Vanessine or the Diademine. This would
remove Limenitis a step further off the Argynnids than my own
suggestion would warrant, though it accords with my conclusion as
to their relative antiquity. The position of Apatwra Miiller owns
to be a puzzle (Ibid.). He inclines to remove it from the group of
‘** Rippenbauenden,” and somewhat doubtfully suggests its enrol-
ment among the Vanessing, in the neighbourhood of the genus
Hypanartia (Eurema). In favour of this it may be mentioned that
(according to Scudder) the eggs of Apatwra bear more resemblance
to those of the Vanesside and even of the Argynnide than to
those of Limenitis, and also that Apatura corresponds with many
of the Vanesside in having 2 rows of spines instead of 4 on the
under side of the last tarsal joint. (Scudder, op. cit., vol. i.,
pp. 227, 8).

+ The above statement as to the relative antiquity of Argynnis
and Vanessa is in accordance with Miiller’s conclusions derived
from a study of the larve. “A multiplication of the rows of
spines from 6 [as in Argyniis| to 9, and the addition of the Ds
and Ped rows has led to the forms that the Vanessine now show
us. -* (Op. cit:, p. 621).

122 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

The earliest representatives of the group or subfamily
Vanessine would seem before long to have separated
into three divergent tribes, each pursuing a distinct
path. In the first of these, that leading towards the
genus Pyrameis, the decorative features of A. niphe are
mostly preserved, and indeed, enhanced. ‘The vivid
contrast between the white portions of C and D and the
surviving dark ground colour of the tip of the wing is
rendered still more striking by the deepening of the
sround colour to a dark brown or black, and the con-
sequent blending of the spots belonging to the costal
portion of III., III.’ and IV. into a uniform dark area,
on which the white constituents of D, now formed into
definite spots, tell out with much effect (P. cardui, &c.).
The newer and lighter ground colour is now sharply
marked off from the older and darker, instead of gradually
passing into it, and is, moreover, itself brightened up,
especially in the anterior portion of the fore wing, into a
fresh salmon colour, which in the most highly specialised
members of the genus is further transformed into a
brilliant scarlet (P. atalanta and gonerilla). The relics
of bluish ground colour round the margin of the wings
as in A. niphe are awakened into greater brilliancy and
used in combination with the spots of series 1V. to form
an extremely handsome border to the wing. This
feature, though from its presence in all three of our
diverging subgroups we must suppose it to have belonged
to the ‘‘ Protovanessa,’ or common ancestor of the
three, is in Pyrameis, as we have seen, already on the
wane, remaining chiefly in the neighbourhood of the
anal angle of the hind wing, and in some species contri-
buting a blue infusion to the spots of series D. On the
under side it persists, though in reduced splendour. It
would seem also probable that the ‘‘ Protovanessa”’ was
furnished with blue centres to the spots of series III.,
persisting in P. gonerilla, P. kershawi, P. terpsichore,
P. carye, and (sometimes) P. cardui. The correspondence
described in detail on p. 117 between the remaining
marks of Pyrameis and those of A. levana tends to the
conclusion that P. carye is perhaps the Pyrameis that
comes nearest to the ‘‘Protovanessa,”’ and from this
species as a central point it is easy to trace in one
direction P. terpsichore, P. huntera, and P. myrinna ;
and in the other direction, P. kershawi, P. cardui, P.

see

significance of wing-markings. 123

eallirrhoe (P. indica), P. atalanta, and P. gonerilla.* It
is worthy of notice that P. gonerilla preserves the blue
of III., which has been lost by P. atalanta, P. callirrhoe,
and to a great extent by P. cardui, and that P. atalanta
and P. gonerilla both preserve D « (P. atalanta 2 , also D 9),
which spots have with rare exceptions vanished from
P. cardwi and P. kershawi. Dis found in all the three
species of the group headed by P. terpsichore. It is
also interesting to note the different origin of the black
ground colour on the inside and outside respectively of
the scarlet streak in P. atalanta and P. gonerilla. That
on the outside is a survival in an intensified form of the
original dark colour of the primitive Argynnid, that on
the inside is a new feature seen for the first time in
P. cailirrhoe, this part of the wing having in the history of
the species been dark, light, and dark again. From the
stem leading off from the ‘‘ Protovanessa”’ towards the
genus Pyrameis is emitted the branch represented by
the genus Hurema (Hypanartia). E. zabulina bears a
strong resemblance to P. carye, especially on the under
side. HH. kefersteonwt is in some respects intermediate
between EH. zabulina and EH. dione, this latter being
probably the most highly specialised of the genus,
though retaining series III. with its blue centres in the
hind wing.

The second of the three lines diverging from the
‘* Protovanessa’”’ is that followed by the genus Araschnia,
the single species composing which presents in a remark-
able form, as is well known, the phenomenon of seasonal
dimorphism. It is not necessary here to recapitulate
the analysis of the markings of A. levana, which showed
this form to be in some respects intermediate between
the present members of the genus Pyrameis and the
Argynnids; or to do more than mention two other
features in which A. levana reproduces the characters of

* Prof. Meldola (‘ Weismann’s Studies in Theory of Descent,’
English ed., 1882, vol. 2, p. 447), arranges the genus Pyrametis in
a somewhat different manner, as follows :—P. atalanta, dejeanit,
callirrhoe, tammeamea, myrinna, huntera, terpsichore, carye,
kershawt and cardui. It appears to me, I confess, that the
transition from P. cardui to P. atalanta through P. callirrhoe
(indica) is complete, and that the continuity is broken by the
interposition of P. huntera and myrinna. I am unfortunately
not acquainted with P. dejeanit.

124 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

the common ancestors of the group, i. e., the blue-centred
series IV. and the white spots of series D. In this last
particular the form A. prorsa comes nearer the ancestral
type than A. levana ; in all other respects, however, it
bears marks of higher specialisation, and it is worth
notice, as a confirmation, that Weismann* concludes on
quite other grounds that A. levana is the older form.

The last line leads off through the genus Grapta to
Vanessa polychloros, urtice, ichnusa, and milberti, no
doubt in the order given by Prof. Meldola.t The
nearest approach to the ‘ Protovanessa”’ among the
Graptas is furnished, I believe, by G. c-auwreum. This
interesting form by its aspect at once recalls the
Argynnids, both in colour and markings. As we have
seen, it is characterised by the possession of several
ancestral features, for example, the co-existence of
series II. and III. in the hinder part of the fore wing,
and the presence of blue centres in the latter through-
out its extent. The affinity of Grapta to Araschnia is
suggested by the markings (especially the occurrence in
both of the series II.’), and is supported by the fact that
the larve of both genera are distinguished among their
allies by the occurrence of two spines on the head. The
blue centres of series IV. in V. polychloros, improved
upon in JV. urtice, are an ancestral feature that has
mostly disappeared from the upper side of the Graptas,
though still, as a rule, recognisable beneath. A notice-
able characteristic of the present group is the gradual
disappearance of series III. Well represented in G.
c-aureum, where it preserves the blue centres of the
‘“Protovanessa,” it loses in the rest of the genus its
distinct character ; in V. polychloros it cannot be traced
in the hind wing or in the middle of the fore wing;
while in J’. urtice the outermost costal patch is its only
remaining vestige.

Somewhere probably near the beginning of this third
stem came off a branch, which ends in the two species
V. antiopa and V.io. Both of these forms preserve the
ancestral blue-centred black border; V. antiopa in com-
pleteness, V. io partly as a constituent of the ocellus of

* * Studies in the Theory of Descent,’ vol. i., p. 19.

+‘ C-album, i-album, v-albwm, faunus, comma, dryas, poly-
chloros, canthomelas, cashmirensis, urtice, milberti.” Weismann,
‘ Studies, &c.,’ vol. ii., p. 447, note.

significance of wing-markings. 125

the fore wing, partly as an almost invisible rudiment.
The latter species preserves series D in a conspicuous
form, to which, indeed, it owes much of its beauty; and
it also bears another, though less ancient, mark of
descent in the presence of series III. with its blue centres
in the hind wing; this again partly appearing as the
finely-developed ocellus, partly existing only as a rudi-
ment, which cannot be seen without the closest exami-
nation.*

In conclusion, it need scarcely be said that the present
paper makes no claim to completeness. Fresh lines of
investigation which continually offered themselves during
its progress have had to be deliberately passed over in
order to keep the subject within bounds. I do claim, how-
ever, to have broken new ground in a wide field. And
while I hope to return to this field on a future occasion,
whether with the present or other families, I trust that
what I have now put on record may be taken as a con-
tribution towards a natural and rational arrangement of
the Argynnids and Vanesside.

IT have to offer my grateful acknowledgments to Prof.
Westwood for his kindness in allowing me free access to
the Hope Collection at Oxford under his charge, and in
affording me every means for working in his department,
together with other help of various kinds. I am also
under great obligations to my friends Dr. G. B. Long-
staff, Mr. W. Hatchett Jackson, and Mr. E. B. Poulton,
F.R.S., for much information and many valuable sugges-
tions, for which I here wish to tender them my sincere
thanks.

Postscript.

Since the foregoing paper was written a communi-
cation by Van Bemmelent has appeared in the ‘ Tijdschrift
der Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging,’ in which
the author gives the result of some observations made

* It is worth noting that the blue of the ocellus of the fore wing
and that of the hind wing have different origins. The latter traces
back to the “ Protovanessa” only, the former to the ground colour
of the primitive Argynnids.

+ ** Ueber die Entwicklung d. Farben und Aderna. d. Schmetter-

lings Fliigeln.” ‘Tijdsch. d. Nederl. Dierk. Vereen.,’ 2nd serie,
Deel II., Aflevering 4, Leyden, 1889, pp. 285—247.

126 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

by him on the pupal and imaginal wing-patterns of
V. urtice and P. cardui, with the view of gaining some
information on the question of their phylogeny. He
finds that the wings in the pupal condition show a
colour-pattern which differs in several respects from
that finally assumed, and that the costal band and
white spots in P. cardui (my C and D) are survivals of
this primitive pattern. The series D in P. cardui origi-
nally extended as far as the interspace between the Ist
and 2nd median nervules (my 8th interspace). He
notices the occurrence of a variety of P. cardut possessing
a fifth white spot (my D «), and also speaks of a variety
of P. atalanta with a small white spot in the middle of
the red band, not seeming to be aware that this spot
(my Dé) is normally present in the female. Having
drawn attention to the corresponding five white spots in
V. io, he points out that the under side shows the rest
of the primitive pattern as seven white dots in the dark
sround colour; and that the under surface of the hind
wing also possesses minute black dots representing spots
which have disappeared from the upper surface, unless
the ocellus results from the combination of the two
anterior of them.* The fore wing in V. polychloros may
also show the primitive row of light-coloured spots ; the
first two being united into a crescent shape, as in other
Vanessas. This crescent, he proceeds (my Da), is the
sole relic of the primitive row of spots in V. urtice,
G. c-album and V. antiopa; in the last-named, however,
the next spot (D 6) takes part in the crescent as well.
The series is also present in A. levana and prorsa
(op. cit., pp. 238—240). The author points out that
the development of the wing-pattern in V. urtice con-
firms the conclusions derived from the same in P. cardui
and from the imaginal forms cited. He describes the
py: pattern in the pupa of V. urtice as possessing

*<V. Bemmelen does not clearly en pees series ITT.
and IY., and I am not certain as to the “identification of his dots
on the under surface of the hind wing. Of the two series, IV. is
by far the more easily recognisable on the under surface of the
hind wing in V. io, being represented by large crescent-shaped
spots, some of which may even have blue scales in their centres.
As I have shown above (p. 118), the ocellus of the hind wing
includes three not two members be series III., and the fourth is
represented by a rudiment (fig. 35, III. 13), of which V. Bemmelen
makes no mention,

significance of wing-markings. 127

the spots of my series D, which, however, disappear
(with the exception of the first two) as the final pattern
becomes established ; and notices that the permanent
black spots in the median interspaces (my II. 6 and 7)
appear not in the place of, but on the inner (or mid-
wards) side of the primitive light spots.

While entirely agreeing with Van Bemmelen as to the
primitive character of the spots of my series D, I do not
find myself able to concur with him in his conclusion
that they are replaced or represented by the brown or
black spots of the Argynnids (op. cit., p. 240) ; nor do I
consider that his opinion as to the primitive character
of the markings in the Danaine and Satyride, as com-
pared with other Nymphaline, is fully borne out by the
facts (ibid., p. 242). Nor again, for reasons given at -
length in my paper, can I fall in with the view that
P. atalanta has on the whole undergone less alteration
from the primitive condition than P. cardui (ibid., p. 289),
though this is no doubt the case with regard to the spots
of series D.

Van Bemmelen, in the course of his communication,
refers to a paper by C. Schaffer,* in which the latter
writer mentions that he has at present been disappointed
in his hopes of arriving at some phylogenetic results
from a comparison of the final with the primitive pattern
in the wings of butterflies, in the manner of Weismann’s
work on the colours of lepidopterous larve, and Himer’s
on the colours of vertebrates. But the earliest stage
observed by Schaffer (who also made use of V. wrtice for
this investigation) seemed to him to show already most
of the characters of the final. He makes, however, in
this connection, at least one remark of interest, viz., that
the pattern of the hind wings is longer in developing
than that of the fore wings, and in this he is confirmed
by Van Bemmelen. He moreover suggests that the
submarginal band results from the fusion of separate
spots, pointing (no doubt rightly) to its condition in
A. levana, P. cardui, P. atalanta, and P. gonerilla,+ and

* « Beitrage zur Histologie der Insekten.”’ ‘ Zoolog. Jahrbiich.,’
iii. (1889), pp. 611—652.

+ With regard to P. gonerilla, Schaffer does not seem to have
noticed that the distinct spots in the hind wing do not belong to
the submarginal band (IV.), but to the next series (III.), as fully
shown in my paper. The only indication of the submarginal band

128 Dr. F. A. Dixey on the phylogenetic

the occasional signs of separation in V. urtice and
V. polychloros in support of this conclusion. Van
Bemmelen holds the opposite opinion, considering an
uninterrupted band in this situation more primitive than
a series of spots. I need not here repeat my own con-
clusions on this matter, as they are sufficiently expressed
in the course of the present paper.

Another recent treatise, mentioned by Van Bemmelen,*
I have unfortunately not as yet been able to see.

ExpnanaTion oF Puates I., Il., & II.

PLATE, 1.

Fic. 1. V. urtice.
2. V. wo.
3. P. atalanta.
4, A. niphe.

prorsa.

. zabulina.

. keferstewmi.
. dione.

5.. P. cardut.
6. P. atalanta 3.
7. P. atalanta 9°.
8. P. cardui, var.
9. P. huntera.
10. P. callirrhoe.
11. P. gonerilla.
12s Ve 20:
13. A. levana.
A.
E
K
iH

—
oD

’, polychloros.

on the upper surface of the hind wing in this species is the blue
relic of IV. 15 (see fig. 25). The rest is merged in the general
dark ground colour.

* Himer, ‘ Die Artbildung und Verwandschaft bei d. Schmetter-
lingen,’ Jena, 1889,

2 tL

J

significance of wing-markings. 129

PLATE II.

Fig. 19. A. wis 2.

20. L. stbylla.

21. A. paphia, var. valesina.

22. A. niphe 2, under side.

23. A. diana @.

24. P. cardut, var.

25. P. gonerilla.

V.

26. V. antvopa.

27. A. paphia, var. valesina.

28. C. pantherata (series III. and III.’ shaded).
29. A. sagana ?.

PLATE III.
30. A. ars 2.
31. A. paphia 9°.
32. V. urtice.
33. V. polychloros.
34. G. c-awreum.

35. V. 20.

36. V. do, var.

37. A. aduppe.

38. P. cardw.

39. A. paphia.

40. A. levana.

41. P. carye.

42. P. atalanta, under side.

48. V. polychloros, under side.
44. A. adippe.

In all the figures the same letters and numbers stand for the
corresponding markings, as fully explained in the text (see pp. 91,
92); m, median nervure of fore wing; m, do., hind wing; sc,
subcostal nervure, fore wing; sc, do., hind wing; 3, blue.

Each series (except A and I) has, for convenience, been con-
sidered to consist normally of 15 members, 8 in the fore wing,
7 in the hind wing, and the interspaces have received corresponding
numbers. If it be borne in mind that the spaces between the
median and submedian nervures in the fore wing and hind wing
are invariably numbered 8 and 15 respectively, and that the
others are numbered in succession from them, there will be no
difficulty in using the system, though a slight want of correspond-
ence between spaces and spots occurs near the extreme tip of the
fore wing which may occasionally make it necessary to refer to the
branches of the subcostal nervure by their separate names.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—parTI. (APRIL.) K

( 18t> 4

IV. Systematic temperature experiments on some Lepr-
doptera in all their stages. By Fruprrtc Mrrrt-
FIELD, F.E.S.

[Read December 4th, 1889.]
Puates IV. & V.

Tuer experiments made last year on the effect of tem-
perature upon some Lepidoptera in various stages
suggested so many points for further investigation that
I determined to pursue my inquiries in a more syste-
matic way this year. Therefore, instead of sending
pupe away to be iced, I provided myself with a
refrigerator, in which I ascertained that the temperature
ranged during the summer from about 39°, when freshly
filled with ice, to about 55° (or even higher in warm
weather) when most of the ice had melted; 47° was
about the usual summer temperature; in spring and
autumn the temperature was sometimes below 389°, and
I think about 48° was the average in these seasons.
This refrigerator temperature I speak of hereafter as
“cool.” Inside the refrigerator, however, I had an ice-
box, where the temperature was uniformly 33°; this is
where I kept the insects spoken of as ‘“‘iced.” I had,
besides, two forcing-boxes, and the “‘ forcing”’ tempera-
ture must be understood as about 80° unless otherwise
stated.

I had two main objects in view; one to find what
exposure to a low temperature could be borne in the
different stages, the other to ascertain the effect of
temperature, applied in stages anterior to the last, on
the colour and markings of the perfect imsect, and
incidentally [ hoped to throw light on some other
questions.

As to the first object in view, I hoped the experiments
might throw some light on the capability of the insect
to pass the season of winter in some different stage from
that in which it is now passed. It is well known that

TRANS. ENT. §0C. LOND. 1890.—parnT I. (APRIL.) K 2

182 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

Lepidoptera may hibernate in any of the 4 stages—
egs, larva, pupa, or imago; and I wished to ascertain
whether those experimented on could be made to hiber-
nate in a stage normally passed in a warmer period of
the year.

It is in one or other of the two inactive stages—those
of ege and pupa—that I believe the majority of the
Lepidoptera, in countries where there is a real winter,
pass the cold period of the year, during which for most
of them neither food is to be had for the larva nor
flowers for such perfect insects as are attracted by them ;
but the cases in which hibernation takes place in one
or other of the two active stages—those of larva and
imago—are common, and the ¢apability of passing the
winter in a different stage from that in which it has
habitually been passed, especially if an insect has a
capacity for becoming double-brooded, would, it has
been suggested, be a means by which it could adapt
itself more readily to the great changes of climate to
which the species must have been subjected in past ages.
{ began with the

Eea Stace.—I believe it is a common opinion that
eggs which are usually exposed only to a summer tem-
perature will generally bear severe and protracted cold
without injury to their vitality.

Referring to Tables I. and IL. appended for details of
the experiments made on this point, I limit myself here
to a statement of results. In the case of alunaria
spring-laid eggs, iced in the central “red” stage, 28
days began to affect their vitality, and none hatched
after 60 days’ icing. ‘The case was worse with spring-
laid eggs of illustraria, none of which survived 42 days’
icing; and some illustraria summer-laid eggs were no
better. In all the experiments up to 60 days’ exposure,
and I think beyond that period, nearly all the eggs, after
being removed from the ice, matured so far as to admit
of the formation of the young larva, which could be seen
through the transparent shell; the failure was a failure
to hatch.

A curious result happened with some spring-laid
illustraria eggs iced before they had turned red; two of
them became blackish while in the ice (where the eggs
were kept for 17 days), and hatched the day they were
taken out of the ice, or the next day, the rest remaining

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 133

red for several days, and hatching in from 11 to 13 days
after removal from the ice. These are strong examples
of individual character manifested at a very early age.
The eggs seemed in all cases uninjured by a temperature
of 80°—90°, their development being accelerated by it.

Larva Stace, Growrne Larve.—(1) Hxposure to low
temperature.—Larve of illustraria in their first skins not
exceeding 6 days in age were iced, and all were dead in
20 days; some 80 of the same age, which were cooled,
scarcely seemed to grow, but two lived rather more than
63 days. Some that were iced in their second skins
were all dead in 21 days. Some that were cooled in one
or other of their two last skins grew slowly, four of
them spun-up, one as late as the 58th day, and two
pupated. In all the cases of cooling the larve were
supplied with food, which was slowly eaten; in the case
of the iced larve food did not seem necessary. ‘The
experiments seem to indicate that the older larva is
more capable of enduring a low temperature than is
either the egg or the young larva, and as illustraria will
live and apparently thrive, at least for a time, on dead
leaves, it would seem that this species might hibernate
as a larva in countries where the winter is a short one.

(2) Exposure to a high temperature.—Illunaria, illus-
traria, autumnaria (the old alniaria), and alniaria (the
old tiliaria), will all bear a continuous temperature of
80°, or a little more, apparently without injury ; but
one of 90° to 100° is very injurious to them.

Larv® AND PUPH; EFFECT OF THE TEMPERATURE TO
WHICH THEY ARE SUBJECTED ON THE COLOUR OF THE Morn.
—The series of autumnaria exhibited to the Society last
year indicated that temperature in the earlier stages
materially aftected the colouring and markings of the
pertect insect, but left it uncertain whether that effect
was produced in the larval or in the pupal stage. As
then remarked, they seemed to show either that the
larval period was the critical one, or that the colour of
the perfect insect could be modified by exposing the
pupa to very moderate differences of temperature. |
determined this year, so far as possible, to clear up the
point, and accordingly tried the systematic experiments
I am about to deseribe. At the suggestion of Dr. Chap-
man, to whom I am indebted for a supply of eggs of
both species, I experimented both with autumnaria, as a

134 = Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

species belonging rather to the warmer parts of Europe,
and alniaria, as belonging more to the northern parts.
This year, instead of mixing in equal proportions the
eges of several parents, so as to have a better chance of
obtaining hereditary varieties, I limited myself to the
eggs of a single pair, thus providing more exact means
of comparison.

(1) Preliminary cooling and icing experiments with
illustraria.—Those who are acquainted with Prof. Weis-
' mann’s studies in heredity as translated and added to
by Prof. Meldola, will remember that both in his experi-
ments and in those of Mr. Edwards as recorded in that
work, icing was generally not very efficacious unless
applied to the pupa in an early stage, and that when so
applied it was often fatal. Mr. Poulton’s discoveries
with regard to the pupe and pupating larve of some of
the butterflies showed that the effect of the surrounding
circumstances was in them produced only at a still
earlier stage, viz., on the larva shortly before pupation.
Though there seemed no great reason to suppose that
the same principle would apply to pup protected by
enclosure within leaves, it appeared desirable to test the
matter, and to give the icing every opportunity for
operating. My first experiments were designed to ascer-
tain whether cold could be borne in the earher part of
the pupating and pupal stages, and, as regards pup
which would ordinarily pass the pupal stage in summer,
what degree of cold they would bear as fully-formed
and hardened pupe.

(i) Leing larve just spun up.—A first experiment with
three larve of tllustraria which had recently spun up,
and were cooled for 16 days, showed that they had all
pupated at that low temperature, and I then determined
to try if such larve would pupate at the “ icing” tem-
perature of 33°. Accordingly (Table III.) I placed 8 in
ice just after they had spun up. After 29 days they
looked healthy and had spun a few threads, but had not
turned; I therefore moved them to the ‘ cooling” tem-
perature, and then in about 6 days 4 of them pupated.
These were afterwards iced as pupe for 42 days; one
died and the other three came out as perfect moths. The
other 4 were after 8 days’ cooling exposed to the ordinary
temperature and dry air of the room—about 70° at this
time—and all died in a day or two without pupating.

expertments on some Lepidoptera. 135

(ii) Icing larve about to pupate (Table IV.).—Kight
which were within a few hours of pupating were iced,
and all pupated in from 1 to 6 days, except 1 that died ;
they were kept in ice 28 days, after which 7 emerged as
perfect moths.

(iii) Cooling and icing pupe in an advanced stage
(Table V.).—Eighteen were taken at from 7 to 11 days
after spinning up, cooled for 2 days, and then iced. Six
of them which were iced 28 days seemed quite unin-
jured, and all but 1 emerged. ‘The other 12 were iced
60 days; nearly all of these failed to emerge or were
cripples, 2 of them perhaps necessarily so from want of
space to expand their wings.

Several pupz from sleeved larve which were just on
the point of emerging, but which I wished to keep back,
were cooled, and emerged in perfect condition.

(2) Haperiments with pupating lurve and pupe of E.
autumnaria and EH. alniaria.— The next experimeuts
were tried with these species, which, so far as I know, are
never in the natural state subjected to a lower tempera-
ture than that of an English summer, averaging about
64°. The experiments were more than preliminary,
because they were also directed to ascertain the effect on
colour, and therefore will be again referred to under
another head, but are here referred to for the sake of
indicating their effect on the vitality and healthfulness
of those insects in different periods of the pupating and
pupal stages. The details will be found in Tables VILI.,
VIII., X., XI., XII., and XV., in the appendix, and the
general results may be stated as follows :—Not the least
injury seemed to arise from exposing the matured and
hardened pupa, the soft green pupa, or the pupating
larva to a cooling temperature; and one pupa of
autumnaria, exposed to a temperature of 33° within 15
hours after pupating, emerged as a moth in good condi-
tion. In the case of alniaria, 1 that was kept 42 days
at 83° came out in good condition, as did 2 that were a
little older when iced, and were kept there 50 days. An
exposure to 38° for 58 days or upwards proved generally
fatal, and always more or less injurious, to autwmnaria,
but I am inclined to think alniaria would bear a much
longer exposure. An exposure of autwmnaria for 28
days to a cooling temperature—which must be a much
lower one than this pupa is subjected to in its natural

186 =©Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

condition—did not seem in the least injurious to it.
Cooling the pupating larva, which at an ordinary
summer temperature turns in 8 or 4 days, sometimes
protracted the period to 14 days.

(3) General results of preliminary icing experiments.—
These experiments show that not only is exposure to
cold in the soft green condition not fatal or necessarily
injurious to the species experimented on, but that the
pupation of these summer pupz will take place in some
species at the low temperature of 33°, at which tempera-
ture therefore the necessary physiological changes must
go on, though with extreme slowness. <A curious proof
is afforded of the harmlessness of the exposure to cold
of soft green pup of illustraria by the exhibition I
make of the pupa-cases of 3 that pupated at 33°, and
the perfect moths which came out of them; it will be
seen by inspection of the former that by lying so long
in a soft condition, owing to the slowness with which
they hardened at the low temperature, the pup became
flattened on the lower side like sausages lying on a
counter. There are indications that icing, not pro-
tracted, may be injurious to the summer pupa of
illustraria in one stage, and in one stage only—uviz.,
that in which the pupa is going through the period
which separates the central lethargic period from emer-
gence; and it seems not injurious even here, if the
exposure is limited to that very last pupal state of all,
when the insect is fully formed in the pupa-case, and is
only awaiting the usual time of day to emerge as.a
moth.

On the other hand, the considerable proportion of
deaths and of cripples (see the Tables), and the irregu-
larity of the period of emergence after the pup were
taken out of ice or of the cooling temperature show
that long exposure to cold of these ennomos pup, which
have only a summer existence, is very injurious ‘and
disturbing to them.

(4) Systematic experiments as to the effect of temperature
on the colour and markings of the imago with autumnaria.—
These experiments were directed to several ends. The
first was to ascertain beyond doubt whether it was in
the larval or in the pupal stage that the low temperature
operated, or chiefly operated, on the colour of the
moth, and I think in this respect they have yielded very

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 137

clear results. I should premise that in describing the
colours, I only mention the broad general effects. I am
indebted to Mr. White for the more detailed description
which I append. All the experiments were tried with
egos from the same parent.

The detail of the experiments will be found in the
Appendix (Tables VI., VII., VIII., [X.,X., XI). Some
were forced all through, others forced as larvee, cooled as
pupe. Some were kept at the ordinary temperature all
through ; others, having been so kept as larvae, were
divided into two lots, of which one was forced as pupe,
the other cooled or iced for 28 days or more as pupz.
The result may be stated as follows:—Jt was in_ the
pupal state that the effect was in the main produced. The
forced pupe, whatever the treatment of the larve had
been, invariably produced pale and comparatively spotless
moths ; the cooled or iced pupe, whatever the treatment
of the larve had been, invariably produced dark and
much spotted moths.* Another point, suspected last
year, was established—that a temperature of 63°, or
even higher, is low enough to produce the well-known
dark and spotted appearance. At the same time, the
colouring of the moth seems somewhat affected by the
temperature at which the larva has been brought up.
The larval period in those that were forced was about 30
days, the pupal about 16, total 46 days; as against a
larval period of about 68 days, and a pupal of about 25
days, total 98 days, in the unforced.

The moths from the forced pup are mostly smaller
than the others, but this may be an accident, resulting,
perhaps, from the circumstance that, owing to a relaxa-
tion of vigilance in the beginning of June, they were
exposed for 3 days to a temperature of 90°—100’,
which caused many deaths.

It will be seen that there is some individual variation,
more particularly in the pupe exposed to the ordinary

* There is little difference in general appearance between the
moths from the cooled pup of forced larvee, and the moths from
the cooled pup of larve bred in the ordinary temperature ; such
as exists is perhaps partly owing to the fact that the latter were
exposed generally to a lower temperature (the Refrigerator being
colder at the time they emerged), and in some cases for a longer
time. It is probably owing to this greater exposure that they have
a less vigorous appearance, and include a large proportion of
cripples.

138 Mr. I’. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

temperature, and therefore some of the colouring must
be attributable to individual and presumably hereditary
qualities ; but I do not think any one can look at the
moths experimented on without recognising that practi-
cally the spotting or the spotlessness of autumnaria
depends on the temperature to which the pupa is ex-
posed, and that the temperature of an ordinary English
summer is low enough to develop plentiful spotting,
a difference between 65° and 80° counting for much
more in this respect than one between 38° and 65°.
So that a continental pupa imported young might be
expected to develop the well known spotted appearance
of the dark British form; in other words, the dark
northern form is not, or at all events may not be,
racial, but is the effect of climate on the individual
pupa. In this respect the species seems to differ alto-
gether from the double-brooded ones experimented on
by Prof. Weismann and Mr. Edwards.

(i) With alniaria (formerly tiliaria) (Tables XIL.,
XIIT., XIV., XV., XVI.).—I tried on a brood of these, all
proceeding from the same parent, the same experiments
as on autumnaria; but the results on the colouring,
though tending in the same direction, were by no means
so regular or so striking. This is, perhaps, partly
because I bred only 8 of the female sex (which is the
one which seems the most affected in this species); the
same accidental raising of the temperature, which was
so injurious to autumnaria, having been still more so to
alniaria. In those that were forced the larval period
averaged 27 days, the pupal 14 days, total 41 days;
as against 62 days larval, and 23 pupal, total 85 days,
in those that were unforced. The pupating larve and
pupe seem to bear cold better than those of autumnaria;
I bred two perfect males after an exposure for 50 days to
a temperature of 33°.

(iii) With illustraria.—It will, perhaps, be remem-
bered that last year I showed some illustraria of which
the summer pupe had been iced 14 days, with the
result that they manifested a very slight change of
colouring in the direction towards that of the winter-
pupated form. ‘This year 1 determined to try the effect
of exposure to an icing temperature, for periods succes-
sively increased by regular steps. I wished to see
whether the colouring of the spring emergence could be

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 139

actually reached, and whether the markings also would
change; and, if so, it struck me that it would be inter-
esting to let the insect record, as it were for itself, in the
markings of the preserved specimens, the steps by
which the change in the markings was effected. Accord-
ingly I brought up a brood from a single pair, from which
I obtained 87 pupz between 17th June and 3rd July.
Fourteen were not iced, and previous experiments having
led me to observe that there is often some difference in
general colouring between the first and last parts of a
brood, 8 of these 14 were taken from among those
which pupated earliest, and 6 when about two-thirds
had spun up. The whole of the 14 emerged in good
condition, showing that I had fallen on a healthy
brood; and showing also that it was a naturally dark
coloured one, and therefore, perhaps, not so well
adapted to show any darkening of colour as a lighter
coloured set would have been. I had rather gathered,
from experiments by others previously published, that
about 28 days might be expected to produce full results ;
and therefore at first I was rather extravagant in the
use of my materials, so that the numbers taken from
time to time out of the ice had to be greatly reduced
when experience showed that a much longer time was
necessary to produce full effects in the case of this
insect. The fortnightly withdrawals were as follows :—
10 pupe in 2 weeks, 12 in 4 weeks, 4 each in periods of
6, 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 weeks, and 2 each in periods of
11 and 20 weeks; and I have 14 pupe remaining, which
I hope to spread, if necessary, over another 12 weeks,
as this will make up the period of 7} months, which is
the full duration of the usual winter pupational period ;
this, however, does not seem necessary, as previous
experiments lead me to believe that about 5 months is
sufficient to produce the full colouring of the spring
form under natural conditions, with an average tem-
perature much higher than 83°.

(a) Summer pupa of illustraria; effect of wing on
vigour.— Great as is the difference between exposure for
two or three weeks to a temperature of 60°—70°, which
is what this summer pupa in its natural state would
sustain, and exposure of it, as in the experiments last
described, to a temperature of 33° for 20 weeks, no
injury seems to have been inflicted by this severe trial.

140 # Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

The deaths were very few, apparently not more than
would have occurred if the pup# had not been iced ;
there were no cripples, and the moths emerged with
such perfect regularity that when the temperature in
which the pupa was placed after removal remained
about the same, I could always foretell within a day
when the moth would emerge.

Effect on colour and markings.—As might have been
expected, there is no change in size, but 1 am not sure
there is not a slight difference in form caused by the
icing, in a less rounded costa and a rather narrower
wing. The difference in colour, however, is great, and
in markings striking. In colour a general warm brownish
hue with a considerable increase of darkness prevails.
One of the most striking differences between the ordinary
summer and spring form is in the shape of the outline
of the dark inner portion of all the wings. In the
summer form this outline approaches a half circle, but
is very sinuous, with a conspicuous break of continuity
where it passes from the anterior to the posterior wing,
caused by curves inwards, and with several angles, of
which the most salient is on the anterior wing, near the
costa, with the outer portion of which it consequently
forms an acute angle. In the spring form the dark
inner portion approaches the shape of a half hexagon,
the most salient angle being on the posterior wing, the
other angles and curves being straightened out, an
obtuse angle being substituted for the acute angle on the
costa, and the outer edge of this dark part becoming
continuous from the anterior to the posterior wing.
This edge is also more blurred in the iced than in the
uniced specimens. ‘The first appearance of these changes
in markings was in a female iced 28 days, and after 56
days they became frequent in both sexes, a male of
20 weeks’ icing and two females of 18 weeks’ seeming
the most marked. As may be gathered, the change is
not a gradual and regular one from fortnight to fort-
night. Still there are some intermediate specimens
that appear to show the process of transition—an
interesting subject for investigation, which, however, I
must leave to those who are better qualified to pursue it.
I think it is of consequence to observe that the moth
from the iced summer pupa, though there are changes
causing it to bear a considerable general resemblance to

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 141

that which proceeds from the autumn pupa, is not the
same in colour or in markings.

(b) Autumn pupa of illustraria; effect of forcing, cc.,
on vigour.—This converse experiment affords a striking
contrast as regards its effects on the vigour of the
insect.

Of 36 pupe so treated in the autumn of 1887 (Tables
XVI. and XVII.), only 12 emerged, and of these 7 were
cripples, and only 5 perfect, or nearly so; and of these
5, 4 had been exposed some weeks after forcing to severe
cold out-of-doors for about 5 weeks before the forcing
was resumed.

Of another lot of 68 belonging to a not very healthy
brood—for two-thirds of the larvee died—18 were kept at
the moderate temperature of about 60°, and of these
only 4 emerged, 2 of them being cripples. The rest,
45 in number, were placed out-of-doors, and of these 32
emerged, only 3 of them being cripples.

Of the pup lent me by Mr. Jenner (as mentioned Ent.
Soc. Trans., 1889, p. 92), being a brood which, except two
individuals, laid themselves up for winter pupation instead
of emergence in July, 26 were forced (Table XIX.), and
only 18 of these emerged, of which 4 were cripples.
This was a very healthy lot, for about 30 of the same
brood, which were left to winter in a cool room, nearly
all emerged in perfect condition.

All that were thus forced showed great irregularity in
the time of their emergence, and they all seemed less
thickly clothed with scales than normal specimens are,
whether of the autumn pupa or of the summer pupa,
the moths from which last are in general the most
thickly clothed with scales.

The irregularity caused by forcing the autumn pupa
at different periods is illustrated by Table XVIIL.,
relating to a very healthy lot of 20 pupe. This Table
affords evidence that the irregularity is caused by forcing
the autumn pupa at a time when it would naturally
remain for months in the pupal condition, for the
irregularity ceased when the forcing was postponed until
the autumn pupa had been 4 months in that state.

Liffect on colour and markings.— All the moths are
intermediate in colouring and in markings between the
summer and the spring emergence. Such as were
exposed to cold during part of the pupal period are con-

142. = Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

siderably darker than the rest, and make the nearest
approach in colouring, and I think, on the whole, in
markings, to the spring emergence. In both classes
those that were longest in pupa were, as a rule, darkest,
even in the case of such of the pup as were never at
a lower temperature than about 60°, which seems to
indicate that retardation may be a cause of the difference
in colour and markings.

(c) Causes of the difference in the two cases.—These
results are so far in general accord with those recorded
by Prof. Weismann as regards A. levana, and by Mr.
Edwards as regards P. ajax, as to show a significant
difference between the readiness of the summer pupa to
bear and be influenced by winter conditions and the
resistance offered by the autumn pupa to summer con-
ditions. Prof. Weismann explains this difference by
the hypothesis that the winter-pupating generation is
the ancient and more firmly established form, and
expresses the opinion that other disturbances of the
summer pupa, such as extreme heat or mechanical
motion, may cause a reversion to the older form. My
experiments seem to indicate further a direct effect of
temperature in altering colour, &c., in both broods of the
seasonally dimorphic wlustraria, causing the summer
pupa to yield a much darker moth and the autumn pupa
a much paler one, the darkness or the paleness in either
case depending ina great degree on the length of the
exposure. And the very marked effects of a similar
kind produced on the pupa of autumnaria, which I believe
is nowhere double-brooded, also appear to indicate a
similar direct effect of temperature on colour: I do not
know if there is any reason for ascribing it in the case of
this species to reversion.

5. Stage in which temperature most operative.—There
is no doubt a strong predisposition, in an individual
belonging to a double-brooded species, at some period of
its development, towards one of the two different desti-
nations, t.e., the emerging in the summer and with the
summer colouring, or the lying over until the spring
and then emerging in the spring colouring. ‘The experi-
ments lead me to think that in the species operated on
by me the predisposition has become so decided in the
larval stage that no treatment of the pupa can after-
wards entirely alter it, but that in the early larval stage

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 145

treatment can—I do not say in all cases—either give
the required predisposition, or, where it exists naturally,
can completely reverse it. ;

Perrect Insects, IciInc.—From the 20th to the 23rd
July L iced 5 male and 2 female illustraria, a day or two
after their emergence. They were frequently looked at
and seemed in a lethargic condition, nearly motionless,
reviving, however, immediately in the warm air of the
room. By the 15th September, i. e., after about 55 days,
they seemed less inclined to move, and I placed them
for an hour or two ata cooling temperature, and then
in the air of the room, where the temperature was about
64°. One female was dead ; 5 males and 1 female were
alive and could flutter a little, but only one was able to
crawl up the side of the box; and, after keeping them
for a day or two, they showed no signs of reviving.

IncipentaL Matrers.—(1) Male longer in pupa than
female.—The experiments recorded last year indicated
that in the species operated on the pupal stage was
longer in the male than in the female. With a view to
place this matter beyond doubt, I made some exact
experiments by noting as closely as I could the time of
(1) spinning-up, (2) pupating, (3) emergence, and found
myself able to carry out the observations very accurately.
They gave the following results : —

autumnaria (forced). Table VI.

7 males. Days. 9 Females. Days.
gb! Longest. Shortest. Average. | Longest. Shortest. Average.
From spinning-up

to emergence .. 173 164 17 15 14, 14}
From pupating to
emergence .... 153 143 15 13 12 124

The extreme regularity of the period of duration in
all cases will be noted: the slowest female was con-
siderably ahead of the fastest male. As the males and
females emerged at the same time, the male must have
been on the average earlier to pupate than the female,
from which it follows either that the male feeds up
faster than the female, or that the female hatches earlier,
a thing quite possible, as the hatching in this species
extends over a period of many days. A practical con-
clusion seems to be that small larvee of this and similar
species pupating early are almost sure to be males,

144 + Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

while large ones found late in the season are almost
sure to be females.

In some autumnaria (Table VII.) that were cooled
for a period of 28 days there was a similar difference,
only slightly greater, averaging 25 to 3 days in favour
of the female.

In some alniaria (Table XII.) the difference was
ereater still, amounting (in some that had been cooled
for 28 days) to an average of 4 days in favour of the
female.

In illustraria, comparing 25 iced males with 15 iced
females, I find that the former averaged 12°2 days from
the time of being taken out of the ice, the latter
10°6 days.

(2) Slow development of the pupa during the icing
period.—My experiments do not enable me to measure
this accurately, as the temperature to which the pupe
were exposed, after being taken out of the ice, varied
with the varying temperature of the year. As far as I
can guess, I should say that 120 days at 33° represent
as regards progress in time for development certainly
not more than 3 days at 65°.

(8) Obscurity of the causes on which the vigour of a
brood may depend. —I add some observations on the
deterioration in some cases of the heredity broods of
illustraria, because it is of general importance to all
who are bringing up larve for scientific and other pur-
poses to get, if possible, at the causes of this deterioration
with a view to its prevention. All who have bred on a
considerable scale are familiar with it as a frequent
result with many species, but by no means with all,
especially when care is taken, as it has been with my
illustraria, to bring them up under the most favourable
conditions. The second generation of those bred in
captivity, 7.e., the larve fed in the autumn of 1887,
produced remarkably large and healthy moths, the
largest I have ever seen. There was some falling off in
health and size in the next emergence (July, 1888), and
a very great falling off in both respects in the following
autumn-fed brood. Since then the health and size
have continued with those bred by me to be about the
same, that is, poor. But the circumstance I wish par-
ticularly to call attention to is that the deterioration in
some cases, which I should be glad to account for, has

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 145

given place to an opposite result. Some broods, which
with me had become a mere remnant, few in number
and small in size, produced eggs, which I sent to my
friend Miss Pridham, of Wimbledon, who has been
rendering valuable aid in these experiments, and these
have produced much larger, more numerous, and more
healthy moths, and that not in one case, but in several.
The only difference that I can see in the treatment is
that they have been sleeved on old cherry instead of
young birch, and have been in a rather warm situation.
But none could have been finer than those I reared on
young birch in a cool situation in 1887. After much
consideration I cannot see that either interbreeding,
kind of food, crowding, temperature, moisture, change
of locality, or any other circumstances I can think of,
account for the difference. The fact that the deteriora-
tion is not continuous is encouraging, and I shall be
very much dissatisfied if, with the kind suggestions of
members of this Society, the cause of it cannot be
ascertained, for the benefit of myself and others. I have
always thought that the causes of the wholesale deaths
one reads of in narratives of larval bringing up, for
example, in the late Mr. Buckler’s work, require more
investigation than they have received. The only con-
jecture I can make as to this particular case—and it is
a conjecture only—is that possibly illustraria requires a
change of diet after a generation or two. There are
indications of a liking for such change in individuals ;
larve beaten from oak showed with me a decided
preference for birch and willow, and some brought up
on birch took to rose in their last stage.

Some GENERAL ConcLusions.— I venture to submit
some of the principal conclusions of a general kind to
which the experiments recorded in this paper and in
previous ones seem at present to point. As to some
there will probably be little or no difference of opinion,
and as to others, no doubt further experiment is neces-
sary, and their apparent results require also to be con-
sidered by the light derived from a knowledge of the
habits and life-histories of many other species than
I have any experience of. The Tables in the Appendix
show in detail the facts as regards each individual in
many of the broods operated on by me, with the results
stated. They will enable others to judge how far my

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL) L

146 = Mr.F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

conclusions appear to be well-founded, and I hope that
so many recorded facts, the substantial accuracy of
which may be relied on, may prove useful in other
ways to some of those who are prosecuting biological
researches.

I. As to seasonal double-brooded species.—This term is
used as a name, not a definition, and in the restricted
sense of a species which has two (or more) generations
in a year, one of them passing the pupal stage in the
winter, the insects belonging to this generation, which I
will call the winter type, differing from those belonging
to the summer generation, which I will call the sum-
mer type, not only in (1) the season of the year
during which their existence is passed, and (2) the
duration of that existence, sometimes three or four
times as long as that of the summer type, but also often
presenting differences in (3) size, (4) shape, (5) colour,
and (6) markings. (The sense in which I use the term
excludes certain species of which I have little knowledge,
such, for example, as those which are many-brooded in
countries where there is no real winter; also those
species which pass the winter in some other than the
pupal stage.)

1. In such a species a young individual may have,
and often has, a constitutional capacity for developing
into either type, according to external circumstances.

2. It seems probable that there is from the beginning
of the existence of the individual a tendency, which
may be very strong, or very slight, to develop in the
direction of one of the two types.

3. If there is no such innate tendency in an indi-
vidual, it can be imparted by external influences during
the early part of its existence.

4. Where the tendency exists, it varies in strength in
different individuals. In the case of some species, or
some broods or individuals of some species, the tendency
from the beginning is so strong that it cannot be over-
come by any external influences.

5. In other cases the tendency can be overcome and
converted into the opposite one, or turned more or less
in the direction of it, by such influences. The decision
as to the type to be assumed is come to before the
termination of the growth of the larva, and this decision
may be completely controlled in some cases by external
influences applied before that period, For example, in

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 147

1887, by keeping the insect in all stages at a tempera-
ture of about 80°, I brought out four successive broods
of wllwnaria in ten months, all of the summer type.

6. After larval growth is completed, no complete con-
version of the one type into the other can be effected ;
it seems clear that such a conversion cannot be made as
regards size, and but slightly, if at all, as regards shape ;
and it seems probable that it cannot be completely
made as regards colour or markings. This incapability
as to colour and markings certainly exists as respects
illustraria, also, according to the published experiments
before adverted to, as respects A. levana and P. ajax;
and I gather that in the cases published as to P. rape,
P. napi, P. pharos, and P. interrogationis the butter-
flies from the iced summer pupz presented some diffe-
rences from the normal form proceeding from the winter
pupa.

7. In the species experimented on by me (and in some
others) the capability of being turned during the pupal
period from the one type partially in the direction of
the other exists in both the summer and the winter type,
but is much greater in the former than in the latter.

Il. As to both double-brooded and single-brooded species.

8. In those experimented on by me the temperature
to which the pupa is exposed modifies the colour and
markings of the imago, sometimes in a striking manner ;
low temperature in these species tending to melanism.

9. The difference between 65° and 80° in the tempera-
ture to which the pupa is exposed is sufficient in some
cases to make a very marked difference. In H. autum-
naria it is enough to make the whole difference in
appearance between the ordinary pale continental type
and the dark and spotted type.

I do not see that the experiments in themselves lend
any support to the theory that <illustraria, having
originally been a single-brooded species suited to a cold
climate, could, as it spread to a warmer region, or as a
glacial period receded, pass the winter in any other than
the pupal stage, and by that means adapt itself to
become regularly double-brooded ; for in no stage but
this have I been able to carry it alive through even a
short artificial winter, and the winters on the hypothesis
must have been very long ones, Nor do they ge to

q

148 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

help to show how so great a change as that from single-
broodedness with its pupa of 7 months or more to double-
broodedness with its summer pupa of 2 or 3 weeks could
have been made. Assuming the autumn pupa to have
been the original one, it must have had an even stronger
disposition than the modern seasonal autumn pupa
not to emerge until after a winter had passed over it,
and the extreme reluctance of the modern seasonal
autumn pupa to anticipate its regular period of emer-
gence has been shown. Perhaps the species, or at
least the genus, may claim a very high antiquity, and
may have lived through several periods of advancing as
well as of receding cold; but I cannot pursue this
speculation, for I know too little of such matters to
venture beyond the solid ground of fact more than the
very few steps which are the necessary incentive to
further investigation.

Nore, 6th March, 1890.—I can now complete the
history of the iced summer pupe of S. wllustraria men-
tioned pp. 96—99. I had 12 living on the 28th
December, when they had been iced 22 weeks. Taken
out at successive intervals of 14 days, 5 of them died,
including the 2 taken out at 32 weeks. The survivors
show no increase of darkness over those iced 16 or 18
weeks, and have altogether a less vigorous appearance
than the great majority of those which emerged after
20 weeks’ icing or less; but I am doubtful if the longer
duration of the icing is the cause of this deterioration,
as the larve of this brood that were late in pupating
were decidedly less healthy than the earlier ones.

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 149

The Roman numerals refer to the months ; ‘“‘ Ord.’’ means ordinary temperature ;
‘m,” ‘‘a,” ‘e”? mean “ morning,” ‘‘ afternoon,” ‘evening.”

Taste I.—Icing eggs of S. illunaria.

Hatching.
Origin. Iced. | Nr. |Colour ea Nr. o OL

Began| Ended) Number.
Q@ taken New Forest | 4 v | 34| Red. | 18v | 16| 14 | 25v | @7v 16

lvi| 16 | 28 GV |ckoracei ste 5

LWA | Save sere 8
Siva ye rete ers 1 | 14
9 taken Scarborough | 4 v | 38| Red.| 15 vi] 4; 42 | 20 vi| 22vil....] 3
29vi| 6 | 56)| .... :

30 vil 12 | 575 aul Ae Bein oetoe
vat) Jee GGA [crave wr ifcroke Saar 0

Taste II.—Icing eggs of S. illustraria.

| | Hatching.
: Taken Days |
Origin. | Laid. | Nr.| Iced. | Nr.| Colour Nr.
: but: Iced. | Began Ended) Number.
Bred parents 5 v | 251 |(noticed)| 41 Dai, |) 26.4; 36
Same parents| 6-7v |....| 7 Vv 30)|*Greens”| 247 | 30;) 1% | 24v |...... i
ZOTV Allsishere.are 1
AE VAN rete susie 6
Suva |S afore wie 10
(at loobode Bi | 2a
7 vi (140) Red. | 24v | 20} 14 | 31v eal logon | aly)
Uf Yau |) 28 VAS Vil |\cerere ste 4
1155 Walla sae ce 3 a
21 vi} 10 AD -\letepe.eecrs)| sieve ee olf @)
1 vii} 20 DD ecaheve revel evetcceters a 0
6 ix | 20 OSU | hersne les sselllslanevevers 5| 0)
Bred parents |19-22 vii) 110} 1 viii 110 Red. 6ix| 40 | 36 eres eefeeeees aes oll
Ee a eet: eel ost yee ee Bare
emergence f | |

field’s systematic temperature
}

rrl

Mr. F. Me

150

Gl | 8@ G Tetum ps | eee ee COrmWcqpar ee
GT 8% ¥ T £ | WIA QT [uta TAP j°°°°**| TA OS | TA 6B) Ee9 “ |

aI Te fa T £ | mag a EAPC. |b tae lee Gg i a ee
PI 6Z g T © |MAg |TAGZ| 9g [°°°" "| TA 6B] TA ZS | ST Aes) |
yee Ale Ags pi "* | ¢* ITAL perp] tA OG | TAT | mage} “ BSG 2S |
ial 8% 9 T & | WA gAT|MAg |] WAg. |" *'] TA OS | TA 6B er “ |
ral | Qz F Z £ a3 “ec TA LG jeeeeee “é “cc z a3
ra 6% ¢ rd P| mAg [HAS] OS TTA EB /IA TS /T «POT 55)
‘pig | ‘paoy | *peoy | ‘Apao | |

a ee “no ‘yuoared
-edng ‘Buyedng |*xeg | pasreurg) udyey, ‘payedng|pafoon| ‘peop j-dusdg oe |
“skUcT | | : |
| ! i]

‘surednd jo yurod oy} UO v20m.9snj]t *S JO BAIVT]— AT ATAV,

“are AIP ‘UIA 0} [VAOWAI Uappns Aq pasnvo ATqeqord syyvoq

‘parddrip

|
|

z
z ate
ia! GP
oF GV
oi GF
56 I

“APIO | “pe

No Me ake 2)
AAD
ANNN

oo
for]
N

peT00D| “peey

‘edn g

‘suryedng

‘dn unds qsnf warery

“sUqq

| oe lee weeele er eevee

“* MMLLA T perp
** (HIATT perp tA OG °°" **
3 | xI €Z “ce “
P| XIGZ | XEG | TA 6%
ee IITA T potp “ce see eee
** (TILA T porp] TA QE |** °° °°
P| XIP | XI6 s
“* | “potd | TA O€ | TIA 64
}
i OO R
xog pegioura| uoyey, pee]

Oi] oe we aay | FL ay
eo) 8 sla,ols e\s IIA GG TA 0¢g TA O€ | &L (a4
“ce “ec “oe oe | 6% oe |
TIA BZ | TEA BZ | TA GB | TA $B | 8% AIRC,
sere eeee “ee “cc “ee PAG oe
eee ee TAG Gi An GUTANO CNL Gem
(73 a3 (73 “ce | ral 73
TIA 8G | HA BZ | TA SB] TA EZ) TT. POW»)
|
| 1
| “yuered
-payedng papoon| ‘peasy “dn-dg, & jo
| ‘ON

‘pLUDUYSN))L *G UO syuetat1edxe Suror AIVUIUUIPeEIG— JJ] @TAv,

Taste V.—Advanced pupe of Iilustraria. 151

| ees |
No. Days. |
of @ Sp.up. Cooled) Iced. Takeo merged Sex, an |
parent. | | Ordy. ICooled| Iced. | Ordy. |
| | |
|
‘Dark’ 2) 19 vil 30 vi | 7 vii | Six | Six | g} 11 7 | 60 | 0 ) | Crippled,
” 3 | ” ” ” ” Died. O01 || 11 Uf 60 | | not room
” 4 ” ” ” | ” | 3—5 ix | a | 11 Ve | a) 0 to expand.
Seeite|-21 yi | 30 vi. | 7 vii | Six | Died. | .. |, 9. | | |
me l5 | 22 vi 3 * a Died. | .. | Soil
> Jp 50 6 » | Died. | .. | 8
5 38| 24vi| Svil|] 7vii| 4vui! 9vi | g | 11 2 2355 no
Mot | 5,- |. 99 a ; 14 vili | 9 11 2 28 Shien |
Be 45| 26 vi! ,, : 5ix | 10 ix 2 9 2 60 5 Crippled.
” 54 27 vl ” H ” ” 12 ix | Ss | 8 2 60 U Crippled.
‘Red” 33} 28 vi| 5 vii| 7 vii | 4 viii] Died. | .. ae 28 |
Pa oe,| 45 $5 leeds 55 AGA Qi fate |) on 2 2B a s8*
B30 | 5; 2% 56 x ley yan |) Ze 4 2 28 fas
” 36 ” ” ” | ” ” 3 7 2 28 le
ot | 53 * % Dix | (pan 9 7 2 60 7
BS | as 50 me ate Dred) |e Ut 2 60
5 ey) a 3 2 . 10 ix a 7 2 60 5 Crippled.
” 40 ” ” | ” | ” | 12 ix Bi 7 | 2 60 Tf Crippled.

* Counted by deducting 2 days of cooling while I was away from home (10—12 viii).

Taste VI.—F. autumnaria. Forced larve, forced pupe.
| Days. | |
No. | Sp. up. |Pupated.| Emerged. |Sex. | ~ |
| Pupg. Pupa. | Total. |
| |
1 2 vi re ee eee nee Paalnnz |
2) 4 vi Gavitrey, tyaroprecd = Seka peee: |
ORO vty | Cava \) 2s Wana ||) he 20 21 |
6 6 vi m
7 Geyer i 8 viv disl asc aiaid ccoreks Ons eat Affected by ex- |
ll 6 via ' | cessive heating ;
WN? 6 via all but one died.
15 8 yla
19 9 via
ZO 9evi a |
21 |10via |
93 |llvim|12via | 27via | g| 14 | 15 | 163
24° | , a |l4vim| via 9} 22 124 | 15 |
25 |12via |1l4vim| 29vim | gf | 14 15 164 |
26 |12via |14via | 26via Q| 2 12 14 |
27 |12via |14vim| 26via 9 | 13 124 | 14 |
28 |12via |14via | 30vim | S| 2 154 | 174
29 |12via |14via | 29via a 15 17
BO) 48 via |lovim| 27 via | 9 | 13 |\12K| 14
31 |13via |livim| 27 via 9 | 13 124, 14
32 |13 via |l5via | 30via | g| 2 15 aly |
33 | 13 via | 16 vim lviim | g | 24 15 | 174
34 | 18 vim | 20 via 2Qviia | 9 | 23 12 144 | Pl. fig. 8
35 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viim | Q| 14 124 | 14
36 | 19 vi m | 21 vim 5via | g| 2 144 | 163] PL. fig. 7
37 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viim | 9 | 14 124 | 14
38 | 19 vim | 20 via 3viia | 9] 14 13 144

Taste VII.—E. autumnaria. Forced larve, cooled pup.

: Taken
No.| Sp. up. |Pupated.| Cooled. oat

3 5 vi 8via |10 via | 8 vii

AD | Siva 8via | 10 vi 8 vil

8 | 6vim| 9via | 10 vi 8 vil

| 9! 6vim| 9via | 10 vi 8 vii

/10| 6vim| 9via |10Vi 8 vii

13 | 6via |10via |12 via | 10 vii

14} Vvia |\1lvia |13 vim } 11 vii
16 | 9via | Died pulpating

17 | 9via |14 vim | 15 vim } 13 vii

(Lie Oviva \sllevanrae | oavtae dt) Wu val

| 22 |10 via |15 vim | 16 vim | 14 vii

|

Emerged.

Se

Days.

x. = 7
Pup.|0rd.|Cool|Ora,| Tot.

16 vii a
19 vii e
20 vil m
20 vii m
19 vii a
23 vii m
20 vil m

22 vii m
19 vii e
23 vii e

w
eH NS

404010 = HO WAWAUAHO

2°) 28) 8 | 41
2 | 28) 11 | 44

1 | 28 | 12 | 443
1 | 28 | 12 | 443
1 | 28 | 11 | 432
2 | 28} 13 | 47

13/29] 9 | 493
1 | 28| 9 | 42%
2 |28| 8 | 40

1 | 28| 9 | 422|

PI. fig. 10
Pitig9

Crumpled

Note to Table VIIT.—As soon as the larye were found to be spinning-up they were
removed from the forcing-box to the ordinary temperature of the room, and were ‘‘cooled”’
a day or two after pupating.

Taste VIII.—-F. autumnaria. Sleeved as larve, ordinary temperature as pupe.

Note.—The

applied till the pupe had been 15 days at the ordinary temperature.

|

No.| Sp. up. |Pupated./ Cooled) Ord. temp.

7 | 21 vii | 24? vii |10 viii} 12 viii
11 | 25 vii | 262 vii |, i
OB S2d) val || 2G svilh |e. eres 26 vii
Sia eiete hace 8c 26? vii | 10 viii] 12 viii
a e2GAvaty D7 Valea! |e oe 15 viii
ONG a0! vala|P oO! ville) |e 0c ere 30 vii e
PP) || Bertelli agaoalos odeaoces

| Forced.
13 vill |

Oro Guo Or

€01 (0.0 Lele (eve

ee)

Ord. temp.

16 viii

soe eee ewe

ee)

Cooled

eee eee

16 viii

Ord. temp.

CONOR (CeCe Cd

25 viii

”

Emerged

16? viii
27 viii
31 viii
14 viii
16 viii

1 ix
iL thse

reason of the forcing and cooling was that I was away from home from 10th
12th August, and again from 16th to 25th August, and measures had to be taken to prevent the
emergence of the moths during my absence. Upon a careful examination, and a comparison with
some bred in 1888 from larve and pup sleeved as larve, and kept at an ordinary temperature
all through the pupal period, which they closely resemble in appearance, I do not think the
forcing or cooling has affected their appearance.

and 2 in the Plate).

(Waste) ID

|
Days.
No.| Sp. up. | Forced. |Pupated.|Emerged| Sex.
| Pupg. | Forced) Total.

1| 13 vii | 13 vii | 14 viie |27viia| 9 | 12 13 14}

2) 13 vii | 13 vii | 15? vii |Q9viim| gf} 2? 14 16?

8 ie 25 Vil }f.2..... 6 villa| 9 Di? 12 14? | Pl.
i llopeea cia 26 vii | Pupa. | 7 vitim| g | 2? 12 14?

16 | 26 vii | 26 vil | 27 viia| 7 viiim| 9 | 14 itil 123

aly 1 » |20viia| 9 vilia| 14 13 | 143

18 5 » | 20 viie |10 vitim| g | 14 133 | 15 | Pl.
20) 5 1h le 28 vile 109 viiilal ool ta |, 49° |) sy

. autumnaria. Sleeved as larvee, forced as pup.

fig. 4

fig. 3

Sex.

Oy +0 WOO Oy |

+0

to

Neither forcing nor cooling was in any case
(Nos. 12 and 15 are figs. 1

158

é

expert

ments on some Lepidoptera.

“1OjJB SOYNUTUT oF B SoUITjoUIOS ‘SuTyednd
JOUR s1oyyO oy} ‘wAarey Suryednd sv papooo orem CZ puv ‘FZ ‘ES ‘6T ‘F “c

"SONI 9290], 0} $020N

‘pool spavareyjye pus ‘adnd sv poortof ‘Bare SB paAde[g

“PUDUUNAND "hJ-—"X ATAV ,

691 Tire liar "+ | pod | XTej°°'**"| WATS) XF9 | MEA CAT! Ge
ésr | éF 3} XI QT [XIP—ZSl"°° "| MIA SOT| WTA GOT| MIA GT | FE |
69 G ** | *petd 8") a SE |) MIA eT | TAS 17g
‘potddiig | 8 “ Gl ¢ HiGG ie ce eo TMA OL) MA GT | HEAL 196s
jh ¢ "+ | *pearq Ce eS ITA) S| RTA G 5) a TUTA Te
gL V6 ee “pad Sole eeeeee oe “ec “ec og
‘potddiig | 8 he OL j Oe eS ee a EMEA | TATA ‘ 62 |
OL oe oe “ped XT eee eee “oe “cc ETA G RB |
‘pojdunig | eT oe 8g ¢ 2) SSC EXE GS: * WIA G GTA 11A OE | LG |
@ 34 ‘el 6I oe Ch z $2) aX F a3 ele ssievale IITA T “cs (a 0%
‘porddiy | GZ ee 9g TE Sela PeX0 |S ee OT ss oe GB |
‘porddiay | 9z OF I 9 5 | oxegrt| “ jitag | mag “ s Fo |
*porddiiy | gz GF 42 j & | wxep| XIGT AMAT | MAT 1A OG | HAOG | &@ |
9 ‘8 ‘Id | 91 eh GP FT | 5 | wxrgo| XIQ9 [°° °° "| WAG 11A 9G | TA 9G | GI |
‘porddiiy | og 6 I OL | 2 | PXIGT MIA GG] TA LZ] TA 9% Es i yp |
rd 8% I zt | & | MxXEST (ta 9g| mA 6s; WASS | WAQT | HAQT | ¢ |
‘£pag | *paey | peroop} ‘sdng
a *xaqd |pasazeut “WOO | ng07 |payedng| ‘peto ‘dn'dq |:o
ee s|p Hlqoyey,| Pel | Poveda) “Pelco § | ON
‘wdnd sv pool 10 pe[ood ‘BAIv] SB paAdo[G “PluUUNINY “YY-—"TX ATAV],
GP L éG ee “pad oe oe eevee r ee ITA CHG “ec “ee OT
oP i Coal pera RIPL | MAG [°° ot} wis LZ] 1A GZ TTA Gs] 6 CS
86" L EG seme | aRolGi a i WHA QE) amaAgs| “ egal
‘poiddiiy | IL | 8% L 2 | | x2 | MALS | Ys Og [uw TA 0g] VTA Z| MATS| MATS) |
‘£pig | ‘pay |paor0,q) ‘sdng |
a "xo as10ul 1ne “pao ‘pojoog |payedn 99.10 7)"dn*dq| * |
ve g/p @) oyez, | POL | Pel 0 poyedng |peo10 7 S| ON |

154 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature
Tasre XIL—E. alniaria (tiliaria), forced as larve, cooled
as pupe.
ie ks | | q | Days.
No. ‘Sp. up. Pupated.| Cooled. esa Emerged Sex. =
| | etl Pupg. Cooled Ordy.
"6\5vi | Svia |10vi Sv (21 yum! Op) 2 | ecsers
7|\6via|10via |ll via 9 vil died | | 4 |
BY ss 5 5 5 Mviim| J | 4 28 15
| 9 | ” | ” ” ” | died : 4
10 | a 2 e 19 villa |, 9.) <4 28 10
13 |9via| died ‘aie |
14 » |13vie | 14 via | 12 vii died laa 28
15 # 53 5 © 122 vita Ine | 428 eo

”

Taprn XIII.—F. alniaria (tiliaria), sleeved as larve, forced

as pupe.
E z ped
| Days.
| No. | Sp.up. |Pupated.! Forced. | Emerged | Sex. 5
Pupg.| Ordy. | Forced
5) Bvii )4—6vii| Tvi | 17 vim Fas |) Pa 2? 10?
6 5 79 3 18 vli e co) 2? 2? 116?
7 5 vii 6 vii W vale tl el Oivaion | aoe ie, ile 12?
8 5, 7 vil 7 vii | 20 viim 3 | 2? 0 13?
8) intl lloooooadc 8 vii | 20 viim 3 | 3? 1 12?
Oy “pO vate bebeoosr 10 vii died
12 | 18 vii | lS viia| 13 vii | 28 vil Gee 0 13
I saaanoologe0 09.90 16 vii | 31 viia BP Naeodoalloed dc 15
2D) Goon 19 vii? | 19 vii Seale Wa ooacodlebaccs 15
749 |bio ocedsc 21 vii? | 21 vii ene C2 Negnoonllaacoca 15
Hl \Inoooneuollsoo00G.08 21 vil died
Taste XIV.—F. alniaria (tiliaria), sleeved as larve,

ordinary temperature as pupe.

Sp. up. |

Pupa, |

No found. | Emerged. | Sex.
) | eae | Q6vi | 14 vii o
43 llbaoooo oe 3 vii | 23 vii Q
BP labooh ous | 8 vii | 23 vii é
| 4 | 32? vii |4—6 vii| 23? vii Es
[ae eS Seva GS cetaseves ors 14 viim | g

155

ts on some Lepidoptera.

experimen

—! POAIAINS TOIT FT Ol} 0} SB S}[NSEI oy} puv ‘gE osaTT} Jo IUdTT
-jv01} yonbasqns oy} MOTs Sopqvy Suraorpoz ony puv “ydag yy9g 4q adud surary ouoeq wo}
Jo 9g {x1 g Suruutseq ‘du unds gy ynoqe puv perp euros “ser oT} JO + ‘ydoq TYE pur ‘sny TIO
UsoMjoq “yooprod ]TV ‘soTRUET QT puUB soTVUI OT

*popddrap
*potddrag

“sno
-uvyderpqng
| — *peyddrapg

‘adud sv paot 10 ‘peyooo ‘pootoy ‘MAIL, SB POADOTS *(w20M27272) VLUMIUID * Hf

‘porddrig | 9¢

|
|
|
|

*popddray |

fe Nee 1 PP weet

oe leet] p [ecce| perp

OG | Cea ede | 2 | te eT

| perp

| perp

| | perp

Te 0g ovis) fein) [heres eicel| 42) DX OT
Te 0g shaban ove ee) GG wi X OT
g 6 |6r/¢ | d | mA8Z
pr | 6 (2h 2h | & | 4 6
Ze | 9G 5 "| pel ea Wwe
ie |G Gp | os cea eee mr OERENGS cI
8g | Gk °°") 3 | 2 |e xr ez |
| ee Zz eee eres pop |
fe | e¢ |e |i07*} & | wxer |
Soak OG ep oo al ee Le eed
| 6% [fesuexe FI P se eeeeee
wre 6G) || P| | 0 366

ep [aq feeesteree| parp

veceee| @ [eeeefeee| parp

pe[oog bd
‘pIg) pue |pxo) E
prey | © |'xeg posrouny
‘skep ‘edng 0a |

THA F polypoyvy waww.gsnjjr JO poorq (peotof) PILZ B oSVO

‘dn unds 9% ‘IIA 9% 0} ZZ WOT

>A CHE [lire te || eet ae TULA G) | OE
SST TG irae es ae aan (EUAN Pt a esretapestece aE WIA G | G€
UEDA Gia cele awe es ees EO Ge un Sia ans
XLG “ee UL TIA 6% “é ee ee eeee “ce ce
XT @ Hes TA 6Z | WALZ |.” = GE
a a eed ao oe mA yz | wa pe | Te
xr@y | “WA jg | Bdag jo eA ele | 08
XI CT IIA 1G edng © lei0\ e)'0'» 61 ols 18) Cloieie ee TA £13 6
TRANG, Waa ca EEO G ee | SACO) GES Ga a8G
TUTASG 7p jl ec Pe TTA CO as ees ol) ASO erie arc
SGT eA CGal ASG) | eet i. &@
GG
THA TE | TA OG | WAGT AS 8s) TA GT) HALT 4 1G
“c oe edn g a ec) “é tee ewe ee 0Z
oe e edng Seco @, 08 0.6 ee oe ee eeee 61
XI CT ITA 61 edng eee . TIA LI eee eee RT
meg | WAoe | WA0e | ra i LT
> AEE [mre ee a ORG IIS ST ABE | eS OES It SIE
XG wATZ | Bdng |**"*° °°") WA QT | HA COT | FT
RZ, TIA [TZ edng O/'e)\s (n8).e' 19) 8) |ke-18) ©. Oe) 6)6) 6 ItA 49T €T
“phe ‘peoy \*poyedng “peo10,g | *pajoog | ‘dn «dg | ‘on
udyRy, | ‘
‘AX SIEV]

< Hyds 5,
sit} UL — "TAN “IAN $719%L

156 =©Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

Taste XVI.—Zllustraria autumn pupe, forced.

No. en een Emerged. |Sex.| Days.
1 | 9—12 ix 12 xi 3 | 63 | Crippled
2 14 ix 26 xii 3g | 103 | Crippled
1 | 12—14 ix ill 5a co) 59 Perfect Plate, fig. 9.
2 * | 9 xil 9 | 87 Crippled
3 yall Ue @ | 87 | Crippled
4 | Me 10 xii @ | 88 | Crippled |

Taste XVIL.—IJllustraria autumn pupe, warmed, then wintered (frosty weather).

| es) re Days. |
Sp. up , |e |r ey = =
eh and) | 2°° lwintdl al Bll 8 | 4) gulie (siy ene
“| warmed.| ““P: Pas Hd Ble cine taal ae | a
| se le] ge Ou) nla
B\12-1dix| 12 xi) Q7 xi |1i/ 91) ISH |S] GO [15 |) 35 | 8) 35 | Fair
4 aj 3 is | 99 28 ii |g 60 iy) Bh) 8 50 | Crippled
5) ” | ” ” ” itat | 2 60 15 35 0) 0 |Fair
Calne: pe | | 8a 19160 | 15| 35 | 2] 0 |Crippled |
U - . BG SA ae | » | 22i 19] 60 | 15] 85 | 8 | 13 |Perfect |Pl. fig- 1)
61922 ae) oy loa | gs | 2S 5n |°O)-552)| 15) Sb. Si PomsPerteen

The object of the “ ordinary temperature ’’ was to prevent a sudden change of temperature.
‘““Warm’’ means a temperature of about 70°.

Taste X VIII.—Jilustraria autumn pupe at ordinary indoor
temperature (45°-55°), afterwards wintered or warmed, or both.

Ord | Days
No. | Sp. up. | Wintd. es Warmed). | Hiren eS x05
P. | Ord./Wintd.|Ord. Warm.
1| 26 ix PA fiz ||e ial 91 28 i G2 oD 8} 19
D Als 2. Gimp ete teccssete: oc lleneecters 291 9 ii AY ISoocllacocse 1253)
By || eal roo Oe eres lo olor ‘ Sin lela Reece 134; 11
APA) 2 eI IN ss altore «chanelle rosea 10% 5s aly oil eeverel| Stetstorte 1125) +13
Male? ORK ee sta letaersl| lovey onere * Til ai AG il srcts sll aistererets 125| 13
6 | 26 ix 27 xi 1 Oks 118} sm a |) G2 | 35 See8ii eas
Talee2 1x: 27 xi 1i al 14 11 3 | 62) 385 8 | 36
8 | 28 ix 5 e “ 15 ii oo | 62 5 5 || al
9| 6x i i - 16 ii Bo | 52° Se eens
10 | 28 ix ss " 16 ii 3 | 60 . 3) oS
iil) 74g) ibe . af rr 17 ii a | 59 5 59 || at)
12|/ 6x i a - 23 ii q | BOs oem lake
13 | 26 ix o 4 _ 28 ii go | 62 ; no a)
14 DEF hve fos ecacheteil tre ates 3 ili 11 iii B\" letnallloreioners 152 8
BN, ZOE Hiccaierstcrtel| exes ote S 3 Pia ieee kd acca 158 8
de) GOBER Geel okesrer 291 9 ii O's ll Sree |Pere ss totes 1233)
2) 14 ix 27 xi what 91 9 ii ® | 74 35 8 31
Beil BAD, aN Exons eeeraretel| erenenere 3 ili 9 iii > || Socata reverenete 169 6
BRD e 18h on adullono cue 3 ili 10 iii Ol sted emueees .| 152 7
Sl DGiaxt Rare see oelsreoiere 3 iii 11 iii Colm Pesos aticocdc 158 8

Nos. 1 and 6 to 13, g and 2 9? (wintered) very slightly darker than the rest ; E
No.1, g, especially dark.

experiments on some Lepidoptora. 157

APPENDIX.

Descriptive summary of the effects of the temperature
experiments upon the markings of the moth Ennomos
autumnaria (vel alniaria). By W. Wuirt, F.E.S.

A.—(1) Larvm sLEEVED, TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS NORMAL
THROUGHOUT, INCLUDING (2) THE PUPAL PERIOD.

$. Five specimens: all rather variable, more or less
irrorated.

?. Two: the spotting large in one case, finer and
more sparse in the other ; both darker towards the outer
margin of especially the fore wings.

These may be considered fair types of the ordinary
variations occurring within a brood.

B.—(1) Larva sLEEVED, (2) PUPA FORCED.

3. Four: all paler and more ruddy than in A, and
nearly plain in colour, only one having rather faint
spots.

?. Four: ditto, two with faint spots.

General tendency. Plainer than type; spots lost.

C.—(1) Larva: rorcep, (2) PUPH FORCED.

$. Hight: of more ruddy appearance, and practically
unspotted, not one possessing decided irroration ;_ the
costal margin paler, but the colour towards the edges of
the wings appearing deeper in contrast with the general
plainer coloration ; the band-lines less continuous, and
in some quite faint ; some have local spotting more or
less faint or blotchy, while in others the spotting is
almost entirely absent.

@. Nine: similar in character to the males, but the
irroration is sparse in nearly all the specimens; edging
to the marginal toothing darker.

General tendency. Ruddier than type, on account of
greater freedom from superimposed markings. The
sexes resemble one another more closely than normally,
as in A,

158 Mr. F. Merrifield’s systematic temperature

D.—(1) Larva sLeevep, (2) PUPH ICED, OR COOLED.

3. Five (two of them crippled) : rather darker than
A, the irrorations both increased and more blotchy ; the
band-lines fuint, the inner one entirely gone.

¢. Five (two crippled, 1 crumpled, 2 perfect):
variable, but fairly normal, excepting that the wner
band-line is lost in every individual but one.

General tendency. Amplification of spotting with
elimination of inner line.

E.—(1) Larvz rorcep, (2) PUPA COOLED.

3. Five: largely irrorated with the darker fuscous
marking, producing the effect of an entire darkening of
the coloration, but the ground colour is really about
normal; the outer band-line very blotchy, while the
inner one is entirely lost in some in the general irrora-
tion, or it may be irrespective of it; the venation lines
are rendered more distinct in most cases on account of
being unspotted.

2. Five: on the whole the irroration is less developed
than in the 3, and finer, while the ground colour is
decidedly paler and more uniform (with the marginal
shading but slightly pronounced), but the irrorations
between the band and the anterior portion of the outer
margin of the fore wings of most of the individuals have
become merged into a blotchy shade; the inner band-
line is entirely lost in all but one, which has instead a
blotchy patch along that part of the field; im most
specimens (i.¢., all but one) the dentated outhne of the
hind wing has a continuous dark line along the outer
margin.

General tendency. Increased development of the
irroration, with continued elimination of the inner band-
line. The ground colour is warmer in both sexes than
in the D form, the larve of which were normally con-
ditioned.

Under each set of experiments with abnormal tempera-
tures (excluding A) the band-lines spring directly from
the costa, instead of starting with an acute angle, or
hooked curve, across the first nervure, as is the case
usually in the A series (see figs.1 and 2). But, curiously
enough, this angulation observable in these types is
contrary.io the regular specific character, as described

experiments on some Lepidoptera. 159

by Mr. Stainton in his ‘Manual.’ Broadly speaking,
the effects produced under B and C conditions are very
similar, and those under D and E are similar, but in
each direction there is a marked intensification of the
chief characteristics in both Cand E, the larve of which
were forced.

EXPLANATION OF Puates IV. & VY.

PLATE LV.
I, autumnaria.
: Fies. 1, 2. Ordinary temperature as larve, and as pupe,

go and 9.

3, 4. Ordinary temperature as larve, forced as pupe,
Grands?

5, 6. Ordinary temperature as larvie, cooled as pupe,
¢@ and @.

7, 8. Forced as larve, and as pupe, gf and ?.
2)

, 10. Forced as larve, cooled as puper, gf and 9.
All the specimens figured are from the same parents.

PLATE V.
S. allustraria.
Fies. 1, 2. Summer pup», not iced, gf and 9.

3, 4. Summer pupe, iced 16 weeks, f and 2. The
specimens figured 1, 2, 3 and 4 are from the
same parents. Fig. 3, though a small part of
one posterior wing is imperfectly developed, is
selected because it is the best illustration of
darkness and change of markings combined.
There are other specimens more extreme in both
particulars.

5. Autumn pupa, forced 17 days, ?.
6. Autumn pupa, forced 34 days, 2.

7, 8. Autumn pup, not forced, spring emergence,
gS and @. The specimens figured 5, 6, 7 and 8
are from the same parents.

9. Autumn pupa, forced 59 days, 2.

10. Autumn pupa, warmed 60 days, also wintered 35
days, 2. The specimens figured 9 and 10 are
from the same parents.

11,12. An ordinary form of the very variable summer
emergence, g and 2.
13,14. Rather dark examples of the ordinary spring

. emergence, g and ?,

‘ [ 7 p
'
4
.
7
' @ :
\
.
r ’
F ’
.
‘
‘
,.
j ‘
i
e
bed .
\
'
'
s
i
‘ A
'
, = {
” '
J
F ’

CP hbk

VY. The moths of Burma. Part I. By Colonel CHartes
SwinHok, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |
Puats VI.

Tus paper is the first attempt yet made at a compre-
hensive list of the moths of the Burman region. Mr.
Moore has recorded two or three lists of Lepidoptera
from Tenasserim and Mergui containing some moths;
and Mr. Butler has also recorded a few moths from
Moulmein. In Mr. Walker’s catalogue of the moths of
the British Museum there are but three references to
Burma; but Mr. Butler advised me to examine the
register of the moths from Archdeacon Clerk’s collection
in the museum, and there we find that all the moths
recorded in Walker’s catalogue as from the East Indies,
and from Hindustan, from Archdeacon Clerk’s collection,
are from Moulmein ; and amongst them are no less than
93 of Walker’s types.

Before leaving India I had the opportunity of going
over the collections of moths of the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, and of the Phayre Museum, Rangoon, and
took many notes concerning Burman moths; and through
the great kindness of Mr. Noble, the Curator of the
Phayre Museum, I have received for examination a large
series of Burman moths, carefully labelled with localities
and dates, and have thus been enabled to record a list
containing 662 species, including 7 new genera, and 107
new species.

I have to thank Lord Walsingham, who has kindly
identified some of the Tineina, and has been so good as
to describe a new species of Grapholitha for this paper ;
and I have also to thank Mr. Warren for giving me for
publication his MS. descriptions of 4 new genera of
Pyrales, and 4 new species represented in my Burman
collection. The types of all the new species will, as
usual, be presented to the British Museum.

TRANS. ENT. SOG. LOND. 1890.—PaRT I. (APRIL) M

162 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

SPHINGES.
SPHINGIDA.

MACROGLOSSIN #.

1. Hemaris hylas.
Sphinx hylas, Linn., Mant., 1., p. 589 (L7%L).
Sphina picus, Cram., Pap. Exot. 1., pl. 148, & B (1777).
Macroglossa kingi, McLeay, King’s ‘ Survey of Aus-

tralia,’ App., p. 465 (1827).

Sesia cunninghami, Walker, vill., p. 85 (1856).
Moulmein. In B. M.

2. Macroglossa luteata.

Macroglossa luteata, Butler, P.Z.S., 1875, p. 241, pl.
5 Wits ist
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

3. Macroglossa obscura.

Macroglossa obscura, Butler, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 5, pl. 1,
f, 2.

Upper Tenasserim. In B.M.

4. Macroglossa proxina.

Macroglossa proxima, Butler, P. Z.8., 1875, p. 4,
ple tte

Moulmein. In B.M.

5. Macroglossa orientalis.

Macroglossa orientalis, Butler, T. Z.S.,1x., p. 528 (1876).
Moulmein (type). In B.M.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

CHGROCAMPIN A.
6. Acosmerya pseudonaga.

Acosmeryx pseudonaga, Butler, Ul. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,
Ve): 2unpl os, t. 3. (L881):
Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

7. Pergesa acteus.

Sphinx acteus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 248, f. A.
(1779).

moths of Burma. 163

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

8. Panacra busiris.

Panacra busiris, Walker, vili., p. 158 (1856).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

9. Panacra automedon.
Deilephila automedon, 2, Boisd., M.S.
Panacra automedon, Walker, viil., p. 154, 2 (1856).
Panacra truncata, Walker, viii., p. 160, 3.
Pegu. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

10. Panaera vigil.
Sphinx vigil, Guérin, Deless. Voy. dans 1’Inde, pt. 2, p.
80, pl. 23, f. 1 (1843).
Sphinx phenyx, Herr.-Schff., Aust. Europ. Schm., pl.
83, f. 478 (1858).
Rangoon and Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

11. Cherocampa elegans.
Cherocampa elegans, Butler, P. Z.8., 1875, p. 8, pl.
ee en Ue
Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

12. Cherocampa rafflesi.

Cherocampa rafflesit, Butler, T. Z.5., ix., p. 556 (1876).
Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

13. Cherocampa oldenlandia.

Sphing oldenlandia, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., p. 148 (1781).

Xylophanes gortys, Hibn., Samml. Exot. Schm. Zutr.,
figs. 513, 514 (1816).

Thyetmyo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

14. Cherocampa silhetensis.

Deilephila silhetensis, Boisd., M.S.

Cherocampa silhetensis, Walker, vill., p. 1483 (1856).

Xylophanes: pinastrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 18,
pl. 87, f. 2 (1882).

Pegu. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon. ;

M

164 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

15. Cherocampa lucasit.
Deilephila lucasii, Boisd., M.S.
Cherocampa lucasii, Walker, viil., p. 141 (1856).
Rangoon, December, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

16. Charocampa clotho.
Sphinx clotho, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins., ii., p. 48, pl. 28,
f:.1 (1773).
Sphina batus, var., Fabr., Ent. Syst., iil., p. 877 (1798).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

17. Cherocampa nessus.
Sphinx nessus, Drury, Il. Exot. Ins.,ii., p. 46, pl. 27, f.1
(1773).
Sphinx equestris, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., p. 365 (1798).
Cherocampa rubicundus, Schaufuss, Nunquam Otiosus,
ey Peek (10m).
Moulmein. In B. M.

AMBULICHINA.
18. Ambulyx substrigillis.
Sphinx (Ambulyx) substrigillis, Westw., Cab. Or, Ent.,
p. 61, pl..30, f. 2, (1848).
Taoo (Tenasserim). In I. M., Calcutta.

SMERINTHIINIA.
| 19. Cypa decolor.
Smerinthus decolor, Walker, viii., p. 255 (1856).
Cypa incongruens, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., B. M., v.,
p. 12, pl. 80, f. 8 & 9 (1881).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
The type, which is from Darjiling, is in coll. Saunders.

20. Daphnusa ocellaris.
Daphnusa ocellaris, Walker, viil., p. 288 (1856).
Bassein, August, 1888, in coll. Swinhoe.
Borneo (Type). In B. M., but my specimen isidentical.

ACHERONTIIN A.

21. Acherontia morta.

Acherontia morta, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., p. 140
(1816).
Moulmein. In B.M.

moths of Burma. 165

SPHINGINA.
22. Protoparce orventalis.
Protoparce orientalis, Butler, T.Z.S., ix., p. 609, pl.
915 f,.16 .& 17 (1876).
Mandalay and Rangoon, March, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.
Moulmein. In B. M.

23. Diludia vates.

Diludia vates, Butler, P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 18.
Sphinx abietina, Boisd., Hist. Nat. Ins. Sphing., p. 108
(1875).

Moulmein. In B. M.

24, Calymnia panopus.

Sphinx panopus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., p. 50, pl. 224,
fies. ADB (2779).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

25. Nephele hespera.

Sphinx hespera, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 546, 33 (1775).

Sphinx chiron, Cram., Pap. Exot.,ii., pl. 187, f. E (1777).

Sphinx didyma, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 148, 41 (1781).

Sphinx quaterna, Charpentier, Ed. Espers. Aus. Schm.
Sph., pl. 1, f. 2 (1880).

Perigonia obliterans, Walker, xxxi., p. 28 (1864).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

BOMBYCES.
AGERIDA.
26. Algeria rangoonensis, Ni. sp.

Antenne black, not clavate, slightly faleate, setose beneath, the
sete in patches, palpi bright ochreous, nearly curved, rising a little
higher than the head, thickly clothed, brownish at the sides, third
joint very short. Eyes black. Top of head and body dark brown,
nearly black, with greenish and bronzy tints in certain lights; two
bands on the collar, first pale ochreous, second shining dark green ;
with ochreous stripes on the body, one on each side, and one
behind on the thorax, and one on each segment in the abdomen,
the middle one indistinct; anal tuft dark greenish black, long and
thick. Wings hyaline, tinged with yellow, bands purplish brown,
altogether paler than the colour of the body. Fore wing, with

166 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

some ochreous marks at the base; a costal band limited by the
subcostal vein; a band in the hinder margin slightly thinner than
the costal band; a thicker band across end of cell, from the lower
end of which it runs sharply forward to the hinder margin near the
angle making a sharp inward angle; and an outer marginal band,
thickest of all, which deepens upwards, and its inside margin
curves on to the costa. Hind wing with a thin band at the end of
the cell, a thin costal band and marginal line; fringe on both
wings black; wings below paler, more yellowish. Face and
pectus pale whitish yellow, with the ochreous bands on each side
of the thorax above reaching over on to each side of the pectus.
Body dark greenish brown; abdomen with an ochreous central
stripe interrupted on the segments. Legs stout, purplish black,
edged with glistening greyish white on the inner sides; fore legs
with a pale whitish yellow band at the basal joint of the femora; a
broad penicillate fringe on the tibiw, and the tarsi white; middle
and hind legs with long reddish tufts on the tibie; their tarsi
with white bands; middle tibie with one long and one short spur
at the end; hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, one very long and
one very short, from the same root, and some very long whitish
hairs; all the long spurs brownish, and the short ones white.
Expanse of wings, 13—1}, inch. Length of body to tips of anal
tuft, 14—14 inch.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to digeria spheciformis, Schiff., from the Amur,
wings yellower, bands thinner, and body differently
banded.

27. Scrapteron noblei, n. sp.

Antenne smooth, ochreous, edged with black at the base, not
clavate, slightly faleate. Palpi curved, rising as high as the top of
the head, stout, bright ochreous, brown at the sides towards the tips.
Eyes black. Head and body shining blue-black; a pale yellowish
ring on the collar, and another dark bluish black marked with grey
behind it. A golden spot on the fore part of each tegula, some bronzy
shades on the thorax and abdomen. Fore wings well clothed and
deep purplish black without markings. Hind wings hyaline, with
black margins, black veins, and a black band closing the cell; fringe
on both wings pale black, much paler than the colour of the fore wings
below, wings as above but duller. Proboscis bright ochreous.
Body and legs deep shining blue-black. Some long grey hairs on
the sides of the abdomen near the base; a large yellow spot in the
centre of thorax near the base, and two or three faint yellow spots
down the centre of the abdomen. Fore tarsi yellow; middle

moths of Burma. 167

femora with a reddish tuft of hairs; middle and hind tarsi with
yellowish bands and marks; middle tibiw with a long and a short
spur at the end; hind tibie with two long and two shorter spurs
{about half the length), one long and one short from each root.
Anal tuft long, thick, bright blue-black above and below, and with
a bright orange spot below; all the long spurs are brownish, and
the short ones white.

The female is of the same general description but of an alto-
gether duller colour, inclining to bronzy greenish. Expanse of
wings, 13,inch. Length of the body to tips of anal tuft, %, inch.

Rangoon, July and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. regale, Butler, from Japan; differs in the
colour of the wings and antenne, being black and yellow
instead of brown and black, and in the body being
differently marked.

28. Sciapteron jucunda, n. sp.

3. Palpi pure ochreous, curved, rising as high as the top
of the head, well clothed, third joint short. Antenne ochreous
brown, smooth, slightly faleate. Eyes black. Top of head and body
dark greenish brown ; a band on the collar in front greyish, with a
bluish band behind it; a dark ochreous band on each side of the
neck. Thorax and abdomen unmarked, except for some crimson
marks on the sides of the abdomen near the tip; anal tuft long,
thick, and deep crimson. Fore wings more rounded at the tips than
in S. noblei, well clothed, and of a bronzy brown, with purplish
reflections. Hind wings hyaline, veins brown, a brown band
closing the cell, outer margin brown, fringe on both wings of the
same colour. Under side, wings duller. Body blue black; a yellow
patch in the centre of the thorax near the base, and a yellow spot
on each segment of the abdomen. Legs blue-black, less clothed
than in S. nobler; fore tarsi yellow; middle tibiz with a long and
a short spur together at the end, and with a crimson tuft; middle
tarsi yellowish on the lower portions ; hind tibiz with two sets of
spurs, a long and short one to each set, and with two crimson tufts
of hair above; hind tarsi grey with whitish marks; all the long
spurs brownish, and the short ones white. Expanse of wings, 14,
inch. Length of body to tip of anal tuft, 13 inch.

Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Differs chiefly from the preceding species by its bright
crimson anal tuft.

168 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

29. Sciapteron gracilis, n. sp.

g @. Antenne ochreous, smooth, slightly falcate. Palpi ochreous,
clothed, curved, rising as high as top of the head; third joint
short. Eyes brown; two yellow bands behind the eyes. Thorax
bronzy, with an ochreous curved band behind. Abdomen greenish
black, with two ochreous bands, one on first and one on third seg-
ment; anal tuft light ochreous red. Fore wings clothed, and of a
pale reddish yellow colour. Hind wings hyaline, with veins, mar-
ginal line and band closing end of the cell, pale reddish yellow ;
fringe on both wings blackish brown. Below, wings same as
above, but with a golden tinge. Body greenish black; collar and
spots down the centre of the thorax and abdomen, reddish
ochreous. Fore legs greenish black, streaked with reddish ochreous,
and with the tarsi entirely of that colour; middle and hind
femora greenish black, with the remaining portion of the legs
reddish ochreous; spurs on the middle and hind legs as in
S. jucunda, but also reddish ochreous. Expanse of wings, 1, inch.
Length of body to tip of anal tuft, 14; inch.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Differs from S. jwcunda in its general reddish colora-
tion, and in its yellow bands on abdomen.

30. Melittia notabilis, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 1).

Antenne black, reddish brown at the tips, stout, slightly
clavate, faleate. Palpi brown, covered with white hairs, stout,
curved, rising as high as the vertex, last joint very short. Eyes
reddish brown. Head, collar, thorax, and first two segments
of abdomen (which is very stout), brownish, luteous ; remainder of
the abdomen dark greenish black, with pale yellowish white thin
bands on each segment; anal tuft short, composed of black and
white hairs. Wings hyaline, with the veins and fringe reddish
brown, and all the bands of that colour. Fore wings with a broad
band on the costa, a thinner one on the hinder margin, a band
across the wing at the end of the cell, and a broad outer band
leaving the hyaline space between attenuated at the upper end;
median vein prominent, and thickly covered with scales. Hind
wings with only the marginal lines, otherwise it is unmarked.
Under side, pectus and face and half the abdomen, a pale chrome
yellow ; remainder of the body black, with a broad chrome yellow
band down the centre to the anal tuft, which is also covered with
this colour. Fore and middle legs with yellow and black stripes;
a tuft of yellow hairs at the base of the middle femora; the
middle tibie covered with long hairs; hind legs densely clothed

moths of Burma. 169

with long hairs, which continue to the end of the tarsi, and are
deep black, with one small and two large yellow patches; one set of
spurs on middle tibia, and two sets on hind tibie, each set
composed of a long and a short one. Expanse of wings, 1f, inch.
Length of body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, August, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Nearest allied to M. chaleiformis, Fab., as identified in
the British Museum; but is a much stouter insect,
and is differently coloured in the body.

31. Melittia pellecta, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 2).

Antenne black, stout, slightly clavate, faleate. Palpi brown,
covered with white hairs, stout, curved, rising as high as the vertex,
last joint short. Eyes and top of head brown, collar and thorax
luteous, tinged with reddish. Abdomen black, the segments
marked with white; anal tuft black, short. Fore wings nearly
completely clothed, deep black, a thin hyaline line below the cell,
from the base nearly to the end of the cell; a short hyaline streak
near the end of the cell, and another beyond it, also a small indis-
tinct semi-hyaline streak near the apex, all longitudinal. Hind
wings hyaline, veins and marginal lines black; fringe of both
wings pale black; under side, wings same as above, but the hind
wing in certain lights has a glistening blue tinge. Body and legs
black. Face white. Abdomen with a whitish stripe down its
centre. Thorax with some white marks. Legs clothed as in
M. notabilis; fore legs with white stripes; hind legs with a few
of the long hairs with white tips, and with some faint blue marks
on the tibiew; one set of spurs on middle tibie, and two sets on
hind tibiew, each set composed of a long and a short spur. Expanse
of wings, 1} inch. Length of the body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Differs from M. notabilis in narrow wings and body,
and in its blacker coloration.

32. Melittia congruens, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 4).

Antenne reddish, thin, smooth, clavate, faleate, much like the
antenne of a Hesperid. Palpi reddish, first joints thickly clothed
with white hairs; second joint thinly clothed with white hairs with
brown tips; last joint naked, rather long, half the length of the
second. Eyes with the frontal half bronzy, and the hinder half
deep black, the two colours quite distinct and well defined. Head,
collar, and body, bronzy; some golden hairs at the sides of the

170 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

thorax near the base. Abdomen with the sides and anal portions
dark greenish black; anal tuft deep black. Wings hyaline, with
pale purplish brown veins and bands. Fore wings with a costal
band, a thinner band on hinder margin, a band across the wing at
the end of the cell, and a broad marginal band, circling on its
inner side from the hinder angle round to the costa at one-eighth
from the apex. Hind wings with only the marginal lines; fringe
on both wings pale purplish brown. Underside wings as above,
with a golden tinge. Face and collar white. Thorax pale purplish
brown, with pale luteous marks. Abdomen and anal tuft chrome
yellow, with black sides. Legs pale purplish brown, with luteous
streaks; spurs as in M, pellecta, but all of them unusually stout
and long; middle tibize with some brown and luteous hairs on the
lower half; hind tibiae densely clothed with long reddish hairs ;
hind tarsi with long black hairs, with a white patch. Expanse of
wings, 13, inch. Length of body to tip of anal tuft, §, inch.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Its peculiar antenne and length of spurs separates it
from any other species known to me.

33. Melittia ? volatilis, n. sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 3).

Antenne black, reddish at the tips, thin, clavate, faleate. Palpi
black, clothed with white hairs, curved, rising as high as the
vertex ; third jot small. Eyes half bronze and half ‘black, as in
M. congruens. Collar black. Thorax metallic, lilac purple, body
greenish black, the segments edged with pure white; anal tuft
black. Fore wings black, round at the tips, almost entirely
clothed, except for a hyaline streak below the cell, another along
the outer half of the cell, and a small spot towards the hinder
angle,ina line with the lower streak. Hind wings hyaline; veins
and marginal lines black, and a slight black thickening on the
upper half of the vein closing the cell, and some glistening pale
cerulean blue scales at the base, where there is a tuft of hairs of the
same colour; under side wings as above, but with a glistening
blue tint. Face white. Thorax and abdomen black, some white
marks on the former. Legs black, with white stripes; middle
tibia sparsely clothed with short black bristles; hind tibiae, with
longish black hairs, with two white spots, and with white tips to
some of the hairs; spurs, as in M. pellecta, but slender, and
the short ones very slender and short. Expanse of wings, 1 inch.
Length of the body to tip of anal tuft, § inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. nya:

Allied to nothing that I know of; is sub-generically
distinct from any other species of this family known to
me.

34. Melittia ewrytion.
Trochilium eurytion, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 62,
pl. 80, f. 5 (1848).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

35. Pramila minuta, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 5).

Antenne brown. Palpi flesh colour, white below, brownish at
the tips, slender, curved, rising higher than the head; last joint
long, two thirds length of the second. Eyes black; band behind
greyish white. Body dark olive green. A pure white spot on each
side of the thorax at base of fore wings. Abdomen with grey and
green bands, two or three of them edged with pure white; anal
tuft composed of white and brown hairs. Fore wing with all the
veins deep black, the cell and lower interspace hyaline ; costa and
hinder margin black; and this colour prevails in the whole space
beyond the cell, which is closed by a black line and another
parallel line just beyond it, the space between these lines being
chrome yellow; and outside the outer black line is a fine line com-
posed of hyaline spaces between the veins, running almost up to
the apex. Hind wings hyaline, veins, outer lines, and a band
closing the cell, black; fringe on both wings black; below, wings
as above, but with a glistening purplish golden tinge. Body and
legs black. Thorax with white marks. Abdomen with white
bands on each segment. Tibi and tarsi with broad white bands ;
one set of spurs in middle and two sets in hind tibix, each set com-
posed of two long and one short one. Expanse of wings, jj inch.
Length of body to tip of anal tuft, } inch.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I do not know what this insect’s nearest described ally
is, the neuration on both wings is quite different to the
Sciapteron above described, and so are the spurs in the
legs. I put it provisionally in the genus Pramila, to
which it is nearest allied.

SYNTOMIDA.
36. Huchromia orientalis.

Euchromia orientalis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
1876, p. 364.

Rangoon, December, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

172 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

37. Euchromia fraterna.
Euchromia fraterna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Lond.,
1876, p. 364.
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

38. Phauda flammans.
Euchromia (Phauda) flammans, Walker, 1., p. 257 (1854).
Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

39. Artona fulvida.
Artona fulvida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond.,
1876, p. 356.
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

40. Artona nigrescens.
Artona nigrescens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Lond.,
1876, p. 356.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

41. Syntomis albifrons.
Syntomis albifrons, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 845, pl.
53.4. 0.
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

42. Syntomis atkinsont.
Syntomis atkinsont, Moore, P. Z.8., 1871, p. 245,
pl. 18, f. 2.
Mergui, Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.
Moulmein and Tenasserim. In B. M.

43. Syntomis berinda.
Syntomis berinda, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1878, p. 845, pl.
BEN tip tls
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

44. Syntomis disrupta.
Syntomis disrupta, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 845, pl.
Ba ie 15%
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 173

45. Syntomis fervida.
Syntoms fervida, Walker, i., p. 181 (1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.

46. Syntomis grotet.
Syntomis grotei, Moore, P. Z.§., 1871, p. 245, pl. 18, f. 4.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

47. Syntomis libera.
Syntomis libera, Walker, xxxi., p. 78 (1864).
Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

48. Syntomis masont.

Syntomis masont, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 845, pl.
5a, f. 4.

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

49. Syntomis sladent.

Syntomis sladeni, Moore, P. Z.8., 1871, p. 245, pl.
18) £5.

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

50. Syntomis pectoralis.
Syntomis pectoralis, Walker, i., p. 183 (1854).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

51. Syntomis volans, n. sp. (Pl. VL, fig. 6).

Antenne, palpi, head, and body black. Abdomen with a broad
golden ring encircling each segment. Wings hyaline ; fore wing
broad, long; hind wing very small; wings quite uncoloured;
veins black; costal and marginal lines black, thickest on hind
border, and all round the hind wing ; marginal line on both wings
slightly dentated inwards on the veins. Tip of fore wings with a
black patch, and the hyaline part on the costa towards the base
visible between it and the subcostal vein. Underside black. Legs
black. Expanse of wings, 1), inch.

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Looks superficially somewhat hike Hydrusa discinota,
Moore, but is differently marked, and the neuration is
different, the two radial veins on the fore wing being
well separated as in the genus Syntomis, and not close
together as in that sub-genus.

174 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

52. Notioptera properta.
Notioptera properta, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 400,
pl. 43, f. 6.
Rangoon, June, 1886 and 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

AGARISTIDA.
53. Husemia albomarginata.
Eusemia albomarginata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1872, p. 569.
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

54. EHusemia adulatrix.
Eusemia adulatriz, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 464,
pl. 20, f. 1 (1846).
Eusemia bellatrix, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 67. pl. 33,
f. 2 (1848).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Pegu, June. Rangoon, May, 1886, in coll. Swinhoe.

55. Husemia communis.
Eusemia communis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H., 4, xv., p.
140, pl. 18, f. 1 (1875);
Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

56. Husemia vulcania.
Eusemia vulcania, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., Lond., xii.,
p. 123 (1875).
Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

57. Husemia accurata.
Eusemia accurata, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1889, p. 401.
Moulmein, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

58. A’gocera tripartita.
Aigocera tripartita, Kirby, Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2),
il., p. 340 (1880).

Thyetmyo, October and November, 1887, in coll.
Swinhoe.

59. Seudyra dissimilis, n. sp.

Fore wings reddish chocolate brown, costal and inner portions
irrorated with grey; some slender transverse lines and the
median vein grey; two large grey rings, the first round, above and
just before termination of median vein; the other larger, oblique,

moths of Burma. 175

and bent in at the sides, a broad white discal band from costa
one-third from apex to hinder margin. Hind wing luteous, with a
broad blackish brown band sinuous on its inner margin. Thorax
chocolate brown. Abdomen luteous, with a dorsal row of brown
marks. Expanse of wings, 13 inch.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. transiens, Walker, but smaller, and can
easily be distinguished by the absence of the two white
discal lines beyond the white discal band, and in having
no brown cell spot on the hind wings.

CHALCOSIIDA.
60. T'rypanophora humeralis.
Syntomis humeralis, Walker, vii., p. 1598 (1856).
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

61. Heterusia distincta.

Gynautocera distincta, Guérin, Voy. Deless. Nat. Hist.,
p. 85, pl. 24, f. 8 (1848).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

62. Soritia pulchella.

Chalcosia pulchella, Kollar, Hiig. Kasch., p. 461 (1848).
Moulmein. In B.M.

68. Pintia drataraja.
Eterusia drataraja, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 821,
pl. 8 a. f. 3 (1859)
Mereui. In I.M., Calcutta.

64. Pintia cyanea.
Pintia cyanea, Butler, Aun. Mag. N. H. (5), xii.,
p. 160 (1883).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

65. Hpyrgis binghami.
Epyrgis binghami, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), x., p.
374 (1882).
Tenasserim. In B. M.

176 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

66. Hpyrgis imitans.
Epyrgis imitans, Butler, Ul. Typ. Lep. Het., v., p. 24,
pl. 84, f. 1 (1881).
Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

67. L’pyrgis papilionaris.

Phalena papilionaris, Drury, Ins. Exot., i, p. 4, pl. 2,
f. 4 (1778).

Phalena venaria, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ui., 2, 156, 96
(1794).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

68. EHpyrgis parvula.
Epyrgis parvula, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xii., p.
160 (1883).
Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

69. Cyclosia panthona.
Phalena panthona, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 322, f.
C (1780).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

70. Lauwrion gemina.

Laurion gemina, Walker, u., p. 427 (1854).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

71. Codane zelica.
Gynautocera (Chalcosia) zerica, Doubleday, Ann. Mag.
N.. HYG); xixep ip. 76, ipl. 7; £13 Gs84ip:
Moulmein. Ia B.M.

72. Codane zenotea.
Pidorus zenotea, Doubleday, M.§8., Walker, ii., p. 425
(1854).
Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.
Moulmein, in B, M,

moths of Burma. 177

73. Codane neoterica, n. sp.

Antenne, head, and fore part of thorax dark green ; remainder
of thorax and abdomen golden yellow. Wings pure white, bands
pale chocolate-brown. Fore wings, with a thin band on the costa,
thickest in the basal half; a broad central band, its outer margin
nearly erect, its inner margin sinuous and widening upwards on to
the costa; a broad outer band, its inner margin extending from the
hinder margin near the hinder angle to the costa, one third from
the apex, and slightly circling towards the apex in its centre;
in this margin are two large white subapical spots one below the
other; a larger submarginal central white spot and some white
median veinlets ; also a broad grey shade on the basal half of the
hinder margin. Hind wings with a thin central band, a broad
marginal band, which fines down and abruptly terminates at one
third from the anal angle. Below as above, but the central band on
the fore wings is broken intoa patch from the costa and a spot below
it. Body and legs golden yellow; legs with brown stripes. Abdo-
men with a row of brown spots on each side. Expanse of wings,
23, inch.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to C. leuwcomelas, Moore; differs in the broader
central band, thus leaving a much narrower area between
it and the outer border, which is also broader at the
hinder angle. In the hind wing it differs in not having
the white apical spot.

74. Scaptesyle tricolor.
Scaptesyle tricolor, Walker, ii., p. 878 (1854).
Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

75. Thymara caudata.

Thymara caudata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1879, p. 394, pl.
32, f. 8.

Burma. In coll. Moore.

76. Histia cometaris.

Histia cometaris, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x.
p. 874 (1882).

Tenasserim. In B. M.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (APRIL.) N

| 178 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

77. Gynautocera papilionaria.
Gynautocera papilionaria, Guérin, Mag. Zool., 1880,

p. 12
Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

78. Pompelon velentula.

Pompelon velentula, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 401.
Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

NYCTEMERIDA.

79. Nyctemera coleta.
Phalena coleta, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 368, f. H.
(1781).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

80. Nyctemera lacticinea.
Phalena (Geometra) lacticinea, Cram. Pap. Exot., ii.,
pl. 128, £. Ei(1777).
Burma. In B.M.

81. Nyctemera latistriga.
Nyctemera latistriga, Walker, 1i., p. 897 (1854).
Bassein, October, 1887 ; Rangoon, October, 1888.

Hypongadon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.
Moulmein. In B.M.

82. Nyctemera tripunctaria.

Phalena tripunctaria, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 892
(1764).

Nyctemera atralba, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schmett., p. 170
(1816).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

83. Pitasila moolaica.
Pitastla moolaica, Moore, P. Z.§8., 1878, p. 847, pl. 53,
i, 10:

Tenasserim, In I, M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 179

84. Pitasila varians.
Nyctemera varians, Walker, ii., p. 400 (1854).

Rangoon, April and August, 1886; Karen Hills, April,
1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

85. Pterothysanus noblet.
Pterothysanus noblei, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1889, p. 401,
pl..44, fig. 3.
Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

CALLIDULID.
86. Datanga minor.
Datanga minor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,i., p. 21
(1879).
Moulmein. In coll. Moore.

LITHOSIIDA.
HYPSINA.

87. Peridrome orbicularis.
Hypsa (Peridrome) orbicularis, Walker, 11., p.445 (1854).
Aganopis subquadrata, Herr.-Schaff., Lep. Sp. Nov., p.
70 (1856).
Rangoon, April, May and August, 1886. In coll.
Swinhoe.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

88. Anagina subfascia.
Hypsa (Anagina) subfascia, Walker, i, p. 446 (1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.

Tenasserim, Tavoy. In coll. Moore.
Rangoon, March, April & May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

89. Huplocia membliaria.
Phalena membliaria, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 269,
figs. C, D (1780).
(Type). Moulmein. In B, M,
nN 2

180 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

90. Neochera marmorea.

Hypsa (Neochera) marmorea, 2, Walker, vil., p. 1674
(1856).

Neochera bhawana, 3, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1.C., il. p.
295, pl. 7, f. 4, (859).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Pegu, July; Rangoon, April, May, September and
October, 1885-6. In coll. Swinhoe.

91. Hypsa heliconia.

Phalena heliconia, 3, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 511
(1758).

P. monycha, 2, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 181, f. C
CTT).

Hypsa doryca, Walker, u1., p. 459 (1854).

Moulmein, in B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1886 and 1888; Bassein, October,

1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

92. Hypsa persecta.

Hypsa persecta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875,
p. 317.

H. lacteata, Butler, Tl. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., v., p. 48,
pl. 87, f. 9 (1881).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

93. Hypsa subsimilis.
Hypsa subsimilis, Walker, xxxi., p. 212 (1864).
Tenasserim. In I.M., Calcutta.

94. Hypsa venalba.
Hypsa venalba, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 598.
Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

95. Damalis alcifron.
Phalena alcifron, Cram. Pap. Exot. il., pl. 133, f. H
GLA
Noctua carice, Fabr., Ent. Syst.,iii., 2, p. 27, 63 (1794).
Moulmein, in B. M.
Rangoon, May and August 1886, October, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

“ moths of Burma. 181

96. Damalis egens.
Hypsa (Dimalis) egens, Walker, ii., p. 453 (1854)
Moulmein, in B. M.
Rangoon, January, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

97. Damalis javana.

Phalena javana, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 274, f. C
(1780).
Moulmein. In B. M.

98. Damalis plaginota.

Hypsa plaginota, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1875, p. 320.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

99. Damalis strigivenata.

Damalis strigivenata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1875, p. 821.

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

100. Philona cinerascens.

Hypsa (Philona) cinerascens, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p.
598, pl. 59, f. 6.

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

101. Digama figurata.

Digama figurata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 5.
(Type). Burma. In coll. Moore.

LITHOSIIN &.
102. Macrobrochis leucospilota.
Macrobrochis leucospilota, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 8.
Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

103. Qonistis entella.

Phalena entella, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 208, f. D
(1779).

Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

182 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

104. Lyclene humilis.

Cyllene humilis, Walker, u1., p. 544 (1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.

105. Nepita frigida.
Doliche frigida, Walker, ii., p. 5380 (1854).
Moulmein. In B.M.

106. Nudaria dasara.

Setina dasara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.C.,ii. p. 303 (1859).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

107. Sesapa undulosa.
Cyllene undulosa, Walker, il., p. 545 (1854).
Moulmein. In B.M.

108. Barsine coccinea.
Barsine coccinea, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., lv.,
(2), 1., p. 98 (1886).
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

109. Bizone bianca.
Bizone bianca, Walker, vii., p. 1684 (1856).
Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

110. Bizone pallens.
Bizone pallens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1877,
p- 338.
Moulmein. In B.M.

111. Bizone peregrina.
Bizone peregrina, Walker, i., p. 551 (1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.

112. Tatargyna picta.
Deiopeia picta, Walker, xxxi., p. 263 (1864).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Prome, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 183

113. Argina cribraria.

Phalena cribraria, Clerck, Icon. Inns., ii., pl. 54, f. 4,
(1759-—64).

P. (Noctua) astrea, Drury, Ill., i1., p. 11, pl. 6, f. 3
(1773).

Bombyx pylotis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 585 (1775).

Argina notata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p- 365.

Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

114. Argina dulcis.

Devopeia dulcis, Walker, ii., p. 569 (1854).
Argina guttata, Rambur, Faune de |’Andalousie, i., p.
229 (1866).

Moulmein. In B.M.

115. Argina pardalina.

Deiopeia pardalina, Walker, xxxi., p. 263 (1864).
Moulmein. In B. M.

116. Detopera thyter.

Deiopeia thyter, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 361.

Burma. In B.M.

117. Hemonia dulcicula, nu. sp.

Antenne, head, and front of thorax, bright chrome yellow; a
broad band of the same colour extending from the base along the
costa and outer border of the fore wings to the hinder angle, where
it suddenly becomes narrow; remainder of the thorax and of the
fore wings dark pinkish purple. Abdomen and hind wings of the
same tone of colour but much paler, and with the outer portions of
the hind wings yellowish, broadly so at the apex. Below, fore
wings paler; hind wings, body and legs, vellowish. Expanse of
wings, §—*, inch.

Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Easily distinguishable from H. orbiferana, Walker, by
its well-defined yellow border on costa and outer margin
of fore wings, and by its much smaller size.

184 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

118. Pseudoblabes ouphora.

Pseudoblabes oophora, Zeller, Bull. Soc. I. N. Mose.,
1853, p. 514, pl. 4, f. 1—6.

Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

119. Reselia fragilis, n. sp.

White. Body and fore wings sparsely covered with black irrora-
tions. Fore wings with the entire costa marked with pale black
marks; an ante-medial black band, which fines downwards from
the costa, and stops about two thirds the breadth of the wing; a
post-medial broad black band, with slightly sinuous borders, the
inner border being in the middle of the wing; and a submarginal
sinuous pale black line, which curves inwards on to the costa.
Fringe pale black. Hind wings pure white, unmarked. Under
side grey, shining; medial band on fore wings showing through.
Body and legs brownish. Expanse of wings, 44-10ths inch.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Reselia pascua, Swinhoe, but from which it
can at once be distinguished by its broad black band on
fore wings, which occupies one-fifth of the space of the
wing.

ARCTIIDA.
120. Spilarctia rubescens.

Spilosoma rubescens, Walker, iii., p. 677 (1855).

Moulmein. In B. M.

121. Spilarctia ummera.

Spilarctia ummera, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 405,
pls.43; fig. 1.

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

122. Phissama transiens.

Spilosoma transiens, 2, Walker, iii., p. 675 (1855).

Amphissa vacillans, 3, Walker, iii., p. 685.

Aloa isabellina, Walker, iii., p. 705.

Moulmein. In B.M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

It is impossible to separate the above, the types look
distinct enough; but I have intermediates of many
shades of colour and difference in markings from the
same localities.

moths of Burma. 185

123. Creatonotos interrupta.
Phalena interrupta, Linn., Syst. Nat. Phal., i., v., p.
2553.
Bombyz francisca, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 1., p. 181 (1787).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, May, June and July, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

124. Rajendra tripartita.
Aloa tripartita, Walker, iii., p: 706 (1855).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, August and September, 1886. In coll.

Swinhoe.
125. Rajendra vittata.
Eaeuira vittata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 396, pl. 32,
2 2:

(Type). Lower Burma. In coll. Moore.

126. Tinolius zingha, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 12).

Palpi, antenne, head, thorax, and fore wings, ochreous brown ;
antenne nearly as long as the abdomen. Abdomen pinkish
ochreous, bright crimson down the centre, but is somewhat rubbed.
Fore wings ochreous fawn colour, tinged with pinkish; with one
large white spot within the cell in the centre, and another at the
end of the cell outside, where the median branches are emitted.
Hind wings paler and pinkish towards the base and abdominal
margins. Underside, both wings of a uniform pale ochreous
grey, tinged with pinkish and quite unmarked. LExpanse of wings,
2,1, inch.

Beeling, April, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to 7. eburneigutta, Walker, but differs in its
paler coloration; inordinately long antenne, and has
only two spots on the fore wing, whereas 17’. eburneigutta
has three large ones in the centre, and two on the
hinder margin.

127. Tinolius eburnergutta.
Tinolius eburneigutta, Walker, i1., p. 621 (1855).
Rangoon, April, July and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

128. Hypercompa principalis.

Euprepia principalis, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 465,
pl. 20, f. 2 (1848).

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

186 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

129. Attatha regalis.
Hypercompa regalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 575, pl.
Sasa:
Meetan. In coll. Moore.

130. Aloa insolata.

Aloa insolata, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 404, pl. 48,
fig. 15.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

181. Aloa lactinea.

Phalena lactinea, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 1383, f. D
(1727).

Bombyx sanguinolenta, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i., 473, 206
(1793).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

LIPARIDA.
182. Orgyia postica.
Lacida postica, Walker, iv., p. 803 (1855).
Moulmein. In B. M.

138. Lelioides rubripennts.

Lelioides rubripennis, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1884, p. 358.

(Type) Burma. In coll. B. M.

134. Lelia angulifera.
Prorodeca angulifera, Walker, iv., p. 919 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

135. Genusa bigutta.
Genusa bigutta, Walker, iv., p. 818 (1855).
Moulmein. In B. M.

136. Genusa terminata.
Genusa terminata, Walker, xxxii., p. 340 (1864).

Karen Hills, April, 1887 ; Beeling, March, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 187

137. Artaxa atomaria.
Artaxa atomaria, Walker, iv., p. 796 (1855).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

138. Artaxa digramma.

Bombyx digramma, Boisd., Icon. R. Anim. Ins., p. 508,
pl. 86, f. 4 (1829—38).
Moulmein. In B.M.

139. Artaxa flavinata.
Artaxa flavinata, Walker, xxxii., p. 381 (1865).
Moulmein. In B.M.

140. Artaxa pusilla.

Artaxa pusilla, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 86, pl. 112,
f. 4 (1882).

Rangoon, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

141. Artaxa varians.
Artaxa varians, Walker, ili., p. 796 (1855).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

142. Somena subnotata.

Orvasca subnotata, Walker, xxxii., p. 502 (1865).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

148. Porthesia virguneula.
Euproctis virguncula, Walker, iv., p. 836 (1855).
Moulmein. In B. M.

144. Porthesia marginalis.
Euproctis marginals, Walker, vii., p. 1731 (1856).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

145. EHuproctis atomaria.

Euproctis atomaria, Walker, iv., p. 837 EBPO
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

188 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

146. Euproctis bigutta.
Euproctis bigutta, Walker, iv., p. 887 (1855).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

147. Euproctis immaculata.

Euproctis immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1884, p. 358.
Rangoon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

148. Cherotricha plana.
Euproctis plana, Walker, vii., p. 1731 (1856).
Hpongalaoo, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

149. Cherotricha varia.
Euproctis varia, Walker, iv., p. 840 (1855).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

150. Procodeca angulifera.
Prorodeca angulifera, Walker, iv., p. 919 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Mergui. In I. M. Calcutta.

151. Lymantria asoetria.
Lymantria asoetria, Hibn., Samml. Exot. Schm., 2,
figs. (1—4).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

152. Patana dispar.
Patana dispar, Walker, iv., p. 820 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Tongloo; Rangoon, October, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

153. Numenes siletti.
Numenes siletti, Walker, ili., p. 663 (1855).
N. insignis, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii, p. 367,
p!. x., a, f. 6 (1859).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, December, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 189

NOTODONTID.
DICRANURINE.

154. Stauropus indicus.
Stauropus indicus, Moore, P. Z.8., 1879, p. 404.
Rangoon, November, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

PHALERINA.
155. Ramesa tosta.
Ramesa tosta, Walker, v., 1017 (1855).
Pyentaza, April, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

156. Hypereschra annulata, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 15).

?. Pinkish grey; palpi brown at the sides, last joint with the
upper part brown with pale tips. Fore wings shaded with brown
on the upper, lower, and outer parts, and with pink in the disc;
some brownish longitudinal streaks in the centre, and some deep
black short subapical streaks connected with a blackish shade
straight across the wing towards the centre of the hinder margin ;
two short brown subcostal central streaks, two curved and distorted
brown lines edged with paler colour across the wing, ante-medial
and post-medial, and between them two large brown rings edged
outwardly with paler colour, the outer the larger, and anterior ring
the size of the first, outside the outer line, all three rings nearly in
a line, the outermost one with a pinkish centre; a submarginal
sinuous pale line, a marginal brown line with a pale inner edge;
cilia with brown patches and a central pale line. Hind wings
brownish, paling in the costa; cilia pale yellowish grey, with a
brown interlined patch at the anal angle. Abdomen grey. Expanse
of wings, 1} in.

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs much from H. pallida, Butler, the only other de-
scribed Indian species of this genus, in its smaller size,
rounded apex, and ring-marks on fore wings.

NOTODONTINA.
157. Antheua servula.

Phalena servula, Drury, Ins. Exot., i1., p. 20, pl. 11,
{. 4 (1778).
Antheua discalis, Walker, iii., p. 767 (1855).

190 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

A. exanthemata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 111, pl. 119,
f. 2 (not pl. 104), (1882).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mr. Moore has pointed out to me the fact that Drury’s
figure of P. servula is undoubtedly the same as Walker’s
A. discalis, a common insect in the East.

158. Thiacidas postica.
Thiacidas postica, Walker, v., p. 1028 (1855).
Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

159. Cleapa latifascia.
Cleapa latifascia, Walker, v., p. 1037 (1855).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

160. Bireta longivitta.
Bireta longivitta, Walker, vil., p. 1754 (1856).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

CALPINZE.
161. Oresia emarginata.

Noctua emarginata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ii., 2, 82, 240
(1794).

Oresia alliciens, Walker, xii., p. 944 (1857).

O. tentans, Walker, l. c.

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

DREPANULIDA.
162. Drepana argenteola.

Drepana argenteola, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii,
p. 369 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

163. Oreta extensa.
Oreta extensa, Walker, v., p. 1166 (1855).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 191

164. Oreta vatama.
Oreta vatama, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 816.
Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

165. Somatina anthophilata.

Somatina anthophilata, Guén., Phal., ii., 11, 907,
pl. 18, f. 2 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July and November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

166. Problepsis deliaria.
Argyris deliaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 808 (1861).
Moulmein. In B. M.

LIMACODID.
167. Scopelodes testacea.

Scopelodes testacea, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,
vi., p. 3, pl. 101, f. 5 (1886).

Moulmein. In B. M.

168. Natada rufescens.
Natada rufescens, Walker, v., p. 1109 (1855).
Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

169. Thosea rara.

Thosea rara, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1889, p. 408, pl. 43,
fie.-9:

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

170. Thosea unifascia.
Thosea unifascia, Walker, v., p. 1068 (1855).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, August and October,
1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

192 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the -

171. Parasa bandura.

Parasa bandura, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 417,
pl. iia, £99859).

Rangoon, 1886 and 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

172. Parasa bicolor.
Neera bicolor, Walker, v., p. 1142 (1855).
Moulmein. In B. M.

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.
Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

173. Parasa dharma.

Parasa dharma, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii., p. 414,
pl. 11a, f. 7 (1859).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

174. Parasa mirza, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 14).

@. Antenne and palpi reddish brown. Thorax grass-green;
top of head and sides of thorax pale greyish yellow. Fore wings
chocolate-colour, with a broad grass-green band across the middle,
with both borders slightly curved into the band in their centres.
Abdomen and hind wings greyish yellow; under side yellowish,
unmarked. Fore wings palest. Legs with some brown stripes.
Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Nearest to P. hilaris, Westwood ; chiefly differs in the

much narrower green band of the fore wings, the outer
border of which is also differently shaped.

175. Susica pallida.
Susica pallida, Walker, v., p. 1114 (1855).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

176. Susica? cepphica, n. sp.
¢. Pinkish brown. Antenne, palpi, head, and thorax dark
brown; antenne pectinated with short bristles to the tips. Fore
wings pale pinkish brown, suffused with dark brown in parts,
especially towards the base, costa, and outer margins, forming

moths of Burma. 193

bands in the two latter, a submarginal sinuous brown line limiting
the marginal band; an ear-shaped large greyish mark in the disc,
margined with brown, a similar mark on the hinder margin in its
centre. Abdomen and hind wings more brownish; hind wings
unmarked; abdomen paler towards the base; under side pale
brown, unmarked.

?. Of asimilar character; antenne also with similar pectina-
tions; the ear-shaped marks on the fore wing are, however, hardly
visible and often absent, the brown suffusion more uniform, and
the general coloration varying, some being much darker than
others. Expanse of wings, 7, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, July and August,
1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I do not know where to put this insect ; it is nearest
allied to Susica, but really does not belong to this genus,
and I know of no near allies.

177. Narosa lacteola, n. sp.

gd. Milky white; palpi at the sides and antenne pale reddish
ochreous; abdomen at the sides and tips lightly tinged with that
colour. Fore wings with a minute black dot at the lower end ot
cell, and another in the margin below the apex; six transverse
indistinct and incomplete pale reddish ochreous bands, the basal
one the darkest, and paling towards the margin. Hind wings
slightly tinged with the same colour, unmarked ; under side with
the fore and middle legs and central margin of fore wings tinged
with pale reddish ochreous. Expanse of wings, { in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from N. adala, Moore, its nearest ally, in
having the reddish ochreous bands dispersed trans-
versely, instead of obliquely from the base to the costa.
In N. adala they are also composed of more distinct
patches, and the black submarginal dots on hind wings
in N. adala are absent.

PRONECA, N. g.

Fore wing narrow, elongated, apex rounded, cell extending to
half the length of the wing; three subcostals, first emitted near
end of cell, second at nearly its length beyond the cell; two
radials; lower median emitted at nearly one-fourth before end of
cell. Hind wing short, somewhat quadrate in shape; cell fully

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND, 1890.—PaRTI. (APRIL.) 0

194 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

half its length; two subcostals from a footstalk beyond end of cell,
radial from middle of disco-cellular, two upper medians in a foot-
stalk beyond end of the cell; submedian and internal veins
straight. Thorax robust. Abdomen extending beyond hind wings;
palpi porrect; first and second joints stout, flattened along their
upper edge, and covered with short lax coarse scales, first joint
extending half its length beyond the head, second joint as long as
the first; third joint slender, squamous, nearly as long as second.
Antenne bipectinated, the branches decreasing in length to two-
thirds the tip, the branches finely ciliated. Legs rather long,
slender, squamous.

178. Proneca fola, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 8).

Palpi and antenne pale pinkish grey; palpi brown at the sides
and base. Thorax pale purplish brown, with a pale pinkish grey
broad band in front and at the sides. Fore wing pale pinkish
grey, diffused with pale purplish brown on the costal and lower
marginal portions; a broad brown band outwardly limited by a
blackish line from the centre of the inner margin to the outer
margin below the apex, the band getting broader inwardly; an
indistinct sinuous brown line between the band and the outer
margin. Hind wing and abdomen brownish grey, unmarked.
Expanse of wings, 7 in.

Thyetmyo, November, 1887, In coll. Swinhoe.

179. Limacodes inferma, n. sp.

g. Pinkish gray; body and wings covered with brown atoms,
making the insect of two or three shades of colour in parts. Antenne
simple. Fore wings with three brown outwardly curved bands,
more or less broken, well separated ; first before the middle, fairly
complete, but not quite touching the costa; second just beyond the
middle, and not rising higher than the end of the cell; third sub-
submarginal, from hinder angle to costa one-third from apex; a
small longitudinal brown streak in the centre near the base. Hind
wings unmarked, whitish towards the base; under side paler,
costal space on fore wings and central space on hind wings
suffused with brown, otherwise unmarked. Expanse of wings,
$, in.

Rangoon, Bhamo; October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Somewhat resembles Merisa propexa, Swinh., but has
three curved bands in fore wing instead of two nearly
straight ones, and they are also very differently placed.

moths of Burma. 195

180. Setora neutra, n. sp.

3S. Antenne pale reddish brown; palpi brown, with pale tips.
Head, collar, and fore part of thorax bright golden yellow. Body
and fore wings dark bright golden brown. Abdomen with a large
yellow spot at the base and a large golden patch before the anal
tuft. Fore wings with a black straight ante-medial band inclining
outwards, a submarginal bidentate line inwardly broadly margined
with gold-colour, a brown mark at the end of the cell, and hinder
marginal border brown. Hind wings pale pinkish brown; fringe
of both wings pinkish grey; fringe long at hinder angle of fore
wings and anal angle of hind wings, and deep black. Under side:
Body and legs pinkish brown; wings pale pinkish brown, un-
marked. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Distinguishable from Setora divergens, Moore, by its
golden front and differently dispersed bands.

181. Miresa fumifera, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 18).

3S. Palpi ochreous. Antenne, body, and wings pale brownish
black. Fore wings with a very large deep black spot near the
hinder margin in its centre, at the inner upper end of this spot is
a suffused pink spot, and a pure white elongated spot with its
lower end dividing the upper part of the black and pink spots;
under side as above; wings yellowish at the apex and outer
borders ; legs with ochreous tarsi with thin brown bands. Expanse
of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to nothing I know of.

182. Cania? minutissima, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 11).

Antenne of an enormous size, as long as the whole body, heavily
pectinated to the tips ; pectinations of unusual length, shaft luteous;
pectinations dark pinkish grey. Thorax and fore wings luteous,
covered with pink atoms; costal line pinkish grey, and a straight
upright discal line of a similar colour; ante-medial, from the
hinder margin near the angle to the costa, one-third from the apex;
a fine marginal line and fringe pinkish. Abdomen and hind wings
white, a grey marginal line to the latter and a very long white
fringe; under side luteous; middle and hind tibie clothed with
long hairs, and very long spurs in pairs of equal lengths, one pair

196 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

in the middle, and two pairs on the hind tibie. Expanse of
wings, > in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to nothing I know of, nearest to Cania; is
very curious little insect belonging to this family.

183. Cheromettia ferruginea.

Belippa ferruginea, Moore, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4), xx.,
p- 848 (1877).
Rangoon ; Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

LASIOCAMPIDA.
184. Hupterote tavoensis.

Eupterote tavoensis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 848,
pl bs, 1.47.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

185. Lenodora semihyalina, n. sp. (Pl. VL, figs. 10 & 16).

3g. Reddish brown. Wings darker than the body; wings with
a semihyaline patch in their centres, caused by the minuteness of
the scales in those portions; the patch on the fore wing occupies
nearly the whole central portion of the wing, and runs in towards
the base and apex and hinder angle, and the patch in the hind
wing occupies the upper outer portion of the wing; the wings look
just as if they had been pinched with the fingers, but the insect is
perfect and in first-rate condition, and all the patches are exactly
uniform, and are undoubtedly natural, and are the same above and
below ; under side slightly paler than the upper side ; the insect is
otherwise quite unmarked above and below.

?. Pale pinkish grey. Antenne brown. Body and wings of
the same uniform colour above and below. Wings sparsely clothed
all over, and with faint indications of the same hyaline patches of
the male. Expanse of wings, f 1f,, 9 1) in.

3, Rangoon, 1886; ¢, Bassein, September, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

Much the same shape and colour in both sexes as
L. costalis, Walker, but is easily distinguishable by the
absence of the longitudinal whitish streak in fore wings,
and by its semilyaline wing-centres.

moths of Burma. 197

186. Gastropacha modulata, n. sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 18).

$. Brownish red, with’a pinkish tinge; pectinations of
antenne blackish brown. Fore wings with an indistinct medial
thin brown band, which curves round the end of the cell on to the
costa, and an indication of another similar ante-medial band;
marginal portion of the wing broadly but lightly suffused with
brown. Hind wings unmarked ; under side suffused with brown ;
hinder margin of fore wings palest. Expanse of wings, 2 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to G. terrida, Moore, but differs in colour and

in the absence of the whitish spot at the end of the cell,
and the bands on the hind wings.

187. Trabala vishnu.
Gastropacha vishnu, Lefebvre, Zool. Journ., iil., p. 207
(1827).
Amydona basalis, Walker, vi., p. 1894 (1855).
A. prasina, Walker, vi., p. 1417.

Moulmein. In B. M.
Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

188. Trabala irrorata.
Trabala irrorata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,
p. 375.
(Type). Mergui. Tavoy, December. In I. M., Calcutta.

189. Hstigena nandina.
Estigena nandina, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii.,
p- 427 (1859).
Gastropacha abstracta, Walker, xxxii., p. 551 (1865).
Lebeda scriptiphaga, Walker, xxxii., p. 569.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

SATURNIIDAs.
190. Atiacus atlas.
Phalena atlas, Linn., Mus. Lud. Uly., p. 866 (1764).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

198 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

191. Loepa sikkima.
Loepa sikkima, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 818.
Burma. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

192. Cricula burmana, n. sp.

Marked similarly to C. trifenestrata, and of about the
same size, but of a dull reddish brown colour. I have a
long series of both sexes, and they are all of the same
tone of colour, not one of them having the bright
yellowish red colour of C. trifenestrata. The cocoon
also is very different; the cocoon of C. trifenestrata,
which is well known, is in a network, full of punctures
and transparent, so that the chrysalis in the inside is
plainly visible, whereas the cocoon of this insect is solid
and thick, and is made of most beautiful continuous silk,
which looks marketable. I had a large cluster of them
sent to me from the Karen Hills by Mr. Ezechiel, and
have some of the moths they produced still in my col-
lection.

Rangoon, July, 1888; Karen Hills. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from the Naga Hills, and from

Assam.
COSSIDAi.
198. Zeuzera oblita, n.sp. (Pl. VL., fig. 9).

@. White, slightly tinged with pinkish. Thorax with three
black spots on each side. Abdomen with three rows of black spots,
one down the centre and one down each side. Fore wing with
black spots on the costa, outer and hinder margins, and with many
spots and short latitudinal streaks on the wing, a cluster of them
about the middle of the cell, very few in the space beyond the cell.
Hind wings with spots on the outer margin and four or five spots
together in the interno-median area. Below same as above; fore
and middle legs with black tibie and tarsi; hind legs with black
tarsi. Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Rangoon, July, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Z. indica, Boisd.; markings on fore wings
somewhat similarly disposed, is very minute in com-

parison, and the hind wing and thorax are altogether
differently marked.

moths of Burma. 199

194. Arbela? dea, n.sp. (PI. VL., fig. 7).

Antenne pinkish grey. Head white. Body and wings above
bright dark olive-brown. Thorax with some white marks. Abdo-
men whitish at the base. Fore wings with some indistinct black
marks on the costa and some in the middle of the wing, and some
on its pale pinkish fringe. Hind wings paler at the anal border.
Underside: Face and body white; legs white, striped with brown
above; wings same as above, slightly paler; costa of fore wings
marked with pale pinkish grey; anal tuft same colour as the
wings, enormously long and thick, cylindrical, more than two-
thirds the length of the abdomen. Expanse of wings, ?,in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

A very curious little insect; allied to nothing I know
of. Undoubtedly of the family Cosside, of an un-
described genus near Arbela, which I leave to be de-
scribed when more specimens are forthcoming.

195. Phragmatecia minor.

Phragmatecia minor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
iz, p OF (L879):
Bhamo. — In coll. Swinhoe.

HEPIALIDA.
196. Hepialus tavoyanus.

Hepialus tavoyanus, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),
2, i., p. 98 (1886).
Tavoy. InI. M., Calcutta.

200

Moths of Burma.

EXPLANATION OF PuatE VI.

. Melittia notabilis, n. sp., p. 168.

sf pellecta, n.sp., p. 169.
i volatilis, n.sp., p. 170.
o congruens, n.sp., p. 169.

. Pramila minuta, n. sp., p. 171.

. Syntomis volans, n. sp., p. 173.

. Arbela dea J, n.sp., p. 199.

. Proneca fola, n. sp., p. 194.

. Zeuzera vblita 2, n.sp., p. 198.

. Lenodora semihyalina 3, u.sp., p. 196.
. Cania minutissima, n. sp., p. 195.

. Tinolius zingha, n. sp., p. 185.

. Miresa fumifera, n.sp., p. 195.

. Parasa mirza, n. sp., p. 192.

. Hypereschra annulata, un. sp., p. 189.

. Lenodora semihyalina ? , n. sp., p. 196.
. Arsiloncha roseana, nu. sp.

. Gastropacha modulata, n. sp., p. 197.

Ce 201.)

VI. The moths of Burma. Part II. By Colonel CHariEs
Swinuoek, F'.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |
Puates VII. & VIII.

GEOMETRITES.
EROSIIDA.
197. Orudiza protheclaria.
Orudiza protheclaria, Walker, xxiil., p. 858 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

198. Dirades conchiferata.
Dirades conchiferata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 4038,
pl. 186, f. 11 (1887).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon.
EUSCHEMIDA.
199. Huschema anderson.

Euschema andersoni, Moore, Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond.,
Zool., xxi., p. 56 (1886).

Mergui, March, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

200. Huschema awrilimbata.
Euschema aurilimbata, Moore, P. Z.§., 1878, p. 846.
Tenasserim, Mithantoung. In I. M., Calcutta.

Mereui. In coll. Swinhoe.
Tavoy. Incoll. Moore.

201. Huschema bellona.
Euschema bellona, Walker, i., p. 405 (1854).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) P

202 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

202. Huschema excubitor.
Euschema excubitor, Moore, P. Z.8., 1878, p. 846.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.
Pegu. In coll. Moore.

203. Huschema horsfieldt.

Euschema horsfieldi, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii,
p. 384, pl. 8a, f. 7 (1859).

Tavoy. InI.M., Calcutta.
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

204. Huschema ludifica, n. sp.

Thorax and abdomen bright chrome-yellow, unmarked. Antennse
with the shaft greyish yellow, pectinations black. Fore wings
bright chrome-yellow for half the length from the base, with some
pale blackish blue spots which represent the usual basal bands;
remainder of the wing blackish blue, with two pale bluish white
macular bands, as in H. bellona, but broader. Hind wings yellow
for nearly two-thirds of the length from the base, with one large
blackish blue spot at the end of the cell and a smaller and indistinct
spot alongside, near the abdominal margin; the yellow colour is
limited by a blackish blue band with a deep outer curve opposite
the large spot, followed by a broken irregular band of yellow, and
the outer portion of the wing blackish blue. Under side as above ;
tarsi of the male yellowish grey ; the female has, however, the legs
altogether of that colour. Expanse of wings, f' ? 23, in.

Rangoon, April and May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from EH. bellona, its nearest ally, in its
narrower fore wings, in having the thorax and abdomen
unmarked, in the pale spotted nature of the basal bands
in the fore wing, and the greater extent of yellow in
both wings. Ihave three males and one female before
me, which are all exactly alike.

205. Huschema lunulata.

Euschema lunulata, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), xx.,
p. 875 (1882).

Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore,

moths of Burma. 203

206. Huschema militaris.
Phalena militaris, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 375
(1764).
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.
Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

207. Huschema sodalis.
Euschema sodalis, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),
2, 1., p. 99 (1886).
Tavoy. In coll. Swinhoe.

208. Huschema subrepleta.
Euschema subrepleta, Walker, 1., p. 406 (1854).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

209. Milionia pyrozonis.

Milionia pyrozonis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), x.,
p. 875 (1882).

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

210. Celerena andamana.

Celerena andamana, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep.,
iv., pl. 180, f. 18 (1874).

Upper Tenasserim, August. In coll. Swinhoe.

URAPTERYD.
211. Urapteryx podaliriata.
Urapteryx podaliriata, Guén., Phal., i., p. 82 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

212. Thinopteryx crocopterata.

Urapteryx crocopterata, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv.,
p- 485 (1848).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

218. Cherodes? umbrosa, n. sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 4).
3. Fore wing long; costa rounded towards the apex, which is
nearly faleate ; outer margin very oblique, sinuous; hinder margin
P2

204 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

straight. Hind wing angled in the centre, greyish rosy, suffused
with brownish shades ; palpi, antenne, and hind part of thorax dark
brown, front of thorax with a yellow tinge; wings and abdomen irro-
rated sparsely with dark blackish brown atoms; fore wing with a
brownish patch at the base, a blackish brown spot at upper end of
cell, and four patches at regular intervalsin the costa, from the last
of which, at one-third from the apex, is a transverse slightly sinuous
line to the hinder margin one-third from the angle, this line being
connected with the apex by a streak near its upper end, and there is
a brown patch at the other end on the hinder margin ; a few fainter
brownish marks on the costa at the apex, and a submarginal
sinuous faint line containing brown spots, more or less marked
with white in the interspaces; the costa at the apex is slightly
luteous, and there is a small slightly luteous patch just below the
streak touching the apical point. Hind wing more or less sparsely
covered with blackish brown atoms, rather thickly so on the
abdominal margin, where there is a large patch at one-third from
the anal angle; a submarginal line similar to the one on the fore
wing. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to anything I know of; is nearest the genus
Cherodes.

214. Huchera pitmani.

Euchera pitmani, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. (55),
1, ii, p. 99 (1886).

Tavoy. In coll. Swinhoe. (Type). Tavoy. In coll.
Moore.

215. Kalabana picaria.
Lagyra picaria, Walker, xxxv., p. 1541 (1866).
Mereui. In I. M., Calcutta.

ENNOMID.
216. Hyperythra angulifascia.

Hyperythra angulifascia, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 841,
pl. 53, f. 11.

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

217. Hyperythra lutea.

Phalena (Geometra) lutea, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,
pl. 370, figs. c, D (1781).

moths of Burma. 205

P. flavata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, p. 169 (1794).

Hyperythra limbolarta, Guén., Phal., i1., 101, 153,
pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 2 (1857).

H. penicillaria, Guén., Phal., i., 101, 154.

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

218. Hyperythra lala, n. sp.

3. Bright luteous. Antenne brownish, top of head and
collar ochreous. Wings sparsely covered with transverse brown
striations, crossed by central and discal reddish brown thin bands,
the outer band accompanied on its outer side by a broad reddish
brown shade, with a large blackish brown subcostal spot on the
hind wings; there is also, on the fore wings, a more indistinct
inner band, these bands are very variable, and generally more
complete in the female than in the male; the colour of the female
is also sometimes greyer than of the male. Below the yellow
colour is brighter than above, and the bands redder, and there is
sometimes a whitish apical patch in fore wings. Expanse of wings,
14—1, in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from Bombay, Ganjam, and
Dhera Dun. It is nearest to H. swinhoei, Butler, but
can at once be distinguished by its entirely different
colour.

219. Angerona fighina, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 5).

3. Palpi and face blackish brown. Antenne with the shaft
chocolate-brown, sete pale yellow, a whitish space on the top of
the head. Body and wings of a uniform rather pale chocolate-
brown, tinged with pinkish. Abdomen with a white basal spot,
anal tuft pinkish white; both wings crossed by an irregularly
dentated pale line, just beyond the middle, from the abdominal
margin of the hind wings, two-fifths from the angle to the costa of
the fore wings, two-fifths from the apex, curved outwardly on the
hind wings, almost straight on the fore wings, and with all the
dentations outwards; also a very indistinct pale submarginal line
of a similar nature, marginal line brown; fringe pale at the base.
Under side pinkish grey, suffused in places with brownish; the
first line very distinct, and beyond this the wings are darker
coloured. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

206 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Differs from all other known species of this genus in
its small size and peculiar brown coloration.

OXYDIDA.
220. Omiza schistacea.

Omiza schistacea, Moore, P. Z.S., 1878, p. 851, pl. 53,
f. 12:

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

JANOCHROMID.
221. Noreia ajaia.
Timandra ajaia, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool., iti., p. 195 (1859).
Noreia perdensata, Walker, xxiv., p. 1092 (1862).
Decetia posticata, Walker, xxxv., p. 1557 (1866).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

222. Chilkasa falcata.
Chilkasa falcata, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 858.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

BOARMIDA.
223. Medasina strixaria.
Hemerophila strixaria, Guén., Phal., i., 217, 812 (1857).
Moulmein. In B. M.

224. Chogada processaria.
Boarmia processaria, Walker, xxi., p. 872 (1860).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

225. Catoria trispinaria.
Boarmia trispinaria, Walker, xxi., p. 878 (1860).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

226. Catoria procursaria.
Boarmia procursaria, Walker, xxi., p. 875 (1860).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

moths of Burma. 207

227. Catoria sublavaria.
Boarmia sublavaria, Guén., Phal., i., 256, 393 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

228. Hirasa scripturaria.
Tephrosia scripturaria, Walker, xxxv., 1590 (1866).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

929. Serraca transcissa.
Boarmia transcissa, Walker, xxi., p. 380 (1860).
Rangoon, June. In coll. Swinhoe.

230. Amraca fortissima.

Amraca fortissima, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii1.,
p. 245 (1887).

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

231. Pingasa crenaria.
Hypochroma crenaria, Guén., Phal., i., 278, 441 (1857).
Thyetmyo, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

232. Pingasa minimaria.

Hypochroma minimaria, Guén., Phal., 1., 279, 4438
(1857).
H. parvula, Walker, xxi., p. 485 (1860).

(Type parvula). Moulmein. In B. M.

233. Hlphos hymenaria.

Elphos hymenaria, Guén., Phal., i., 285, 456, pl. 16,
f. 4 (1857).

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

934. Petelia medardaria.
Petelia medardaria, Herr.-Schiff., Exot. Schm., pl. 94,

f. 584 (1850—69).
Bargosa chacoraca, Walker, xxi., p. 481 (1860).

908 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

B. chandubija, Walker, xxi., p. 480.
B. distracta, Walker, xxi., p. 481.
Ephyra? strigulataria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1575 (1862).

Thyetmyo, November, 1887. In Phayre Museum,
Rangoon.
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
GEOMETRIDA.

235. Geometra discissa.
Geometra discissa, Walker, xxii., p. 517 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

236. Maxates celataria.
Thalassodes ceelataria, Walker, xxii., p. 552 (1861).

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

237. Thalassodes dissimulata.
Thalassodes dissimulata, Walker, xxii., p. 551 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

238. Thalassodes palliplagiata.
Thalassodes palliplagiata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1568 (1862).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

239. Thalassodes sisunaga.

Thalassodes sisunaga, Walker, xxii., p. 550 (1861).
T. macruraria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1561 (1868).

(Type of sisunaga). Moulmein. In B. M.

240. Thalera dirempta.
Thalera dirempta, Walker, xxii., p. 595 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

241. Comibena pannosa.

Comibeena pannosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 483,
plSt95; figs at, ta, b,°s 2" (387):
C. devexata var., Walker, xxii., p. 574 (1861).

(Type, devexata, var.). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 209

242. Agathia lycceenaria.

Geometra lycenaria, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., p. 486
(1848).

G. albiangularia, Herr.-Schaff., Exot. Schm., pl. 61,
f. 83389 (1850—69).

Agathia discriminata, Walker, xxii., p.591 9 (1861).

Moulmein. In B. M.

PALYADA.
243. Humelia aureliata.

Humelia aureliata, Guén., Phal., i1., 394, 6381, pl. 22,
{2.6 (L857)-

Thyetmyo, June, 1881. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

244, Humelia fimbriata.

Phalena (Geometra) fimbriata, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,
p. 398, f. n (1782).
Eumelia eugeniata, Guén., Phal., i1., 394, 683 (1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

945. Humelia rosalia.

Phalena (Geometra) rosalia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,
pl. 368, f. F (1782).

Ametris punicearia, Hiibn., Verz. Schm., 3038, 2924
(1816).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Moulmein. In B. M.

246. Cacyparis leta.
Ballatha leta, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1215 (1865).
Moulmein. In B. M.

EPHYRIDA.
247. Anisodes similaria.
Anisodes similaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1582 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

210 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

248. Anisodes rapistriaria, n. sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 9).
Pale reddish ochreous, marks and bands ochreous-brown 3 a fine
line across the top of the head, two bands across the thorax; both
wings crossed by many sinuous lines, some of which, running close
together, form bands, notably one across the centre of the fore
wings, and continued on the hind wing across the basal third, one
submarginal on fore wing, and discal and submarginal on hind
wing; marginal points black; cilia yellow. Expanse of wings,
$ in.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
A pretty little Anisodes of an entirely new pattern.

MACARIDA.
249. Macaria emersaria.
Macaria emersaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 925 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

250. Gubaria fasciata.

Phalena fasciata, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 629 (1775).
P. eleonora, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii1., pl. 288, figs. n, F, @
(1782).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

251. Gubaria xanthonora.
Macaria xanthonora, Walker, xxiii., p. 985 (1861).
Pyentaza, April, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

252. Gonodela inchoata.
Macaria inchoata, Walker, xxiii., p. 981 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

253. Gonodela vasudeva.

Macaria vasudeva, Walker, xxili., p. 938 (1861).
Gonodela placida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,
p- 262 (1887).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 211

954. Azata ferruginata.
Azata ferruginata, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iil., p. 470,
pl. 205, f. 2 (1887).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

FIDONID.
955. Corymica arnearia.

Corymica arnearia, Walker, xx., p. 231, & (1860).
Caprilia vesicularia, Walker, xxxv., p. 1659, 3 (1866).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

956. Prionia squalidaria.
Prionia squalidaria, Hubn., Zutrage, iv., 40, fies.
787—8, ? (1882).
P. violacearia, Guén., Phal., i., 144, 231 (1857).
Osicerda alienata, Walker, xxiv., p. 1084 (1862).
Celesdera schistifusata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1749 (1862).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

957. Panagra idea, n.sp. (Pl. VII., fig. 2).

g. Greyish purple, irrorated with brown atoms ; wings, with
the costa, pale grey; a brown band from apex of fore wings to
abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from base, another
similar parallel band on the hind wings beyond the middle, and a
third band on hind wings between this and the outer margin,
which becomes slightly bent and sinuous towards the acute hinder
angle; inside all these bands the wings are suffused with pale grey;
marginal line black; cilia white. Expanse of wings, 17, in.

Bassein, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Distinguishable from the Australian A. hypenaria,
Guén., in having the transverse oblique bands on the
hind wings.

ZERENIDA.
258. Abraxas perampla, Nn. sp.

g. Antenne grey; palpi ochreous. Body and wings white,
spotted and marked with pale blackish brown. Head, thorax, and
costal portion of fore wings slightly tinged with yellowish ; head,
collar, and thorax with some spots. Abdomen unmarked. Fore
wings with a number of spots on the costal and basal portions, and
one large spot at the end of the cell. Hind wing with a similar

912 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

but smaller spot, and both wings with four lines of spots; first
ante-medial represented on fore wing by a streak from hinder
margin, and on hind wing by a broken disjointed band, second post-
medial being a discal straight band from upper radial interspace
inclining to a little beyond centre of first median branch, then a
small dot, then a large spot on hinder margin forming a broken
elbow, and on the hind wing an outwardly curved band broken in
its centre ; third, a row of large spots, one on each vein on both
wings, except the lower radial of the fore wing and radial vein of
hind wing; fourth, a row of marginal spots, a little smaller in each
interspace on both wings. Expanse of wings, 32, in.

Upper Tenasserim, August, 1880. In coll. Swinhoe.

An unusually large and peculiarly marked species of
this genus.

259. Abraxas triseriata.
Abraxas triseriata, Walker, xxiy., p. 1125 (1862).

Mergui. In coll. Swinhoe.

260. Abraxas virginalis.

Abraxas virginalis, Butler, P. Z.8., 1886, p. 892,
pled; tt:

Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

261. Potera marginata.

Potera marginata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 852, pl. 58,
£219:

(Type). Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

LARENTIDA.
262. Photoscotosia amplicata.
Cidaria amplicata, Walker, xxy., p. 1404 (1862).
Pegu. In coll. Swinhoe.

IDQ@IDA.
268. Idea attentata.
Acidalia attentata, Walker, xxil., p. 754 (1861).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 218

. 264. Idea emissaria.
Acidaha emissaria, Walker, xxii., p. 751 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

265. Idea ligataria.
Acidalia ligataria, Walker, xxii., p. 748 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,
Rangoon.

266. Idea regulata.
Acidaha regulata, Walker, xxiii., p. 794 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

267. Craspedia addictaria.
Acidalia addictaria, Walker, xxii., p. 749 (1861).

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon.

268. Rambara saponaria.

Zanclopteryx saponaria, Guén., Phal., ii., 16, 915
(1857).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Tounghu. In coll. Moore.

269. Pseudasthena memorata.
Pomasia memorata, Walker, xxii., p. 657 (1861).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

270. Asthena tristicula.

Asthena tristicula, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1885, p. 859,
pl. 56Pis Ay.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
271. Asthena urbica.

Asthena urbica, Swinhoe, P. Z.§., 1885, p. 859.
Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon,

914 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

272. Timandra aventiaria.
Timandra aventiaria, Guén., Phal., ii., 8, 896 (1857).
Moulmein. In B. M.

273. Timandra comptaria.
Timandra comptaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1615 (1862).

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

274. Timandra burmana, nu. sp.

Upper side green, irrorated with greyish atoms. Wings with a
straight yellowish white line from the centre of the abdominal
margin of the hind wings to the costa of the fore wings, one-sixth
from the apex; marginal line whitish yellow; fringe greenish grey.
Under side pale greenish yellow, nearly white ; both wings crossed
by a row of pinkish brown submarginal dots from the costa near
the apex to the abdominal margin of the hind wings near the
angle, nearly straight on both wings, and accompanied on the outer
side by a number of bright pink longitudinal short streaks, which
gives it the appearance of a broadish pink band; fringe on both
wings pink. Expanse of wings, 13 in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Looks on the upper side somewhat like a gigantic
Timandra mundissima, Walker = T. diatomata, Walker,
but differs in the colour of the marginal band above,
and the pink band below; T. mundissima, a very common
Indian insect, of ‘which I have many examples, being
always quite immaculate below.

275. Lycauges annularia, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 18).

Pale pinkish grey, sparsely irrorated with deep black atoms;
collar black. Thorax with two large black spots behind. Abdomen
with black spots down the centre. Fore wings with the costal
portion grey; a grey band across both wings from apex of fore
wings to abdominal margin of hind wings above the centre; fore
wing with a black spot at upper end of cell, one on hinder margin
near the base, and another between them in a line; a spot in a
straight line between the cell-spot and the margin, a submarginal
and marginal curved row of spots, the third from the costa of the
submarginal row the largest, and two sinuous indistinct grey lines
in the marginal space. Hind wing with a black ringlet at the end

moths of Burma. 215

of the cell, three indistinct sinuous grey lines in the marginal
space, and a marginal row of black lunules, one of them at the
extreme end of the angle in the centre. LExpanse of wings, § in.

Rangoon, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to I. postvittata, Moore ; differs in the absence
of the longitudinal bands on the wings, and in having a
prominent ringlet in the centre of the hind wings.

276. Luxiaria exclusa.

Hemerophila ? exclusa, Walker, xxi., p. 820, ¢ (1860).
HT. pretereuns, Walker, xxi., p. 320.

Acidalia imprimata, Walker, xxiii., p. 771 (1861).
Macaria obstataria, Walker, xxii., p. 928.

Bithia lignaria, Walker, xxxv., p. 1600 (1866).

(Type of exclusa). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

MICRONIDA.
277. Micronia aculeata.

Micronia aculeata, Guén., Phal., i1., 26, 928, pl. 18,
f. 8, 2 (1857).

M. gannata, Guén., I. c., No. 929, 3.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

Tavoy. In coll. Moore.

278. Micronia sparsaria. (Pl. VIL, fig. 8).
Micronia sparsaria, Walker, xxiii., p. 818 (1861).

Bassein, October, 1887; Rangoon, August, 1886. In
coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s type-label in the B. M. has somehow got
upon a wrong specimen ; his type-label is now upon a
specimen of the subgenus Acropteris, which consequently
has to this day remained undescribed. In his description
he says “this species is distinguished from the preceding
one by the indefinite outline of the bands, and by the
much more distinct angle of the hind wings”’; and this
description exactly corresponds with the large Micronia
I identify as sparsaria, common in the north and north-

216 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

eastern portions of India, and which, though a good and
constant species, much resembles aculeata (his preceding
species) in shape and markings. Mr. Butler suggests that
Walker’s description-slips might have got transposed,
and by the preceding species he may have meant some
species other than aculeata ; but his type-label is on an
Acropteris, and the only species of that genus described
by Walker is A. convexaria, the hind wings of which are
perfectly rounded, without any inclination to an angle ;
and therefore his remark about the much more distinct
angle of the hind wings cannot apply.

279. Acropteris obliquarta.
Micronia obliquaria, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 622,
pl. 60, £. 17.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

280. Acropteris caseata.
Micronia caseata, Guén., Phal., 11., 27, 982 (1857).
Mergui, Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

281. Acropteris striataria.
Phalena (Geometra) striataria, Clerck, Icon., pl. 55,
{A (4759):

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.
Tavoy. In coll. Moore.

282. Acropteris vagata.
Micronia vagata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 622, pl. 60,
fale:

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
283. Strophidia fasciata.

Phalena (Geometra) fasciata, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii.,
pl. 104, f. p (1779).

P. caudata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., 2, 168, 124 (1794).

Micronia obtusata, Guén., Phal., 11., 25, 927, pl. 5, f. 6
(1857).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 217

NOCTUES.
CYMATOPHORIDA.
284. Lisoba diversipennis.
Heliothis diversipennis, Walker, xv., p. 1750 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

285. Risoba obstructa.

Bolina obstructa, Walker MS.
Risoba obstructa, Moore, P. Z.§., 1881, p. 328.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

LEUCANIIDA.
286. Leucania loreyt.

Leucania loreyi, Dup., Hist. Nat. Lep. France, iv.,
p. Ol, pl. 105, 8, 7 (S27).

L. collecta, Walker, ix., p. 105 (1856).
Upper Burma. In B.M.

287. Leucania exempta.
Leucania exempta, Walker, xi., p. 710 (1857).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

288. Leucania hamifera.

Leucania hamifera, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
vi., p. 179 (1862).

Thyetmyo, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

289. Leucania lanceata.
Leucania lanceata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 3840.
Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

290. Leucania sejuncta.
Leucania sejuncta, Walker, ix., p. 109 (1856).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

291. Leucania albivenata, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 7).
Palpi brown. Antenne, body, and fore wings fawn-colour, tips
of the palpi and top of head paler; hind part of head brown;

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) Q

918 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

three very fine brown lines across the fore part of thorax. Abdo-
men paler. Fore wings with the costa brown up to one-third from
the apex; all the costal portion above the subcostal vein and the
outer portions of the wing streaked longitudinally with brown and
grey; the subcostal branches, outside portion of median vein, and
both its branches prominently whitish, a whitish spot at the root
where these latter branches are emitted, the whole space between
the subcostal vein and the submedian vein dark brown, paling a
little towards the outer margin, a yellowish streak above the outer
portion of the median vein within the cell; a pale apical shade
from the apex, sloping inwards to the submedian branches, and a
brown streak near the hinder margin; marginal points black;
fringe interlined; hind wings greyish fawn-colour, paler towards
the base; veins prominent, marginal points black; fringe pale
yellowish grey, a pale brown thick lunule at the end of the cell.
Under side pale pinkish fawn-colour; fore wing suffused with
brown inwardly, a prominent brown spot on the costa one-third
from apex; hind wing with the lunule at end of cell dark brown,
some brown marks towards the costa, and a prominent marginal
row of brown dots on both wings. Expanse of wings, 13, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. rujistrigosa, Moore ; differs in the absence
of the discal curved row of black points on fore wing, in
its dark brown markings, and absence of prominent
white cell-streak.

292. Leucania subnitens. n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 1).

Antenne, palpi above, head, thorax, and fore wings, pale pinkish
fawn-colour. Antenne whitish towards the tips. Fore wings with
a broad white costal band, irrorated with greyish atoms; under
this band is a brown shade, darkest towards the base, is limited
hindwards by the submedian vein, and gradually becomes paler as
it extends to the outer margin, and is interrupted by a paler shade,
which crosses it from the apex to the interno-median area; the
outer portion of the wing is covered with longitudinal brown and
grey streaks between the veins, and the entire surface is covered
sparsely with black atoms; fringe interlined with pale greyish
brown. Hind wings pure white, suffused broadly at its outer
portions with greyish brown, and with the veins on this portion
darker brown. Abdomen paler than the thorax, with the basal
portion white. Wings below of a beautiful uniform burnished
silvery white, which in some lights reflects pale glistening golden
tints, Expanse of wings, L§ in,

moths of Burma. 219

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Somewhat resembles L. venalba, Moore, above, but
can easily be identified by its pale costa to fore wings,
and by the beautiful glistening colour of the wings below.

293. Leucania nefasta, n. sp.

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings pale fawn-colour,
tinged with pale pinkish. Fore wings with brown-grey longi-
tudinal streaks between the veins, especially on the costal and
outer portions, a thicker streak on the upper side of median and
submedian veins, the median vein streak somewhat thickening at
the end of the cell, and from the end a short blackish brown patch,
interrupted by the grey streaks; an outwardly curved row of black
points from the hinder margin, one-third from the angle, to the
costa, one-third from the apex, a marginal row of black points;
fringe interlined pale brown and pale pinkish fawn-colour. Hind
wings white, shining ; outer margins shaded with pale fawn-colour.
Abdomen grey. Under side paler and duller ; fore wings shaded
in the upper central portions with brown. LExpanse of wings, 1 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882; Rangoon, 1887. In coll.
Swinhoe.

Allied to ZL. subsignata, Walker, from which it can
easily be distinguished by its whiter hind wings, and the
absence of the row of curved discal spots thereon, and
also by the absence of the dot at the end of the cell.

294. Leucania homopterana, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 12).

Antenne brown; palpi, thorax, and fore wings fawn-colour ; tips
of palpi white; fore part of thorax brownish. Abdomen with a
brown suffusion down the centre ; base, anal end, and sides whitish.
Fore wings with the entire surface covered with numerous longi-
tudinal brown and greyish white streaks between the veins, much
like the neuration of a homopterous insect; a white streak on
outer half of cell above the median vein, a black dot below it;
black dots on the costa at regular intervals, a discal outwardly
curved row of biack dots, and a marginal row of black points ;
fringe interlined. Hind wings white, marginally suffused with
brown ; veins near the margin brown, and brown marginal points.
Under side whitish ; fore wings internally suffused with brown; a
brown spot on the costa one-third from the apex; hind wing with
brown suffusions on the costal portion; marginal brown points on
both wings. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Q 2

22.0 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. rufistrigosa, Moore, but differently coloured,
and can at once be distinguished by the unusually
numerous brown and grey streaks on the whole surface
of the fore wings.

295. Leucania basilinea, n.sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 6).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings pale fawn-colour.
Fore wings covered sparsely with brown atoms; a dark black
longitudinal prominent streak below the median vein from close to
the base to one-third from end of the cell; median vein whitish,
with a very slight thickening at end of cell; a discal outwardly
curved row of black points, and a marginal row of black points ;
some indistinct grey and brown streaks between the veins on the
outer portion of the wing; fringe interlined. Hind wings pure
white, with a marginal row of brown points. Expanse of wings,
13 in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to L. percisa, Moore, but is easily distinguishable
by the prominent basal black streak in the fore wings,
by the absence of the black dot at the end of the cell,
and by its pure white hind wings.

296. Sesamia inferens.
Leucania inferens, Walker, ix., p. 105 (1856).

Bassein, August, 1888; Rangoon, July, 1887. In
coll. Swinhoe.

297. Sesanvia proscripta.
Leucania proscripta, Walker, ix., p. 106 (1856).
Moulmein. In B.M.

298. Arsiloncha roseana, n.sp. (Pl. VI., fig. 17).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings rosy fawn-colour.
Abdomen whitish. Fore wings sparsely covered with brown
atoms ; some pale spaces between the veins in the central outer
portion of the wing, making that portion the palest; marginal line
white; fringe white, base pale pink. Hind wings pure white,
unmarked. Under side of a pure pale pinkish ; fore wings with a
grey suffusion on basal half of the centre, costa, and hinder margin ;
hind wings white. Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

moths of Burma. 221

Bhamo, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. fraterna, Moore; can be easily distin-
cuished by the absence of the brown dot in the centre
of the fore wing below the median vein, and by the
brown irroration of that wing.

299. Aletia? erigida, n. sp.

Palpi brown; ends of second joint grey. Antenne, head, body,
and fore wings greyish fawn-colour. Fore wings irrorated with
minute black atoms; ante-medial, medial, post-medial, and discal
sinuous, fine brown erect lines across the wing; the first has a
black spot within the cell on its outer side, the second and fourth
have each a pale brown patch in their centres, the third has a row
of black spots adjoining on its outer side, the fourth is more sinuous
than the rest, and is almost submarginal; orbicular and reniform
indicated by pale minute spots; a marginal row of black points ;
marginal line black, very indistinct; the outer third of the wing,
under a glass, is found to be finely crossed by numerous straight
brown lines very close together ; fringe interlined, and with a pale
pinkish basal line ; a brown spot on the costa one-third from apex ;
three subapical costal pale points and all the veins more or less
brown. Hind wings greyish white; veins and marginal line pale
greyish brown; fringe white, interlined at the base with brown
and pale pinkish. Expanse of wings, 15 in.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to anything I can find; is nearest to the
genus Aletia.

300. Aaylia abstracta, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 18).

Antenne, palpi, fore part of thorax, and fore wings fawn-colour ;
top of head, remainder of thorax and abdomen greyish. Fore
wing with the costa, hinder margin, a central stripe from base, and
outer marginal portions of the wing suffused with brown, some of
the veins within these parts dark brown, a whitish mark at the
end of the cell, and three pairs of whitish longitudinal streaks in
eschelon towards the apex. Hind wings white, with the marginal
border slightly suffused with pale brown; pale marginal line to
both wings and interlined fringe. Under side whitish; fore wings
slightly suffused with pale brown along its centre. Expanse of
wings, 1; in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. fasciata, Moore, from which it is widely

299, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

separated by the absence of the pale central border, its
difference in colour, and by the pale apical streaks.

301. Nonagria ? irregularis.
Nonagria ? irregularis, Walker, xi., p. 712 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

HELIOTHIDA.
302. Pradatta bivittata.
Leucania bivittata, Walker, ix., p. 108 (1856).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

BOMBYCOIDA.
303. Pharetra consanguis.

Acronycta consanguis, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5), iv.,
p. 858 (1879).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

304. Hyboma divisa.
Hyboma divisa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 409.
Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

GLOTTULIDA.
305. Glottula dominica.
Phalena (Noctua) dominica, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,
pl. 399, fm (1782).
Hadena pancratii, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Romb. et
Maur. Lep., 91, 1.

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, September and October, 1887. In coll.
Swinhoe.

306. Polytela chrysopila.
Polytela chrysopila, Walker, xxxii., p. 685 (1865).
Karen Hills, April, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

BRYOPHILIDA.
807. Bryophila conjecturalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 10).

Antenne grey; palpi yellowish white, with brown patches on its
sides. Head, thorax, abdomen, and fore wings white, marked with

moths of Burma. 223

greyish brown; abdomen with greyish brown marks on the seg-
ments on each side; fore wings with greyish brown and blackish
brown marks on the costa, from which extend two or three indis
tinct fine sinuous lines across the basal portion of the wing; a
black central band, broad on the costa, suffused on its outer side
not reaching the hinder margin, before which it becomes indistinct,
limited on its inner side by a fine outwardly curved black line ;
two or three indistinct sinuous discal lines, black dots on the
margin between the veins, and a black longitudinal curved and
broken streak, which commences at the base, stops at one-third,
and is continued from the central line, and continues irregularly
towards the outer margin, where its termination is indicated by a
small patch, and there is a similar patch in the centre of the outer
margin. Hind wings greyish brown, paling towards the base.
Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to B. nilgiria, Moore, but differs in its markings,

more especially in having the central transverse black
band on the fore wings.

ACONTIIDA.
308. Acontia flava.

Noctua flava, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., 2, 51, 139 (1794).
Xanthodes transversa, Guen., Noct., i., 211, pl. 10, f. 5
(1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

309. Acontia intersepta.
Xanthodes intersepta, Guén., Noct., ii., 212, 979 (1852).

Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

310. Naranga ferruginea.

Naranga ferruginea, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11.,
p. 184, g (1882).
N. quadrwwittata, Moore, l.c., 2.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

311. Ozarba mallarba.

Ozarba mallarba, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 452,
ple Ah feo.

Thyetmyo, October, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

994 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

312. Tarache imbuta.
Erastria imbuta, Walker, xxxiii., p. 794 (1865).
Acontia acerba, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 108,
f. 25 (1872).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

318. Tarache betica, n. sp.

Grey, suffused with brownish ; last joint of palpi black with pale
tips; some black marks on top of head, and a black band on
collar. Fore wings with a black patch on costa near the base, a
broad band across centre of wing, a very little beyond the middle,
black above, and becomes suffused and brownish below, limited on
both sides by white sinuous lines, which pass round the orbicular
and reniform, which are large and whitish, a broad black apical
band, suffused downwards and inwards, reniform containing a
black mark, costa with three pale points near apex. Hind wings
brownish, unmarked. Expanse of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, May and June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Tarache signifera, Walker ; bands somewhat
similiarly disposed, but is much smaller and browner,
and is altogether differently marked on the costa.

314. Tarache optiva, n. sp.

Of a uniform clear pale iron-grey colour; last joint of palpi
brown; top of head whitish. Fore wings with a broad medial
band slightly darker than the ground colour, and limited on both
sides with white sinuous lines, the inner one outwardly and the
outer one inwardly edged with blackish; marginal line on both
wings dark iron-grey. Hind wingsunmarked. Expanse of wings,
+ in.

Rangoon, July and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from the above in the uniform iron-erey colora-
tion of both wings and central uniform band on fore
wings.

315. Bagada diffisa, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 17).

Palpi pale yellowish, brown at the sides and tips. Antenne,
body, and wings of a uniform pale reddish fawn-colour. Fore wings
with three indistinct pale brown lines; ante-medial, medial, and
post-medial at equal distances, the last line with small brown dots
between the veins; outer margin with a broad brownish band, its

moths of Burma. 225

inner margin curving inwards below the centre, where there is a
largish brown spot; marginal border with black points in yellow
spots on the veins. Hind wings pinkish brown, paling towards
the base; fringe pale pinkish. Expanse of wings, 1%, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.
Has no near ally that I am aware of.

ORTHOSIIDA.
316. Orthosia sinens.
Orthosia sinens, Walker, xi., p. 746 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

317. Hlydna transversa.
Elydna transversa, Walker, xv., p. 1718 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

318. Aramuna lutosa, n. sp. (Pl. VIL, fig. 11).

3. Obscure pinkish grey, irrorated with cinereous grey atoms ;
top of head greyish white. Fore wings with the internal border
limited by the submedian vein, dark greyish purple, with a dark
basal patch caused by an intervening tuft of subbasal grey hairs on
the inner margin, a brown spot on the costal third, a collection of
grey atoms forming a band across the centre, omitting a pale space
with a black dot at the end of the cell, a discal line of three or four
well-separated black lunules, followed by some more clusters of
grey atoms, and a line of disconnected black lunules on the mar-
gin. Hind wings pale grey, brownish towards apical border.
Expanse of wings, 14 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Widely different from A. marginata, Moore, from
Ceylon, the only other described species of this genus,
in its sombre coloration and absence of the dark marginal
borders of fore wings.

HADENIDA.
319. Hadena spargens.
Hadena spargens, Walker, xxxii., p. 789 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

996 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

NOCTUIDA.
320. Spelotis uniformis, n. sp.

Palpi, antenn, head, thorax, and fore wings of a uniform
greyish fawn-colour, irrorated with very minute greyish atoms,
and with a few fine black atoms on the fore wings; costa with
some faint grey marks; marginal points pale grey; fringe inter-
lined with grey; median vein and veinlets greyish. Hind wings
whitish, with fawn-coloured veins, costal space, and outer margin ;
cilia interlined, and with white tips. Abdomen whitish, shining
Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to S. sincera, Swinhoe, but differs in the absence

of the lines on the fore wing, and in the fawn-coloured
suffusion of the borders of the hind wings.

APAMIIDA.
321. Berresa natalis.
Berresa natalis, Walker, xvi., p. 214 (1858).
Moulmein, May, 1888; Rangoon, September, 1888.
In coll. Swinhoe.

322. LIlattia cephusalis.
Tlattia cephusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 209 (1858).
Miana wnornata, Walker, xxxii., p. 677 (1865).
Perigea leucospila, Walker, xxxii., p. 6838.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

323. Perigea centralis.
Perigea centralis, Walker, xi., p. 784 (1857).
Celena serva, Walker, xv., p. 1689 (1858).
Perigea illecta, Walker, xxxii., p. 684 (1865).
P. canorufa, Walker, xxxii., p. 688.
Hadena spargens, Walker, xxxiii., p. 789 (1865).
I. taprobana, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 110,
f; 3 (1872).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

324, Perigea dolorosa.
Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, xxxii., p. 667 (1865).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 227

325. Amyna selenampha.
Amyna selenampha, Guén., Noct., i., 406, 378 (1852).
Alamis spoliata, Walker, xii., p. 1050 (1857).
Hadena latipennis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 738 (1865).
(Type, spoliata). Moulmein. In B. M.
Moulmein, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In Phayre Museum,

Rangoon.

326. Spodoptera ciliwm.
Spodoptera cilium, Guén., Noct., i., 156, 249 (1852).
S. insulsa, Walker, xxxil., p. 648 (1865).
Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

327. Prodenia littoralis.
Hadena littoralis, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., —
p- 91, pl. 18, f. 8 (1834).
Neuria retina, Freyer, Beitr. Schm., v., p. 161, pl. 478,
f. 2, 3 (1846).
Prodenia ciligera, Guén., Noct., i., 164, 260 (1852).
P, testaceoides, Guén., l.c., No. 262, pl. 6, f. 7.
P. glaucistriga, Walker, ix., p. 197 (1856).
P. subterminalis, Walker, ix., p. 196.
P. declinata, Walker, xi., p. 723 (1857).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

328. Prodenia nubes.
Spodoptera nubes, Guén., Noct., i., 155, 246 (1852).
S. fiium, Guén., l.c., No. 248.
Prodenia infecta, Walker, ix., p. 196 (1856).
P. insignata, Walker, 1x., p. 197.
Agrotis transducta, Walker, x., p. 844 (1856).
Laphygma squalida, Walker, xxxu., p. 652 (1868).
Prodenia venustula, Walker, xxxii., p. 654.
Agrotis submarginalis, Walker, xxxii., p. 699.
Prodenia permunda, Walker, xi., p. 728 (1857).
Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

329. Laphygma exigua.

Noctua exigua, Hubn., Samml. Hur. Schm. Noct.,
f. 362 (1810).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

998 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

PLUSIIDA.
330. Plusia signata.
Noctua signata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 81 (1794).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

331. Plusia verticillata.
Plusia verticillata, Guén., Noct., ii., 844, 1168 (1852).
Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
332. Plusiodonta auripicta.
Plusiodonta auripicta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
li., p. 150 (1882).
Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

333. Plusiodonta chalsytoides.

Plusiodonta chalsytoides, Guén., Noct., ii., 860, 1201

(1852).
Deva conducens, Walker, xii., p. 963 (1857).
Plusia agens, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., iv., pl. 110,

f. 82 (1872).
Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In

coll. Swinhoe.
EURHIPIDA.
334. Targalla infida.

Targalla infida, Walker, xiii., p. 1008 (1857).
Penicillaria ludatrix, Walker, xv., p. 1778 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

335. Anuga lunulata.
Anuga lunulata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 62.
Rangoon, January, 1887; September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
ERIOPIDA.
336. Callopistria duplicans.

Callopistria duplicans, Walker, xii., p. 866 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 229

337. Callopistria recurvata.
Callopistria recurvata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
ii., p. 144 (1882).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYBLAIDA.
338. Hyblea constellata.
Hyblea constellata, Guén., Noct., i1., 891, 1251 (1852).
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

339. Hyblea firmamentum.
Hyblea firmamentum, Guén., Noct., ii., 892, 1253, 3
(1852).
H, tenebrionis, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 111,
fat, 2) (L872).
Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

340. Hyblea puera.
Phalena puera, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 108, f. p, £
(1777).
Noctua saga, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., 187, 29 (1787).
N. unxia, Hubn., Kur. Schm. Noct., fig. 518 (1810).
Heliothis apricans, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag., p. 98,
pl. 15, f. 7 (1884).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

GONOPTERIDA.
341. Cosmophila xanthindyma.
Cosmophila xanthindyma, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Madag.
Lep.,.94, pl. 18, f. 7 3 (1884).
C. indica, Guén., Noct., i1., 896, 1256, 2 (1852).
C. variolosa, Walker, x1., p. 750 (1857).
Curredia edentata, Walker, xi., p. 750.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

342. Arthisma scissuralis.
Arthisma scissuralis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 20.

Bhamo, October, 1882. Rangoon, July, 1888, In
coll, Swinhoe.

230 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

343. Rusicada brunnea, n.sp. (PI. VIIL., fig. 2, 2).
Gonitis brunnea, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,
p. 1538, & (1882);

@. Olive-brown; palpi yellowish below and at the tips of the
second joints. Fore wing with an indistinct incomplete brown band
or diffusely sinuous line before the middle, which is more apparent
on the lower portion; a blackish indistinct spot in the centre of the
cell, a blackish lunule edged outwardly with whitish closing the
cell, a black sinuous post-medial line edged outwardly with whitish,
a submarginal sinuous row of black points edged with whitish, a
large apical whitish patch and marginal whitish lunular line, four
pale points on the costa towards the apex; fringe brown. Hind
wings unmarked, whitish at the base ; cilia pale pinkish, interlined
with brown. Abdomen pale at the base. Under side pale pinkish
erey, suffused with pale brown in the lower central portion of fore
wings; apical costal points distinct, and a recurved black post-
medial line across both wings; tarsi brown, banded with white.
Expanse of wings, 1, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

344. Rusicada allitilia.
Gonitis albitibia, Walker, xiil., p. 1001 (1857).
Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, xi., p. 1006.
Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

345. Gonitis latemargo.
Gonitis latimargo, Walker, xiii., p. 1002 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

346. Gonitis metaxantha.
Gonitis metaxantha, Walker, xiii., p. 1005 (1857).
Rangoon, September, 1885. In coll. Swinhoe.

347. Thalatta precedens.
Thalatta precedens, Walker, xii., p. 996 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

AMPHIPYRIDA.
348. Blenina accipiens.
Blenina accipiens, Walker, xil., p. 1215 (1857).
Rangoon, September, 1888, In coll, Swinhoe,

moths of Burma. 231

CATOCALIDA.
349. Catocala albifascia.
Catocala albifascia, Walker, xxxiil., p. 998 (1863).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

TOXOCAMPIDA.
350. Toxocampa metaspila,
Toxocampa metaspila, Walker, xiii., p. 1032 (1857).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

POAPHILIDA.
351. Poaphila marginata.
Poaphila marginata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 991 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

352. Phurys enervis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 8).

Greyish brown; palpi at the sides and antenne blackish brown.
Wings shaped as in Sanys rivulosa, Walker, slightly curving in
below the semi-faleated apex; a black dot for the reniform, a
whitish thin transverse ear-shaped mark, faintly brown-ringed, for
the orbicular; both wings with many transverse faint brown
shades, the only ones distinguishable without a glass being—Ist,
one-third from base, faint on fore wings, not visible on hind wings;
2nd, central double-lined across both wings, with the interspace
darker ; 8rd, from apex of fore wings to abdominal margin of hind
wings just beyond the middle; a straight distinct pale yellowish
line from costa near apex to abdominal margin near anal angle ;
brown marginal line and blackish points; cilia with pale basal line.
Expanse of wings, 1,), in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to P. strigata, Moore; differs much in its
smaller size, straight bands, and submarginal pale line

across both wings, P. strigata haying no bands or lines
on the hind wing.

353. Phurys strigata.
Phurys strigata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 80.
Rangoon. June and July, 1888, In coll. Swinhoe,

232, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

354. Arasada lycaugesaria, n. sp.

Palpi, antenne, and head brown. Body and wings pinkish
white ; a brown thin band on the collar in front, a brown band
across the centre of the thorax. Abdomen with thin segmental
bands of white edged with brown, a broader brown band in the
centre corresponding to the brown band on the hind wings. Wings
sparsely irrorated with chocolate-brown atoms. Fore wings with
the costal line chocolate-brown ; a subcostal streak of that colour
from the base to the apex, three black subapical points on the
costa, also black marginal points, and the irrorations thicker
towards the margin, giving it a slightly darker tint, a straight band
from the outer margin just above the hinder angle of the fore
wings to the centre of the abdominal margin of the hind wings,
followed on the latter by a pure white band, with a small outward
angle in its centre, and lined on both sides with black, then a
small pale space with some black atoms in it, the whole of the
hind wing darker than the fore wing, but paling towards its base,
and with a suffused dark band in the marginal space, duplex in
parts, and running to the outer and apical margins, with a blackish
spot near the latter; marginal points black; fringe marked with
brown. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to A. ruptifascia, Moore; can be easily distin-
cuished by its longitudinal bands, which makes the

insect look much like Lycauges postvittata, a Geometrite
of the family Ideide.

355. Nasaya hepatica.

Nasaya hepatica, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i,
p- 178 (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

356. Dierna acanthusalis.

Dierna acanthusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 205 (1858).
Nahara clavifera, Walker, xxxil., p. 1004 (1865).
(Type, clavifera). Moulmein. In B. M.

CATEPHID.
357. Felinia spissa.

Felinia spissa, Guén., Noct., i1., 822, 1788 (1852).
Briarda decens, Walker, xiii , p. 1098 (1857).
Bassein. Sept., 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 233

358. Arcte cerulea.

Cocytodes cerulea, Guén., Noct., ili., 41, 1870, pl. 13,
f. 10 (1852).

Mandalay. In coll. Swinhoe.

This insect has been for years in the B. M. wrongly
labelled A. modesta, Van der Hoeven, and a larger Arcte
with a broad black zigzag linear fascia as A. cerulea,
Guén.; but, as Mr. Moore pointed out to me, a glance
at Guenée’s plate ought to be sufficient to put the matter
right.

359. Catephia linteola.
Catephia linteola, Guén., Noct., ii., 44, 1875 (1852).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

360. Hypospila bolinoides.
Hypospila bolinoides, Guén., Noct., i1., 358, 1832
(1852).
Thermesia signipalpis, Walker, xv., p. 1572 (1858).
Rangoon, April and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Mereui. In I.M., Calcutta.

3861. Mosara lateralis.
Anophia lateralis, Walker, xxxiii., p. 917 (1865).
Mosara apicalis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1032 (1865).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,
Rangoon.
(Type, lateralis). Moulmein. In B. M.

362. Anophia longinquua, n. sp.

Blackish brown, irrorated slightly with grey; dorsal tufts on
abdomen paler than the abdomen, which is nearly black; some
white hairs at the base. Fore wings with several transverse indis-
tinct blackish sinuous and partly dentated lines; costa with
yellowish subapical points, orbicular and reniform whitish, indis-
tinct, former minute, latter large, ear-shaped. Hind wings slightly
paler than fore wings, without lines or marks, but with a large
white spot in the centre. Under side paler, a black marginal
lunular line and white points and whitish fringe, and a white
central abbreviated band on both wings. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT Il. (JUNE.) R

234 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. olivescens, Guérin, from which it princi-
pally differs in its smaller size, and in the colour of the
hind wings being blackish brown with a white central
spot instead of half-brown and half-white, as in that
species.

363. Anophia undara, n. sp.

Blackish brown. Fore wings with five pale yellowish points on
costa towards the apex, with many black marks on the costa, and
the entire wing with numerous deep black sinuous lines across the
wing; marginal line deep black, lunular with black central spots.
Hind wings darker than the fore wings, unmarked ; fringe of hind
wings interlined, and with a pale basal line. Under side paler,
uniformly coloured, except towards hinder margin of fore wings,
which is whitish, the pale points on the costa more distinct, black
streaks between the veins on the outer portions of both wings and
fringe deeply interlined with black. LExpanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to A. longinquua, but quite distinct in the
markings, and with no white spot or bands above or
below.

364. Stictoptera illucida.

Stictoptera illucida, Walker, xxxiii., p. 918 (1865).

S. chalybea, Butler, P. Z.8., 1883, p. 163.

(Type, illucida). Moulmein. In B.M.

365. Stectoptera grisea.
Stictoptera grisea, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 67.
Burma. In coll. Swinhoe.

366. Hrygia apicalis.
Erygia apicalis, Guén., Noct., 1i1., 50, 1881 (1852).
Calicula exempta, Walker, xv., p. 1808 (1858).
(Type of exempta). Moulmein. In B. M.

367. Odontodes aleuca.
Odontodes aleuca, Guén., Noct., iii., 51, 1882 (1852).
Briarda bolinoides, Walker, xv., p. 1802 (1858).
Steira subfasciata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 922 (1865).
S. quadristrigata, Walker, xxxiii., p. 923,

moths of Burma. 235

(Types of bolinoides and subfasciata). Moulmein.
In B. M.

Rangoon, August, 1886; September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

A very variable insect. Undoubtedly all the above
are one and the same species.

368. Lophoptera costata.

Lophoptera costata, Moore MS., Butler, P. Z.8., 1883,
p. 163.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYPOGRAMMID.
369. Dinumma mystica.
Dinumma mystica, Walker, xv., p. 1807 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

370. Dinumma placens.
Dinumma placens, Walker, xv., p. 1806 (1858).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

371. Gadirtha impingens.
Gadirtha impingens, Walker, xiii., p. 1108 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

372. Gadirtha inexacta.
Gadirtha inexacta, Walker, xiii., p. 1102 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

373. Hypogramma quadrinotata.
Hypogramma quadrinotata, Walker, xxxill., p. 893
(1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

374. Selepa curvosa, Ni. sp.

Pinkish grey. Palpi brown at the sides and tips. Antenne,
two lines on the collar, and spot in front of thorax, dark brown.
Abdomen with white segmental lines and brown bands. Fore
wings suffused in parts with white, thickly so at the base, upper
and outer portions, some basal indistinct brown marks, a duplex

R 2

236 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

curved brown band of thick lines, bent inwards from the hinder
margin one-third from the base, then curving outwardly and above
and in on to the costa at one-fourth from the base; a fine sinuated
nearly upright central line, a fine dentated discal line curving
somewhat like the band, outwardly margined with pale pinkish
white; a submarginal lunular line with white points, well sepa-
rated from the margin, and outside of it at the apex is a large
brown patch; marginal points black; fringe pale pinkish white,
with some brown longitudinal streaks; a fine lunule at the end of
the cell with a spot behind it. Hind wing white, brownish grey
towards the apical border. Expanse of wings, 93-10ths in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

In the shape of its wings it is somewhat similar to
Selepa vitea, Swinhoe, but in coloration and markings
quite distinct from all other described species of this
genus.

375. Selepa celtis.
Selepa celtis, Moore, Cat. HK. Lep. I. C., i, p. 353,
pl. 9a, f. 9, and pl. 16,.f. 8, 8, larva (1859).
Subrita curviferella, Walker, xxxv., p. 1745 (1866).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

376. Selepa vitea.
Selene vitea, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 460, pl. 27,
5 Ais
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.
All the insects of this genus have three free veins in
the hind wing lke a Pyrale, but otherwise they are true
Noctuids, and the larva is that of a Hypogrammid.

377. Symitha punctata, n. sp. (PI. VIL, fig. 15).

Antenne brown; general coloration pale pinkish grey, irrorated
with chocolate-brown; tips of palpi whitish. Fore wing with the
irrorations in parts rather dense, forming indistinct incomplete
transverse shades, spots black, one or two on the thorax, one at the
base of fore wing, three in a row subbasal, first on the costa, second
below near it, third in the interno-median area one-third from
base, another in the centre above the submedian vein; a sub-
marginal and a marginal row of spots, one or two of them at the
apex, forming short streaks. Hind wing whitish on the costa,
brownish towards the exterior border ; fringe of both wings inter-
lined, Expanse of wings, § in.

moths of Burma. 237

Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

There is an example of this insect in Mr. Moore’s
collection from Darjiling. Distinguishable from all
other species of this genus by the spotted nature of the
fore wings.

378. Cletthora mirabilis, n. sp.

Reddish fawn-colour. Body and fore wings suffused with white,
lightly tinged with pale pinkish. Abdomen grey, with the seg-
ments clearly defined. Fore wings with the subcostal, median,
and outer veins prominent, thickly suffused with whitish on the
space below the median vein, and irrorated with black atoms; an
indistinct outwardly curved row of subbasal spots, two white
recurved slightly sinuous lines, ante-medial and discal, a blackish
space against the outer part of the outer line near the hinder angle.
Hind wings more red than the fore wings, paling at the base.
Expanse of wings, §, in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Cletthora valida, Walker, from Borneo ;

differs in the absence of the black streaks and the white
transverse curved lines.

379. Cletthora bilinea, n. sp.

Palpi brownish ; two last joints with pale tips. Antenne brown
above, pale beneath. Body purplish brown; top of the head, a
spot on the collar, sides and base of thorax, and tips of abdomen
with the anal tuft, pale pinkish grey ; ground colour of fore wings
pale pinkish grey, mostly suffused with purplish brown, with pale
spaces in parts of the centre and outer portions; median and outer
veins prominent ; a large black lunular mark at end of cell, and a
small spot inside it, two pale transverse erect lines, ante-medial
and discal, the former bent inwards below the median vein, and
curving outwardly above and in on to the costa, the latter nearly
straight, curving very slightly inwards, a row of black dots in a
pale suffused band between this line and the margin, the centre
spots most prominent; cilia brown. Hind wings reddish in the
centre, purplish brown on the costal and abdominal portions; cilia
purplish brown, with a pale basal line. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to C. mirabilis, but can easily be distinguished
by the two pale transverse lines.

238 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

POLYDESMIDA.
380. Pandesma jubra.

Pandesma jubra, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 4138,
pl. xliv., f. 4.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

381. Polydesma boarmordes.
Polydesma boarmoides, Guén., Noct., ii., 441, 1314
(1852).
P. mastrucata, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 111,
f. 31 (1872).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

HOMOPTERIDA.
382. Homoptera solita.
Homoptera solita, Walker, xiii., p. 1068 (1857).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

383. Girpa fraterna.
Girpa fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 94, pl. 156,
figs. 5, 5a (1884).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

384. Girpa inangulata.
Hulodes inangulata, Guén., Noct., i11., 210, 1612 (1852).
Remigia optatwa, Walker, xiv., p. 1510 (1858).
R. optatura, Walker, xv., p. 1848 (1858).
R. comitata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1018 (1865).
Hulodes wmbrosa, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,
p. 91 (1869).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

385. Girpa pertendens.
Remigia pertendens, Walker, xiv., p. 1512 (1858).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

OPHIDERIDA.
386. Othreis ancilla.
Phalena (Noctua) aneilla, Cram., Pap. Exot., i,
pie 149) ft. Fi):

moths of Burma. 239

Ophiusa strigata, Donov., Ins. Ind., pl. 54, f. 2 (1888).

Othreis homena, Hiibn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 264, 2597
(1816).

Ophideres bilineosa, Walker, xiil., p. 1227 (1857).

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe. ,

387. Othreis cajeta.
Phalena (Noctua) cajeta, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm.,
265, 2599 (1816).
Ophideres multiscripta, Walker, xiil., p. 1226 (1857).
Moulmein. In B.M.

388. Othreis fullonica.
Phalena (Noctua) fullonica, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 812,
16767):
Noctua discoree, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 212, 15 (1781).
Phalena (Noctua) pomona, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1,
pl. 77, £. o (L776).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Moulmein, in B. M.

389. Rhytia hypermnestra.
Phalena (Noctua) hypermnestra, Cram., Pap. Exot.,
iy., pl. 323, f. a4, B (1780).
Moulmein. In B, M.

390. Phyllodes consobrina.
Phyllodes consobrina, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57,
pl. 28, f. 2 (1848).
Moulmein. In B. M.

3891. Phyllodes verhuellit.
Phyllodes verhuellu, Voll., Tijd. Voor. Ent., i., p. 166,
pl. 8 (1858).
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

392. Ischyja manla.
Phalena (Noctua) manlia, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1., pl. 92,
f. a (1776).
Moulmein. In B. M.

240 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

393. Ischyja schlegelu.
Ischyja schlegelii, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1885, p. 4,
Die 1, te
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

394. Lygniodes hypoleuca.
Lygniodes hypoleuca, Guén., Noct., i., 125, 1500
(1852).
Moulmein. In B.M.

EREBIIDA.
395. Oxyodes scrobiculata.

Noctua scrobiculata, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 212, 14 (1781).
Phalena (Noctua) clytia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 399,

f. a (1782).
Rangoon, September and November, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.
396. Sypna apicalis.

Sypna apicalis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p- 206.
Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

OMMATOPHORIDA.

397. Patula macrops.
Phalena (Attacus) macrops, Linn., Syst. Nat., xii., iii.,

225 (1768).

Noctua bubo, Fabr., Sp. Ins., 11., 209, 3 (1781).
Patula boopis, Guén., Noct., i1., 178, 1560 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

398. Argiva caprimulgus.
Noctua caprimulgus, Fabr., Sp. Ins., i1., 210, 6 (1781).
Nyctipao exterior, Walker, xiv., p. 1806 (1858).
N. obliterans, Walker, xiv., p. 1807.

Moulmein. In B. M.
Tavoy. InI. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 241

399. Argiva hieroglyphica.

Phalena (Noctua) hieroglyphica, Drury, Ins. Exot., i1.,
poo; pls 2, f. 1, 9 (LFTB).

P. (Noctua) mygdonia, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 174,
for (TCT):

P. (Noctua) hermonia, Cram., l.c., f. 5.

Noctua ulula, Fabr., Sp. Ins., ii., 211, 9 ¢ (1781).

Moulmein, in B. M.

- Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

400. Nyctipao crepuscularis.
Phalena crepuscularis, Linn., Syst. Nat., x., p. 509
(1758).
Nyctipao letitia, Butler, Il. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., 111.,
p- 20, pl. 47, 1. 9: d879).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Tavoy and Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

401. Hntomogramma fautriz.
Entomogramma fautriz, Guén., Noct., ili., 204, 1604
(1852).
Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

402. Speiredonia retrahens.
Speiredonia retrahens, Walker, xiv., p. 1294 (1858).
Sericia parvipennis, Walker, xiv., p. 1297.
Ommatophora albifascia, Walker, xxxiil., p. 947 (1865).
Speiredonia conspicua, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep.,
plivits;, £4 (1873).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

403. Speiredonia zamis.
Phalena (Noctua) zamis, Stoll, Cram., Pap. Exot., v.,
p. 162, pl. 36, f. 11 (1790).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

404. Sericia anops.
Sericia anops, Guen., Noct., ii., 178, 1564 (1852).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

242, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

HYPOPYRIDA.
405. Spiramia coherens.
Spiramia coherens, Walker, xiv., p. 1321 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

406. Spiramia helicina.
Spetredoniahelicina, Hubn., Zutr. Samml. Exot. Schm.,
iii., 14, 219, figs. 487—8 (1825).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

407. Hypopyra vespertilio.
Noctua vespertilio, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11., 186, 16, 3
(1787).
Hypopyra shiva, Gueén., Noct., iii., 199, 1597, 2 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

408. Hypopyra unistrigata.
Hypopyra unistrigata, Guén., Noct., ii., 201, 1601
(1852).
Maula idonea, Walker, xxxii., p. 1096 (1865).
Angerona polusaria, Walker, Xx., p. 243 (1860).

Moulmein. In B.M.

BENDIDA.
409. Hulodes drylla.
Hulodes ? drylla, Guén., Noct., ii., 209, 1609, pl. 24,
f. 10 (1852).
Hypopyra restorans, Walker, xiv., p. 1828 (1858).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

410. Hulodes saturnioides.
Hulodes saturnioides, Guén., Noct., iii., 209, 1610
(1852).
H. saturnioides, var., Walker, xiv., p. 1836 (1858).
(Var. type). Moulmein. In B. M.

moths of Burma. 243

411. Hamodes discistriga.
Hypernaria discistriga, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 78.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

412. Hamodes unilinea, n. sp.

Fawn-colour; palpi brown, collar reddish. Abdomen with thin
brown bands on the segments. Wingsirrorated with black atoms ;
costa of fore wings pale; a pale slightly sinuous line across both
wings from the costa of fore wings one-third from the apex to the
abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from the anal angle,
the veins outside this line pale and rather prominent; a brownish
indistinct patch on the fore wings outside the line touching the
hinder margin, and a row of submarginal black dots on both wings.
Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Beeling, March, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from H. discistriga in its smaller size, difference
of colour, and the transverse line being sinuous and
going evenly across the wings to the costa one-third
from apex, whereas discistriga, which is yellowish, has
a red line across the wings, nearly straight, and
extending to the apex.

OPHIUSIDZ.
418. Melioptis cyllaria.

Phalena (Noctua) cyllaria, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,
pl aol... 0, D.(1779).

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

414. Melioptis cyllota.

Achea cyllota, Guén., Noct., ili., 248, 1669 (1852).
A. signivitta, Walker, xiv., p. 1898 (1858).
Moulmein. In B.M.

415. Meloptis pannosa.
Ercheia pannosa, Moore, P. Z. §., 1883, p. 24.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

416. Thyas dotata.
Noctua dotata, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 55, 153 (1794).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Hpongadoo, April, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

944 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

417. Thyas honesta.
Thyas honesta, Hubn., Samml. Exot. Schm., u1., Index,
p. 4, figs. 1—2 (1820—26).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

418. Minucia tumidilinea.
Ophiusa tumidilinea, Walker, xiv., p. 1483 (1858).
Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

419. Ophisma contenta.
Ophisma contenta, Walker, xiv., p. 1881 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

420. Ophisma certior.
Ophisma certior, Walker, xiv., p. 1881 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

421. Ophisma gravata.
Ophisma gravata, Guén., Noct., 11., 237, 1648 (1852).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-

goon.
422. Pindara illibata.

Noctua illibata, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 592, 8 (1775).

Hemeroblemma peropace, Hubn., Zutr. Samml. Exot.
Schm., iii., 88, 271, figs. 541—2 (1825).

Ophisma letabilis, Guen., Noct., i1., 241, 1657 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

423. Achea combinans.
Achea combinans, Walker, xiv., p. 1899 (1858).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

424, Achea melicerte.
Phalena (Noctua) melicerte, Drury, Ins., 1., p. 46,
pl. 23, f. 1 77):
Noctua tigrina, Fabr., Sp. Ins., 218, 52 (1781).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, June and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 245

425. Achea serva.
Noctua serva, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 598, 18 (1775).
N. vulpina, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 89, 102 (1794).
N. mercatoria, Fabr., l. c., p. 62, No. 175.
Achea ino, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 269, 2644 (1816).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon,
426. Pstmada quadripennis.
Psimada quadripennis, Walker, xv., p. 1828 (1858).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

427. Nazxia calefaciens.
Naszia calefaciens, Walker, xiv., p. 1405 (1858).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon.
428. Delgamma calorifica.
Naxia calorifica, Walker, xiv., p. 1406 (1858).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

429. Caranilla onelia.
Nazxia onelia, Guén., Noct., lii., 258, 1679 (1852).
Ophiusa obumbrata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 969 (1858).
O. umbrosa, Walker, xxxill., p. 968.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

430. Passipeda hemorrhoda.
Calesiahemorrhoda, Guén., Noct., ii., 258, 1688 (1852).
C. patna, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., iv., pl. 117,

f. 17 (1878).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
431. Macaldenia palumba.
Hulodes palumba, Guén., Noct., i1., 211, 1613 (1852).
Remigia colligens, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1019 (1865).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

246 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

432. Calesia dasyptera.

Erebus dasypterus, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., iv., 476, 5
(1848).

E. leucostigma, Kollar, l.c., No. 6.

Calesia comosa, Guén., Noct., ii., 258, 1682, pl. 21,
f. 7 (1852).

C. stigmoleuca, Guén., l. c., No. 1685.

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

438. Calesia flabellifera.
Calesia flabellifera, Moore, P. Z. §., 1878, p. 849.
(Type). Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

434. Calesia gastropachoides.
Calesia gastropachoides, Guén., Noct., iii., 258, 1684
(1852).
Upper Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

435. Hypetra noctuoides.
Hypatra noctuoides, Guén., Noct., iii., 259, 1686 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

436. Hypetra occularia, n. sp. (Pl. VIII., fig. 4).

Palpi deep black, last joint grey. Antenne dark brown above,
erey beneath. Head, thorax, and fore wings dark almond-brown.
Fore wing with some pale grey flecks; costa with a pale grey point
one-third from the base, and five towards the apex, extreme base
suffused with grey; a large grey spot below the median vein one-
fourth from base, another still larger just beyond the centre of the
wing, indented on the upper inner side, ringed with black and
grey, and with two large black spots inside, like a large ear-shaped
ocellus; subbasal, medial, ante-medial, and submarginal brown
sinuous thin transverse bands, more or less indistinct, the first
running outside the first large grey spot, the third outside the
ocellus, and almost meeting the second on the hinder margin of
the wing, the second and third margined with greyish on their
inner sides, and the fourth on the outer side; the whole outer
space of the wing outside the third band more densely marked
with grey flecks; marginal festoon brown with grey points. Hind

moths of Burma. 247

wings blackish brown, paler at the base; some grey flecks on the
anal margin; cilia of both wings reddish brown with brown tips.
Under side: wings uniform brown, with prominent veins; body
and legs brown; fore tibiz and tarsi greyish white, tibiz speckled
with brown and with a brown spot, tarsi banded with brown,
middle third tarsi with white bands on the joints; abdomen with
white spots on the sides. Expanse of wings, 2 in.
Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from the other species of this genus in having
an ocellus-shaped mark on fore wings.

437. Dordura aliena.
Hypetra aliena, Walker, xxxili., p. 964, @ (1865).
Dordura apicalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,
p. 170, pl. 5, f. 20, ¢ (1882).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Though the types of these two are very dissimilar, it
is evident, from the examination of a series of this
insect, that it is extremely variable, and that apicalis is
nothing more than a handsomely marked male of aliena.

438. Ophiusa arcuata.

Ophiusa arcuata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1877, p. 609.
O. joviana, Guén. (nec Cram.), Noct., ili., 269, 1702
(1852).

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

439. Ophiusa crameri.
Dysgonia crameri, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 177,
pl. 171, f. 2 (1885).
Phalena (Noctua) achatina, Cram. (nec Sulzer), Pap.
Exot., i., pl. 288, f. a (1780).
Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.
Palone, August, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

440. Ophiusa fulvotenia.
Ophiusa fulvotenia, Guén., Noct., ii., 272, 1710 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888, In coll. Swinhoe.

248 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

441. Ophiusa joviana.

Phalena (Noctua) joviana, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv.,
pl. 399, f. B (1782).

Noctua sinuata, Fabr., Mant. Ins., ii., 145, 83 (1787).

Ophiusa myops, Guén., Noct., i11., 265, 1693 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

442. Grammodes ammonia.

Phalena (Noctua) ammonia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,
pl. 250, f. p (1779).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

443. Grammodes mygdon.

Phalena (Noctua) mygdon, Cram., Pap. Enxot., ii.,
pl. 156, f. a (1777).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

444, Fodina stola.
Fodina stola, Guén., Noct., ii., 275, 1715 (1852).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

445. Artena submira.
Artena submira, Walker, xiv., p. 1889 (1858).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

446. Athyrma polyspila.
Athyrma polyspila, Walker, xxxili., p. 966 (1865).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

447. Athyrma semilugens.
Hydrelia semilugens, Walker, xii., p. 814 (1857).
Baniana luteiceps, Walker, xxxui., p. 1000 (1865).
(Types of semilugens and luteiceps). Moulmein. In
«ME.

moths of Burma. 249

EUCLIDIDA.
448. Trigonodes cephise.
Phalena cephise, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 227, f. c
GET 9):
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

449. Trigonodes hyppasia.
Phalena (Noctua) hyppasia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii,
pl 250, 4. 0) (L079)
Trigonodes compar, Walker, xiv., p. 1451 (1857).
Moulmein. In B. M.

450. Trigonodes maxima.
Trigonodes maxima, Guén., Noct., ili., 282, 1723 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Thyetmyo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

REMIGIIDA.
451. Cauninda archesia.
Phalena (Noctua) archesia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii.,
pl. 273, figs. Fr, a (1780).
Remigia bifasciata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1014 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.
Merge and Tavoy. In I.M., Calcutta.

452. Remigia frugalis.

Noctuc, frugalis, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 188 (1794).
Chalei pe lycopodia, Geyer, Hibn., Zitr. Exot. Schm.,

25, 449, figs. 897—8 (1837).
Remigia translata, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1015 (1865).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Mergeui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

4538. Remigia quesita.
Remigia quesita, Swinhoe, P.Z. §., 1885, p. 468, pl. 27,
1.3)
Thyetmyo, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART I. (JUNE.) S

250 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

ARMANA, N. g.

3. Body moderately stout. Abdomen lanceolate, short, not
extending to the end of hind wings, and slightly tufted at the tip ;
palpi vertical, second joint long, densely pilose, tufted at the tip,
the tuft nearly covering the third joint, which is lanceolate, about
one-fourth the length of the second and depressed, giving the palpi
the form of a hooked tip. Antenne as long as the body, crenu-
lated; legs rather long; femora and tibize with long hairs on all
the legs; middle and hind tibie with long spurs. Fore wing
narrow, costa nearly straight, outer margin moderately oblique
and slightly rounded, hinder margin outwardly curved towards
the base.

Separable at once from the genus Remigia by its clean
long tarsi, and from that genus and the genus Cauninda
by its peculiar-shaped palpi.

454, Armana nigrericta, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 1).

Palpi, face, and eyes deep black. Antenne brown, their crenu-
lations white; top of head, thorax, abdomen, and wings above of
a uniform bright pale yellowish fawn-colour. Wings slightly irro-
rated with minute black atoms, which are denser on the outer half;
two black spots on the cell-veins in the fore wings, one near the
centre and the other towards the end of the cell, and one black
spot on the cell-vein on the hind wings near the centre of the cell;
a straight duplex brown band from the apex of the fore wings to
the abdominal margin of hind wings, one-third from the anal
angle, both wings outside this line shaded darker than the rest of
the wings in consequence of the denser irrorations; a small
blackish patch at the apex of fore wings on the outer side of the
band, and two small black angles on the inner side, and a small
black patch at the other end of the band towards the anal angle.
Below yellower, irrorations on wings denser throughout, transverse -
band black, not duplex, fines down on hind wing, and terminates
before reaching abdominal margin; a black spot in centre of each
cell, and no black marks at either end of the band; fore and
middle legs with blackish femora and tibix, and grey tarsi; hind
legs with brown on the tarsi above. Expanse of wings, 1,, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe,

moths of Burma. 251

PSEUDO-DELTOIDES.
FOCILLIDA.
455. Zethes cristifera.

Ephyrodes cristifera, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1071 (1865).

Catada epops, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 120,
f. 42, 2 (1878).

Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

456. Zethes decolor.
Focilla? decolor, Walker, xxxili., p. 1029 (1865).

Bassein, September, 1888; Bhamo, October, 1882 ;
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

457. Zethes hesitans.
Zethes hesitans, Walker, xv., p. 1524 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. InB. M.

458. Zethes mopsa, n. sp.

Fawn-colour, irrorated with greyish brown atoms. Fore wings
with a white ear-shaped hyaline spot within the cell ; four sinuous
brown rather indistinet lines across both wings, outwardly curved
on fore wings, nearly straight on hind wings; first basal, only
apparent on fore wings, second before the hyaline spot, third and
fourth beyond it, all nearly equidistant, the third thickening into a
brownish band on the costa, and some indistinct thin sinuous lines
between the transverse lines; adiscal brown band, nearly straight,
on both wings, immediately followed by a very fine indistinct
sinuous line marked with whitish and blackish points and lunules,
which on the fore wing run to the apex; marginal line brown ;
fringe brown, with a pale basal band. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, 18838. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from Z. (Egnasia) inserpatalis, Walker, in its
smaller size, want of subapical whitish patch, and in
the difference of the position of the transverse lines.

459. Zethes compactilis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 16).
Palpi, antenne, and top of head reddish brown. Body and wings
dark purplish grey. Abdomen with two reddish brown tufts at base,
and a thin dorsal line of that colour, which thickens on to the anal
tuft, which is brown at the tip and greyish white at the sides, as is

§ 2

252, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

also the abdomen ; tegule covered with greyish white hairs. Fore
wings entirely smeared with the same colour, and sparsely irrorated
with brown atoms; a very large brown patch on the hinder mar-
gin just before the middle, a faint band above running past the
small grey-ringed orbicular, an equally large brown patch at the
hinder angle, pale in its interior ; in some lights both patches are
almost invisible on account of the speckled grey sheen on them, a
grey curved line running through the last patch; brown points
close to the margin, which form a lunular line towards the angle;
costal and outer and inner marginal lines pale brown towards the
apex, three pale dots on costa near apex, cilia dark brown. Hind
wing darker, not being suffused with grey; marginal line brown,
lunular; cilia brown, with a basal pale line; abdominal border
fringed with whitish hairs. Expanse of wings, 1¥, in.
Thyetmyo, November, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to Zethes aristifera, is smaller, differently
coloured, has the two patches on the hinder border of
fore wings, and differs altogether in general character.

460. Zethes palliolata, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 10).

Palpi brown, pale atthe tips. Antenne brown. Body and wings
of a uniform luteous white, tinged with pale pinkish. Thorax with
a thin brown line in front. Abdomen irrorated with grey; seg-
ments marked with brown and white. Wings sparsely irrorated
with chocolate-red atoms, the irrorations denser in parts, forming
bands and lines; reniform represented by a black spot, orbicular
like a narrow ear, ringed with chocolate-red. Fore wing with a
basal and two other equidistant outwardly curved lines within the
basal third, which is dark from the denser irrorations, the outward
line elbowed outwardly above and below, a duplex sinuous very
short central line from the costa; a duplex discal line straight
from the abdominal margin of hind wing near the angle to the
lower radial interspace on the fore wings, and from thence into
three branches on to the costa; first bent acutely inwards, second
and third circling above round a whitish large subapical spot, a
sinuous line beyond this duplex line, from the elbow on the fore
wing to the anal angle of the hind wing, which is darkest on the
margin; there is also a darkish patch on the fore wing beyond the
elbow ; submarginal points and marginal festoon brown; a brown
point near end of cell on hind wing. Expanse of wings, 1/4 in.

Rangoon. July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to Zethes decolor, Walker ; somewhat similarly

moths of Burma. 253

marked, differs in colour, in the angulated nature of the
inner bands, in the great difference in shape of the
orbicular stigma, and absence of spot at anal angle.

461. Zethes umbrifera, n. sp.

Body purplish brown. Wings with the ground colour yellowish
grey, but so covered with purplish brown shades as to be almost
altogether of that colour, with the ground colour showing here and
there. Fore wing with a large black spot below the costa one-
fourth from the base, and another small one on a light ground
beyond it; a brown line from the costa beyond the middle, forming
a sharp outward angle, then sinuous downwards to the hinder
margin beyond the middle; a corresponding semidentated brown
band on hind wings, running straight across the wing to the abdo-
minal margin near the anal angle, the latter outwardly pale-edged,
as also is a submarginal similar band across both wings, well
separated from the margin; a very large blackish spot or patch, -
rounded below, on the costa of fore wings near the apex, where
there are five pale points; veins prominent; marginal points
black, line brown; fringe variegated. Expanse of wings, 1; in.

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Easily distinguishable from the other species by its
sombre colour, and the black spot of raised scales below
the costa near the base of the fore wings.

462. Zethes exigualis, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 8).

Chocolate-brown ; palpi blackish brown. Fore wings with three
blackish spots or patches on the basal half, a broad white central
band, striated with chocolate-brown on the lower half, and becomes
suffused into the general colour of the wing upwards before reaching
the costa, its outer border bends outwards into an acute angle in
its centre, the upper part of the angle being limited by a white
streak from the apex of the angle to the middle of the costa on the
last blackish spot; a pale transverse subapical line runs half-way
down the wing, with a blackish diffused space on its inner side,
and a subcostal blackish streak from this patch to the base of the
wing; a submarginal row of pale points. Hind wings with a
central band, corresponding to the band on the fore wings, but
attenuated hindwards; some indistinct subbasal pale poimts and
fringe on both wings with a pale basal line. Expanse of wings,
f in.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

954 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Not resembling any species known to me ; looks like
a small Pyrale.
463. Rhesena obliquifasciata.
Rhesena obliquifasciata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
ii., p. 183 (1882).
Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

464. Rhesena transcissa.
Rhesena transcissa, Walker, xxxv., p. 1974 (1866).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s type came from Australia, but my insect is
identical with it, and Mr. Moore has it from Ceylon.

465. Cultripalpa indistincta.

Cultripalpa indistincta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,
il., p. 188 (1882).
Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon.
466. Cultripalpa partita.

Cultripalpa partita, Guén., Noct., iii., 332, 1797 (1852).
Bassein. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

467. Egnasia ephyrodalis.
Egnasia ephyrodalis, Walker, xvi., p. 217 (1858).
Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

468. Egnasia reduplicalis.
Egnasia? reduplicalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1179 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, 1883, 1887; Bassein, August, 1888. Incoll.
Swinhoe.

469. Egnasia talusalis.
Egnasia talusalis, Walker, xvi., p. 219 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

470. Egnasia igneola, n. sp.
Chocolate-colour. Body and both wings irrorated with white.
Abdomen also with white flecks down each side. Fore wings with
a pale yellowish spot for the orbicular; reniform bright igneous

moths of Burma. 955

yellow, transverse, with a small connected dot in front, and a short
streak behind, a subbasal indistinct disconnected chocolate trans-
verse band, another similarly coloured more distinct band just
beyond, bent outwardly to and disconnected at the reniform, two
others beyond the orbicular, one bent just outside it, where there
is a large suffused dark chocolate space, the outer line white above,
and deeply bent in on to the costa almost above the orbicular; a
submarginal white line denticulated above, limiting the flaming
subcostal patch, and sinuous below, the space between this and the
inner band being more or less suffused with igneous yellow;
another indistinct white and brown line close to the margin. Hind
wings pale on the costal portion, a brown lunule at end of cell, a
brown recurved line corresponding to the third line on the fore
wings, a white recurved line corresponding to the fourth, edged on
both sides with brown, followed by a yellowish band; the rest of
the wing dark chocolate, with the submarginal white line and line
close to the margin like those on the fore wing; cilia on both wings
dark chocolate, interlined. Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Rangoon, August, 1886 and 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from all other Egnasia in its oblique white
subapical line on fore wings, the fiery-red mark at end
of cell, and straight red-bordered black discal line on
hind wing.

471. Nagadeba ianthina, n. sp.

Brownish purple; palpi white speckled with brown. Body and
wings irrorated with greyish white atoms, a prominent white spot
for the orbicular, reniform pale, indistinct; costal space towards
apex smeared with white; both wings crossed by a white line,
margined with brown on its inner side, which commences on the
costa near the middle, runs straight towards the outer margin,
forms an angle outside the reniform, and is slightly sinuous from
thence to the abdominal margin of hind wing near anal angle;
between this line and the base are several indistinct transverse
brownish bands, and between this line and the outer margin is an
indistinct sinuous whitish line, dentated in parts, and also margined
inwardly with brown; cilia brown, with a fiery red basal band.
Expanse of wings, ?, in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Has the white oblique subapical streak and bands
disposed somewhat as in Egnasia igneola.

956 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

472. Matella sinuosa.
Egnasia sinuosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i,
p. 184 (1882).

Moulmein. In coll. Moore.

473. Daxata multifasciata, n. sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 14).

Blackish brown, tinged with pinkish; palpi pinkish grey, marked
with brown. Antenne and body blackish brown; ground colour
of wings pinkish grey, thickly suffused with blackish brown, and
both wings crossed by many suffused fascie ; a large black mark
at the end of cell; costa with several black marks; a black sub-
basal band on fore wings, an outwardly curved dentated central
black line across both wings; black marginal lunular spots and a
mixed cilia of brown and pale pinkish. Under side paler, veins
and intermediate lines prominent, both wings with three outwardly
curved dark bands, and spot at end of cell of fore wings. Expanse
of wings, }, in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to D. byungens, Walker ; differs in the disposal
of the bands and the outwardly curved dentated central
black line.

AMPHIGONIDAs.
474. Lacera alope.

Phalena (Noctua) alope, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 286,
figs. u, F (1780).

Lacera capella, Gueén., Noct., iii., 887, 1802, pl. 24,
f. 18 (1852). 7

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

475. Anphigonia hepatizans.
Amphigonia hepatizans, Guén., Noct., iii., 888, 1805,
pl. 24, f. 12 (1852).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

THERMESIIDA.
476. Platyja lobifera.

Platyja lobifera, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., pt. 2,
p. 101 (1886).

Tavoy. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 257

A477. Platyja umminia.

Phalena (Noctua) wmminia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iil.,
pl. 267, f. r (1780).

Sympis subunita, Guén., Noct., iil., 8344, 1810 (1852).

Cotuza drepanoides, Walker, xv., p. 1552 (1858).

Ginewa removens, Walker, xv., p. 1638.

Ophisma trajecta, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,
p. 108 (1869).

Hulodes falcata, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 115,
128, 6) (1873).

(Type, drepanoides). Moulmein. In Bb. M.
Rangoon, July and October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

478. Sympis rufibasis.
Sympis rufibasis, Guen., Noct., iil., 844, 1809, pl. 24,
f. 1 (1852).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

479. Capnodes finipalpis.

Thermesia finipalpis, Walker, xv., p. 1576, 2 (1858).
Capnodes maculicosta, Walker, xv., p. 1608.

Thyetmyo, September, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

480. Capnodes fabularis, n. sp.

Olive-brown, irrorated with minute grey atoms; a black basal
spot on costa and indication of a pale line; an ante-medial erect
yellowish grey line on fore wing, sinuous above, and bent in on to
the costa, where there is a deep black spot; another black spot in
the centre above the long black-yellow linear orbicular mark, two
or three yellowish dots towards the apex, where there is a yellowish
suffusion, which in some specimens runs down the outer border ;
a yellowish grey nearly straight line from a small brown patch on
the costa, one-fourth from the apex to the abdominal margin of hind
wings beyond the middle; an indistinct sinuous yellowish line
between this and the margin on the fore wings, invisible in most
specimens on hind wing; marginal points black, marked with pale
yellowish outside. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

958 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

There is an example of this insect in the British
Museum from North China.

Much smaller than C. maculicosta; differs in its
brown coloration, and in the two transverse pale lines
on fore wing and medial line on hind wing.

481. Thermesia simplex.
Thermesia simplex, Walker, xxxili., p. 1068 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

482. Thermesia subcostalis.
Thermesia subcostalis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1059 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

483. Sanys rivulosa.
Thermesia rivulosa, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1060 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

484. Selenis longipalpts.
Selenis longipalpis, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1068 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

485. Mestleta irrecta.

Selenis irrecta, Walker, xxxii., p. 1066 (1865).
S. niviapex, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1069.

Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

486. Sonagara scitaria.
Drepanodes ? scitaria, Walker, xxvi., p. 1488 (1862).
Anisodes ? pyriniata, Walker, xxvi., p. 1582.
Thermesia ? reticulata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1062 (1865).
Homodes thermesioides, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., xx.,
p- 28, pl. 2, f. 15 (1877).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

moths of Burma. 259

487. Azazia rubricans.

Ophiusa rubricans, Boisd., Faun. Lep. Mad., p. 106,
pl. 16, f. 1 (1834).

Thermesia transducta, Walker, xxxiii., p. 1058 (1865).

T’. consueta, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 93
(1869).

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

488. Pleurona falcata.

Pleurona falcata, Walker, xxxv., p. 1564 (1866).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

DELTOIDES.
PLATYDIDA.
489. Hpisparis varialis.
Neviasca varialis, Walker, xvi., p. 7 (1858).
Episparis signata, Walker, xxxiil., p. 1032 (1865).
E. davallia, Felder & R., Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 120,
f. 41 (1878).

Rangoon, April and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYPENIDA.
490. Dichromia orosia.

Phalena (Noctua) orosia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 275,
f. p (1780).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

491. Dichromia quadralis.
Dichromia quadralis, Walker, xvi., p. 14 (1858).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

492. Hypena biplagiata.

Hypena biplagiata, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,
vii., p. 86, pl. 184, f. 1 (1889).

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

493. Hypena cidariordes.

Hypena cidarioides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk,, ii.,
p. 189 (1882).

Rangoon, November, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

960 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

494. Hypena laceratalis.
Hypena laceratalis, Walker, xvi., p. 60 (1858).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

495. Hypena lesalis.
Hypena lesalis, Walker, xvi., p. 62 (1858).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

496. Hypena mandatalis.
Hypena mandatalis, Walker, xvi., p. 58 (1858).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

497. Hypena invenustalis, n. sp.

Brownish fawn-colour ; palpi long, two-thirds of length of abdo-
men, black at the sides, last joint short, one-fourth of the length of
second. Fore wing with a black spot in centre of cell, a brown
line curving outwards slightly from beyond centre of hinder margin
to costa, less than one-third from apex, and margined with whitish
on its outer side, followed by a line of black points. Hind wings
unmarked ; marginal line on both wings black, lunular, margined
inwardly with whitish; cilia brown. Under side greyish brown,
unmarked; outer veins and intermediate lines prominent. Expanse
of wings, lin.

Rangoon, July and August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to H. obstupidalis, Swinhoe; the palpi are longer,
inner and outer lines wanting, central line inclining
outwards, and not erect as in that species.

498. Nolasena ferrifervens.
Nolasena ferrifervens, Walker, xil., p. 982 (1857).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

499. Marapana raralis.
Hypena raralis, Walker, xvi., p. 65 (1858).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

500. Ophiuche mistacalis.

Herminia mistacalis, Guén., Delt. et. Pyral., 60, 69
(1854).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 261

501. Ophiuche quinquelinealis.
Hypena quinquelinealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 612.

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

HERMINIIDA.
502. Dragana pansalis.
Dragana pansalis, Walker, xvi., p. 200 (1858).
Apphadana evulsalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1218 (1865).
Poaphila concors, Walker, xxxv., p. 1969 (1866).

Mereui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

508. Apphadana rubicundula.

Apphadana rubicundula, Swinhoe, P. Z. §., 1885,
p. 475, pl. 28, f. 2.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

504. Apphadana plana, n. sp.

Brownish fawn-colour; orbicular represented by a black spot,
reniform obsolete. Fore wing crossed by three brownish sinuous
very indistinct lines, first crossing outside the orbicular, second
medial, third from hinder margin, one-third from the angle to the
apex, and pale-edged outwardly. Hind wing with a brown spot at
end of cell, and a discal sinuous brown line corresponding to the
outer line of the fore wing, the space beyond this line on both
wings being brownish and darker than the rest of the wings.
Expanse of wings, §, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to. A. festina, Swinhoe; differs in its lighter
coloration, its black orbicular spot, and the shape and
direction of the lines, the outer line of festina being
uniform in its distance from the outer margin through-
out, and touches the costa one-fourth from apex.

505. Pseudoglossa modesta, n. sp.

3&2. Purple-brown. Antenne of the male moderately pecti-
nated on one side for two-thirds its length; orbicular represented
by a pale dot; reniform large, ringed with ochreous grey, in shape
like a crooked figure of eight; both wings crossed by three nearly

262 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

equidistant outwardly curved sinuous black lines, the first margined
inwardly, the other two outwardly, with pinkish white, ante-
medial, medial, and post-medial, and rather close together; a fourth
line, submarginal and of the same description on the fore wing
only, and which terminates near the apex in a pure white promi-
nent spot on a black ground, sometimes with a very small pure
white dot just above it. Under side paler, bands on hind wing as
above, and a discal band in addition on fore wing; a longitudinal
spot for the orbicular, and a large round spot for the reniform,
both encircled with white; apical spot as above, and a black
lunular mark at the end of cell on hind wing; all the bands and
marks very black and prominent; body black; legs black, streaked
in some specimens with pale pinkish white, and spurs black.
Expanse of wings, § 15, ? 14 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Bombay and the Nilgiris.

Allied to P. fulvipicta, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.
B. M., vii., p. 87, pl. 184, f. 7 (1889) ; bands and stigmata
differently shaped.

506. Bertula imperatalis.
Bertula imperatalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1168 (1865).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

507. Bertula agrestis, n. sp.

Purplish brown. Body and wings for two-thirds their length
faintly dusted with grey. Fore wings crossed with three equi-
distant sinuous brown lines, ante-medial, medial, and post-medial,
and rather close together, on hind wings; these lines converge on
the abdominal border towards the anal angle, the third being lost
in the broadly diffused discal band, which crosses both wings, and
has a reddish tinge, and on the outside of this band is an indistinct
pale sinuous line; marginal line black and lunular, a yellowish
patch at the anal angle of the hind wings. Wings below brown,
paling on the inner borders ; veins and lines between them promi-
nent; three transverse sinuous lines as above, with an indication
of a fourth. Expanse of wings, 1/, in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this insect also from North Kanara.

Allied to Bertula placida, Moore ; wings much shorter,
outer line bent instead of being nearly straight, and
differs in having the broadly diffused discal band,

moths of Burma, 263

508. Bertula ethnica, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 11).

_ Blackish brown; insides and tips of palpi pale greyish. Abdo-

men greyish brown, with greyish at base and on segments. Wings
of a uniform blackish brown; a lunular mark at end of cell of fore
wings, a transverse blackish sinuous line across both wings just
before the middle, a black band from the hinder margin one-third
from anal angle to the costa near the apex, followed by some pale
marks, and the rest of the wings beyond nearly as dark as the
band; marginal festoon black; cilia blackish brown. Under side
uniformly brown; wings paling towards the base; veins and
streaks between them prominent; tarsi and spurs with pale bands,
Expanse of wings, 1,4 in.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to B. agrestis, but differently marked across the
wings.

509. Bertula factitia, n. sp.

Of a uniform dark olive-brown. Fore wing with a black dot in
centre of cell, a black ringlet at the end, a short black sinuous line
commencing at costa near the base, another one-third from base,
which in some specimens is only indicated on the costa, in others
crosses the wing; a third discal, more or less dentated across both
wings, and bends in on costa of fore wing; a submarginal
dentated pale line, which is not always visible on the hind wing;
marginal line black, slightly lunular; cilia with a pale line at the
base. Under side paler; veins and intermediate lines prominent ;
a black dot at end of cell in all the wings, a discal transverse dentated
line across both wings, and another blackish similar line between
this and outer margin, clearest on hind wings; marginal line and
cilia as above. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Bassein, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Calcutta.
Differs from the two former, from which it can easily
be distinguished by the discal dentated transverse line.

510. Bertula analis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 5).
Blackish brown; insides and tips of last two joints of palpi pale
flesh-colour. Thorax with some dark grey hairs at the base. Fore
wings flecked with pale pinkish grey, especially so on the basal
and costal portions; an ear-shaped black ringlet at end of cell,
with pale interior; costa with four small black patches, and with
a larger black subapical patch edged with pale flesh-colour, some

264 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

very indistinct and incomplete blackish pale-bordered sinuous lines
across the wing from the patches, only visible here and there, a
row of pale points below the large subapical patch; marginal
lunules black ; cilia pale at the base. Hind wings with an indis-
tinct dentated medial outwardly curved irregular line, with pale
marks ; another similar pale flesh-coloured discal line, attached to
a deep black streak on the abdominal margin near the anal angle;
marginal line and fringe as in fore wing, a pale lunular mark at
end of cell; costa and base paler than rest of wing. Under side
paler; costa of fore wings broadly flesh-colour in its central parts,
with two black spots; a pale lunule at end of cell in both wings;
hind wing with a central sinuous blackish line running past the
lunule; both wings with a dentated discal blackish line, followed
by another similar flesh-coloured line, margined inwardly with
black ; marginal line and cilia as above; outer veins prominent.
Expanse of wings, 1} in.

Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

Fore wings narrower than in the former species, and
remarkable for its deep black subapical patch on fore
wings, and anal streak on hind wings.

511. Hipoepa? opacaria, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL, fig. 3).

Palpi, antenne, head, thorax, and fore wings pinkish brown,
glossed and shining. Abdomen grey; basal hairs white. Fore
wings with several shades of colour; a straight outwardly inclined
ante-medial dark line, a slightly sinuous post-medial line, between
them a dark shaded band, which elbows outwardly in two places,
and a submarginal sinuous line, dentated outwardly in places.
Hind wings pale pinkish brown, whitish towards the base; mar-
ginal line on both wings brown; fringe interlined. Expanse of
wings, 1; in.

Rangoon, January, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

Not allied to any species I know of.

512. Hadennia ignicoma, un. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 12).

Purplish brown; a long tuft of red hairs at the tip of palpi,
rising like a crest above the head; reniform represented by a
prominent latitudinal white spot pointed at both ends; a black
suffused broad band just before the middle across both wings,
another similar broader discal band, broadly suffused towards apex
of fore wing and in dise of hind wing. Under side pale greyish

moths of Burma. 265

brown, greyish on basal half of costa of fore wings, and nearly the
whole surface of hind wings, with the white spot on fore wing
prominent, as also are the outer veins and intermediate lines.
Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from H. hypenalis, Walker, in the absence of
the sinuous central transverse brown line on fore wing
and yellowish discal line on both wings, and from
H. prunosa in having the outer band on fore wing above
less oblique, in the absence of marginal white dots, and
on the under side the submarginal white dentated line
across both wings, and also the marginal white dots.

513. Bocana manifestalis.

Bocana manifestalis, Walker, xvi., p. 171, 2 (1858).
Lamura oberratalis, Walker, xvi., p. 189, 3.

Rangoon, June, 1886; August and October, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

514. Bocana marginata.

Bocana marginata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,
p. 195, pl. 6, f. 19 (1882).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

515. Bocana nigella, n. sp.

Dark blackish brown; sides of second joint of palpi deep black’
with pale interior and tips of last two joints. Eyes with pale lines
on the inside. Fore wings with two black spots, one above the
other, at the end of the cell, with indications of a pale ring round
each; some pale indistinct points in a discal line across both
wings, but very indistinct; marginal black spots and dark cilia
with a pale line at its base. Under side paler, flecked with grey;
veins and intermediate lines prominent, a pale black lunular mark
at end of each cell; dentated, prominent, ante-medial and outer
lines across both wings black, margined with white on their outer
sides, the inner one indistinct on fore wings, a whitish spot on
costa of fore wings one-fourth from apex, a smaller spot near the
apex. HExpanse of wings, 1}, in.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mr. Moore has this insect from the Andamans.

Differs from B. manifestalis, Walker, in its smaller
size, narrower and more pointed fore wings, and in the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Il. (JUNE.) T

266 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

absence of the black reniform and discal transverse
sinuous lines.

516. Dyrzela bosca, n. sp.

Olive-brown, irrorated with very minute greyish atoms. Fore
wings with an indistinct brown lunular mark at end of cell; two
indistinct transverse sinuous brown lines, first from hinder margin
before the middle to the costa at one-third from base, second post-
medial, erect, distorted above, and turns inwards on to the costa,
a large black spot near the apex just outside this line; marginal
points black; cilia brown. Hind wings unmarked, pale towards
costa; veins prominent; cilia brown, with a pale basal line.
Expanse of wings, 1,3 in.

Bassein, August, 1888.
Rangoon, September, 1886.
Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to D. incrassata, Walker, from Borneo; is
olive-brown instead of ferruginous, and has only two
instead of three transverse lines on fore wings, and these
are differently placed.

517. Oglasa costipannosa, n. sp.

Chocolate-brown. Thorax and fore wings smeared with greyish
white powder ; collar white in front and on the base of fore wings;
costa pale to the patch, with a subbasal brown spot, and another
below it; a sinuous indistinct brown line from the basal third to
the centre of hinder margin, another more indistinct of a similar
nature commencing just before the patch, which is very large,
dark chocolate-brown, extends from centre of costa to near the
apex, and extends nearly half-way downwards, is bordered with
white, and irregularly curved and notched on its outer side; a
diseal line of transverse black spots below its centre, a whitish
transverse line also across the wing below its outer end, com-
mencing at the notched point; marginal line yellowish, points
black. Hind wings paler, darkest towards apical portions; cilia
of both wings pinkish brown, with pale tips on the hind wings.
Expanse of wings, 1; in. .

Rangoon and Moulmein, May, 1888.
Bhamo, October, 1882. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to O. lagusalis, Walker, from Borneo, is choco-
late-brown instead of whitish testaceous, and has only
one large rounded costal patch instead of two triangular
ones.

moths of Burma. 267

518. Hydrillodes lentalis.

Hydrillodes lentalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 66, 81,
pl. 5, f. 3 (1854).

Catada ? captiosalis, Walker, xvi., p. 210 (1858).

Bleptina morosa, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., ii1.,
p. 64, pl. 56, f. 15 (1879).

Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

519. Nodaria externalis.

Nodaria externalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 64, 78
(1854).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

520. Avitta cervina.
Briarda cervina, Walker, xxxv., p. 1968 (1866).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

521. Labanda fasciata.

Lazanda (sic) fasciata, Walker, xxxii., p. 605 (1865).

Diomea muscosa, Walker, xxxili., p. 898 (1865).

Labanda saturalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1251 (¢ only),
(1865).

(Type, fasciata). Moulmein. In B. M.

522. Aginna robustalis.

Herminia robustalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 58, 66
(1854).
Bocana turpatalis, Walker, xvi., p. 174 (1858).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

523. Rivula bioculalis.
Rivula bioculalis, Moore, P. Z.S., 1877, p. 614.
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

524. Spadia vegetus.
SP Nae Swinhoe, P.Z. §., 1885, p. 475, pl. 28,
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

rt 2

268 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

525. Zanclognatha invenustua, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 9).

Palpi brown. Antenne, body, and wings reddish fawn-colour ;
bands brownish, transverse, a short subbasal band from the costa,
three equidistant, sinuous, ante-medial, medial, and post-medial,
and rather close together, the third band marked with white at its
outer side above, also a submarginal sinuous band, well-separated
from the outer margin, and marked with whitish on its outer side
throughout. Hind wings paler, witha whitish sinuous submarginal
band corresponding to the above ; brown marginal lunules on fore
wing, a brown marginal line on hind wings; cilia with a pale
basal line. Expanse of wings, #, in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to Z. undulata, Moore; pattern of markings
somewhat similar, but is smaller, differs in the shape of
the wings, thin reddish coloration, and in the general
character of the insect.

PYRALES.
HAPALIADA.
526. Dadessa elycesalis.
Botys elycesalis, Walker, xix., p. 995 (1859).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

527. Conogethes punctiferalis.
Astura punctiferalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 820, 347
(1854).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

528. Botyodes asialis.

Botyodes asialis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 321, 348, ¢
(1854).

Botys sellalis, Walker (nec Guén.), xviil., p. 648 (1859).

Botyodes sirionanthe, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 262.

B. principalis, Leech, Entom., xxi., p. 69, pl. 3, f. 9
(1889).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 269

529. Botyodes scinisalis.
Botys scinisalis, Walker, xviil., p. 648 (1859).
B. consimilalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
pp. 374, 471 (1863).
B. disjunctalis, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,
p. 96 (1869).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1886; October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

5380. Meroctena tullalis.

Botys tullalis, Walker, xviii., p. 649 (1859).
Meroctena staintoni, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 392, pl. 18, f. 4, 3 (1863).

Moulmein, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Ran-
goon.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

581. Charema unitalis.

Botys unitalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 349, 411 (1854).
B. megapteralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1407 (1865).

Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

532. Charema vinacealis.
Botys vinacealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 619.
Tenasserim. In coll. Moore.

583. Hapalia coclesalis.
Botys coclesalis, Walker, xviii., p. 701 (1859).
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. Im coll.
Swinhoe.

534. Hapalia caldusalis.
Botys caldusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 650 (1659).
Tenasserim. In I. M., Caleutta.

5385. Hapalia damoalis.
Botys damoalis, Walker, xviii., p- 656 (1859).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

270 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

536. Hapalia euryclealis.
Botys euryclealis, Walker, xviii., p. 651 (1859).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

537. Hapalia ilusalis.
Botys ilusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 705 (1859).
Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

538. Hapalia plagiferalis.
Botys plagiferalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1452 (1865).

Rangoon, October, 1882; June, July, and August,
1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

589. Hapalia ablactalis.
Botys ablactalis, Walker, xviii., p. 660 (1859).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

540. Hapalia denticulosa.

Hapalia? denticulosa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 837,
pl. 188, f. 8 (1886).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

541. Hapalia fraterna.
Hapalia fraterna, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1i., p. 338,
pl. 183, f. 9 (1886).

Rangoon, September and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

542. Hapalia ropasalis.
Botys iopasalis, Walker, xvili., p. 652, ¢ (1859).
B. boteralis, Walker, xviii., p. 716.
(Type, topasalis). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, May, 1886 ; August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Walker’s labels of his Botys iopasalis and his Botys
plagiatalis have, I think, got transposed in the B. M.
Collection; they are insects closely allied and some-
what similarly marked; the latter is, however, nearly
twice the size of the former, and the type is lost with
Layard’s collection. His descriptions of the insects

- moths of Burma. 271

ought to be sufficient to prove that the labels in the
B. M. have become wrongly placed. Both his types
were females, iopasalis from Moulmein and plagiatalis
from Ceylon, and his catalogue does not record any
specimen of plagiatalis from any other locality.

543. Hapalia ultimalis.
Botys ultimalis, Walker, xviil., p. 659 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

544. Hapalia vitellinalis.
Botys vitellinalis, Kollar, Hug. Kasch., p. 492 (1848).
B. extinctalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 467,
pl. 9, f. 18 (1863).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

545. Hapalia ? mineusalis.
Zebronia ? mineusalis, Walker, xvu., p. 481 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, June, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

546. Hapalia ? allicostalis, n. sp.

Pale ochreous; sides of palpi and sides of collar pale reddish
ochreous ; top of head whitish; costal line of fore wings white,
costal portion above subcostal vein and outer portions of the wing
slightly darker than the rest of the wing, a greyish ochreous lunule
at end of cell, lines of same eolour, very indistinct, smuous, one
ante-medial, almost invisible, another discal, outwardly curved
above. Hind wings paler than fore wings, unmarked; cilia
sreyish ochreous, interlined. Abdomen white. Under side, body,
and legs white; wings of a uniform pale greyish ochreous; fore
wings with the lunule at end of cell, costal space, and apical
margin suffused with brown. Expanse of wings, | in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhce.

Belongs to Mr. Warren’s new genus Aploprepes, MS.
ined., and is allied to nothing I know of.

547. Hapalia cascalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIII., fig. 18).

Pale ochreous brown; top of head pale yellowish. Fore wings
with the outer veinlets prominent, apex rather acute; a grey

272 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

lunule at end of cell; two greyish sinuous lines, first ante-medial,
almost erect, second discal, curving outwards above. Hind wings
with the costal space whitish towards the base, a grey transverse
discal line corresponding to the discal line above ; cilia dark brown,
interlined. Under side: Body white, shining; legs brownish,
tarsi white. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon, August, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

548. Hapalia perbonalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 17).

Reddish ochreous; costa of fore wings marked with brown spots
along its whole length; a brown misshapen ringlet with pale centre
at end of cell; both wings crossed by thin greyish ochreous nearly
straight slightly sinuous bands, first ante-medial, second post-
medial, meeting together on the abdominal margin near anal
angle, third discal on fore wing only, fourth and fifth submarginal
and close together, the fifth being marked by largish spots of same
colour on the veins; fringe grey, interlined. Expanse of wings,
1 in.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

549. Tatobotys pterophoralis.
Botys pterophoralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1418 (1865).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

550. Tatobotys cunealis.
Botys cunealis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1420 (1865).
Rangoon, May, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

551. Decticogaster zonulalis.

Decticogaster zonulalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1880,
p- 231.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

552. Cnaphalocrocis medinalis.

Salbia medinalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 201, 148, ?
(1854).

Botys rutilalis, Walker, xviii., p. 665 (1859).

B. wlealis, Walker, xviil., p. 666.

Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 885, pl. 12, f. 7 (1868).

moths of Burma. 273

Botys accerimalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1449 (1865).

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

553. Dolichosticha venilialis.
Asopia venilialis, Walker, xvii., p. 873 (1859).
Botys marisalis, Walker, xviil., p. 717 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

554. Nosophora albiguttalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 14).
Of a uniform purplish brown colour above. Thorax with a tuft
of greyish hairs at the base. Fore wings with a large pure white
lunular-shaped patch at the end of the cell, lobed below, excavated
on the outer side above, extending from the subcostal vein, where
it is nearly pointed, more than half-way down the wing. Under
side: Wings same as above; body white; fore legs brown; hind
legs grey ; tarsi pinkish white. Expanse of wings, 1,,in.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
The white spot on fore wings is shaped like the same
spot in N. quadrisignata, Moore, but differs altogether in
colour, and in the absence of the spot on the hind wings.

555. Lotanga milvinalis.

Deba milvinalis, Swinhoe, P. Z. §8., 1885, p. 875, pl. 57,
£2.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

556. Marasmia ruralis.

Botys ruralis, Walker, xvili., p. 666 (1859).
Marasmia cicatricosa, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p- 886, pl. 12, f. 8, ¢ (1863).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

557. Marasmia vibiusalis.
Botys vibiusalis, Walker, xviil., p. 634 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

274 Colonel Charles Swinhce on the

558. Isocentris equalis.

Botys equalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 468,
pl. 10, f. 3 (1863).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

559. Acharana otreusalis.

Botys otreusalis, Walker, xviil., p. 687 (1859).
B. triarialis, Walker, xviii., p. 639.

B. neloalis, Walker, xviii., p. 643.

B. abstrusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 663.

B. pharaxalis, Walker, xviii., p. 725.

B. immundalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1448 (1865).

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

560. Acharana similis.

Acharana similis, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, u., p. 286,
pl. 180, f. 12 (1885).

Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

561. Ravanoa bilinealis.
Zebronia bilinealis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1850 (1865).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

THLIPTOCERAS, gen. nov. (Warren MS.).

Fore wings elongate, narrow, with pointed apex and oblique hind
margin. Hind wings considerably broader in proportion, charac-
terised particularly by the antenne of the male, which a little way
above the base are flattened out, becoming for a short space much
broader, but thinner. The female has the fore wings broader and
less acutely pointed than the male.

562. Thliptoceras variabilis, n. sp. (Warren MS8.).

Fore wing dull yellowish, somewhat sparsely scaled, liable in
both sexes to a smoky grey suffusion, which leaves only the apices
and fringes yellow; the two lines and reniform stigma slightly
darker, often very indistinct; the exterior line is subdentate above,
strongly bent in beneath the reniform stigma and repeated on the
hind wing. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow; palpi deeper
yellow. Under side like the upper, but duller and without

moths of Burma. 275

markings. Both sexes from Dharmsala and other localities in
india. Expanse of wings, 18—20 mm.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have specimens also from Kulu and from Khandalla,
all identified by Mr. Warren. One of my Rangoon
specimens is suffused in the manner described above
with dark brown.

568. Thliptoceras calvatalis, n. sp.

Of a pale olive-grey colour. Abdomen of the male very long,
extending quite a quarter of an inch beyond the hind wings.
Wings sparsely clothed, nearly semihyaline, shining; lines very
indistinct and difficult to trace, a grey mark at end of cell, indica-
tions of an ante-medial grey line, and a discal outwardly curved
line on fore wings; and in one male example an indication of a
discal transverse line on hind wings corresponding to the discal
line on fore wings. Under side: Wings as above, but paler; body
and legs whitish. Expanse of wings, 1—1,j, in.

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from Darjiling and Bhooj. Super-
ficially the males somewhat resemble Charema vinacealis,
Moore.

564. Thliptoceras epicrocalis, n. sp.

Dark bright ochreous yellow ; male with a broad purplish mar-
ginal band on both wings; both sexes with a broad purplish cilia,
which becomes pale yellowish towards the anal angle of hind wings;
a reddish brown lunular mark at end of cell in fore wings; lines
of same colour, first ante-medial, nearly straight, from costa one-
third from base to the middle of hinder margin, second from costa
one-third from apex, half-way down the wing, curving slightly
outwards, then straight in to the lunular mark, then (curving
slightly outwards) down to the hinder margin near the other line.
Hind wings with costal and basal portions whitish ; a discal line
corresponding to the interior line of fore wing, terminating near
the outer margin one-third from anal angle. Expanse of wings,
Ge ey lle

Rangoon, May, 1886; July and August, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

565. Hbulea europsalis.
Ebulea europsalis, Walker, xviil., p. 749 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

276 Colonei Charles Swinhoe on the

566. Rehimena phrynealis.
Botys phrynealis, Walker, xviii., p. 680 (1859).
Rehimena dichromalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1492 (1865).
Rangoon, June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

567. Paliga damastesalis.
Scopula damastesalis, Walker, xix., p. 1018 (1859).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

568. Paliga leucanalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 15).

Antenne, palpi, thorax, and fore wings rosy-red; basal half of
costal line of fore wings white; ground colour of fore wings is
really of a luteous grey, with the costal border and all the veins so
thickly covered with rosy-red atoms as to leave the whole of the
wing of that colour, with very little of the ground colour showing
between the veins here and there. Hind wings and abdomen
luteous grey, unmarked ; cilia interlined. Expanse of wings, 1 in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Near N. cilialis, Curtis, of Europe; the cilia is, how-
ever, rosy red instead of white, as in that species, and
it is a brighter insect, being more rosy and yellow
throughout.

569. Udea martinalis.

Scopula ? martinalis, Walker, xviii., p. 791 (1859).

(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

570. Cometura picrogramma.
Cometura picrogramma, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1886, p. 226.
Rangoon, May 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

571. EHuclita fuscicostalis.
Asopia fuscicostalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1883,
p. 122, pl. 6, f. 4.
Rangoon, June, 1888; Bassein, August, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.
572. Godara comalis.

Pionea comalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 368, 453, 3
(1854).

moths of Burma. 277

P. incomalis, Guén., l. c., 869, 454, ?.
Rangoon, September, October, and November, 1888.
Tn coll. Swinhoe.
ASOPIIDA.
5738. Chnaura octavialis.
Syngamia octavialis, Walker, xvil., p. 384, $ (1859).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,
Rangoon.
574. Sameodes cancellalis.
Botys cancellalis, Zeller, Lep. Caffr., p. 84 (1852).
Stenia pipleisalis, Walker, xvii., p. 420 (1859).
Lepyrodes ? lepidalis, Walker, xvii., p. 465.
Samea sidealis, Walker, xix., p. 987 (1859).
Hymenia meridionalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1814 (1865).
Samea vespertinalis, Saalmuller, Ber. Suck. Gesell.,
1880, p. 301.
Sameodes trithyralis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1880,
p- 218; and 1883, p. 1384, pl. 8, f. 4.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

575. Mabra eryzxalis.
Asopia eryxalis, Walker, xvil., p. 871 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

576. Hymenia recurvalis.

Phalena recurvalis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., 407 (1775).

P. angustalis, Fabr., Mant., 222, 809 (1787).

P. (Pyralis) fascialis, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 898,
f. o (1782).

Hymenia diffascialis, Hubn., Verz. Bek. Schm., 361,
3453 (1816).

Hydrocampa albifascialis, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad.
lep., p. 119, pl: 16, f.. 1 (1884).

Moulmein. In B. M.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

577. Coptobasis lunalis.

Botys lunalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 352, 417 (1854).
B. thyasalis, Walker, xviii., p. 784 (1859).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

278 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

578. Tamraca torridalis.

Asopia torridalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., pp. 342,
457, pl. 6, f. 15 (1868).

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

579. Aitholix scissalis.
Afidiodes scissalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1526 (1865).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

580. Agathodes ostentalis.
Perinephela ostentalis, Geyer, Zutr. Samml. Exot.
Schmn., x., 417, figs. 88383—4 (1837).
Bassein, August, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

581. Leucinodes orbonalis.
Leucinodes orbonalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 223, 187
(1854).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

MARGARONIDA.
582. Glyphodes bicolor.
Botys bicolor, Swainson, Zool. Illustr., 1st. ser., ii.,
pl. 77, f. 2 (1821).
Eudioptis perspicillalis, Zeller, Lep. Micro. Caftr.
Kong. Vet. Akad. Handb., p. 58 (1852).
Glyphodes diurnalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 294, 300,
pl. 5, f. 5 (1854).
G. parvalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1855 (1865).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.
Rangoon. June and July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

583. Glyphodes bivitralis.
Glyphodes bivitraks, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 293, 298
(1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Tenasserim. In I. M., Calcutta.

moths of Burma. 279

584. Phakellura indica.
Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1851, p. 163, pl. 12, figs. 5, 6, 7.
Phakellura gazorialis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 297, 304
(1854).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

585. Cydalima conchylalis.
Margarodes conehylalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 303,
317, pl. 8, f. 9 (1854).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

586. Cydalima laticostalis.
Margarodes laticostalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 303,
315, 2 (1854).
M. nitidicostalis, Guen., l. c., No. 316.
Margaronia leodicealis, Walker, xviii., p. 580, d (1859).
Rangoon, October and November, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
587. Margaronia celsalis.
Botys celsalis, Walker, xvili., p. 654 (1859).
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
588. Pachyarches marthesiusalis.
Margaronia marthesiusalis, Walker, xviil., p.531 (1859).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

589. Pachyarches psittacalis.
Parotis psittacalis, Hubn., Samm]. Exot. Schm., iii.,
p- 80 (1825).
Margaronia maliferalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1863, 3
(1865).
Moulmein. In B. M.

590. Pachyarches vertumnalis.
Margarodes vertumnalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 309,
333 (1854).
Rangoon, September, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

280 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

591. Pygospila tyres.
Phalena (Pyralis) tyres, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 2638,
sero L/S)
Moulmein. In B. M.

592. Filodes fulvidorsalis.
Pinacia fulvidorsalis, Hubn., Geyer, Zutr. Samml.
Exot. Schm., 15, 322, figs. 6483—4 (1882).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

593. Huclasta defamatalis.
Tlurgia defamatalis, Walker, xviil., p. 544 (1859).
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

SPILOMELID.
594. Synclera cesalis.
Glyphodes cesalis, Walker, xvii., p. 499 (1859).
Moulmein. In B. M.

595. Synclera multilinealis.

Botys multilinealis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 837, 380,
pl. 8, f. 11 (1854).

Zebronia salomealis, Walker, xvii., p. 476 (1859).

Botys annuligeralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1424 (1865).

Moulmein. In B. M.

596. Omphisa illisalis.
Botys wlisalis, Walker, xvill., p. 653 (1859).
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

597. Ariwpana caberalis.
Spilomela caberalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 284, 282
(1854).
Zebronia abdicalis, Walker, xvii., p. 480 (1859).
Moulmein. In B.M.

598. Aripana lactiferalis.
Zebronia ? lactiferalis, Walker, xvii., p. 480 (1859).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 281

599. Notarcha cassusalis.
Zebronia cassusalis, Walker, xvii., p. 477 (1859).
Z. aurolinealis, Walker, xvii., p. 478.
Botys faustalis, Led., Pyral. Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 471, pl. 10, f. 15 (1868).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

600. Notarcha aurantiacalis.
Botys aurantiacalis, F. E. yon Rosl, Schmett., p. 218,
pl. 75, f. 3 (1848).
Rangoon, September and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
: 601. Notarcha plutusalis.
Zebronia plutusalis, Walker, xvii., p. 478 (1859).
Haritala tigrina, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 812,
pl. 182, f. 5 (1886).
Moulmein. In B. M.
Rangoon, August, September, and November, 1888.
In coll. Swinhoe.

602. Chabula acamasalis.
Zebronia ? acamasalis, Walker, xix., p. 970 (1859).
Z. perspicualis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 13847 (1865).
Botys jlexissimalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1426.
Heterocnephes strangulalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent.,
1880, p. 224; and 1884, p. 35, pl. 3, f. 1.
Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
603. Nausinoe euroalis.
Nausinoe euroalis, Swinhoe, P. Z.S., 1889, p. 420,
pl. 44, f. 12.
Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

604. Nausinoe neptis.
Phalena (Noctua) neptis, Cram., Pap. Exot., i.,
pl. 264, f. F (1779).
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, August, September, and October, 1888. In
coll. Swinhoe.

TRANS. ENT. SOC: LOND. 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) U

282, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

605. Pagyda rubricatalis, n. sp.

Luteous white. Fore wings crossed by seven straight brick-red
bands, first basal, fourth at the middle, second and third between
them, all four equidistant and inclining inwards from the hinder
margin, the fourth terminating on the subcostal vein, the fifth
from costa one-third from apex, half-way across the wing, sixth discal,
seventh submarginal, all three inclining inwards from the costa
and paler than the others, the last two running across the wing,
but more or less indistinct in parts. Hind wings brick-red, whitish
on the costal and outer spaces; a white mark at the end of the
cell, and an indistinct discal white line curving outwards and bent
inwards below the centre; marginal line on both wings reddish
brown; cilia white. Expanse of wings, ?; in.

Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

Differs from P. salvalis, Walker, in its more numerous
transverse bands, its different coloration, and in the red
hind wing.

ENNYCHIDA.
606. Pachyzancla mutualis.

Botys mutualis, Zeller, Lep. Microp. Caffr. Kong). Vet.
Akad. Handl., p. 40 (1852).

B. stultalis, Walker, xviii., p. 669 (1859).

B. basalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1404 (1865).

B. apertalis, Walker. xxxiv., p. 1450.

Rangoon, June and September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

607. Pachyzancla mellealis, n. sp.

Greyish yellow; palpi dark brown. Eyes black. Fore wings
smeared with pale greyish brown, dark on the costal and marginal
borders; a greyish brown ringlet at end of cell, a spot on first
median branch one-third from base of wing, another on same
branch one-third from outer margin of wing, a discal sinuous
almost dentated line curving outwards above, bent inwards below
on to the latter spot, from whence it descends to the hinder margin.
Hind wings dark greyish brown on the marginal space, with an
outwardly curved discal line, similar to and corresponding with
the line on the fore wings; cilia greyish brown, nearly black on
fore wings in one example. Under side: Wings unmarked, with
greyish brown costal space on fore wings, and marginal space on
both wings; body white. Expanse of wings, j;—j 10.

_ Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 283

I have this also from Calcutta.

Bands somewhat as in P. mutualis, Zeller, but is
easily distinguishable by the difference in colour, and by
its broad greyish borders.

608. Pelecyntis absistalis.
Pyrausta absistalis, Walker, xvil., p. 811 (1859).
Asopia lydialis, Walker, xvii., p. 374.
Botys ustalis, Led., Pyral. Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
pp. 375, 471, pl. 10, f.14 (1868).
Hedylepta pyraustalis, Snellen, Midd. Sumatra Lep.,
pl. 71 (1880).
H. ustalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1884, p. 37.
Moulmein. In B.M.
Rangoon, September, 1888. In Phayre Museum,
Rangoon.

609. Hedylepta illectalis.
Botys illectalis, Walker, xviil., p. 658 (1859).
Ebulea opheltesalis, Walker, xix., p. 1010 (1859).
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

610. Hedylepta vulgalis.
Asopia vulgalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 202, 150, pl. 6,
f. 8 (1854).
Botys macliusalis, Walker, xviii., p. 703 (1859).
B. reductalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1412 (1865).

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

611. Entephria appensalis.

Entephria appensalis, Snellen, Tijd. Voor. Ent., 1884,
patty pl. 3) fib, 12:
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

STENIIDA.
612. Hurrhyparodes tricoloralis.
Botys tricoloralis, Geller, Lep. Caffr., p. 81 (1852).
Isopteryx ? abnegatalis, Walker, xvul., p. 404 (1859).
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

284 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

618. Spanista ornatalis.
Asopia ornatalis, Dup., Lep. Fr., viii., p. 207, pl. 228,
f. 8 (1831).
Botys saturalis, Treit., Hur. Schm., Suppl., 2, p. 29
(1835).
Cataclysta ? elutalis, Walker, xvii., p. 448 (1859).
Pyralis? deciusalis, Walker, xix., p. 905 (1859).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

614. Maruca testulalis.
Crocephora testulalis, Hubn., Geyer, Zutr. Samml.
Exot. Schm., iv., 12, 315, figs. 629—30 (1882).
Hydrocampa aquatilis, Boisd., Guéer., Men. Icon. Reg.
Anim. Ins., pl. 90, f. 9 (1844).
Rangoon, June, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

615. Bocchoris trimaculalis.

Adiodes trimaculalis, Snellen, Tid. Voor. Ent., 1880,
p. 232.

Rangoon, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

616. Lepyrodes geometralis.
Lepyrodes geometralis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 278, 271,
pl. 8, f. 6 (1854).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.
Mergui. In coll. Moore.

EKurycraspepa, gen. nov. (Warren MS.)

Fore wing with nearly straight costa; prominent but not acute
apex, oblique and curved hind margin; both wings elongate and
narrow ; labial palpi straight, porrect, twice the length of the head ;
maxillary short, porrect ; tongue and ocelliabsent. Antenne thick,
laminated, pubescent beneath. Abdomen with lateral segmental
projections; fringe of both wings unusually deep. Neuration:
Fore wings: first median nervule starting from three-fourths of
the cell, second, third, and fourth at even distances from each
other, the third from lower end of cell, the second and fourth
before and beyond the end respectively, upper radial from below
upper end, last subcostal from upper angle, second, third, and
fourth from a common stem. Hind wing with the median ner-
vules as in fore wing, the disco-cellular very deeply angulated

moths of Burma. 285

basewards, subcostal and costal separating in the middle of the
wing, the branches of the latter at three-fourths.

Akin to Parthenodes, Guén.

617. Hurycraspeda burmanalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIL., fig. 19).

Palpi blackish brown, tips white. Antenne grey. Head, thorax,
and abdomen white. Fore wings blackish brown; a white patch
on the hinder margin at the base, and a broad white marginal
band which narrows towards the apex, which it does not quite
reach, the band is intersected by the veins, and has a central row
of brown points or marks, the white from the band runs into the
broad brownish fringe opposite the veins, the fringe is paler than
the colour of the wing and has a central whitish line, and being so
deep makes the band look as if it were submarginal instead of
marginal. Hind wings white; a pale greyish brown central trans-
verse band, darkest on the abdominal border, and diffused inwardly ;
cilia as in fore wing. Expanse of wings, $, in.

Bassein, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

HYDROCAMPID.
618. Parapoynz oryzalis.

Paraponyx oryzalis, Wood-Mason, Rice Pests of Burma,
Calcutta, 1885, with plate.

Burma. In I. M., Calcutta.

619. Parapoynx stagnalis.
Nymphula stagnalis, Zeller, Lep. Microp. Caffr. Kongl.
Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 26 (1852).

Rangoon, 1887. In eae Swinhoe.

620. Parapoyn«x votalis.
Oligostigma votalis, Walker, xvii., p. 483 (1859).
Rangoon, May and June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

GIRTEXTA, gen. nov.

3. Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa almost straight,
apex pointed, posterior angle hardly rounded, posterior margin
slightly convex towards the base, cell extending half the length of
the wing; five subcostal branches, first emitted close to end of cell,
second from the end, third from second at half its length, fourth
from the third at nearly half its length, fifth also from end of cell ;

286 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

disco-cellulars extremely slender, concave, radial from the middle ;
four median branches, the two upper on a footstalk from end of
cell at one-fifth beyond its end, next also from end of cell, the
lowest at one-fifth before end of cell; submedian straight. Hind
wing hatchet-shaped, apex slightly produced, exterior margin con-
vex in the middle, cell short, less than one-third the length of the
wing; three subcostals, first and third from end of cell, second
from below first at halfits length; disco-cellular extremely slender,
concave, radial from its extreme lower end, upper and middle
median branches from end of cell, lower at one-fourth, submedian
and internal veins straight. Body long, slender, and extending
half its length beyond the hind wings in the male; palpi projected
forward considerably, flattened at the sides and pointed at the tip,
hirsute. Antenne slender, minutely serrated from about half its
length to the tip. Legs long, smovth; middle tibix armed with
two terminal spurs, hind tibiz with two pairs of spurs, one pair
medial the other terminal.

Distinguishable from the genus Cataclysta by the com-
paratively shorter wings and thin triangular form, the
porrect character of the palpi in both sexes, and also in
its robust form.

621. Girtexta argentuosalis, n. sp.

Luteous. Fore wings with six glistening silvery upright trans-
verse nearly straight bands; subbasal, ante-medial, medial, and
post-medial equidistant ; fifth discal curved and broken below the
middle, the lower portion terminating on the hinder angle; sixth
submarginal, not reaching the hinder angle. Hind wings paler ;
costal portion whitish, patched with glistening silver, indicating
portions of the bands corresponding to the outer bands of the fore
wings; but in the eight examples before me—all good specimens—
the submarginal band is the only one approaching completeness ;
marginal line on both wings brown; cilia whitish. Under side
dull greyish, with some of the bands, of a dull grey colour, of the
fore wings showing through. Expanse of wings {,—8, in.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

I have this also from the Nilgiri Hills.

CALLINAlAS, gen. noy. (Warren MS.).
Fore wing narrow, with straight costa, rounded apex, and curved
hind margin. Hind wing twice as broad as fore wing, with the

moths of Burma. 287

anal angle somewhat produced. Legs long, slender, delicate ;
labial palpi long, porrect. Tongue short; maxillary palpi and
ocelli not visible. Antenne short, thick, laminated. Eyes large.
Neuration: Fore wings: cell long, quite two-thirds of the length of
the wing; submedian running straight to the hind margin above
the anal angle; first median nervule starting from four-fifths of
the cell, second and third together from the lower end, the latter
forming a straight continuation of the median; fifth (lower radial)
from a little above the lower end of the cell, upper radial from the
disco-cellular below the cell; last three subcostal nervules on a
common stem, the first two separating only a short way before the
apex, apparently only one other nervule between them and the
costal. Hind wing with no disco-cellular; first median rising at
scarcely one-third, second and third separating at about centre,
fourth apparently independent, produced basewards to near the
base of the median; subcostal leaving the costal at one-third; the
two branches of the latter parting at about one-third.

This peculiar neuration appears to warrant the erection
of a new genus. ‘The single example, a female, is of deli-
cate structure; its position will be among the genera of
the Hydrocampide that have porrect palpi.

622. Callinais gracilentalis, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 6).

Eyes black; palpi and front of head dark blackish brown.
Antenne, top of head, body, and fore wings milky white. Fore
wings with two ochreous transverse indistinct linear marks on the
costa, indicating the commencement of two thin transverse lines,
one in the centre and the other near the large apical blackish
brown spot, which is slightly excavated below, and is paler on the
outer margin; a very slight ochreous tinge on outer portion of the
wing. Hind wings white, suffused with pale ochreous brown,
which darkens on the hinder margin; cilia brownish, interlined
with white. Under side white; fore wing as above; hind wing
with the outer portion brown; abdomen with the anal portion
brownish, with lateral pure white tufts. Expanse of wings, 3 in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

623. Hydrocampa palliolatalis, n. sp.

Ochreous white. Fore wings with the ground colour white,
smeared with ochreous; base, costal, and outer portions nearly all
ochreous ; central and lower portions of wing with patches and
parts ochreous; in one specimen the costa is all ochreous, in

288 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

another it is patched with that colour; a white band running
through the ochreous discal portion, marked on each side with
brown, straight down from the costa one-fourth from apex, half-
way across the wing, then curves deeply inwards and then down
to the hinder margin just beyond the middle, but the curved
portion is very indistinct and only traceable on one wing in one
example; marginal line grey, with white diffuse points or spots;
cilia pinkish grey, with brown patches. Hind wings yellowish
grey, with an indistinct grey band in the centre. Expanse of
wings, $,—,, in.

Rangoon, August and September, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.

Allied to H. fengwhanalis, Pryer.

624. Hydrocampa depunctalis.

Hydrocampa depunctalis, Guén., Delt. et Pyral., 274,
265 (1854).
Zebronia ? decussalis, Walker, xvii., p. 481 (1859).

Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

625. Hydrocampa responsalis.

Diasemia responsalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1826, ? (1865).

Paraponyx turbata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1881, p.586, 2.

P. marmorea, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885,
p. 434, 2.

Isopteryx enyxalis, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 869, 2.

Cymoriza linealis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,
p. 210, ¢ (1887).

Rangoon, June, July, .and September, 1888. In coll.

Swinhoe.

626. Pramadea carbatinalis, n. sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 18).

Of a uniform dark olivaceous brown colour. Fore wing with a
brown ringlet in upper centre of cell, and brown-ringed lunular
mark at upper end; a lunular discal yellowish line curving out-
wards above and bent inwards below, the lunules marked inwardly
with dark brown, and two small brown patches, one above the
other, on the hinder margin just beyond the middle, inside the line
where it extends downwards from the bend; a corresponding
lunular line on the hind wings, marked similarly, having a great
outward curve in its centre, a yellowish spot inside the cell, with
an adjoining brown mark on its inner side; marginal line of both

moths of Burma. 289

wings brown; cilia grey and brown alternately, with a basal inter-
line alternately yellow and brown. Under side paler; markings
similar; tarsi with yellowish bands. Expanse of wings, 1{, in.
Rangoon, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.
Allied to Pramadea denticulata, Moore; differs in the
absence of the interior line, the difference in colour, and
in the form of the discal line.

SICULIDA.
627. Durdara myrtea.
Phalena (Noctua) myrtea, Drury, Ins. Exot., ii., 4,
plo, fo (L773):
Bhamo. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

628. Rhodoneura acaciusalis.
Pyralis acaciusalis, Walker, xix., p. 901 (1859).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

629. Rhodoneura bastialis.
Pyralis bastialis, Walker, xix., p. 902 (1859).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

630. Rhodoneura puralis.
Pyralis ? puralis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1238 (1865).
Mergui. In I.M., Calcutta.

631. Rhodoneura tetraonalis.

Rhodoneura tetraonalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 617,
ple 60; 4. 10.

Rangoon, July, August, and October, 1888. In coll.
Swinhoe.
632. Pharambara trifascialis.
Pyralis trifascialis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 614,
pl.)60,,4..9:
Rangoon. In coll. Swinhoe.

6338. Microsca subrosealis.
~ Mrcrosa subrosealis, Leech, Entom., xxii., 1889, p. 66,
pl. 4, f. 14.
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

290 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

634. Morova angulalis.
Morova angulalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., iii.,
p. 214 (1887).

Rangoon. In coll. Moore.

PYRALIDA.
635. Oromena reliquenda.
Briarda reliquenda, Walker, xv., p. 1802 (1858).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

636. Stemmatophora roborealis.

Pyralis roborealis, Swinhoe, P. Z.8., 1885, p. 865,
pleats, ae

Rangoon, May, 1886. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

637. Stemmatophora tactilis, n. sp.

Of a uniform dark chocolate-brown colour. Antenne and palpi
pale reddish brown; abdominal tuft brown, with some reddish
hairs. Wings with two transverse flesh-coloured lines; ante-
medial and discal nearly straight, and meeting together in a
rounded form close to the abdominal margin of hind wings near the
anal angle, the ante-medial line suddenly bent in on the costa of
the fore wings, the discal line slightly sinuous on fore wings.
Under side slightly paler, greyish on inner marginal space of fore
wings; middle and hind tarsi pale flesh-colour. Expanse of wings,
1,—1;, in.

Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

I have this also from the Nilgiri Hills.

638. Stemmatophora denticulata, n.sp. (Pl. VIIL., fig. 7).

Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, .and fore wings dark olive-brown ;
a blackish lunular mark at the end of cell, an ante-medial pale
indistinct slightly curved line, a denticulated pale yellowish discal
outwardly curved line with blackish marks inside the denticula-
tions; between these two lines the costal line is closely spotted
with pale yellowish points. Hind wings and abdomen greyish
white, brownish on the costal and apical borders of the wing;
marginal line on both wings brown; cilia grey, interlined with
brown. Expanse of wings, 1}, in.

Thyetmyo, 1887. In coll. Swinhoe.

moths of Burma. 291

Looks superficially like an Agrotis with brown fore
wings.
639. Pyralis ibycusalis.
Pyralis tbycusalis, Walker, xix., p. 899 (1859).
Rangoon, May, 1886; June, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

640. Pyralis pictalis.
Asopia pictalis, Curt., Brit. Ent., xi., pl. 527 (1834).
Pyralis pronewalis, Walker, xix., p. 906 (1859).
Myelois bractiatella, Walker, xxvil., p. 86 (1868).
Pyralis elachia, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., iii.,
pa (0; pl. 58, £..3)(1879)-
tangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

641. Pyralis wmbrosalis.
Pryalis umbrosalis, Warren MS. in ed.
Rangoon, May, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

642. Pyralis regina.
Pyralis regina, Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H., i., p. 452
(1879).
Rangoon, May, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

6438. Herculia lucillalis.
Pyralis lucillalis, Walker, xvii., p. 268 (1859).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

644. Haculia suffusalis.
Pyralis suffusalis, Walker, xxxiv., p. 1235 (1865).
Rangoon. In Phayre Museum, Rangoon.

645. Taurica sikkima.
Taurica sikkima, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., il.,
p- 202 (1887).
Rangoon, July, 1886. In coll. Swinhoe.

646. Endotricha decessalis.
Eindotricha decessalis, Walker, xvii., p. 890 (1859).
Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

292 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

647. Vitessa swradeva.
Vitessa suradeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1.C., ii., p. 299,
pl. 7a, f. 7 85s).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

PTEROPHORID.
648. Pterophorus lacteipennis.
Aciptilus lacteipennis, Walker, xxx., p. 949 (1864).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

CRAMBITES.
PHYCITIDA,. |
PHYCITINA.

649. Ankova meridionalis.
Nephopteryx meridionalis, Walker, xxvii., p. 64 (1868).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

SCHCGANOBIDA.
650. Apurima xanthogastrella.
Apurima xanthogastrella, Walker, xxvii., p. 194 (1868).
Rupela? degenerella, Walker, xxviii., p. 524 (1868).
Lithosia? cramboides, Walker, xxxi., p. 230 (1864).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

651. Brihaspa atrostigmella.
Brihaspa atrostigmella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 666,
Diloo, 1. bonne
Rangoon, August, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

652. Schenobius bipunctifera.
Tipanea bipunctifera, Walker, xxvill , p. 528 (1868).
Chilo gratiosellus, Walker, xxx., p. 967 (1864).
Schaenobius punctellus, Zeller, Monog. Chilo et Cramb.,
p- 4 (1863).
Mergui. In I. M., Calcutta.

CRAMBOSTENIA, gen. nov. (Warren MS.).
Allied to Cirrhocrista, Led., but distinguished by the acutely-
pointed fore wings, and very straight hind margin of both wings ;
labial palpi porrect, twice as long as the head; maxillary palpi

moths of Burma. 298

likewise porrect, resting on the labial; forehead with a pointed
projection, which forms one surface with the palpi; ocelli and
tongue absent. Antenne short, stouter near the base, weakly and
irregularly ciliated in male. Wings white, glossy, with costa,
hind margin, two transverse lines, and reniform stigma brown.

Type, C. acciusalis, Walker.

658. Crambostenia angustifimbrialis, n. sp. (Warren MS.).

Wings pearly white, with the costa fulvous, the streak thinning
out towards the apex; first line appearing only as a small pro-
jection from the costal streak, second a little more distinct for a
short distance from the costa, and again above the middle of the
inner margin; disco-cellular vein thinly fulvous-tinged, thickened
into two dots at either end; fringe white tinged with fulvous, and
with a fulvous basal line, which is itself preceded by a row of
almost contiguous darker dashes at the end of the veins. Hind
wings like fore wings, with traces of two fine transverse lines,
visible only near the inner margin. Abdomen: Under side of
wings, middle and hind legs, white; palpi, sides of thorax on a
level with the costal streak of the fore wings, and fore tibie,
fulvous. Expanse of wings, 25 mm.

Burma. In B. M.
Rangoon, September, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

654. Hschata percandida, n. sp.

Glistening silvery white. Eyes black. Fore wings sparsely
irrorated with grey atoms on the outer portion; a discal duplex
transverse line, which bends outwardly above, greyishin the male,
glistening and metallic-silver in the female; a submarginal duplex
grey line, slightly silvery in its interior in the male, glistening and
metallic in the female, with glistening silvery streaks between the
bands inside the veins; marginal black points between the veins in
both sexes; cilia white, in the female glistening and quite golden
in some lights. Hind wings unmarked, and, though bright and
shining, they have not the beautiful glistening sheen of the fore
wings. Under side pure white, unmarked. Expanse of wings,
So lse, 2i25 in.

Rangoon, October, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

Allied to E. gelida, Walker; is much larger, and
differs in the disposition and nature of the transverse
lines.

294 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

CRAMBIDA.
655. Chilo dodatellus.
Chilo dodatellus, Walker, xxx., p. 966 (1864).
C. aditellus, Walker, xxx., p. 967.
(Type, aditellus). Moulmein. In B. M.

TORTRICES.
TORTRICIDA.
TORTRICINA.
656. Pandemis eductana.
Pandemis eductana, Walker, xxviii., p. 310 (1863).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

657. Dichelia privatana.
Dichelia privatana, Walker, xxviil., p. 820 (1868).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

CONCHYLIN#.
658. Conchylis flavicostana.
Conchylis flavicostana, Walker, xxviii., p. 361 (1863).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

GRAPHOLITHIN A.

659. Grapholitha (Semasia) swinhoeiana, n. sp.
(Walsingham MS8.). (Pl. VIIL, fig. 19).

Head pale ochreous, with a few brown scales at the sides, having
a slight projecting frontal tuft. Palpi short, the apical joint dis-
tinctly appearing beyond the thickly clothed 2nd joint, pale
ochreous. Thorax greyish fuscous.

Fore wings long, narrow, with straight costal and dorsal mar-
gins, the apex rounded, apical margin strongly indented on vein 4,
pale ochreous with some umber scaling, especially about the
middle; the costal half of the wing is covered by a greyish fuscous
shade from the base to the apex, where it becomes attenuated; on
this is a longitudinal hoary subcostal streak, above which a series
of short costal geminations extend throughout the wing-length ;
two small fuscous dots, followed by a very short transverse shade,
indicate the position of the usual ocelloid patch, which is situated
higher than usual, and is opposite the marginal indentation ; the
cilia are pale ochreous interrupted by two streaks of umber scales
at the apex.

moths of Burma. 295

Hind wings very broad, with rather pronounced abdominal
angle, half as wide again as the fore wing.

Abdomen and legs pale ochreous shaded with greyish fuscous ;
under sides of both wings clouded with fuscous, except at the
extreme apical margin.

In neuration this remarkable species differs from
nearly all Tortricide with which I am acquainted in
the absence of a closing vein to the cell of the hind
wing. Grapholitha roesslert, Geller, and G. vestaliana,
Zeller, both from the United States, resemble it in this
respect, and it is worthy to be classed with those species
under a new generic name; in the form of the fore
wings, with the conspicuous indentation of the apical
margin, it agrees with the North American genus
Proteopteryx, Wism., but this has the cell of the hind
wing closed. The expanse of the wings of the single
female specimen before me is 31 mm., doubling the size
of Proteopteryx, and equalling or surpassing the average
of G. roessleri.

Rangoon, July, 1888. In coll. Swinhoe.

TINEIDA.
660. Cervaria xylinella.
Cervaria xylinella, Walker, xxxv., p. 1823 (1866).
(Type). Moulmein. In B.M.

PLUTELLIDA.
GELECHINA.
661. Thisizima ceratella.
Thisizima ceratella, Walker, xxix., p. 820 (1864).
(Type). Moulmein. In B. M.

662. Sagora rutilella.
Sagora rutilella, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,
p. 101 (1869).
Karen Hills, February and March, 1887. In coll.
Swinhoe.

Errara.—P. 271, line 18, after “‘ Hapalia? albicostalis, n. sp.”
add ‘‘(Pl. VIII., fig. 14)”; p. 273, line 8 from top, for ‘‘fig. 14”
read ‘‘fig. 16.”

296 Moths of Burma.

EXpuaNaTION oF Puates VII. & VIII.

PLATE VII.

Fic. 1. Lewcania subnitens, n. sp., p. 218.

2. Panagra idea, n. sp., p. 211.

3. Micronia sparsaria, Walker, p. 215.

4. Cherodes? umbrosa g, u. sp., p. 203.

5. Angerona figlina, n.sp., p. 205.

6. Leucania basilinea, n.sp., p. 220.

he ‘9 albivenata, n. sp., p. 217.

8. Zethes exigualis, nu. sp., p. 253.

9. Anisodes rapistriaria, n.sp., p. 210.
10. Bryophila conjecturalis, n. sp., p. 222.
11. Aramuna lutosa $,n.sp., p. 225.
12. Leucania homopterana, n.sp., p. 219.
13. Agxylia abstracta, n. sp., p. 221.
14. Daxata multifascrata, n. sp., p. 256.
15. Symitha punctata, n.sp., p. 236.
16. Zethes compactilis, n.sp., p. 251.
17. Bagada diffisa, n.sp., p. 224,
18. Lycauges annularia, nu. sp., p. 214.
19. Hurycraspeda burmanalis, n.sp., p. 285.

PLATE VIII.
Fic. 1. Armana nigrericta, n. sp., p. 250.
2. Rusicada brunnea 2 , Moore, p. 230.
3. Hypoepa opacaria, n.sp., p. 264.
4, Hypetra occularia, n. sp., p. 246.
5. Bertula analis, n.sp., p. 263.
6. Calinais gracilentalis, n. sp., p. 287.
7. Stemmatophora denticulata, n.sp., p. 290.
8. Phurys enervis, n. sp., p. 231.
9. Zanclognatha invenustua, n. sp., p. 268.
10. Zethes palliolata, n. sp., p. 252.
11. Bertula ethnica, n. sp., p. 2638.
12. Hadennia ignicoma, n. sp., p. 264.
13. Pramadea carbatinalis, n. sp., p. 288.
14, Hapalia? albicostalws, n. sp., p. 271.
15. Paliga leucanalis, n.sp., p. 276.
16. Nosophora albiguttalis, n. sp., p. 273.
17. Hapalia perbonalis, n. sp., p. 272.
18. 3 cascalis, n. sp., p. 271.
19. Grapholitha (Semasia) swinhoeiana, n. sp., p. 294.

VII. On New Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar.
By Cuaruss J. Ganan, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read March 5th, 1890. |

Pruate IX.

Tue following paper forms a slight contribution to our
knowledge of the Longicorn fauna of Africa and Mada-
gascar. In addition to describing some new genera and
species, I have endeavoured to put right a few of the
errors which have crept into the catalogue of Gemminger
and Harold. There remain to be made many more
corrections, chiefly referring to the synonymy and
generic position of species, and I hope, at a future
time, to be able to devote a paper specially to this
subject.
PRIONIDZE.
Closterus oculatus, n. 8.

3. Oculis supra subtusque fere contiguis: antennis articulo
tertio quam seapo fere duplo longiori; prothorace supra sparsim
punctato et vage fulvo-pubescente, lateraliter utrinque uni-dentato ;
elytris sparsim punctulatis, postice subcoriaceis, singulisque obso-
lete quadri-costatis. Long. 28, lat. 9 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Eyes almost touching below as well as above. Prothorax
sparsely tawny pubescent above, somewhat sparsely and rather
feebly punctured ; the lateral margins each with a single median
tooth, the antero-lateral angles subobtuse, the postero-lateral angles
rounded. Scutellum punctured at the sides, smooth in the middle.
Elytra subcoriaceous, very feebly and very sparsely punctured, each
with four raised lines. Antenne with the third joint nearly twice
as long as the scape, the fourth and following joints (the eleventh
excepted) subequal or gradually decreasing in length.

From C. flabellicornis, Serv. (the only other species of
the genus of which the male has been described), the
present species differs, inter alia, by the sub-contiguity
of the eyes below, by the different form of the lateral
margins of the prothorax, by the greater relative length

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—parT II. (JUNE) x

298 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

of the third joint of the antenne, by the much feebler
and sparser punctuation of the elytra, as well by the
more distinct raised lines on the latter. The remaining
two species of the genus—C. major, Waterh., and C.
janus, Thoms.—have been described from female forms
only ; and their characters do not permit me to regard
the form just described as the male of either.

Closterus serraticornis, n. s.

3. Fusco-ferrugineus; oculis magnis supra fere contiguis, subtus
approximatis; antennis corpore longioribus, articulis a tertio ad
decimum apice intus angulatim productis; prothorace crebre sub-
rugosoque punctato, pube sparsa fulvo-ferruginea obtecto, mar-
ginibus lateralibus angulis posticis subrotundatis; elytris sub-
coriaceis, sparsim punctulatis, singulisque lineis elevatis quinque
vel sex; pectore dense punctulato, et fulvo-ferrugineo pubescente ;
abdomine breviter sparsimque pubescente et sparsim punctulato ;
pedibus sat dense punctulatis, femoribus pubescentibus. Long.
33—35, lat. 11 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Eyes almost touching above, about a millimetre apart below.
Prothorax much broader than long, very closely and somewhat
rugosely punctured, clothed with a sparse and rather long tawny
red pubescence; the lateral margins with the median tooth
distinct, the anterior angles scarcely prominent, the posterior
angles obtuse and almost rounded. Elytra somewhat coriaceous,
rather sparsely punctulate, and each with five or six raised longi-
tudinal lines which do not reach the apex and of which'some are
almost obsolete. Body underneath, the abdomen excepted, densely
puuctulate and clothed with a longish reddish tawny pubescence ;
abdomen sparsely punctulate, and with a short and very sparse
pubescence. ‘The legs thickly enough punctulate, and the femora
with a rather long pubescence. Antenne about a fourth longer
than the body, with the joints, from the third to the tenth, each
produced at its inner apical termination into an acutely angular
tooth.

The present species is very distinct by the structure of
its antenne, and ought to be, perhaps, on this account,
formed into a separate genus; but as I find no other
character of sufficient importance by which to separate
it, I think it best to place it in the genus Closterus.

Longicorma from Africa and Madagascar. 299

Anamn (Monodesmine), n. g.

Head large and, together with the eyes, nearly as broad as the
prothorax in the middle; very convex below, mandibles horizontal.
Palpi with their last joint quite cylindrical. Eyes large, closely
approximated above, moderately separated below, reaching almost
to the base of the mandibles in front. Prothorax tranverse, rather
short, obtusely dilated at the middle of each side, and provided
with a lateral carina which curves down on each side from the
posterior border to reach as far as the outer termination of the
coxal cavity. Elytra rounded at the apex, each with a single lon-
gitudinal keel placed on the disk. Antenne longer than the body
(3), with the scape rather short, the third joint almost twice
as long as the scape, the fourth and following joints slightly and
gradually decreasing in length. With the joints from the third to
the tenth compressed towards the inner border, and each angulate
at its inner apical termination. Legs subequal, the posterior a
little longer ; femora rather short, strongly enough compressed and
dilated. Anterior coxe strongly transverse; the anterior cotyloid
cavities widely enough open behind.

This genus has been necessary for the reception of A.
nigrita, Chey., a species altogether foreign to the genus
Oeme, in which Chevrolat and Andrew Murray had
placed it, and one on which Murray relied to support his
favourite theory of a connection between the faune
of Africa and South America. The genus forms one of
the connecting links between the Prionide and Ceram-
bycide, and, according to Lacordaire’s system, ought to
be placed in the former rather than in the latter family.
The palpi are of a form very exceptional in both these
families, and resemble more those of the Lamude.

Type :—A. nigrita.

Oeme nigrita, Chev. Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1855,
p- 1853.

Oeme nigrita, Murr. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4 Ser.,
Vol. Vi.» p--£66,:pl.:2; fig.1.

Hab. Old Calabar.

CERAMBYCIDA.
Xystrocera chalybeata, n. sp.
Chalybeata, subopaca; prothorace minutissime creberrimeque
punctulatis, dorso postice (g) plaga, seutiforma, subnitida; elytris

rugoso-punctatis, singulis lineis duabus vel tribus vix elevatis ;
Kid

300 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

antennis (j) corpore plus sesqui-longioribus, articulis quinque
primis scabrosis, (@) corpore vix brevioribus. Long. 11—13 mm.

Hab. Nyassa.

Almost wholly of a dull steel blue colour, with the antennz
inclined to black. Prothorax very densely and finely punctulate.
Elytra rugosely punctured, each with two or three very feebly
raised longitudinal lines, apices somewhat obliquely rounded.

g. With the prothorax slightly longer than broad, with a
scutiform subnitid space on the disk posteriorly ; with the antenne
more than half as long again as the body, with the first five joints
thicker and scabrous. Abdomen steel blue, with what appears to
be the last dorsal segment modified into a broad bifurcate process,
with a somewhat similarly shaped but smaller process, beneath it,
with both these processes projecting beyond the apex of the fifth
ventral segment.

9. With the prothorax broader than long, the disk destitute of
a shining space. With the antenne scarcely as long as the body,
with the scape scabrous, the four following joints somewhat
asperately punctured. Abdomen underneath fulvous brown, with
the apex of the last segment steel blue.

In this species the scape of the antenne is provided at
the apex with a sharp carina, limiting a smooth ter-
minal groove, but it is not produced into a spinous or
angulate process on the inner side, as is the case with
the majority of the species of the genus.

Allogaster unicolor, n. 8.

A. geniculate affinis et similis, sed differt antennis rufo-testaceis,
pedibus fere omnino testaceis; processu prosterni postice abrupte
angustata.

Hab. Nyassa? and Natal.

Reddish testaceous, with a faint tawny ochreous pubescence.
Prothorax briefly and sharply enough spined on the middle of each
side; the disk with a callosity in the middle, and with two small
and very feebly raised tubercles anteriorly. Elytra closely pune-
tured, conjointly rounded at the apex. Legs testaceous, with the
extreme apical border of the femora blackish. Antenne wholly
reddish testaceous. Each of the first four abdominal segments (3)
with a large transverse tomentose depression.

The prosternal process has, in the present species, a
form unlike that of any Cerambycid known to me. This

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 301

process is moderately broad in front, is slightly dilated at
the point where it arches over to bend down behind the
cox, and behind the dilatation is abruptly narrowed.
The anterior coxal cavities remain widely enough open
behind. In A. geniculata, Thoms., the prosternal process
has a somewhat similar form, but from the postmedian
dilatation it is gradually narrowed to its posterior
extremity, the latter being somewhat pointed. The
mesosternal process in both species is broader than the
prosternal, is feebly and triangularly emarginate in the
middle of its apical border, and on each side posteriorly
has a small process abutting against the coxa. There
are two male examples of the new species in the collec-
tion. The female of the genus has not been described,
and is still unknown to me. Lacordaire and Thomson
placed Corethrogaster annulipes, Chey., (described from
the female only) in the genus; but this species, as well as
the Heterogaster semifemoratum of Chevrolat, belong to
the genus Parwme of Aurivillius.

Taurotagus brevipennis, 0. s.

Rufo-brunneis, pube holosericea grisea obtectus; prothorace
lateraliter et supra inequali nec plicato; elytris (g\) prothorace
triplo-longioribus; elytris (¢) prothorace plus triplo longioribus.
Long. 28—30 mm.

Hab. Yoruba (Capt. Moloney), Sierra Leone.

Reddish brown, with a rather thin silvery grey pubescence,
which on the elytra gives reflections like watered silk. Prothorax
uneven towards the sides, with four feeble obtuse tubercles on the
disk. Elytra rounded at the apex, those of the male three times as
long as the prothorax in the middle; those of the female a little
more than three times as long. Antenne in the male about a
fourth longer than the body, in the female surpassing but little the
middle of the elytra. Prosternal process vertical or subvertical
behind. Head underneath, between the eyes, without a distinct
eroove or ridge.

This species has all the characters which Lacordaire
has given for the genus T'aurotagus, with the exception
that the prothorax is not transversely wrinkled, but is
made uneven by some obtuse and feebly raised tubercles.

302 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

HERcODERA, N. g.

Head with the antennal tubers scarcely raised, with the front
short, with the eyes coarsely facetted, deeply emarginate, and
scarcely surpassing the insertion of the antenne in front. Antenne
sparsely ciliate, a little longer than the body (??), with the scape
subclavate, shorter than the third joint, the fourth joint about
equal in length to the scape, the fifth to the eighth subequal, each
slightly shorter than the third, the last three joints decreasing in
length ; the third and fourth joints each armed with a small spine
at the apex, some of the following joints also provided with an
exceedingly minute spine. Prothorax longer than broad, slightly
angular and unarmed at the sides, and somewhat constricted
just before the base. Elytra nearly linear, and subtruncate or
rounded at the apex. Legs moderately long, with the femora
stalked at the base, and gradually swollen beyond the middle; with
the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two succeeding
joints combined. Prosternal process rather narrow; feebly arched ;
scarcely dilated at its posterior extremity. Mesosternal process
nearly flat. Anterior cotyloid cavities open behind. Intermediate
cotyloid cavities closed on the outside.

I have placed this genus near Atesta, in the group
Phoracanthine, though it might equally as well, perhaps,
be placed in the group Callidiopsine. The presence of
spines on the antenne is, however, very exceptional in
the latter, while it is characteristic of the former group.

Hercodera fasciata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 1).

Rufo-testaceis, antennis pedibusque (femoribus medio exceptis)
nigris; prothorace reticulato-punctato; elytris dense fortiterque
punctatis, eneo-viridis, fascia lata testacea que pars major pone
medium. Long. 10 mm.; lat. 24 mm.

Hab. Masai-land (’. J. Jackson, Esq.).

Reddish testaceous, with a few scattered greyish hairs. Head
obsoletely punctured. Prothorax at the sides and above covered
with broad shallow regular punctures, giving it a finely reticulated
appearance. Jlyira very thickly and strongly punctured, with the
punctures becoming finer and less dense posteriorly; metallic
green, with a very broad transverse testaceous band beginning a
little behind the basal third, and extending as far as the apical
fourth of the elytra ; this band slightly triangularly produced along
the suture in front. Apices of the elytra feebly truncate, almost
rounded. Legs black, with the thickened clavate portion of the
femora reddish testaceous. Antenne black.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 308

Merosrium (Obriine), n. g.

Head large, broad between the eyes, attenuated posteriorly,
concave between the antennal tubercles ; with the eyes prominent,
coarsely facetted, feebly emarginate in front, widely separated
above. Antenne more than half as long again as the body, with
the third and fourth joints short, subequal, together scarcely
longer than the scape; with the fifth and following joints com-
pressed, each longer than the third and fourth combined. Pro-
thorax twice as long as broad, horizontal for a short distance at the
base, thence inclined upwards and anteriorly bent forwards so as to
form with the head a sub-semicircular curve; the middle of each
side with an obtuse tubercle or angle, in front of and behind
which the prothorax is slightly constricted. Elytra linear, a little
retracted and truncate at the apex, with the lateral margins sinuate
in the middle. First segment of the abdomen as long as the three
following united. Prosternal process subhorizontal posteriorly, and
produced a short distance behind the cotyloid cavities; the latter
completely closed in behind. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open
on the outside.

Type :—Metobrium elegans, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. de
France, 1887, p. 334, pl. 3, fig. 9.

A figure of this species and a very full description
have been given by M. Fairmaire, but he has erro-
neously referred it to the genus Obriaccum, of Thomson.
From this genus it is at once separated by the greater
width of the head, the length and curvature of the
thorax, and the different relative proportions of the
basal joints of the antenne.

The genus Obriaccum is, as pointed out in M. Lameere’s
supplement, synonymous with the previously charac-
terised Ossibia of Pascoe.

HYPARGYRA, N. g.

Head concave between the antennal tubercles; front subvertical,
a little broader than long, feebly transversely impressed near the
base. Antenne a little longer than the body, with joint 3 much
longer than the scape, with joints 4—6 subequal, each shorter than
8rd, with joints 7—10 gradually decreasing in length, 11th longer
than 10th. Eyes finely facetted, deeply emarginate. Prothorax
sub-cylindrical, a little longer than broad, feebly rounded and
unarmed at the sides, and very slightly constricted at the base.
Scutellum forming a nearly equilateral triangle. Elytra slightly

304 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

and gradually narrowed posteriorly; apices obtusely rounded.
Femora clavate; the posterior, longer and more gradually thick-
ened, surpassing the elytra behind; first joint of posterior tarsus
longer than the two succeeding joints combined. Front cox
spherical, not angulate on the outside, their cotyloid cavities com-
pletely closed behind. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open on the
outside. Abdomen with five visible segments, the fifth scarcely as
long as the fourth, and rounded at the apex. Female stouter than
the male, with the antenne a little shorter than the body, with the
eleventh joint scarcely longer than the tenth, and with joints 7—11
slightly dilated and compressed.

Following Lacordaire’s system, this genus must be
placed in the Callichromine, in which group it seems to
come nearest to Jonthodes. It is easily distinguished
from the latter by the form of the prothorax, and by the
scape rounded, not angulate, at its inner apical border.

Hypargyra cribripennis, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 2, 3).

Niger, elytris viridis, sub-nitidis, versus suturam purpureo-
cyaneis: capite punctato; prothorace foveolato-punctato, vitta
utrinque, et vittis duabus obsoletis medio disci argenteo-sericeis ;
elytris fortiter et creberrime punctatis; pedibus piceis sparsim
punctatis, femoribus quatuor anticis rufis; antennis nigris, scapo
dense punctato, corpore subtus argenteo-pubescente. Long. 14 and
17; lat. 3} and 44 mm., gf and 9.

Hab. Mamboia, Mpwapwa (E. Africa).

Black. Head with a faint silky white pubescence; strongly
enough punctured. Prothorax above with close foveolate punctures ;
with a few small smooth spaces; with a distinct silvery white or
fulvous vitta on each side, and two almost obsolete vitte along the
middle of the disk. Elytra of a fine metallic green, passing to
purplish blue towards the suture and external margin; covered
with very strong and confluent punctures, which give to them
a rasp-like appearance. Body underneath with a silvery pubes-
cence, somewhat denser in the female. In the female specimen
before me the legs are entirely dark brown, in the male the
four anterior femora are red.

The characters of the male have been drawn up from
one of two specimens in Mr. Bates’s collection; those of
the female from a specimen in the British Museum
collection.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 305

Compsomera nigricollis, n. s.

Capite fusco-ferrugineo; prothorace nigro, opaco, dense sub-
rugoso punctato; elytris chalybeato-cyaneis, fasciis longitudinalibus
a basi ultra medium extensis, nigris; versus basin dense asperato-
punctatis, versus apicem minute et subdense granulosis : corpore
subtus atro-fusco, leviter griseo-sericeo-pubescente; antennis pedi-
busque rufo-ferrugineis, femoribus leviter rugoso-punctatis ; scapo
antennarum scabroso. Long. 27 mm.

Hab. Mamboia (EK. Africa).

Head obscure reddish brown, faintly punctured in front. Pro-
thorax dull black, very densely punctured. Elytra of a metallic
blue, tinted with violet posteriorly; with two longitudinal black
fasciz on each, and a common triangular black fascia all united at
the base; with the outermost or marginal fascia of each elytron
broad, dilated posteriorly, and cut away obliquely behind, the
inner fascia narrow, attenuated posteriorly, and united at its
extremity with the outer fascia. Towards the base the elytra are
closely and somewhat asperately punctured, posteriorly the punc-
tures are replaced by minute and dense granules. Body under-
neath blackish brown, with a faint greyish white pubescence giving
silvery reflections in certain lights. Legs and antenne reddish
brown; the femora somewhat rugosely punctured; the scape of
the antenn scabrous.

From the other described species of the genus easily
distinguished by having the prothorax almost wholly
black.

Mecaspis mina, n. 8.

Chalybeato-cyanea, nitida; prothoracis disco glabro, postice sat
dense punctulato; scutello modice elongato, transversim rugoso ;
elytris basi minutissime denseque punctulatis et subtiliter velutinis,
deinde glabris nitidis, sparsim punctulatis ; corpore subtus chaly-
beato-cyaneo, nitido; prosterno haud tuberculato; antennis pedi-
busque nigris, femoribus (basi exceptis) badiis; tarsis supra
griseo-pilosis, posterioribus argenteis. Long. 29 mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Deep dark blue, passing in places to violet. Prothorax punctu-
late and very feebly rugulose on the disk, especially towards
the sides posteriorly ; the anterior and posterior sulci each with
two or three feeble transverse ridges. Elytra with the base very
minutely and closely punctulate and covered with a faint velvety
pile, the remainder glabrous and sparsely and finely punctured.

306 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Legs black; with the femora, except at their bases, chestnut red.
The four anterior femora dentate and strongly enough emarginate
on the underside towards their extremity.

Do.icHAsPIs, n. &.

From Mecaspis differs by the more elongated and
much smoother scutellum; the femora all unarmed
underneath ; the mesosternal process flat below, some-
what truncate and subvertical in front.

Dolichaspis scutellata, n. s.

Chalybeato-violacea vel viridi-cyanea; prothoracis disco subti-
liter atro-velutino; scutello longissimo (5}—6 mm.), minute
sparsissimeque punctulato; elytris minutissime creberrimeque
punctulatis et tenuiter velutinis, versus apicem glabris et sparsim
punctulatis ; corpore subtus chalybeato, subnitido; lateribus pec-
toris abdominisque subtilissime argenteo-sericeis; antennis nigris,

dimidium elytrorum paullo excedentibus. Long. 85—36 mm.

Hab. Angola.

Prothorax strongly though somewhat obtusely tubercled on each
side; the disk with a faint velvety black pile, with the median line
glabrous. Scutellum very long, very sparsely punctulate, and
without transverse ridges. Elytra very minutely and closely
punctulate on those parts covered by the faint velvety pile;
towards the apex and on a narrow space along the middle of each,
clabrous and sparsely punctulate. Legs and underside of the body
steel blue, sub-nitid; the tarsi above with a shining grey pile.
Prosternal process rather broader towards the middle of its length,
strongly arched and subvertical behind. Antenne scarcely differing
in the two sexes; reaching to about the apical third of the elytra
in the male.

Two specimens, which appear to be male and female,
in the Brit. Museum collection. In the male the sixth
ventral segment is scarcely visible, and the apex of the
fifth is shghtly sinuately emarginate ; in the female the
fifth segment is rounded at the apex.

Hypatium splendidum, n. s.

Aurato-viride, cupreo-micans, nitidissimum; capite fronte sat
dense punctato; prothorace disco sparsim punctato et versus latera
nonnihil transversim rugoso; elytris concoloribus dense punctatis ;
pedibus antennisque (clavis femorum 4 anticorum rufo-castaneis

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 807

exceptis) nigris, his (?) dimidium elytrorum vix excedentibus ;
corpore subtus sub-nitido, subtilissime griseo-pubescente. Long.
192; lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Mpwapwa (E. Africa), (Dr. Kirk).

Head, prothorax above and elytra of a bright golden green,
strongly shining, and, in certain lights, giving reddish coppery
reflections. Head rather thickly punctured in front. Prothorax
near the anterior margin smooth; with the basal constricted part
transversely strigose; with the disk sparsely punctured (more
sparsely in the middle), and towards the sides feebly wrinkled ;
with the medio-lateral tubercles obtuse, and the antero-lateral
callosities strongly enough developed. Scutellum somewhat ru-
gosely punctured. Elytra densely punctured, with the punctures
somewhat less dense towards the base; apices rounded. Body
underneath sub-nitid, with a faint greyish pubescence. Legs and
antenne black, with the thickened clavate portion of the four
anterior femora reddish chestnut. All the femora provided with a
tooth on the underside a little before the apex.

A second specimen, also a female, and of somewhat
greater size (length 22 mm.), differs in colour only
from the description given. In this specimen not a trace
of green is visible; those parts which in the first
specimen are golden green are here entirely of a coppery
purple. Finding not the slightest difference in structural
character to accompany this rather marked difference of
colour, I am obliged to regard both specimens as speci-
fically the same.

Philematium nitidipenne, n. 8.

Q. Alneo-viride, nitidissimum ; capite dense sub-rugoso punc-
tato; prothorace dorso inequali, transversim rugoso et inter rugas
dense fortiterque punctato; scutello brevi, triangulari, sub-rugoso ;
elytris valde denseque punctatis, punctis postice minutioribus et
sparsioribus; pedibus antennisque nigris (clavis femorum anticorum
intermediorumque rufo-castaneis exceptis), tarsis supra grisco-
pubescentibus. Long. 28 mm.

Hab. Nyassa (Thelwall).

Bright brassy green, strongly shining. Head thickly and some-
what rugosely punctured, with a small space on the vertex between
the eyes almost impunctate. Prothorax with the posterior raised
portion of the disk transversely rugose, with the intervals between
the ridges strongly and densely punctured, with the anterior raised

308 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

portion of the disk less densely punctured and without ridges.
Elytra thickly and strongly punctured, with the punctures gradually
becoming smaller and sparser posteriorly. Body underneath brassy
green, impubescent, scarcely punctured; abdomen with a golden
tinge. Legs black, with the clubs of the four anterior femora
reddish chestnut. The tarsi above with a greyish pubescence,
which on the posterior tarsi is silvery. Prosternal process feebly
obtusely tubercled and subvertical behind. Antenne black, shorter
than the body.

A single female example in the collection. The species
is easily distinguished by the peculiar punctuation of its
elytra. In no other species of the genus do we find the
punctures anteriorly so strong, and posteriorly so sparse.
The shortness of the antenne (in the female) is also a
very distinct character.

Callichroma fuligineum, n. 8.
= Callichroma abyssinicum, Chev. MS.

Nigrum, subtus sub-zeneum; antennis chalybeatis, articulis
3—6 interdum rufis; pedibus rufis, chalybeato-tinctis; capite
rugoso-punctato; prothorace dorso regulariter et transversim stri-
goso; elytris opacis, nigro-fusco tenuiter velutinis; antennarum
articulo 40 quam 80 vix breviori. Long. 15—23 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia and W. Africa ?.

Prothorax regular, armed on each side with a sharp conical
spine, the dise nude, sub-nitid, crossed by fine ridges running into
each other, and all with a fairly regular transverse direction.
Elytra dull, with a brownish black faint pubescence. Antenne
steel-blue, with sometimes the joints 3—6 reddish; with the
fourth joint as long as (3), or scarcely shorter than (? ), the third.

A species easily recognised by the regular transverse
ridges on the whole of the upper side of the prothorax,
and the dull brownish black colour of the elytra. Its
structure brings it nearest, perhaps, to the North Indian
C. perletum, white. There are fourteen specimens in the
Brit. Museum collection. Two specimens in Mr. Bates’s
collection are ticketed W. Africa, but Mr. Bates considers
the correctness of this locality open to question.

HExARRHOPALA (Cleomenin@), n. g.

Head deeply enough concave between the antennal tubercles.
Front declivous. Muzzle short. Eyes finely facetted, emarginate,

Longicorma from Africa and Madagascar. B09

lower lobes somewhat rounded, upper lobes small, narrow.
Antenne (@ ?) attaining the middle of the elytra; scape short,
little thickened, joint 8 equal to 4 and 5 united, the rest gradually
decreasing in length, joints 5—11 slightly dilated, 6th and 7th
broadest. Prothorax cylindrical, longer than broad, with the sides
nearly parallel, unarmed, very slightly constricted at the base ;
with a carina, strongly raised posteriorly, along the middle of the
disk. Elytra with the sides nearly parallel; strongly punctured ;
apices broadly conjointly rounded. Femora pedunculate at the
base, abruptly swollen into a short thick club at the apex. Abdomen
with the first segment as long as the three following united.
Sternal processes simple. Anterior cotyloid cavities closed in
behind; the intermediate shut off from the mesothoracic epimera
by the production forward of the antero-lateral lobes of the meta-
sternum. The body, legs, and basal joints of the antenne provided
with long scattered hairs.

There can be no doubt that the place of this genus is
in the group Cleomenine, from the other genera of
which, it is, however, sufficiently distinct. It comes
nearest, perhaps, to Apiogaster.

Hexarrhopala apicalis,n.s. (Pl. IX., figs. 8 and 3a).

Nitida, sparsim ciliata; capite antennisque et corpore subtus
nigris; prothorace supra rufo-testaceo, marginibus anticis posti-
cisque nigris, disco sparsim punctato et in medio longitudinaliter
carinato, carina postice valde elevata; elytris brunneo-testaceis,
tertia parte apicali violacea, grosse sub-rugosoque punctatis,
apicibus conjunctim late rotundatis ; corpore subtus sparsim punc-
tato; pedibus nigrescentibus, clavis femorum 4 anteriorum rufo-
testaceis. Long. 12; lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Lake Nyassa (Thelwall).

The fronts of the four anterior tibize with a silky fulvouns pile,
the rest of the body almost destitute of pubescence beyond the
rather long widely scattered cilia coming off from all parts. The
four basal joints of the antenne nitid and somewhat sparsely
punctured, the remaining joints with a dull brownish black tomen-
tum. The tibie carinate, with the intervals between the carine
punctured.

The coloration of this species is extremely like that of
the following little species which I am obliged to refer
to Apiogaster.

310 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Aptogaster similis, n. 8.

Nigra, nitida, sparsim ciliata; prothorace in medio disci
laterumque, elytris (sutura antice et tertia parte apicali, nigris,
exceptis) et clavis femorum rufo-testaceis ; capite subnitido, dense
punctato ; elytris sparsim punctatis, apicibus leviter sinuato-trun-
catis; antennis dimidium elytrorum vix excedentibus, scapo valde
punctato et versus apicem breviter transversimque carinato. Long.
5; lat. 14 mm.

Hab. Lake Nyassa.

The prothorax across the middle above, and a broad vitta of
each elytron extending from the shoulder near to the apical third,
and there invading the whole width of the elytron, reddish testa-
ceous; the clubs of the femora of the same colour; the rest of the
body black.

In the sinuation of the lateral margins, and the
enlargement behind of the elytra, in the form and
punctuation of the head, in the width and strong punc-
tuation of the metathoracic episterma, and in other
characters, this species agrees with A.rujfiventris, Perroud.
It differs in colour, in the rougher scape, which bears two
short transverse ridges on the inner side at the apex,
in the stronger punctuation of the elytra, and in having
the basal segment of the abdomen relatively shorter.

LAMIID.
Srrxis, n. g. (Lamune vere).

Head broadly and slightly concave between the antennal
tubercles; front slightly convex, a little broader than high. Eyes
emarginate, with the lower lobes rather short and oblique. Antenne
(?) about as long as the body, with the scape reaching to about the
middle of the prothorax, narrowly cicatrised at the apex, the
cicatrix limited by a complete carina, with the third joint about
equal in length to the scape, the fourth much shorter, the rest
decreasing gradually. Prothorax broader than long, armed with a
sharp spine on each side just behind the middle, strongly punctured
above. Elytra much broader than the base of the prothorax, very
strongly punctured, gradually rounded on the sides at the middle,
strongly retracted towards the apex, where each is emarginate with
the outer angle produced into a short blunt spine. Legs moderately
long, with the femora somewhat thickened beyond the middle;
with the intermediate tibiz emarginate; with the claws of the
tarsi divaricate. Prosternal process simple, arched in the middle:
mesosternal process subvertical in front. Metasternum very short.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. dll

Two characters—the presence of a closed cicatrix on
the scape of the antenne, and the shortness of the
metasternum—fix the position of this genus in Lacor-
daire’s group Lamiine vere. From Velleda, which it
seems to approach most nearly, it differs chiefly by the
broader front of the head; the shorter and more trans-
verse prothorax, with the lateral spines slightly recurved
and placed just behind the middle; the elytra much
more strongly punctured ; and the femora not carinate
on each side below.

Stixts punctata, n.s.

Niger; capitis vertice et prothoracis dorso valde punctatis,
et tenuiter griseo-pubescentibus ; scutello griseo; elytris punctatis,
punctis magnis, oblongis, sub-seriatim dispositis, singulis plaga
triangulari laterali et fascia preapicali cinereis, apicibus emargi-
natis, angulis externis breviter spinosis; corpore subtus pedibusque
tenuissime griseo-pubescentibus. Long. 10; lat. 34 mm.

Hab. Mpwapwa (EH. Africa), 2.

Front of the head with a few minute scattered punctures; the
vertex rather strongly and sparsely punctured. Prothorax above
rather densely punctured with deep strong punctures. Elytra with
large oblong punctures arranged somewhat in rows, with the
punctures at the base slightly asperate.

Idactus spinipennis, n. s.

Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens; capitis vertice macula arcuata nigro-
velutina ; prothoracis disco trituberculato, in medio fusco-liturato ;
elytris basi asperatis, singulis prope basin crista sub-elongata fasci-
culoque pilorum et postice fasciculis pilorum tribus; apicibus sub-
attenuatis et ad suturam spina obtusa brevi armatis; lateribus et
disco inter cristas fusco-plagiatis ; antennis corpore paullo longio-
ribus, scapo crasso, obconico, apice intus asperato-cicatricoso,
cicatrice sine carina, articulo 80 quam 40 sesqui-longiori ; femoribus
in medio incrassatis, tarsis anticis sub-dilatatis, et lateraliter
sparsim fimbriatis. Long. 20; lat. 73 mm.

Hab. Banks of the Anseba River (Abyssinia).

Eyes with the lower lobes rather large. Prothorax with a strong
and sharp tubercle on each side, and three tubercles on the disk, of
which the median is a little stronger than the two anterior. Elytra
somewhat asperate at the base, each with a slightly elongate crest,
surmounted by a fascicle of hairs, on the middle of the disk near

S12 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

the base, with a small tuft of hairs external to this crest, with
three tufts of hairs posteriorly placed near the inner border of the
postero-lateral fuscous patch. The apices somewhat attenuated,
and each ending at the suture in a short blunt spine. The pros-
ternal process slightly arched, and sending out a small angular
process against the coxa on each side just at the commencement of
the posterior declivity. The mesosternal process flat, and sending
out a similar process on each side a little before its posterior
extremity.

Idactus Ellioti, n.s.

Fulvo-griseo-pubescens; capitis vertice macula arcuata nigro-
velutina ; prothoracis dorso in medio et lateribus pone tuberculos
suf-fuscis, disco tri-tuberculato, tuberculo medio valde elevato,
conico; scutello fusco, linea media fulva excepta; elytris basi
fortiter punctatis, griseo-pubescentibus, plaga magna elongata
utrinque fusca, supra in medio triangulariter valdeque emarginata ;
singulis prope basin crista fasciculoque pilorum, et postice fasci-
culis pilorum tribus ; apicibus sub-oblique truncatis ; antennis cor-
pore paullo longioribus, scapo clavato adapicem punctis paucis aspe-
ratis, articulo 80 quam 40 fere sesqui-longiori. Long. 17; lat.6} mm.

Hab. Madagascar (G. F’. Scott Elliot).

This has a strong general resemblance and a somewhat
similar style of marking to the preceding. It differs,
however, by the more clavate scape of the antenne, the
stronger median tubercle on the disk of the prothorax,
the base of the elytra strongly punctured and less
distinctly asperate, the apices somewhat obliquely trun-
cate and without a spine at the suture. The sternal
processes are somewhat similar in structure, and the
anterior tarsi are slightly dilated and fringed. The eyes
in this species are smaller than in the last, and are
relatively of about the same size as in I. tridens, Pase.

Idactus maculicornis, n. 8.

Brunneo-pubescens, fusco variegatus, capitis vertice macula
arcuata nigro-velutina; prothorace lateraliter et in medio disci
nigro-velutino-sub-maculato; scutello fusco; elytris fasciculis
minutis pilorum dispersis, singulis prope basin tuberculo fasci-
culoso, apicibus rotundatis ; antennis (?) corpore vix longioribus,
griseo pubescentibus fusco-maculatis, seapo sub-clavato, apice intus
asperato, articulo 80 quam 40 paullo longiori; segmento ultimo
dorsali abdominis fasciculis duabus pilorum fulvorum.

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 313

Hab. Mombas, E. Africa.

In style of marking and colour resembles the two
preceding, especially the first, but the postero-lateral
fuscous patch of each elytron is more broken up into
line-like spots, which enclose two whitish spots. The
present species is very distinct by the numerous very
small tufts on the elytra, by the fasciculose tubercle
instead of an elongated crest on each near the base, and
by the apices of the elytra rounded off to the suture, and
not furnished with a spine. The sternal processes have
a structure similar to that in the two last species, and in
I. tridens. The eyes are small.

Notwithstanding the marked structural differences
between the three species just described, I feel compelled
to place them in the same genus. Beyond having a
longer third joint to the antenne, they differ in no
essential respect from Idactus tridens. JIagree with Mr.
Pascoe that the genera Jdactus and Oeax are best placed
near Lasiopezus. Ocax, in Gemminger’s catalogue, is,
without reason, placed as a synonym of Acmocera ; so
also is Hmphreus—a very distinct genus which should, I
think, be placed in the group Bareine near Stenobia.
Judging from the description, (Barcus) Sundewallii,
Fihr., must be extremely closely allied to, if not identical
with, Hmphreus ferruginosus, White.

Prosopocera antennata, n. 8.

@. Griseo-pubescens, elytris pallide brunneo irroratis, sin-
gulisque pone humerum macula parva laterali nigro-velutina ;
pronoto antice rotundato, basi bisinuato, disco medio leviter
ineequali, tuberculis lateralibus prothoracis sat validis, apice sub-
obtusis; elytris humeris minute granulatis deinde spa~sim punctu-
latis; antennis corpore vix equalibus, articulo tertio‘quam scapo
breviori. Long. 27; lat. 11 mm.

Hab. Yoruba (W. Africa), (Capt. Moloney).

Head with the front in its upper part flat or slightly concave, in
its lower part somewhat convex, with a raised median line extend-
ing from base to vertex, with a transverse impressed line between
the eyes above the antennal tubercles, and with two oblique nude
lines on the basal part of the front. Eyes of moderate size, their
lower lobes reaching a little more than half-way to the base of the
mandibles. Pronotum with its front margin rounded, its basal margin
bisinuate ; with four transverse impressions, two of which, close to

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (JUNE.) ¥

314 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

the margins, are less distinct; of the remaining two that near the
base is almost perfectly straight, while the anterior groove is very
strongly bisinuate; disk somewhat uneven. Elytra with a grey
pubescence mottled with pale brown; with some small granules
on the base and shoulders, from thence very sparsely punctulate ;
each with a small velvety black spot placed close to the margin
behind the shoulder. Body underneath and legs with a yellowish
grey pubescence. Antenne grey, with the third joint a little
shorter than the scape, the fourth barely longer than the third, the
fifth and following joints subequal.

In the Museum collection there are two specimens—
one from Sierra Leone, the other from Old Calabar—
which agree in the relative length of the third joint of
the antennz and other structural characters with the
specimen just described, but differ by having two black
spots (placed obliquely) on each elytron instead of one.
For the present I regard these as forming a variety.

The three following species form a separate section in
the genus Prosopocera characterised by having the horn
of the head in the male coming off from the base of the
front, and directed slightly upwards instead of down-
wards, and by having the two intermediate of the four
transverse grooves of the prothorax almost directly
transverse and parallel, instead of being more or less
strongly bisinuate. The prothorax itself is proportionately
somewhat shorter, with the pronotum less produced and
less rounded in front.

Prosopocera aspersa, n. s.
Prosopocera schiippelit. De}. Cat.

Picea vel rufo-picea; capitis fronte (¢) in medio excavata,
cornu supra concavo subtus convexo, apice bifido; prothorace
lateribus obti%Se breviterque tuberculato, supra in medio et lateraliter
albido-pubescente ; elytris sparsim punctatis, maculis numerosis
minimis aspersis, singulisque maculis quatuor majoribus (una
basali, duabus ante medium oblique positis, quarta ad tertiam
apicalem) albido-pubescentibus; antennis (3') articulis tertio ad
quintum inerassatis. Long. 18—22mm.,

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Head in the male with an oval excavation in the front just
above the horn, the latter also hollowed out at its base on the
upper side. Lower lobes of the eyes not reaching quite half-way to
the base of the mandibles; with a white spot behind the lower

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. — 315

lobe of each eye, and a few faint whitish lines on the front of the
head. Prothorax with rather short and obtuse lateral tubercles
vaguely pubescent on the middle of the disk, more distinctly
pubescent on the sides. Elytra with numerous very small scat-
tered white spots, and each with four larger whitish spots, of
which one is at the base; two, the largest, are placed obliquely
towards the side in front of the middle, and each encloses a nude
spot; the fourth is at about the beginning of the apical third. |
Sides of the body underneath whitish. Legs and antenne with a
faint greyish pubescence.

Prosopocera cornifrons (Dej. Cat.), n.s.
Olivaceo-brunnea leviter griseo-pubescens; capitis fronte (3)
cornu armata, cornu apice bifido; prothorace lateribus sat valde
obtuseque tuberculato ; elytris sub-sparsim punctatis leviter griseo-
pubescentibus maculis aspersis fulvido-albidis; antennis (3)
articulis tertio quartoque incrassatis; corpore subtus lateribus
fulvido-pubescentibus. Long. 1S—20 mm.

Hab. Senegal.

Head with the horn in the male concave above and bifid at the
apex; with the front above the horn not excavated. Prothorax
strongly enough tubercled at the sides, with the tubercles blunt at
their apex. Elytra somewhat sparsely punctured; with a taint
greyish pubescence, and with some small scattered, and a few
larger somewhat obscure, fulvous white spots. Antenne in the
male not quite twice as long as the body, with the third and fourth
joints thickened; with the joints from the fourth ringed with
fuscous at their apices, for the rest greyish-pubescent.

Prosopocera Dejeani, n. s.

Prosopocera senegalensis, Dej. Cat.

Piceo-fusca, leviter et vage griseo-pubescens ; capitis fronte (3)
cornu armata, cornu apice bifido; prothorace lateribus sat valde
tuberculato, tuberculis apice obtusis et lateraliter sub-compressis ;
elytris valde punctatis, griseo vel albido vage pubescentibus ;
antennis articulis tertio quartoque (3) incrassatis. Long. 20—25 mm.

Hab. Natal.

Pitchy brown. Head feebly rugosely punctured in front, with a
whitish pubescence around the eyes, with the horn in the male
bifid at the apex. Prothorax strongly enough tubercled at the
sides, with the tubercles blunt at the apex and slightly compressed
from before backwards. Elytra rather strongly punctured, with

¥2

316 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

a somewhat mixed pubescence of light grey and brownish
grey, with one or two lighter coloured spots towards the sides
anteriorly. Antenne about half as long again as the body, with
the third and fourth joints in the male thickened, with the joints
from the fourth fuscous at their apices.

There are five specimens of this species in the Brit.
Museum collection, but all in a more or less rubbed con-
dition, so that I have not been able to satisfactorily
describe the nature of the pubescence. ‘The species
seems to be closely allied to the last, from which it
differs by its larger size, its much darker-coloured derm,
its somewhat more strongly tubereled prothorax, and
finally by having its pubescence pale grey or whitish,
where in the other species it is fulvous.

Alphitopola octomaculata, n. s.

Rufo-brunnea, griseo-pubescens; capite partim, prothorace
antice et vitta marginali elytrorum rufo-ferrugineo-pubescentibus 5
prothorace utrinque macula parva nigra; elytris singulis maculis
tribus nigris—una humerali, secunda laterali, pone humerum, tertia
dorsali, paullo ante medium. Long. 14 mm.

Hab. ‘Lake Nyassa (Thelwall).

Head with a pubescence partly grey, but mostly of a reddish
rust colour. The front with a median raised line, the vertex with
a transversely arcuate linear impression. Prothorax reddish pubes-
cent in front of the middle, greyish pubescent behind the middle ;
the sides slightly rounded in the middle, each with a small rounded
black spot. Elytra strongly and thickly enough punctured, with
the punctures almost concealed by the close fawn-coloured pubes-
cence; with a marginal reddish rust-coloured band, and each with
three black spots, one above the shoulder basal, one below and
a little behind the shoulder, the third on the disk a little in front of
the middle; apices of the elytra rounded. Body underneath and
legs with a greyish pubescence; the middle of the breast and of
the abdomen pink-tinted owing to the red colour of the derm
underneath. Last abdominal segment (¢) with a deep triangular
emargination at the apex. Mesosternal process very feebly
tubercled near its posterior end. Antenne greyish-pubescent, a
little longer than the body.

Alphitopola vitticollis, n. s.
Fulvo-brunneo-pubescens ; capite linea mediana, elevata, nigra;
prothorace vittis tribus niveis (vittis lateralibus ad oculos extensis) ;

Longicornia from Africa and Madagasear. 317

scutello, macula ovali pone scutellum, et macula subovali (antice
nigro-notata) singulo elytro ad medium niveis; elytris valde punc-
tatis, apicibus rotundatis ; corpore subtus brunneo, pectore utrinque
niveo-vittato; antennis fusco-ferrugineis tenuiter griseo-pubescen-
tibus. Long. 13; lat. 4 mm.

Hab. L. Nyassa (Thelwall).

With a fulvous brown pubescence. Head with a longitudinal
median raised black line; with an arcuate linear impression
between the antennal tubercles; with the eyes large; with the
palpi testaceous. Prothorax unarmed and slightly rounded at the
sides; transversely grooved near the base and apex; with a median
dorsal vitta, and a broader vitta on each side snow-white; the
lateral vitte produced to the eyes in front, and along the sides of
the breast behind. Scutellum and an oval sutural spot adjoining
it, snow-white. Each elytron, just in front of the middle, with an
oval snow-white spot which is marked at its anterior end with a
small round black spot ; with asimilar black spot at the side of each
elytron behind and below the shoulder. Apices of the elytra
rounded. Mesosternal process strongly tubercled. Antenne red-
dish brown, with a faint greyish pubescence.

_Alphitopola Pascoei, n,s. (Pl. IX., fig. 4).

Pallide-brunnea, tenuissime griseo-pubescens; capite antice
luteo-flavo-pubescente, linea mediana longitudinali elevata; pro-
thorace medio disci sub-nitido, lateribus singulis vitta lutea, nigro-
unipunctata; elytris valde punctatis, maculis tribus basalibus (una
communi pone scutellum), fasciaque obliqua nigro-bipunctata
utrinque ante medium, et macula utrinque versus apicem, luteis ;
apicibus rotundatis ; pedibus antennisque brunneis. Long. 12mm.

Hab. UL. Nyassa (Thelwall).

Head with a buff yellow pubescence in front, with a raised
longitudinal median black line, with an arcuate linear impression
between the antennal tubercles. Prothorax unarmed and slightly
rounded in the middle at the sides, with a transverse groove
towards base and apex, each side with a luteous vitta marked near
its middle with a minute black spot. Elytra strongly and some-
what sparsely punctured; with three luteous spots at the base—
one behind and one on each side of the scutellum—of which the
two lateral are each terminated anteriorly by a small black point;
with, on each before its middle, an oblique luteous fascia extending
from the margin inwards and backwards without reaching the
suture, and marked with two small round black spots, one near its

318 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

lateral, the other near its inner end; with a luteous spot on each
towards the apex; with the apices rounded. Mesosternum with a
small conical tubercle. Legs and antenne pale brown.

Phymasterna maculifrons, n. 8.

P. lacteoguttate similis; indumento atro-fuliginoso vestita ;
albo-maculata ; capite maculis sex—una vertice, una medio frontis,
una singula gena, et una utrinque pone oculos; prothorace plaga
alba utrinque ; scutello albo-maculato; elytris maculis quinque et
punctis duabus albis ; antennis nigris, opacis. Long. 9—15 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Covered with a dull brownish black indumentum above, and
with a greyish pubescence underneath. Head with a white spot
on the vertex, a spot on the middle of the front, a transverse spot
on each cheek, and a small rounded spot behind each eye.
Prothorax with a white plaga on each side. Scutellum with a
white spot. Elytra sparsely punctured, with the punctures con-
cealed by the somewhat scaly pubescence; each with two points,
one above, one below the shoulder, and five more or less rounded
spots, white; of these spots the first is near the suture, and ata
short distance behind the scutellum; the third, the smallest, is in
a line with the first; the second, a little larger than the first, is on
the side close to the outer margin; the fourth and fifth are placed,
one behind the other, on the posterior half of the elytron, the
fourth spot being the largest of all. Body underneath with a
white spot on each side of the prothorax in front of the outer
angle of the cotyloid cavity, a spot on each side of the mesothorax,
a large oblong spot on each side of the metasternum, and a spot
on each side of each of the first four abdominal segments.

From P. lacteoguttata, Casteln., differs by its some-
what narrower form, its much blacker indumentum, the
white spots on the front and sides of head, and on the
sides of the pro- and meso-thorax underneath, the
scutellum with a white spot, and the spots on the elytra
of relatively somewhat different sizes, with the first
spot farther back from the scutellum.

Phymasterna obscura, n. 8.

Piceo-fusca, griseo-pubescens; capitis fronte linea mediana
elevata, vertice arcuato-impressa ; prothorace obscure-fulvo-quadri-
vittato ; elytris punctatis, griseo fulvoque pubescentibus; antennis
griseo-pubescentibus, corpore duplo longioribus (), corpore paullo

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 319

longioribus (@), articulo tertio quam quarto distincte longiori.
Long. 14; lat. 53 mm.

Hab. Angola.

Head impunctate, with the front a little longer than broad,
with a median raised line from base to vertex, the latter with
a f\-shaped impression. Prothorax almost impunctate, with the
sides obtusely angulate in the middle; grey, with two fulvous
vittz along the disk, and one, broader, on each side enclosing one
or two grey spots. Elytra punctured; witha lead-grey pubescence,
interspersed with tawny; apices rounded. Body underneath and
legs with a rather thin grey pubescence. Antenne greyish pubes-
cent, with the third joint distinctly longer than the fourth.

Piectroscarus (Bareine), n. ¢.

Head deeply and triangularly concave between the antennal
tubercles; these very prominent and separated by a narrow
channel at their base; front nearly flat, indistinctly marked off
from the epistome, the latter with its inferior margin tri-sinuate.
Eyes moderately large. Antenne much shorter than the body:
with the scape stout and somewhat deformed, narrow at the base,
and prolonged at the apex on the dorsal side into a rather strong
and sharp recurved spine; third joint shorter than the scape,
nodulose externally at the apex; fourth joint a little longer than
the third, thickened towards the apex; fifth and following joints
subequal, fitting closely into each other, and of nearly uniform
thickness throughout, with the exception of the last joint which
narrows towards the apex. Prothorax about as long as it is broad
in front, but shorter than its width at the base; provided on the
middle of each side with a sharp and stout conical tubercle; and
on the disk anteriorly with two very small and widely separated
tubercles. Elytra with the shoulders each projecting forwards in
an obtuse conical process ; with a large obtuse hump or swelling on
the disk of each elytron behind the base, with a feeble depression
behind the hump; apices obliquely truncate, with the sutural
angles dentate. Legs subequal; femora moderately stout, some-
what thickened towards the middle. Intermediate tibie deeply
notched at about the middle of their length. Claws of the tarsi
divergent. Prosternal process feebly arched, very narrow in the
middle, widely enough expanded towards the posterior extremity.
Mesosternal process rather narrow, gradually attenuated pos-
teriorly, and truncate at its extremity.

This genus seems to be best placed near Temnoscelis.

320 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

Plectroscapus bimaculatus, n. 8. (Pl. IX., fig. 5).
Fuscus, pube breve fulvo-brunnea obtectus; capitis prothora-
cisque lateribus et articulis basalibus antennarum subtus, cinereis 5
elytris sparsim punctatis, singulis macula nigro-velutina longe
pone medium. Long. 26 mm.; lat. 9} mm.

Hab. Old Calabar.

Dark brown, with a short fulvous pubescence which, on the
elytra, is mixed in places with grey. With the first three joints of
the antenne underneath, the pro- and mesosterna, and the sides
of the head and prothorax ashy-grey. Elytra sparsely punctured ;
each with a distinct velvety black spot placed on a slight promi-
nence at about the posterior fourth. Each of the first four abdo-
minal segments with a small white pubescent spot on each side ;
the last segment feebly sinuately emarginate at the apex.

The unique specimen of this interesting species is
probably a male; and the curious spur on the scape of
the antenne may, perhaps, be a sexual character.

Thylactus insignis, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 6).
Fulvo-brunneo dense pubescens; capite supra macula spatulata
nigro-velutina; elytris punctatis, dense brunneo-pubescentibus,
lineis oblique transversis pallidioribus; singulis medio lateris plaga
triangulari nigro-velutina; apicibus externe rotundato-explanatis et
breviter nigro-fimbriatis. Long. 82; lat. 10 mm.

Hab. Bathurst (W. Coast of Africa).

Clothed with a thick fulvous brown pubescence, somewhat
paler in parts. Head with a distinct velvety black spatulate spot
above. Prothorax armed on each side with a strong and sharp
tubercle, in front of which is an indistinct pale fulvous and slightly
oblique vitta. Elytra, through the thick brownish pubescence,
appearing finely and sparsely punctured ; with a paler pubescence
forming on each three oblique lines, of which one from behind and
below the shoulder curves upwards and backwards on to the disk,
the remaining two, straight and almost directly transverse, placed
one behind the other on the posterior fourth; with a triangular
velvety black plaga at the margin on the middle of each side;
apices somewhat truncate near the suture, externally broadly
rounded, slightly dilated and fringed with short black hairs.
Antenne with a greyish brown pubescence, with the scape some-
what fuscous underneath.

This species is more robust and more thickly pubes-

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 3:21

cent than 7’. longipennis, Pase., and is distinguished
further by the spatulate black spot on the head, the pale
transverse lines on the elytra, the black spots at the
sides triangular in form, and the apices of the elytra
more rounded externally.

Psathyrus longipennis, n. s.

Brunneo-ferrugineus, tenuiter fulvo-pubescens; prothorace cylin-
drico, latitudine vix longiore, minutissime et crebre punctulatis ;
elytris elongatis, fulvo-brunneis, minute denseque punctulatis,
singulisque lineis duabus longitudinalibus elevatis, apicibus acumi-
nato-rotundatis ; femoribus compressis ; antennis longissimis, scapo
brevi, crasso, ad apicem cicatricoso, cicatrice transversim rugosa,
articulis a tertio sub-asperatis. Long. 19 mm.

Hab. Madagascar.

Head with the front rectangular and divided by a deep median
groove. Eyes with the lower lobes somewhat rounded, with the
upper lobes sub-approximate above. Prothorax scarcely longer
than broad, and not narrowed in front. Elytra very long, with two
feebly raised lines on the disk of each. Femora compressed,
narrowed to a knife-like edge on the upper side, and rounded
below; with the anterior femora shorter and deeper, and concave
in front. Antenne very long, with the scape rather short and
thick, and provided with a transversely rugose cicatrice at the
apex; the cicatrice limited by an incomplete but distinct carina,
external to which is a second shorter carina enclosing a small
depression.

This species differs from P. aspericornis, Chev.,—the
type of the genus, and the only known species,—by its
shorter and somewhat differently shaped prothorax, by
its much longer elytra, and by its eyes more approximate
above. It agrees with it in the form of its head and
eyes, in the structure of its cotyloid cavities, and in
other important respects. The cicatrice of the scape
bears the closest resemblance in the two species, and is
of a kind quite peculiar to this genus, though no
mention of it is made by either Thomson or Lacordaire.

Docus, n. g.
3. Head moderately retracted, concave between the antennal
tubercles, with the latter sub-prominent, with the front rectangular,
Eyes emarginate, their lower lobes sub-ovate, reaching scarcely

S22 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

half-way to the base of the mandibles. Antenne a little longer
than the body, with the scape rather stout, elongate, reaching
beyond the middle of the prothorax, with the third joint scarcely as
long as the scape, with the fourth and following joints gradually
diminishing in length. Prothorax sub-cylindrical, as long as
broad, armed with a strong tubercle on each side just behind the
middle. Elytra much broader than the prothorax, slightly and
gradually narrowed up to their posterior third, and from thence
more abruptly narrowed to the apex. Legs of moderate length,
with the femora very stout and fusiform, the posterior a little
longer and stouter than the anterior. Intermediate tibie entire.
Claws of the tarsi divergent. Sternal processes simple, very
feebly arched. Intermediate cotyloid cavities open on the outside.

This genus must, I think, be placed near Planodema
in Lacordaire’s group Theocrine. Its unique species
has somewhat the appearance of a Monohammus, but is
easily distinguished by its long scape destitute of a
cicatrice, its stout fusiform femora, its divergent claws
and entire intermediate tibie.

Docus femoratus, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 7).

Griseo-brunneo pubescens; prothorace supra vittis tribus
obscuris fulvis; elytris punctatis, singulis plaga obliqua pone
medium et maculis nonnullis dispersis cinereis, apicibus rotundatis.
Long. 17; lat. 5} mm.

Hab. Masai (H.C. V. Hunter, Esq.).

With a greyish or yellowish brown pubescence. Head and
prothorax impunctate; the latter with a few minute glossy
granules on the disk, and with three rather obscure longitudinal
fulvous vitte. Scutellum fulvous. Elytra densely enough punc-
tured, brownish pubescent, with a small black spot on each side of
the scutellum, and each with an oblique ashy patch at about the
middle, as well as some small scattered spots of the same colour ;
apices rounded. Body underneath and legs with a nearly uniform
fulvous brown pubescence, with a minute whitish spot on each side
of each of the first four abdominal segments. Antenne with the
joints from the third fuscous at their apex, pale grey at their base.

Eumimetes johanne, n. s.

Olivaceus, griseo-fulvo-pubescens; prothorace dorso in medio
valde et subasperato punctato; elytris valde punctatis, pube pallide
fulva passim densiore, et ferrugineo-brunnea mixta; corpore subtus

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 828

pedibusque qualiter pubescentibus; antennis griseis, articulis a
tertio apicibus fuscis. Long. 16; lat. 7 mm.

Hab. I. of Johanna.

Derm olive-green, clothed with a dense pale fulvous pubescence.
Head very sparsely punctured with the punctures almost entirely
concealed by the pubescence. Prothorax with the pubescence
thick and uniform in front and behind, and interrupted across
the middle of the disk by numerous strong and somewhat asperate
punctures. Scutellum transverse, truncate behind. Elytra strongly
and rather thickly punctured, with the punctures stronger and
somewhat asperate towards the base; with the pale fulvous pubes-
cence, owing to the somewhat irregular distribution of the punc-
tures, denser in some places than others; with three or four
very obscure rust-brown spots or bands on each elytron. Body
underneath and legs with a nearly uniform fulvous grey pubes-
cence. Antenne scarcely longer than the body (¢).

This species has the size and general form of EF.
sparsus, Klug., with the sides of the prothorax a little
more strongly tubercled. It may be easily distinguished
by its difference of colour and punctuation.

SorrpDus, n. g.

Head broadly and slightly concave between the antennal
tubercles; front transverse; eyes subdivided, lower lobes small.
Antenne a little longer than the body, with the scape rather
short and stout, the remaining joints slender, with joints 3 and
4 subequal, each much longer than the scape; the fifth a little
longer than the scape, the rest slightly and gradually decreasing
in length. Prothorax longer than broad, unarmed at the sides,
with its greatest width at about the anterior third, and from
thence gradually narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly; with the
pronotum produced and rounded in front. Elytra at the base a
little broader than the prothorax; posteriorly scarcely narrowed ;
broadly sub-truncate at the apex. Intermediate tibiw entire;
claws of the tarsi divergent. Prosternal process simple, rather
narrow in front, dilated posteriorly. Mesosternal process with an
obtuse tubercle near the middle of its length. Anterior cotyloid
cavities placed far enough back from the anterior border of the
prothorax, slightly angulate on the outside. Intermediate cotyloid
cavities open on the outside.

The species on which this genus is founded must be
withdrawn from Xylorrhiza to which it has little resem-

824 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

blance, and from which it differs by distinct structural
characters. ‘The genus seems to have no near affinities,
but it will be best placed, I think, in Lacordaire’s Section
A, of the group Niphonine. The anterior coxal cavities
are separated from the front border of the prosternum
by a longer interval than is the rule in this group.

Soridus biapicatus, Chev.

Xylorrhiza biapicata, Chev., Rey. et Mag. de Zool.,
1857, p. 82.

Chevrolat has described the prothorax as at least
twice as long as broad, but in this he erred, for I find,
on measurement, that it is not quite half as long again
as the width at the base.

STATHMODERA, 0. g.

Head coneave between the antennal tubercles; the latter slightly
prominent, with their anterior apical border entire; front higher
than broad, with its lateral borders almost parallel. Antenne
a little longer than the body, sparsely setose underneath; with the
scape rather stout, this and joints 3 and 4 subequal, the rest
gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax slightly rounded at the
sides; unarmed; marked above with deeply impressed longitudinal
lines. Elytra strongly and serially punctured; retracted posteriorly ;
with the apices narrowly truncate, and each armed at the outer
angle with a very strong spine. Femora sub-clavate ; the posterior
not surpassing the fourth abdominal segment; intermediate tibix
emarginate; claws of the tarsi divergent; the two basal joints of
all the tarsi marked with a feeble longitudinal dorsal groove, and
armed above at their distal extremity with some slender spines.
Intermediate cotyloid cavities closed on the outside. Sternal pro-
cesses simple.

From the characters of the two small species com-
prised in this genus, the latter must, I think, be placed
in the group Ptericoptine.

By the twelve longitudinal deeply impressed lines on
the pronotum, and the slender spines at the dorsal
extremity of the two basal joints of the tarsi, the two
species now described may be easily identified.

Stathmodera lineata, n.s. (Pl. IX., fig. 8).
Fuscus 3 capite, vilta utrinque prothoracis et maculis nonnullis
elytrorum fulvo-pubescentibus; prothorace pone apicem et ante

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. © 825

basin transversim bi-impresso; dorso lineis longitudinalibus duo-
decim sat profunde impressis ; elytris valde crebreque et seriatim
punctatis, punctis sub-oblongis; apicibus angulis externis valde
spinosis; pedibus dense punctatis; antennis fuscis, scapo dense
punctato. Long. 7; lat. 2} mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Prothorax above with twelve nearly parallel longitudinal lines,
and with four transverse impressions, two near the base and two
anteriorly. Elytra with closely approximated rows of very strong
and somewhat oblong punctures; with a pubescence almost limited
to six or seven fulvous spots on each, four of which are placed
obliquely at about the apical third. Abdomen with the posterior
border of the first, and spots at the sides of all the segments,
fulvous.

Stathmodera aureicornis, n.s.

Prothorace vitta lata fulva utrinque; dorso lineis duodecim
longitudinalibus sub-parallelis, lineis transversis anticis obsoletis ;
elytris minus valde punctatis, lateraliter utrinque uni-carinatis,
griseo-pubescentibus, regione suturali antice et fascia obliqua sub-
media suf-fuscis; antennarum articulis basalibus sub-aurato-pubes-
centibus. Long. 8; lat. 2} mm.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

From the preceding differs by the broader fulvous vitta on each
side of the prothorax; the longitudinal lines of the pronotum less
parallel, the anterior tranverse lines less distinct, the most anterior
being almost absent; the elytra with a greyish pubescence, the
punctures seen through which appear much smaller and the rows
less approximate; the punctures on the less pubescent fuscous
region near the suture appearing large enough; each elytron with
a slightly sinuate carina beginning a little behind and below the
shoulder, and extending to near the base of the external spine.
Antenne with a somewhat golden metallic pubescence on three or
four of the basal joints. (In fresh specimens this pubescence would
probably be seen to extend to nearly all the joints.)

AmpPHIstyLus (Spalacopsine), nu. g.
Differs from Spalacopsis by the following characters :—
Head more elongated. Antenne shorter than the body (9 ?),
destitute of long hairs or cilia, almost glabrous, the basal joints
only with a very short close pubescence; the scape not reaching
to the anterior border of the prothorax, the third joint distinctly
longer than the scape, and nearly three times as long as the fourth

326 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on new

joint, this and the following joints subequal or gradually decreasing
in length. Prothorax and elytra equal in width at their bases.
Elytra conjointly acuminate at the apex, not in the least divergent.

Type :—Amphistylus Pauli, Fairm.

Tetraglenes Pauli, Fairm., Comp. Rend. Ann. Soc.
Ent. de Belgique, tom. 28, p. LXXVII.

Spalacopsis Pauli, Fairm., Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de
France, 1887, p. 345, pl. 3, fig. 1.

Hab. Zanzibar, Nyassa.

This species is very interesting as carrying to the
oreatest known extent amongst Longicornia that peculiar
modification of the head in which the front forms with
the upper side a very acute angle, and in which the eyes
are simple and placed far back from the insertion of the
antenne.

In the British Museum collection there is a single
specimen from the Nyassa region.

Nupserha Kirkt, n. 8.

Elongata, flavo-testacea; capitis fronte subtiliter infuscato,
vertice nigro-vittato; prothorace lateribus subparallelis, pone
apicem et ante basin transversim sulcato, disco nigro-vittato ;
elytris nigris, lateribus antice et macula pone medium flavo-
testaceis, singulis quadri-carinatis (margine et sutura inclusis)
intervallis valde et seriatim punctatis, apicibus sub-oblique trun-
catis, angulis externis acutis, angulis suturalibus dentatis; antennis
nigris, corpore fere equalibus (g'), corpore brevioribus (?). Long.
18—20 mm. ; lat. 44—5 mm. (¢ @).

Hab. Mpwapwa, E. Africa (Dr. Kirk).

Head with the front slightly infuscate and strongly and rather
closely punctured, with the vertex more sparsely punctured, and
with two black vittz meeting between the eyes. Prothorax strongly
and rather sparsely punctured on the middle of the disk, almost
impunctate towards the sides; yellowish testaceous, nitid, with
two comma-shaped black spots (‘’) on the anterior part of the disk.
Elytra black, with the shoulders, the sides anteriorly, and a discal
spot on each behind the middle yellowish testaceous ; each with
two distinct carine in addition to the raised sutural and marginal
edges; with a single row of punctures between the marginal and
infero- lateral carine, with two rows of strong punctures between
the infero- and supero-lateral carine, and with two less distinct
rows of smaller punctures between the supero-lateral and sutural

Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar. 327

carine. Body underneath and legs yellowish testaceous, sub-
nitid, and almost impunctate. Antenne black.

Two specimens, a male and a female, in the collection.
The female specimen differs a little in colour from the
male. The whole of the front of the head, with the
exception of the epistome and labrum, is black, the vertex
is wholly black, and there is a very broad black band
along the disk of the prothorax from base to apex.

Phytecia basalts, n. s.

3. Nigra, tenuiter griseo-pubescens et sparsim setosa, elytris
tertia parte basali fulvo-testacea, sub-nitida, femoribus et basi
abdominis rufescentibus; capite prothoraceque valde sparseque
punctatis, hoe lateraliter rotundato; scutello griseo; elytris sub-
seriatim foveolata-punctatis, disco antice convexo postice sub-
depresso, apicibus sub-truncatis; antennis corpore vix equalibus.
Long. 22; lat. 64 mm.

Hab. Natal.

Black, with a faint greyish pubescence. Head and prothorax
sparsely and strongly punctured, the latter rounded at the sides.
Elytra with about the basal third yellowish or fulvous-testaceous,
and sub-nitid, the remainder black; with the whole provided with
large foveolate punctures arranged in fairly regular rows; with the
punctures becoming small and very sparse at the apex. Body
underneath and legs with a somewhat denser greyish pubescence.
Abdomen at the base with a reddish tint. Femora, except at the
base, reddish. Claws of the tarsi appendiculate. Antenne
scarcely as long as the body, black, with the first six joints more or
less grey.

This species, while very distinct, does not offer cha-
racters sufficiently strong to justify its separation into a
distinct genus. It differs from the robuster forms of
Phytacia by its much stronger punctuation, the appen-
diculate claws of its tarsi, and its obsoletely grooved
intermediate tibie. From the genus Blepisanus, to
which it shows some affinity, it is excluded by the form
of its antenne (not thickened to the apex), by its
laterally rounded and somewhat globular prothorax,
and by its more convex elytra.

328 Longicornia from Africa and Madagascar.

Note.—In referring the (Lamia) enea of Parry to the
genus Domitia of Thomson, I suggested that this species
might be identical with either D. viridipennis, Chevr., or
D. lupanaria, Thoms. I have since, through the kindness
of Mr. Fry, been enabled to examine the type of D. enea,
and I find that it is quite distinct from D. viridipennis.
A comparison of the two may prove useful.

In D. enea the prothorax is provided with two obtuse
and rather feebly raised tubercles on the anterior part of
the disk; the elytra are highly polished, brassy black,
and each furnished with twelve rows (including the
short sutural row) of somewhat feeble punctures; the
femora are somewhat reddish brown.

In D. viridipennis, the prothorax is without dorsal
tubercles, the elytra are highly polished, green, each
with twelve rows (including the sutural row) of much
stronger punctures. The legs, like the rest of the body
and the antenne, are black with a faint greyish
pubescence.

EXXPLANATION OF PuatTE IX.

Fia. 1. Hercodera fasciata.

2, Hypargyra cribripennis.

3. Hexarrhopala apicalis ; 3a, side view of prothorax.
4. Alphitopala Pascoei.

5. Plectroscapus bimaculatus.

6. Thylactus insignis.

7. Docus femoratus.

8. Stathmodera lineata.

C829)

VIII. On some moths allied to Himantopterus, with
description of a new species. By Henry J. Ewes,
HL.S:., 2.9.5 eC.

|Read March 5th, 1890.}

PLATE X.

In describing a new species of a family which has puzzled
several lepidopterists of much greater experience than
myself, I feel that I am attempting a task which is
impossible to accomplish fully ; but, as any opinions on
the classification of Heterocera must be provisional in
the existing very confused and imperfect state of our
knowledge, I hope that I shall at least lay a better
foundation for a study of this group than we have at
present.

It seems to me that descriptions of new species which
are to be certainly identified by future workers, must
be accompanied either by a correct illustration, or
by such a comparison with their allies as may enable
their distinctive characters to be appreciated. I have
found that the difficulty of acquiring a correct know-
ledge of Lepidoptera is greatly increased by the non-
comparative descriptions which are often given, so
that it is not surprising that few workers have studied
exotic moths, or that still fewer of those who have
studied them have done so ina thorough and careful way.
The literature is voluminous and scattered, and the
difficulty of examining such species as the present is
great, and can only be undertaken successfully with the
help of a good draughtsman, or when wings denuded of
their scales are prepared and mounted in such a way
that they can be compared together. Having obtained
the assistance of Mr. Frohawk, whose beautiful drawings
contribute to make our President’s recent monograph of
Tinegeria a model for other work, I have been able to
see points that I could not otherwise have seen, in the
very delicate and minute venation which he illustrates.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART II. (JUNE.) 2

330 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

With regard to the systematic position of these
insects, Doubleday, speaking of Thymara zaida, says it
cannot be far from the Lithoside. Walker says that
they are perhaps most nearly allied to Psychide.

Westwood places Himantopterus with the Aretiide.
Rogenhofer founds upon it a separate family, which he
says is nearest to Syntomide and Procride ; but he does
not appear to have seen any of the Indian species.

Moore and Butler agree in placing both Thymara and
the African species among the Chalcosiide, and in the
British Museum they are arranged between Aglaope and
Anomeotes, Feld., a genus occurring in the Himalaya
and Angola.

Dr. Heylaerts, of Breda, who is an authority on
Psychide, writes that Himantopterus Juscinervis 1s by no
means a Psychid, but he thinks that Walker has put it
in its right place. (It stands in Walker’s Catalogue
between Reselia and Arctia.)

Mr. Snellen, of Rotterdam, who is considered a high
authority on Heterocera, and whose Analytical Table of
the characters of the European Families of Lepidoptera
shows that he has studied them comprehensively, writes
to me as follows :—‘‘I have a species allied to Himan-
topterus, namely, Pedoptila nemopteridia, Butl. This un-
doubtedly belongs to the Zygenina (the Chalcostide do
not form a distinct family) as a somewhat abnormal genus,
and is allied to Procris. The male is sufficient to fix the
systematic position, for it has two internal veins in the
fore wing, the Syntomina have but one, the Psychina also
one, but this is long and forked, basally in Ovketicus,
externally in Psyche and allied genera.”

As, however, the neuration of the hind wing in
Himantopterus is unknown, and that of Thymara caudata
and JT’. zaida differ from each other, as well as from
my species, I cannot say whether these genera should be
kept separate; and if so, to which of them my species
should be referred.

The same difficulty exists inthe African species, which
differ from each other in minute points of neuration, and
in consequence have been described by Butler under
three different genera ; so that we have no less than two
subfamilies and five genera existing for a group which
consists of only nine supposed species, of which one or
two may not be distinct, and only three are known

moths allied to Himantopterus. 331

from sufficiently good specimens of both sexes to enable
them to be fully described.

No doubt several others remain at present unknown
tous in Africa and Asia; therefore I can only say that at
present I see no good grounds for recognising more than
two genera, namely, Himantopterus or Thymara, which
will include all the Asiatic forms, and Doratopteryz,
which will include those from Africa.

Fam. HIMANTOPTERIDA.

Hrmantopreripm, Rogenh., Sitz. der Zool. Bot. Ges.
Wein., xxxiii., p. 23 (1883).

THyMARIDEH, Walk., Cat., xxxi., p. 277 (1864), sine
descriptione.

Gen. Himantoptervus, Wesmael, Bull. Acad. Brux., iii.,
p- 162 (1836) ; Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
ert Olis tbe: keh lh,

? Toymara, Doubl., Zoologist, i., p. 197 (1843).

Rogenhofer’s family is based rather upon the neura-
tion of his genus Doratopteryx than upon that of Himan-
topterus, which he does not appear to have seen; and
as by the figure he gives of the fore wing Doratopteryx
has only one free internal vein, whilst both Himan-
topterus and Thymara have two, it may be that for those
who base their classification to some extent on the
number of these veins, the two could not be placed in
the same subfamily.

Walker gives no characters for his family T’hymaride,
which was created for the only two species apparently
known to him, namely, Thymara zaida, Doubl., and
T. papilionaria, W1k., the latter of which, judging from
the type (an imperfect female, which alone represents the
species in the British Museum collection, though Walker
describes both sexes), is not congeneric with JT’. zaida,
as it has, like Doratopteryx, only one internal vein in
the fore wings.

With regard to the genus Himantopterus, it is based
on the single female specimen from Java, imperfectly
described and figured by Wesmael, which, however, has
been better figured by Prof. Westwood in our own
Transactions. As I have not seen this type, I can only
surmise that the vein which Westwood numbers 3 and
calis a rudimental discoidal vein (vena spuria apud

Z 2

332 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

Rogenhofer), is incorrectly figured,* because in allthe
other species, as in my own, though it is only con-
spicuous in the outer end of the cell, it really extends to
the base of the wing, dividing the cell down the middle,
and does not terminate in a free end, as shown by West-
wood; and in the drawing of Thymara zaida by Double-
day, which in this one particular is, as I have proved by
examination of the type, incorrect (cf. fig. 10).

Himantopterus ? vel Thymara Dohertyi, sp. nov.
Plate. x,t. 122, 4. 75 ty Os Drea

3. Expands ‘75 in. Length of the hind wing, ‘70 in.;
breadth, °12.

@. Expands 1:2 in. Length of the hind wing, 1:1 in.;
breadth, °05.

Length of the body, g *15 in., 9 ‘12 in. Antenne, ¢g ‘30,
0:25.

Antenne of the male broadly pectinate, the pectens minutely
hairy, black. Antenne of the female clothed with short spiny hairs,
black, yellowish at the base. Head black ; neck and thorax covered
with coarse dark orange hairs, which also clothe the breast, base
of the wings and abdomen; and in the male, are continued down
the upper half of the hind wings, where they apparently take the
form of scales. ‘The remainder of the wings are apparently devoid
of scales, but clothed with black hairs, thickest on the veins and
centre of the hind wing, where they are a good deal mixed with
the yellow scales on the veins and inner margin. Towards the
end of the hind wing in both sexes a few grey or pale yellowish
hairs appear. Fringes of both wings consisting of the same black
hairs. Eyes prominent and smooth; palpi and tongue invisible.
Legs black, slightly hairy, with two minute spurs on the joint of
the tibia and tarsus in the hind legs of the male.

I cannot make out the form of the claspers, as they
are thickly clothed with hair. The shape of the hind
wing varies considerably in the five male specimens, so
I have figured two of the most different, but the two
female specimens are exactly alike.

Found in the Naga Hills at about 5000 ft. elevation in
August by W. Doherty.

* From a drawing made from the type by Mr. M‘Lachlan, which
he has kindly lent me since the reading of this paper, I find that
this surmise is correct.

moths allied to Himantopterus. 333

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES ALLIED TO HIMANTOPTERUS.

Himantopterus fuscinervis, Wesmael, Bull. Acad. Brux.,
Hive pe Got. Wiest 2, (183G)s
Java.

This specimen remains unique in the Brussels Museum,
no other existing, as far as I can learn, in any Dutch or
other collection. It resembles Dohertyi ? very closely
in form, but differs considerably in colour.

Thymara zaida. (Pl. X., figs. 8 and 10, 3s).

Thymara zaida, Doubl., Zoologist, 1., p.197, g¢ (1843) ;
said to come from North India (bought of Mr.
Lewis James in 1843, fide Brit. Mus. Register).

Of this curious species two males only are known
to exist, the types in the British Museum, and if
they really were taken in India I imagine that some
remote part of Assam must be the habitat, as none of
the very numerous collections received since 1843 have
contained it. My figure was made, with Mr. Butler’s
permission, from one of the type-specimens.

Thymara caudata. (Pl. X., figs. 9 and 11, 3d).

Thymara caudata, Moore, P. Z.S., 1879, p. 894, t. xxxil.,
3) o's (Pl. *X.; figs: 9 and 11).

Mr. Moore’s type, which, though described as a male,
is, judging by the antenne (as figured), a female, came
from Burmah, but he states that he has also seen a speci-
men in Mr. Farr’s collection, taken by him at Pankabari.
This is a rest-house at the foot of the Himalaya, on the old
road to Darjeeling, and if the insect really occurs in this
locality it is most extraordinary that neither Otto Moller,
who resided in the immediate neighbourhood for some
years, or any of the numerous native collectors in
Sikkim, have ever found it. It differs in the neuration of
the hind wing from Dohertyt, see fig. 11, which is drawn
from a specimen in the British Museum, taken by Mr.
Hampson in the Nilgiri Hills. This gentleman informs
me that he has taken the insect not uncommonly in
the Nilgiris at about 3000 ft. He has never seen it on
the wing, but on two occasions has found it settled on a

334 My. H. J. Elwes on some

leat, and at other times has taken it by beating into an
umbrella, in which it lies motionless, or with a slight
quivering of the wings. In this species the antennze
agree with those of Dohertyi in both sexes, but the hind
wings do not vary in form as in my species. Of two
female specimens in Mr. Lindsay’s collection, one has
the abdomen of the same shape as in Dohertyi, but tufted
with black hairs at the end, whilst the other has a very
peculiar round dark woolly tuft attached to it, resembling
those seen in the females of Bombyx neustria and some
other moths. Whether, as Mr. Hampson suggests, this
wool is detached after oviposition and used by the female
as a covering for the eggs, [am unable to say, but it
adds another difficulty to the correct classification of the
Species, no such appendage existing, as far as I am
aware, in any of the Zygenide, Chalcoside, or allied
genera.

T’. papilionaria, W1k., Cat. Het., xxxi., p. 277, ¢ 2 (1864).

Described from East Africa; where it was discovered
by Horace Waller, preserved in Mr. Walker’s collection,
which is now in the keeping of the Highgate Grammar
School, where I have been unable to see it.

This seems very nearly allied to Doratopteryx plumigera,
but the upper part of the hind wing is much broader, and
there is a large fawn-coloured spot half-way down it. It
certainly is more nearly allied to Doratopteryx than to
Thymara, and has, like the former, only one free internal
vein. The antenne appear to agree very well with those
of Himantopterus. The species is represented in the
British Museum by a single imperfect female. As it is
impossible to examine this specimen without much risk,
it is hoped that it may be figured.

Gen. DoraroptEryx, Rogenhofer, Sitz. Zool. Bot. Ges.
Wien., xxxiil., p. 23 (1888).

? Pepoprina, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. xv.,
p. 341, fig. (1885).

The neuration of Doratopteryx differs from that of
Thymara in having the upper median vein and the lower
radial well separated at their origin, whereas in Thymara

moths allied to Himantopterus. 335

they are emitted from a short common footstalk. In
Himantopterus they start from the same point, as also
in Pedoptila. There is also only one free internal vein
instead of two, and in the hind wings Doratopteryx 1s
described as having two simple longitudinal veins, whilst
Pedoptila, according to Butler, has three. 1, however,
can only see two in the type of P. nemopteridia. Hogen-
hofer says that the venation of Pedoptila Staudingert
differs in many points from that of P. nemopteridia, as
shown in Butler’s figure; and the comparison of the
two genera by Butler in Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., vol.
Xvl., p. 51, seems to me to show that there is hardly
sufficient difference to separate them.

Doratopteryx afra, Rogenhofer, I. c., p. 24, figs. 1, 2, ?.
Discovered by Marno between Sadani and Koakiora,
near Zanzibar in Kast Africa. Type in Imperial Museum
at Vienna. I have not seen this species.

Doratopteryx plumigera, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 6th
ser., vol. 1., p. 48, fig. 1 (1888).

Collected by Jackson at the mouth of the River Ozy,
Kast Africa (not anywhere near the mountain Kiliman-
jaro, as stated in Mr. Butler’s description).

Of this there are six more or less broken specimens in
the British Museum, which in colour resemble P.
nemopteridia very closely. The two sexes differ in the
antenne much as 7’hymara does, but the hind wings are
not broader in the male than in the female.

It is evidently very near D. afra, which I only know
by description. The fawn-coloured hairs, however,
extend to the end of the cell. Iam unable to see
clearly the veins in the hind wing, as shown by Mr.
Butler. They differ from those shown in his figure of
Pedoptila as they do from those of Semioptila. To enable
an accurate comparison to be made they must be care-
fully drawn by the same artist on an enlarged scale.

Pedoptila nemopteridia, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,
vol. xv., p. 341, fig.; Waterhouse, Aid, pl. 26,
fy LOS ied:

Cape Coast, West Africa. Collected by Swanzy.
In the type-specimen the claspers are open, and can

336 Mr. H. J. Elwes on some

be very well seen; they are strongly hooked. The ends
of the fore wings being both damaged it is not possible
to see the fork of the subcostal shown in Butler’s figure,
and his drawing of the recurrent vein in the cell is
incorrect, as I have seen in the specimen itself.

Pedoptila Staudingeri, Rogenhofer, Sitz. Zool. Bot.
Ges., xxxvill., p. 61 (1888) ; id., Ann. k. k. Natur.
Hof. Mus., 1889, t. xxiii., 9, 3.

Sierra Leone, West Africa. Four males, one female,
in Mus. Staudinger.

Of this Rogenhofer says that it is near P. nemopteridia,
but differs in the broad middle cell, which is closed by a
faint transverse nervure, the veins 5 and 6 springing
from a common stalk, as well as by the quite differently
formed hind wing, which shows inwardly an angular
projection ; as also by the rounded somewhat spoon-
shaped white point. ‘This description and figure shows
that this species does not agree with Pedoptila in venation,
but has, like Thymara, two free internal veins, and tends
to confirm my opinion that venation is too variable in
this family to be used as a generic character.

Genus SemiopTina, Butl., Ann. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,
xx., p. 180 (1887).

Semioptila torta, Butl., l.c.

The type came from the Congo River, and is in the
possession of Mr. P. Crowley, of Croydon.

Though the specimen may be sufficient to distinguish
some characters, it is in such bad condition and so
nearly denuded of scales that it is certainly insufficient
from which to describe a species, and I am astonished
that Mr. Butler should have attempted to do so. It is,
however, judging by the remnants of the antenne and
by the abdomen, a female.

This genus differs from the preceding ones in having
four branches to the subcostal vein, and, as far as I can
see from an examination of the type, which was kindly
lent me by Mr. Crowley, it has two free internal veins in
the fore wing, as the last species, and only two veins in the

moths allied to Himantopterus. 337

hind wing, the inner one of which is branched, as shown

rN

by Mr. Butler.*

* T annex a woodcut of the venation of this insect, made by Mr.
Frohawk from the type-specimen, which may serve to identify the
species in future, and which shows what I had not been able to see
myself, and what Mr. Butler has not noticed, viz., that the upper
half of the cell is apparently open, though there is a faint indication
of a transverse vein closing it. The hind wings also appear to
be different in venation from what either Mr. Butler or I had
supposed.

338 Moths allied to Himantopterus.

TGS.
. Female of the same.

. Neuration of male, enlarged.

. Neuration of female, enlarged.

. Antenna of female, highly magnified.
. Antenna of male.

. Thymara zaida, Doubl., 3.

. T. caudata, Moore, g.

. Neuration of 7’. zaida, enlarged.

. Neuration of 7. cawdata, enlarged.

. Antenna of 7. caudata.

EXPLANATION OF PuatTEe X.

H. Doubledayt, Elwes (males).

(Gy Bo9) 1)

IX. On some aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. By Davin
Snare, M.B., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c.

[Read March 5th, 1890.]

Durine a visit of a few months to Ceylon, in 1882,
Mr. George Lewis obtained an interesting collection of
Coleoptera, and placed the water-beetles in my hands
for determination. As the collection was a very frag-
mentary one and can include but a small proportion of
the aquatic Coleoptera that exist in the island, neither
Mr. Lewis nor myself anticipated that it would add much
to our knowledge of the fauna of the island. I have
however found on working through it, that the collection
includes a considerable proportion of novelties, and that
of the remainder a large part are species that have been
either very imperfectly described by Motschoulsky and
Walker, or that have not previously been known to occur
in the island. I have therefore drawn up a complete
list of the Dytiscide and Hydrophilide obtained by Mr.
Lewis, omitting only two or three specimens that are
representative of species requiring further materials for
their elucidation. I may mention that Mr. Lewis also
brought back a series of nine species of Gyrinide, but as
all are described in Dr. Regimbart’s recent monograph
of the family, I have not thought it worth while to
include a list of them.

In dealing with the species that were so imperfectly
described by Walker in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1858 and 1859, I have followed the course advocated by
Mr. H. W. Bates, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., January,
1886, that is to say, when the species have not in the
interim been described under other names I have given
a description, making use of Walker’s proposed name.
But when the species has already been described under
another name, I have adopted this latter, as Walker’s
descriptions are so brief, imperfect, and erroneous that
they can have no claim to priority.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PApRT Il. (JUNE.)

340 Dr. David Sharp on some

Mr. Lewis has given some particulars about the locali-
ties where he collected these insects in the ‘ Transactions’
of the Society, 1882, pp. 475, et seq. His remarks con-
tain, however, no special references to the water-beetles.

DYTISCIDA.
Hydrocoptus subvittulus.

Hydrocoptus subvittulus, Motsch., Etudes Ent., viii.,
1859, p. 43.

Oblongo-ovalis, transversim convexus, testaceus, elytris casta-
neis, lateribus vittaque obsoleta singuli in medio testaceis, seriebus
regularibus numerose punctatis. Long. 2 mm.

Allied by the punctuation of the elytra to H. distinctus,
Wehnceke (rubescens, Shp., Dyt., No. 9), but differing by
the colour of the elytra, and by the presence of some
punctures along the base of the thorax.

I think this is probably the H. subvittulus of Mots-
choulsky, a species which is apparently not included in
the Munich Catalogue, and is not referred to in my
systematic work on the family.

About fifteen specimens were procured in February,
1882, at Dikoya and Kandy, exhibiting very little varia-
tion.

Hydrocoptus bwvittis.
Hydrocoptus bivittis, Motsch., op. cit., p. 44.

Two specimens at Kandy in February.

Canthydrus luctuosus.

Hydrocanthus luctuosus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc.,
p. 408.

Dikoya; a good series. Most of the specimens are
C. sexpunctatus, Shp., which must be reduced to a
synonym, as it is no doubt either a variety, or the other
sex, of C. luctuosus. A single specimen found at Boga-
wantalawa is to some extent intermediate between C.
luctuosus and C. letabilis, but may probably prove to be
a distinct species.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 341

Canthydrus letabilis.

Hydroporus letabilis, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8), i1., p. 205 ; Sharp, Dyt., No. 62, p. 277.

Colombo, in April. About twenty specimens, varying
greatly. Only three or four belong to the typical form
in which there are two spots at the base of each wing-
case ; the others have the two basal yellow spots con-
fluent so as to form a band, and in most of them the
black colour is replaced by a fuscous colour.

Laccophilus parvulus.
Laccophilus parvulus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc., p. 429.
Colombo. One specimen.

Laccophilus inefficiens.

Hydroporus inefficiens, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1859, p. 51.

Ovalis, parum convexus, nitidus, testaceus; prothorace margini-
bus anterioribus (hoc obsolete) et posterioribus in medio fusco-
maculatis; elytris fusco-vermiculosis, pone basin fascia flammulata
arguta pallide testacea. Long. 3}, lat. vix 2 mm.

On the front of the thorax there are two obsolete fuscescent
marks, nearly or quite confluent, and at the base of the thorax
two larger marks. The dark marks on the elytra are coarse and
cover the larger part of the surface; they do not appear as undu-
latory or zigzag parallel lines, but leave isolated irregular pallid
irrorations between them; the fascia behind the base is very
definite though irregular, and the dark colour in front of it is
interrupted by about six radiating pallid dashes ; behind the middle
there is a trace of a pallid fascia, the outer dark marks being
absent there and the pallid marks between this and the suture
larger.

This species has not been intelligibly described pre-
viously. So far as is known, it is peculiar to Ceylon,
where it appears to be no rarity. It may be placed
next L. clarke.

Laccophilus anticatus, sp. nov.
Ovalis, subdepressus, nitidus, rufo-testaceus, subtus infuscatus ;
elytris nigris, fascia arguta subbasali, signaturis post medium et ad
apicem, margineque externo testaceis. Long. 33, lat. 1? mm.

342 Dr. David Sharp on some

Head and thorax yellow, the latter with only trace of fuscescence
at the base. Elytra blackish, with a very definite pallid fascia
near the base, the front margin of this fascia only slightly, the
posterior more strongly, irregular; just behind the middle there is
a large pale mark, not so definitely limited as the anterior fascia
and not extending to the suture, and at the extremity there is
another similar but smaller and still less definite palemark. Under
surface more or less infus¢ate.

This species has no trace of zigzag longitudinal marks
on the elytra, and comes near to L. siamensis, Shp.,
from which it differs, however, in being considerably
smaller, and in having the pallid marks smaller, the
basal fascia especially being smaller and more definite.

Colombo, in April. Fifteen examples.

Laccophilus flexuosus.

Laccophilus flecuosus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc.,
p. 430; Régimbart, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), ix.,
p. L151:

Colombo. One specimen.

According to Dr. Regimbart the insect considered by
me (Tr. Dubl. Soc. (2), u., p. 310) to be L. flexuosus,
Aubé, is really distinct therefrom, and he has proposed
the name of LZ. sharpi for it. The specimen found by
Mr. Lewis as above certainly agrees better with Aubé’s
description than those I previously identified therewith.

Laccophilus rufulus.
Laccophilus rufulus, Regimbart, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2),
Vie pol L
Colombo. One specimen.

Neptosternus taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, rufo-testaceus, nitidus; elytris nigricanti-
bus, flavo-maculatis. Long. 3, lat. 13 mm.

This is closely allied to the Madagascar species, N. ornatus, but is
a rather smaller insect, and has much difference in the spots of the
elytra; these are as follows, on each wing-case: two near the base,
the outer of them at the shoulder and not elongate; a transverse
one just behind the middle, extending from the outer margin more
than half-way tc the suture; anda large apical mark not extending

—

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 343

to the suture. The hind angles of the thorax are prolonged back-
wards in a spiniform manner.

Mr. Lewis obtained about a dozen examples of this
species in a rapid stream at Kitulgalle.

Hydrovatus castaneus.
Hydrovatus castaneus, Motsch., Et. Ent., 1855, p. 82.

Colombo.
Hydrovatus fusculus.

Hydrovatus fusculus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 198, p. 326.
Kandy and Colombo.

Hydrovatus elevatus.
_ Hydrovatus elevatus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 199, p. 828.

Kitulgalle. Only one specimen was obtained ; it is a
variety of very small size.

Hydrovatus sinister, sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, testaceus; elytris fusco-testaceis, fortiter punc-
tatis, ad apicem profunde sinuatis. Long. 2} mm.

Head broad and short, very indistinctly impressed on each side,
obscurely margined in front, very densely and finely reticulate.
Thorax rather sparingly and finely punctured, densely and finely
reticulate. HElytra rather coarsely and regularly punctate, shining,
very indistinctly reticulate ; the acumen at the extremity remark-
ably definite. Under surface shining, cox coarsely punctate.
Prosternal process triangular, not sinuate at the sides. There is
only a very slight difference in the structure of the antenne of the
two sexes, but in the male they are distinctly a little longer, and
very slightly broader than they are in the female, and joints 4—7
of the antenne are just perceptibly broader.

This species should be placed near H. fractus, Shp. ;
it is more sparingly punctate and more shining, and has
the acumen at the extremity of the elytra remarkably
definite and distinct.

Colombo, in April. About a dozen specimens.

344 Dr. David Sharp on some

Hydrovatus subtilis, var.
Hydrovatus subtilis, Sharp, Dyt., No. 2038, p. 329.

Six specimens procured by Mr. Lewis at Colombo in
April agree with the types from Siam, except that the
antenne of the male have the intermediate joints more
dilated.

Bidessus bufo, sp. nov.

Oblongo-ovalis, latiusculus, testaceus, parum nitidus, crebre
punctatus; elytris fusco-submaculatis. Long. 2 mm.

Antenne short. Head short and broad, with fine distinct
elevated margin in front. Thorax very strongly transverse, indis-
tinetly punctate, at the base with a curved plicate impression,
which on the elytra is continued as a straight line appearing
externally as an elevation ; the punctuation of the elytra is dense
and distinct, there is no pubescence, they are of a pallid sordid
testaceous colour, with numerous very indistinct small black spots;
the plica at the base of each extends about one-sixth of the length.
The under surface is coarsely punctate.

This is a very distinct species from any other known,
and should be placed at the end of Group 1 of the genus.
The thorax is peculiar, being impressed along each side
parallel with the margin.

Kandy, in February. Five specimens.

Bidessus intermixtus.

Hydroporus intermixtus, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (3), i1., p. 204; Sharp, Dyt., No. 289,

p. 358.
This appears to be rather variable in colour ; some of
the individuals possess fuscous marks on the elytra,
while in other specimens these can scarcely be detected.

Dikoya, in February; on the Hadley Estate. Six
specimens.

Bidessus gentilis, sp. nov.

Ovalis, angustulus, parum nitidus, testaceus; elytris abdomine-
que fuscescentibus, illis vage testaceo-signatis; stria basali ely-
trorum nulla, stria suturali obsoleta, tantum ad apicem bene
impressa. Long. 2mm.

This species should be placed after B. fammulatus, Shp., with
which it agrees in not having a continuation of the thoracic stria

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 345

on the elytra, but from which it differs in having the sutural stria
obsolete. The antenne are short, yellow. Thorax sparingly and
obsoletely punctured, yellow fuscescent at the base, on each side
with a fine but elongate stria. Elytra rather closely and finely
punctured and pubescent, dull; fuscescent, with yellow marks
externally, sutural stria distinct at the extremity only. Under
surface only very sparingly and obsoletely punctured.

Kitulgalle. Nine specimens. The yellow marks on
the elytra are variable.

Hyphydrus indicus.
Hyphydrus indicus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 858, p. 882.
Dikoya, in January and February. Twenty specimens.

This species was previously known only by a single
individual of the male sex. Mr. Lewis obtained the
female as well as the male. The individuals of the
former sex are a good deal smaller, more dull and more
finely punctured, the front and middle tarsi are quite
small; there is no impression on the elytra. The
maculation of the tarsi exists in each sex. There is
apparently very little variation.

Hyphoporus pugnator, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, fortiter punctatus parum nitidus, pectore
abdomineque nigris, supra testaceus, vertice summo, prothorace
basi in medio elytrorumque signaturis nigris; antennis pedibusque
rufis; tarsis anterioribus et intermediis nigris, Long. 5 mm.

Head with broad but only very slightly elevated margin in
front, the vertex behind the eyes blackish. Thorax very densely
punctured. Elytra with remarkably coarse and deep, rather close
punctuation, and with a few fine punctures on the interstices.

Dikoya, January 26th, 1882.

Walker’s type of H. interpulsus is an insect similar to
FH. pugnator, but with much more scanty punctuation on
the elytra. Mr. Lewis obtained one specimen at Hadley
that is probably referable to Walker’s species.

Copelatus pusillus.
Copelatus pusillus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 854, p. 580.
Colombo. One specimen.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT . (JUNE.) 24

346 Dr. David Sharp on some

Rhantus taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Anguste ovalis, nitidus, niger, supra testaceus; elytris crebrius
nigro-irroratis vertice inter oculos prothoraceque disco nigro-
signatis; elytris punctis seriatis conspicuis; antennis pedibusque
quatuor anterioribus testaceis. Long. 12 mm.

Very similar to the widely distributed R. pulverosus, but of
narrower and more parallel form, and with the serial punctures on
the elytra very different, they being comparatively large and
distant, and much more conspicuous than the very numerous
minute punctures of which the series are composed in the well-
known R. pulverosus. The structure of the front feet of the male
is almost similar to that found in R. pulverosus, and there is
scarcely any difference in the sculpture of the sexes.

Hadley and Bogawantalawa. Six specimens.

Rhantus interclusus.

Colymbetes interclusus, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (8), ii., p. 204.

Ovatus, parum convexus, nitidus, nigricans; supra testaceus,
capitis signaturis, prothorace late in medio elytrorumque irrora-
tionibus nigris; pedibus piceo-testaceis, posterioribus piceis. Long.
12 mm.

Distinguished from R. taprobanicus by the whole of the middle
of the pronotum, from front to hind margin, being black ; the serial
punctures on the elytra are not so large, and the female has a
much more distinct reticulation—the meshes being larger as well
as more distinct—on the thorax and elytra.

Hadley. One female example. This and Walker’s
type in the British Museum are the only specimens of
the species I have seen.

HAydaticus rhantoides.
Hydaticus rhantoides, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1036, p. 664.
Colombo ; three specimens of unusually small size and
narrow form.
Hydaticus bihamatus.

Hydaticus bihamatus, Aubé, Spec. Gen. Hydroc., p. 174.
H. discindens and H. fractifer, Walk., Ann. & Mag,
Nat, Hist. (3), ii., p. 204,

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 347

About twenty specimens, obtained most of them at
Bogawantalawa in March, represent three well-marked
varieties or races previously unknown to me. The diffi-
culties connected with the specific discrimination of
H., bihamatus and its allies have already been noticed by
myself, and more recently by Dr. Régimbart (Ann. Soe.
Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 154). If all the forms mentioned by
this savant be really one species the variation is extreme ;
but I think myself it is more probable that there will
prove to be several good species, each variable in colour.
At present sufficient materials for deciding this question
do not exist in our collections. H. fractifer, Walker,
is a variety not obtained by Mr. Lewis; H. discindens,
Walker, is one of the varieties mentioned above.

Hydaticus vittatus.
Dytiscus vittatus, Fab., Syst. Ent., App., p. 825.

Hadley. The specimens are of small size and narrow
form, with a greater development than usual of the
yellow colour on the thorax and elytra. Two specimens
from Lynford are a remarkable new variety, mm which
the yellow colour occupies about one-half of the area of
the wing-cases.

Sandracottus festivus.
Dytiscus festivus, Ill. Mag., i., p. 166.
Bogawantalawa, in March. Two specimens.

Cybister ventralis.
Cybister ventralis, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1161, p. 742.

This species is only known by one example of the
male sex from Madras. JI refer to it with considerable
doubt three specimens from Ceylon in the collection of
Mr. Lewis, the form being more elongate than in the
typical example. These specimens were obtained from
different sources, and there is a great sexual disparity
between them; but as there is not, under the circum-
stances, sufficient evidence that they belong to the same
species, I shall not remark farther on them.

2a2

348 Dr. David Sharp on some

Cylister sugillatus.

Cybister sugillatus, Er., Nov. Act. Ac. Ces. Leop.,
XVl., p. 227.

Dikoya and Bogawantalawa. Seven specimens—all
similar—of a small narrow variety of this widely distri-
buted species.

Cybister wehnckianus.

Cybister wehnckianus, Sharp, Dyt., No. 1152, p. 787.
Dytiscus extenuans, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (8); in,
p- 204.

This species has been previously known only by one
female example, the locality of which was given as
“Hast India ?”. Mr. Lewis has now procured three
examples representing both sexes, and I think it probable
the species may prove peculiar to Ceylon. The male
has very small anterior tarsi; sexual sculpture in
the female is absent, but the peculiar impressions on the
metasternal lacinize are quite as strongly marked as in
the other sex. One of the three specimens is from
Kandy ; the other two are not labelled.

HYDROPHILIDA.
Sternolophus rufipes.
Hydrophilus rufipes, Fab., Syst. El., i., p. 251.
Peradenyia, 20th February, 1882. Four specimens.

Hydrobius minimus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, nitidus, fuscus; antennis basi palpisque flavis
capite thoraceque nigricantibus illo utrinque flavo-maculato, hoc
ad latera late testaceo; elytris parce punctatis, ad apicem colore
dilutiore. Long. vix 2 mm.

Palpi short and stout, terminal joint longer than the penulti-
mate, fuscescent at the apex. Head almost impunctate, blackish,
with a yellow mark over the insertion of each antenna. Thorax
very short, polished, impunctate. Elytra with a deep sutural stria
reaching nearly to the scutellum, finely and sparingly punctate.
Legs slender, rufescent; tarsi very slender.

This obseure little insect will not enter into any of
the divisions that have recently been made for the

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 349

smaller species of the old genus Hydrobius, but the
characters of these divisions are of somewhat doubtful
importance, being variable from species to species.
FH, minimus has a small curvate transverse elevation on
the mesosternum, and the front and middle femora
pubescent beneath, while the hind femora are pubescent
merely along their anterior margin.

Dikoya, in January. A small series of examples.

Hydrobius evanescens, sp. nov.

Ovalis, angustus, fuscus, supra eneus; elytris apice flavescente,
antennarum basi palpis pedibusque testaceis; supra crebre punc-
tatus. Long. 2 mm.

This is very similar to H. minimus, but is somewhat brassy in
colour above, and is more distinctly punctulate. On the under
surface the hind femora have no pubescence, and the mesosternal
crest is more marked, the transverse elevation being rather more
raised, while from the middle of it there extends backwards a
slight longitudinal carina.

Kitulgalle and Kandy. Two specimens.

Hydrobwus (Anacena) advena, sp. nov.

Ovalis, convexus, nitidus, testaceus, supra piceus, limbo dilutiore ;
elytris parce punctatis. Long. 24 mm.

Palpi pale yellow, quite short, terminal joint twice as long as
the preceding one. Head shining, impunctate. Thorax also im-
punctate. Elytra with elongate sutural stria, sparingly but not
finely punctured. —

This species has the mesosternum unarmed, and the
hind femora covered with pubescence beneath, except at
the tip, so that it may be placed in Anacena. Looking
at the upper surface only it may be distinguished from
H. minimus by being rather larger, and having the
elytra considerably more coarsely punctate.

Bogawantalawa, in April. Three specimens.

Philydrus iteratus, sp. nov.
Ovalis, niger, nitidus; prothorace lateribus piceis, antennarum
basi, tarsis, palpisque rufis, his articulo basali nigricante, anten-
narum clava fusca; dense minus fortiter punctatus. Long. 7mm.

350 Dr. David Sharp on some

Palpi elongate, penultimate joint much longer than the terminal
one, which is about half as long as the true second joint. Antenne
with the terminal joint rather long, twice as long as the penultimate
one. Thorax densely punctate, the sides narrowly piceous, the
hind angles rounded. Elytra densely punctate, the three series of
larger punctures distinct but very irregular, each series having
additional punctures near it. Mesosternal lamina very large,
forming an acute angle in front, although the front margin is
somewhat rounded; this angle projects considerably below the
breast. Claws very small.

Colombo, in April. Five specimens.

This species is similar to many others in size and
form, but does not appear to be very closely allied to any
other I know.

Philydrus fragilis, sp. nov.

Anguste ovalis, convexus, politus, obsolete punctatus, testaceus,
vertice nigricante; subtus fuscus. Long. 4mm.

Palpi clear yellow, clypeus yellow, slightly more obscure in the
middle, vertex blackish. Elytra with deep sutural stria, which,
however, does not extend to the base, the sutural interval behind
darker in colour; the punctuation very obsolete and the serial
punctures fine; the punctuation of the thorax is scarcely so obso-
lete as that of the elytra, and on the head it is still less obsolete.
The tarsi are very slender, the claws quite small. The meso-
sternum bears a very large lamina, the lower margin of which is
continuous with the plane of the breast, while the front angle is
distinctly more prominent downwards.

Dikoya, in January. Three specimens.

Philydrus escuriens.

Philydrus escuriens, Walk., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(3), i., p. 209.

Pylophilus nigriceps, Motsch., Etudes Ent., 1859, p.46.

Testaceus, capite nigro, utrinque flavo-maculato; obsolete
punctatus, tenuissime pubescens, subnitidus. Long. 2} mm.

P. escuriens is one of the smallest insects of the genus; the apex
of the maxillary palpus is infuscate, the mesosternal lamina is
very peculiar ; it appears extremely short on its lower face, but in
fact extends as an elongate carina traversing the whole length of
the obliquely ascending mesosternum.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 351

I have examined Walker’s type, and possess also a
type of Motschoulsky’s; so that the nomenclature is
certain, although Motschoulsky states that his insect
has no mesosternal carina.

Philydrus abnormalis, sp. nov.

Niger, supra piceus, limbo dilutiore; antennis palpisque testaceis,
pedibus sordide rufis; obsolete punctatus; palpis elongatis ut in
genere Helocharidi constructis. Long. 3—4 mm.

Palpi very long, the pseudobasal joint slightly curved, as in
Helochares, and the terminal joint also articulated as in Helo-
chares, to bend inwards, not outwards, as is the case in the normal
Philydri. Antenne yellow, the club slightly more obscure, not
setose, the intermediate joints are consolidated, though the position
of the sutures may still be detected. Head narrow, black, rather
closely and finely punctate. Thorax closely and subobsoletely
punctate: LElytra still more obsoletely punctured, with very dis-
tinct sutural strie, not quite attaining the base. Legs quite
slender, pitchy-red; tarsi yellowish. Mesosternum with a lamina
which is scarcely more than a strongly raised longitudinal keel.

The structure of the palpi will no doubt justify this
insect being separated from Philydrus, but I do not think
it necessary to propose a new genus for it at present.

Colombo, 17th April, 1882. Three specimens.

Helochares taprobanicus, sp. nov.

Nigerrimus, nitidus, dense punctatus, antennarum basi tarsis
palpisque rufis, his elongatis, articulo basali fuscescente. Long.
7 mm.

Palpi quite 24 mm. long, the second true joint infuscate before
the extremity, the third joint also a little darker in the middle,
terminal joint much shorter than the third joint. Antenne with
the club fuscescent, the terminal joint quite twice as long as the
preceding one. The upper surface is moderately closely, rather
finely punctate, very shining, the two series of punctures on the
elytra rather fine and not very distinct. Mentum deeply curvately
rugose, in front with a deep emargination. Mesosternum with a
small elevation on the middle. Claws moderately large.

Colombo, in April. Five specimens.

There is a group of species of Helochares occurring in
the tropics of Old and New Worlds with very long palpi,

852 Dr. David Sharp on some

the middle breast feebly armed, and with the mentum
excised in front; they should, no doubt, form a distinct
genus. IH. taprobanicus is the smallest insect of this
group in my collection.

Helochares anchoralis, sp. nov.

“Anguste ovalis, subdepressus, subtus, fuscus, supra testaceus,
dense punctatus; elytris subtiliter striatis ; pedibus elongatis, sat
robustis, tarsis cum unguiculis magnis. Long. 6 mm.

Maxillary palpi rather elongate and stout, pale yellow. Antenne
yellow, the club more dusky; nine-jointed, 2nd joint elongate,
equal to the following three together, 6th joint elongate in front,
and receiving and covering the base of the club, this is elongate,
very pubescent, terminal joint longer than usual. Head densely
punctured. Thorax rather strongly transverse, but little rounded
at the sides, densely punctate. Elytra very densely and evenly
punctured, finely striate, the strie very nearly obliterated at the
base, deeper at the deflexed extremity. Mesosternum unarmed.
Claws at the extreme base beneath with a slight swelling, and also:
with a short onychium, which bears two elongate set. Sides of
the head beneath with long sete behind the eyes.

Colombo, in April. Four specimens.

Helochares lentus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, sat convexus, testaceus, subtus fuscus; dense punctatus,
et in elytris seriatim fortiter punctatus. Long. 44 mm.

Palpi clear yellow, moderately long. Head narrow; labrum
large. Thorax closely and rather coarsely punctured, a little
narrowed in front, hind angles rounded. Elytra with moderately
distant rather fine punctuation, and also with very distinct series
of much larger punctures; both serial and diffuse punctuation are
diminished behind. Mesosternum with a feeble swelling at its
apex. Legs rather feeble, claws small.

Dikoya, in January. four specimens.

Helochares densus, sp. nov.
Ovalis, subdepressus, testaceus, subtus fuscus, dense punctatus,
et in elytris seriatim minus fortiter punctatus. Long. 44mm.
This is closely allied to H. lentws, but may be easily enough

distinguished by the serial punctuation on the elytra being less
coarse and less deep, while the diffuse punctuation is rather more

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 358

coarse and close, so that the surface is less shining. H. densus
is also a less convex insect, and the serial punctuation is quite
obsolete at the extremity of the elytra.

Kandy and Dikoya, in February ; Bogawantalawa, in
March. Half-a-dozen examples.

Laccobwus rectus, sp. nov.

Ovalis, subdepressus, fuscus, nitidus, fere levigatus, capite
thoraceque nigricantibus, illo anterius utrinque, hoc ad latera flavis ;
antennis, palpis, pedibus elytrisque pallide flavis, his lineis multis
nigris ornatis. Long. 2+ mm.

Head yellow beneath, dark above, marked rather indistinctly
with yellow on each side, obsoletely punctate. Thorax dark in
colour, with the sides broadly yellow, almost impunctate. Elytra
yellow, with elongate uninterrupted lines of dark colour; these
lines are very numerous, and each one is about as wide as the
interval separating it from the next; there is some extremely
minute punctuation serially arranged. The mesosternum is armed
with a conspicuous lamina.

Kitulgalle. Six specimens.

I do not know any other Laecobius in which the
alternate yellow and black lines are arranged as definitely
as in this species.

Berosus decrescens.

Berosus decrescens, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1859, p. 258.

Parvus, testaceus ; abdomine fusco, capite metallescente ; thorace
in medio metallico-bivittato ; elytris fusco-irroratis; crebre minus
subtiliter punctatus, elytris pube depressa vestitis, subtilissime
striatis. Long. 3 mm.

In this insect the mesosternum has a fine carina extending over
all its length, but scarcely raised from the surface, so that it might
be overlooked, except that it is black in colour, while the breast is
yellow. The club of the antenne is clear yellow. The punctuation
of the upper surface is rather coarse, and the striz of the elytra are
so fine that they are only conspicuous because of their course being
indicated by a line of black colour. Each puncture on the wing-
cases is also marked with black, and there are a few distant small
black spots.

Kitulgalle. A series of specimens.

354 Dr. David Sharp on some

Volvulus @neus.
Volvulus eneus, Br., Hist. Nat., v., p. 282.

Dikoya, in January. One specimen.

This species is said by Erichson to be the Hydrophilus
attenuatus, Fab., but 1 am not at all sure this synonymy
is correct, as Erichson was not aware that there are
numerous closely allied species of Volvulus.

Globaria leachi.
Globaria leachi, Latr., Régn. An., iv., p. 521.

Kandy, 20th February, 1882. Four specimens.

The Ceylon examples of this insect have the serial
punctures on the sides of the elytra less distinct than
examples from other localities in Asia, and may possibly
be another species.

Amphiops simplex, sp. nov.
Rotundatus, nitidus, piceo-testaceus, dense punctatis; elytris
punctatura suturam versus obsoletescente, ad latera absque punctis
seriatis. Long. 3} mm.

Palpi and base of antennze clear yellow. Head without con-
centration of punctures on the front; canthus dividing the eyes
very slight. Thorax shining. Elytra with dense punctuation,
which is coarse at the sides, obsolete at the suture.

This is more dilute in colour than the other species of
the genus, and is the only one yet known in which there
is no trace of larger serial punctures at the sides of the
elytra. A. pisiformis, Fairm., comes nearest to it.

A. simplex was procured in some numbers by Mr.
Lewis at Colombo in April.

Amphiops pedestris, sp. nov.

Subrotundatus, nitidus, piceus, palpis antennis tarsisque testa-
ceis; elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis. Long. 3 mm.

Head with very numerous punctures, the punctuation uneven,
consisting of small punctures with which some larger punctures
are mixed. Thorax with the punctuation quite obsolete on the
dise, but moderately distinct at the sides. Elytra shining, with
series of coarse punctures, and on the interstices with a few rather
large distant punctures, the series near the suture very indistinct.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 355

Colombo, in April. This is apparently not an un-
common insect, as Mr. Lewis brought back about twenty
examples.

Amphiops mirabilis, sp. nov.
Subrotundatus, niger, nitidus, subtus piceus, tibiis dilutioribus ;

antennis, palpis tarsisque testaceis; elytris fortiter seriatim punc-
tatis, interstitiis crebre fortiterque punctatis. Long. 3; mm.

This is closely allied to A. pedestris, but is no doubt distinct, the
large punctures of the upper surface being larger and more
numerous. Head not very shining, the numerous large punctures
being mixed with others much smaller, and which render the
surface rather dull; at the sides of the thorax there are also rather
numerous large punctures, and others much smaller. At the sides
of the elytra the interstitial punctuation is so numerous and coarse
that, being similar to the serial punctuation, this last can scarcely
be discriminated from it; the series of punctures near the suture
are subobsolete, and the interstitial punctuation there is almost
wanting.

Kandy, 20th February, 1882. One specimen.

Hydrochus lacustris.

Hydrochus lacustris, Nietner, Ann. Nat. Hist. (2), xix.,
p- 3886.

Colombo. Two specimens.

Epimetopus flavidulus, sp. nov.
Sordide testaceus, pectore capiteque nigris; prothorace fusco ;

hoc inequali; elytris tuberculis elongatis metallescentibus munitis.
Long. 3 mm.

Palpi short, with elongate aciculate terminal joint; sordid
yellow. Thorax greatly produced in the middle in front, at the
sides much narrowed behind, so that the base is only about half
the width of the wing-cases, the surface, rather rough and uneven,
with a peculiar marginate elevation on the middle near the front
of the produced part. Elytra yellow, with three or four rows of
metallescent elongate tubercular elevations, which do not extend on
to the declivous apical portion, or rather are there much smaller
and more distant; between the tubercles there is some indistinct
seriate sculpture. Metasternum short. Ventral segments yellow,
polished.

One example of this interesting little insect was found

356 Dr. David Sharp on some

at Kandy, 18th February, 1882. Itis abundantly dis-
tinct from H. bullatus, Shp.

PROTOSTERNUM, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongo-ovale, subdepressum. Prosternum, mesosternum
et abdominis segmentum basale carinata. Tarsi perbreves, pos-
teriores articulis tribus basalibus longitudine subequalibus.

This genus is established for a single species—a very minute
insect—having the form of the species of Dactylosternum, but
differing therefrom by the mesosternum possessing merely a
slightly elevated carina along the middle. By this character, and
by its general facies, it approaches the Central American genus
Heteryon, but in that genus the first ventral segment is not
carinate. The palpi are quite short, the antenne have a very
elongate club; the mentum is deeply and broadly impressed on the
middle in front; the carina on the prosternum is very minute; the
mesosternal carina is fine and is divided into two parts, the anterior
of which emits a small branch on either side; the metasternum is
also feebly carinate in its anterior part. The carina on the first
ventral segment is fine but very definite and elongate. The whole
of the under surface is covered by a minute sculpture making it
quite dull.

Protosternum atomarium, sp.nov.

Rufo-piceum, subdepressum, oblongo-ovale; antennis palpisque
flavis; subtiliter punctatum, elytris striato-punctatis, striis postice
magis profundis. Long. 1$ mm.

Antenne with the club clear, pale yellow. Head broad and
short, not visibly margined, very finely punctate, eyes not visible
from above. Thorax very short, very little emarginate in front,
rather closely and finely punctate, with a large foveiform puncture
on each side at the base. Elytra continuous in outline with the
thorax, the outer margins very slightly reflexed; with very regular
series of coarse punctures, which are finer and appear more like
strie near the suture, and with a very feeble interstitial punctua-
tion.

Dikoya and Kandy. Four specimens.

Cyclonotum simplex.

Cyclonotum simplex, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1874, p. 419.

Hydrobius stultus, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (3), i,
p- 209.

Colombo. Several specimens.

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 357

Spheridium quinquemaculatum.

Spheridium quinquemaculatum, Fab., Ent. Syst.,
Suppl., p. 39.

S. tricolor, Walker, Ann. Nat. Hist. (8), i1., p. 209.

S. quinquemaculatum is a very abundant insect in
Hindostan and China, and, like some others of the
genus, varies greatly in the coloured markings of the
upper surface. Walker’s type of S. tricolor is, however,
only a very slight departure from the definitely five-
spotted form described by Fabricius.

Cercyon lineolatus.

Trichopoda lineolata, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., 1863, i.,
p. 444.

Galle, in December, 1881. MHalf-a-dozen specimens.

Cercyon vicinalis.

Cercyon vicinale, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1859, p. 258.

C. nigriceps, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., 1863, 1., p. 445.

C. atriceps, Har. & Gemm., Cat. Col., ii., p. 496.

Motschoulsky’s description agrees with specimens that
I have compared with Walker’s type of C. vicinale in the
British Museum. The name C. atriceps, proposed by
Gemminger and Harold as a substitute for Motschoulsky’s
trivial appellation, becomes therefore superfluous, as it
will be the simplest course to adopt Walker’s specific
appellation for the species.

Galle and Hadley.

Cercyon uniformis, sp. Nov.

Rotundato-ovalis, sat convexus, ferrugineus, nitidus, antennarum
clava fusca; sat crebre punctatus, elytris striatis, striis postice vix
magis profundis. Long. 2} mm.

Palpi clear yellow. Head truncate in front, rather closely
punctate, shining. Thorax very short. Elytra with well-marked,
though fine, stri#, extending from the base to the extremity, and
rather deeper on the declivous part; the outer striz are more
like rows of punctures, but those near the suture are almost im-
punctate, The punctuation of the interstices is like that of the

358 Dr. David Sharp on some

head and thorax, but not quite so close. The mesosternal lamina
is largely developed but very slender, and the polished space on
the metasternum is sparingly and obsoletely punctate.

This species has in appearance a good deal of
resemblance to the genus Pelosoma, but the very slender
mesosternal lamina quite removes it from the genus
in question, and it may be placed near the Japanese
C’. olibrus.

Dikoya, Bogawantalawa, Kandy.

Megasternum nigrovittatum.

Pachysternum nigrovittatum, Motsch., Bull. Mosc.,
1863, 1., p. 447.

The genus Pachysternum, founded by Motschoulsky for
this insect, op. cit., p. 446, must fall as a synonym of
Megasternum; Motschoulsky compared his genus only
with Cryptopleurum, from which it is, of course, abun-
dantly distinct, and says nothing about its relations
to Megasternum, from which I see nothing to distin-
guish it.

Mr. Lewis found one specimen of M. nigrovittatum at
Kitulgalle.

ARMOSTUS, gen. nov.

Corpus rotundato-ovale, convexum. Prothorax utrinque ad
marginem anteriorem profunde excavatus. Mesosternum processu
maxime elevato, facie inferiore polito fortiterque punctato, ovali,
instructum. Metasternum in medio elevatum, politum fortiterque
punctatum. ‘Tarsi breves, posteriores articulo basali sequentibus
tribus conjunctis «quali.

Mentum with deep punctures, emarginate in front; projecting
from its front margin there is a very dense ciliation; maxillary
palpi slender and rather elongate, terminal joint aciculate. Pro-
sternum with a sharp carina along the middle of the transverse
process in front of the cox, and on either side of this process with
a large deep excavation for the reception of the club of the
antenne. Basal ventral segment carinate along the middle. Hind
tarsi rather short, the basal joint thicker than the others.

This genus is established for a single species allied to
Oosternum, but differing by the large unimpressed men-
tum, by the large antennal cavities, and the very
remarkable development of the mesosternal and meta-
sternal elevations, as well as by the compressed and

aquatic Coleoptera from Ceylon. 359

rigid tarsi, much thicker at the base than at the apex.
The position should be between Oosternum and Perato-
gonus, to which latter peculiar genus it makes a con-
siderable approach.

Armostus optatus, sp. nov.
Rotundato-ovalis, convexus, rufus, supra piceus, palpis anten-

narumque basi flavis ; fortiter punctatus, elytris profunde striato-
punctatis, interstitiis convexis. Long. 13 mm.

Head finely margined in front, closely and rather coarsely punce-
tured. Thorax rather coarsely and closely punctured at the sides,
more sparingly on the disc. Elytra with very deep strie, which
bear rather large punctures, the interstices are broad in front, and
become narrower and more elevated behind; there is no pube-
scence; the apex is flavescent. The under surface is finely

unctate and dull, except the remarkable mesosternal and meta-
sternal elevations.

Dikoya, in December, 1881. Two specimens.

. - ’
et HOT, me
eat Hilt tap sete

wih Gel eb ng Cru ie

7 Satin) bua ae
fli! at Bu gas as dale bs orn oilw Oh a 7s
+" iowmnyy a oldenabia )
a : hd Enis _ <
: eo qn sayin As) sheer ea J. 39).

1

win slylad aueuiy Geghe autho ene rae: Nilars-oanbasoB

asltds Be ae, atiylo nalitvay y-tatitaat talvalt Tait om Ae
8) Tapas PP ind. aca ailegtal x an

es vay Zipet aid Suiiin tine Yfoecto dnd te action ¢benl bast

; iba od ta Degsultoetiny viowids jar doa tag padsay pxtadt abe if

| Nail yy nae. alppiay atre sel alts oils ine ‘tulinays »

ea © — rage tamales oe-odel oomasviarotit ating veihoagy oye Wwihtat ad

~unt 4: vd se malt plugiiad padpvaleiaiwed fp wa HOTA Spiugnd
ie i vyslang ephoait MTD. gaged ful st kaye rv fein”

. ‘ tions “fae toitiaiqundt ledoumit “ally nysory Aidh tum atoasy ©
| =4 Haulaialg lendada”
: “anyoulileaean OUT TB ah apdistanatt. a mode” a
; . on oy : ; iy i

>
- -
ye
>
2

atu

>
a

WSe-> fe * See serena
°
a.
9 ee ere
7 ,

7
7 ae 7
am a.

.

*

7
: 7A
i Pa =i
yo
~
,
4
‘
f-

i, 4 a

Col?)

X. Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of
Gibraltar. By James J. Wauxer, R.N., F.L.S.

[Read March 5th, 1890. ]

THe following remarks on the Lepidoptera observed by
me on both sides of the Straits of Gibraltar must not be
regarded as at all exhaustive of the subject, but rather
as indicating merely a fragment of the entomological
riches of a region which, though of limited extent, com-
prises portions of the continents of Kurope and Africa,
and moreover presents some interesting features in the
relative distribution of the insects and other living
things on each side of the narrow channel which sepa-
rates these two great masses of land. It is in the hope
of adding a little to the knowledge of the Natural History
of one of our most interesting and valued British pos-
sessions, and of the country in its immediate vicinity,
as well as of their affording some little assistance to any
entomologist who, like myself, may have the good
fortune to be located for a time at Gibraltar, that I offer
these field-notes, with a brief description of my principal
hunting- grounds i in the region.

From October, 1886, to “April, 1889, I was attached to
H.M.S. ‘ Grappler,’ stationed at Gibraltar, and naturally
my chief collecting-ground was on “‘the Rock ”’ itself,
and the adjoining Spanish territory within easy walking
distance. I was mainly occupied in making as complete
a collection as possible of the Coleoptera of the district,
and as several other orders of insects, as well as the
land-mollusca, claimed a share of my attention, the
Lepidoptera cannot be considered as at all thoroughly
worked out. The necessary military restrictions of so
important a fortress prevent any collecting at night,
except almost in the town itself, and as all communi-
cation with Spain is cut off half-an-hour after sunset
every evening by the closing of the barrier-gates, no
entomological work is practicable outside after that time.

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 283

362 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

These circumstances render the present list of the
nocturnal groups of Lepidoptera a mere fraction of what
may reasonably be supposed to exist in so varied a
district, though, among the butterflies and the day-flying
moths, I think but few have been overlooked.

The great Rock itself, a huge wedge-shaped mass of
ancient grey limestone rising abruptly on all sides to a
height of little short of 1400 ft., is, on its northern and
eastern aspects, quite precipitous and inaccessible; and
the steep and arid western and southern slopes, exposed
to the full force of the afternoon sunshine, and but
scantily covered, except in a few favoured spots, with
brushwood and herbage, do not hold out any great
promise to the entomologist, or to the naturalist gene-
rally. Nevertheless the flora, especially in the spring
months, is of singular beauty and interest. The
exhaustive ‘Flora Calpensis’ of Dr. Kelaart (London,
1846) enumerates no fewer than 452 species of flowering
plants (one or two of these, so far as Europe is con-
cerned, being peculiar to this little spot) as native to the
British territory, and to the narrow sandy isthmus
which joins the Rock to the mainland, up to the boundary
of the Spanish lines. Insects, too, are to be found in
considerable variety, and of the 638 species of butterflies
enumerated in these notes, 35 have been observed more
or less abundantly on the Rock itself. Of these, Melitea
aurinia, var. Desfontainet, Godt., and Anosia plexippus,
L. (the latter represented by a solitary individual, which
had wandered hither, possibly, directly across the ocean
from its transatlantic home), have been observed by me
in this locality only, and this is also the single spot on
the European side of the Straits where I have seen
Charaxes Jasius, L. This last-named butterfly, how-
ever, will probably be found in the district not uncom-
monly, as its food-plant, Arbutus unedo, L., is said to
srow abundantly in the wooded ravines near Castellar
de la Frontera, 17 miles from Gibraltar, whence the
fruit is regularly brought to the Gibraltar market by the
country-people; and I have also seen the shrub in the
woods behind Algeciras, where several very interesting
plants as Rhododendron ponticum, L., the ‘‘ insecti-
vorous”’ Drosophyllum lusitanicum, and the noble fern
Dicksonia culcita, L. Heritier, have almost their sole
Kuropean station.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 368

For some five or six miles from the Rock the country
is rather bare and monotonous, the roads and cultivated
patches being hedged with the prickly pear (Opuntia
vulgaris) and the Agave Americana, both of which New
World plants thrive as well here as in their native conti-
nent; and except for a few fruit-gardens near the small
town of Campamento (84 miles from Gibraltar), trees are
conspicuous by their absence. The isthmus which joins
the Rock to the mainland is level and sandy, and not
more than ten feet above the sea in any part; and
beyond the wretched village of San Felipe de la Linea,
just within the Spanish lines, a broad belt of bare sand-
hills extends from the Mediterranean beach to that of
Gibraltar Bay. These merge gradually into the slopes
of the Sierra Carbonera, a range of sandstone hills about
1000 ft. high, running north and south for several miles.
Although these hills are now bare of everything except
scanty brushwood and the usual aromatic herbage of
the Mediterranean region, they are said to have
been formerly covered with cork and other trees,
which were cut down at the time of the great siege of
Gibraltar (1779—1782): a few of the characteristic
cork-wood insects (Lycena melanops, Fidonia plumistaria,
&e., still linger on these hills, as if to bear witness to
their former wooded condition. After passing the town
of San Roque the country becomes much more varied
and luxuriant, though still somewhat arid and sandy in
places ; and, commencing at nine miles from the Rock,
on approaching the valley of the small river Guadar-
ranque, which falls into Gibraltar Bay half-way between
Gibraltar and Algeciras, the fine cork-woods of Almoraima
extend for many miles on both sides of the stream, and
afford by far the most interesting and productive col-
lecting-ground in the district. Almost equally good
eround, of a somewhat similar character, is to be found
about four miles inland from Algeciras, on the lower
slopes of the Sierra de la Luna, a range of rugged sand-
stone hills attaining a height of more than 2000 ft. ; but
I was able to visit this part on but few occasions, while
my almost weekly excursion on foot to the cork-woods
during the summer months was invariably a highly
enjoyable and successful day’s work.

To complete the account of the Spanish localities, the
‘Grappler’ made two flying visits of three or four days’

232

364 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

duration to Malaga in Apri) and May, 1888. The
weather on each occasion was not very favourable, and
not much available collecting-ground was to be found ;
the country west of the town being a flat, alluvial, highly-
cultivated plain for the most part, while on the east side
the slopes of the rugged limestone hills are almost
entirely occupied by vineyards. A considerable number
of species of insects was, however, obtained, including
several that were either very rare in, or absent from, the
Gibraltar district, Huchloé tagis, var. bellezina, E., and
Pararge mera, L., being observed here only.

Passing next to the African side of the Straits, almost
exactly opposite ‘‘ Mons Calpe”’ ata distance of 13 miles,
the second Pillar of Hercules, ‘‘ Mons Abyla,” the modern
Djebel Mousa, or ‘‘ Ape’s Hill,” rises as a huge rugged
dome-shaped mass of limestone (not distinguishable, in
hand specimens, from that of Gibraltar) to a height of
2808 ft. I had the good fortune to be enabled to ascend
this mountain, from Almanza Bay, on November 4th,
1888, a gloriously clear day, when the view from the
summit was one never to be forgotten. The ‘Grappler’
visited on several occasions a little indentation of the
coast called Benzus Bay, about five miles west of Ceuta,
and at the foot of the main mass of the mountain: here
a rugged and stony, but fertile valley, watered by
perennial springs in the limestone, is cultivated by an
industrious and peaceable community of Moors, who
obtain two and sometimes three crops of wheat, maize,
and ‘‘dhourra”’ (Holcus sorghum, L.) in the year. A
number of interesting insects, not observed at all on the
European side, oceur at this place. Indeed, the diffe-
rence between the faunas on the two shores, when the
narrowness of the channel separating them and the
comparatively recent date which geologists agree in
assigning to its formation are taken into account,
appears worthy of special attention. The great depth of
the Straits (503 fathoms between Gibraltar and Benzus),
and the constant strong current from the Atlantic into
the Mediterranean, no doubt render.-them a much more
formidable barrier to the passage of living creatures
from side to side than would appear at first sight.
Although one of the great migration routes of birds
actually crosses this narrow sea, there are several species
which come right up to its southern shore, and proceed

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 365

no farther. Of these the elegant little black-winged
kite, Hlanus ceruleus, Desf., the conspicuous bush-shrike,
Telephonus erythropterus, Shaw, and [us barbatus, Dest.,
the last bird being abundant and somewhat destructive
in the orange-orchards of Tangier and Tetuan, may be
instanced ; but perhaps the most singular case is that
of the two ravens, the well-known Corvus corax, L.,
being found sparingly on the European side only, while
the smaller and very distinct C. tingitanus, Irby, replaces
it at Tangier (where it is abundant) and elsewhere in
Marocco, but appears never to cross the Straits. It is
true that the partridge, Caccabis petrosa, Gmel., s0 com-
mon in Marocco, occurs on the Rock of Gibraltar, as
does also the monkey, Macacus inuus, L., but it is more
than probable that both these creatures were originally
conveyed there by human agency; the ape is found, na
truly wild state, on the Djebel Mousa. In the land-
shells also the same difference is noticed, those from the
Djebel Mousa, though closely allied to the Gibraltar
species, being mostly distinct; the fine and rare Helix
Scherzeri, Zélébor, however, seems confined to the sum-
mits of the mountains, and H. Tarnieri, Morelet, abun-
dant at Tangier, reappears sparingly at Algeciras and
Tarifa. Among the butterflies, Huchloé eupheno, L.,
Thestor mauritanicus, Luc., Lycena Theophrastus, F.,
Cononympha arcanioides, Pierr. (which comes down to
the beach at Benzts Bay), and Pamphila Zelleri, Led.,
appear to be confined to the Maroccan portion of the
region, while Huchloé ewphenoides, Stgr., is an instance
of a common Spanish insect which does not cross the
Straits. In the Coleoptera, the species which are more
or less common on one side, and are apparently not
found at all on the other, are too numerous to mention.

Tangier was visited pretty frequently, though never
for more than two or three days at a time, and mostly
in the winter months: I noted upwards of 30 species of
butterflies as occurring there, the most interesting being
Thestor mauritanicus. Many more probably exist there,
as the country is favourable for collecting, and even
more varied than that near Gibraltar. To the west of
the town, in the direction of Cape Spartel, are undu-
lating downs, attaining in the Djebel Kebir a height of
nearly 1200 ft., and covered with a dense uniform
“scrub” of aromatic herbs and bushes, among which

866 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

the lovely white-flowered Cistus ladaniferus, L., is most
conspicuous in the early months of the year. The
reed-fences enclosing the few cultivated spots support
great festoons of Aristolochia, Clematis, Smilax, Bryonia,
and other climbers, from which many moths may be
beaten, and the tall Hucalyptus trees in the gardens on
‘* Mount Washington,” the hill nearest Tangier in that
direction, are, in September, the favourite resort of
Charaxes Jasius. On the eastern side of Tangier the
shores of the Bay are fringed with sand-hills, supporting
a scanty growth of Retama, &c., and strips of salt-
marsh: these rise into low clay hills, with massive
fragments of ancient buildings (relics of the old Cartha-
ginian city of Tingis) scattered over them; in part
cultivated and strewn with innumerable loose stones,
beneath which, in the winter and early spring months,
a varied and most interesting coleopterous fauna has its
habitat. There is, however, little or no wooded country
within walking distance of Tangier, and, owing to
limited time and other causes, I did not on any occasion
go more than five miles from the town.

From Cape Malabata (the eastern boundary of Tangier
Bay) to Benzuts the southern shores of the Straits
appear somewhat barren and uninyiting, and I had no
opportunity of landing at any point except once or twice
at Almanza Bay, which in general resembles that of
Benzus in character, with the addition of a good-sized
stream in the valley. The Spanish town and peninsula
of Ceuta, which bears a remote resemblance to Gibraltar,
though very far inferior in grandeur, was visited by
me only on one occasion, when I saw no insects worthy
of notice.

Southwards from Ceuta to the mouth of the Bus-feka
or Kus River, a distance of about 20 miles, the shore of
the Mediterranean Sea is for the most part flat and
sandy, with low marshy land between the beach and the
hills, which about 6 miles inland attain an elevation of
over 2500 ft. A spur of these hills terminates to seaward
in the fine bold promontory of Cape Negro, the vertical
cliffs of which are over 600 ft. high. Just to the north
of Cape Negro is the extensive plain of Buzaghal or
Ksmir, comprising several square miles of marsh and
lagoon, shut off from the sea by a strip of sand-hills
about 150 yards wide, through which, in the winter, the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 367

surplus water of the marsh cuts its way in a deep and
almost impassable torrent. There is good anchorage
(but only in westerly winds) about half-a-mile from the
shore, and we made many trips to this spot in the
‘Grappler’ for the purpose of shooting wild-fowl. This
great marsh, covered with dense beds of reeds, bulrushes,
and other aquatic plants, and with tangled thickets of
tamarisk here and there, is a perfect paradise for water-
birds. The open waters of the lagoon are in winter
blackened with multitudes of the commoner kinds of
ducks, and with two species of coots (Fulica atra, L.,
and F’. cristata, L.): in autumn the starlings congregate
here in flocks of hundreds of thousands, the sound of
their wings, heard at a distance of a mile or more, being
like that of the surf on a beach; while among the less
common birds the elegant marbled duck (Anas angustt-
rostris, Mén.), the purple heron (Ardea purpurea, L.),
the glossy ibis (Plegadis falcinellus, L.), and the bril-
liantly coloured purple gallinule (Perphyrio ceruleus,
Vand.) find a secure breeding-place among the tangled
reed-beds. Once or twice, too, I have here seen the
majestic white heron, Ardea alba, L., a very rare bird in
these parts. As our visits were naturally mostly made
in the winter, I did not meet with many Lepidoptera
here, but the Coleoptera were always most abundant,
and included many of the finest and most interesting
forms which I met with in the whole region.

There is a somewhaé similar marsh to the southward
of the Cape Negro promontory, extending on both sides
of the Kus River nearly up to the town of Tetuan, six
miles distant from the sea; but this marsh, being more
saline in character, is on the whole much less productive
in insectsthan Esmir. To the south and east of Tetuan,
the ‘‘ Riff Coast,” of piratical renown, remains practically
a terra incognita, the fierce and fanatical character of
the inhabitants rendering it very dangerous for a
Christian to venture among them. A few miles inland
the fine range of the Beni Hassan or ‘ Lesser Atlas,”
whose highest summit, a sacred mountain of the
Mohammedans, is partly covered with forest and con-
siderably exceeds 7000 ft. in elevation, will no doubt
afford many fine insects when explored, but I believe
that up to the present time no HKuropean has ever set
foot upon it.

368 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

I now proceed to enumerate the Lepidoptera met
with :—

Papilio podalirius, L.—I have never seen this
insect in the vicinity of Gibraltar, but at Malaga, on
May Ist, 1888, I took a very fine female specimen
of the var. Feisthameli, Dup. The var. Latteri,
Aust., appears to be not uncommon on the African
side of the Straits: I have met with it at Esmir in
July, and at Benzts Bay and Tangier in August and
September.

P. machaon, L.—Very common everywhere on both
sides of the Straits; I have taken freshly-emerged
specimens on the Rock of Gibraltar from February 18th
to the end of October. The larva is, so far as I have
observed, as frequently found on rue (Ruta angustifolia,
Pers.) as on fennel and other Umbellifere.

Thais rumina, L.— This beautiful butterfly is one of
the most characteristic species of the Rock, where it
abounds in early spring; it is found throughout the
district, being common close to the town of Malaga, and
abundant at Tangier. A favourite haunt for the species
at Gibraltar is the bush-covered slope at the back of the
“‘ Alameda,” or public garden, where, in May and June,
the curious larvae may be found commonly on Aristolochia
glauca, Desf. The earliest date on which I have observed
the imago on the wing at Gibraltar is February 8th, and
it lasts in good condition until the end of April. The
ab. Cantenert, Hey., was seen only on April 13th, 1887,
on the summit of Peregil Island, a curious little flat-
topped limestone rock of about two acres in extent and
250 ft. in elevation, lying about a quarter of a mile from
the African shore, almost exactly opposite the Rock of
Gibraltar.

Pieris brassice, L. — Common everywhere throughout
the year. As arule the specimens are rather smaller
than those met with in England, the apex of the
primaries is less densely black, and the under side of
the secondaries much more dusky in tone, through being
more thickly sprinkled with black scales. The larva is
very common on T'rope@olum, as well as on Crucifere, at
Gibraltar.

Pieris rape, L.—As common as the preceding, and
also on the wing all the year round. Somewhat smaller
on the average than British examples, but not otherwise

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 369

different. (P. napi, L., is said to occur both at Gibraltar
and Tangier, but I did not meet with it.)

P. daplidice, L.—Also a generally common insect, but
most numerous in the cork-woods of Almoraima, beyond
San Roque, where it flies from March to November ; on
the Rock of Gibraltar I have taken it as early as January
18th. The larva is found on Biscutella microcarpa,
DeC., and other Crucifere.

Huchloé belemia, HX. — Common in open sunny places
throughout the whole region, especially at Gibraltar and
the adjacent Spanish district. This butterfly is often
to be seen on the wing on fine days even before
Christmas (it was common at Tangier on December
9th, 1887), but is most plentiful in February and
March. About the end of April the second brood
(ab. glauce, Hb.) appears, and lasts until the middle
of June. It has a very strong, swift, and erratic flight,
and is by no means easy to catch. The beautiful
pink-striped green larva is found not rarely on Biscutella
and other Crucifere (of which it prefers the flowers) in
April.

E. belia, E.—Only once found on the Rock of Gibraltar,
and quite rare in the adjoining district, where, however,
I have seen it as early as January 28th. At Malaga I
found it fairly common at the beginning of April, 1888,
but I did not observe it at all on the African side of the
Straits. The var. Ausonia, Hb., was taken at San
Roque on March 31st, and ‘at Malaga on April 30th,
1888.

E. tagis, E.—Very common in sunny open spots in
the cork-woods in March and April, but not observed
elsewhere, except at Malaga, where I found the var.
bellezina, E., rarely at the beginning of April, 1888.
First seen on the wing March 26th, 1887; in its flight
it is similar to EH. belia.

E. cardamines, L..— This species is reported to be not
rare in the cork-woods, but I met with it there on only
one occasion (April 8th, 1887), when it was quite scarce.
The three males then taken are large and fine, but differ
very slightly, if at all, from British specimens.

EE. eupheno, L.—Restricted to the African side of the
Straits, where it replaces H. ewphenoides, Staud., and is
not rare at Tangier and Benzus Bay; I have taken it as
early as March 10th at the first-mentioned locality

370 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Its flight is much more powerful than that of its near
ally.

EE. euphenoides, Staud.—Only found on the European
side of the Straits; it is common on the Rock of
Gibraltar and at Malaga, and in the cork-woods it forms
quite a feature in the scenery on a fine sunny day at the
end of March, flitting quietly from flower to flower
among the brushwood. The females of this and of the
preceding species are much less numerous, or at all
events less frequently seen, than their mates; I should
put the proportion at about three males to one female
observed. The earliest date of its appearance is March
11th (on the Rock), and it remains on the wing until the
end of April. The larva I frequently swept off Biscutella
in May.

Leucophasia sinapis, L.— A common insect in the
cork-woods, but not observed anywhere else; it first
appears at the end of March (26th), and successive
broods occur up to the end of July. It varies greatly in
size, as well as in the development of the black apical
spot of the primaries, the late summer specimens being
very small and faintly marked.

Colas edusa, ¥.—This is perhaps the most abundant
butterfly throughout the entire region, and there is
scarcely a fine day in any month on which freshly-
emerged specimens may not be seen on the wing. The
autumn and winter broods, as a rule, are smaller, paler
in colour, and with narrower dark borders than the
spring and summer insects. The smallest male speci-
men I possess, however, was taken at Gibraltar in June,
1887, and measures exactly 14 in. (88 mm.) in expanse.
The next in size, also a male (Gibraltar, February, 1887),
measures 1 in. 7} lin. (41 mm.), and the smallest female
(Gibraltar, December, 1889) is 1 in. 10 lin. (46 mm.).
The largest male, taken at Algeciras in June, 1888, is a
singularly fine deeply coloured specimen, with abnormally
wide and dark borders ; this expands 2 in. 3 lin. (57 mm.),
and a fine example of the ab. helice, Hubn., from San
Roque (June, 1888) measures 2 in. 4 lin. (59 mm.).
Compared with British specimens, the greater depth and
richness of colour of the summer broods of C. edusa
from the Straits region is very noticeable, and some of
the females are very darkly suffused at the bases of the
primaries. The ab. helice, Hubn., is fairly common, mostly

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 871

so in June and forms intermediate between it and the
type are occasionally met with. On November 22nd,
1886, I took a very beautiful ‘‘ gynandromorphous”
specimen in the cork-woods, having the right wings
male and the left female ; this was flying among numerous
examples of the ordinary form, apparently, like it, only
just emerged from the pupa. On June 6th, 1888, the
abundance of this butterfly on the Rock of Gibraltar
was so great as to attract general attention, it being
visible by hundreds, even in the main street of the town.
‘Ihave often found and reared the larve on species of
Lotus. (C. hyale, L., though well looked out for, did
not put in an appearance ; it certainly should occur in
the region.)

Gonepteryx rhamni, L.— Not seen on the Rock of
Gibraltar, but common at San Roque and Algegiras,
also at Tangier, flying with G. cleopatra; very large and
fine, the males averaging 2 in. 8 lin. (68 mm.) in expanse.
First observed June 4th, also in March and April after
hibernation.

G. cleopatra, L.—Abundant on the Rock and through-
out the Gibraltar district, as well as on the African side
of the Straits at Tangier, Benzts Bay, &c.; in May,
June, and July, also in early spring (from February
17th) after hybernation. I have taken fresh specimens
(in 1887) at San Roque as early as April 30th.

Thecla spini, Schiff.—Not a rare species in the cork-
woods; also on the steep bushy slope of the Rock
above the Alameda, where it frequents the flowers of a
species of Sedum (altissimum, Poir.), which grows there
in plenty. The ab. female lynceus, Hubn., is much more
common than the type. First seen in the cork-woods,
May 14th, 1887.

T. ilicis, E. (var. esculi, O.)..—Very abundant in the
cork-woods, and also observed at Benzus Bay and
Tangier, but not on the Rock of Gibraltar. It flies over
the low bushes, and is partial to the flowers of Scabiosa,
from which it may be taken with the fingers. First
observed 14th May, 1887, and lasts until the end of
June.

T. roboris, E.—I have only met with this beautiful
little butterfly on two or three occasions in the cork-
woods, where, in June, it flies round the tops of the tall
oaks (Quercus lusitanica), usually well out of reach of

372 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

any ordinary net ; but I have taken the female on flowers
in company with 7’. spini and J’. ilicis. The earliest date
on which it was observed is May 81st.

T’. quercus, L.— Another somewhat scarce species in
the Gibraltar district, having been taken sparingly on
Quercus lusitanica in the stone-pine plantation (com-
monly known as the ‘‘ First Pine Wood”’) about a mile
north of San Roque. First seen July 7th, 1887.

T’. rubi, L.— Common near San Roque (apparently
not found on the Rock), also at Tangier. At the former
locality I have observed it on February 28th ; it is quite
over by the first week in April.

Thestor ballus, Hubn.—Generally abundant; at Gib-
raltar it is to be found in March and April in waste flowery
places and on the glacis of the fortifications, and it is
equally common at Malaga and Tangier. It is very
active on the wing, the male especially, and is partial
to the flowers of Fedia cornucopia, DeC., one of the
Valerianee which abounds on the Rock. The male
occurred in 1888 as early as February 7th; the female
has not been seen before March 9th.

T’. mauritanicus, Lucas. —I had the good fortune to
meet with this rare and curious little butterfly on April
Ist, 1887, at Tangier, when I found it common, but
getting somewhat worn, in an exceedingly restricted
locality about two miles south-west of the town, near the
Guadalhorce or ‘‘ Jew’s River.” Iagain found it in 1888
on March 10th, and in 1889 on March 28rd, in the same
spot—a space not 380 yards square, beyond which not
one was to be seen, in the midst of miles of precisely
similar scrub-covered country. The male flies close to
the ground, and for a short distance only at a time,
much less rapidly than its congener 7’. ballus: it
invariably settles on the bare spots of ground among the
low bushes, where it is easily caught. The female is
either much scarcer, or flies less readily than the male,
as 1 have taken only one female to about seven males.

Polyommatus phleas, L.— Very abundant everywhere
throughout the year, especially the summer form eleus,
F.; the autumn and winter specimens are very brightly
coloured, the var. elews bemg met with from April to
September.

Lycena betica, L.— Common almost all the year
throughout the Straits region, being often seen in the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 878

Alameda at Gibraltar. I have records of its appearance
from February 28th to October 30th.

I,. telicanus, Hubn.—More abundant than the last, and
generally distributed ; it is very plentiful in the marshy
hollows or ‘‘ sotos’’ in the cork-woods, and on the borders
of the Esmir lagoon in Marocco. March 26th to the end
of October.

L. theophrastus, ¥.—I met with one female specimen
of this pretty little insect (of which I can find no previous
record from Marocco) on the borders of the lagoon at
Ksmir, on July 25th, 1888.

L. baton, Berg., var. panoptes, Hubn.—F airly common
in May, 1888 (first observed on the 8th), on the lower
slopes of the Sierra Carbonera, about two miles from
the Rock of Gibraltar, frequenting dry flowery banks.
I did not see it elsewhere, nor did I meet with the type-
form.

L. lysimon, Hubn.— Searce near Gibraltar ; I took a
few rather worn specimens in a sandy waste field at
Campamento, three miles from the Rock, on August
17th, 1887. I have also met with it at Esmir and near
Tetuan, Marocco, in November.

L. astrarche, Berg.—Very common everywhere, almost
all the year round; I have seen it on the wing on
February 21st. Rather larger and brighter than English
specimens, the orange spots always very well marked
(especially in the female), and the ground colour of the
under side of the wings warm ochreous-brown.

L. icarus, Rott.— Exceedingly abundant and very
variable in size and colour. Some of the males are very
bright, and have a submarginal row of small black dots on
the upper side of the secondaries ; the females, as a rule,
are much more blue above than English specimens. In
the middle of summer very small examples occur, not
exceeding 8} lin. (18 mm.) in expanse, the males having
a series of faintly indicated submarginal orange dots on
the upper side of the secondaries, the females very dark,
with little or no blue. Flies from February 12th to
November. ‘The var. ccarinus, Scriba, occurs rarely.

L. bellargus, Rott. — Found rarely near San Roque
(April 30th, and again in July, 1887) also at Malaga.
Summer specimens of the male have a submarginal row of
bright orange dots on the upper side of the secondaries.

L. argiolus, L.—Generally common ; | have seen it on

374 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

the Rock (where the larva may be found on the blossoms
of ivy) as early as January 12th, but it is most plentiful
in June and July.

L. minimus, Fuess., var. Lorquinu, H.-S.— Only met
with by me on one occasion (May 16th, 1887), when I
took a few examples of both sexes in beautiful condition,
in a ravine close to the shore of Cabrita Point, about two
miles south of Algeciras.

L. melanops, Bdy. — Locally abundant in open places
in the cork-woods, where its food-plant, Doryeniwm
suffruticosum, grows ; also on the Sierra Carbonera near
San Roque, and at Malaga. It frequents the flowers of
various species of Hrica, and is on the wing from April
12th to the middle of May.

Charaxes jasius, L.—I have only twice seen this noble
butterfly on the European side of the Straits, on both
occasions in the Alameda at Gibraltar, on June 2nd and
October 7th, 1888. At Tangier, in September of the
same year, it might almost have been called abundant in
the lanes and gardens to the west of the town, beyond
the ‘‘Jew’s River.” It is a grand sight to see three or
four of this splendid insect wheeling round the top of a
tall ‘‘ blue-gum”’ tree, occasionally, though but seldom,
descending to alight on a twig within reach of the net,
though even then it is not easy to approach. Over-ripe
figs are, however, a great attraction to it. The largest
and finest female I obtained (measuring 4 in. 3 lin.=
108 mm. in expanse) was taken on the stem of a plum-
tree from which a little gum was oozing. I did not
meet with the larva at Tangier, as I was too busy with
Coleoptera to look for it when it was feeding in early
spring; the food-plant, Arbutus wnedo, L., abounds near
Tangier, but is not found within many miles of Gibraltar.
I have taken the butterfly (much worn) at Benzus Bay
on August 28th, and have seen it at Esmir in October.
It also occurs at Ceuta.

Vanessa polychloros, L.—Not common; taken at San
Roque on June 9th, 1887, also met with on the Rock of
Gibraltar, and in the Alameda at Algeciras. On the
African side I have seen it at Benzus Bay. It is rather
more plentiful after hibernation in March and April.

V.atalanta, L.—Generally common, but not abundant,
throughout the entire region. Flies all the year round.

V. cardut, L.—Very plentiful everywhere during the

From the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. = 875

summer, and fresh specimens are occasionally to be met
with in the winter months; these are usually small and
very darkly coloured.

Melitea aurinia, Rott., var. Desfontainii, Godt.—-I
shall not readily forget my astonishment at meeting
with this butterfly—for which I had been vainly scouring
every accessible marshy place for at least ten miles round
—on a steep, arid, bushy slope of the Rock of Gibraltar,
within a stone’s throw of the main road, and barely 300
yards from the town walls. I first saw it on May 27th,
1888, and managed during the following week to obtain
a small series, not without a good deal of trouble, as the
insect flies very strongly, and the nature of the ground
it frequents renders its pursuit a matter of difficulty. It
is not easy to realise that these large richly-coloured
insects (my largest female measures in expanse of wing
2in. 3$ lin.=57 mm.), and the little pale washed-out
looking alpine merope, Dup., of which I have specimens
barely 1 in. 3 lin. (=34 mm.) in expanse, are but forms
of one variable species.

M. phebe, Kn., var. etheria, Hibn.—Common in the
cork-woods, frequenting the same localities as Lycena
melanops, and on the wing at the same time, from April
30th to the end of May. No second brood observed.
The specimens are very fine and large, averaging 2 in.
2 lin. (= 55 mm.) in expanse.

Argynnis latona, E.— Apparently very rare; I took
one specimen by the roadside at Campamento on June
18th, 1887, and have seen one or two more caught near
San Roque.

A. pandora, Schiff. — Very sparingly observed in the
cork-woods (May 28th, 1887), and near San Roque
(July 7th, 1888) ; also taken at Benzus Bay in August,
and seen at Tangier in September. It must, however,
be common somewhere in the neighbourhood of Gibraltar,
as on September 19th, 1888, quite a large number sud-
denly appeared on the Rock after the prevalence of a
fresh westerly breeze, and were seen for a fortnight after-
wards, frequenting flowers of heliotrope, &c., in the
Alameda. All were males, so far as I could ascertain,
and all in exceedingly worn condition.

(Anosia plexippus, L.).—This wandering butterfly was
taken by Lieut.-Commander Cochran, of H.M.S. ‘ Grap-
pler,’ in his garden at Rosia, Gibraltar, on October 24th,

876 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

1886 (vide Entom. Monthly Mag., vol. xxiii., p. 162), and
was seen shortly afterwards by me, it being then only
just dead. I kept a special look-out for it during the
whole of my stay at Gibraltar, but did not see or hear
of another specimen.

Melanargia ines, Hfsge. (thetis, Hubn.).— Only one
specimen of this pretty species, a female in very fine
condition, taken in the cork-woods on May 21st, 1887.
I saw it commonly at Malaga when I was there in
H.M.S. ‘ Swiftsure’ in April, 1876, and on my visit to
the same place in May, 1888, obtained a few beautiful
specimens (all males) on a bare limestone hill-top about
two miles east of the town. Itis said to occur abundantly
at Gaucin, 25 miles north of Gibraltar.

Satyrus statilinus, Hutn., var. allionia, F.—Abundant
in the stone-pine plantations beyond San Roque, and in
the cork-woods, but not found on the Rock of Gibraltar ;
in Marocco I have observed it at Benzts Bay. It is very
fond of settling on the trunks of the cork-trees, and is to
be taken in good condition from July 2nd to the end of
August. I have seen worn stragglers in the cork-woods
as late as October 29th. Usually very large and well-
marked, averaging 2 in. 6 lin. (= 63°5 mm.) in expanse
of wing.

S. fidia, L.—This fine species is very common on the
Rock of Gibraltar, being often seen on the main road
settled on horse-droppings, or coming down from the
slopes above when the road is watered, as it is every day
about 3 p.m.; it is then most easily taken, as the ground
it usually frequents is very rough and impracticable.
The specimens are larger and finer than those I have
seen from South France, the female often attaining an
expanse of wing of 3 in. (= 76 mm.). The earliest date
on which I have observed it (in 1888) is June 16th, and
it continues on the wing until the end of August. I
have taken it sparingly in the cork-woods, and in
Marocco at Benzus Bay. Its flight is powerful, and it
is rather shy.

Pararge mera, L., var. adraste, Hubn.—Only met with
at Malaga, and there but rarely, on April 5th, 1888.

P. megera, L.—Very abundant everywhere throughout
the Straits region, and on the wing almost all the year
round; I have notes of its appearance from January
28th to the end of October. Perhaps slightly paler

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 377

in tone than British examples, but not otherwise
different.

P. egeria, L.—As plentiful as the last species, and
found everywhere throughout the year. Always of the
dark type-form, which I have also taken at Ferrol, on .
the north coast of Spain.

Lipinephile janira, L., var. hispulla, Hubn.—Abundant
everywhere in the open country from May 7th to the end
of August. The type-form not met with.

i. ida, E.—One of the commonest butterflies, fre-
quenting open bushy places throughout the region. First
observed May 12th, 1887, and I have seen the females
in good condition in the middle of September.

E. pasiphaé, X.—Also very common and generally dis-
tributed, and found in the same situations as the last ; it
abounds on the slopes of the Rock of Gibraltar (where I
have observed it on April 25th) at San Roque, Malaga,
Tangier, and Benzus Bay. Unlike H. ida, it lasts but a
short time, being quite over by the middle of June.

Cenonympha arcanioides, Pierret.— Found only in
Marocco, where it is common throughout the summer
in dry bushy situations. At Tangier I have taken it as
early as March 10th ; it also occurs at Esmir and Benzus
Bay.

C. dorus, E.—Locally common on the downs beyond
San Roque, and on open hill-sides in the cork-woods ;
also at Benzus Bay, but apparently rare there. June
24th to the end of July.

C. pamphilus, L.—Quite a rarity ; found on the Rock
of Gibraltar in May, 1887, and near Tetuan on June 20th,
1888. Both these specimens are richly marked, and the
Tetuan example has well-defined dark borders to all
the wings above, but they do not exceed English examples
in size.

Spilothyrus alcee, E.— Rare. ‘Taken near Cabrita
Point, May 16th, and at San Roque on June 18th, 1887.

S. althee, Hibn.—Common everywhere almost all the
year. ‘Taken on the glacis of the fortifications at
Gibraltar on March 14th, 1888, and as late as November
20th at San Roque.

Syrichthus proto, EK. — Very common and generally
distributed. There appear to be two broods, the first
appearing in May (10th), the second, which is more
numerous, in July, and continuing on the wing until the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 2€

378 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

end of September. The larva was found plentifully at
Malaga at the end of April, 1888, between united leaves
of Phlomis purpurea, L.

S. fritillum, Hubn.—Loeally common in a waste field
by the side of the main road between Campamento and
San Roque, but not seen elsewhere. First found July
13th, 1887, and again on May 22nd of the following year.

S.sao, Hubn., var. therapne, Rby.—Common near San
Roque in dry waste places, frequenting the flowers of
thyme, &c. ; also sparingly in the cork-woods, at Tangier,
and at Esmir. Double-brooded, appearing in April
(16th) and May, and again in July, the second brood
being the more common. I took a fine freshly-emerged
example at Esmir as late as November 8rd, 1888.

Hesperia thaumas, Hufn. — Generally abundant
throughout the Gibraltar district (except on the Rock,
where I have never seen it), as well as at Tangier, in
dry open places. May 10th to the middle of June.

H. acteon, E.—Also plentiful at Campamento, San
Roque, and other places near Gibraltar, but not on the
Rock, and I have no record from Marocco ; it is always
found in damp situations. May 10th to the middle of
June.

H. nostradamus, F.—Common in the Gibraltar district,
being often taken on heliotrope flowers in the Alameda ;
also at Tangier (where I first observed it on June 11th,
1887), Benzus Bay, and Esmir. It is most plentiful in
August and September, and frequents the hottest and
driest situations.

H. Zelleri, Lederer.—This little skipper is found only
on the African side of the Straits. My first specimen
was taken at Benzus Bay on Aucust 30th, 1887, and I
subsequently met with it in a damp spot among the
sand-hills about a mile east of Tangier on September
19th, and again in some numbers on the edge of the
Ksmir lagoon on October Ist. In the following year I
took it again at Ksmir on July 25th, and in good con-
dition as late as November 10th. The flight of this
butterfly is much less rapid than that of its near ally,
P. nostradamus, and it appears always to be found in
moist places, or at any rate, never very far away from
water; at Esmir the yellow flowers of Inula viscosa,
Ait., are its great attraction. The original record of
this species (Lederer, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,
p. 194) gives Syria as its habitat. I can find no record

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 379

from any other country, and its occurrence in so distant
a locality as North Marocco is very interesting. Speci-
mens of H. Zelleri in the National Collection agree in
every particular with my insect.

Smerinthus populi, L.—I found the remains of this
insect at Benzus Bay, May 5th, 1888; living examples
were not met with.

Acherontia atropos, L.—Imago of occasional occur-
rence. Larvae found once or twice by me at Gibraltar,
on the thorny Solanum Sodomeum, Willd.

Sphinx convolvuli, L.—Apparently not common ; occa-
sionally found at flowers. I have only seen one or two
specimens at Gibraltar.

Detlephila euphorbie, L.—Not seen in the perfect state,
but the larve were not uncommon on the Neutral Ground
at Gibraltar, and in the cork-woods. I have seen them in
June and October.

D. lwornica, L.— This species is said to be common
in some summers at the flowers of Plwmbago capensis,
Pelargonium, &c.,at Gibraltar and Tangier. I have only
one specimen, however, from the former locality.

Cherocampa celerio, L.—Not uncommon in September
and October at the flowers of Plumbago capensis, &c., at
Gibraltar; also occasionally found at rest on walls, &c.

Pterogon proserpina, Pall. —I have not met with this
insect in the perfect state, but the larve were found in
considerable numbers near Campamento, on Cnothera
biennis, in June, 1888.

Macroglossa stellatarum, L.—Abundant everywhere all
through the year; I saw it commonly on the Rock of
Gibraltar on Christmas Day, 1886, busily engaged at the
wild flowers, of which I remember counting no fewer
than thirty species in bloom on that day.

Sciapteron tabaniforme, Rott.—Scarce. A fine pair taken
on white poplar on the Rock of Gibraltar July 8th, 1887.

Sesia Ramburi, Staud.—Not very uncommon on the
flowers of thyme, wild carrot, &c., on the downs beyond
San Roque, in June.

Paranthrene tineiformis, E.—F ound with the preceding,
but much less common; also taken on the Rock of
Gibraltar. June.

Zygena sarpedon, Hubn.— Not common. Taken on
the Sierra Carbonera, May 8th, 1888; also at Algeciras
and Benzus Bay in June.

2c2

380 Mr. J. J. Walker's notes on Lepidoptera

Z. stechadis, Bork. — Locally plentiful in marshy
places. Cork-woods, June 4th, 1887; Benzuis Bay, June
25th, 1888.

Z. lavandule, H%.— This very beautiful insect has
occurred to me only in one little spot, a sunny bank
about a mile north of the town of San Roque, on the
way to the cork-woods. I found it here not uncom-
monly on May 7th, 1887, and again on May 10th,
1888. It flies rather actively in the bright morning
sunshine.

Z. betica, Ramb. — Exceedingly abundant in the
Alameda of Gibraltar, and other places on the rock;
also on the Neutral Ground. The larva feeds on the
handsome yellow-flowered Coronilla glauca, frequently
stripping the bushes of their foliage, and the moth is
double-brooded. The specimens of the first brood, which
appears in May (being observed on the 18th of that
month in 1887), are much finer and larger than those of
the more numerous second brood, which emerge in
August and September. The cocoon is smooth, oval,
and white, and not a little resembles a lizard’s egg.

Nola cicatricalis, Treitschke.—One or two found on
tree-trunks in the cork-woods in April, and at rest on
lichen-covered boulders on the Rock of Gibraltar in
October.

Emydia cribrum, L., var. candida, Cyrill.—Not un-
common. ‘Taken on gas-lamps at Gibraltar, among
crass at Campamento, and in heathy places in the cork-
woods. May, and again in August and September.

Deiopeia pulchella, L.—Abundant everywhere, and to
be met with throughout the year, though most plentiful
in early summer. On May 14th, 1887, I saw it in vast
profusion at the edge of the cork-woods, every step that
I took disturbing scores of examples. Larva on Helio-
tropum europeum, Echium, and other Boraginee.

Euchelia jacobee, L.—Locally common near Campa-
mento in June; the larva found in plenty on ragwort.

Euprepia pudica, L.—Occasionally found at rest at
Gibraltar and Tangier. The larva is not uncommon,
but it feeds up very slowly, and is not easy to rear. The
imago appears in August and September.

Arctia villica, L.—Not common. Found near Campa-
mento in March and April, and the larve and pupe are
occasionally met with in early spring. The specimens

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 381

are much larger and finer than English examples ; they
expand 2 in. 9 lin. (= 69°6 mm.).

A. casta, E.—I found only one example of this beautiful
little tiger-moth, at rest on the ground near San Roque,
on April 12th, 1888.

Phragmatobia fuliginosa, L.—Only observed in Ma-
rocco, at Esmir, and in the marshes near Tetuan, where
the cocoons are to be found not uncommonly in the
winter, spun up on the rushes. The specimens bred
from these are remarkably large and brightly coloured,
on an average measuring 1 in. 63 ln. (—=39 mm.) in
expanse.

Orgyia Josephine, Oberth. (‘Etudes d’Hntomologie,
Lép. d’Algerie,’ vol. 6, div. ii., p. 77, and plate ii., fig. 5,
$).—This very beautiful and interesting species was
described by M. Oberthur from specimens obtained at
Lake Sebgha, in Algeria, by M. Austaut, in April, 1880.
I found it at Esmir under the same circumstances as the
preceding species, but only bred two males from a good
many cocoons collected; the wingless females, which
are covered with ashy-grey woolly hairs, appear to be
much more numerous.

O. trigotephras, Bdv. — Common on the Rock of Gib-
raltar, at Tangier, and Benztis Bay, in June. In its
habits it exactly resembles O. antiqua, flying actively
by day.

Ocneria dispar, L.— Not common on the Rock of
Gibraltar, and in the cork-woods of Almoraima, but
observed in all its stages in most astonishing profusion
at Monte de la Torre, about four miles from Algeciras,
on June 28th, 1888 (vide Entom. Monthly Mag., vol. xxv.,
p- 65).

O. atlantica, Ramb. — One female of this interesting
species was found at rest on a stone wall at Gibraltar,
July 5th, 1887.

Porthesia auriflua, L.—Not uncommon at Gibraltar
and San Roque in June. The black dots on the pri-
maries, occasionally developed in English examples, are
very conspicuous in these specimens.

Cossus ligniperda, L.— Not common. The larva
observed in elm and poplar trees at Campamento.

Zeuzera e@sculi, L.— Found once on the Rock of
Gibraltar, June 11th, 1887. A large and well-marked
female specimen.

382 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Saturnia pyri, L.— Apparently common throughout
the region. I have had many specimens brought to me
at Gibraltar in April and May, and have found the
cocoons at Tangier in the winter. On June 28th, 1888,
I observed the full-fed larve in large numbers on willow-
bushes and fruit-trees at Algeciras.

S. carpi, L.—Only met with in the cork-woods,
where it is very abundant at the end of March (the
earliest date on which I have seen it on the wing being
the 6th).. The larva is also common there in May on a
variety of plants, but it appears to have a preference for
the yellow-flowered Helianthemum halimefolium.

Lasiocampa trifolii, L.—Not often seen on the wing,
but common in the larva-state at Gibraltar and Tangier ;
at the latter place feeding chiefly on the single-seeded
white broom, Retama monosperma, L. I have taken the
male imago at gas-lamps in September at Gibraltar.

Clisiocampa neustria, L.—Common in the larva-state
at Gibraltar, and near Algeciras I have seen the oaks
almost defoliated by the ravages of the larva in the
beginning of June. The imago appears about the 20th
of that month.

Megasoma repandum, Hubn.—This fine moth appears
to be not uncommon at Gibraltar, also at Esmir, the
larvee feeding on various Leguminose. I found a female
on the Rock of Gibraltar on August 6th, 1888, which
laid a few eggs; the larve resulting from these fed up
well on Lotus, and produced fine imagos in November.
IT also obtained a pupa at Esmir on March 1st, 1889,
from which a very fine dark-coloured female emerged on
the 20th of the same month.

Pygera bucephala, L.—Found in the larva-state on
oaks (Quercus lusitanica) near San Roque; also pupe
in the sandy soil at the foot of these trees. Imago bred
March, 1888; these were very large and fine, the expanse
of wings being quite 3 in. (76 mm.).

Cerura vinula, L.—The cocoons (mostly empty) of this
moth were not rare on poplar-trunks at Tangier, but
only one imago was bred (May, 1888). ‘This is a small
and very darkly suffused male, bearing a close resemblance
to specimens of D, menciana, Moore, from the Hima-
layas, in the National Collection.

C. bifida, L.—Occasionally found in the larva-state,
or drying its wings on the trunks of poplar-trees, on the

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 383

Rock of Gibraltar, in August. These specimens are
very dark, and are probably the var. wrocera, Bdv.

Raphia hybris, Hiibn.—Found once or twice drying its
wings on poplar-trunks at Gibraltar in August, 1887,
and at Campamento in April, 1888. The pupa was also
found under bark of Lombardy poplar at San Roque in
the winter of 1887-8.

Acronycta psi, L.—A larva of this species, found
feeding on Arbutus unedo at Tangier in November, 1886,
produced a very large and clearly marked imago in the
following April.

A. rumicis, L.— Pupe not uncommon, spun up on
rushes, on the borders of the Esmir Jagoon in winter,
the imago appearing in February.

Bryophila muralis, Forst., var. par, Hubn.—Found at
rest on walls and tree-trunks, Rock of Gibraltar, but
scarce. July.

B. ereptricula, Treitschke.—More plentiful than the
preceding, occurring on walls at Gibraltar and Campa-
mento in August and September. The orange-spotted
larva observed in the spring months.

Tapinostola musculosa, L.—Not common. Found on
flowers of Scabiosa, Centaurea, &c., by the roadside near
San Roque in May.

Leucania Loreyi, Dup. — Fairly common on ivy-blos-
som in the Alameda at Gibraltar in October.

L. l-album, L.—Occurs with the preceding, but much
searcer. October and November.

Caradrina exigua, Hubn.—Not rare at ivy-blossom,
&e., at Gibraltar ; also at Tangier. October, and again
in spring.

C. ambigua, W. V.— Also on ivy-blossom in October,
but less common than the preceding. Gibraltar.

Pachnobia rubricosa, W. V.— One specimen picked up
at rest in the village of Campamento, in May, 1888.
This is smaller and more obscurely marked, but more
brightly coloured, than any British specimen I have
seen.

Orrhodia erythrocephala, W. V. —I refer with con-
siderable doubt to this species a moth taken on ivy-
bloom at Gibraltar in October, 1887.

Triphena pronuba, L.—Occeurs throughout the summer,
but can scarcely be called a common insect. Gibraltar
and Tangier.

384 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Agrotis Dahlii, Hubn.— Rare; on ivy-blossom at
Gibraltar, November, 1887.

A. saucia, Hibn.—Not uncommon, and appears to be
found almost all the year. Gibraltar and Tangier.

A. leucogaster, Freyer.— One specimen of this pretty
species, bred from a pupa found in some flood-refuse
near Tetuan. February, 1889.

A. puta, Hubn.—Not common. Taken at ivy-bloom
at Gibraltar in October.

A. segetum, W. V.—A fairly common but not abun-
dant insect, at ivy-bloom at Gibraltar. October and
November.

A. spinifera, Hiibn.—Found occasionally on the Rock
at ivy-bloom in October, also met with in February ; it
is, however, more plentiful among coarse grass and
herbage at La Tufara, on the ‘‘ Hastern Beach”’ (of the
Mediterranean), three miles north of Gibraltar, in
October. Some very richly-marked specimens were
taken on the Tangier sand-hills in September, 1888.

A. ypsilon, Rott. (sujfusa, Hubn.).—Not common; on
ivy-blossom at Gibraltar, in October.

A. crassa, Hubn.— Rare ; one or two worn specimens
at light, and disturbed from among herbage, in September.
Gibraltar.

Brithys pancratu, Cyr.—Not taken in the perfect state,
but the conspicuous white-spotted black larve were
abundant on the leaves of the beautiful and fragrant
sea-lly (Pancratiwm maritimum, L.), which grows on
every sandy beach throughout the region, just above the
reach of the waves. These larvye are to be found almost
all the year round, and I bred the imago in November
and February.

Dryobota saporte, Dup.—A fairly common insect at
Gibraltar on ivy-blossom. October and November.

Mamestra serena, W. V.— Once bred from a pupa
picked up on the Rock of Gibraltar, March, 1888: a
dark and suffused specimen closely approaching the var.
corsica, Ramb.

M. dysodea, W. V.— One or two specimens found at
rest on stones, &c., on the Rock. April.

M. oleracea, L.—Not common. Bred from pupa, also
on ivy-blossom at Gibraltar, in October.

Trigonophora flammea, Ki.—A fine specimen, taken on
ivy-bloom at Gibraltar, November, 1887.

Jrom the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 385

Habryntis meticulosa, L.—Not rare, and found through-
out the year, though most frequently seen on ivy-bloom.
Gibraltar and Tangier.

Hriopus Latreilleit, Dup.—The larve of this species
were found feeding on ferns in a garden at Gibraltar,
and several imagos were bred. October, 1887.

Calocampa vetusta, Hubn.—One specimen only, on ivy-
bloom at Gibraltar, in October, 1887.

Calophasia platyptera, E.—One only, taken at Tangier,
September, 1887.

Cleophana antirrhini, Hubn.—San Roque. Found
rarely on flowers by day. May, 1887.

C. yvanti, Dup.—Only once taken, in the cork-woods,
in May, 1887.

Cucullia verbasci, L.—Not found in the perfect state,
but the larve are common in May on Verbascum sinuatum,
L., and other plants of this genus, throughout the
Gibraltar district. Imago bred in April: very dark.

C. chamomille, W. V.—I have only one note af the
occurrence of this species, in the larva-state at Gibraltar,
March, 1887.

Ewrlupia adulatriz, Bdv.—Apparently rare; one or two
worn specimens taken at Gibraltar, and a fine example
found in the sweeping-net, at Tangier, September,
1888.

Heliothis armigera, Hubn.—Not common. Found on
the beach at La Tutara, October, 1887.

H. incarnata, Fr.—Also scarce. One example in the
cork-woods, May, 1887, and another near Algeciras in
July, 1888.

HH. peltigera, W. V.—Tolerably common, at Gibraltar
and Tangier, from May to July.

Plusia chalcites, E.—A specimen of this pretty species
was bred from a pupa found ina garden at Gibraltar,
October, 1888 ; it has also occurred there at light.

P. gamma, L.—Common, but not abundant, through-
out the region; chiefly in the early spring months.

Acontia luctuosa, W. V.— Fairly plentiful in weedy
places, and at flowers of wild mint and thyme by day,
from May to September. Generally distributed.

A. lucida, Hubn., var. albicollis, F.— Rare; one at
Campamento in May, 1887, and a beautiful specimen at
Tangier in February, 1888.

Catocala elocata, K.—Several specimens of this species

386 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

were taken at rest on walls, &c., at Tangier, September,
1887 and 1888.

C. dilecta, Hubn.—A larva found feeding on Quercus
lusitanica at Algeciras on June 4th, 1888 (which, for
want of a suitable box, I was obliged to carry on board
the ship loose in my pocket), produced this fine moth on
July 138th. ;

C. promissa, W. V.— Rare; one specimen taken at
Monte de la Torre, near Algeciras, June 28th, 1888.

C’. conversa, E.—Common in June in the cork-woods,
and near Algeciras; usually at rest on the trunks of the
cork-trees.

C. nymphagoga, K.—Found with the preceding; per-
haps less common, but observed in numbers at Monte de
la Torre on June 28th, 1888. [On this day I took a
single specimen of a small Catocala, which I have as yet
been unable to identify ; but from its lacking the central
black band on the yellow secondaries, it would appear
to be referable to the American genus Allotria.]

Cerocala scapulosa, Bdy.—Found occasionally in sandy
places in the cork-woods, flying by day among Helian-
themum halimefolium. April and May.

Ophtwusa bifasciata, Petagna.— One specimen of this
pretty and curiously marked moth was taken at Tangier,
September 7th, 1888.

O. algira, L.—Also rare. Taken at San Roque, June
28th, 1887, and observed at Tangier.

Pseudophia lunaris, W. V.— Very abundant in the
larva-state on low oak-bushes in the cork-woods in May.
Imago less plentiful, but still not rare, and easily dis-
turbed by day, in April. Bred March 138th, 1888.

P. tirrhea, Cr.—A larva found feeding on a South
American tree, Schinus molle, at Gibraltar in November,
1886, produced a fine female imago, February 21st, 1887.

Spintherops spectrum, F.—The very beautiful larve of
this moth were not rare on a few bushes of Retama near
the foot of the Sierra Carbonera in May. Some fine
specimens bred, June, 1887.

Emmalia trabealis, Scop.— Apparently rare; found
near Campamento, August 23rd, 1887.

Prothymia conicephala, Staud. — One specimen taken
near San Roque, July 29th, 1887.

Trothisa ostrina, Hubn.— Generally distributed, and
common in dry places. Found from April to October.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 387

T’. parva, Hubn.—Equally common with the preceding.
Perhaps most plentiful in August.

Metoptria monogramma, Hubn.—A common species on
the Rock of Gibraltar, and also observed at Malaga. It
has the habits of an Huclidia, and flies actively by day
among its food-plant, Psoralea bituminosa, L. April
14th to end of May.

Herminia crinalis, Tr. — Not uncommon at Gibraltar
on ivy-blossom in October, but usually in worn condition.

H. lividalis, Hibn.—A common insect on the Rock of
Gibraltar, and at Tangier, among weeds (Parietaria, &e.).
June and October.

H. obsitalis, Hibn.—Not rare on the Rock; usually
disturbed out of dark corners. September and October.

Eugonia quercaria, Hibn.—One specimen taken in
the cork-woods, June 28th, 1887.

Aspilates ochrearia, Rossi.—Not uncommon at Gibral-
tar, and usually very large and fine. I have a male
specimen taken in April, 1887, which measures 1 in.
6 lin. (= 88 mm.) in expanse.

2 Pseudosestra obtusaria { Lozogramma obtusaria, Walk.,
Cat. Lep. Het., Geometrites, xxii., p. 985 (1861) ].—
A single specimen of a Geometer, taken by beating the
undergrowth in a stone-pine plantation about two miles
north of San Roque on March 19th, 1888, is perhaps the
most remarkable capture in the region, as it appears to
be identical with Lozogramma obtusaria, described by
Walker from New Zealand, and apparently not known
from elsewhere. Of this moth there are eight examples
in the National Collection, with which the San Roque in-
sect agrees in all particulars, except that (being fresh and
in good condition) it is rather brighter and more clearly
marked than any of these specimens, all of which are
slightly worn and faded. After a careful comparison of
the Spanish insect with the New Zealand type by Mr.
Butler and myself, we can come to no other conclusion
than that they belong to one and the same species.

Ligia opacaria, Hubn.—Once taken in the cork-woods,
among Hrica, October 29th, 1887.

Terpnomicta dilectaria, Hibn.—One very small speci-
men, apparently of this species, at Tangier, in September,
1887.

Abraxas pantaria, L.—Exceedingly abundant in all its
stages on the ash-trees in the Alameda at Gibraltar,

388 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

which are frequently stripped of their leaves by the
prettily-coloured larve. It also occurs plentifully at
San Roque, Esmir, &c.; in fact wherever there are ash-
trees. The moths of the first brood, appearing in
April, are much larger than those of the second brood,
on the wing in July.

Selidosema plumaria, W. V.—Common throughout the
summer and autumn at Campamento and San Roque, in
dry bushy situations. Very much smaller than speci-
mens from the South of England.

Thamnonoma gesticularia, Hiibn.—A not uncommon
species in the cork-woods in May and June; easily dis-
turbed by day.

Fidonia plumistaria, Vill—This handsome and con-
spicuous Geometer is not rare in some heathy localities
in the cork-woods, flying in the hot sunshine in April;
also on the summit of the Sierra Carbonera, where, in
1889, I met with it as early as March 26th.

Gnophos respersaria, Hubn.— Occasionally found in
dry stony spots in the cork-woods in June. I have also
seen 1t on the Rock.

G. mucidaria, Hiibn. — Not rare on the Rock of
Gibraltar, where it comes to the gas-lamps in October.

Boarmia rhomboidaria, W. V.—Taken at Algeciras on
June 28th, 1888. Apparently rare.

Pachycnemia hippocastanaria, Habn.—Oceasionally in
heathy places in the cork-woods in May.

Anthometra plunularia, Bdv.—Not rare in June on the
borders of the cork-woods, flying in the sunshine over
low bushes of Calycotome spinosa and other thorny
Leguninose.

Nemoria herbaria, Hubn.—One specimen taken at light
at Gibraltar, October, 1888.

Acidalia (Cleta) vittaria, Hubn. — Taken at Algeciras,
flying by day, April 23rd, 1887; also near Campamento
in June.

A. ochrata, Scop.— Plentifulin dry grassy places, near
Campamento and elsewhere, in June.

A. perochraria, Rossl.—Found with the preceding, but
less common. June.

A. nexata, Hibn.—This very minute but pretty Geo-
meter is apparently not rare near Campamento, flying
by day in moist places with A. vittaria. June and
October. -

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 389

A. virgularia, Hibn.—A very plentiful species on the
Rock of Gibraltar, where it comes freely to gas-lamps.
Most common in October.

A. elongaria, Ramb.—Rare ; one specimen at Campa-
mento, May, 1887.

A. circwitaria, Hubn.—I have an example of this
species, taken at Benzus Bay in June, 1887.

A. ostrinaria, Hubn.—Occasionally taken in the cork-
woods, in June.

2 A. transmutaria, Ramb.—One specimen, apparently
referable to this species, taken at San Roque, June, 1887.

A. promutata, Guén. — Found at rest occasionally on
stones, &c., in July. Rock of Gibraltar.

A. luridata, Zell.—Taken at a gas-lamp at Gibraltar,
September, 1887.

A. emutaria, Hubn.—Rare ; one specimen at Esmir,
November 8rd, 1888.

A. imitaria, Hubn.— Also rare; found on the Rock of
Gibraltar, July 18th, 1887.

A. ornata, Scop. — Not rare, in dry flowery places at
Campamento and San Roque, from May to August; also
taken at Ksmir.

Pellonia calabraria, Zell. — Tolerably common in the
cork-woods, and on the Sierra Carbonera, at the end of
April and in May; a day-flyer.

Zonosoma pupillaria, Hubn.—Beaten out of oak in the
cork-woods in July, 1887.

Z. porata, F.—Rare; taken near San Roque in July,
1887.

Sterrha sacraria, L.—A generally abundant insect
throughout the region, and found during the greater part
of the year. Very variable.

S. consecraria, Ramb.—One specimen of this pretty
little moth picked up in the town of Gibraltar, October
9th, 1888.

Anaitis plagiata, L.—Not uncommon on flowery banks
near San Roque, in May and June; the specimens
resembling those of the second brood in England.

Chesias oblata, F. (obliquaria, W. V.).— Apparently
rare; taken at Campamento in March, 1888.

C. griseata, W. V.— Also a rarity; one found at
Gibraltar in May, 1887.

Ortholitha pertbolata, Hubn.—Not uncommon in the
cork-woods, among Hrica, on October 29th, 1887.

390 Mr. J. J. Walker’s notes on Lepidoptera

Phibalapteryx fluviata, Hubn. — Occasionally found
singly, at almost all times of the year, at Gibraltar ;
also taken at Esmir, November, 1888.

Larentia fluctuata, L.—Our familiar ‘“‘ garden carpet ”
is by no means a common insect at Gibraltar, but it
sometimes occurs at the gas-lamps, and at rest on walls,
chiefly in the autumn months.

L. basochesiata, Dup.—Occasionally, but rarely, taken
at gas-lamps, &c. One of the first moths noticed on the
Rock of Gibraltar, October 23rd, 1886.

L. bilineata, L.—A scarce and local insect in the
cork-woods. July.

Eupithecia centaureata, W. V.— Not uncommon at
light, &c., on the Rock in spring and autumn.

EE. satyrata, Hubn.— Occasionally found in the cork-
woods, among heath. May and June.

E. pumilata, Habn.—Tolerably common at Gibraltar
in spring and autumn; also at Tangier in March. More
uniform in colour than English specimens.

Cledeobia connectalis, Hiibn.—Tolerably common in
dry grassy places at Campamento and elsewhere. June.

Stemmatophora gadesialis, Ragonot.— One example,
taken at San Roque, July, 1887.

Scoparia angustea, Steph. — At rest on walls, &c.,
Gibraltar and Campamento, in October ; not rare.

Hellula undalis, F.—Taken in the Alameda at Gibraltar,
August, 1887.

Aporodes florais, Hubn.—Among wild mint at San
Roque ; scarce. July, 1887.

Asopia glaucinalis, L.—Rare ; Gibraltar, in October,
1887.

A. farinalis, L.—F ound with the preceding ; also rare.
October, 1887.

Eurycreon palealis, Schiff.— Not common; among
wild carrot at San Roque in May, 1887, and at Benzis
Bay in June.

Botys sanguinalis, L.— Gibraltar; not rare on dry
slopes on the Rock, April and May.

B. (Mecyna) polygonalis, L.— Scarce in the perfect
state. The larva found commonly at the Sierra Carbo-
nera on Retama, in company with that of Spintherops
spectrum.

Nomophila noctuella, Schiff. — Generally common,
especially in August.

from the region of the Straits of Gibraltar. 391

Margarodes unionalis, Hubn.— Not rare at Gibraltar,
at ivy-blossom and light in the autumn ; also at Tangier
and Benzus Bay.

Metasia suppandalis, Hubn. — Taken amongst wild
thyme at San Roque, June, 1888.

Stenia brugierialis, Dup. — At Campamento in Sep-
tember, 1887. Apparently rare.

Myelophila cribrella, Hibn.—Not uncommon among
thistles, &c., at Campamento in May.

Ancylolomia tentaculella, Hubn.—In grassy places; at
San Roque and Campamento, September and October.

In addition to the preceding one or two species of
Geometre and several Pyrales and Crambites still remain
undetermined, being in most cases represented by single
examples in indifferent condition.

I have to acknowledge the kind assistance afforded me
by Mr. A. G. Butler and Mr. W. Warren in working out
many of the more obscure and difficult species noticed
in this paper.

5 ; at i) aw con

: i" a i : : . As v ; cet . . ; : ol it
in inti? | ti in Ae ne gu ui walt ‘i i ae e
i An

ry aX |

= tba dit) aa oper Botan dbl mien ous RT ae 4
“sia it avn om ‘muon add ich Salt loots Moxsahdjeri dap? ae |
| (et Gt PO SMOU baa ae |
ity 4 a) soak atid “alleen yi dota bythe My
HON BHAT ch gana cane de onic
“tha ii ohaosaqnas aA = nth daiceaiqn wh ieee. a.
oa eras 3 Jcltaagaantga By vind a wentmad
rout ih quan MOV ng-. 10 (add) siolhgeatrpey ahs \eulgpgllias aoe
% PP EG 408, Ct pongane andar) Deis pode (ts albeit” SS
Aik pe ot honked ani ms ut th Hiakiy aVitatitas aaneol Nar . .
tok Na) Dwi “eallist of TL ASA Nast ttt) beta aupald. iba :
tr miainceas owes 4 OQ), u cei fli and acl wm Perini me
PATH City moti nye ti saline RA Ustad Dink wrongs 0
*) a by this Boer, OTOL BOER Penis ty iran, boruunietab ie i
a. aan tha ue dea tets Weer i ‘walqninyag . ee
oxit patie 4an rid ate all Sut Litt bulrlecomion OF ovat lime 7
ja Liab eiyat tet" image OW he Pitts: “en tiaret OF du hes aia
bist Son pothoea mh ' pitti Ata" Siteede pout nts 19, “7 fats .

i | " ae, ») all 2 a
* : ‘
«
Pm f, ;
f 7
- “e
a ; ‘
. a, t
4 i] 7 4 " .
* re
} -
' 7
The i' e
“ "
¥ i
i"
= .
4° roa i ;
\ bd
» ; ;
vi ‘ u ‘ ;
r)
?
J au ,
= 4 A ‘ -
i ; ad
: ~ ,. &
ae J i
’= od .
ica ; a
7 : : A , B
: : : n M jj 7
‘ = - ' em ‘ i
i La —_ ’
se re, ;
i -
) c Vs ‘ $ , :
: |
.
; ue J 110 §
/ : fey f : up
- : ee:
4 ?
/ } By
rt |
y= ’ 1 ; S
: wie
‘ bul ;
i ' :
. :
il ri
; ; _ n
Ky 7 mer
(ei : et

( 393.)

XI. Notes on certain species of Cetoniide of the section
Goliathides. By Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A.,
F.L.S., Hon. Life Pres. Ent. Soc. London.

[Read April 2nd, 1890.]

Puate XI.

Asthenorhina Stanleyana, Westw.

Nova species A. Turneri major et robustior.

Mas. Supra opacus, velutinus; capite, pronoto et scutello
olivaceo-luteis, elytris obscure rufo-brunneis, femoribus anticis valde
robustis, viridibus, supra fulvo-holosericeis, infra cum tibiis viridi-
bus ; corpore infra olivaceo-luteo ; medio sterni, pedibus 4 posticis
abdomineque viridibus nitidissimis, tarsis nigris.

Fem. Viridis nitidissima, capite antice obscure rufo, pronoti
lateribus fulvo-marginatis; elytris fulvo-tinctis, vitta tenui ex
humeris ad tubercula subapicalia extensa suturaque nigris.

Long. corp. maris lin. 15 ; foem. lin. 13.

Habitat apud Stanley Falls, Congo. In Mus. Hopeiano,
Oxonie.

This new species, which I have dedicated to the
intrepid African traveller Stanley, is considerably larger
than the type of the genus, A. T'urneri, and, like it, the
male is clothed on the upper side of the body with a
close and very short velvety pile, rendering the surface
opaque on the head and prothorax ; this pile is of a dark
fulvous colour, rather darker in front of the scutellum,
whilst on the elytra it is of a dark chestnut-red; the
scutellum is dark olivaceous, with slender paler lateral
margins, and the suture is very slender and dark green.
On each shoulder of the elytra there is a very small
polished spot, and below this is a very fine elevated line
extending to the subapical tubercle; each elytron is
terminated at the extremity of the suture by a very
small point; half-way between the longitudinal line and
the suture is another scarcely perceptible fine raised line,
united to the former at its junction with the subapical
tubercle. The front of the head, or clypeus, is subovate,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (JUNE.) 2D

394 Prof. Westwood’s notes on

with the sides slightly elevated, and the fore margin is
rather deeply emarginate,, the edges finely black ; the
antenne and eyes are black. The prothorax above is
entire, without any trace of punctures, the lateral
margins are dilated from behind the eyes; the posterior
half of each lateral margin is suddenly angulated and
rather deeply emarginate, leaving the apical angle rather
acute. Beneath, the sides of the head are clothed with
pale buff pile, as is also the whole of the under side of
prothorax, except a small black central dot in front of
the mesosternal point. The whole of the meso- and meta-
sterna are clothed with pale buff pile (as are also the
broad flat coxe), except the slightly porrected sternal
point, which is extended backwards to the base of the
hind legs, and is of a brilliant green colour. This is
also the colour of the abdomen, except the lateral part
of each segment and two triangular spots on the podex,
which are clothed with pale pile. The fore legs have
the femora greatly incrassated, clothed in front with
pale pile, but otherwise brilliant green, with two small
black spines on the fore edge near the extremity, and
two other very minute ones towards the base of the front
margin ; the tibie are green above, nearly black beneath,
narrow, with a small black hooked spine at the apex,
the inner edge clothed with fine pale hairs; the tarsi
are slender and black: the four hind legs are rather
small, green beneath and black above, the middle tibiz
are slightly attenuated at a little distance from the distal
extremity, and in the two posterior tibie, in the same
position, is a small oval excavation bearing a brush of
fine fulvous hairs. The two spines at the apex of the
tibiz are distinct but small. The sternal point of the
mesosternum is small, triangular, and scarcely produced
into a lateral angle.

The maxille of the male are terminated by a small
acute horny point densely clothed with hairs, and the
mentum has the middle of its fore margin produced into
two obtuse flattened lobes, rather rounded at the tips.
The abdomen of the male has the two basal segments
with a slight central depression.

The female of A. Stanleyanais entirely destitute of the
fine coat of pale buff-coloured pile with which the male is
adorned. Itisrather smaller than the male; itis of a glossy
bright green colour, the front of the head rather strongly

certain species of Cetoniide. 395

impressed, the margins being thin and bent upwards,
the disc densely marked with small punctures and of a
dark red colour; a small fine carina runs down the
middle of the disc, with two fine raised lines extending
from its hinder end to the angles in fronu of the eyes,
which, as well as the antenne, are black; the front of
the clypeus is slightly emarginate. The prothorax is
brilliant green, finely punctured, and slightly bi-impressed
on the disc, the posterior half of its lateral edges sud-
denly angulated, behind which they are emarginate.
The scutellum is glossy green. The elytra are green
tinged with fulvous; the shoulders black, from which
runs a slender carina to the black subapical tubercle ;
between this and the suture the disc is finely rugulose, the
rugosity forming indistinct longitudinal strie, the suture
itself narrow, slightly raised and dark green; the podex
is orange-red, with the apical margin green. The body
beneath is glossy green, with the sides of the prosternum
tinged with orange. The posterior cox are densely
punctate. The femora are orange, with the tips black ;
the mesosternal process is as in the male; the anterior
tibize are broad and strongly 3-dentate. The four pos-
terior tibiz and tarsi are black, the former slightly tinged
with green. The four posterior tibie are bispinose
between the base and middle, and the apex of each is
dilated, especially in the hind pair. The ventral seg-
ments of the abdomen are entire, convex, and finely
rugulose.

Genus ASTHENORHINA.

In the year 1843 I described and figured two interesting
species of beetles belonging to the section Goliathides,
forming a distinct genus, to which, in consequence of the
unarmed head, I gave the name of Asthenorhina (Arcan.
Ent., vol. ii., p. 71, pl. 67, figs. 2 and 3). It is most
nearly allied to Tmesorrhina and Aphelorrhina, having
the fore legs robust, with thickened femora armed near
_ the tip on the anterior edge with two small acute spines,
the clypeus entire, with the fore margin slightly emargi-
nate, the maxille in the males with the apical lobe slender,
and the apex curved and acute ai the tip, the mentum
deeply and broadly notched, the prothorax with the
lateral margins strongly angulated in the middle; the
body in the two specimens represented in the plate (from

396 Prof. Westwood’s notes on

the collection of the late Mr. J. Aspinell Turner, of
Manchester) were both males, with the posterior tibie
not armed with spines, but with a fascicle of hairs on
the inside near the tip. The species inhabits Ashantee.
It is of a dark green colour, the upper surface of the
body opaque, and tinged with fulvous at the base of the
elytra, which colour varying to luteous in one of the
specimens and extending over the entire elytra, has a
broad dark green stripe extending from the shoulder to
the subapical tubercle; whereas the under surface of the
body is glossy. The length of the insects were 10 lines.

A female of this insect was subsequently obtained by
the late Captain Parry, of which I published a figure
and description in the ‘Transactions’ of the Entomo-
logical Society of London (n. s., vol. ili., 1854, p. 68, pl vi.,
fig. 4). It differs from the male in having the upper
surface of the body of a rich dark green colour and
shining, the front half of the head black and the hinder
part green, with the anterior and lateral margins elevated,
the former emarginate in the middle, and with a central
longitudinal carina slightly elevated, the epimera scarcely
visible from above, the elytra finely punctured, the
punctures wide apart; the shoulders and_ subapical
tubercles black; the body beneath is dark green and
polished, slightly and finely punctured, except the sides
of the metasternum and coxe, which are closely punc-
tured ; the legs are dark green, the fore tibie strongly
3-spined, the spines black ; the four posterior tibiz are
black, slightly glossed with green, with the tarsi black.

I subsequently obtained, for the Hopeian Collection,
another female with the head and pronotum very glossy
and rich green-coloured, the clypeus dark orange-red,
and the anterior part of the lateral margins of the pro-
notum orange; the elytra orange, with a small black
spot on the shoulder-tubercle, and another on the sub-
apical tubercle ; the scutellum and narrow suture dark
green ; the legs black, slightly glossed with green.

In 1880 Dr. Kraatz published the description and
figure of a female insect from Ashantee (which I cannot
distinguish from that of Asthenorhina Turner), to which
he has assigned the name of Platynocnemis marginicollis
(‘Deutsche Entom. Zeitschr.,’ 24 ann. 1880, p. 148,
pl. i., fig. 1), with the observation :—‘‘Da mir von
Asthenorrhina nur 3 vorliegen, von Platynocnemis nur

certain species of Cetonide. 397

ein weilchen, so bedtirfen die Angaben tiber die Bildung
der beine bei den verschedenen Geschlechtern noch
spaterer erginzungen; die Bedornung der schienen ist
bei Asthenorrhina ahnlich wie bei Platynocnemis ? aber
von der erweiterung der hinterschienen ist in Westwood’s
Abbildung nichts zu sehen.”’*

Goliathus Fornassinit ? and G. Higginsit.

I recently (November last) received from Mr. A. T.
Glama, of St. Petersburg, a sketch of a male of a species
of Goliath beetle (which is copied in Plate XI., fig. 4)
from Accra, W. Africa, which appears to be allied, so
far as the head is concerned, to Goliathus (Goliathinus)
Fornassinii of Bertolinii, the male of which, from
Zambesi, is represented in my ‘Thesaurus Entomolo-
gicus,’ pl. 1, fig. 1, from the late Mr. Turner’s collection,
and the female by M. Thomson, in the ‘ Annals’ of the
French Entomol. Society, 1856, pl. vii., fig. 1, and
which agrees with Mr. Glama’s insect in having the
anterior tibie bidentate. The latter insect has the head
and prothorax very black, the latter without the longi-
tudinal yellow lines, the elytra brown (brun foncé) with
yellow spots, and the legs (jambes tres noir), the head
and eyes pitchy black; the thorax with deep punctures ;
the prothorax very broad, subheptagonal, with an angu-
lated depression in the middle.

The insect seems also to approach, in the subhepta-
gonal form of the prothorax, the female insect of which
I figured in ‘ Thesaurus Entomol.,’ pl. 2, fig. 7, under
the name of Goliathus Higginsii, from Tropical Africa.
As illustrating these rare insects I have added a copy of
my figure of this insect to the present plate. The male
being unknown, I cannot refer it satisfactorily to its
generic position.

** In both the figures of Asthenorrhina Turneri 3, above referred
to, the slight emargination or impression near the apex of the two
posterior tibiz is clearly shown.

398 Notes on certain species of Cetoniide.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XI.

Fig. 1. Asthenorhina Stanleyana, male; 1a, maxilla of male;
1b, mentum of ditto.

2. Ditto, female.
3. Goliathus Higginsiti ; 3a, maxilla; 86, mentum.

4. Goliathus Fornassinii, copied from Mr. Glama’s sketch.

(Urs99r +)

XII. On the structure of the terminal segment wm some
male Hemiptera. By Davip Suarp, M.B., F.L.S.,
HE Oay CoC.

[Read February 5th, 1890. |

PLATES SOW, Ochre, & XV.

THE arrangement of the subjects is as follows :—
1. Introductory.
2. Description of the parts in various species.
3. Comparative observations on the separate structures.
4. General remarks.

I. Introductory.

Although entomologists are now becoming acquainted
with the remarkable and complicated structures con-
nected with the organs of the male devoted to the fer-
tilisation of the eggs of the female, it is probable that
the subject has even yet not received so much attention
as it deserves, and as it will doubtless secure in the
future. There are several reasons for this comparative
neglect; among them may be mentioned the extremely
complex and varied nature of the structures: this not
only renders them most difficult to describe intelligibly,
but also has hitherto made it impossible to homologise
the various parts seen in different insects, so that no
satisfactory system of nomenclature for them has been
established. ‘To this may be added the great difficulty
that exists in forming any idea of their true function.

I have recently been examining some heteropterous
bugs, and I have found these structures in them remark-
ably easy of examination, and to a certain extent,
perhaps, comprehensible as regards their function; and
as very little, so far as I have been able to find, has been
written about them, I have thought the following remarks
about a few Pentatomide might possibly be of some
value, notwithstanding their very imperfect and desultory
nature.

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LOND. 1890.—ParT 111. (SEPT.) 25

400 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

In order to make my descriptions intelligible, I must
briefly sketch the general conditions prevailing in the
Pentatomide, as to the structure of the terminal (or
genital) segment in the male sex.

First, it forms a cavity or chamber widely open
externally, which I shall call the terminal chamber, and
in this open chamber are placed the following structures,
viz.:—l. The part of the male organs through which
pass the membranous structures connected with the
ejaculatory duct; this I shall call the edeagus. 2. The
termination of the alimentary canal; this is free and
very mobile, and forms a sort of tail: I shall therefore
call it the rectal- andes 3. Some accessory pieces or
appendages, viz., a, lateral, one on each side; b, inferior,
a single piece. The general arrangement of these parts
is that the rectal-cauda is in the middle above, and
completely overlaps and covers the cedeagus, which is
usually so completely concealed that I had examined
many specimens without suspecting its existence until 1
discovered it by dissection; the lateral appendages are
placed near the side-walls of the segment, one on each
side, and are in many species very mobile, though in
other cases very little power of movement appears to be
present: the inferior accessory piece is placed on the
middle of the inferior part of the segment directly below
the termination of the rectal-cauda.

These parts exist in all the Pentatomide I have
examined, and though so variable in form from species
to species that they are not similar in any two I have
seen, yet they are in all clearly homologous. There is
another part, of a very peculiar and important nature,
that is nearly always (perhaps I might say absolutely
always) present, viz., a tubular or cylindrical structure,
fastened to the inner face of the floor of the chamber,
and completely surrounding the cedeagus ; it is, in fact,
a fence or hedge, open only above; I will speak of it as
the theca.

In order to complete this brief outline of the nomen-
clature I have used, I should add that the transverse
deflexed wall separating the anterior part of the segment
from the open posterior part is called the diaphragm, and
that there frequently exists on each side of this diaphragm
and close to the rectal-cauda a projection of variable
form, which I have called the superior lateral process.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 401

The posterior edge of the segment, which is very variable
in form, is called the lip.

In reference to the Plates XII., XIII., XIV., which
illustrate the following descriptions, I must say a few
words of explanation. Such figures are very difficult to
draw, owing to its being far from easy to see with
definiteness into the depths of the chamber in which the
pieces are placed; thus anyone who has not dissected
specimens fails to catch the relations of the pieces,
especially at their bases and in the depths of the
chamber, and this has happened in the case of several
of the figures here given. ‘The structures, too, are much
more delicate than the plates give an impression of, so
that, owing to this and to the absence of colour in them,
they do not convey at all adequately the idea of elegance
and ornamentation which I think would be perceived by
all who inspect the parts in their natural—especially if
fresh—condition.

Il. Descriptions of the male characters in some species
of Pentatonide.

Owing to the kindness of my friend Mr. W. L. Distant,
who has determined the species for me, and given me
such other information as I sought from him, the names
here used are no doubt correct ; a most important point
in such descriptions.

1. Tesseratoma nigripes, Dall.* (subfam. Tesserato-
mine). Hab. N. India. Fig. 2, Pl. XIJ.— The rectal-
cauda is quite short and very broad, and its hind margin
ciliate; behind it, but a little beyond it, there projects
upwards the inferior process, which is of very hard con-
sistence, subacuminate at the extremity, and concave in
front; there is a space between it at the apex of the
rectal-cauda, and there does not appear to be any special
provision for defending the orifice of this latter part.
The lateral appendages are very large and of complex
form, the inner margin of each is accurately adapted to
the side of the rectal-cauda, and, passing close to the
inferior process, is furnished at the apex with a small
abruptly bent-in process, which, when the inferior appen-

** This species has the peculiarity of having the lower wings
beautifully coloured.

2n2

402 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

dage is depressed, is pressed upon by it, so that co-
ordinated action between the inferior and the lateral
appendages perhaps exists.

In this species the open face of the terminal chamber
is very large, but is directed entirely upwards, and can
be completely closed by the mere apposition of the
inferior face of the hemi-elytra; at the hind margin of
the chamber there is a large triangular incrassation pro-
jecting anteriorly, and the apex of this process serves as
a support to the extremity of the inferior accessory
appendage when this is depressed.

2. Tesseratoma papillosa, Drury. Hab. China. Fig.
3, Pl. XI1.— The position, arrangement, and relations
of the pieces is similar to that described in the preceding
species, but the shape of the chamber behind, and the
texture, sculpture, and clothing of the various parts is
quite different. These latter points are probably corre-
lative with the striking difference in the colour and
texture of the dorsal segments of the hind body in these
two species.

3. Tesseratoma malaya, Stal. Hab. Hills of N. India.
Fig. 1, Pl. X1J.—Similar to T. nigripes, but with well-
marked distinctions in the form of the lateral appen-
dages.

4. Husthenes eurytus, Distant (subfam. Tesserato-
mine). Hab. N. India.—The rectal-cauda is here very
short, not very broad, and only partially covers the
cedeagus ; only the bifid process terminating the latter
can, however, be perceived, owing to the great develop-
ment of the theca: this theca is of a most remarkable
nature in this insect, being white and deeply striate, so
that when the insect is in the natural condition of damp-
ness it has the appearance of an assemblage of minute
rods. Whether this be a post-mortem condition due to
shrivelling I do not know. The rectal-cauda, in the
only specimen at my disposal, is surrounded at the base
by a folded and corrugate membrane, and I expect this
permits the cauda to be slightly extended downwards so
as to cover the theca. ‘The inferior process is sub-
acuminate at the extremity and concave in front, similar,
in fact, to that of J'esseratoma, but smaller; the lateral
appendages are very different in form from those of

o

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 4035

Tesseratoma, especially as regards the internal terminal
process, and I do not know whether this can be brought
into such a position as to be pressed upon by the inferior
process. There is no inerassation of the lip of the
chamber in the middle behind.

The colour of the dorsal plates of the hind body in this
insect is in life magnificent, being of a brilliant metallic
colour, in tint between violet and purple. This fades
after death, but may be restored by thoroughly wetting
the insect.

The diaphragm projects strongly on each side of the
cauda in an angular manner, forming thus a superior
lateral process of a much less perfectly differentiated
character than it assumes in many other species where
it is present.

5. Husthenes pratti, Dist. Hab. Central China. Fig. 4,
Pl. XIJ.—The cauda is short, not deflexed, but projecting
backwards, fuscous in colour, with white membranous
extremity, the orifice open and exposed; the diaphragm
surrounding the base of the cauda is white, membranous.
The theea is a nearly transparent, white, longitudinally
striated structure: from its middle projects the extremity
of the cedeagus. This organ also is quite white, and
appears semimembranous, but is really of chitinous con-
sistency ; its exposed part is of irregular form, but
possesses a large cleft along the middle, and from this
there projects a perfectly transparent, very elongate,
thread-like structure (the true intromittent organ, I
presume): within the theca, on each side, there is a
slender free wing, something like a small compressed
rod; this is rather darker in colour than the other parts
of the cedeagus.

The lateral appendages are placed rather deep down,
and are therefore not very conspicuous, but are of com-
plex form; the terminal part of each forms two lobes,
one of which is slender and polished, and reflexed
upwards just before the orifice of the cauda, its extremity
just touching that of its fellow of the opposite side; the
other lobe is much broader, placed more externally, and
bears much long pubescence. ‘The inferior process is
placed just below the inner pair of the lobes of the lateral
appendage, and is shaped like the terminal portion of
the bowl of a spoon.

404. Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

There is in this species an additional or superior
lateral process on each side, in the shape of a projection
inwards from the outer wall of the segment; it is a
polished subacuminate process of black colour, placed at
the side of the cauda just at the termination of the
diaphragm.

In the figure of this species (Fig. 4, Pl. XII.) the
shape of the segment is not well rendered, and the
inferior process is not correct in shape.

6. Hurostus grossipes, Walk. (subfam. Tesseratomine).
Hab. N. India.—Of this remarkable species I have only
a mutilated individual of the male sex at my disposal.
The characters are in most respects similar to those of
the other Tesseratomine I have described, more especially
to Husthenes eurytus, but with differences in all the
details, and with the important distinction that the
inferior accessory process does not project upwards
behind the processes of the lateral appendages, but
remains below them: the rectal-cauda is moderately
long, with its outer face deplanate, and it conceals the
cedeagus, which is surrounded by a striated theca of
pallid colour, but apparently of much less _ perfect
structure than that of Husthenes eurytus; the lateral
appendages are large, and each is terminated by a free
slender process extending upwards and backwards, and
a little curved.

7. Aspongopus obscurus (subfam. Dinidorine). Hab.
Assam.—The arrangements of the parts are similar to
those of T’esseratoma, the lateral appendages being, how-
ever, very different in form; they are curved round
behind the inferior process, and meet together in the
middle at some little distance behind this inferior pro-
cess, with which they are perfectly co-ordinated when
the latter is depressed, and they are, too, furnished with
a few elongate sete at the points where the parts come
into contact. A second species of the genus from the
same locality differs chiefly in that the lateral appen-
dages are still larger, and are in close contact with the
inferior process.

8. Piezosternum subulatum, Fab. (subfam. Dinidorine).
Hab. Bogota. Fig. 10, Pl. XIJJ.— The structures in
this insect are so very different from those of Aspongopus

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 405

that the propriety of placing the two insects in the same
subfamily may be doubted; the segment is, in fact, quite
different in its plan from any other Pentatomid I have
seen, and seems to approach in some respects the family
Pyrrhocoride. When the hemi-elytra are opened and
the insect first inspected it seems as if all the parts were
absent; the floor of the terminal chamber projects
backwards, and its sides are curved upwards so that an
imperfect cavity is formed, and.all that can be seen is a
transverse projection on the upper part of the anterior
wall of this very open cavity. This is, however, due to
the very great retractility of the terminal segment, and
when the segment is extended to its full length, it is seen
that the anterior part, which was covered during re-
traction by the preceding segment of the body, is the
true terminal chamber, and the part behind it that was
exposed is merely an adventitious growth. ‘The orifice
of the true terminal chamber looks directly upwards,
but does not occupy anything like the whole of the upper
aspect of the chamber, but is confined to an oval space
on its centre; the orifice, too, is in larger part filled up
by the rectal-cauda, which is not at all deflexed, but
forms a horizontal roof in the position I have mentioned:
immediately behind it there are two small projections
nearly meeting in the middle; these are the lateral
appendages ; the projection I have alluded to previously
as seen on the upper part of the anterior wall of the
adventitious posterior cavity, it is now seen occupies the
position of the inferior process. Although it has the
form and somewhat the position of that part, as described
in the Tesseratomine, it differs in the important fact
that it is not articulated, and also, of course, in the fact
that it is placed altogether behind the lateral accessory
processes, instead of in front of their terminations.

In considering the functions of the different parts
hereafter, I shall state that I consider the function of
the inferior lateral process to be that it determines the
exact direction to be taken by the cedeagus when it is
protruded, or rather deflexed. It is possible that the
projection 1 am now speaking of in P. subulatum may
have this function, though I very much doubt it.

On lifting up the rectal-cauda (and this is very easily
done when the specimen is duly relaxed) the very large
theca is seen occupying the greater part of the chamber,

406 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

and exposed in its upper part are the terminal pair of
processes of the cedeagus.

9. Megarhynchus limatus, H.-S. (subfam. Pentato-

mine). Hab. Assam. Fig. 18, Pl. XIII.— Passing to
the subfamily Pentatomine, we find the structures not
only very different in appearance from those already
considered, but evidently distinct in some of their fune-
tions. First, the position of the open face of the terminal
chamber is different; instead of looking upwards it is
directed backwards, and it is more completely withdrawn
into the preceding segment; but when so retracted the
structures by which the segment is closed are quite con-
spicuous without dissection, or even without the segment
being extended or drawn out of its receptacle in the
preceding segment.

In the extremely delicate and elegant I. limatus, the
most conspicuous point in these parts is the rectal-
cauda; this is delicately tinted, and extends downwards
longitudinally along the segment, which it in great part
closes; it is pointed at the extremity. On each side of
it are seen the, also very conspicuous, lateral appen-
dages ; these are comparatively slender and free, and are
somewhat like curvate compressed horns. The inferior
process is a slightly raised, transverse ridge along the
floor of the segment, and is emarginate in the middle so
that the terminal point of the rectal-cauda fits accurately
into it, and thus completely closes the orifice of the
terminal chamber. Having only one specimen of this
insect in my possession, I am unable to speak of the
condition of the cedeagus and the theca; but the species
is an interesting form, as the structures are much less
highly evoluted than they are in the next forms of
Pentatomine I shall describe. Our European Acantho-
soma tristriatus 1s somewhat allied in the structure of
these parts to Megarhynchus, but is still more imperfect.
Pig. 9 ae ls xis

10. Nezara sp., near acuta, Dall. (subfam. Pentato-
mine). Hab. Madagascar. Figs. 11a, 11b, 12, Pl. XIII.
—This species, for which I am unable to find a specific
name, was obtained by the Rev. Deans Cowan at Marosika,
twenty miles north of Mahanoro, east coast of Mada-
cascar, and is probably undescribed. The terminal

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 407

seoment in the male is very retractile, and in the con-
dition of repose is drawn so completely into the body
that when the insect is looked at from above or below
the segment appears to be entirely absent, but looked at
from behind all the parts of the structure are displayed,
and present a very remarkable appearance; the segment
may be easily withdrawn by extension from the protection
of the body, and it is then seen that the remarkable
processes of the terminal chamber are really greatly
exposed. Inthe middle there is seen a structure pre-
senting a concavity somewhat lke an oyster- or scallop-
shell in shape, with raised margins: this is a portion of
the rectal-cauda ; on each side posteriorly the angles of
the segment are flexed upwards and dilated, and are
remarkably irregular in form; above them the superior
angles of the chamber project backwards, and form on
each side a process somewhat similar to the posterior
angles; there is no inferior process behind the rectal-
cauda ; the lateral appendages are concealed in the large
irregularly-shaped fissure existing between the superior
and inferior angles, as above described, and the tip of
the appendage just comes into contact with the peculiarly
raised black margin of the reflexed inferior angle: on
the middle of the dorsal part of the segment there is
seen projecting backwards a process which, seen from
above, looks very like the rectal-cauda of the T'esserato-
mine, and which, occupying as it does exactly the same
position, would naturally be supposed to be the homo-
logue of that part: but this is not so; this projection is
a portion of the anterior chamber projecting backwards,
and in all probability is homologous with the corrugated
membrane I have described as existing at the base of
the rectal-cauda in Husthenes eurytus.

The rectal-cauda examined in detail is of remarkable
structure ; its basal part is placed under the process just
mentioned, and is quite delicate and membranous, but
immediately beyond this its outer aspect is developed
into the peculiar shell-like structure I have already
mentioned ; beyond this shell-like piece there is a narrow
chitinous strip, deflexed so as to be placed almost at
right angles to the preceding part of the cauda, and the
orifice of this cauda is directed quite downwards, and is
surrounded by a protruding pale membrane.

The membranous basal portion of the rectal-cauda

408 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

acts as a sort of hinge, and allows the part to be
lifted, and when this is done the cedeagus and its
theca are seen placed just beneath the membranous
basal part of the cauda; the theca is a large tubular
or conico-tubular structure open at top only, and there
displaying the extremity of the edeagus, which consists
of an extremely delicate minute tube and of a pair of
plate-like lobes projecting just beyond the theea.

The reflexed and elevated posterior angles of the
chamber in this species are, I think, clearly homologous
with the transverse line, which I have described in
Megarhynchus limatus as being the inferior process, and
it should be noticed that different entirely as this part is
from the inferior accessory appendage of the Tesserato-
mine, yet the two have this in common, viz., that the
tips of the lateral appendages are co-ordinated with the
inferior appendage, so that the two have clearly a rela-
tion in their movements.

11. Nezara viridula, L. Hab. Madagascar. Fig. 16,
Pl. XI11.—This insect, though possessing a great super-
ficial resemblance to Nezara sp.?, described above,
differs so strongly from it in the male characters that 1
doubt whether the two can be correctly placed in the
same genus. The characters, as will be seen on a com-
parison of the figures, are similar to those of the genus
Lidessa.

12. Nezara marginata, De Beauvois. Hab. Volcan de
Chiriqui, Panama. Fig. 17, Pl. XII1.— The characters
are very similar to those of Nezura sp.?, from Mada-
gascar, the distinctions being in size and form of the
various parts.

18. Dalpada oculata (subfam. Pentatomine). Hab.
Assam.—The external characters, so far as I can see
them in the only individual I possess, are not very
remarkable ; the rectal-cauda is very large, elongate,
and greatly detlexed, and possesses along the middle a
fine line having the appearance of a suture; the lateral
appendages are very large, and are shining and polished,
in strong contrast to the contiguous parts: there is
apparently a small inferior process in the form of a

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 409

raised carina placed quite underneath the apex of the
rectal-cauda. ‘The cedeagus I am unable to see.

The most remarkable peculiarity in this insect is that
the floor of the terminal chamber is divided at the
bottom very far forwards, so that by a very slight pro-
jection of the rectal-cauda excrementitious matter is
ejected outside the organism.

14. Cappea taprobanensis (subfam. Pentatomine). Hab.
Assam.—In this curiously coloured species the terminal
segment is of smaller size than usual, and the lateral
appendages are so deeply placed that Iam not able to
describe their form, to do which a special dissection
would be necessary. The floor of the terminal chamber
is deeply divided in the middle as far as the extremity of
the rectal-cauda. This is narrower towards the apex,
without sculpture, and overlaps the inferior process,
which is therefore concealed by it. Though the species
resembles Dalpada oculata in having the floor of the
terminal chamber divided deeply, to allow the deposition
of the excrement outside the segment, yet in the lateral
appendages the two appear to be entirely different.

15. Stilida indecora, Stal (subfam. ?). Hab. Queens-
land. Figs. 5, 5a, 5b, Pl. XII. — The rectal-cauda is
quite short, not deflexed, and the posterior part of its
upper surface has a triangular area that is roughly
punctured and pubescent. The cedeagus is quite con-
cealed, but, on cutting off the rectal-cauda, it is seen to
be very large, completely filling up the theca in which it
is placed, and having the appearance of being a densely-
packed bundle of corrugated membrane which has a
groove in its posterior aspect, and in this there is placed
a free, slender, slightly curved, chitinous ligula. The
theca is smooth and polished. The lateral appendages
are small, are placed very close to the rectal-cauda, and
project backwards behind it as two slender, elongate,
curved processes, whose apices just meet in the mesial
line. ‘The inferior process is almost entirely concealed
by the rectal-cauda, but when this latter part is removed
the inferior process is seen to be a rather slender, elon-
gate ligula, placed immediately behind the theca, pro-
jecting backwards and upwards, quite smooth and
polished, except a smooth portion at the tip, which is
depressed and roughly sculptured.

410 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

16. Edessa rufo-marginata, DeGeer (subfam. Pentato-
mine). Hab. Central America. Figs. 6,7, Pl. XIL., 8, 9,
Pl. XIII.—The rectal-cauda is very large, and is curved
from above downwards, so that its orifice is not at all
displayed, being, in fact, closely adpressed to the floor of
the terminal chamber. The basal part of the cauda is
quite cylindrical, smooth, and shining, but the median
part of the cauda is thickened, and forms an angular
chitinous process on each side ; the two processes, viewed
from behind, form together a flattened prominence, each
outer edge of which is curved, and is densely fringed
with cilie directed outwards; the lower part of the
cauda below the prominence is transversely striate.

The cedeagus is completely concealed by the cauda, but
when this is removed the cedeagus is seen as a hard
symmetrically formed polished black object, only the
apex of which projects from the theca by which it is
closely embraced, the theca forming, in fact, in the case
of this species, a part of the cedeagus ; the cedeagus has
its free apex deeply and broadly grooved, and at the
bottom of the groove in the middle there is a minute
round orifice. The lateral appendages are large, and
have a very irregularly formed terminal portion. There
is no inferior appendage ; but in this species there exists
on each side a superior lateral process, projecting from
the anterior wall of the terminal chamber : each process
is bifid, and the edge of the posterior arm of the lateral
appendage moves inward against the cleft.

17. Edessa cornuta, Burm. Hab. Guatemala, San
Geronimo. Fig. 15, Pl. XI11.—The general disposition of
the parts is similar to what has been described in HL.
rufo-marginata, but the shape of the lateral appendages
is very different, and the ornamentation of the lower
part of the rectal-cauda is very inferior.

18. Edessa sp. Hab. 8. America, Corrientes. Fig. 14,
Pl. XIII.—Although a very obscure insect, the develop-
ment of the rectal-cauda is remarkable, and I have
therefore figured it.

19. Pharypia pulchella, Drury. Hab. Pantaleon,
Guatemala. Fig. 13, Pl. XII.— The segment in this
species is entirely black, and as the sides are a good deal
produced beyond the pieces seated in the chamber, these

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 411

are difficult to see, and are not quite correctly rendered
in the figure. The cauda has an angular incrassation
on each side (though not so represented in fig. 18), and
the apices of the lateral appendages project, one on each
side, as an obtuse rounded lobe; in the middle of the
lip there is a small angular excision.

20. Catacanthus incarnatus, Drury (subfam. Pentato-
mine). Hab. HE. India. Fig. 20, Pl. XIII. — Of this
very beautiful bug I have only one male example
at my disposal, and the arrangement of the parts of
the genital segment is so complex. and peculiar that
these cannot be explained satisfactorily without breaking
up a specimen. ‘The lip of the segment is very deeply
divided ; the cauda appears to be short, and to bear
a ciliate ovate ornament; the lateral appendages are
very elongate, tusk-like processes, and there is a large
superior lateral process on each side. In addition to
this there are some peculiar complicated objects pro-
jecting from within, or from beneath the cauda, and
these I cannot at present reconcile with anything I have
seen in other species.

21. Cantao ocellata (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab. Hima-
laya.—The terminal segment is completely covered by
the scutellum, and the tips of the wings project back-
wards beyond it. On extracting the segment it is seen
that the rectal-cauda is moderately long, and is partly
coloured black and yellow, and is hairy ; it is closed at
the extremity by a valvular membrane, at the base it is
somewhat constricted, and is embraced on each side by
the diaphragm, which is horizontal in its direction and
emarginate for the reception of the base of the cauda,
and emits forwards on each side a small, curved, corneous
process closely applied to the cauda. On lifting the
cauda the large theca is seen; it is transversely striate :
the wdeagus cannot be seen. ‘The inferior process forms
a large inverted arch, which can be seen on the floor of
the chamber below the cauda. The lateral appendage is
seen on each side of the cauda as a small polished
rounded process, whose extremity scarcely extends back-
wards at all beyond the diaphragm, which, as already
stated, forms here a horizontal root.

412 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

22. Chrysocoris ornatus, Dall. (subfam. Scutellerine).
Hab. N. Indian Hills. Fig. 24, Pl. XIV.—This is a very
highly modified form, so far as the external parts of the
male segment are concerned. The diaphragm is very
abruptly folded in, is corneous, but is pallid in colour,
and is marked by numerous series of black file-like (or .
comb-like) asperities, arranged so as to form a pattern ;
there are altogether about fifty rows (of very different
lengths) of these curious processes.*

The rectal-cauda is large, and extends nearly to the
floor of the segment ; it is in greater part corneous, but
has a large sharply defined membranous patch at the
extremity. The theca and edeagus I cannot see. The
lateral appendages are of peculiar form, and are seen,
one on each side, as abruptly bent hooks, projecting
towards the cauda; each hook bears on its basal part a
patch of pubescence. The inferior process is a sharply
defined carina, depressed in the middle, extending all
across the floor of the segment, below the orifice of the
cauda.

23. Calliphara obscura, Hope (subfam. Scutellerine). .
Hab. N. Borneo ?. Fig. 25, Pl. X[V.—The floor of the
terminal chamber is much produced posteriorly, and at the
truncate apical angle on each side there is a large patch
of peculiar scales similar to those mentioned in C.
ornatus, though so different in their position. The
rectal-cauda is large, laterally subcompressed, and sub-
carinate along the middle. The lateral appendage is a
large horn-like process, much curved outwards, with
dilated base. The inferior process can scarcely be dis-
tinguished.

24. Pecilochroma lata (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab.
Assam. Figs. 21, 22, 22a, 22b, Pl. XIV.—In this species
the rectal-cauda is less deveolped than it is in any other
Pentatomine I have examined, and appears merely as a
small rounded process of a reddish colour pendent from
the upper part of the terminal segment. There is appa-
rently no theca, and owing to this fact, and to the small
size of the cauda, the cedeagus is exposed; as seen

* Comb-like processes similar to these are found on the accessory
male organs of some Staphylinide, where the male characters are
very extremely developed, as in Plociopterus, for example.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 413

without dissection its large upper face is noticed to be
bifid. On taking out the cedeagus it is found to be a
very remarkable organ; it is divided by a transverse
joint into two parts: of these the lower is probably the
theca; it is nearly cylindrical, polished, and bears some
longitudinally raised lines ; from the joint between it and
the apical part of the cdeagus there spring, on the
posterior aspect, two curious elongate tentacular pro-
cesses of pallid colour; the apical half is of more com-
plex structure, and is divided into two parts by a longi-
tudinal cleft: on the posterior aspect, at the base of this
cleft, there is an oval process just between the two
tentacles I have already described; on the front aspect
there is a prominent pointed process projecting, and on
each side of this a pallid tentacle considerably shorter
than those on the posterior aspect ; the terminal face of
the cedeagus presents the appearance of a broad truncate
process of pallid colour, cleft along the middle, and
bearing on each side of the cleft a large black oval
prominence, the extremity of each prominence being
tree and pendent over the front of the cedeagus.

The lateral appendages in Peecilochroma lata are not
very conspicuous, but consist of a polished spinose hook,
placed one on each side, the apex of each hook being a
little broader, so as to form achisel-like edge. A second
smaller hook, the superior lateral process, crosses the
larger hook near its base, as if to afford it support.

The inferior process is absent on the mesial line, but
on each side there is a raised carina extending far
upwards, and it is from the upper part of this carina
that proceeds the second hook I have mentioned above
under the name of the superior lateral process.

25. Pecilochroma hardwicki, Hope (subfam. Scutel-
lering). Hab. Himalaya. Fig. 23, Pl. XIV.—On ex-
tracting the terminal segment of the male, it is found to
be broad, and the rectal-cauda is short, of a pallid tawny
colour, hairy, and bears on each side of its upper face a
curvate pointed spine or horn: the diaphragm is mem-
branous and pallid in colour. On lifting the cauda the
very large theea is displayed ; it is smooth and polished :
the edeagus cannot be seen. The inferior process is seen
below the cauda as a ridge or carina forming a curve
with the concavity upwards. The lateral appendage is

414 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

seen on each side as a small, polished, curved process,
projecting inwards from the lateral wall of the chamber,
which is itself here prominent and projecting inwards.

26. Calidea baro (subfam. Scutellerine). Hab. Hima-
laya.—The terminal segment in the male, when extracted,
appears to be entirely closed behind by a polished curtain,
extending from the roof to the floor, and marked down
the middle by a longitudinal groove; this curtain is the
posterior face of the rectal-cauda, which is peculiar; the
anterior face of the cauda is quite membranous, pallid
in colour, and totally different from the external face ;
the tip of the cauda is closed by a membrane. On
taking off the cauda it is found that the parts covered
by it are difficult to distinguish well, being seated far
forwards, and much enclosed ; the theca is placed at the
bottom of the segment, and from it projects forwards
and upwards; this consists (so far as I can see in one
example and without dissection) of five elongate rods,
connected by a material of less hard texture, and of
more pallid colour. The lateral appendages form two
shell-like laminz, placed just behind the theca, and very
deeply seated. The inferior process is a carina forming
an inverted arch, whose arms are directed much forwards
as well as upwards. There is a very prominent hooked
process fixed to each side of the inner wall of the
chamber, near its upper part.

27. Brachyplatys sp.? (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.
Old Calabar. Fig. 26, Pl. X1V.—The lip of the terminal
chamber projects beyond the body so as to form a floor
(the shaded part in figure, which is really horizontal in
direction, though in the figure it looks perpendicular) ;
there are no sides to the chamber, and the rectal-cauda
has a small process closely applied to the extremity of
the body and exposed posteriorly, though somewhat pro-
tected above by the slightly overhanging termination of
the scutellum. The lateral appendages form two slender
filaments. In the figure they are represented too large
and not sufficiently close to the roof, or hind margin, of
the scutellum.

28. Brachyplatys sp.? (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.
Marosika, Madagascar (Cowan). Fig. 27, Pl. XIV.—The
terminal chamber has here disappeared, and the rectal-

terminal segment in sone male ILemiptera. 415

cauda is a small papillary process, exposed at the lower
part of the perpendicular shell-like process that forms
the extremity of the abdomen. The lateral appendages
are two very slender, small, curved spines, closely
applied to the cauda, and not distinguishable without
examination.

29. Taricha nitens, Dallas (subfam. Plataspine). Hab.
Burmah. Fig. 28, Pl. X1V.—The terminal chamber is
here also absent, and the small rectal-cauda is exposed
at the apex of the body, but is somewhat protected by
this being a little concave and somewhat overarched by
the extremity of the scutellum. ‘The lateral appendages
are small curved spines, and the inferior process appa-
rently exists as a small piece placed below, and closely
applied to the rectal-cauda.

III. Comparative remarks on the various preces.

The posterior or terminal chamber.—The terminal seg-
ment of the male in the Pentatomide consists of two
parts—1, the terminal chamber, which is open above, or
both above and behind; and 2, the anterior chamber,
which is covered in, and contains, in addition to other
structures, some powerful muscles. The general form
of the segment is that of a cylindrical or conical body, of
which a portion has been sliced off. The separation
between the two chambers is effected in larger part by a
diaphragm, which descends from the upper part more or
less obliquely ; this diaphragm thus forms the anterior
wall of the posterior or terminal chamber.

In a large number of species the terminal chamber
has its opening upwards; in Nezara and a number of
others its open aspect is directly backwards ; in Piezo-
sternum the growth forming this chamber has become so
extensive that it forms a completely closed receptacle,
with an opening only in the middle of the roof, while
behind it there is formed. a portion of yet another
chamber, a remarkable phenomenon which I have not
found in any other Pentatomid. On the other hand,
in the Plataspine, the posterior chamber is absent, but
there exist on the end of the body the foundations, as it
were, marking out its plan; and in the species of Brachy-
platys, figured Pl. XIV., fig. 26, a portion of the floor of
the chamber is present, and in another member of the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—Part WI. (SEPT.) 2F

416 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

group, not otherwise mentioned in this paper, the
structure and position of the terminal chamber is quite
different from anything I have described; so that
evidently in this group very extraordinary modifications
are to be found.

The anterior chamber I shall not further allude to, as
the parts with which I am now concerned are situated
in the posterior chamber. Passing to this part: it will
be seen that its posterior margin is to a greater or less
extent unoccupied ; this part may be conveniently called
the lip, this term including the space between the inferior
process and the hind margin of the segment. The lip
varies extremely in its form; it may be prolonged in the
middle, the prolongation differing in size and shape
according to the species, or it may, on the contrary, be
deeply divided along the middle, being thus more or less
completely cleft into two halves. Cantao ocellata is an
example of a species with the lip prolonged in the middle,
while Dalpada oculata is one in which it is deeply
divided.

In the species of T'esseratoma the lip bears in the
middle a large raised process extending forwards towards
the inferior process. I have not observed a similar pro-
cess in any other genus.

The diaphragm.—Thisis the part that limits the posterior
chamber in front, where it appears as a deflection of the
upper surface on each side of and around the cauda ; it
differs greatly in its direction, in some descending per-
pendicularly, in others remaining nearly horizontal : it
also differs greatly in texture, colour, and sculpture, and
in the clothing it bears. It appears in its most remark-
able condition in Chrysocoris ornatus, where it is very
abruptly inflexed, pallid in colour, and large in extent,
and ornamented with patches of black scales or asperi-
ties.

The rectal-cauda.—The rectal-cauda, or the cauda, as
it may for the sake of brevity be better called, is the
most remarkable of the external male characters in the
Pentatomide. It differs, however, greatly in the different
species and genera. It is comparatively insignificant in
Pecilochroma lata, but becomes a truly extraordinary
process in Edessa, in Nezara, and in Catacanthus. In the
larger T'esseratomine,—genera Tesseratoma, Husthenes,
and Eurostus,—it is horizontal in its direction, and

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 417

merely projects as a short horizontal process, termi-
nating in the middle of the posterior chamber. In
Edessa it extends the whole length of the segment along
its middle, the orifice of the cauda being closed by appo-
sition with the floor of the chamber at the part I have
called the lip. In this genus, as well as in Nezara and
Catacanthus, the cauda is ornamented by thickened pro-
cesses or bosses, which are frequently covered with
symmetrically curved ciliz.

Excepting only in Pecilochroma lata, the cauda covers
up the cedeagus, and for this purpose its under face is
very peculiarly formed, being hollowed by a large cavity,
the lips of which differ much in form and other respects
in different species. In those genera where the cauda
is elongate, Nezara and Edessa, e.g., it so completely
encloses the cedeagus that that organ can only be
brought into use when the cauda is got out of the way ;
for this purpose it is capable of elevation, and of being
retracted to a considerable extent into the anterior
chamber. The species of Hdessa I have examined,
notably L. rufo-marginata, afford a good illustration of
this peculiarity.

In the Plataspine the cauda forms a curious rounded,
very slightly elevated, process, having no apparent
orifice, owing to this being curved forwards and applied
to the face of the segment, and protected beneath by a
small carina.

Although I do not entertain any doubt as to the cauda
being really the terminal portion of the alimentary
canal, it is, perhaps, well to say that I have not verified
this by tracing it forwards into the abdominal cavity.

The lateral appendages.—Although constantly present
in the Pentatomide, these appendages are not alike in
form in any two species, and they, in fact, differ so
extremely in their shapes that it is almost impossible to
say anything of a general character as to this point.
Their position is, however, constant, one on each side of
the rectal-cauda, and frequently curving round behind its
extremity. The anterior parts of the lateral appendages
penetrate through or under the diaphragm, where their
extremities are connected together by means of a strong
ligament, which passes immediately behind, and presses
on, the theca of the edeagus. The lateral appendages
are of very large size in the species of T'esseratoma and

2F2

418 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

in Aspongopus obscurus. In the Plataspine they appear
at first sight to be absent, but I have succeeded in de-
tecting them in nearly all the species I have examined in
the shape of curvate, slender, more or less minute,
spines, placed one on each side of the protuberant boss
formed by the curiously metamorphosed cauda.

The inferior process. — The usual form for the inferior
process to take is that of a ridge or carina, extending
transversely across the floor of the posterior chamber
behind the cedeagus, and immediately below the terminal
orifice of the cauda: this ridge may be depressed in the
middle, or even quite divided into two separate parts by
a deficiency in the middle, or by the division of the lip
of the chamber into two lobes. On the other hand, the
inferior process in certain species takes the form of a
raised acuminate ligula, shaped much like the terminal
portion of the bowl of a spoon; this is well seen in the
Tesseratomine.

The theca.—The theca is always present, so far as I
have observed, except in Pewcilochroma lata, where it is
apparently wanting. Like the other male parts here de-
scribed, it varies greatly in different species in size, texture,
and other points. It forms a fence surrounding the cedea-
gus, and open at the top to permit the passage of the true
intromittent organ through the cedeagus. But in Hdessa
rufo-marginata the theca closely embraces, and in fact
forms part of, the cedeagus; and in Pacilochroma lata,
alluded to above, I have little doubt that the lower part
of the cedeagus, as shown in fig. 22a, is really the theca,
in which case this insect differs from other forms here
described in that the theca is placed below the cedeagus
instead of around it.

The function of the theca is no doubt like that of the
rectal-cauda, to serve as a protection to the cedeagus,
which it completely surrounds, except at the extremity.
There is some evidence that the special duty of the theca
may be to protect the cedeagus from the weight and
pressure of the rectal-cauda. This evidence is as follows:
—So far as I have yet observed there is only one Penta-
tomid—Pecilochroma lata—in which the cdeagus is
not covered by the cauda, but stands up free and exposed
behind the very short cauda. Now, this species is also
the only one I have discovered in which the theca is
apparently absent; but it would appear that if the theca

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 419

were @ protecting shield for any other purpose than
shelter against the pressure of the cauda, it would be
specially required in this species: thus its absence where
the cauda does not come into relation with the cedeagus
suggests very strongly that its function is protection
against the pressure of the cauda.

The cwdeagus.—This of all the accessory male parts
is, of course, the most important, being the part most
directly engaged in the process of fertilisation. But it
is of all the parts the most variable; it is, indeed, so
extremely different that I cannot with certainty homologise
the parts in some of the forms. As instances of extremely
different forms of edeagus [ may mention Pwcilochroma
lata, EHusthenes pratti, Stilida indecora, Edessa rufo- -
marginata, and Piezosternum subulatum. Notwithstanding
the difficulties of homologising the parts of the cedeagus
(which is complicated by its variable relations with the
theca), I would suggest that it may ultimately prove to
consist in all these insects of three parts, viz., two lateral
lobes similar to one another, and a single median ligula
or style. But to assert this positively examinations
must be made of a large number of species in a fresh
condition.

The cedeagus in the Pentatomide is not capable of
being thrust out of the body as it is in Coleoptera ; it
consists of two arms, the basal one of which is fastened
to the floor of the terminal segment; to this basal
portion the part of the cedeagus usually visible is fastened
by a transverse joint. In repose this outer part of the
cedeagus is bent up and so concealed, while for the pur-
pose of copulation it is deflexed; if it exercise any
movement during copulation—which appears to me very
doubtful—it must be that of elevation or depression of
the part external to the transverse joint.

The true intromittent organ, as seen in E. prattt, is &
very elongate, transparent tube, similar to a glistening
white thread ; its great length is very remarkable.

IV. General remarks.

Although very little can be said as to the special
functions of the parts I have described, and although it
is as yet. very difficult to form any idea likely to be of
importance as to the reason of their existence, yet there

420 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

are some points of interest that may be alluded to with
advantage.

The great variety seen is most remarkable. The forms
I have described are merely such as I happened to have
at hand, and were not selected to give any idea of the
variety that exists in the Pentatomide ; indeed, they do
not do so, for I have, since the descriptions were made,
examined a few other members of the family, and find
some of them to be quite different from anything here
delineated. They are also very different from anything
that exists in Coleoptera, and no similar system of
arrangement of the parts has been described, so far as I
know, in other insects.

Another point that strikes the attention is the fact
that in some species, especially in the genera Hdessa and
Nezara, the structures appear to be of an ornamental
character.

On comparing a heteropterous hemipteron with a male
insect of another order—a beetle, say—an important
difference will be observed, viz., that one whole segment
of the body is greatly separated from the other segments,
and entirely devoted to the reception of the male parts,
but the parts are not withdrawn completely into the
body; indeed, the greater portion of the segment is
exposed, and the part of it in which the structures I
have described are situated is left uncovered, except by
the membranous tips of the upper wings. It must be
noted, too, that in all cases where there is a complex
ornamentation of the parts, they are freely exposed, and
not covered by the tips of the wing-cases. In the
Scutellerine, where the scutellum assumes such extra-
ordinary dimensions that it entirely covers the body, the
terminal segment is, like the other parts, covered by the
monstrous scutellum ; but in the Plataspine, where the
scutellum is quite as greatly developed as it is in the
Scutelleriné, perhaps even more so, the parts are not
covered by it, but are exposed on the perpendicular
extremity of the body, or are even placed on the under
surface; and in Hdessa and Nezara the posterior aspect
of the segment is not covered in any way, though appa-
rently it can be concealed occasionally by bending down
the delicate tips of the wings which usually project
beyond it.

It may be proper here to notice that in the male

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 421

Pentatomide the segment preceding the genital segment
is also highly modified for sexual purposes, being greatly
diminished in size, and, in fact, differentiated almost
entirely for the purpose of forming a remarkably perfect
articulation at the base of the genital segment. It is, in
fact, in the normal condition of repose, quite concealed
between the terminal and the ante-penultimate segments,
so that there appears to be one segment less in the male
than there is in the female, both on the dorsal and
ventral aspects. In some species,—those of the genus
Tesseratoma, for example,—there is a stigma present on
this rudimentary segment, proving it to be a true seg-
ment, and not a mere articulating ring.

The extreme difference between the arrangement and
general conditions of the male parts in the Pentatomide
and the Coleoptera is, I believe, correlative with a
different method of copulation in the two orders. In the
Coleoptera it is the rule that the male is placed above
the female during coupling, while in the Hemiptera-
Heteroptera the general rule seems to be that the male
creeps beneath the female: in this latter sex the vulva
is invariably placed quite on the under surface of the
body, and not in the last segment of the body, but in
that preceding it; and the general arrangement of
the parts in the other sex are evidently correlatively
modified.

The most striking of the special features of the genital
seoment is the peculiar development of the alimentary
eanal. The chief function of this rectal-cauda is to
protect the cedeagus, which lies completely beneath it.
For this purpose the under side of the rectal-cauda is
hollowed by a large cavity, and the part of this cavity
immediately above the cedeagus is reduced to the con-
sistency of a delicate membrane ; thus the calibre of the
canal of the interior of the cauda is entirely contracted
at this spot, so that a very remarkable protecting cap
for the cedeagus is obtained at the cost of obstructing the
canal to such an extent that passage of excrementitious
matter can only be made by either depressing the
cedeagus or by raising the cauda off the cedeagus.

It appears to be a great comfort or advantage to
insects to be able to withdraw and cover over some of
the sensitive parts of the body during repose, or when
the parts are not in use; for this purpose a very large

422 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

number of Coleoptera are provided with special cavities,
in which they can withdraw the sensitive portions of the
antenne; and in many cases complete protection is
obtained for the sensitive parts of the mouth by various
modifications for retracting the mouth within the thoracie
cavity, or under protection of a projecting part of the
thorax (the chin-piece in Histeride and Elateride, for
example), or by inflecting the head in a peculiar man-
ner. ‘The modifications of some parts of the skeleton for
these purposes is truly marvellous, as any one who has
examined the extraordinary modifications of the sternum
in the Anobiide will admit; and it is therefore quite
consistent with what we find to obtain in insect economy
that the alimentary canal at the other extremity of the
body should be made to protect the cedeagus, and the
fact justifies us to some extent in inferring that the
cedeagus, or some part of it, is a sensitive organ; but it
is, on the other hand, equally probable that the delicate
structures of the cedeagus are covered simply to preserve
them from injury.

I have stated, in speaking of the rectal-cauda, that
in many forms it does not extend to the extremity of
the body, but terminates in the middle of the genital
segment. ‘This certainly is a very curious arrangement,
and at present I am not able to state any incontrovertible
reason for the abbreviation. Evidently the cauda,—. e,
the alimentary canal,—ought to extend to the extremity
of the body ; for it does so in the female Pentatonide in
a conspicuous manner, and it does so in the males of |
many species. It would hence appear that its abbrevia-
tion in some forms must be looked on as a departure
from the natural arrangement of the parts. And it
must be considered a very peculiar departure, for it is
ditticult to understand how in such cases the excre-
mentitious matter is extruded entirely from the body.
Mr. Champion tells me that he is under the impression
that some bugs have the power of forcibly ejecting the
excrementitious matter by a sort of squirting process ;
but if this be the method employed in the Seutellerine,
it must be accompanied by a process of simultaneously
spreading the wings so as to get their tips out of the
way, while at the same time the genital segment must
be greatly exserted so as to extend it beyond the
tip of the scutellar covering of the body. I have

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 423

little doubt, however, that this segment is capable of
being so extended, for it is by such an extension that L
presume the process of coupling to be rendered possible.
Still, there are other considerations that make it difficult
to believe that in these T'esseratomine and Scutellerine
the alimentary canal can have become shortened by a
process of evolution. Without referring to these more
particularly at present, I will content myself with saying
that it appears more probable that the original termina-
tion of the genital segment was at the line of the
diaphragm, and that the part posterior to this—that is,
the posterior chamber, in which the external male parts
are situated—is a subsequent growth that has taken
place pari passu with the evolution of the male parts for
the purpose of their protection. If so, then both the
posterior chamber and the peculiar modifications of the
rectal-cauda are to be looked on as having as their
objective result the protection of the cedeagus.

With reference to the special function of the lateral
appendages and the inferior process, I can only make
vague suggestions which actual observation may probably
prove to be erroneous. Where the inferior process 1s
specially developed, it perhaps determines the exact
direction the cedeagus shall take when it is deflexed.
The function of the lateral appendages is at present
more obscure, but they are always present, and probably
play an important part in the act of copulation. I have
stated that they are connected together by a powerful
ligament pressing on the back of the theca of the
cedeagus, and, on breaking up a specimen of Husthenes
pratti, I find that this is just at the spot where the
ejaculatory canal passes into the theca; it is therefore
quite probable that the lateral appendages have a con-
trolling power over the passage of the seminal fluid.

I see no reason for considering, with any great proba-
bility, that any part of the structures are clasping or
holding instruments. I look on them as (1) for pro- .
tection of the sensitive parts from pressure, (2) for the
exclusion of parasites, (8) as directing instruments to
determine the exact direction of movement of the true
intromittent organs, and (4) as probably instruments
for altering the pressure on the ejaculatory canal at its
point of entrance into the cedeagus; but the superior
lateral processes, which are only present in some species,

424 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

and are always fixtures, may be of the nature of supports
or holdfasts. My suggestion as to the protective func-
tions of some of the parts is, | think, of importance ;
this, indeed, is probably one of the reasons why the
structures I have been speaking of differ so much in
their general arrangement from what they do in the
other orders of insects. In the Coleoptera, for instance,
protection is obtained by withdrawing the whole of the
male organs and their accessory parts into the interior
of the body ; whereas in the Hemiptera the organs are
not withdrawn into the body to an extent sufficient to
protect them; and it appears probable that the cavity
in which they are lodged is a special outgrowth for their
protection and accommodation. According to embryo-
logical data obtained in other insects the cedeagus was
originally, wholly or in part, an external organ of thenature
of an appendage, and if this be the case, the mode of
evolution of forms in which it is now drawn completely
—with all its complex accessory parts—into the interior
of the body must have been totally different from the
development in the Hemiptera, where it remains homo-
logically an external organ, with special arrangements for
covering it.

The esthetic aspect of the arrangement in many of
the higher species, such as Catacanthus, Nezara, and
Edessa, is very remarkable, but I do not think there is
at present evidence that would justify us in attaching
any special biological importance to it. It certainly is
a most remarkable fact that the posterior part of the
alimentary canal should be used as an external organ
for the protection of other parts, and that it should
become adorned with bosses and projections symmetri-
cally formed and elegantly ciliated; and the idea is
almost suggested that these peculiarities are of use in
producing some impression on the other sex. But |
think this idea may be dismissed as in all probability
quite untenable.

Not the least curious point in these organs is the great
variety of forms they present. The variations in the
shapes of the lateral appendages and of the inferior
process are truly extraordinary, but they are insignificant
as compared with the extreme differences that exist in
the cedeagus itself. If this organ, as seen in Husthenes
pratti, in Stilida indecora, Hdessa rufo-marginata, Pecilo-

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 425

chroma lata, and P. hardwicki, be compared, it will be
understood how difficult it is to recognise the homo-
logous parts; and it is not easy to see how such very
different organs can have the same function. Indeed,
the great variety existing in so important a part, and
one so closely connected with the continuance of the
species, will, I think, prove to be very difficult of expla-
nation to those who adopt the theory of a common
ancestor for species systematically allied.

Finally, I may remark that I have not observed any
variation whatever in the parts in individuals of the
same species.

EXPLANATION OF Puates XII., XIII., & XIV.

PLATE XII.

Fic. 1. Tesseratoma malaya, Stal, viewed from above; l.a.
lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fie. 2. T. nigripes, Dallas, viewed from above; l.a. lateral
appendage, 2. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fia. 8. T. papillosa, Drury, viewed from above, with one of the
lateral appendages, J. a., partially rotated or lifted.

Fic. 4. Husthenes pratti, Distant, viewed from behind and
slightly from above; l.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory
process, c. rectal-cauda, J.p. superior lateral process.

Fic. 5. Stilida indecora, Stal, showing the normal position of
the terminal segment, ¢.s., when retracted.

Fie. 5a. Terminal segment of S. indecora, viewed from above;
l.a. lateral appendage, v. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda.

Fic. 58. S. indecora, after the rectal-cauda, diaphragm, and one
lateral appendage have been dissected off, viewed from above and
a little in front; J.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior process, o.
cedeagus consisting of semimembranous corrugated substance, o. 8.
style of cedeagus, ¢. theca.

Kia. 6. Hdessa rufo-marginata, DeGeer, viewed from above ;
l.a. lateral appendage, 7. inferior accessory process, c. rectal-cauda,
l.p. superior lateral process.

Fic. 7. The same, viewed from behind and a little from below ;
the rectal-cauda is very large, and extends all along the middle of
the figure: the lower part is not quite correctly rendered by the
artist.

426 Dr. David Sharp on the structure of the

PLATE XIII.

Fia. 8. E. rufo-marginata, with the rectal-cauda (c) elevated
and drawn in, and the edeagus deflexed so that its apical part (0)
is protruded; a.o. orifice of rectal-cauda, J.a. lateral appendage,
t. theca.

Fic. 9. H. rufo-marginata; A, rectal-cauda dissected off, showing
the large excavation (i) on its under surface for the accommodation
of the extremity of the edeagus; B, under surface of termination
of rectal-cauda, showing the orifice or anal aperture a.o.; ©, upper’
surface of rectal-cauda; D, cedeagus (0.) closely embraced by its
theca (¢.).

Fic. 10. Piezosternum subulatum, Fab., viewed directly from
above; c. cauda retracted and elevated, l.a. presumed lateral lobes
of cdeagus, 7. inferior accessory process; the lateral appendages
are not lettered, but are seen behind the lobes of the cedeagus.

Fic. 11. Nezara sp.? (Madagascar, Cowan); A, viewed from
above; B, from behind; c. rectal-cauda, J. a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 12. The same (Nezara sp.?, Madagascar, Cowan), after the
rectal-cauda has been dissected off, viewed from above and in front;
o. edeagus, ¢. theca.

Fic. 13. Pharypia pulchella, seen from behind and slightly
from below. The artist has not succeeded with this figure; the
parts being all deep black, it is rather difficult to see the outlines.

Fie. 14. Hdessa sp.? (Corrientes), showing the ornamented
rectal-cauda extending all along the middle of the segment.

Fig. 15. Hdessa cornuta, Burm., viewed from behind; ec. rectal-
cauda, l.a. lateral appendage, the shape of this latter not correct.

Fic. 16. Nezara viridula, L. (Madagascar), viewed directly from
behind; c. rectal-cauda, lJ. a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 17. N. marginata, De Beauy., viewed from behind and a
little from one side; ¢. the large and complicated rectal-cauda.

Fie. 18. Megarhynchus limatus, H.-S., viewed from behind.

Fic. 19. Acanthosoma (Cyphostethus) tristriatus, viewed from
behind; l.a. lateral appendage, c. rectal-cauda.

Fie. 20. Catacanthus incarnatus, Drury ; c. ornament on rectal-
cauda.

PLATE XIV.

Fia. 21. Pecilochroma lata, seen from above; o. cwdeagus,
c. the very short rectal-cauda.

Fic. 22. P. lata, seen from behind.

Fic. 224. P. lata, edeagus, lateral view; 0. cedeagus proper,
t. presumed theca.

Fic. 223. P. lata, edeagus proper, posterior aspect.

terminal segment in some male Hemiptera. 427

Fia. 23. P. hardwicki, seen from behind; 1. a. lateral appendage
(form incorrect), d. diaphragm, ec. rectal-cauda, h. horns attached
to cauda, 2. terminal orifice of cauda.

Fic. 24. Chrysocoris ornatus, Dall., viewed from behind; l.a.
lateral appendage, c. cauda. Bad figure.

Fic. 25. Calliphara obscura, viewed from above and a little in
front; c. rectal-cauda, /.a. lateral appendage.

Fic. 26. Brachyplatys sp.? (from Old Calabar), viewed from

‘behind; c. rectal-cauda, l.a. lateral appendage (figured too large
and projecting too much downwards).

Fic. 27. Brachyplatys sp.? (Marosika, Madagascar, Cowan),
viewed from behind and slightly from below ; c. rectal-cauda, l.a.
lateral appendage.

Fig. 28. Taricha nitens, viewed from behind and slightly from
below; c. rectal-cauda, l.a. lateral appendage (too large and
prominent).

z 7 : .
BF st fain ‘ona hi tue hi ev

, dati ip ys by Pe oe Sitinenl Per! tries ih ‘dvsian ny Be re,
- Fes) My i ert er | pe. ray har ee | evytears iq ill ie Lites ore cre
7 25 A epientn yng larry Ataiea ih.
- ' -, 4) i ta) £4 alt Why “ug 1 Mild aot pa 2 WPS Y 4 s ae el,
26: ad * ot ae
: erat bie dd tii or pee lity ce thd ‘
2 et Coated Pe waloie es Fi NoytegMetadona cag A a MK.
' F byr thet We lane hg! gee repens ce kof eng 7

r ’ ~~
Pog Ctl a Last BU phy 18 (hapa te Aik is
F ’ ' - Ji oo ¢ “Se
BIg) Rl He hr FR oag e) Dolia ee
5 él it ii “ail Te oie iif i’ Tite a0
7 , 4 é F , ' *
We 4 r ' 7 7
} of. foe Lele) | i Wii He 4 av Mie
; a

Se Alera aide yr ero Sp ga ofriiish aaok! frase

¥) ; Tey
wna Tsai be Lata, yar Sagi) a aati 5 ieee test +S dy
at a Sih) RAPE ERG Looe il aby Bah (Optec Spy te ate aT.
¥ bad ix aie ‘ e

”

+ Sohwoy

‘ Ain ; po
= ; | ind \ bythe
* > plinish wali Nie ose nett

. tlajilve seca reales faves , (Te *

Eva pe tieh r Lat Cases id Ae ee :
4 : : (ud BAN £2 be ea wal Bh ba wv
' ' Fu3 Te be Trgr ah ipl ood: Botages ¥ Pig §
enc Bpnscn. : FEY 70); A Fits la i
id Neo Veo sya vious Heyy anh Ayan suka
pee na ae tempore ay bigs’? wade, gv ine

‘ “iguts vital iat Sito 4c (te ile oh wale
: ive: YAS Bestar oi Rogawbus i Trt fine

bop fig (WEP coatia 2, ne
; ;

XIII. On the classification of the Pyralidina of the
European fauna. By Epwarp Meyrick, B.A., F.Z.S.

Read April 2nd, 1890.
p
PLATE XV.

WueEn Professor Fernald was in England last year he
expressed a desire that I would work out the classifica-
tion of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. He
pointed out that the generic nomenclature was in a state
of great confusion, owing to the misappropriation or
neglect of the names used by older authors, that, as a
means to the removal of these abuses, the generic
definitions required a thorough revision and correction
—Lederer’s classification, now nearly thirty years old,
the only one based on an adequate examination of
structure, is not founded on modern principles, and con-
tains more actual errors of observation than is generally
known,—and that the work was of great importance, as
the classification of the species of any part of the world
must always be based on a knowledge of those of the
European region, which were the first worked out.
Thus he himself stood in immediate need of the work
for his forthcoming paper on the Pyralidina of North
America. ‘This paper has been written in accordance
with his request, and he concurs in the general prin-
ciples on which I have worked, and agrees with the main
results obtained, although he is of course in no way
committed to an entire approval of all the details.

The species here included are those which inhabit the
region of the European fauna in the sense in which the
term is used by Staudinger in his Catalogue, except that
I have excluded the Labradorian species ; if these are
included, a large part of Canada has an equally good
claim, and they will moreover, in any case, be worked
out by Professor Fernald. The region as so defined is
a reasonably convenient one for delimitation, but I
would not be understood to express any belief in its

TRANS. ENT. SOG. LOND. 1890.—PART III. (SEPT.)

430 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

natural separation; on the contrary, I cannot but think
that no natural line of separation between Eastern
Siberia on the one hand, and Japan and North China on
the other, is capable of being drawn. Probably, how-
ever, on accurate investigation, we should find that there
is no natural line anywhere.

It will be well to mention here some of the general
rules of classification. No genus, family, or higher
group, is tenable unless distinctly separable from all
others by points of structure, which, whether singly or
in conjunction, are capable of accurate definition. If a
systematist is not able to define by a clear and not
simply comparative character the distinction between
two genera, he is bound to merge them together ; thus,
to say that in one the cell is short and in another long,
is no sufficient definition ; to say that in one the cell is
less than one-third of the wing in length, and in another
more than one-third, is sufficient, if found constant and
clearly perceptible, but in practice it would probably be
a very bad character, as probably some species would be
transitional. Even where transitional forms are not
known, it will always be necessary to use judgment
as to whether the distinction employed is of such a
character as to be likely to hold good in the event of the
discovery of additional species. But even where there
is a good and definable point of distinction, it does not
follow that the genera are to be maintained; where
genera are small and numerous, it becomes intrinsically
undesirable to multiply them, and in such a case, if two
small genera agree in nearly all structural characters,
resemble one another superficially, are apparently closely
connected genealogically, and finally are capable of
accurate definition and distinction as a single whole,
then they ought in general to be united. Many structural
characters are variable, either in different specimens of
the same species, or sometimes in a transitional series
of closely allied species. I hope shortly to give a paper
on the classification of the European Geometrina, and
shall then give some remarkable and, I believe, unpre-
cedented statistics of the variation of structural cha-
racters, but many instances will be found in the
following genera. The same point of structure will often
be found available as a good and reliable distinguishing
character in one instance, and not in another ; this can

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 431

never be determined except by actual consideration of
the particular circumstances. Nor can it be said before-
hand what characters are likely to be good; perhaps
the most suspicious are tufts of hairs, especially when
developed as secondary sexual characters, when they are
often unreliable.

In the use of generic names I have followed the now
generally received practice of adopting the generic name
under which a species of the genus was earliest de-
scribed, except where such name has been preoccupied
in a different sense by another author; subsequent
limitations being accepted so far as they restrict the
meaning of a generic name in accordance with my
definition of the genus. ‘The misuse of some older
names is largely due to an indiscriminate following of
Treitschke. ‘To give one or two conspicuous instances,
the genus Botys was founded by Latreille to include two
species only, now passing as Lythria purpuraria and
Hydrocampa nympheata ; it must be long since either of
these species was included by any writer in Botys, but
clearly one or other must be the actual type; I hold it
to be purpuraria. © Scopula, Schrk., was founded to
include stratiotata and dentalis, and is a synonym of
Nymphula. Both these names were subsequently used
by Treitschke in a quite different sense, for which there
is no authority. Alucita and Pterophorus are also
instances of generic titles much abused. In some
instances a generic name has been orthographically
wrongly written in the first instance; I have concurred
in the prevalent view that, in the interests of perman-
ence; such an error is not to be corrected, as it opens
up an unending possibility of confusion, except where it
is a mere printer’s error for which there is evidence (see
Psammotis). In specific names the necessity for absolute
literal permanence does not exist to the same acute
degree, and corrections may, I think, be sometimes made
here, when the error is slight and the intention of the
writer obvious. But I hold that it conclusively follows
from this that, if a generic name is not liable to modi-
fication in the slightest degree, then any original diffe-
rence, even one of the termination only, is sufficient to
constitute two names distinct for separate use. Indeed,
as it has hardly ever been proposed to alter the termina-
tion of any generic name, there is no probability of con-

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PpaRT UI. (SEPT.) 24

432 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

fusion. Hence I retain Huchromius, Gn., although there
is a previously existing genus Huchromia, Hb. ; Cyneda,
Hb., although there is an earlier Cynedus, Gron.;
Notarcha, Meyr., notwithstanding the existence of Notar-
chus, Cuv. “This is obvious, for if we once begin to alter
on the general ground of nearness, there is again no
limit to the possibility of change, as no actual line of
demarcation can be drawn between forms which are too
near, and those which are near but not too near; thus,
to quote an actual instance, Lederer considers Achatodes
and Agathodes to be too near, though originating from
totally different root-words. No doubt such names as
those mentioned above ought not originally to have been
formed, just as names which offend against orthography
ought not to have been formed; but once formed, they
must be maintained if we are to be logical. It is
expressly urged by those who maintain the literal per-
manence of original generic names that the form is
everything and the meaning nothing, and the appli-
cation of this principle is here undoubted.

In the following list of species I have ventured to
mention some at present unpublished species of Dr.
Staudinger (marked List XXXIII), which, as he says,
are contained in all the principal collections under the
names employed. It is, I admit, a reprehensible
practice, but as the species are really pretty well known,
and are also well-marked and distinct, I thought it best
to acknowledge their existence and fix their classification.
In the specific nomenclature I have not entered at all
into the subject of synonymy or correction of names, as
it does not appear to bear on the present subject; I
have therefore simply employed the name in general
use, and have not mentioned synonyms except in a few
instances, where I have merged established species.
Neither have I troubled to investigate the specific dis-
tinctness of some doubtful forms. ‘Those species marked
with an asterisk (*) are unknown to me; I am not at
present able to visit continental collections, and have
not found it possible to obtain a sight of them by other
means; fortunately they include hardly ary species of
importance in generic nomenclature; my paper may
therefore be regarded as practically complete. Although
only my conclusions as to the Huropean fauna are given
here, it must be understood that I have re-examined for

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 433

the purposes of this paper my entire exotic collection,
and that these conclusions are based upon and are con-
sistent with the whole of this material; hence my
investigation is not liable to the charge of incompleteness
in this particular.

PYRALIDINA.

Ocelli usually present. Tongue usually well-developed. Maxil-
lary palpi usually well-developed. Fore wings with vein 1 usually
simple, sometimes more or less furcate at base, 5 more or less
closely approximated to 4 or sometimes remote yet nearer 4 than
7, 8 and 9 stalked, or separate in Siculodide and Agdistis only, 11
from beyond middle of cell. Hind wings with frenulum developed,
veins la, 1b, 1le all present, simple, or 1a sometimes absent
(Pterophoride and Orneodide), 5 more or less closely approxim-
ated to 4 or sometimes remote yet nearer 4 than 7, 6 and 7
stalked or sometimes rising separate, 8 rising free and remote from
cell, gradually descending so as to be closely approximated to 7 for
a short distance near beyond its origin, or more usually anastom-
osing with it, thence rapidly diverging again.

This group has no direct relationship to the Noctuina
and Geometrina, next which it is usually placed; nor
yet to the Tortricina and Tineina, which constitute a
radically different line of development. The structure
of vein 8 of the hind wings is sufficient to distinguish it
from them all. Its real origin is from an early form of
the Bombycina, probably approaching Heterogenea more
nearly than any form known to me, though Heterogenea
will not in fact fulfil allthe requirements of the ancestral
form; probably also there is some affinity with Thyris.
The connecting-link and earliest form of existing Pyralid-
ina appears to be the Siculodide, a family not found
within the region of the European fauna, in which veins
8 and 9 of the fore wings are usually separate though
occasionally stalked. ;

The ocelli are often stated by systematic writers to be
absent, when in fact they are only concealed by the
scales; as, for example, in Calamotropha, where they
are seen to be well-developed on removal of the scales
covering them. The length of the antenne is given in
terms of the length of the fore wings; thus antenne
three-fourths means that they are equal in length to three-
fourths of the extreme length of the fore wings. The
length of the ciliations of the antenne is given in terms

262

434 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

of the breadth of the stalk of the antenne ; thus ciliated
(}) means that the ciliations are equal in length to two-
thirds of the breadth of the antennal stalk at the corre-
sponding point. The antenne are said to be ciliated
when they are furnished with short hairs arranged in a
single or double regular series. When these are long,
they are usually collected into small fascicles or bundles
at the joints, but are still arranged in a regular series.
They are often very short, and only perceptible with a
good lens, but it is extremely rare for them to be quite
absent in the 3, though often said to be so by careless
observers. Sometimes in such a case the antenne are
called pubescent, but this is again quite a wrong use of
the term, which should only be used where the short
hairs (pubescence) are distributed over the whole surface
of the antennal stalk, not confined to a regular series ;
this structure is unusual. The maxillary palpi have
been much overlooked, even Lederer declaring them
absent in not a few cases where they are fairly developed ;
in nearly all the families they are almost always present.
When very short they le at the base of the tongue
between the labial palpi, and are thus hard to perceive.
The abdomen of the ¢ is usually furnished with a more
or less developed exterior apical tuft, called the anal
tuft ; but sometimes, as in Margaronia, there is a dense
exsertible interior tuft, attached to the genitalia, which
I have called the genital tuft. I have not used the
genital organs as generic characters, because, after
examining a good many species for this paper, I came
to the conclusion that those structures which I had
previously thought of value were not constant either in
families or genera; often in closely allied species quite
extraordinary differences occur; thus J'alis may be
quoted as an instance of a genus where all the species
show a remarkable range of difference in the structure
of these organs. I cannot, in fact, give a single case of
two natural genera which could be separated by a point
of structure of the genitalia themselves. In the fore
wings vein la, the lowest of the normal three free inner-
marginal veins, at first diverges considerably from vein
1b, but presently curves. round and runs directly into
1b, where it terminates ; this structure appears constant,
but is often hard to observe, because the vein becomes
extremely faint and fine towards its termination. ‘This

of the Pyralidina of the European fuuna. 435

curious structure appears to be characteristic of the
Pyralidina; at least I have never observed it in any
other group, but have perhaps not searched sufficiently.
Vein 10 is often shortly or obsoletely furcate at base in
some families, especially the Pyralidide; this was
certainly an aboriginal character of the whole group,
but has now disappeared very generally; in those
genera where it is found it appears to be quite un-
reliable as a character for definition, being frequently
present in some species, and not in others; I have
therefore not employed it as a generic character for
separation. Vein 1c is obsolete. In the hind wings
veins la, 1b, le are all present; but in some of the
genera with fissured wings, where the neuration becomes
extremely degraded, one or more of these veins tend to
disappear. In neither fore wings nor hind wings are
there any additional bars or veins, such as sometimes
exist as a survival in some ancestral forms (e.g., the
Hepialide). The relative breadth of the hind wings is
given in terms of the greatest breadth of the fore wings;
thus hind wings over 1 means that the hind wings are
broader than the fore wings.

It will be seen that I have sunk the E’pipaschiade in
the Pyralidide, and the Hydrocampideé and Scopariade
in the Pyraustide, having found that on an extended
comparison no distinctive character could in these cases
be relied on as constant.

The generic classification of the Phycitide and Gal-
leriade is not given here; M. Ragonot has been for
many years at work on these families, andit would seem
wise to wait for the publication of his results, of which
a part is promised this year. Should I find that his
views do not satisfy me, it will then be time enough to
publish my own.

I desire to record my gratitude to those entomologists
who have kindly assisted me with specimens or other-
wise; particularly to Prof. Fernald, who has been good
enough to furnish me with his valuable opinion on many
troublesome points, and to Mr. Geo. Baker, who enabled
me to have the advantage of inspecting his extensive
collection of Crambide, and Dr. Jordan’s equally full
collection of Pterophoride.

436 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

TABULATION OF FAMILIES.

1. Fore wings and hind wings six-cleft re .. 8. ORNEODIDE.
Tore wings and hind wings not six-cleft .. 56 2.
2. Hind wings with well-defined pecten of hairs on
lower margin of cell towards base aid ‘ 3.
Hind wings without defined CLE on margin of
cell . Ae as ae 38 5.
3. Fore wings with vein 7 absent sis ar .. 4, PHyciTipm.
Fore wings with vein 7 present fe 5c he 4.
4. Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled. . ee .. 6. CRAMBIDE.
Maxillary palpi not triangular Sc 5. GALLERIADE.
5. Hind wings with vein 5 remote from4 .. a 6.
Hind wings with vein 5 oon apprentice or
from point with 4 : . he
6. Hind wings with vein 8 ifabimmobing with 7 2. MusorTimip®.
Hind wings with vein 8 free ate a0 .. 7. PrERoPHORIDE.
7. Fore wings with vein 7 rising out of 8 3. PyRALIpIpa&.
Fore wings with vein 7 separate 1. PYRAUSTIDA.

1. PYRAUSTIDA.

Ocelli distinct, or very rarely cbsolete. Tongue well-developed,
or rarely obsolete. Maxillary palpi well-developed, or rarely rudi-
mentary. Fore wings with vein 1 simple or rarely obsoletely
furecate at base, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or rarely
stalked, 7 separate from 8, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings without
defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell (but sometimes
with loose scattered hairs), veins 4 and 5 closely approximated at
base or from a point or stalked, 7 rising out of 6 near base or rarely
separate but closely approximated, anastomosing with 8.

The ancestral form of this family is most nearly
represented by Scoparia and Heliothela, at which point a
common origin with the Crambide is indicated. From
this point there appear to be two main lines of descent ;
one by way of Titanio, Loxostege, Pyrausta, Notarcha, to
Margaronia; the other by way of Metasia, Hydrocampa,
Schenobius, to Acentropus. The Phlyctenia group is a
lateral branch from Pyrausta, and the group of Huclasta
and Nausinoe a lateral branch from Metasia. It will be
found that on this scheme the remaining genera here
given can be easily fitted in as intermediate steps or
short lateral offshoots; the relation of each genus is
usually given under its own head.

The family is largely represented almost everywhere,
but especially within the tropics, where it becomes a

dominant group,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna.

abounding

in genera and

437

species.

Many species ranging into the South Eur opean or Central
Asiatic regions are outlying stragglers from tropical
genera, and hence many genera figure in the list which
have small claim to a Palearctic origin.

mentary, almost obsolete . 2.
Posterior tibiz in g with ates middle- pou aetee
loped.. O09 : 5 : 5.
2. Fore wings with. vein 10 rising out ‘of 9 or tailor:
mally) coincident 56 ot 3.
Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate .. 4.
3. Face with acute conical horny projection .. 12. SciERocona.
Face without projection Se 56 10. PrRINEPHELA.
4, Face with short rounded prominence rap .. 11. AnGEDonta.
Face without prominence 13. PHLYCTENIA.
5. Fore wings with vein 10 rising out of 9 6.
Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate, rarely
anastomosing with 9 Se ae 50 oe 13.
6. Ocelli obsolete ..° E . 46. Caracnysta.
Ocelli distinct .. Ee lle
7. Tongue obsolete ° . 47. DonacauLa.
Tongue developed .. Of ae : 8.
8. Fore wings with gpued scale- Soe fon yein 1
near base beneath . Sc .. 37. DupoNCHELIA.
Fore wings without Besien on vein a we
9. Fore wings in § with veins 7 and 8 curved apa
near base, enclosing rough depression beneath -25. Prnma.
Fore wings in g with veins 7 and 8 normal. 10.
10. Posterior tibie in g\ with outer pers sa 1 of
inner 5 9. HURRHYPARA.
Posterior Abie in ait oneet mde: eae 4 3
of inner ot od re c 11.
11. Labial palpi dicen tinal a by oC .. 45. NymMpuuta.
Labial palpi porrected 12.
12. Antenne ¢toalmostl.. .. Ae dc -. 39. STENIA.
Antenne? .. , ne ae 17. Psammoris.
13. Face with more or ee strong horny Preominences 14,
Face without horny prominence ef 18.
14. Frontal prominence with a vertical edge . 21. CornIFRONS.
Frontal prominence without vertical edge. . 15.
15. Frontal prominence bounded beneath ae a flat
anteriorly emarginate plate .. 23. TrTanto.
Frontal prominence without flat plate endith 16.

16.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

. Posterior tibie in g with outer pre eg iag rudi-

Fore wings with large scale-tooth on inner margin 24. Cynapa.

Fore wings without large scale-tooth

17.

438 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

tls

18.

119%

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34,

35.

Frontal prominence conical, more or less pointed 22. LoxosTEGE.
Frontal prominence pustule-shaped 30 .. 34, Merasta.
Antenne in g bent, with tuft of scales on bend 35. Naconeta.
Antenne in g without tuft ve oe ie 19.
Antenne in g with stalk notched above basal

joint ae 5 ote .. 4. Hymenta.
Antenne in g with a not nore oe oie 20.
Abdomen in J with large dense exsertible genital

tuft .. 5 Se : bo are ie 21.
Abdomen in g without ach tuft.. ae aC 23.
Thorax in g with patagia elongate, terminating

i an expansible pencil of scales ote -. 3, OMIODES.
Thorax in § with patagia normal os Sc 22.
Fore wings with vein 7 orale approximated to 9

at base only 0 a Bo .. 2. PARATALANTA.
Fore wings with vein 7 closely appressed to 9 on

basal fourth ae Ac os -- 1. Marcaronia.
Thorax in § with patagia forming erect spreading

hair-tufts .. ae AG oe -- 49. ScIRPOPHAGA.
Thorax in the 3 with the vanes normal 50 24.
Hind wings with veins 6 and 7 separate at origin 31. Procuonistis.
Hind wings with veins 6 and7 from a point or

stalked .. ate ae a 56 56 25.
Antenne #—1 or more ae 56 fe 5c 26.
Antenne ? orless .. as ae aye 56 30.
Antenne longer than fore wings .. ote .. 43. Eucuasta.
Antenne not longer than fore wings 56 Bc 27.
Labial palpi ascending Sc a0 5c le 28.
Labial palpi porrected sid 5 ae 29;
Terminal joint of labial palpt with ‘fn iangular butt

infront .. de Sc a6 .. 40. Hyprints.
Terminal joint of labial pele not tufted . .. 42. NAUSINOE.

Anterior femora and tibiw in g\ rough- ited -. 41, ANTIGASTRA.
Anterior femora and tibie in g not rough-haired 38. IscunurGeEs.

Thorax in g with hair-pencil, covered with flat

scales, from beneath hind wings ate .. 8. PLEUROPTYA.
Thorax in g without such hair-pencil .. 50 31.
Labial palpi ascending or OC Be Sc 32.
Labial palpi porrected 50 oye s0 Be 36.
Terminal joint of labial palpi with ee tuft

Iniront i. se ae se 36 33.
Terminal joint of labial palpi not tufted ae 3c 34.
Posterior tibis with outer spurs half inner .. 5, AGROTERA.
Posterior tibie with outer spurs meee equal

inner 50 5s oe .. 33. HELLULA.

Terminal joint of pales short, thick, ppieee -. 7. NovarcHa.

Terminal joint of palpi moderate, slender, gene-
rally pointed ate Z bis 35.

Hind wings in ¢ with oval deprenenlt in eal -. 6. SATANASTRA.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40

41.

42.

43

.

44,

45.

46.

47.

48.

49.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna.

Hind wings in g without depression ..
Labial palpi dilated towards apex ..
Labial palpi not dilated terminally 50 -

Maxillary palpi triangular, or with well-defined
dilation towards apex

Maxillary palpi filiform, or with aps «loosely rene
cillate ere

Terminal joint of nba palpi more or less exposed,

distinct .. : SC
Terminal joint of labial palpi eonooaled § in scales
of second .. AG Bc Se

Labial palpi with second joint more or tbs tufted
towards apex beneath Sc

Labial palpi with scales prealy diminishing
throughout : i

Hind wings with veins 4 ae 5 feat a oink or
stalked oi Sc Ac

Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 approximated at
base

Middle tibiew in J diated usually Ra “tuft of
hairs in grooye .. ;

Middle tibize in J Aarne Sc ss
Maxillary palpi forming a soe aprending ‘tuft 50
Maxillary palpi ge an acute BES cing tuft

beneath .. ac
Head, palpi, and famiord IGEN with fouah fang
hairs ox sie
Head, palpi, and forbra % moet with Dedernte
projecting scales .. : oe 50
Maxillary palpi nearly SAE! to labial
Maxillary palpi much shorter than labial 56

Terminal joint of labial palpi exposed, distinct ..
Terminal sein of labial palp! concealed in scales

of second . 50
Antenne of g\ very shortly ciated (4) .. ae
Antenne of ciliated with fascicles (14—2) ..
Posterior tibia with outer aoe almost ie

inner oe 5c
Posterior tibie with outer ores a of inner, or

rarely less . ae =e
Fore wings in - with groove near Hage Gotan

above with scales .
Fore wings in sahout groove .. “5 56
Hind wings 14—14 .. SC dc od aye
Hind wings hardly over1 .. aie sie Sc

ee ee

1. Marcaronta, Hb.

ade
. 50. ACENTROPUS.

28.
36.

Ge

19.

14,
18.

439

Hyprocampa.
37.
38.
43.
39.
41.

40.

. SCHGNOBIUS.
. SCOPARIA.
. HELIOTHELA.

. Mrecyna.

42.

. MESOGRAPHE.
. CyBoLomria.

. METAXMESTE.

44.

. EVERGESTIS.

45.
46.

47.
ORENAIA.
DIASEMIA.

IsocENTRIS.
48.

MIcrostTE@a.
49.

Nomopuina.

PYRAUSTA.

Face slightly rounded, oblique ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne four-fifths, in g filiform, ciliated ({—1).

Labial palpi

440 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

moderate, subascending, second joint with dense projecting scales
beneath, often longer and forming a pointed tuft forwards, ter-
minal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated termi-
nally with dense scales, obliquely truncate. Abdomen in g with
large dense exsertible genital tuft. Posterior tibizw in g\ with outer
spurs one-sixth to one-half of inner. Fore wings with vein 7
closely approximated to 9 on basal fourth, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
closely approximated to’ 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;
veins 38, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A characteristic Indo-Malayan genus of some extent,
of which stragglers are found in the warmer parts of
other regions. I have united under this title Margarodes,
Gn., and Glyphodes, Gn., between which I can find no
structural distinction. The genera Cydalima, Ld.,
Stemorrhages, Ld., Pachyarches, Lid., Enchocnemidia, Ld.,
Sisyrophora, Ld., Cryptographis, Ld., and probably
others also (besides Chloauges, Ld., Pygospila, Gn., and
Heterocnephes, Ld., which I had already merged in the
above), ought, I think, also to fall into this genus; [am
acquainted with all those mentioned, and they agree in
all the characters of the generic definition given above,
but differ variously in the possession of tufts or scale-
thickenings on the legs, antenne, abdomen, or wings,
and sometimes sinuations in the antenne. These
characters seem to me to be here of specific value only ;
the natural classification of the species of this group is
not improved, but rendered more obscure, by the creation
of these small. unnecessary genera ;.and it appears to
me scientifically advantageous to include them all under
one, which will even then be by no means very large.

unionalis, Hb.

nigropunctalis, Brem.

quadrimaculalis, Brem.
*melaleucalis, Ky.
*expictalis, Christ.

2. PaRATALANTA, Nn. g.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne four-fifths, in $ filiform, ciliated (}—1). Labial palpi
moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate or short, rather dilated with scales termi-

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 441

nally. Abdomen in ¢g long, anal segment elongate, with large
dense exsertible genital tuft. Middle tibiw in g dilated, enclosing
tuft of hairs ingroove; posterior tibixe with outer middle-spur one-
fifth to one-half of inner, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore
wings with vein 7 closely approximated to 9 at base, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
1j—1}; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Omiodes ; at present represented only by the
two following Siberian species.
ussurialis, Brem.
heterogenalis, Brem.

3. OmiopEs, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue deve-
loped. Antenne three-fourths to five-sixths, in ¢ filiform,
ciliated (¢—14), basal joint sometimes with a slight projection of
scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second
joint with dense rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint
very short, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, filiform
or somewhat dilated with loose scales towards apex. Thorax in $
with patagia elongate, ending in an expansible pencil of long hair-
scales; abdomen in g elongate, with dense exsertible genital tuft.
Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-third to one-half of inner.
Fore wings with vein 7 approximated to 9 towards base, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A genus of rather limited size, of which the species
seem to be scattered rather indiscriminately through
the Indo-Malayan region, Pacific Islands, and Central
America; in the Hawaiian Islands there is a locally
developed group of them. ‘The two here given are
Indian species which range into Siberia.

tristrialis, Brem.
quadrimaculalis, Koll.

4, Hymenta, Hb.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenn two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—}), basal joint in $
with an erect apical spine or projection of scales on inner side,
stalk notched above basal joint. Labial palpi moderate, arched,

449, Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales beneath, ter-
minal joint short or moderate, more or less pointed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, porrected, filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with small
anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-third to four-fifths
of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 approximated to 9 towards base,
8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind
wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of
6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

Allied to Omiodes. An Indo-Malayan genus of limited
extent; of the two following species luctuwosalis is Indian,
and ranges into Siberia; recurvalis is now one of the
most widely distributed of insects, occurring in abun-
dance throughout the warmer regions of the whole
world. Under this head are included Zinckenia, Z., and
Coptobasis, Ld. ; as thus constituted, the genus shows
some variation in structure, but is readily known by the
notch above basal joint of antenne in ¢.

recurvalis, F.
luctuosalis, Gn. ; Zelleri, Brem.; Bremeri, Wk.

5. Acrotera, Schrk.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in $ filiform, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate,
curved, ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales
beneath, flatly compressed, terminal joint moderately long, with
acute triangular separate projecting tuft of scales in front. Maxil-
lary palpi short, filiform, pointed. Abdomen in g\ with small anal
tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated
to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approxim-
ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to near
middle.

A small and rather isolated genus, probably repre-
senting the ultimate stage of a development from the
Notarcha group. Besides the one European species, I
am acquainted only with one Indo-Malayan, and (if
Tetracona, Meyr., be merged, which is perhaps advisable)
one Australian.

nemoralis, Se.

6. SATANASTRA, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 443

curved, ascending, second joint with loosely appressed scales, more
or less rough beneath, terminal joint moderate, rather slender,
pointed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with
small anal tuft. Posterior tibiae with outer spurs one-half inner.
Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely
approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5
approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8
to two-fifths ; in g with median fold dilated in cell into an elong-
ate-oval depression.

A development from Notarcha ; a small Indo-Malayan
genus, of which one species ranges into Siberia. It is
included by Lederer under Conchylodes, Gn., and I have
formerly called it by that name, but 1 now consider that
Guenée’s genus is quite distinct from it.

argyria, Butl.

7. Norarcna, Meyr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g filiform or with projecting joints, ciliated
41—1}). Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second joint
with dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short, thick,
tolerably cylindrical, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected,
filiform. Abdomen in ¢ with slender anal tuft. Posterior tibiz
with outer spurs somewhat less than one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 approximated to 9 near base, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins
3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to about one-third.

An extensive genus, probably Indo-Malayan in origin,
but apparently now distributed throughout intertropical
regions. The only truly European species is a remark-
able exception; two other Indian species range into
Syria and Siberia respectively.

multilinealis, Gn.
ruralis, Se.
paleacalis, Gn.

8. PLEUROPTYA, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate,
porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales beneath,
terminal joint short, exposed, obtuse. Maxillary palpi moderate,
somewhat thick, filiform. Thorax in g with an expansible tuft of

444 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

hairs, covered by a plate of flat scales, on each side from beneath
base of hind wings. Abdomenin ¢ with small anal tuft. Posterior
tibie with outer spurs one-third of inner. Fore wings with vein 7
closely approximated to 9 on basal third, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;
veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

A development of Notarcha. I am only acquainted
with the one species, which ranges from Southern Hurope
to India.

aurantiacalis, F. R.

9. Kurruypara, Hb.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne three-fourths, in filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi
moderate, subascending, second joint with short dense projecting
scales, terminal joint short, tolerably exposed, obtuse. Maxillary
palpi moderate, porrected, slender, filiform. Abdomen in g with
moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in g with outer middle-spur
extremely short, one-sixth of inner, outer end-spur one-fourth.
Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8; in # with
a thickening of dense scales between 7 and 8 on under side. Hind
wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of
6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Only the one species is known; it stands rather
isolated, but has, perhaps, some relationship to the pre-
ceding, and ranges from Western Europe to Eastern
Siberia. The depression, which Lederer mentions as
existing between veins 7 and 9 of the fore wings in the ¢,
I cannot find definitely traceable, but the genus is suffi-
ciently distinct without this character.

urticata, L.

10. PErRINEPHELA, Hb.

Face rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. An-
tenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi mode-
rate, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated
to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi
moderate, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdo-
men in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in g with
outer middle-spur rudimentary, almost obsolete, in @ one-half
inner, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 445

from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings hardly over 1; veins
3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to middle.

A development of Phlyctenia; the single known
species occurs from Western Europe to Eastern Siberia.
Lederer has accidentally misprinted Hibner’s name,
which is as above.

lancealis, Schiff.

11. Aterponia, Ld.

Face with a short rounded prominence; ocelli distinct ; tongue
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated ($). Labial
palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense rough pro-
jecting scales beneath, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi
moderate, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdo-
men in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie in ¢ with
outer middle-spur rudimentary, almost obsolete, outer end-spur
one-fifth of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 rather approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
over 1; veins 8,-4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Phlyctenia ; there is but one species,
which ranges from Central Europe to Kastern Siberia.
luctualis, Hb.

12. ScLEROcONA, N. g.

Face with acute conical horny projection ; ocelli distinct ; tongue
developed. Antenne three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (2).
Labial palpi long, straight, porrected, second joint with dense pro-
jecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint loosely
scaled. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate.
Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie in § rather
dilated; posterior tibiz in g with outer middle-spur obsolete, outer
end-spur one-third of inner. Fore wings in g with lower margin
of cell upcurved, and an upwards-turned pecten of scales beneath
it on lower surface, 7 contorted towards’ base, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
out of 8 (or abnormally absent), 11 sometimes (abnormally) out of
8. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6
near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Phlyctenia; the single species is
known only from South-east Europe. Lederer founded
the genus Calamochrous for an American species, and

446 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

placed with it this insect, which he had not seen ; it is,
however, totally distinct. The abnormal differences in
neuration which are noted above occurred in one wing
of a specimen which was normal on the other side;
probably they are a monstrosity only, but I have seen
only two specimens.

acutella, Ev.

13. Puuyctmnia, Hb.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—1). Labial palpi
moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate or somewhat
dilated with scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.
Middle tibie in J sometimes dilated and containing tuft of hairs
in groove; posterior tibize with outer middle-spur in ¢ obsolete, in
? one-half inner, outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner.
Fore wings with vein 7 from rather near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
more or less approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;
veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to two-fifths.

An early offshoot from Pyrausta. The genus is of
considerable size, and is characteristic of Hurope and
North America, probably originating in the former ;
there is a locally developed group of species in the
Hawaiian Islands, and one species in Australia; it has
not yet been recognised elsewhere. I have previously
called this genus Scopula, which term I now recognise to
have been wrongly applied.

cilialis, Hb. *bipunctalis, H.-S.; dis-
*fimbriatalis, Dup. punctalis, Gn.
languidalis, Ev. scorialis, Z.

testacealis, Z.(S notseen). *costalis, Ev.
*gratialis, Brem. (gracialis, imquinatalis, Z. (? var.

form. prav.). seq.).
crocealis, Hb. prunalis, Schiff.
institalis, Hb. cyanalis, Lah.
conjinalis, Ld. orbicentralis, Christ.
lutealis, Hb. *ustrinalis, Christ.
ferrugalis, Hb. accolalis, Z.
elutalis, Schiff. terrealis, Tr.
fulvalis, Hb. fuscalis, Schiff.

*tritalis, Christ. sambucalis, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 447

14. Nomopuina, Hb.

Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in & filiform, ciliated with fascicles (1%).
Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense
projecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint
concealed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in 3 with
moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer spurs less than
one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
14—13; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

An early developmental form of Pyrausta, showing in
the narrowed fore wings an adaptation to a grassy
habitat. The single species is practically cosmopolitan,
and there is no reason to suppose it has been artificially
introduced anywhere.

noctuella, Schiff.

15. Metaxmeste, Hb.

Head rough-haired, face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue de-
veloped. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated simply or
with fascicles (}—1). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected,
second joint with very long rough projecting hairs, terminal joint
concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex terminating
in a pencil of loose scales. Abdomen in g\ with moderate anal tuft.
Femora rough-haired; posterior tibie with outer spurs three-
fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base; in g§ sometimes with
a long expansible pencil of hairs beneath from base near inner
margin. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base,
7 from point with or out of 6 near origix, anastomosing shortly
with 8 to one-fifth.

An early alpine development of Pyrausta; it has
certainly no immediate relationship to the other forms
included with it by Lederer under his Hereyna. Catharia,
Ld., is merged in it. The species are restricted to the
mountains of Kurope and Asia Minor.

pyrenealis, Dup.
sericatalis, H.-S.
schrankiana, Hoch.
phrygialis, Hb.

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1890.—PaRT I. (SEPT.) 2H

448 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

16. Isocmntris, Meyr.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenne three-fourths, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (1—2). Labial palpi
moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate. Abdomen
in § with slender anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with spurs all long
and almost equal. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings 1; veins
3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing
with 8 to two-fifths.

A small Indo-Malayan genus, of which the species
range very widely. I am not sure that the following
Central Asiatic species is certainly referable here, as I
have only seen one specimen in indifferent condition,
with the structural characters partly obscured. It is an
offshoot of Pyrausta.

let alis, Stgr., List XXXIII.

17. Psammortis, Hb.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne three-fourths, in g filiform or serrulate, ciliated (3—1).
Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense
projecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint
concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, filiform, termin-
ating in somewhat penicillate scales. Abdomen in g with small
anal tuft. Posterior tibiae with outer spurs two-thirds of inner.
Fore wings with vein 7 from rather near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8.
Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7
out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of Pyrausta, consisting only of the two
following European species; whether the genus is a
natural or tenable one appears to me very doubtful. It
would not surprise me to find that the origin of vein 10
of the fore wings from 9, which is the only distinguishing
point from Pyrausta, is not constant, although in fact
it holds in all the specimens which I have examined.
The generic name is printed by Hiibner Psamotis, but in
the two collateral forms of the name given at the same
time (Psammoten, &c.) the double m is used; this is
also etymologically correct, and the first spelling is

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 449

therefore certainly a mere typographical error, which I
have removed.

pulveralis, Hb.

hyalinalis, Hb.

18. Pyravusta, Schrk.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne two-
thirds to three-fourths, in ¢ filiform, ciliated (}—2) or rarely naked.
Labial palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense pro-
jecting scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint con-
cealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely peni-
cillate. Abdomen in % with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibiz in
3d sometimes dilated, enclosing tuft of hairs in groove; posterior
tibiz with outer middle-spur one-third to two-thirds (rarely one-
fifth), outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner. Fore
wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approxim-
ated to 9 towards base, rarely anastomosing with 9. Hind
Wings over 1; veins 38, 4, 5 more or less approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-

fifths.

Although representatives of this genus are found
nearly everywhere, it is mainly characteristic of the
temperate regions of the northern hemisphere, and is
probably of European origin. ‘The occasional anastom-
osis of veins 9 and 10 of fore wings is a curious form
of variation, found also in Hvergestis ; no use can be
made of it in classification, as both forms occur in diffe-
rent individuals of the same species, or even in different
wings of the same specimen. The species in which I
have noted this form of variation are trinalis and decrepi-
talis, but it may probably occur more or less rarely in
others also. Hence the Hawaiian genus Protocolletis,
Meyr., which was founded essentially on this character,
should be suppressed.

trimaculalis, Stgr. albofascialis, Tr.; minu-
quadripunctalis, Schiff. talis, Spr.
octomaculata, F. ‘obfuscata, Se.
nyctemeralis, Hb. acontialis, Steyr.

nigralis, F. pellicalis, Stgr.

fascialis, Hb. castalis, Tr.

cingulata, L. tithonialis, Z.

nigrata, Se. dotatalis, Christ.
*Lederert, Stgr. sanguinalis, L.

2H 2

450

purpuralis, L.
fibulalis, Christ.
falcatalis, Gn.
aurata, Se.
*solemnalis, Christ.
*pullatalis, Christ.
porphyralis, Schiff.
alborivulalis, Ev.
*tendinosalis, Brem.
cespitalis, Schiff.
limbopunctalis, H.-S.
*tesserulalis, Christ.
manualis, Hb.
eplippialis, Zett.
*limitalis, Christ.
erealis, Hb.
uliginosalis, Stph.

alpinalis, Schiff. '

rhododendronalis, Dup.
nebulalis, Hb.; ? sororialis,
Hein.; ? nitidalis, Hein.
decrepitalis, H.-S.
turbatalis, Christ. (doubt-
ful; % not seen).
olivalis, Schiff.
*hilaralis, Christ.
numeralis, Hb.; illutalis,
Gn.
torvalis, Moschl.
murinalis, F. R.
austriacalis, H.-S.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

*nrepetalis, Ld.
incoloralis, Gn.; ruficos-
talis, Ld.
repandalis, Schiff.
*varialis, Brem.
extinctalis, Christ. (¢ not
seen).
*perlucidalis, Hb.
*nerpendiculals, Dup.
*labutonalis, Ld.
flavalis, Schiff.
*biternalis, Mn.
trinalis, Schiff.
auralis, Peyer.
gracilis, Butl. ;
talis, Christ.
clausalis, Christ.
moderatalis, Christ.
rubiginalis, Hb.
stachydalis, Zk.
verbascalis, Schiff.
nubilalis, Hb.
palustralis, Hb.
*appositalis, Ld.
*erudalis, Ld.
*lutulentalis, Ld.
asinalis, Hb.
subsequalis, H.-S.
saxatilis, Stgr., List
XXXII.

explica-

19. MicrosTEG@a, n. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderately
long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated
to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi
moderate, porrected, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdomen in &
with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer middle-spur
one-third, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7
from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards
base; in g with a groove beneath cell near base, covered above by
dense scales from upper side. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5
closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 451

with 8 to two-fifths; in g with a groove above cell near base,
above which is a thick ridge of scales.

A development of Pyrausta, containing only the single

European species.
pandalis, Hb.

20. Mrcyna, Stph.

* Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue develope.
Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (}—3). Labial palpi
rather long, porrected, second joint with dense scales attenuated to
a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-
ate, porrected, triangularly dilated with dense scales, forming an
angular projection at apex beneath. Abdomen in $ with small
anal tuft. Middle tibie in § dilated, usually containing tuft of
hairs in groove; posterior tibiae with outer middle-spur one-half,
outer end-spur one-half to three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with
vein 7 from rather near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated
to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3,4, 5 approximated
at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably an earlier ancestral form of Pyrausta. ‘The
genus 1s quite cosmopolitan, but probably comprises
only a few species. ‘The use of the generic name seems
to call for some explanation; its actual history appears
to have been as follows:—Guenee first formed the genus
Mecyna to include the polygonalis group and asinalis,
and communicated its character to various entomolo-
gists, without having actually published it; amongst
others, to Stephens, who published it first, evidently
intending it to include all the species placed in it by
Guenée, but he only mentions asinalis, because he did
not suppose any other to be British. Subsequently
Guenée published his own views, having by that time
come to the conclusion that asinalis was wrongly in-
cluded; he therefore restricts it to the polygonalis group.
It appears to me that under these circumstances polygo-
nalis, which was undoubtedly regarded by Stephens as
belonging to the genus, and only not mentioned for
obvious reasons, is justly to be looked on as the type.

polygonalis, Hb.

91. Cornirrons, Ld.

Face with long horny laterally compressed acute projection,
terminating in a vertical edge, or with a sharp vertical ridge only

452 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ fili-
form, ciliated with fascicles (2). Labial palpi moderate, obliquely
ascending or porrected, second joint with short or long projecting
scales beneath, terminal joint exposed or concealed. Maxillary
palpi rather long, porrected, filiform, apex sometimes penicillate.
Abdomen in 3 with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer
spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;
veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, or 4 and 5 from a point,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

There is a good deal of structural difference between
the two species which I have placed together here ; but
I think it is reasonable and possible to regard them as
extreme forms of the same type, the range of varia-
tion being analogous to that of the similar genus T%tanio.
The genus is perfectly definable, and intermediate forms
may probably be found hereafter. The species are both
from the Mediterranean coasts.

ulceratalis, Ld.
isatidalis, Dup.

22. LoxostrecE, Hb.

Face with a rather short pointed or obtuse conical horny pro-
jection ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne three-fourths,
in g filiform, ciliated ($—1). Labial palpi moderately long, por-
rected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated to a
point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-
ate, porrected, filiform, apex sometimes penicillate. Abdomen in
¢ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs one-
half to three-fourths of inner, rarely with outer middle-spur in J
one-sixth of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 more or less closely approximated to 9 towards base.
Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 from
point with or out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third
to two-fifths.

Characteristic of the temperate regions of the northern
hemisphere, especially Europe, but stragglers occur also
elsewhere. ‘The frontal projection is always more or
less clearly conical in general form, but the apex is
sometimes acute, sometimes rounded, the former being
more typical. This genus includes Hurycreon, Ld.,
Phlyctenodes, Gn., and EHphelis, Ld. Where, however,
I have previously used the name Hurycreon, Ld., myself,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 453

it has been in the sense of comprehending both this
genus and Metasia, Gn., and in point of fact nearly all
the Australian species included by me under the name
are truly referable to Metasia.

nudalis, Hb.; ?bipunc- comptalis, Frr.

talis, Dup. eruginalis, Hb.
pustulalis, Hb. *sedacovialis, Kv.
cruentalis, Hb. *scalaralis, Christ.
sticticalis, L. clathralis, Hb.
*peregrinalis, Kv. virescalis, Gn.
Eversmanni. Stgr., List — verticalis, L.
XXXITI. turbidalis, Tr.
*scutalis, Hb. sulphuralis, Hb.
peltalis, Ev. palealis, Schiff.
consortalis, H.-S. algiralis, All.
mucosalis, H.-S. *concoloralis, Ld.

23, Trranio, Hb.

Face with short or long projecting horny plate, more or less
rounded above, flat beneath, anterior edge emarginate or some-
times almost straight; sometimes with one or two short spines on
side of face, and rarely with a sharp conical spine on forehead
above projection; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g filiform, ciliated (1—2) or simple. Labial palpi
moderate, porrected, second joint with short or long rough pyro-
jecting scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, loosely scaled,
sometimes almost concealed. Maxillary palpi moderate, rather
short, or minute, filiform or with apex loosely penicillate. Abdo-
men in gd with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer
spurs one-half to three-fourths of inner, legs sometimes hairy.
Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 rather
approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over1; veins 3, 4, 5
rather approximated at base, 4 and 5 sometimes stalked, 7 out of 6
near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths.

A considerable genus, especially characteristic of
Central Asia, but spreading also into Europe and North
America, and with two or three species in the Indo-
Malayan and Australian regions. ‘The variation in the
development of the frontal projection and adjacent
facial spines, and in the length of the maxillary palpi,
have led to the creation of many small genera, which
are not tenable on a general consideration of the whole,

454 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

as all transitional forms occur, nor does a strict colloc-
ation of forms showing a particular character bring
together those which are most nearly allied. Hence I
unite the whole into one easily defined genus. The
stalking of veins 4 and 5 of the hind wings is not con-
stant specifically, both forms occurring in different indi-
viduals of the same species. The genera thus merged
are Aporodes, Gn., Noctuomorpha, Gn., Threnodes, Gn.,
Noctuelia, Gn., Emprepes, Ld., Anthophilodes, Gn., Tego-
stoma, Z., Aeschremon, Ld.

*conchylialis, Christ. venustalis, Ld.
Moeschleri, Christ.;baphi- —magnificalis, Christ.

alis, Lid. *modestalis, Christ.

*concinnalis, Christ. Staudingeri, Christ.
pudicalis, Dup. originalis, H.-S.
pentodontalis, Ersch. pulchellaus, Ster., List
lepidalis, H.-S. XXXII.

*nlumbiferalis, Christ. sartalis, Hb.

*erubescens, Christ. pollinalis, Schiff.
turcomanica, Christ. *cacuminalis, Kv.
disparalis, H.-S. multiguttalis, Ster.
comparalis, Hb. *eponyma,n.s.; Moeschleri,
alticolalis, Christ. Roman. (nec Christ.).
superba, Frr. heliothalis, Stgr., List
vespertalis, H.-S. XXXITI.

*plebeialis, Christ. paschalis, Stgr., List
floralis, Hb. XXXIII.

*qustautalis, Oberth. sultanalis, Stgr., List
normalis, Hb. XXXII.

24, Cynapa, [b.

Face with a slight rounded prominence; ocelli distinct ; tongue
short. Antenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (1). Labial
palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint clothed with loose
scales attenuated forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, porrected, rather triangularly dilated terminally
with loose scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Pos-
terior tibiz with outer spurs about one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated
to 9 near base; scales of inner margin forming a large projecting
tuft about one-third. Hind wings over 1; veins 38, 4, 5 rather
approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8
to one-third.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 455

Allied to Titanio; a small genus, possibly consisting
only of one geographically varying species.
dentalis, Schiff.
furiosa, Stgr., List XXXII.

95. Pruma, Ld.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, porrected,
second joint with rough projecting scales attenuated forwards.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected. Abdomen in g with moder-
ate anal tuft. Fore wings in § with vein 7 bent apart from 8
near base, enclosing with it a roughened depression on lower
surface, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings over 1; 3, 4, 5 approxim-
ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8.

I have not been able to see a specimen of the scarce
species which composes this genus, and the characters
given above are derived from Lederer; assuming their
correctness, the genus is distinct enough, and must be
allied to Titanio.

*ramalis, Hb.

26. HeLiorHELA, Gn.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne less
than two-thirds, in § filiform, ciliated (}—+). Labial palpi moder-
ate, porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales
beneath, becoming longer towards apex, terminal joint moderate,
stout, exposed. Maxillary palpi long, not much shorter than
labial, porrected, expanded with scales towards apex, truncate.
Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer
spurs half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 somewhat approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-fifth to two-fifths.

A small genus, represented by scattered species in
probably all the principal regions; it is in the direct
line of transition between itanio and Scoparia. The
lower margin of the cell in the hind wings is sometimes
so far clothed with hairs towards the base as to make a
marked approach to the structure of the Cramlide ; yet
the hairs do not form a clearly defined pecten as in that
family.

atralis, Hb.

*pregalliensis, rey.

456 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

27. Scoparia, Hw.

Face rounded, vertical ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenne two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (}—14). Labial palpi
moderate or long, porrected, second joint with long dense pro-
jecting scales beneath, terminal joint moderate, exposed, or resting
in scales of second. Maxillary palpi rather long, porrected, tri-
angularly dilated with scales. Abdomen in 3 with moderate anal
tuft. Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings from over 1 to nearly 2; veins 3 and4
remote, 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-third to two-fifths, cell without discal
hairs.

A cosmopolitan genus of large size but uneven distri-
bution ; within the tropics it hardly seems to occur
except at considerable altitudes; its maximum of de-
velopment is reached in New Zealand. Lederer states
that in S. centuriella vein 8 of the hind wings is free
from 7; it is not so in my specimens of that species, nor
is there a similar instance in any individual of those
which I possess (numbering about 100 species) ; I judge
therefore that his example must have been an unusual
variety or sport.

ochrealis, Schiff. manifestella, H.-S.
letella, Z. sibirica, Ld.

resinea, Hw. pheoleuca, Z.

lineola, Curt. *staudingeralis, Mab.
angustea, Stph. pallida, Stph.

alpina, Stt.; gracilalis, Stt. cembre, Hw.
petrophila, Stdfs. Zelleri, Wk.

sudetica, Z. ulmella, Dale.
*absconditalis, Roman. *mandschurica, Christ.
murana, Curt. ingratella, Z.
Srequentella, Stt. dubitalis, Hb.
crategella, Hb. ambigualis, Tr. ; atomalis,
truncicolella, Stt. Dbld.

valesialis, Dup. basistrigalis, Knaggs.
*delphinatalis, Gn. incertalis, Dup.
*gallica, Peyer. perplexella, Z.

*seriziatalis, Oberth. centuriella, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 457

28. OrENarA, Dup.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in g filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderate,
porrected, second joint with short dense projecting scales beneath,
terminal joint moderate, exposed, obtuse or pointed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, porrected, rather thick, obtuse or pointed. Abdo-
men in ¢ with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie in § sometimes
with pencil of hairs m groove; posterior tibiz with outer spurs
one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1;
veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to one-third.

An intermediate link between Scoparia and Evergestis.
The three species are natives of the mountains of
Hurope.

alpestralis, F’.
rupestralis, Hb.
helveticalis, H.-S.

29. Hvercestis, Hb.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (3). Labial palpi short or mode-
rate, porrected, second joint rough-scaled, terminal joint rather
short, loosely sealed, somewhat pointed. Maxillary palpi as long
as second joint of labial, porrected, filiform, apex somewhat peni-
cillate. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize
with outer middle-spur one-half, outer end-spur one-half to three-
fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base, sometimes
anastomosing with 9. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely
approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8
to one-third.

A genus of moderate extent, specially characteristic of
the Huropean region, but extending also into North
America. The occasional anastomosis of veins 9 and 10
of the fore wings, as in Pyrausta, is not a constant specific
character, some specimens not showing it; the species
in which I have observed it are encalis and anartalis.

enealis, Schiff. *submundalis, Mill.

subfuscalis, Stgy. limbata, L.

*mundalis, Gn. *infirmalis, Stgr.

458 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

politalis, F. umbrosalis, F. B.
straminalis, Hb. Pechi, Baker; renatalis,
extimalis, Se. Oberth.
*vagabundalis, Christ. Srumentalis, L.
nomadalis, Ld. *allardalis, Oberth.
*cesialis, H.-S. segetalis, H.-S.
saxicolalis, Mn. *helenalis, Steyr.
desertalis, Hb. sophialis, F.
*serratalis, Stgr. anartalis, Stgr., List
*manglisalis, Kirsch. XXXIII.

orientalis, Ey.

30. Mrsoerapue, /1b.

Face slightly rounded, oblique; ocelli distinct: tongue deve-
loped. Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, ciliated (1—3). Labial
palpi moderate, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales
attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary
palpi moderately long, porrected, triangularly dilated towards apex
with loose spreading scales. Abdomen in # with moderate anal
tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and5d closely approxim-
ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-
third.

Allied to Hvergestis. One species extends from Western
Europe to Japan, and a second throughout Africa; the
third is also African.

Jorficalis, L.
africalis, Gn.
*conquisitalis, Gn.

31. ProcHorisTIs, n. g.

Face slightly rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenne three-fourths, in 3 stout, filiform, ciliated (4). Labial palpi
moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, triangularly dilated termin-
ally with scales, apex obliquely truncate. Abdomen in $ with
small anal tuft. Middle tibiz in g rather dilated, grooved; pos-
terior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with
vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 rather approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 459

base, 7 approximated to 6 at base but separate, anastomosing with
8 to one-third.

Apparently allied to Cybolomia. The three species
are all Asiatic.
rupicapralis, Ld.
capparidis, Christ.
*simplicialis, Brem. (misprinted -ealis).

382. CypoLtomia, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in J dentate or filiform, ciliated (2—1). Labial palpi
long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated
to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi
moderately long, porrected, triangularly dilated with scales.
Abdomen in g with small anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer
middle-spur one-third, outer end-spur one-half inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at
base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

A somewhat aberrant genus, seeming to have relation-
ship to Evergestis; the palpi resemble those of the
Crambide, and there is some analogy in other respects.
The species range from Southern Europe into Western
Asia on the one hand, and South Africa on the other.
Guenée’s name Hypolais is earlier, but is pre-occupied in
the birds. The first species is abnormal, and perhaps
should not be included.

2 monialis, Ersch. (¢ not dulcinalis, Tr.

seen). siccalis, Gn.
fractilinealis, Christ. lutosalis, Mn.
nemausalis, Dup. pentadalis, Ld.

33. Heniuna, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in § stout, ciliated (¢). Labiai palpi moderate,
obliquely ascending, second joint with dense. rough projecting
scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, with acute triangular
tuft of scales at apex beneath. Maxillary palpi moderate, por-
rected, slender, filiform. Abdomen in gf with small anal tuft.
Posterior tibia with outer spurs nearly as long as inner. Fore
wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approxim-
ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3 and 4

460 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

approximated at base, 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6
near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

The exact affinity of this genus seems very uncertain.
There is only one species, which is now cosmopolitan in
warm countries, but I am disposed to think that it has
probably been artificially introduced from Europe.

undalis, F.

34. Metasia, Gn.

Face with rounded pustule-shaped horny projection; ocelli dis-
tinct; tongue developed. Antenne three-fourths, in 3 filiform,
ciliated (1—1), sometimes with projecting scales at joints. Labial
palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
scales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex penicillate. Abdomen
in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs
one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to near middle.

A genus of moderate extent, distributed through
Southern Europe, the Indo-Malayan region, and Aus-
tralia. Lederer oddly makes no mention of the frontal
protuberance, which is conspicuous.

octogenalis, Ld. *mendicalis, Stgr.

suppandalis, Hb. corsicalis, Dup.
*ochrofascialis, Christ. ophialis, Tr.

carnealis, Tr. adelalis, Gn.
*ossealis, Stgr. olbienalis, Gn.

35. Nacouera, Walk.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenn three-fourths, in g stout, subdentate or serrate, ciliated
({—1}4), sharply bent beyond middle, with a tuft of scales on back
above bend, sometimes also bent before middle. Labial palpi
moderate, porrected or subascending, second joint with short dense
projecting scales beneath, terminal joint rather short, stout,
exposed. Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Abdomen in g with
small anal tuft. Posterior tibize with outer middle-spurs one-
third, outer end-spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7
from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base.
Hind wings slightly over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7
out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to near middle,

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 461

A rather small genus, ranging through the Indo-
Malayan region, Australia, and the Pacific Islands; one
species extends into Eastern Siberia. I have given it
previously the name of Semioceros, but now recognise
that Walker’s name should be adopted. The genus is
one of a small group, all having tufted antenne in the
3, and originating probably from Metasia.

fenestralis, Christ. (Agrotera).

36. Drasemia, Hb.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in § filiform, ciliated with fascicles (13—2). Labial
palpi moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense pro-
jecting scales, terminal joint moderate, exposed, tolerably cylin-
drical, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely
penicillate. Abdomen in gf with slender anal tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings
with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated
to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approxim-
ated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-
third.

A very small but quite cosmopolitan genus, allied to
Metasia.
litterata, Se.
ramburialis, Dup.

37. DuPoNcHELIA, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
three-fourths, in g filiform, shortly ciliated (4). Labial palpi
moderate, ascending, second joint with dense projecting scales
beneath, terminal joint rather short, cylindrical, exposed. Maxil-
lary palpi short, apex loosely penicillate. Abdomen in 3 very
long, anai segment elongate, with exsertible genital tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer middle-spur in g one-fourth, in ? one-half inner.
Fore wings with an upward-turned ridge of scales from vein 1 near
base beneath, 7 from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8; in g with a naked
irregular indentation in cell beneath, and a small indentation
between 7 and 8 at base, 2 almost from angle or out of 4, 3 and 4
stalked. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Diasemia; the single species is South
European. Geller’s genus was published in 1847, and

462 Mr. KE. Meyrick on the classification

in Scudder’s ‘ Nomenclator’ a genus of Diptera, Dupon-
chelia, Desv., is dated from the same year; but on
application to Mr. G. H. Verrall, he kindly informed me
that Desvoidy’s genus was published in 1868, Scudder’s
entry being erroneous.

fovealis, Z.

38. Iscunurcss, Ld.

Face somewhat rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne four-fifths, in J ciliated (}—1), with angularly projecting
scales at joints, or sometimes filiform. Labial palpi moderately
long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting scales attenuated
to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi
moderate, porrected, filiform, apex penicillate. Abdomen in
long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs
one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 at base. Hind wings 1; veins
3, 4, 5 somewhat approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

Allied to Diasemia; a small genus, ranging from
Southern Europe through the Indo-Malayan region to
Australia.

brugweralis, Dup.
diffusalis, Gn.

39. STEnta, Gn.

Face somewhat rounded, more or less oblique; ocelli distinct ;
tongue developed. Antenne four-fifths to almost one, in g filiform,
with projecting scales at apex of joints, ciliated (1). Labial palpi
moderately long, porrected, second joint with dense projecting
seales attenuated to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi moderate, porrected, apex loosely penicillate.
Abdomen in ¢% very long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior
tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7
from near 8, 9 and 10 oat of 8. Hind wings somewhat over 1
veins 38, 4, 5 closely approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin,
anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably a development from the preceding ; appa-
rently characteristic of the Huropean region. Amauro-
phanes, Lid., and Arnia, Gn., are included here,

*disstpatalis, Christ.
*~ntervacatalis, Christ.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 463

*ameentalis, Christ.
stigmosalis, H.-S.
punctalis, Schiff. ; concoloralis, Oberth.; ? fusco-
cilialis, Rag.
nervosalis, Gn.

40. Hypriris, Meyr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
five-sixths, in g ciliated (4), with angularly projecting scales at
joints. Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending, second joint
with dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint moderate, with
triangular projecting tuft of scales beneath. Maxillary palpi rudi-
mentary. Abdomen in g very long, with small anal tuft. Pos-
terior tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with
vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Probably allied to Ischnurges; a genus of two Indo-
Malayan species, of which one ranges very widely,
extending over Southern Europe, Africa, and Australia.
Lederer’s name Spanista is preoccupied in the Hyme-
noptera.

ornatalis, Dup.

41. Anticastra, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antenne
five-sixths, in § ciliated (4). Labial palpi moderate, porrected,
second joint with dense rough projecting scales attenuated to a
point forwards, terminal joint concealed. Maxillary palpi moder-
ate, apex loosely penicillate. Abdomen in g\ with moderate anal
tuft. Anterior femora and tibie in § clothed with rough pro-
jecting hairs on inner side; posterior tibize with outer spurs one-
half inner; all tarsi very long. Fore wings with vein 7 from near
9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base.
Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Allied to Ischnurges and Stenia. The typical species
is Indian, but ranges into Europe; the other is Siberian,
and may very likely not belong to the genus.

catalaunalis, Dup.
*virgatalis, Christ.

TRANS, ENT. SOG. LOND, 1890.—PaRT III. (SEPT.) 21

464 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

49. Nausinor, Hb.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. Antennz
about one, in g filiform or serrate, ciliated (4—1) or simple.
Labial palp1 moderate or rather short, subascending, second joint
with long dense projecting scales beneath, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi short, thick, apex somewhat penicillate. Abdomen
in § with slendey anal tvft. Anterior tibie and tarsi in 3 some-
times clothed with long dense hairs; middle tibie in g sometimes
containing tuft of hairs in groove; posterior tibie with outer spurs
one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wirgs with veins 2 and 8
in § someiimes stalked from arzle of cell, 7 from near 9, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 3 and4 in g sometimes
sinuate so as to enclose a transparent space at base. 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-fourth to two-fiiths.

Allied to Antigastra, and probably a development
from Ischnurges. It consists of a few species, scattered
generally throughout warmer countries, some of them
having an exceedingly wide range. Phalangiodes, Gnu.,
Lepyrodes, Gn., Synclera, Ld., and Rhimphalea, Ld., are
included here. The following species are without the
hairy legs or eccentricities of neuration which are shown
by some others :—

traducalis, Z.
* Bleuset, Oberth.

43. Hucuasta, Ld.

Face flat, oblique; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
over one, in ¢ ciliated (1), with angularly projecting scales at
joints. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, with dense projecting
scales, narrowed to a point forwards, terminal joint concealed.
Maxillary palpi very short, thick, apex loosely penicillate. Abdo-
men in g long, with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with
outer spurs about one-third of inner. Fore wings with vein 7
from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 towards
base. Hind wings 14; veins 3, 4, 5 approximated at base, 7 out of
6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to two-fifths.

Derivable from Nausinoe; a small Indo-Malayan

genus, extending into Asia Minor and Australia.
splendidalis, H.-S.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 465

44, Hyprocampa, Latr.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenn two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, towards apex with angularly pro-
jecting joints, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second
joint with short or moderately long rough projecting scales beneath,
terminal joint moderate, pointed or obtuse. Maxillary palpi
moderate, subascending, loosely scaled, somewhat pointed. Abdo-
men in # with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibia with outer
spurs three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 9,
8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 9 near base. Hind
wings somewhat over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 closely approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-third.

A small European genus; it would seem probable
that it originates from the neighbourhood of Metasia,
but the exact connection is not distinctly traceable. The
aquatic habits of this and the following genera are
doubtless mainly responsible for their difference in super-
ficial appearance from the rest of the family. Lederer,
by an unaccountable error, states vein 10 of the fore
wings to rise out of 9, whereas it is by the separation of
these veins that the genus is distinguished from the
following.

arundinalis, Ev.
nympheata, Li.
rwulalis, Dup.

45. Nympnuua, Schrk.

Face rounded, vertical ; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed. An-
tenne two-thirds, in $ filiform or with angularly projecting scales
at joints, ciliated (t— 4). Labial palpi moderate, arched, ascending,
second joint with short or moderate projecting scales beneath,
terminal joint moderate, obtuse or tolerably pointed. Maxillary
palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, apex with loose peni-
cillate scales. Abdomen in ¢§ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7
from near 8, 9 and 10 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 3, 4, 5
approximated at base, or 4 and 5 from a point, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-half to three-fourths.

A development from Hydrocampa. It is an Indo-
Malayan genus of some extent, but some straggling
forms of it seem to occur in all the principal regions.

212

466 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

stagnata, Don. *obnubilalis, Christ.
candidata, F. *vittalis, Brem.
stratiotata, L. *algiralis, Gn.
*rufoterminalis, Christ. *thyrididalis, Ld.

46. Caractysta, Hb.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli obsolete; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in $ filiform, towards apex with angularly
projecting joints, ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderately long,
arched, ascending, second joint with appressed scales or shortly
rough-haired beneath, terminal joint moderate, slender, obtuse or
pointed. Maxillary palpi short or moderate, filiform. Abdomen
in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs
three-fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and
10 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 3 and 4 approximated at base,
5 approximated or stalked or coincident with 4, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing or wholly coincident with 8.

A development of the preceding ; probably especially
Indo-Malayan, but every main region seems to possess
one or two species.

lemnata, L.

47. DonacavLa, 0. g.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue obsolete. An-
tenne in ¢ three-fifths, filiform, ciliated (13). Labial palpi very
long, porrected, clothed with dense loosely dilated scales, attenuated
towards apex, terminal joint moderately long, exposed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with loose scales. Abdomen
in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs
two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 9 and
10 out of 8, 11 sometimes anastomosing with 12 (sometimes
abnormally 8 and 9 out of 10). Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5
approximated at base or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to one-third.

A development of Schanobius. The single species is
European and West Asiatic.

mucronella, Schiff.

48. Scumnosius, Dup.
Face with short conical projecting tuft of scales; ocelli distinct ;
tongue very short or obsolete. Antenne in ¢ three-fifths, in ?
less than one-half, in § filiform, ciliated (I—3). Labial palpi very

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 467

long, porrected, clothed with dense loosely dilated scales, attenuated
towards apex, terminal joint moderately long, exposed. Maxillary
palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with loose scales. Abdomen
in f§ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs
one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near
9,8 and 9 stalked, 10 somewhat approximated to 9 towards base,
11 sometimes anastomosing with 12. Hind wings 1 or over 1
veins 4 and 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastom-
osing with 8 to one-fifth to one-third.

A genus of limited extent but cosmopolitan distribu-
tion. The resemblance of this genus to Chilo, which
has usually led to their being classed together, is due to
analogy only; as reed-frequenting insects, they have
both the form of wings and palpi, and the colouring,
which is adapted to concealment in such a situation ;
the tendency to anastomosis of veins 11 and 12 in the
fore wings appears to be a direct consequence of the
narrowing and extension of the wings. It is quite
certain that Schenobius is truly derivable from Hydro-
campa, and the intermediate steps are extant in Indian
and Australian forms; nor is there here any trace of
transition in the structural family characters, such as is
shown in Heliothela, which approaches the true con-
necting-link between the families. Chilo is simply an
aquatic Crambus. Although I have not used the 3
genitalia as systematic characters, they may with advan-
tage be examined in Hydrocampa, Schanobius, Scirpo-
phaga, and Acentropus, by those who doubt their near
relationship ; they will be found identical in the four
genera.

gigantellus, Schiff.
forficellus, Thnb.
Alpherakii, Stgr.

49. ScrrpopHaca, Tr.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue very short or
obsolete. Antenne one-third to two-thirds, in ¢ filiform, ciliated
(1—2). Labial palpi moderate or rather short, porrected, loosely
sealed, terminal joint moderate or short. Maxillary palpi moder-
ate, porrected, apex somewhat dilated with penicillate scales.
Thorax in § with patagia forming a rough erectly spreading tuft
of hairs; abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie
with outer spurs one-half to four-fifths of inner. Fore wings with

468 Myr. E. Meyrick on the classification

vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably remote, 11 some-
times anastomosing with 12. Hind wings 1 or over 1; veins 4 and
5 somewhat approximated at base, 7 closely approximated to or
out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to one-fifth to one-third.

Very closely allied to the preceding, and equally
cosmopolitan.
prelata, Se.
cinerea, Tr.

50. Acentropus, Curt.

Face rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct ; tongue absent. Antenne
two-thirds, in 3 filiform, ciliated ($). Labial palpi moderately
long, porrected, dilated with rough projecting scales towards apex.
Maxillary palpi very short, loosely scaled. Abdomen in g without
anal tuft. Posterior tibiee with all spurs short and slender. Fore
wings with vein 7 from near 9, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably
remote. Hind wings 1; veins 4 and 5 approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin (but very faint and nearly obsolete at origin),
anastomosing with 8 to beyond middle. Wings in 2 sometimes
much abbreviated or aborted.

Certainly a development of the preceding, from which
it differs but little ; a very small genus, characteristic of
Europe, but possibly overlooked elsewhere. I do not
know why there should ever have been any doubt about
its position if structure is attended to, as it is perfectly
clear. The statement that the tibia have no spurs,
originally implied by Curtis’s generic name, and repeated
by Heinemann and others, is perhaps responsible ; but
it is quite erroneous, as they are distinctly developed,
although very slender. I am not quite certain about
the common origin of veins 6 and 7 of hind wings, as
these veins become so very faint towards their base as
to be hardly traceable, but the point cannot be of much
importance here, as in Scirpophaga both forms are found
sometimes in the same species.

niveus, Ol. ; Garnonsii, Curt. ; Hansoni, Stph.
latipennis, Moschl.
newe, Kol.

2. MUSOTIMIDA.

Ocelli distinct or obsolete. Tongue well-developed. Maxil-
lary palpi well-developed. Fore wings with vein 7 out of 8 or
separate, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings without defined pecten of

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 469

hairs on lower margin of cell, 3 and 4 from a point or separate,
4 and 5 tolerably remote, 6 from angle of cell, 7 from upper
margin of cell before 6 or rarely out of 6 near origin, anastomosing
from 8.

This little family is characteristic of the coasts of the
Western Pacific from Japan to New Zealand, but one
species reaches as far back as Ceylon. It contains at
present only three genera, and seems to be the remnant
of a more extensive group, related by collateral develop-
ment to the Pyralidide.

51. Musotima, Meyr.

Face somewhat rounded, vertical; ocelli distinct; tongue well-
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in gf stout, subdentate, ciliated
(4). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected or subascending,
second joint with projecting scales beneath, terminal joint exposed,
with rough scales beneath towards apex. Maxillary palpi moder-
ate, dilated with rough scales, truncate. Abdomen in g with
moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibiz with all spurs nearly equal.
Fore wings with vein 7 separate, 9 and 10 rising out of 8, 11
short. Hind wings over 1; veins 3, 4, 5 remote, 6 from angle,
7 from considerably before angle, anastomosing with 8 from near
origin to one-third.

A small genus, at present known from Ceylon, Australia,
and New Zealand. Unfortunately I am not acquainted
with the following East Siberian species, referred by
Bremer to Hydrocampa; but his figure shows so much
superficial resemblance to the typical species of this
genus, that I venture to place it here provisionally ;
someone who possesses the insect will perhaps compare
it with the characters given above.

*colonalis, Brem.

3. PYRALIDIDA.

Ocelli present, often concealed by scales. Tongue well-developed,
or sometimes obsolete. Maxillary palpi well-developed, or rarely
rudimentary. Fore wings with vein 1 usually shortly or obscurely
furcate at base, sometimes simple, 4 and 5 closely approximated at
base or often stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9. Hind wings without
defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5
closely approximated at base or from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6
near origin or rarely separate but closely approximated, free or
sometimes anastomosing with 8.

470 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

The earliest form of the family is the group of Stericta,
formerly separated by me as a distinct family under the
name of Hpipaschiade, but I now recognise that this
distinction is not tenable. From this group development
has taken place in two principal lines; one through
Mnesixena, Synaphe, Endotricha to Acropentias, the other
through Pyralis to Aglossa. The family is nearly cosmo-
politan, but of no great size; it 1s, however, unrepre-
sented by indigenous species in New Zealand.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Hind wings with vein 8 AUSSLOMOHEE eurene'y
with 7

Hind wings with vein ‘8 free or gustampaing ex-
tremely shortly .. be be an 35 4,
2. Fore wings with vein 10 outof8 .. ae .. 52. ACROPENTIAS.
Fore wings with vein 10 rising separate .. de 3.
3. Thorax in g with bese noel a ending in
long tuft of hairs . 2 .. 53.. ENDOTRICHA.
Thorax in g with es Forest St .. 56. Leprpoema.
4. Antenne in g bipectinated.. 5c An 5 5.
Antenne in $ ciliated a sie 8.
5. Posterior tibiz in oy with tuft of Pellets on paca
joint Sc : a6 .. 61. Xestuna.
Posterior tibie in g\ wi without tuft . ac 6.
6. Basal joint of antenne large, dilated with acai; 55. MNuESIXENA.
Basal joint of antenne normal .. hie og The
7. Tongue obsolete s¥e SE ate ei .. 63. AGLOSSA.
Tongue developed .. oe .. 54, SYNAPHE.
8. Basal joint of antenne in g with homay pro-
jection or od A 9:
Basal joint of antennz anode horey proeehon 10.
9. Crown in g with long reflexed tuft of hairs .. G0. Cranropuonra.
Crown in ¢ without reflexed tuft . a . 09. STERICTA.
10. Basal joint of antenne with Bioienan of seb this
Basal joint of antenne without projection .. 62. Pyratis.
11. Hind wings with vein 7 out of 6 .. ae .. 58. ULoTRIcHA.
Hind wings with vein 7 rising separate .. .. 57. Hyporta.

52. ACROPENTIAS, N. g.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue short. Antenne two-
thirds, in § dentate, ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderately long,
subascending, second joint with long dense projecting scales
beneath, forming an angular tuft at apex, terminal joint moderate,
exposed, pointed. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 471

with dense scales. Abdomen in $ with small anal tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 3
from considerably before angle, 4 and 5 stalked from angle, 7 out
of 8 near base, 9, 10, and 11 out of 8. Hind wings 1; veins 4 and
5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to middle.

This curious genus includes only one Hast Siberian
species.
obtusalis, Christ. (Sparagmia).

53. ENDOTRICHA, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in $ ciliated or finely bipectinated, pectinations ending
in tufts of cilia, Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint
with rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short, exposed.
Maxillary palpi very short, slender, or rudimentary. Thorax in J
with patagia much elongated, terminating in long tuft of hairs.
Abdomen in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibia with
outer spurs one-third to one-half of inner. Fore wings with veins
4 and 5from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather approxim-
ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 from
a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to
one-third.

An Indo-Malayan genus of moderate size, ranging
thence into Australia, Hastern Asia, and Africa, and one
species reaching Kurope.

flammealis, Schiff.

icelalis, Walk. (icelusalis) ; flavofascialis, Brem.
*costimaculalis, Christ. (costemaculalis).
*olivacealis, Brem.

*nenicillalis, Christ.

54. Synapue, Hb.

Face rounded, sometimes with projecting scales ; ocelli distinct ;
tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g bipectinated, pectin-
ations slender, often terminating in fascicles of cilia. Labial
palpi very long, porrected, clothed with loose scales or sometimes
with rough projecting hairs, attenuated forwards, terminal joint
long, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderately long, more or less
triangularly dilated with scales. Abdomen in g with moderate
anal tuft. Femora and tibiew sometimes hairy; posterior tibie
with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with
vein 6 sometimes out of 9, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 closely approxim-
ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 6

or

4792, Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

approximated at base or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approxim-
ated shortly to 8, or connected with it at a point only.

Characteristic of the HKuropean and Central Asiatic
regions. It is by error that Lederer states the antenne
to be sometimes ciliated; they are pectinated in all
species, but the pectinations are sometimes very slender.
Both forms of the structure of vein 8 of the hind wings
sometimes occur in the same species, though connection
is much rarer.

pertusalis, Hb. isthmicalis, Ld.
uxorialis, Ld. *infumatalis, Ersch.
bombycalis, Schiff.; con- armenialis, Ld.
sessoralis, EKrsch. *oculatalis, Rag.
moldavica, Esp. angustalis, Schiff.
consecratalis, Ld. brunnealis, Tr.
connectalis, Hb. honestalis, Tr.
morbidalis, Gn. borgialis, Dup.

interjunctalis, Gn.

55. MNESIXENA, Nn. g.

Face rounded, with slightly projecting scales; ocelli distinct ;
tongue short. Antenne two-thirds, in g bipectinated, basal joint
large, dilated with scales, often with a small concealed horny pro-
jection on upper side. Labial palpi very long, porrected, with loose
rough scales, attenuated forwards, terminal joint moderate. Maxil-
lary palpi moderate, dilated with loose rough scales towards apex.
Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with
spurs all long and nearly equal. Fore wings with veins 7 and 8
out of 9, or 8 and 9 out of 7, 10 rather approximated to 7 at base.
Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 stalked or separate, 7 out of 6
near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

A small genus, characteristic of Western Asia and the
shores of the Mediterranean.

pectinalis, H.-S. *cribellalis, Esch.
colchicalis, H.-S. *russulalis, Christ.
massilialis, Dup. concatenalis, Ld.

spectosalis, Christ.

56. Lerrpoema, n. g.
Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in # dentate, ciliated with fascicles, basal joint with
very large apical projection of scales. Labial palpi moderately

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 473

long, subascending, second joint loosely scaled, terminal joint
moderately long. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated with scales
towards apex. Abdomenin ¢ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior
tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins
4 and 5 from a point, 6 sometimes out of 9, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 and
11 sometimes anastomosing shortly. Hind wings over 1; veins 4
and 5 approximated at base, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing
with 8 to two-fifths.

A development of the preceding, containing only one
species from Western Asia and the Mediterranean.
tamaricialis, Mn.; ? obatralis, Christ.

57. Hyporta, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in § dentate, ciliated with fascicles, basal joint large,
with apical projection of scales. Labial palpi moderately long,
porrected, second joint withapical projecting tuft of scales beneath,
terminal joint moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderate,
dilated with scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢ with moderate
anal tuft. Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-halfinner. Fore
wings with veins 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9 at base.
Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 approximated at base, 7 from
very near 6, approximated shortly to 8.

Allied to Mnesixena; attached to the shores of the
Mediterranean.
corticalis, Schiff.
*proximalis, Christ.
*infulalis, Ld.

58. Unorricua, Ld.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct; tongue short. Antenne two-
thirds, in g\ subdentate, ciliated with long fascicles (3), basal joint
with projection of scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, sub-
ascending, second joint shortly rough-scaled beneath, terminal
joint moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpirudimentary. Abdomen
in gf with moderate anal tuft. Middle tibie dilated with rough
scales; posterior tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds of inner. Fore
wings with veins 4 and 5 from a point, 8 and 9 out of 7, 10 from
near 7. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near
origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Nearly allied to Hypotia; it contains one Mediter-
ranean species.

egregialis, H.-S.

474 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

59. Srericta, Ld.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in g ciliated, basal joint with a long densely scaled
erect or reflexed horny process. Labial palpi moderately long,
curved, ascending, second joint with appressed scales, sometimes
expanded at apex, terminal joint rather short, pointed. Maxillary
palpi rather short, filiform, in J terminating in a long pencil of
hairs. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibize
with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins 4 and 5
approximated or from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10
approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and
5 approximated or from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin,
approximated shortly to 8 or rarely connected at a point or very
shortly anastomosing.

A genus of moderate size, principally developed in
the Indo-Malayan region and Australia, but also found
in North America; the position of the following Kast
Siberian species cannot be assured in the absence of the
3, but is almost certain.

inimica, Butl.; amurensis, Ster. MS. (Aglossa).

60. CranzopHora, Christ.

Face rounded, crown in $ with long recurved tuft of hairs
ocelli concealed (?); tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in $
filiform, ciliated, basal joint with a short horny projection in front.
Labial palpi rather long, curved, ascending, second joint with
dense appressed scales (said to have a tuft of hairs in 3, probably
in error). Maxillary palpi (said to be absent, but probably) fili
form, in g terminating in a long pencil of hairs. Posterior tibie
with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with veins 7 and 8
out of 9. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 approximated at base,
7 out of 6 near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Apparently closely allied to the preceding, and con-
taining one Hast Siberian species. I have not been
able to see it, and the above generic characters are taken
from Christoph, but whether they are trustworthy is
very doubtful. I have ventured to make one conjectural
correction ; the tuft of yellowish hairs said to be attached
to the labial palpi of the g is probably the maxillary
palpi, which are said to be absent, but probably lie con-
cealed between the labial, as in the preceding genus.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 475

One of the veins of the fore wing (10 or 11) is not
alluded to by Christoph, but is probably overlooked.
* Fickt, Christ.

61. Xestuna, Snell.

Face somewhat rounded, oblique, with somewhat projecting
scales; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antennzx one-half, in
& bipectinated, towards apex simple, basal joint with apical pro-
jection of scales in front. Labial palpi moderate, porrected, second
joint with rough projecting scales beneath towards apex, terminal
joint short, concealed. Maxillary palpi rather short, dilated with
loose scales towards apex. Thorax in § with very large expansible
pencil. of hairs from shoulders beneath. Abdomen in g with
moderate anal tuft, and apical lateral pencils of scales. Posterior
tibie in g with rough projecting scales, outer spurs one-half inner,
posterior tarsi in g\ with tuft of scales at apex of basal joint above
(anterior and middle legs broken). Fore wings with vein 1 with
long basal fureation, 4 and 5 closely approximated towards base,
7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings
over 1; veins 4and 5 froma point, 7 out of 6 near origin, approxim-
ated shortly to 8.

Intermediate between the preceding group and Pyralis ;
it includes only the following Kast Siberian species.
miraculosa, Snell.

62. Pyrauts, L.

Face rounded, with rather projecting scales; ocelli distinct or
concealed; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ filiform,
serrulate, or dentate, ciliated (1—2). Labial palpi moderately
long, porrected or ascending, second joint with appressed or rough
projecting scales, terminal joint moderate or short, exposed. Maxil-
lary palpi short or moderate, tolerably filiform or apex dilated with
loose penicillate scales. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.
Posterior tibize with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with
veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather
approximated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and
5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approximated
shortly to 8.

A cosmopolitan genus, but some of the species owe
their wide range to artificial introduction. I have here
included Stemmatophora, Gn.; it is supposed to be dis-
tinguished from Pyralis by the presence of ocelli, but I

476 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

find them to be present in all species alike, though in
some more exposed and conspicuous. P. pictalis, Curt.,
which I have not mentioned in the list of species, is
excluded as an exotic, only inserted in the Kuropean
lists by an error of habitat, or perhaps an accidental and
purely temporary introduction.

rubidalis, Schiff. *fuscolimbalis, Rag.
fulvocilialis, Dup. *leonalis, Oberth.
*incarnatalis, Z. combustalis, F. R.
glaucinalis, L. subustalis, Lid.
costalis, F. *gadesialis, Rag.
regalis, Schiff. perversalis, H.-S.
lienigialis, Z. obsoletalis, Mn.

farinalis, L.; domesticalis,
Z. (cert.).
63. Aauossa, Latr.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct or concealed; tongue obsolete.
Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ bipectinated, pectinations slender.
Labial palpi moderately long, porrected or subascending, second
joint with dense rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint
moderate, exposed. Maxillary palpi moderate, apex with loose
penicillate scales. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft. Pos-
terior tibie with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with
veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approxim-
ated to 9 towards base. Hind wings over 1; veins 4 and 5
stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, approximated shortly to 8.

Now nearly cosmopolitan, but probably by artificial
introduction. The antenne of the ¢ are always said to
be ciliated, but are really bipectinated, the pectinations
being very fine, as in some species of Synaphe.

pinguinalis, L.

cuprealis, Hb.

*ersucealis, Ld.

*signicostalis, Stgr.

4. PHYCITIDA.

Ocelli distinct or rarely concealed. Tongue well-developed or
rudimentary. Maxillary palpi well-developed or rudimentary,
not triangular. Fore wings with vein 1 simple, or obsoletely
furcate, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked, 7 absent
(coincident with 8), 8 and 9 stalked. Hind wings with defined
pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5 closely
approximated at base or stalked or coincident, 7 out of 6 near
origin, anastomosing with 8 or free.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. ATT

This family is an early offshoot of the immediate
ancestors of the Pyralidide. It is cosmopolitan, but
especially attached to warm countries. As mentioned
above, in courtesy to M. Ragonot, I do not propose to
enter into the classification of this and the following
family until his monograph is published.

5. GALLERIADA.

Ocelli distinct or concealed. Tongue well-developed or obsolete.
Maxillary palpi more or less developed, not triangular. Fore
wings with vein 1 usually furcate at base, 4 and 5 closely approxim-
ated at base or stalked, 7 rising out of 8, 8 and 9 stalked. Hind
wings with defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins
4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked or coincident, 7
out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 or free.

_ A small family, but nearly cosmopolitan. Like the
preceding, it is an early development from the ancestors
of the Pyralidide.

6. CRAMBID.

Ocelli distinct or concealed, or rarely obsolete. Tongue well-
developed, or rarely obsolete. Labial palpi long, straight, por-
rected. Maxillary palpi well-developed, strongly triangularly
dilated with scales. Fore wings with vein 1 simple or obsoletely
furcate, 4 and 5 closely approximated at base or stalked, 7 separate
or out of 8, 8 and 9 stalked or rarely coincident. Hind wings with
defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell, veins 4 and 5 from
a point or stalked or coincident or rarely only approximated at
base, 7 out of 6 near origin or approximated or widely remote,
anastomosing with 8 or very rarely free.

A family of considerable size and universal distribution.
The earliest existing form is probably Diptychophora,
which shows the aboriginal character of a well-marked
separation at origin of veins 4 and 5 of the hind wings ;
from this there are two lines of descent, one through
Talis to Ancylolomia, now represented by very few
species except in Australia, where T'alis is dominant,
and the other through EHuchromius to Crambus. The
uniformity of the palpi in this family is very remarkable.

478

6.

. Ocelli concealed

. Hind wings with veins 4 and 5 separate ae origin

TABULATION OF GENERA.

. Fore wings with vein 7 rising out of 8 .,

Fore wings with vein 7 separate ,.

. Hind wings with vein 7 rising out of 6 .. o

-- 64.

so yrale
29005

66.

Hind wings with vein 7 widely remote ..
Ocelli exposed, distinct

Hind wings with yeins 4 and 5 from a point or
stalked .. on ee

. Hind wings with vein 7 wat of 6 or oracle closely

approximated .. fs te
Hind wings with vein 7 widely déraote from 6 .

Fore wings in 3 with semitransparent patch in
cell... AC :

Fore wings in 3 without semitransparent patch

. 65.

Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

2.

4,

3.
ANCYLOLOMIA.
CALAMOTROPHA,
CRrAMBUS.
DipTYCHOPHORA.

5.

6.
TAuis.

67. EucHROMIUS,

7.
7. Face with conical horny projection .. 68. Cuno.
Face without projection .» 69. PLATYTES,

64, AncyLotomta, Hb.

Face rounded ; ocelli distinct ; tongue obsolete. Antenne two-
thirds, in g flattened-dentate, ciliated (4), or unipectinated. Labial
palpi long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated
forwards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with
scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢ with moderate anal tuft.
Posterior tibize with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner.
Fore wings with veins 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 rather approximated to
9 towards base, 11 running into 12. Hind wings 14; veins4 and 5
closely approximated or stalked, 7 remote from 6, anastomosing
very shortly with 8.

A small genus, ranging over South Europe, the Indo-
Malayan region, and Africa.
contritella, Z.
tentaculella, Hb.
pectinatella, Z.
*inornata, Ster.
palpella, Schiff.

65. Tauis, Gn.

Face with horny projection; ocelli distinct ; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in $ dentate, ciliated or bipectinated. Labial
palpi long, porrected, dilated with loose rough scales, attenuated
forwards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with
scales towards apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 479

Posterior tibia with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with
veins 4 and 5 separate or stalked, 7 separate, 8 and 9 stalked, 10
tolerably remote, 11 sometimes bent. Hind wings 14—14; veins
4 and 5 from a point, stalked, or rarely coincident, 7 remote from
6, anastomosing more or less with 8, rarely with inner margin in
S$ lobed and furnished with hair-pencil.

Perhaps not yet sufficiently recognised; it is well-
developed and dominant in Australia, where it takes the
place of Crambus ; stragglers are found in New Zealand,
the Hawaiian Islands, Central Asia, and Europe.
Hednota, Meyr., is a synonym.

pulcherrima, Stgr.
quercella, Schiff.
*arenella, Rag.
*subscissa, Christ.

66. DiprycHorHora, Z.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in g¢ shortly ciliated. Labial palpi moderately long,
porrected, dilated with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards.
Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with scales towards
apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie
with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7 separate,
8 and 9 stalked, 10 tolerably remote, 11 running into 12 or free,
but bent so as to be closely approximated to 12. Hind wings 1};
vein 4 from a point with 3 or absent (coincident), 5 more or less
remote at origin from 4, 7 remote from 6 at origin, anastomosing
with 8 to one-third.

Whether the following species is truly referable here,
I cannot certainly state, but it seems not unlikely. The
genus is well-developed in New Zealand, and species
occur in Australia and South America; the subjoined
species is Asiatic.
*exsectella, Christ.

67. Hucnromivs, Gn.

Face with conical horny projection ; ocelli distinct; tongue
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g serrate, ciliated (). Labial
palpi long, porrected, clothed with loose scales, attenuated for-
wards. Maxillary palpi moderate, triangularly dilated with scales
towards apex. Abdomen in 3: with moderate anal tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs one-half inner. Fore wings with vein 7
separate, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 more or less remote, in ¢ with a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT II. (SEPT.) 2K

480 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

semitransparent patch in cell towards base. Hind wings 1};
veins 4 and 5 stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8
to near middle.

A small genus characteristic of the coasts of the
Mediterranean, but one species has now spread very
widely in other regions, probably, as I have explained
elsewhere, by artificial introduction. Hubner’s name
Eromene, commonly used for this genus, cannot stand,
as Hubner himself used the same name for a genus of
Noctuina (=Thalpochares, Ld., which it supersedes)
earlier in the same volume.

bellus, Hb. vinculellus, Z.
zonellus, Z. ocelleus, Hw.
wockeellus, Z. *lutus, Stgr.
ramburiellus, Z. *acartellus, Kirsch.
superbellus, Z. *nulverosus, Roman.

anapiellus, Z.
68. CuiLo, Zk.

Face with conical horny projection; ocelli distinct or concealed ;
tongue short. Antenne two-thirds, in g subdentate, ciliated (3):
Labial palpi very long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales,
attenuated forwards. Maxillary palpi moderately long, porrected,
triangularly dilated with scales towards apex. Abdomen in ¢
with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie with outer spurs three-
fourths of inner. Fore wings with vein 7 from near 8, 8 and 9
stalked, 10 approximated to 9 towards base, 11 bent. Hind wings
14; veins 4 and 5 from a point or stalked, 7 closely approximated
to or from a point with 6, anastomosing with 8 to about middle.

A small genus of pretty general distribution.
phragmitellus, Hb.
cicatricellus, Hb.

69. Puaryres, Gn.

Face rounded; ocelli distinct; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in % subdentate, ciliated (3). Labial palpi very long,
porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards.
Maxillary palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with scales
towards apex. Abdomen in g with moderate anal tuft. Posterior
tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds to three-fourths of inner. Fore
wings with vein 7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked or sometimes
coincident, 10 remote. Hind wings 14; veins 4 and 5 stalked or
coincident, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to beyond
middle.

of the Pyralidina of the Huropean fauna. 481
y y yl :

Whether any species outside the Kuropean fauna are
justly referable here is perhaps as yet not clearly ascer-
tained.

alpinella, Hb.
carectella, Z.
*pallidella, Dup.
*lugdunella, Mall.
cerussella, Schiff.

70. CrambBus, F’.

Face rounded, sometimes more or less prominent or forming a
pointed horny cone; ocelli exposed, distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ dentate or filiform, ciliated ($—1) or
rarely shortly bipectinated. Labial palpi very long, porrected,
clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated forwards. Maxillary
palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with scales towards
apex. Abdomen in $ with moderate anal tuft. Posterior tibie
with outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner. Fore wings with
veins 4 and 5 separate, from a point, or stalked, 7 and 8 out of 9,
or 8 sometimes absent (coincident), 10 approximated to 9 towards
base or sometimes out of 9 near base, 11 rather bent, sometimes
connected with 12 at a point. Hind wings about 12; veins 4 and
5 from a point or stalked, 7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with
8 to about middle, or rarely shortly only.

Probably the largest genus of the whole group, being
plentifully represented in all regions except Australia,
where there are no indigenous species, and the Indo-
Malayan region, where there are comparatively few. Al-
though showing considerable variation in structure, it will
certainly not admit of subdivision. In the frontal structure
every transitional form occurs, and it is impossible to
draw a line; transitional forms between the dentate and
pectinated antenne are also found, as in Talis; and the
various differences in neural structure are all found in
different specimens of the same species.

candiellus, H.-S. pascuellus, L.

malacellus, Dup.; hapa- ericellus, Hb.

liscus, Z.; concinnellus, silvellus, Hb.

Walk. splendidellus, Christ.
argyrophorus, Butl. dumetellus, Hb.
hamellus, Thnb. ° *nemorellus, Hb.
argentarius, Steyr. palustrellus, Rag.
uliginosellus, Z. (? = prec.)

2x 2

482

pratellus, L.
alienellus, Zk.
heringiellus, H.-S.
Kobeltt, Saalm.
textellus, Christ.
culmellus, L.
hortuellus, Hb.
lucellus, H.-S.
craterellus, Se.
chrysonuchellus, Sc.
biarmicus, Tgst.
maculalis, Zett.
truncatellus, Zett.
trichostomus, Christ.
mandschuricus, Christ.
vigens, Butl.; fucatellus,
Christ.
falsellus, Schiff.
verellus, Zk.
incertellus, H.-S.
confusellus, Stgr.
*Staudingert, Z.
corsicellus, Dup.
dimorphellus, Stgr.
luctiferellus, Hb.
*permutatellus, H.-S.
speculalis, Hb.
myellus, Hb.
*colchicellus, Ld.
mytilellus, Hb.
pinellus, L.
conchellus, Schiff.
pauperellus, Tr.
pyramidellus, Tr.
margaritellus, Hb.
furcatellus, Zett.
radiellus, Hb.
monoteniellus, H.-S.
*vectifer, Z.
latistrius, Hw.
fulgidellus, Hb.
saxonellus, Zk.

Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

aureliellus, F. R. ; imima-
turellus, Christ.
*delicatellus, Z.
perlellus, Se.; rostellus,
Lah.; languidellus, Z.
levigatellus, Ld.
zermattensis, Frey.
combinellus, Schitf.
*petrificellus, Dup..,
coulonellus, Dup.
*orientellus, H.-S.
subflavellus, Dup.
*Kindermannt, Z.
spuriellus, Hb.
digitellus, H.-S.
pudibundellus, H.-S.
fascelinellus, Hb.; jucun-
dellus, H.-S.; ramo-
sellus, Z.
acutangulellus, H.-S.
*italellus, Cost.
*cyrenaicellus, Rag.
*profluxellus, Roman.
*naleatellus, Z.
trabeatellus, H.-S.
inquinatellus, Schiff.
siculellus, Dup.
*tersellus, Ld.
desertellus, Lid.
geniculeus, Hw.
salinellus, Tutt.
contaminellus, Hb.
matricellus, Tr.
polvellus, Tr.
delicllus, Hb.
lithargyrellus, Hb.
ossellus, Stgr., List
XXXIII.
tristellus, F.
selasellus, Hb.
*eneociliellus, Kv.

luteellus, Schiff.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 483

71. CaLamotRopHa, Z.

Face with short prominence; ocelli present, concealed; tongue
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated. Labial palpi very
long, porrected, clothed with loose rough scales, attenuated for-
wards. Maxillary palpi moderately long, triangularly dilated with
scales towards apex. Abdomen in § with moderate anal tuft.
Posterior tibiz with outer spurs two-thirds of inner. Fore wings
with veins 4 and 5 separate, 7 and 8 out of 9, 10 approximated to 9
towards base. Hind wings about 13; veins 4 and 5 from a point,
7 out of 6 near origin, anastomosing with 8 to about middle.

This genus is only separable from Crambus by the
ocelli, which are completely concealed by scales, whereas
in Crambus they are always clear, exposed, and con-
spicuous. Thisseems sufficient under the circumstances.
The genus contains only a few widely scattered species.

paludelia, Hb.
*hierochuntica, Z.

7. PTEROPHORIDA.

Ocelli usually concealed or obsolete, rarely distinct. Tongue
well-developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Fore wings with
vein 1 simple or shortly furcate, 5 remote from 4, 7 separate or
out of 8 or absent, 8 and 9 stalked or coincident or rarely separate
(Agdistis), 10 and 11 sometimes out of 9 or absent, wing usually
fissured, forming two or rarely three or four segments. Hind
wings without defined pecten of hairs on lower margin of cell,
vein 5 remote from 4, vein 7 remote from 6, approximated shortly
to 8 beyond origin, wing usually fissured, forming three segments.

This family, which is of considerable size and cosmo-
politan, appears to be of very early origin. The
Australian family Oxychirotide, which probably consists
of the remnants of a collateral branch of development,
supphes forms quite intermediate in character between
the Pterophoride and other Pyralidina, including species
with ordinary entire triangular wings, with absolutely
linear wings, and with wings divided each into two seg-
ments. I have formerly stated the Pterophoride to
possess no ocelli, but I now find that they are present in
some of the earliest forms, as Agdistis, though usually
obsolete. The exceptional separation of veins 8 and 9
of the fore wings is referred to under Agdistis. All the
species of this family show a more or less developed

484 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

double row of short spine-like dark scales on lower
margin of cell in disc beneath. The development of the
family has proceeded on two lines, the ancestral form
being near to Agdistis; one line being by way of
Platyptilia and Oxyptilus to Trichoptilus, the other
through Stenoptilia, Alucita, and Crasimetis to Ptero-
phorus. The extreme genera of both lines have the
neuration much degraded.

TABULATION OF GENERA.

1. Wings entire ars ie ae . 75, AGpISTIS.
Wings fissured 5 2.

2. Hind wings with more or less developed tooth

of black scales in dorsal cilia .. Oc Ac 3.

Hind wings without black scales in dorsal cilia 5.

3. Fore wings with veins 7 and 9 absent .. .. 72. TRICHOPTILUS.
Fore wings with veins 7 and 9 present.. 56 4,

4. Fore wings with vein 10 rising out of 8 .. 73. OxyPTILUs.
Fore wings with vein 10 separate . 74. PLatypriia.

5. Fore wings with all veins present .. 76, STENOPTILIA.
Fore wings with one or more veins absent .. 6.

6. Fore wings with vein 10 separate 56 Ac 7.
Fore wings with vein 10 out of 8 or absent .. 8.

7. Fore wings with vein 7 out of 8. . 79. GYPSOCHARES.
Fore wings with vein 7 separate .. 77. Avvctta.

8. Fore wings with veins 3 and 7 absent .. .. 81. PrERopHorus.
Fore wings with veins 3 and 7 present a0 Sh:

9. Fore wings with vein 11 out of 8 . 80. CrasIMetIs.
Fore wings with vein 11 separate oe . 78. MARASMARCHA.

72. TricHopritus, Wism.

Face without tuft, rounded; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed.
Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated (}—3). Labial palpi moderate,
ascending, second joint with short projecting scales beneath,
tending to form a short angular apical tuft, terminal joint short or
long, filiform, tolerably pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz
thickened with scales on origin of spurs, outer spurs nearly equal
inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from before middle; vein 2 out of 4
or absent, 3 absent, 5 and 6 extremely short, 7 absent, 9 absent,
10 from near 8 or absent, 11 from near 8, long. Hind wings trifid,
third segment with more or less developed tooth of black scales in
dorsal cilia, often slight; vein 2 from middle of cell, 8 absent,
5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 485

A genus of limited extent, but cosmopolitan ; more
species are known from Australia than any other region.
siceliota, Z.
paludum, Z.
foe \OXYPTINUS, 4.

Face rounded, smooth or with small tuft ; ocelli obsolete; tongue
developed. Antennz two-thirds, in f filiform, simple or ciliated
(¢—3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint with
appressed or projecting scales beneath, sometimes forming a short
angular apical tuft, terminal joint moderate, filiform, tolerably
acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibi thickened with scales on
origin of spurs, outer spurs nearly equal inner. Fore wings bifid,
cleft from about middle; vein 2 from a point with 4, 3 and 4
stalked, 5 and 6 very short, 7 from below 8, long, 9 and 10 out of 8,
11 from near 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment with a well-
developed tooth of black seales in dorsal cilia ; vein 2 from middle
of cell, 3 from near angle, very short, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to
apex.

This genus is especially characteristic of Europe, but

stragglers have spread thence into the surrounding
regions.

letus, Z. marginellus, Z.

distans, Z. ericetorum, Z.

tristis, Z. *maculatus, Const.
Kollari, Stt. hieracit, Z.

piloselle, Z. teucru, Greening.
Hofmannseggit, Moschl. didactylus, L.; ? brunneo-
parvidactylus, Hw. dactylus, Mall.

*Bohemanni, Wallgr.

74. Puaryerinia, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft of scales, rarely absent; ocelli obsolete;
tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g ciliated (}—1).
Labial palpi rather long, obliquely ascending, second joint loosely
sealed, terminal joint moderate, porrected, filiform. Maxillary
palpi obsolete. Tibie simple or somewhat tufted on origin of
spurs and centre of middle tibiw, outer spurs nearly equal inner.
Fore wings bifid, cleft from two-thirds to three-fourths; vein 2
from much before angle, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6 short, 7 from
below 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 9, 11 remote. Hind wings
trifid, third segment with well-developed tooth of black scales in
dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle of cell, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6
short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

486 Mr. EK. Meyrick on the classification

A genus of considerable size, and quite cosmopolitan.

cosmodactyla, Hb. sumilidactyla, Dale.
acanthodactyla, Hb. nemoralis, Z.; wsodactyla,
tesseradactyla, L. Z.

farfarella, Z. Bertrami, Rossl.
gonodactyla, Schiff. ochrodactyla, Hb.
Metznert, Z. *capnodactyla, Z.
Zetterstedtti, Z. rhododactyla, F.

75. Aapistis, Hb.

Face with more or Jess developed horny prominence; ocelli dis-
tinct; tongue developed. Antenne four-fifths, in g filiform,
shortly ciliated. Labial palpi moderate, ascending, second joint
with rough projecting scales beneath, terminal joint short. Maxil-
lary palpi obsolete. Tibi simple, outer spurs one-half inner.
Fore wings entire; vein 2 from near angle, 3 and 4 approximated
or stalked, 5 widely remote from 4, from near middle of transverse
vein, 7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 8, or sometimes
8 separate, 9 and 10 stalked, or all three separate. Hind wings
entire, on lower margin of cell beneath with a pecten of dense
scales in disc, and inner margin roughened beneath with scales ;
vein 2 from middle of cell, 3 and 4 approximated at base, 5
absent, 6 remote from 7, 8 shortly approximated to 7, posteriorly
divergent.

A European genus, extending into Africa. It is
small and compact, immediately separable from the
whole of the family, and all the species are very similar
superficially, but it includes remarkable variations in
structure. I believe, however, that these will eventually
be connected by transitional forms, and that there
is no necessity for generic subdivision, nor have I at
present been able to obtain as much material for examin-
ation as I could wish. ‘The occasional separation of
veins 8 and 9 of the fore wings is only paralleled in this
group in the Siculodide. In the roughened dark scales
on the under surface of the inner margin of hind wings
may be seen the origin of the black scale-teeth of the
preceding genera. ‘The differences in the frontal promin-
ence, which are considerable, are of value in specific
distinction.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 487

satanas Mill. *frankenia, Z.
adactyla, Hb. paralia, Z. (? = seq.)
*manicata, Ster. tamaricis, Z.
Heydenii, Z. Bennetii, Curt.

meridionalis, Z.

76. Srenoprinia, Hb.

Face with projecting tuft or conical horny prominence; ocelli
distinct or concealed; tongue developed. Antenne two-thirds, in
& ciliated ({—1). Labial palpi moderately long, porrected, second
joint with tolerably appressed or loose rough scales, sometimes
expanded towards apex, terminal joint moderate or short, tolerably
filiform. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibia simple, outer spurs
almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about two-thirds;
vein 2 from two-thirds of cell, 3 from near angle, 5 and 6 short,
7 from near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 from near 9, 11 tolerably remote.
Hind wings trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal
cilia; vein 2 from before middle of cell, 3 from before angle, 5 and
6 very short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

A nearly cosmopolitan genus of some size.

miantodactyla, Z. plagiodactyla, Stt.
pelidnodactyla, Stein. *lutescens, H.-S.
serotina, Z. graphodactyla, Tr.
zophodactyla, Dup. pterodactyla, L.
*tslandica, Stgr. paludicola, Wallgr.
arida, Z. stigmatodactyla, Z.
coprodactyla, Z. *Mannu, Z.

*Nolckent, Tgstr.

77. Auucrta, L.

Face rounded, without tuft; ocelli concealed or obsolete ; tongue
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in ¢ ciliated (3—1). Labial
palpi moderate, ascending, loosely scaled or tolerably smooth,
terminal joint short, obtuse or pointed. Maxillary palpi obsolete.
Tibiz simple, or thickened with scales on origin of spurs and centre
of middle tibiz, outer spurs two-thirds to three-fourths of inner, or
almost equal. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about two-thirds;
vein 2 from about four-fifths of cell, 3 and 4 from a point, 5 and 6
short, 7 from near 8, 9 absent, 10 approximated to 8 towards base,
11 from rather near 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment without
black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from about middle of cell,
3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

488 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classvfication

Principally European and American, with stragglers
in other regions. The variation in scaling of the tibize
(and occasionally of the tarsi also) is specific merely,
and quite insufficient for generic distinction.

lithodactyla, Tr. tephradactyla, Hb.
gigantea, Mn. distincta, H.-S.
Rogenhoferi, Mn. inule, Z.
Constanti, Rag. carphodactyla, Hb.
monodactyla, L. *coniodactyla, Steger.
scarodactyla, Hb. pectodactyla, Ster.
lienigiana, Z. osteodactyla, Z.

78. Marasmarcua, Meyr.

Face with more or less projecting tuft; ocelli obsolete ; tongue
developed. Antenne two-thirds, in g ciliated (3). Labial palpi
moderate, ascending, slender, terminal joint moderate, pointed.
Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz simple, outer spurs nearly equal
inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from before two-thirds ; vein 2from
near angle, 3 and 4 from a point or stalked, 5 and 6 short, 7 from
near 8, 8 and 9 stalked, 10 absent, 11 from nearangle. Hind wings
trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2
from before middle of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 and 8
divergent from beyond cleft.

A small genus, occurring in Europe, Central Asia,

and Africa. It closely approaches the preceding, and is
a development from it.

*ehrenbergiana, Z. pheodactyla, Hb.
agrorum, H.-S. ctnnamomea, Stgr.
*rhypodactyla, Stgr. microdactyla, Hb.

*trummatodactyla, Christ.

79. GYPSOCHARES, N. g.

Face without tuft ; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in § ciliated (1). Labial palpi moderate, subascending,
second joint loosely scaled, somewhat tufted at apex beneath,
terminal joint moderate. Maxillary palpi obsolete. Tibiz hardly
thickened, outer spurs nearly equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft
from three-fifths ; vein 2 from a point with 4, 3 out of 4, 5 and 6
very short, upper angle of cell produced, 7 out of 8, 9 absent, 10
separate, approximated to 8, 11 tolerably remote. Hind wings
trifid, third segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2
from middle of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 489

Includes at present only the following South European
species.
baptodactyla, Z.

80. CRASIMETIS, Nn. g.

Face without tuft; ocelli obsolete ; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in g ciliated (3). Labial palpi moderate, ascending,
loosely scaled, terminal joint short, pointed. Maxillary palpi
obsolete. Tibie thickened with scales on origin of spurs, outer
spurs almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid, cleft from about
middle; veins 2 and 8 out of 4, 5 and 6 short, 7 absent, 9, 10 and
11 out of 8. Hind wings trifid, third segment without black scales
in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle of cell, 8 absent, 5 and 6 short,
7 and 8 divergent from beyond cleft.

I know only the two following species, of which one is
European, the other Kast Siberian. It is an interesting
genus, as being obviously the ancestral form of Ptevo-
phorus.

brachydactyla, Tr.
amurensis, Christ.

81. PrrropHorvs, Geoffr.

Face without tuft; ocelli obsolete; tongue developed. Antenne
two-thirds, in g ciliated (4—1). Labial palpi moderate, more or
less ascending, filiform, second joint sometimes loosely scaled,
terminal joint moderate or short, acute. Maxillary palpi obsolete.
Tibi simple, outer spurs almost equal inner. Fore wings bifid,
cleft from about middle; vein 2 from near angle or out of 4, or
absent, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 absent, 9 absent, 10 absent,
11 from a point with or out of 8 or absent. Hind wings trifid, third
segment without black scales in dorsal cilia; vein 2 from middle
of cell, 3 absent, 5 and 6 very short, 7 to apex.

A considerable genus, nearly cosmopolitan, but no
truly indigenous species occurs in Australia.

caspius, Lid. punctinervis, Const.
volgensis, Moschl. xanthodactylus, Tr.
sptlodactylus, Curt. xerodactylus, Z.
galactodaetylus, Hb. *decipiens, Ld.
*subalternans, Ld. baliodactylus, Z.
phlomidis, Stgr. calcarius, Ld.
pentadactylus, L. parthicus, Ld.

confusus, H.-S. semrodactylus, Mn.

490 Mr. E. Meyrick on the classification

*marptys, Christ. ischnodactylus, Tr.
tetrudactylus, L. *desertorum, Z.
malacodactylus, Z. *olbiadactylus, Mill.
*chordodactylus, Stgr. *nephelodactylus, Kv.

icterodactylus, Mn.

8. ORNEODIDA.

Ocelli distinct. Tongue developed. Maxillary palpi obsolete.
Fore wings six-cleft, cell very short, vein 5 absent, 7 separate,
8 and 9 coincident. Hind wings six-cleft, cell very short, 5 absent,
7 out of 6 near origin, 8 free.

The family consists only of the one genus. It stands
quite isolated, the earlier connecting forms being appa-
rently all extinct. Owing to the great degeneration of
the veins, and the absence of earlier forms, it is 1m-
possible to fully trace its affinities, but there can be no
doubt that it is a development parallel to the Ptero-
phoride, but very distinct from that family.

82. OrnEoDES, Latr.

Face with projection of scales ; ocelli distinct; tongue developed.
Antenne three-fifths, in g minutely ciliated (4). Labial palpi
long, obliquely ascending, second joint with rough projecting scales
beneath, more or less tufted towards apex, terminal joint moderate
or long, pointed, slender or thickened in front with rough scales.
Maxillary palpi obsolete. Posterior tibizw sometimes partially
rough-haired above, outer spurs one-half to two-thirds of inner.
Fore wings six-cleft, cell very short; veins 5 and 6 absent, 7
separate, 9 and 10 absent, 11 separate or out of 8. Hind wings
six-cleft, cell very short; vein 5 absent, 6 out of 7, 8 free, approxi-
mated to 7.

This genus appears to be principally developed in
Europe, Africa, and Australia, but is not of any great
extent; stray species are also known from North and
South America, and it is likely enough that others will
be found there, as the species are inconspicuous and
easily overlooked.

zonodactyla, Z. desmodactyla, Z.
dodecadactyla, Hb. hexadactyla, L.
palodactyla, Z. Huebneri, Waller.
grammodactyla, Z. *cymatodactyla, Z.

*nerittodactyla, Steger.

of the Pyralidina of the European fauna. 491

Appendix.

The following species, which are unknown to me,
I have not ventured to classify; they may be referable
to Pyrausta.

*amasialis, Ster.
*pauperalis, Ster.
*gutturalis, Ster.

EXPLANATION OF Puate XY.

ry
~
2
_

. Fore wing of Aglossa pinguinalis, showing veins num-
bered.

2. Fore wing of Zurrhypara urticata.
3. 5a Sclerocona acutella.
4. 3 Stenoptilia pterodactyla.
5. 3 Crasimetis brachydactyla.
6. as Pterophorus spilodactylus.
Ue 5 Agdistis Bennetit.
8. 35 Orneodes hexadactyla.
9. Hind wing of Aglossa pinguinalis, showing veins num-
bered.
10. Hind wing of Hurrhypara urticata.
am 56 Talis quercella.
12. of Stenoptilia pterodactyla.
13. "3 Pterophorus spilodactylus.
14. 5 Agdistis Benneti.
1Ipy. <; Orneodes hexadactyla.
16. Labial palpus of Pyrausta repandalis.
17. . Scoparva letella.
18. on Metaxmeste schrankiana.
19. i Pleuroptya aurantiacalis.
20. 3 Notarcha multilinealis.
21. Satanastra argyria.
22. 6 Agrotera nemoralts.
Dae PA Stericta inimica.
24, os Synaphe consecratalis.
25. Acropentias obtusalis.

26. Mavillaty palpus of Pyrausta repandalis.
27. si 5 Mecyna polygonalis.

Pyralidina of the European fauna.
Fig. 28. Frontal projection (from above) of Titanio pentodontalis.
29. > "A " T. normalis.
30. +5 9 > Metasia suppandalis.
ole 33 is a Loxostege EHversmanni.
32. Frontal projection (lateral view) of Cornifrons ulcera-

talis.

( 493 )

XIV. Additions to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico, with
remarks on some of the previously-recorded species.

By Henry Watrer Barzs, F.R.S., F.L.8., &c.
|Read May 7th, 1890.]

PuatTeE XVI.

Tue object of the present paper is to make known the
additions to the coleopterous fauna of Mexico, as far as
regards the family Cicindelide, which have been received
by Messrs. Godman and Salvin since the completion of
Coleoptera, vol. i., part 1, of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-
Americana,’ and to describe such species and well-
marked varieties as appear to be new to Science, cor-
recting at the same time the descriptions and identifi-
cations of known species by the light of the more
complete material since received. In the ‘ Biologia’ the
total number of Cicindelide recorded was 61 belonging
to 5 genera. In the present paper the total is increased
to 78, the additions, 17 species, belonging all to the
restricted genus Crcindela.

Cicindela obsoleta, Say.

Var. or race Santaclare.

Elytra utrinque maculis quatuor discretis (lma humerali 2nda
infra humerali 3ia et 4ta medianis oblique positis) lunulaque
apicali interdum interrupta apice intus recurva, albis. Colore
supra variat; (1) sat late viridis (sicut in C. campestris) et (2) pur-
pureo-fusca, opaca marginibus anguste letioribus. Long. 16—
20 mim.

Hab. Santa Clara in Chihuahua (Hoge).

Excepting the conspicuous and separated maculation
of the elytra this form shows no difference from the type-
form, and from numerous varieties of C. obsoleta found in
Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas, none of which exhibit
a similar number and form of spots. The second and
third spots are always distant from the margin, and the

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Il. (SEPT.)

494 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

colour of the green variety is clearer than in Leconté’s
var. prasina. In all the varieties the penultimate
joint of the labial palpi is white in the ¢, and dark
metallic, like the rest of the palpi, in the ¢?; the
sculpture of the head and thorax is very faint, and the
elytra are smooth except near the base, where they are
distantly granulate-punctulate; the under surface is
shining brassy green, the abdomen inclining to chaly-
beous; the middle part of the labrum is produced, tri-
dentate in the g and quinquedentate in the ¢, the
lateral teeth being very small.

Cicindela thalestris. (Pl. XVL., fig. 1).

C. obsoleta (Say) paullo minor fronte utrinque acutius striata
corporeque subtus fere toto glabro; supra opaca, viridis, elytris
(marginibus exceptis) fusco-viridibus immaculatis, subtus nigro-
chalybea lateribus plus minusve purpureis; labro ¢ 2 medio
parum producto et valide tridentato; palpis labialibus articulo
penultimo $ albo-testaceo, 2 fusco-testaceo. Long. 18 mm.

Hab. Ventanas in Durango (Hége).

Closely allied to C. obsoleta, but having a different
facies owing to the somewhat more convex and rounded
thorax, and relatively shorter elytra gradually though
slightly widened in both sexes to a little before the apex.
The colour does not differ much from Texan examples of
C. obsoleta, var. prasina, Lec., but the species is certainly
different, and the armature of the labrum, strongly tri-
dentate in both sexes, whereas it is five-toothed, the
middle tooth alone large, in C. obsoleta 2, readily dis-
tinguishes them. The species, in fact, is somewhat
intermediate between C. obsoleta and C. pulchra. In all
the examples the under surface is destitute of hairs;
none at all are visible on the sides.

Cicindela scotina.

Elongata, atra opaca femoribus cyanescentibus; labro albo,
medio (g%) paullo haud abrupte producto tridentato (dentibus 2
lateralibus parvis), fronte plana subtilissime vix perspicue strigulosa,
oculis mediocriter prominentibus; thorace quadrato lateribus
rotundatis, sulcis profundis, disco vix perspicue striguloso ; elytris
dimidio basali aspere sat distanter punctatis dimidio apicali levi,

to the Crcindelide fauna of Mexico. 495

margine haud serrulato; pectore opaco sparsissime piloso, ventro
nitido. Long. 13mm. 3g.

Hab. Durango (Flohr). One example.

A small species of the obsoleta group, resembling much
the typical form of C. obsoleta, with which it agrees in
colour, form of labrum, and sculpture of elytra. It
differs in the rather more prominent eyes and the
narrower and more rounded thorax.

Cicindela viatica, Chevr.

Var. nigrilabris. Sericeo-nigra elytris lateribus corporeque
subtus cum femoribus interdum leviter cyaneo-tinctis; labro in ?
semper nigro, in ¢ albo interdum nigro maculis duabus albis, raro
fusco-nigro. Long. 10---12 mm.

Agrees precisely with the silky green or greenish blue
type-form in all respects, except in the black colour of
the body and the labrum of the 2. The eyes seem,
however, to be somewhat less prominent; the peculiar
sculpture of the elytra is the same, viz., large but
shallow punctures in one or two slight longitudinal
depressions, and a rather close punctuation towards
the apex; the smooth apical edge of the elytra, the
glabrous under surface, and the longitudinally convex
labrum, much produced in the middle and tridentate,
less strongly in ¢ than in 2, with lateral teeth short
and broad, are also the same. The palpi are black in
both sexes, much shorter in C. viatica and its variety
than in the other species of the genus, without, however,
any dilatation of the penultimate joint of the labials.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége). A good series of
examples.

Cicindela melania.

C. viatica var. nigrilabri similis sed valde differt thorace trans-
verso lateribus rotundatis; elytris levibus palpis longioribus graci-
lioribusque, ete. Paullo major toto nigra vix sericea; labro (3)
medio late sed haud abrupte et leviter producto, denticulis tribus
minutis vix conspicuis; fronte plana toto subtiliter strigulosa ;
thorace transversim quadrato, lateribus ante medium rotundatis,
margine sicut in C. viatica albo-piloso; elytris humeris magis
rectangulatis apice latius rotundatis, foveolis umbilicatis serie
obliqua. Long.12mm. ¢.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaART III. (SEPT.) 2 L

496 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

Two males only, perfectly similar, with the remark-
able exception that in one the palpi are entirely black,
and in the other the penultimate joint of the labials is
brownish testaceous.

Cicindela Rittert. (Pl. XVI., fig. 2).

C. pulchra (Say) appropinquat sed valde differt capite et thorace
relative angustis elytrisque longioribus et lateribus; viridi-cyanea
elytris violaceis immaculatis, pectore abdomineque violaceo-nigris ;
labro (?) albo, vix convexo medio paullulum producto, truncato,
unidentato ; oculis sat prominentibus collo convexo, fronte glabra
utrinque striata; thorace sat angusto, subcylindrico sed brevi,
nitido parum striguloso; elytris elongato-oblongis convexis apice
late rotundatis sutura recte spinosa, margine haud serrato, ver-
sus basin sicut in C. pulchra sat grosse et crebre punctata,
postice subtilissime puctulatis ; corpore subtus fere glabro. Long.
16 mm. @.

Hab. Villa Lerdo in Durango (Ritter).

One example only has been received of this fine and
apparently very distinct species. By Herr Hége’s
desire I name it after the late Mr. Enrique Ritter,
manager of the Hacienda of Coyote, near Lerdo, who
took two or three specimens of it.

Cicindela plurigemmata. (Pl. XVI., fig. 3).

C. Flohrvi similis sed certe diversa, abdomine ceruleo-metallico
elytrisque foveolis magnis numerosis cyaneis conspersis. Supra
fusco-cuprea sericeo-opaca ; thorace subrotundato, sulcis transversis
et dorsali profundis disco parum distincte striguloso, subleevi ;
elytris elongato-ovatis medio disco utrinque striga oblique et inter-
dum guttula submarginali ab humeris longe distanti, albis. Long.
U2 mmr Qe

C. semicircularis, Klug, Jahrb. d. Ins., i., p. 33 ?.

Hab. Jefugio in Durango (Héige). Three examples
only, females.

In general form and other characters this species
resembles C. Flohri, and seems to have a close relation-
ship with it; but it differs in the uniform metallic
cyaneous colour of the under side, and in the sculpture
of the elytra, in which latter respect it approaches
C. cyanventris. The labrum (white) is advanced in the
middle, subtruncate, with a central tooth, and the angles

tu the Cicindelide fuuna of Mexico. 497

of the truncature well-marked. The eyes are somewhat
strongly prominent, and the sides of the vertex are
sharply striated, the central part, as well as the occiput
and neck, being nearly smooth or very finely alutaceous,
like the convex disk of the thorax on each side. The elytra
are rather strongly punctulated throughout, towards the
base granulate-punctate, and the large bluish rounded
shallow umbilicated foveoles are scattered from the base
nearly to the apex; the apices are separately rounded,
the edges not serrulated, the sutural apex spinose. The
sides of the body are thinly and loosely pubescent, the
trochanters blackish, the legs purple-coppery, cyaneous
towards the base of the femora.

This species comes nearer Klug’s description of his
C. semicircularis than any other Mexican form that I
have seen. It agrees in form, which Klug says is that
of C. flexuosa, but it differs in the colour of the head,
in the labrum being distinctly unidentate in the 2, im
the impunctate thorax, and in the absence of a second
submarginal spot on the elytra; and it may therefore be
a nearly allied and distinct species. At any rate, the
species referred to C. semicircularis in the ‘ Biologia
C.-A.,’ on the authority of French collections, cannot be
that of Klug, who describes the labrum as scarcely
armed and the thorax as finely punctured, the wrongly-
named insect having the labrum greatly produced, almost
narrowly sublobate in the middle in both sexes and
strongly tridentate, and the thorax rather coarsely and
densely sculptured. It will require, therefore, a new

name :—
Cicindela rugatilis.

Cicindela semicircularis, Bates, Biol. Centrali-Amer.,
Cok 1 hip. Otel pile @ecdlug):

Hab. Toluca (Salle, Floge).

Quoad formam C. tuberculate (Fab., Nov. Zealand), nec C.
flexuose, Fab., similis. Cupreo-fusca sericeo-opaca, elytris plus
minusve nigro-fusco nebulosis, puncto submarginali longe post
humerum, altera simili marginali post-medium, fascia paullo
obliqua discoidal mediana (fere semper interrupta) maculaque
exteriori subapicali obliqua interdum in lineam tenuem margi-
nalem versus apicem ducta, albis; maculis sepe partim deficienti-
bus guttis tribus interdum solum relictis ; labro (f 2) brevi, medio

Olas

498 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

sublobatim producto et valde tridentato angulis lateralibus rectis ;
thorace antice rotundato prope basin sat fortiter angustato, undique
confuse ruguloso sulcis profundis ; elytris supra ineequalibus punc-
tulatis foveolisque numerosis umbilicatis cyaneis in seriebus duabus
irregulariter dispositis; subtus nigro cyanea utrinque sparsim
pilosa, episterno prothoracico igneo-cupreo subglabro; pedibus
cyaneis partim igneo-cupreis. Long. 10—11 mm.

The elytra in both sexes are conjointly and broadly
rounded at the apex, the apical edge not serrated, and
the sutural angle scarcely spinose. The palpi are all
metallic, the penultimate of the labials dark brownish in
the g. The head and thorax are often of a clearer
coppery hue.

Crcindela precisa. (Pl. XVI., fig. 4).

C. hemichrysee (Chevr.) subsimilis sed multi robustior, sat
brevis capite relative crasso oculis parum prominentibus, thorace
subcylindrico postice angustato ; fusco-wnea, elytris obscure viridi-
eneis alutaceo-opacis fusco-cupreo strigatis passim cyaneo-punctu-
latis, post-medium fascia brevi parum obliqua curvata vel leviter
biflexuosa a margine distante guttaque submarginali ante apicem,
albis. Long. 10mm. $ 9.

Hab. Chilpancingo in Guerrero (H. H. Smith, Hége).

Though similar in form to C. henuchrysea, this species
can scarcely belong to the same group, as the labrum is
totally different, being scarcely convex, broadly pro-
duced in the middle, with the anterior margin of the
produced part more or less truncated and unidentate,
and a conspicuous submarginal row of large setiferous
punctures 10 or 12.in number. The head is much
thicker and broader behind the eyes, which latter are
much less prominent; the vertex is only slightly de-
pressed and finely striated, the declivous forehead con-
fusedly rugulose. The thorax is relatively long, gradually
narrowed behind, with the transverse sulci only faintly
impressed, the dorsal sulcus more strongly so, though
abbreviated at both ends, and deeply incised at its basal
termination; the disk on each side finely and closely
strigulose. ‘The elytra are relatively short, slightly and
sradually dilated from the base to near the apex, the
shoulders rectangular. The discoidal white fascia lies
considerably behind the middle, and in the centre of
each elytron is curved or feebly biflexuose, only slightly

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 499

oblique and thickened at its inner end; a submarginal
preapical spot is the only other white marking. The
elytra in both sexes are conjointly rounded at the apex,
with small sutural tooth, the margin not serrulated.
Beneath greenish eneous, the episterna coppery «neous
and more brilliant. The femora and tibiz cupreous,
the tarsi'violaceous. The palpi whitish, with the termi-
nal, in the maxillaries also the penultimate joint,
metallic. The sides of the body beneath, especially the
abdomen and metasternum, are clothed not densely with
long incumbent pubescence, the episterna being nearly
elabrous and partially strigulose and punctured.

Cicindela guerrerensis. (Pl. XVI., fig. 5).

C. eneicolli (Bates) et punctulate, Fab., affinis. Elongata
supra cuprea capite et thorace nitidis elytris subopacis his puncto
sublaterali infra humeros fascia tenui post-median obliqua S-formi
(marginem haud attingenti) lunulaque tenui apicali antice oblique
recurva et paulluluin incrassata, albis; interdum linea tenui alba
marginali inter fasciam et lunulam ; thorace angusto lateribus
rectissimis. Long. 11—12 mm. 2.

Hab. Tepetlapa in Guerrero (H. H. Smith); Chil-
pancingo in Guerrero (Hége).

Two examples, one % rich coppery above, the other
a ¢, evidently discoloured, dull coppery brown, both
agreeing in nearly all other respects. The labrum is
similar in form to that of C. eneicollis, the produced
middle part having a truncated edge unispinose in the ¢,
and with the angles produced, and therefore subtrispinose
in the 2; the penultimate joint of the labial palpi is
white in the ¢, and dull fuscous in the 2. ‘The apex
of the elytra is the same in both sexes, being conjointly
and acutely rounded, with an acute spine at the sutural
angle. The eyes are only moderately prominent, and
the head appears narrow; the forehead and the concave
vertex are closely striated, coppery red, with two cyaneous
vitte. The thorax is very finely rugulose-striate, the
depressions cyaneous, the sides pubescent. The aluta-
ceous elytra are subsparsely and equally punctulate, the
points cyaneous and free from accompanying granules,
and the usual umbilicated foveoles are seen near the
base only. Beneath the colour is cyaneous, with the
episterna brilliant fiery coppery. The legs are cupreous

500 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

in certain lights, and the sides of the body, especially the
abdomen, are clothed with longish scarcely adpressed
hairs.

Cicindela speculans. (Pl. XVL., fig. 6).

C. precise affinis, minor et minus convexa; eneo vel cupreo-
fusca subopaca; elytris vitta lata abbreviata marginali (a basi
usque ad medium) ramulum flexuosum versus discum emittenti
politissima, post-medium fasciola tenui flexuosa discoidali guttaque
posteriori (interdum deficienti) a margine longe distanti, albis;
thorace sicut in C. precisa postice angustato lateribusque rectis
vel (g solum ?) leviter rotundatis. Long. 5}—7z; mm. $ 9.

Hab. Omilteme in Guerrero, 8000 ft. (H. H. Smith).

This curious little species is evidently closely allied to
C. precisa, though having much in common with C.
Hoegi (Bates). The head and thorax are of nearly the
same form, at least in the ?, the ¢ differing strangely
in the head being narrower and less convex behind the
eyes, and the thorax less rectilinear on the sides. The
basal part of the elytra appears flattened, owing to the
epipleure being vertical in conjunction with the mirror-
like marginal stripe, and forming a rectangular edge
with the disk, which edge is curiously sinuated at the
point, where a brilliantly polished narrow subflexuous
oblique vitta is emitted to the disk. The eyes are more
prominent than in C. precisa, and the concave vertex
more completely covered with sharp partly concentric
strie. ‘The thorax is finely striated in different direc-
tions, and the sulci are still more faintly impressed than
in C. precisa. The elytra are finely alutaceous, beset
with bluish green punctures, the interstices of which are
minutely marbled with cupreous; the apical margin is
not serrulated, and is oblique and straight for a short
distance near the sutural angle, which latter is:spinose.
Beneath blackish blue, glabrous on the sides; femora
aurescent. The labrum is broadly produced, subtrun-
cate, unispinose in the middle, as in C. precisa, but the
centre is strongly longitudinally convex, and the sub-
marginal setiferous punctures are less numerous and
inconspicuous.

Cicindela punctulata, Fabr.
Var. Chihuahue.

Hab. Norru America, Arizona (Morrison); Mrxtico,
Santa Clara in Chihuahua, and Chihuahua City (Hoge).

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 501

On comparing a good series of both forms this variety
or race presents a very distinct appearance from the more
northern C. punctulata. It is on the average smaller,
more slender, the thorax especialiy narrower, and the
punctuation of the elytra is finer and closer; all the
punctures, even to the apex, are accompanied by a dis-
tinct granule. The colour differs in being dark greenish
blue, but the small and variable white markings of the
elytra are the same.

Cicindela potitula, Leconte, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., 1875, 159.

This Texan species has been met with by Herr Hoge
‘at Monterey, in Nueva Leon.

Cicindela Dugesi, Bates.
Biologia Centrali-Americana, Col., i., 1, p. 258.

This species has, since the above-cited description was
published, been received in numbers from various loeali-
ties, particularly in the Province Guerrero. ‘The first
examples received were all of a coppery eeneous hue ; most
of those lately arrived are greenish brassy brown, opaque,
with rather brighter s#neous or coppery head, thorax,
and elytral suture, the green umbilicated foveoles of the
latter conspicuous against the dark colour. The white
markings also are more developed than is described in
the type-form, in which they consist of a short oblique
streak on the disk, with a smali posterior discoidal spot ;
many examples having an apical lunule and marginal
posterior spot. The following variety has the aspect of
a distinct species :—

Var. C. calomicra.—HElytris lunula humerali apice prolongata et
cum fascia mediana conjuncta, hac postice cum macula marginali
posteriori connexa, lunula apicali antice versus diseum prolongata
ibique cum macula postero-discoidali conjuncta. Long. 8—9 mm.

Hab. Cuernavaca in Morelos (Hoge); Chilpancingo
in Guerrero (H. H. Smith, Hége).

The white markings in their full development much
resemble those of the var. T'aretana of C. hydrophoba
(Chevr.) Insome examples the humeral Junule is widely
interrupted in the middle, and the apical lunule discon-
nected from the postero-discal spot, or the latter dis-
appears altogether. The abdomen and four posterior

502 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

trochanters are red in all the varieties, and the species
clearly belongs to the rufiventris group, from all the
others of which it is distinguished, besides its small size,
by the vaulted subsemicircularly produced labrum, un-
armed in the g, and sharply unidentate in the ¢.

Cicindela deliciola. (Pl. XVI., fig. 7).

C. dysenterice (Bates) similis sed differt, inter alia, elytris brevi-
oribus grossius punctatis sicut inequalibus. Supra opaca pallide
viridi-azurea vel grisescenti-cupreo-fusca, elytris plus minusve
fusco-nebulosis, thorace transverso subrotundato, elytris lunula
humeral postice minime prolongata, fascia mediana parum obliqua
cum vittula marginali conjuncta et pone hance macula ovata mar-
ginali, lunulaque apicali tenui, albis ; interdum signaturis omnibus
(lunula apicali excepta) prope marginem conjunctis. Long.9mm.
3.

Hab. Real de Monte in Hidalgo (Hége).

Rather smaller and relatively shorter than C. Catha-
ring and C. dysenterica; thorax rather more transverse
and more strongly rounded, and throughout densely and
rather coarsely rugulose. The elytra are simply but rather
strongly punctate, and not, asin C. Catharine, minutely
eranulated. The white markings differ from both species
especially in the median fascia being uninterrupted and
less oblique, by which its dilated apex lies very little
behind the middle of the elytra and nearer the suture; a
submarginal lne extends from the humeral lunule to
beyond the middle, but it is narrower and lies nearer the
margin than in C. dysenterica. The head is sharply and
strongly striated, the striz covering the whole crown,
and the forehead has two purple vitte. The thorax is
strongly sculptured. The elytra are nearly conjointly
rounded at the apex, the apical margin not serrulated,
and the suture not spined. The hind trochanters are
dark metallic, the abdomen red, with base more or less
dusky. Beneath, the prosternal episternum has a few
long white hairs and strong punctures near the coxe, the
metasternal episterna are nearly glabrous, and the sides
of the abdomen thinly pubescent, both the episterna are
golden coppery, the rest of the pectus green, the hind
coxe golden. The labrum is white and subsemicircularly
rounded, the margin sinuated on each side, and the

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 503

angles distinct though obtuse, the middle in the ? uni-
dentate, in the ¢ unarmed.

Crcindela rufiventris, Dej.

Among the great number of examples of the different
varieties from very numerous localities referred in the
‘Biologia’ to this species on the authority of Chaudoir,
I have failed to find a single specimen agreeing with
Dejean’s description in the essential peculiarity of the
elytral markings, viz., a crescent-shaped apical lunule
and three detached spots in triangle on the disk. The
detached spots of course represent the marginal and dis-
coidal ends of the median fascia and the posterior mar-
ginal spot, but in Mexican examples it invariably occurs
that when the median fascia is dissolved into spots the
apical lunule is also disintegrated. The apical lunule
remains entire when the median markings degenerate
only in closely-allied N. American species, e. g., C. cuma-
tilis. Dejean’s example was from Palisot de Beauvois’s
collection, and labelled ‘St. Domingo”; whether this is
correct, or the specimen came from the south-eastern
States, is doubtful, and the Mexican forms perhaps do
not belong to the same species.

C. rufiventris (2) var. 16-punctata, Klug (= rubri-
ventris, Chevr.).—In its typical form this var. is small
(9—10 mm.), generally dark and bluish in tint, and
the markings form on each elytron eight equal-sized
spots, the two median spots sometimes connected by a
thin line. It occurs chiefly in the vicinity of the city of
Mexico. The hind trochanters are dark brassy brown,
the labrum scarcely at all produced in the middle even
in the ?.

Var. C. Ventanasa.—Same as 16-punctata, but larger
(102—12 mm.), and relatively narrower. Apparently
common at Ventanas in Durango, and at La Noria in
Sinaloa. This var. graduates into the var. Sallei of
Sinaloa.

Var. ?.— A little longer than 16-punctata (103—11
mm.); elytra more parallel, dark purple-coppery with
green reflections; median fascia and apical lunule
entire (narrow in the middle); trochanters the same.
Northern Sonora and Chihuahua ; also Arizona.

Var. Sallei, Chevr. — Distinguished from var. 16-
punctata and Ventanasa chiefly by the larger elytral

504 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

spots and markings, a character specially mentioned by
the describer, who likens the species to C. aulica, De}.
The hind trochanters are generally brassy ferruginous,
but they are sometimes clear red. The size given by
Chevrolat is 103 mm., but the greater number of examples
measure 11—12 mm., ora little more. The labrum is
scarcely produced in the middle, unidentate in the ?.
With some local variation it ranges over a wide area ;
Guatemala, Ceno de Plumas in Oaxaca (Hége); Jalapa,
Chilpancingo, Iguala, and Mescala in Guerrero (H. H.
Smith); and Ventanas in Durango (Hége). Its southern
varieties merge gradually into the following :—

Var. Melly:, Chaud., Bates, Biol. C.-A., Col., i., 1,
p. 8, t. 1, f. 7, in which the elytra is of a richer velvety
bluish black, and the head and thorax opaque coppery
red (Oaxaca, Guatemala), and

Var. calochroides, Motsch., in which the two (posterior)
marginal spots of the elytra have disappeared, and the
apical lunule is often reduced to a spot near the suture.
Chontales, Nicaragua.

Cicindela hydrophoba, Chevy.

This species is very distinct-from C. rujfiventris, in
general form, length, and convexity of the labrum, and
in the constant red colour of the hinder trochanters. It
seems to have nearly the same.range. ‘The only addi-
tional locality I have to record is Temax in North
Yucatan (Gaumer). Herr Hoge obtained a large series
of the beautiful variety 5-notata at Acapulco.

Cicindela nebuligera. (Pl. XVI., fig. 8).

C. rufiventris var. Sallei affinis. Letius aurato-cuprea, elytris
utrinque disco fusco-nigro; thorace prope basin distincte angus-
tato subtiliter ruguloso ; elytris maculis humerali et posthumerali,
fascia mediana obliqua §S-formi, macula postericri marginali
majori, lunulaque apicali integra sat lata interdum cum macula
postero-discoidali conjuncta ; trochanteribus cum medio pectore
leete zneis episternis igneo-cupreis, abdomine rufo; labrum antice
late arcuatim productum medio brevissime unidentatum margine
utrinque leviter sinuato angulis distinctis. Long.11 mm. $ 9.

Hab. Refugio in Durango (Hége).
There are three examples only of this distinct species

to the Cicindelide fauna of Mexico. 505

of the rufiventris group. The elytra are punctured, as
in C. sall@i and allies, but the umbilicated foveoles are
longer and more numerous towards the base; the con-
jointly rounded apices have nearly smooth edges.

Cicindela rectilatera, Chaud.

This Texan species occurs in the States of Tamaulipas
and Coahuila, under the same form as in Texas; but at
Villa Lerdo in Durango, where it has been collected in
large numbers by Mr. Hoge, it presents itself as a tolerably
well-marked variety, being generally smaller, the elytra
relatively a little shorter, and the white spots larger, the
two median spots being sometimes more approximated
than usual with traces of a fine line connecting them
together.

Cicindela flavopunctata, Chevr.

The southern form of this common Cicindela is on the
average smaller, and has a decidedly narrower thorax ;
the hind trochanters also are always red like the abdo-
men, the latter having little or no trace of fuscous at the
base. It is a more important variety than any of the
others described under this species, and I propose to call
it after the name of the State which appears to form its
head-quarters.

Var. C. Chiapana. Thorace angusto cylindrico, elytris utrinque
maculis quinque albis, abdomine trochanteribusque posticis rufis.
Long. 10 mm. $ 9.

Tapachula in Chiapas; La Noria in Sinaloa (Héqe) ;
Guatemala (Champion), near the city (Salvin).

Specimens nearly approaching this in the small size
and narrow thorax occur in’Central Mexico, but they
have the same blackish brown trochanters and’base of
abdomen as the ordinary typical and rather larger form
with quadrate thorax. In Nicaragua and Costa Rica
another allied but less slender var. occurs.

Cicindela sinaloe.

Sat angusta, elytris elongato-subovatis. Cupreo-fusca sub opaca,
oculis mediocriter prominentibus, thorace quadrato, elytris lunula
humerali postice incrassata, fascia mediana valde obliqua recta
plerumque interrupta cum vittula lata marginali conjuncta lunu-

506 Mr. H W. Bates’s additions

laque apicali antice oblique prolongata et extus paullo recurva,
albis; pedibus elongatis, trochanteribus apiceque abdominis rufis.
Long. 8—1l mm. $ 2.

Hab. Mazatlan (Hoge).

A small species having the facies (except the longer
legs) of C. sallei and allies, but in all its essential
characters belonging to the same group as C. sperata
and Gabbii. The labrum is short and broad, with
straight front margin in the 3, and slightly produced
and tridentate in the middle in the @. The vertex is
only moderately depressed between the eyes, and finely
striated on the sides. The thorax is quadrate, not much
narrower than the head with the eyes, and not greatly
exceeded in width by the elytra; its sides are nearly
straight, the sulci deep, and the surface minutely
sculptured. The elytra are broadest in the middle, and
the apices are separately rounded in both sexes, in the
3 with a short oblique sinuation near the sutural spine,
in the @ more strongly rounded and produced, with the
sutural apex somewhat retracted and the outer margin
oblique and subsinuated to the ante-apical angle, which
is distinctly indicated; the surface is subgranulate-
punctate throughout, the apical margin faintly serru-
lated. The sides of the body are rather densely clothed
with adpressed hairs. The femora are brilliant green,
their apices and the tibie translucent reddish.

Cicindela fera, Chevrolat.

This distinct species, so similar in form and elytral
markings to C. repanda (Dej.), but distinguished by the
red apical half of the abdomen, the smoother, darker,
more opaque, and behind dilated elytra and the glabrous
forehead, has been taken in great number by Herr Hoge
at Villa Lerdo in Durango. He met with it also in more
southerly localities, viz., San Juan Bautista in Tabasco,
and Tehuantepec.

Cicindela euryscopa. (Pl. XVLI., fig. 9).

C. boopi (Mann.) et C. awrarie (Klug) proxime affinis, differt
inter alia, elytrorum margine albo postice profunde indentata.
Ainea subnitida ; capite lato oculis maxime prominentibus, thorace
valde rotundato, elytris margine albo laterali lato medio paullo dila-

to the Ciendelide fauna of Mexico. 507

tato et prope angulum ante-apicalem profunde indentata. Long
9—12 mm. g Q@.

Hab. Mazatlan in Sinaloa (Hége). <A good series,
offering no variation.

The colour above is brownish brassy, beneath more
briluant and partly golden, with the trochanters, base
of femora, and apical segment of the abdomen, fulvo-
testaceous. The labrum is broad and short, but tri-
angularly advanced in the middle, and unidentate in
both sexes, the front margin on each side strongly
sinuated. The thorax is rather abruptly and strongly
rounded after the anterior transverse sulcus, the surface
transversely and irregularly rugulose. ‘The elytra, cop-
pery in certain lights, are punctulated throughout, and
conjointly acuminate, with a sutural spine; the margin
(not serrulate) is oblique and flexuous (more strongly so
in the 2?) to the distinct though rounded ante-apical
angle. ‘The sides of the body beneath are moderately
densely clothed with adpressed hairs. The legs are
long and extremely slender, but the claws are not so
long as in C. macrocnema and allies, being much shorter
than the fifth tarsal joint.

Cicindela sperata, Leconté, Tr. Am. Phil. Soe., xi.
(1856), p. 50.

Taken in considerable number by Herr Hoge at Nuevo
Laredo in Tamaulipas, and Villa Lerdo in Durango.

Cicindela psilogramma. (Plate XVL., fig. 10).

C. sperate (Leconte) primo intuitu similis sed valde differt
elytris apice utroque sexu conjunctim regulariter rotundatis, tro-
chanteribus cupreo-violaceis, etc. EKlongata, supra obscure cupreo-
fusca, elytris lunula basali (apice haud recurva) fascia mediana
paullo flexuosa valde obliqua apice prope suturam leviter -recurva
extusque cum vittula marginali conjuncta, lunulaque apicali
(antice rectangulariter inflexa) albis, signaturis omnibus tenuibus ;
thorace angusto fere cylindrico. Long. 11—13 mm. $ 9.

Hab. Villa Lerdo in Durango (Hége). <A large series
of examples.

Similar in form and colour to C. sperata, but the
white markings differ a little from the most slenderly
marked examples of that species, in the humeral lunule

508 Mr. H. W. Bates’s additions

being less curved behind and not thickened at the apex,
and in the apical lunule being very abruptly bent. The
species forms a transition between the sperata-marginat
group and the trisignata and hirticollis group; the white
pubescence of the sides of the body beneath, though
rather dense, is less adpressed and felted than in
C. marginata and allies. The labrum is short and broad,
rectangular, with the median part very slightly produced
eveninthe 2. The thorax is narrow, nearly cylindrical,
and minutely, irregularly sculptured. The elytra are
proportionally rather long, broader behind, with con-
jointly rounded and sharply serrulated apical margin;
the surface is very regularly, equally, and finely granu-
late-punctate, with very dense and fine punctuation on
the interstices. The under side and legs are bluish
green, the four posterior trochanters purple-metallic.

Cicindela leuconoé. (Pl. XVI., fig. 11). .

C. macrocnema (Chaud.) affinis et similis sed constanter differt,
inter alia, elytroruin fascia mediana haud obliqua, prope suturam
cum vittula suture parallela conjuncta. Valde elongata, pedibus
posticis longissimis ; «neo-vel cupreo-fusca, elytris opacis macula
utrinque basal, lunula humerali, fascia mediana curvata transversa
cum vittula subsuturali et vitta latiori marginali conjuncta lunula-
que apicali antice valde curvata et incrassata, albis. Variat: (1)
signaturis omnibus plus minusve coalescentibus, (2) signaturis
tenuissimis fascia mediana lunulaque apicali interruptis. Long.
13—15 mm. J Q.

Hab. Manzanillo in Michoacan, Acapulco in Guerrero
(Hége).

Distinguished from other members of the group with
greatly elongated legs and corresponding claws by the
median fascia lying across the elytron, and ending in a
short vitta parallel to the suture. The surface of the
elytra is minutely granulated throughout, as in C.
macrocnema; and the apex, as in that species, is con-
jointly rounded in the , more prolonged and towards
the suture separately rounded in the 2, with the edge
serrulated. The labrum is short and broad, quad-
rangular, with straight front edge and small central tooth.
The under surface, legs, and trochanters are brilliant
coppery, with the abdomen and middle of the sterna
dark geneous ; the sides clothed with adpressed hairs. |

to the Crcindelide fauna of Mexico. 509

There is a large series of this elegant species from
each of the two localities named above. Those from
Acapulco show nearly all a larger extension of white
colour on the elytra than those from Manzanillo.

Cicindela debilis. (Pl. XVL., fig. 12).

G. celeripes (Leconte) affinis. Parva angusta, thorace fere
cylindrico angusto; fusco-nigra (capite plus minusve cuprascenti)
raro viridis, subtus nigra vel cyanea metallica, supra opaca; elytris
vitta submarginali (apud humeros et versus apicem marginem
attingenti) intus bidentata guttaque discoidali interdum per fasciam
tenuem obliquam cum vitta marginali conjuncta, albis, margine
ipso plus minusve polito, cupreo. Long. 8—9 mm.

Hab. Ciudad in Durango (Hoge).

The upper surface is opaque, so that the sculpture of
the thorax and elytra is scarcely visible. The labrum
is white, produced in the middle and unidentate, the
anterior margin being sinuated and the angles sub-
rectangular. ‘The eyes are rather large and prominent,
the vertex depressed, and with the forehead densely and
finely strigose. ‘he thorax is narrow and nearly cylin-
drical, a little narrowed near the base; the sides are
clothed with white laid hairs. The elytra are rather
narrow, though together about twice as broad as the
thorax, oblong in the ¢ and elongate-subovate in the @ ;
the apical margins in the 3 are rather sharply rounded
and sinuated close to the sutural apex, which is spined
and considerably retracted inthe @. The under surface,
especially on the metasternum, is sparsely and loosely
pubescent. The trochanters, apex of femora, and the
whole of the tibiz and tarsi, are fulvo-testaceous

C. celeripes, Lec., in Chaudoir’s catalogue, is the type
of a group (to which C. debilis belongs) placed next to
the C. germanica group.

510 Cicindelide fauna of Mexico.

EXPLANATION oF Prats XVI.

Fic. 1. Cicindela thalestris.

Ritter.
plurigenmata.
precisa.
gquerrerensis.
speculans.
deliciola.
nebuligera.
ewryscopa.
psilogramma.
lewconoe.

debilis.

XV. A Catalogue of the Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera collected
in the Shan, States, with notes on the country and
climate. By Nrevitte Manpvers, M.R.C.S., F.E.S.,
Surgeon, Army Medical Staff.

[Read June 4th, 1890.|

Havine spent two years on active service and intermittent
collecting in the unknown districts of the Cis Salween
Shan States, I have thought that a short account of the
country, together with a catalogue of the Lepidoptera
(Rhopalocera) collected during this time, would prove
not without interest to Fellows of the Society.

I think the catalogue will not be without interest, for,
though few new species are therein described, yet I hold
that one of the most interesting entomological questions
of the day is the distribution of insects; and, as the
vast tract of country lying between Assam and Sikkim,
on the one hand, and Upper Tenasserim, Lower Burma,
and the Malay Peninsula on the other, is practically
unknown to the naturalist, any contribution towards
our knowledge of the insects inhabiting that region will
be of use.

It may reasonably be inferred that insects occurring
both in Assam and the Malay Peninsula would occur
also in the intervening region, yet the proof that they
do so has so far been wanting.

If I were asked to define Upper Burma, I would say
that itis the plain (mostly alluvial) on either bank of
the Irrawaddy, bounded on the west and north-west by
the Aracan, Yomas, Lushai, and Chittagong hill tracts,
on the north-east by Yunan and the Northern Shan
States, on the east by the Shan States, and south-east
by Karenni. It will be seen that I limit Upper Burma
to a comparatively small tract of country; yet 1 think
the definition a natural one. It is, in fact, an alluvial

a plain surrounded by mountainous country, the former
being as hot and almost as dry as the Punjab. The

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—ParT UI. (SEPT.) 2M

512 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

Shan States are essentially a hilly, or rather a moun-
tainous, country ; the usual trend of the hills being north
and south, being the continuation southwards of the
mountains of Junan. Four ranges of hills at least
separate the plains of Burma from the Salwin River,
having an average altitude from 4000 to 6000 ft. Many
individual peaks rise to a much higher altitude, the
highest I individually ascended being just under 10,000 ft.,
and some of the passes the troops crossed were over
6000 ft. in height. They are mostly composed of lime-
stone and conglomerate, supporting a heavy forest,
which, in the more inhabited parts of the country, is
extensively burned by the Shans every cold weather,
in order to secure a good crop of grass for the bullocks,
which are universally used for carriage. At this time
of the year long lines of fire extending from base to
summit of the hills may be seen advancing, now slowly,
now rapidly, with the wind; affording a magnificent
spectacle at night, but limiting one’s collecting rambles
to the neighbourhood of the streams and moister jungles,
which the fire is unable to reach. The toungya, or hill-
cultivation, carried on by the hill-tribes is infinitely less
injurious to the naturalist, as the trees on the space
intended for cultivation are simply cut down and burned,
the damage extending to a few acres instead of over
several miles, as in the former case.

The intervening valleys lie at altitudes all considerably
higher than the Burma plains. the lowest—that of Mone
—hbeing 800 ft., and that of Nyoungwe, in which is
situated the Eulay Lake, 8000 ft. Lying north of the
Mone Valley is that of Legya, which is perfectly flat and
encircled by hills; and it does not require an examina-
tion of the fresh-water shells, which le within a few
inches of the surface of the ground, to be convinced that
this once was the bottom of a sheet of water. ‘The Mone
Valley has the representative of the former lake, which
probably filled the whole valley, in two very much
smaller ones connected by a marsh, which extends some
considerable distance round them.

On the other hand, though the northern end of the
Nyoungwe Valley is now dry land, the southern end is
an extensive lake, sixteen miles long by seven broad,
which once extended up the whole valley. That this
was so 1s proved both by geological evidence and also by
tradition.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 518

The reason for the gradual disappearance of the lakes
is not far to seek, and is primarily due to the porosity of
the limestone. Streams disappearing into extensive
crevices and sometimes caverns of limestone are by no
means infrequent in the Shan States. The best instance
of this is that of the Nyoungwé (Eulay) Lake itself.
This very considerable sheet of water is collected at its
southern end into the Balu Choung, which flows at an
elevation of about 8000 ft. in a south-easterly direction
into Eastern Karenni. Here, after a course of some
forty miles, mostly through an open plain, it enters a
limestone gorge, and immediately at its exit opens out
into a marsh, and disappears into the ground through
holes and fissures in the limestone. Its further course
is at present unknown, but it probably joins the Pan
River some ten miles off, but flowing at a level of only
800 ft., and in this case the whole drainage of the lake
must descend over 2000 ft. by an underground course.

The valleys of the Shan States are almost entirely
devoted to rice culture, and in prosperous times con-
tinuous miles of country were under cultivation. But
during the time I was there (1887-88) an entirely
different state of things prevailed. For two years after
the removal of Theebaw the Shan chiefs, who had
previously paid some sort of allegiance to the Burmese
monarchs, were left to themselves, and they signalised
their emancipation by quarrelling among themselves to
such an extent that the whole country was laid waste,
villages and cattle destroyed, and many of the inhabitants
fled to Lower Burma. Famine of course followed, and
in the Legya Valley alone 2000 people were said to
have died of hunger, and we saw their bones lying
months afterwards in the main street of the town; the
few surviving inhabitants having fallen into such a state
of despondency that they were too apathetic to remove
them. Under our rule this state of things is happily
fast disappearing, and in another year or two the Shan
States will unquestionably become one of the largest
rice-producing districts in our new province.

By far the greater number of the insects enumerated
below came from Bernardmyo, Koni, or Fort Stedman ;
and a few words concerning these places will not be out
of place. I am indebted to Surgeon Philson, M.S., for
all the butterflies from Bernardmyo. 1 have never been

2m 2

514 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

there myself, and can only say that it is an unhealthy
hill station at an altitude of about 7000 ft. The country
round about is mountainous and covered with thick
forest, and I should certainly select this as my head-
quarters if I had the good luck to spend a season
collecting in the Shan States. It lies just north of the
Ruby Mines, and can be reached without any difficulty
from Mandalay.

Koni lies at an altitude of 4500 ft. in the centre of the
Phwayla Plateau, and is close to the newly-made road
leading from Meiktila in Upper Burma to the Shan
States. The railway will also very possibly take the
same route. ‘The Phwayla Plateau is an extensive open
down country, mostly under cultivation, but otherwise
covered with short turf, bracken fern, and_fir-trees
(Pinus longifolia). The change from the dense forest
lying between the Burma plains and this plateau is very
remarkable. The former is essentially tropical; the
latter reminds one immediately of the English South
Downs. Such plateaux are not uncommon; they are to
be met with im the interior of the Khasia and Jynteah
hills, and one has lately been discovered at Haka, in the
Chin country. Such plateaux look healthy enough, but
Koni was dreadfully unhealthy on account of the fever,
and has since been abandoned by British troops. Few
butterflies are obtainable there, but Micros were very
numerous, and I was fortunate enough to take several
new to science.

Fort Stedman lies about thirty miles due east of Koni
and Mone, the capital of the Shan States, almost due
east of Fort Stedman, at a distance of a hundred miles.
- Fort Stedman is situated on rising ground close to the
village of Maingsouk, on the eastern shore of the Kulay
Lake. It isa lovely spot, and would that I had the good
fortune to visit it once again. Immediately behind the
fort rises the Sintoung range of hills, running up to
5000 ft., and everywhere covered with dense forest. The
western shore is also enclosed by a lofty range of hills,
everywhere intersected by deep ravines running up from
the water’s edge, and filled with dense jungle. The
elevation is 8200 ft., and the flora is mostly tropical,
though our experiments in growing English vegetables
were surprisingly successful. The inhabitants are lake-
dwellers, and spend the greater part of their lives on

~

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 51i

the water in their dug-out canoes: their houses are
built on piles, and pushed far out into the lake. In
appearance they differ both from the Shans and Burmese ;
their dialect is also different, and they have a tradition
that they came from the neighbourhood of Tavoy about
two hundred years ago. The lake is now silting up very
rapidly, both by the soil brought down by the streams in
the rains, and also more particularly by the rapid
erowth of the water-weed. Possibly, in after genera-
tions, the remains of these lake-dwellers will excite as
much interest and speculation as those of the Swiss
lakes.

With regard to the climate of the Shan States: it is
divided into the hot, wet, and dry seasons. The ther-
mometer, of course, varies with the elevation. The
hottest month is April, and at Fort Stedman it occa-
sionally rose to 93° in the shade. Koni was several
degrees cooler. The wettest months are August and
September. The annual rainfall both at Koni and Fort
Stedman was only about 34 in., but at Mone, away to
the east, it was far heavier. Several showers fall in
April, but the rains do not begin regularly until the
middle of May, and continue until October ; but there
may be occasional showers until December, especially
on the uplands. Of course, during the rains, travelling
is objectionable, and, owing to there being no roads, it is
almost impracticable. The climate otherwise cannot be
complained of, and, taken all round, it is far better than
most countries in the East.

I have incorporated with this catalogue the insects
captured in Eastern Kareni during the military expedi-
tion for the subjugation of the Red Karen chief Sawlapaw.
The majority were taken by my friend Captain Raikes,
of the Rifle Brigade, to whom I handed over my net
when I was incapacitated on account of a wound. No
doubt the list might be very considerably extended by
any one who, more fortunate than I, could devote more
time to collecting. Entomology, during active service,
can only be indulged in at odd moments.

My best thanks are due to Mr. Eiwes for the immense
trouble he took in looking over my captures (many of
them ‘‘rags”’), and comparing them with specimens in
his magnificent collection. To Mr. de Niceville also I

516 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

am under deep obligation, laying aside, as he did, his
own heavy work to name my specimens.

NYMPHALID.
DANAINZE.
1. Danais aglea.

A common insect throughout the rains, especially in
June and July. It is more common at 3000 than at
5000 ft.

2. Danais melaneus.

Quite as common as the former at the same times and

seasons.
8. Danais liminace.
Occurs commonly at an elevation of 8—4000 ft.

4. Danais septentrions.
Quite the commonest of the hyaline Danaids, especially
in the early rains.

5. Danais chrysippus.
Very common, but not nearly so abundant as in the
plains of India.
6. Danais genutia.
More common than the last. It occurs up to 5000 ft.,
and very probably higher.

lis Euplwa mdamus.
Occurs commonly everywhere. It is curious that I
did not meet with H. rhadamanthus, which is common in
Burma and Tenasserim. Neither have I seen LH. core.

8. Huplea godarti.
Three specimens at Fort Stedman, 3200 ft., on July

11th, 1887. Ido not by any means infer from this that
the insect is rare.

9. Huplea deione.

Two specimens, both males, taken at an elevation of
ie and 3200 ft. in a terai at the base of the Shan
ills.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 517

10. Huplea hopet.

Two specimens; one, a male, from Bernardmyo, and
the other, a female, from Pinyoung, 1000 ft., in the terai
at the foot of the hills. It is evidently widely distri-
buted.

SATYRINZA.
11. Mycalesis anaxias.

One specimen in February near Thibaw.

12. Mycalesis medus.

Not a common insect in the Shan States, but common
enough in Upper Burma. Mr. Elwes considers this the
rainy season form of the next species, and my specimens
of medus were taken in the rains.

13. Mycalesis runeka.
Not rare in the cold weather.

14. Mycalesis perseus.

‘ Butterflies of India,’ vol. i., p. 120.

Very common. I have not the variety visala. My
small series of eighteen specimens seem to show that
specimens taken at the end of the rains are very much
darker on the under side than those taken at the end of
the dry weather. I have specimens taken at this time
which are quite ochreous, with the discal band whitish.
I believe a good series would show every intermediate
shade, from dark plumbeous grey to pale ochreous, which
would coincide with the rainy and dry seasons.

15. Mycalesis mineus.
A very common species, and varies much both in the
size of the ocellus and depth of colouring.

16. Mycalesis sanatana.
One specimen from Bernardmyo.

17. Mycalesis malsara.
A common insect, as far as my experience goes.

518 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

18. Lethe gulnihal, de Nicéville.
P.Z.8., 1889, p. 450.

Three specimens, all males, from Bernardmyo, where
it is very possibly not uncommon.

19. Lethe sinoriz.

One male from Bernardmyo. It has the rufous mar-
gin on the hind wing well-marked.

20. Lethe chandica.
One male from Fort Stedman, taken in the rains.

21. Lethe dyrta. ~
Very common all the year round. I have a specimen
from Sawlon, Eastern Karenni, twelve miles from the
west bank of the Salween, which only differs from other
specimens in being rather larger and brighter.

22. Lethe rohria.

A common species. I have taken it in the rains and
at the commencement of the cold weather.

23. Lethe verma.

Two specimens from Bernardmyo. It seems partial
to considerable elevations, as I did not take it either at
Fort Stedman, 3200 ft., or Koni, 4500 ft.

24. Neope bhina.

Three specimens; two males and a female from
Yatsouk and Bogeathat, at the north end of the
Nyoungwe Valley. It is found in open scrub-jungle,
where the trees are of medium size. It is fond of
settling in the middle of the road, and then flying off
into the jungle to settle on a tree-trunk, and is con-
sequently difficult to catch. The male may be described
as follows:—Fore wing uniform ochreous brown, with
an obscure yellowish submarginal band ; just internal to
this are two black spots; one between the discoidal
nervules, the other between the second and third median
nervules ; a faint yellowish spot on the costa between
the cell and submarginal band. On the hind wing the

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. - 519

black oval spots are not so prominent as in the female.
The under side of fore wing as in the female, but with
no black spot below last ocellus.

25. Orinoma damaris.
One male from the neighbourhood of Bernardmyo.

26. Yphthima newara.
Five specimens of both sexes taken in the wet and

dry seasons, one of which was taken in April on the
Yatsouk Expedition.

27. Yphthima philomela.
Not uncommon and widely distributed.

28. Yphthima methora.
Several specimens from widely distant localities.

29. Melanitis leda.
Abundant at low elevations. They all vary extremely.
I have a specimen from Karenni which is much smaller
than the other specimens, and the ocelli on the upper
side of the hind wing are marked by a white spot only.
The form ismene also occurs.

30. Elymnias undularis.

T have never taken this in the Shan States, but have
a specimen from the terai at the foot of the hills. In
Eastern Karenni it was very common in January at
800 ft.

MORPHIN.
31. Discophora tullia.

A common species. The following is a description of
the larva when full-fed:—Length, 2 in. Colour black,
mottled with grey. A rather broad yellowish dorsal line ;
the junction of the segments marked by a thin irregular
yellow line and red spot. Body covered with white
hairs. Head and anus black, the former marked with
perpendicular yellow lines. Lives during the day among
three or four bamboo-leaves spun together. Pupa white,
suspended by the tail; the labial palpi prominently pro-

520 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

jected, and changing to dark brown a few hours before
emergence. It remains three weeks in pupa.

32. Hnispe cycnus.
One male from Bernardmyo. I do not think that it
has hitherto been recorded from so far east.

33. Gimona lena.

One male of this rare insect from Bernardmyo. I
know nothing regarding its capture.

34. Pareba vesta.

Found not uncommonly at an elevation of 5000 ft.,
but it is a local insect in the Shan States.

NYMPHALINZ.
35. Lrgolis merione.
Found commonly at elevations from 1000—8000 ft.,
but less commonly from 8000—5000 ft.

36. Hrgolis ariadne.
Quite a common species at suitable elevations.

37. Hurytela horsfieldir.
One specimen from Fort Stedman. It is nowin Mr.
Elwes’ collection.

38. Cupha erymanthis.

A common species from 1000—8000 ft., more rarely
at higher elevations. It is almost invariably found near
water, and affects open spaces in thick jungle. It varies
in colour from brownish ochreous to umber-brown, and,
as far as my observation goes, this is not dependent on
season or elevation.

39. Atella sinha.

Not a common species; taken at Yatsouk and Fort
Stedman. Ihave a variety with the lower discal area
pale yellow.

40. Atella phalanta.
Very common everywhere throughout the year.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 521

41. Cethosia cyane.

Acommon species from 8000—5000 ft. The females
emerge about three weeks after the males.

42. Cethosia biblis.

As common a species as the last, but does not extend
to quite the same elevation.

43. Cynthia erota.
An abundant species ; generally found on bushes over-
hanging water, and fond of settling on damp sand. The
females are much more rarely seen.

44, Sephisa chandra.
Occurs rarely at elevations of 8000 ft. I have never
taken the female.
45. Dilipa morgiana.
I have two males taken by a soldier at Fort Stedman
in July.
46. Apatura parysatis.
Not uncommon at 1000 ft., but I have never seen it
above 8000 ft.
47. Hestina nama.
Very common all the year round. In the cold weather
I have found it commonly on the tops of the limestone
outcrops, which are so common in many places in the
Shan States, and which rise to a height of 500 or 600 ft.
above the surrounding plain. I have often observed
that insects accumulate oh the tops of hills, frequently
on the extreme summits, more especially in the cold

weather, when at lower elevations they are scarce or
absent.

48. Herona marathus.
One specimen in August at Fort Stedman.

49. Precis tphita.
One of the most abundant butterflies, and found
almost everywhere.
50. Junonia asterie.
51. Junonia almana.

Occur not uncommonly, but cannot be said to be
abundant.

§22 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

52. Junonia atlites.

Common at low elevations, more rarely at 4000 ft.
It is common in Upper Burma, where the rainfall is
heavy.

53. Junonia lemonias.

Very abundant everywhere. In the plains of Burma
it is equally common.

54. Junonia hierta.

A very common butterfly, especially in the valleys at
800—1000 ft. It extends quite to the right bank of the
Salween. It is also common on the Phwayla Plateau,
4500 ft.

55. Junonia orithyia.

Found in the same situations as the last, and quite as
common, and, like it, much prefers open country to
jungle.

56. Neptis varmona.

Everywhere abundant.

57. Neptis ophiana.

Not uncommon. I have one specimen which agrees
with N. columella, Moore.

58. Neptis aceris var. intermedia.
Two specimens at Fort Stedman in June.

59. Neptis soma.

Very common. No doubt many more species of this
genus occurs, and which I overlooked owing to their
superficial resemblance when on the wing.

60. Cirrhochroa aoris.
A common insect, and doubtless to be found through-
out the Shan States.

61. Pseudergolis wedah.
Not rare, and generally found in jungly places near
water.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 528

62. Hypolimnas bolina.
Very common in the later rainy months. Both the
larger and smaller forms of both sexes occur commonly.

63. Hypolimnas misippus.

Not by any means so common as the last. The only
females I have taken are the form P. diocippus of
Cramer.

64. Argynnis niphe.

I found this commonly on the Phwayla Plateau ; less
commonly at Fort Stedman; but it occurs throughout
the Shan States.

65. Argynnis childrent.
This species is apparently confined to high elevations,
7000 ft. and upwards. I have a series from Bernardmyo,
7500 ft., but from nowhere else.

66. Parthenos gambrisius.

Common at the end of the rains, and occurs from
3000 to 8000 ft.
67. Limenitis danava.
I think this must be an uncommon species. I had
only one specimen, taken near water in thick jungle at
Fort Stedman in August.

68. Limenitis dudu.

This is also a rare insect. I have one specimen, taken
on the summit of a hill near Koni at an elevation of
5000 ft. at the latter end of October.

69. Limenitis procris.
Common everywhere in the Shan States ; and I have
a specimen from Sawlon, Eastern Karenni, taken in
January.
70. Athyma perius.
Common everywhere.

71. Athyma selenophora.
Abundant everywhere.

524 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

72. Athyma cama.

I have found this rather an uncommon species at
3000—4000 ft.

The same remark applies to this genus as to Neptis.
I have no doubt overlooked many species owing to their
close resemblance.

73. Symphedra dirtea.

Extends throughout the Shan States at elevations of
800—8000 ft. I found it commonly in the Legya and
Maingkain districts; also in Thebaw; and I have also
a series which I took at Sawlon, on the banks of the
Pun River, in January.

74. Huthala lepidea.

I believe I have seen this on the Phwayla Plateau, but
am not sure. My specimens come from Hastern Karenni,
where it is not uncommon.

75. Euthalia appiades.

Somewhat local, but abundant where it occurs. I have
it from Nankon, 4000 ft., on the edge of the thick belt of
hills and forest extending between the Phwayla Plateau
and the Upper Burma plains; also from the neighbour-
hood of Moné, and commonly from Eastern Karenni.
It flies nearly all the year round.

76. Huthalia lubentina.
One specimen from Fort Stedman in July.

77. Euthalia discispilota.
One male taken in January at Sawlon.

78. Huthalia garuda.

An abundant species, especially at the edge of belts of
forests. It is common also in Karenni.

79. Pyrameis cardui.
Not uncommon in the colder months at the higher
elevations.
80. Pyramets indica.
One specimen from Bernardmyo. It is probably not
uncommon at high elevations.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 525

81. Vanessa canace.

Not uncommon, and widely distributed throughout
the Shan States. I have specimens from Fort Stedman,
Moné, and also from Swélin in South Theinee.

82. Symbrenthia hippoclus.
An abundant species everywhere.

83. Rhinopalpa vasuki, Doherty.

I have several specimens taken in widely different
localities. It is common in Eastern Karenni, also in
the forest belt between Burma and the Shan States, and
appears partial to thick jungle near water. I have taken
it in July and also in January.

84. Cyrestis thyodamas.

A widely-distributed species. It occurred on the
Yatsouk Expedition, at Fort Stedman, and in Eastern
Karenni.

85. Cyrestis cocles.

Occurs in Eastern Karenni. Though I have never

seen it in the Shan States, yet it probably occurs.

86. Cyrestis rahria.

This occurs in Eastern Karenni, but whether com-
monly or not I cannot say. I have not seen it in the
Shan States. My three specimens are tattered, but
quite sufficient to identify the species.

87. Kalluna inachus.
A common species in the later rainy months.

88. Doleschallia polibete.
An uncommon species at 8000-——5000 It.

89. Charaxes eudamippus.

I have taken this at Singu, 1200 ft., a military post
in the forest between Fort Stedman and Hlinedet. It is
probably not uncommon, though I have only one or two
specimens.

526 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

90. Charaxes athanas.

Occurs commonly all the year round throughout the
Shan hills and Karenni.

91. Charazes anja.
Quite as common as the last, and found in the same
localities.
92. Charaxes fabius.

I think this species must be rare. I have only one
specimen, which I took in December at an elevation of
5000 ft., at the bottom of the Hopaung Valley, south-
east of Fort Stedman.

93. Charaxes aristogiton.
One specimen brought to me by a soldier at Fort
Stedman.
LEMONIIDA.
LYBITHHINA.

94. Libythea myrrha.

I have taken this in most of the valleys of the Shan
States in the Meigupon, Legya, and Moné valleys ; it is
quite common.

NEMEOBIINA.
95. Zemeros flegyas.
Abundant throughout the country.

96. Dodona owida.

Widely distributed. I have taken it in both the
Northern and Southern Shan States.

97. Abisara fylla.

Widely distributed. I have specimens from Ber-
nardmyo, as well as from localities in the Southern
Shan States.

98. Abisara neophron.

This, I think, is more common in the Northern and
Central States ; in fact, I have never taken it either at
Fort Stedman or Koni, but have specimens which I took
at Banzam and Thebaw in the cold weather.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 527

99. Abisara sp. ?.

De Nicéville, writing of the last six species of Abisara,
‘ Butterflies of India,’ vol. ii., states that if the locality
is known the specimen can be named. This being the
case, and specimens from the Shan States not having
been previously examined, it is difficult to name my
specimens, some of which also come from Eastern
Karenni. They all vary, but are probably varieties of
P. echerius of Stoll.

LYCANID.
100. Loxura atymnus.

A very common species throughout the country. It
has a short weak flight, and frequently settles in the
middle of thick brushwood. It is consequently difficult
to secure good specimens.

101. Gerydus (Miletus) boisduvali.

A common species, usually found in the shade of large
trees.
102. Paragerydus horsfeldi.

This is found in the same localities as the last; it is
equally common, the specimens varying greatly in size.

103. Allotinus multistrigatus.
Not rare and widely distributed.

104. Logania marmorata.
Two specimens at Mone in the cold weather.

105. Poritia phraatica.
One specimen in March at Phaseing in Thebaw.

106. Pithecops hylax.

A common species in thick jungle, both in the Shan
States and in Karenni.

107. Cyaniris chennellit.
Occurred, but not commonly, both at Koni and Fort

Stedman.
108. Cyaniris placida.

I have one male only, taken at Mone in January.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART U1. (SEPT.) 2N

528 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

109. Cyaniris jynteana.
I have this from nowhere else than Bernardmyo.

110. Zizera sangra.
Occurs on the open hilly country about Koni; not
commonly.
111. Zizera gaka.
Scarce at Fort Stedman, and I have not found it else-
where.
112. Lycena maha.

A common species found on open hill-sides from 3000—
5000 ft.
113. Lycena plinius.

Very abundant everywhere.

114. Lycena theophrastus.
Occurs at Koni, and no doubt elsewhere.

115. Lycena betica.

Found everywhere in the Shan States, and at all
elevations. The species is very constant.

116. Lycena parrhasius.
Very common at low elevations.

117. Lycena argiades.
Occurs at higher elevations than the last, and is equally
common.
118. Lycena putli.
Widely distributed and abundant.

119. Jamides bochus.
Occurs throughout the Shan States, and also in
Karenni.
120. Talicada myseus.
Common at Yatsouk and at Koni. In fact, it is widely
distributed, and, where found, very common.

121. Lampides elpis.
Very common at 3000—5000 ft.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 529

122. Lampides alexis.

Not so common as the last, and found at lower eleva-
tions, as at Moné, 800 ft.

123. Catachrysops strabo.
Abundant everywhere.

124. Catachrysops cnejus.
Abundant everywhere.

125. Castalius decidea.
A common species, and found throughout the summer.

126. Castalius roxus.
Found in the same localities as the next species.

127. Castalius rosimon.
Commonly at Fort Stedman and Koni.

128. Nacaduba atrata.
A few specimens only, taken at Koni in the summer.

129. Nacaduba ardates.

Very common in the sandy beds of streams at moderate
elevations.

130. Nacaduba hampsonii.
Occurred at Fort Stedman, but rarely.

131. Aphneus lohita.

Occurs commonly all the year round both in the Shan
States and Upper Burma.

132. Aphneus syama.

The only specimens I have are from Koni, but it
probably occurs elsewhere.

138. Jolaus dlurgis.

I have one specimen of this rare insect, which I took
near Koni, 5000 ft. Itis a perfect specimen, and a very
lovely insect.

2n2

530 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

134. Sithon sugriva.

This, I think, must be rare, as I have only one speci-
men, which I took in July at Fort Stedman.

135. Camena ctesia.

Probably a scarce insect; I have only one specimen,
a male, taken at Liseing in the cold weather.

136. Camena deva.

Widely distributed and common on the extreme sum-
mit of isolated hills all the year round, 4000—6000 ft.
The female is much more rarely met with than the male.

137. Cheritra freja.
Very common in Upper Burma, the Shan States, and
Eastern Karenni.

138. Hypolycena erylus.
I have only two specimens, taken at Maingyi, on the
borders of South Theinee, in the cold weather.

189. Hypolycena kina.

My one specimen came from Bernardmyo, in the
Northern Shan States.

140. Hypolycena lisias.
Occurs at Singu, 2000 ft., where I took two specimens
in the rains; but I have not met with it elsewhere.

141. Drupadia boisduvalit.
Occurs not uncommonly throughout the country.

142. Lehera eryx.

One specimen at Yatsouk in April, at about 2000 ft.
elevation.
148. Zinaspa distorta.
A few specimens from Koni. I fancy, however, that
if is not an uncommon insect.

144. Rapala nissa.

Common and widely distributed, and very partial to
the summits of hills at 5000 ft. elevation.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 531

145. Rapala jarbas.

This is also a widely distributed species, and I have
specimens both from the Northern and Southern Shan
States.

146. Iraota mecenas.

Apparently rare. I have only taken it at Moné in the

cold weather.

147. Chrysophanus mandersi, Elwes, n. sp.

Mr. Elwes, in whose collection the specimen now is,
has named and described it as follows:—‘‘ Like C. Pang,
Oberthur, Et. Ent., xi. Liv., p. 19, t. v., fig. 16, but
the band of black spots hardly showing through the
fore wing. Below the difference is well-marked on the
fore wing. The outer row of spots (which, like those
of C. Pang, are black edged with blue inside, except the
discal ones, which are ringed with blue) does not extend
to the costa; the next row is parallel to the outer one,
not directed inwards, as in Pang; the third and inner-
most discal spot is absent On the hind wing the trans-
verse white band is only represented by a faint trace of
spots. The interspaces are not red, and the black spots
near the base not ringed with white.

*‘ Nearly allied to C. Pang, of which I have two speci-
mens from M. Oberthir, taken at or near Tatsienlo in
Kast Thibet, many hundred miles to the northward.
The occurrence of this insect, which belongs to a genus
hitherto unknown in the Eastern Himalaya or Malay
region, is remarkable, especially when the elevation and
the season of its capture is considered.”

My specimen was taken at Banzam, 8400 ft., in
February, and is a male.

148. Ilerda epicles.
Widely distributed, but not, I think, abundant.

149. Ilerda brahma.
Two specimens from Bernardmyo, but nowhere else.

150. Curetis brelis.
Everywhere abundant.

532 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

151. Acesina aberrans, de Nicéville.

One female at Koni. It is probably, however, not
uncommon.
152. Amblypodia amantes.

Occurs at Fort Stedman and elsewhere at low eleva-

tions.
158. Amblypodia eumolphus.

Widely distributed and common, 4000—8000 ft. It is
on the wing all the year round. Itis a very pugnacious
insect, and soon tatters itself.

_ 154. Amblypodia anita.
I have only one specimen, taken in the cold weather

at Mone.
155. Amblypodia fulgida.

Not uncommon at Koni during the summer months.

156. Amblypodia atrax.
A rare species, which I have only taken east of Fort
Stedman.

157. Amblypodia (Surendra) quercetorum.
A common species almost everywhere.

158. Amblypodia (Surendra) latimargo (Moore).
Ihave one specimen, afemale, from Koni,in September.
It agrees in every respect with specimens in the british
Museum.
159. Amblypodia rama.

Quite common at Koni and elsewhere.

PAPILIONID/.
PIERINA.

160. Pontia xiphia.
Common all the year, both in Upper Burma and the

Shan States.
161. Delias pasithoe.

Common nearly all the year round. I have found it
up to 5000 ft.
162. Delias descombesi.
Very common everywhere, and found at the same
elevations as the last.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 538

163. Delias hierte.
Not uncommon, and occurs also in Eastern Karenni.

164. Deltas agostina.

Widely distributed at low elevations. In the Mone
Valley it is abundant.

165. Delias belladonna var. horsfeldi.

I have one female specimen from Koni, 4500 ft., which
has the abdominal margin brilliantly yellow. It is most
unfortunate that I was unaware of the vexed question
concerning the three supposed species, belladonna,
horsfeldw, and ithiela; otherwise I might have done
something towards settling it by collecting a large
number of specimens.

166. Prioneris thestylis.
I have specimens from Fort Stedman and Bernardmyo.
My female specimens are mimics of the above, but the
yellow on the abdominal margin is not so well-marked.

167. Prioneris clemanthe var. Watsont.
Not taken in the Shan States, and but rarely in
Karenni.
168. Catopsilia pyranthe.
Abundant all over the country at all elevations.

169. Catopsilia catilla.

The most abundant of the Pierine, and found every-
where.

170. Catopsilia gugurthina.
Widely distributed at low elevations.

171 Terias hecabe.

An abundant insect everywhere. My specimens tend
to bear out Mr. Elwes’ statements regarding the number-
less described species being merely seasonal varieties of
the same species.

172. Terias senna.
Not uncommon at Koni. It varies greatly in size,

534 Surgeon N. Manders’ cataloque of the

some of my specimens being quite half an inch smaller
than others.
173. Gonepteryx himalayensis.

I took a few specimens at Pindea, seven miles north of
Phwayla, on the plateau, in April; and again commonly
at Koniin September. The elevation, 4000—4500 ft.,
appears remarkably low.

174. Colias Fieldi.
Abundant at Bernardmyo, and seen on the summit of
Swélin, 10,000 ft., in South Theinee, in February.

175. Preris canidia.
I have taken this in April, when on the Jatsouk
Expedition, and in August at Fort Stedman, 3000 ft.

176. Pieris melete.

I have two males and a female from Bernardmyo.
Unfortunately I do not know the date of capture.

177. Pieris rama.

Very common nearly all the year round in gardens
and cultivated ground. I have one very diminutive
female, which reminds one of the small form of the
female P. napi.

178. Tachyris paulina.

This is rare at Fort Stedman, but common in the
Mone Valley, in April. It is fond of settling on damp
spots on the roadside, and dashing off into the jungle
when disturbed.

179. Tachyris lalage.

Common at 3000 ft.

180. Tachyris hippo.
I have three males and one female from Sawlon, but I
have not taken it in the Shan States.

181. Huphina hira.
Widely distributed and common.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 585

182. EHronia hippia.

Widely distributed. I have it from the plains of Upper
Burma, and from intervening places between them and
Mone. It is found more abundantly at low elevations.

183. Hebomoia glaucippe.

Occurs commonly all over the Shan States. Its
resemblance to a withered leaf when settled on wet mud
is exact. The upper wings are folded so closely behind
the lower that only the pointed tips project, forming,
as it were, the end of the leaf; while the speckled hind
wings with the fuscous discal line form the base and
midrib to perfection.

184. Ixtas pyrene.
Common everywhere, but is more abundant in the
Burma plains.
PAPILIONINAL.
185. Ornithoptera rhadamanthus.
Very common in the low valleys, 800—3000 ft.

186. Papilio aidoneus.

Not an uncommon species. It is fond of the deep
shade of forest trees overhanging streams, under which
it flies with a slow graceful flight.

187. Papilio philoxenus.
Abundant and widely distributed.

188. Papilio aristolochia.
Very common, but not found, I think, above 5000 ft.

189. Papilio paris.
A common species everywhere; alsoin Karenni.

190. Papilio rhetenor.
Apparently an uncommon species, as I have only
taken it at Fort Stedman in October.

536 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the

191. Papilio helenus.

Abundant. Difficult to secure in good condition, as
it has a habit of flying in and out of bushes, and soon
tatters itself.

192. Papilio chaon.

Not so common as the last, but found in the same
localities.

198. Papilio polytes.

Very common almost everywhere.

194. Papilio erithonius.

Very common, especially at low elevations. It also
occurs in Karenni. All my specimens are smaller than
those taken in the Punjab.

195. Papilio clytia.
A common species at low elevations. The dark form
panope also occurs.

196. Papilio anticrates.

Common in low valleys, 800—1200 ft., in March and
April, and again at the commencement of the cold
weather. It occurs at Nasailing, in South Theinee.

197. Papilio sarpedon.

Abundant and very partial to damp places. It rejoices
in the hottest sunshine, andis commonest at elevations
of 8000 ft.

198. Papilio bathycles.
Very common, but I have never seen the female.

199. Papilio machaon.
Not uncommon at 4000 ft., more rarely at 3000 ft.

290. Leptocircus cureus.

This is a most interesting and curious butterfly, and
would scarcely be taken for such when seen for the first
time hovering over a pool of water; when it certainly
has much more resemblance to a dragon-fly. It is not

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 537

by any means rare at low elevations in the moister

valleys.
HESPERIDA.

201. Badamia exclamationis.
Occurs commonly throughout the Shan States.

202. Ismene Benjamint.
Widely distributed and common.

203. Ismene jaina.

The males are not uncommon, but I have not seen
the female.

204. Hasora chromus.
Common during the rains.

205. Pithauria murdava.
Not uncommon during the rains at 3000 ft.

206. Baoris oceia.

Not uncommon, but varies considerably both in size
and in the number of spots on the fore wing.

207. Parnara toona.

Probably not uncommon. No doubt many other
species of Parnara occur, which I overlooked owing to
their close similarity.

208. Sarangesa dasahara.

Very common and widely distributed both in the
Southern and Northern Shan States.

209. Telicota bambuse.
Not uncommon, but local, as far as my experience
goes.
210. Telicota augias.

Not uncommon. It seems to prefer the open down
country at 4000—5000 ft., whereas 7’. bambuse I have
generally found on the outskirts of thick jungle.

211. Telicota dara.
Abundant everywhere.

538 Surgeon N. Manders’ catalogue of the .

212. Halpe zema.
A few males taken in the dry season at Fort Stedman.

213. Halpe dolopia.
A few specimens from Fort Stedman in the dry season.

214. Tagiades menaka.

A common species; fond of the neighbourhood of
water, and settling on dark-coloured rocks, thereby
rendering the white hind wings very conspicuous.

215. Tagiades metana (Moore).
One female from Fort Stedman.

216. Antigonus sura.
A very common and widely distributed species.

217. Coladenia dan.
Very common at 3000 ft., and widely distributed.

218. Udaspes folus.
Common in light jungle.

219. Udaspes restricta.

One specimen in June at Fort Stedman, but it is
probably not uncommon.

220. Plesioneura aurivittata.

Very common at low elevations in light jungle, and
very widely distributed.

221. Astictopterus diocles.
Common and widely distributed.

922. Astictopterus olivescens (Moore).
Rare at Fort Stedman in the rains.

223. Astictopterus salsala.
Widely distributed at low elevations.

Lepidoptera collected in the Shan States. 539

224, Baracus septentrionum.

I have two specimens from Fort Stedman. It is,
I think, not uncommon, and seems partial to open spaces
covered with long grass.

ADDENDA.
225. Abaratha agama.
A few specimens at Fort Stedman in the rains.

226. Thanaos obsoleta (Moore).

I have lost the locality for this insect. It is, however,
not uncommon.

227. Pyrgus superna (Moore).
A few specimens at 1000 ft. in the middle of March.

228. Hesperia oceta.
Common at Fort Stedman in September.

¥ 4
war UNS
ae)
{
i
i
: f
7
i
“
|
rere
j
,
:
1
j
'
*
-
iv
w
\
{
: )

AY im
< Ps aL rian any
i re tS ee er a ee —
ian ' a
y | yr My a a )

PAREN Lr tt is] iis

fh > % |
; AAA, TRAE ATS A aia
‘ H
gf ;
4 os -
Cs L F ce
“ ont » ‘ae A
qi c |
. Si “f J] Meer eer vehi ; " AK
7 i
zt i iy F ‘ ' he (lt "
& =) i i j j ara sil
‘ Lat
. : td WHE
i
= = . |
j sae |
Vy: 3 j P ae | a
4 igh | ‘ * é im 2 af iy
i \ ; :
a ¢
P d oe cie : A yey Se a8 etiareh dy
. -
’
»
7 i
i
'
'
+
‘a \
- me, .
5 , i ,
i
MN e
i
J .
/ ” :
: ;
oe
I P r
: >
v7
:
5 ; ;
; ; fas
i
1 ae : ms , :
| ‘Diy =
Bors _ Ae 7
ye | AS a + .~

ly
a ye. : 3
Lr ara)
uN in 7 “4 , : a

Svat 9p!”

mei AD tt i} L ; / miee ; av

( 541 )

XVI. Notes on the species of the families Lycide and
Lampyride, contained in the Imperial Museum of
Calcutta, with descriptions of new species, and a list
of the species at present described from India. By
the Rev. Henry 8. Goruam, F.Z.8., F.E.S.

[Read June 4th, 1890. }

Tne species of the family Telephoride contained in this
collection have been noticed by me in the ‘ Proceedings’
of the Zoological Society for 1889 [pt. ii., p. 96]. Of
the two families of which this paper treats, species have
been described by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, M. E. Bourgeois,
and myself from various parts of the East; and I have
thought it would be useful if I gave a complete réswmé of
the Indian species, so far as they are at present known.
That our knowledge of the coleopterous fauna of our
Indian Empire is in many groups so very limited seems
almost a reproach tous. It is much to the credit of
the authorities of the Calcutta Museum that they have
determined to inaugurate a better state of things.

In the following notes I have given the actual habitat
of the specimens recorded, whenever I can ascertain it.
The letters B. M. indicate that the species is contained in
the British Museum; G., that the specimens referred to
are in my own collection. Mus. Brus., Mus. Gen., refer
to specimens contained in the Museums of Brussels and
Genoa, sent to me for determination.

Group MALACODERMATA.
Family LYCIDA.
Gen. 1. Macrotycus, Waterhouse.
1. Macrolycus bowringit, Waterh.
Allahabad (B. M.).

Gen. 2. CaLocHromus, Guérin.
1. Calochromus orbatus, Waterh.

Darjeeling (B. M., Mus. Calc., Dr. Anderson, ¢ ?) ;
Assam, Sibsaugor, Andaman Isles.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART III. (SEPT.)

542, Rev. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

The specimens with long antenne appear to be females.
This species, according to Mr. Waterhouse, occurs also
in the Philippine Isles.

3. Calochromus apicalis, Hope.
Nepal (B. M.).

4. Calochromus rugatus, Waterh.
Allahabad (B. M.).

5. Calochromus ruber, Waterh.
Allahabad (B. M.), Madras (coll. G.), Singapore (G.).

6. Calochromus sp.
Very like C. ruber ; perhaps not distinct. Dibru (G.).

7. Calochromus velutinus, Waterh.
Burmah (B. M.).

8. Calochromus tarsalis, Waterh.
India (B. M.).
9. Calochromus sp.
India (G.).

A large species of similar size and appearance to
M. bowringu.

Gen. 3. Lycostomus, Motschulsky.
1. Lycostomus similis, Hope.
Nepal, Allahabad, Siam, Ceylon, Bootan (B. M.);
Sahibe., Sikkim, Naga Hills, Assam, Andaman Isles,
S. India (Mus. Calc.).

2. Lycostomus thoracicus, Waterh.

Bootan, Sikkim, Darjeeling (B. M.); Cherra (Mus.
Cale.).
3. Lycostomus sp.

Mount Kodeicanel (Castets).
Allied to L. thoracicus.

4. Lycostomus preustus, Fab.
Assam, Madras (Mus. Calc.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 548

5. Lycostomus analis, Dalm.
Dacca, N. Bengal, Ceylon (B. M.).

Near L. preustus, and also allied to ZL. internexus,
Walker, from Ceylon.

6. Lycostomus modestus, Waterh.

Bootan (B. M.), Kullu, Assam, Sibsaugor, Fista Valley
(Mus. Calc.).

7. Lycostomus ambiguus, Waterh.
Cachar (B. M.).

8. Lycostomus singularis, Waterh.
S. India (B. M.).

9. Lycostomus rufiventris, Waterh.
Burmah (B. M.).

10. Lycostomus striatus, Waterh.
India.
11. Lycostomus sp. ?.
India (G.).

Near debilis, Waterh., a Chinese species.

Gen. 4. Lyponta, Waterhouse.
1. Lyponia waterhousei, n. sp.
Niger, thorace subnitido, disco excepto, rufo angulis posticis

rectis, elytris lateribus, apicem versus paululum latioribus ; antennis
corporis fere longitudine. Long. 12—14mm., $ 9.

Hab. India (Mus. Calcutta, 2 Mus. Gorham).

The antenne in this species are formed as in L. quadricollis, a
Japanese species (of which a figure will be found in the Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1883, t. 17, f. 5 and 6), excepting that those of the
female are nearly of the same length as those of the male, and the
fourth to the tenth joints are much more developed than in the
female of L. quadricollis, being widely triangular, and becoming
more acutely serrate as they approach the apex. The thorax is
wider than in that species, the entire margin elevated, the anterior
angles rounded, the sides a little contracted to the hind angles, but
not so much so as to prevent those angles being right angles; the
thorax is brick-red, with only the disk either infuscate or with a

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND, 1890,— Parr Ill, (SEPT.) 20

544 Rey. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

square pitchy-black patch; the elytra are pale brick-red, the costx
(nine in number) very even; the scutellum is black, rather long.

This insect is also allied to L. debilis, Waterh., a
species from China, but differs from it in not having the
alternate coste raised. It has long been known to me
from a female specimen in my own collection: there are
three male and one female specimens. Probably from
the N. E. frontier, in the Calcutta Museum, and I have
seen one in the British Museum.

2. Lyponia sp. ?.
A single female specimen in the Mus. Cale., of a
distinct species, smaller, with the thorax rufous only at
the sides, and shorter and scarcely serrate antenne.

Gen. 5. Puateros, Bourgeois.
1. Plateros dispellens, Walker.
South India, Ceylon (B. M.).

2. Plateros languidus, C. Waterh.
Ceylon (B. M.), Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc.).

3. Plateros fuscicornis, n. sp.
Pallide ochraceus, abdomine, antennis, tibiis, tarsisque fuscis
prothorace oblongo-quadrato, disco utrinque foveolato. Long.
9—11 mm., o Q@.

Hab. Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc.).

The head, thorax, elytra, scutellum, femora, body beneath
(except the abdomen), and the basal joint of the antenne in part,
are pale ochraceous yellow. The stric of the elytra are quite even,
and the very short scaly pubescence almost conceals the punctures.
The thorax is shining: in addition to the rather deep but wide
channel there is a transverse impression. behind the frontal carina,
and a very distinct, round, almost punctiform, fovea on each side.
The legs are rather indeterminate in colour, being yellow at the
base, and become fuscous at the tarsi.

Several specimens.
This is very near P. languidus, but much larger.

4. Plateros fuscipennis, Waterh.
Sylhet (B. M.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 545

5. Plateros carbonarius, Waterhouse.

Gen. 6. XynLopanus, Waterhouse.
1. Xylobanus gratiosus, Waterhouse.
Andaman Isles (Mus. Calc., B. M.).

Varies a good deal in size and somewhat in colour ;
two examples in my own collection are broader and
redder than those in the Calcutta Museum.

Gen. 7. METRIORRHYNCHUS, Guérin.
1. Metriorrhynchus sericeus, Waterhouse.
India (coll. Gorham), Sumatra (Leyden), Java (B. M.).
Var. apice infuscato. India (B. M.).

2. Metriorrhynchus sericans, Waterhouse.
India (B. M.).

3. Metriorrhynchus lineatus, Hope, in Gray, Zool. Mise.
India, Nepal (B. M.), Sikkim (Mus. Calce.), Coimbator
(B. M.).
Var. A, Waterhouse. Allahabad (B. M.).
Var. B. Ceylon.

4. Metriorrhynchus rubicundus, Waterhouse.
Sylhet (B. M.).

Gen. 8. ConpERIs, Waterhouse.
1. Conderis signicollis, Waterhouse ?.
Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Cale.).

Gen. 9. ——- —?.

A single example of a species of a genus allied to
Metriorrhynchus, but having but a single cell in the
centre of the disk of the thorax.

Andaman Isles.

Gen. 10. Eros, Newman.
W703) 8p.\2-
A single specimen. India.

202

546 Rev. H. S. Gorham’s notes on the

Gen. 11. — ?.

Allied to Plateros, but with pectinate antenne in the
male.

i sp.
Of the size and in colour like P. languidus. Luteous,
with the antenna, tibix, tarsi, and elytra infuscate.
Andaman Isles.

Family LAMPYRIDA.
Gen. 1. Vesta, Laporte.

1. Vesta saturnalis, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 18.

Naga Hills, 5000 ft. alt., Khasia Hills (Mus. G.) ;
Sikkim, Sibsaugor in Assam (Mus. Cale.).

Gen. 2. AtEcton, Laporte (cf. Pyrocelia).

Genus 3. Lampropnorus, Gemminger & Harold.
1. Lamprophorus tenebrosus, Walker.

India (G.), Pondicherry (Mus. Brus., G.), Ceylon
(B. M.).

2. Lamprophorus crassus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. 1880, p. 88.

Pondicherry (Mus. Brus.).

3. Lamprophorus nepalensis, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 26.

Nepal (B. M.); Sikkim, Khasia Hills (Mus. Cale.) ;
Assam Plains (G.).

4. Lamprophorus diffinis, Walker.
Ceylon.
5. Lamprophorus minor, Olivier.
Burmah.
Gen. 4. DiapHanes, Motschulsky.
1. Diaphanes indicus, Mots., Et. Ent., i., 15.
India (Mus. Brus.) ; Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Cale.).

2. Diaphanes limbatus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1880, p. 90.
India (G.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 547

3. Diaphanes planus, n. sp.
Pallide ochraceus; corpore subtus, antennis, pedibus alisque
fuscis. Long. 17 mm., 3.

Hab. India ?, Dr. J. Anderson (Mus. Cale.).

Of the same size, colour, and general appearance as Pyrocelia
bicolor, Fab.; the thorax, however, is longer and more evenly
rounded in front, and possesses the usual diaphanous area; the
front margin is gently and evenly elevated, the sides less so. The
hind margin is concave (as usual in this genus), so that the hind
angles seem a little produced. ‘The centre of the disc is very finely
carinate.

Two specimens.

4, Diaphanes guttatus, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1880, p. 90.

Bengal (Mus. Brus.).

Gen. 5. Pua@nopyrus, LH. Olivier.
1. Phenopyrus birmanensis, Olivier, Ann. Mus. Ciy.
de Genes., p. 347, 1885, t. 5, f. 1.
Burmah, Minhla (Mus. Gen.).

I have not seen this.

Gen. 6. Pyrocaiia, Gorham.

1. Pyrocelia foochowensis, Gorham, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 93.

China, Foochow (G., B. M.); Burmah, Minhla (Mus.
Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

2. Pyrocelia terminata, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1880, p. 92.

India (G.), Sumatra (Mus. Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

3. Pyrocelia lateralis, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1880, p. 92.
Ceylon (G.), Java (Mus. Leyden), Sumatra (Mus.
Gen. sec. E. Olivier).

4. [Pyrocelia plagiata, Gorham, l.c., p. 98.]
Java (Mus. Leyden, EK. Olivier, RK. Oberthur).
The occurrence of this in India needs confirmation.

548: Rev. H. 8. Gorham’s notes on the

5. [Pyrocelha fumigata, Gorham, l.¢., p. 938.]
Malacca, Siam (G.), Sumatra (Mus. Leyden), Johore,
Motiram (Mus. Calc.).

7. Pyrocelia lacordairei, EK. Olivier, Rev. d’Ent., 1883,
p. 827. Notes from the Leyden Mus., 1886.
Alecton indicus, Chey., in litt. Lac. Gen. Atlas.
Bengal.

M. E. Olivier has shown that this is not congeneric
with Alecton discoidalis, as might have been anticipated,
seeing that is a Cuban insect, but that it is a Pyrocelia.
The species of this latter genus appear to have a very
extended distribution in the Kast.

Gen. 7. Luctona, Laporte.
1. Luciola vespertina, Fab., Syst. Ht., u1., p. 1038;
Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 100;
HK. Olivier, Ann. Mus. Civ. de Gen., p. 359, 1885
(L. chinensis, L.).
India, Assam (G.), Sibsaugor (Mus. Calc.), Tenasserim
(Mus. Calc.).

2. Luciola substriata, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 100.

S. India, Madras, Bombay, Bengal (Mus. Brus.) ;
Borneo, Java (Mus. Leyden); Ceylon (Mus. Gen. sec.
EK. Olivier).

M. Olivier does not agree with me in separating this.
I remark, however, that as all the specimens he had
seen, and which all appear to come from Ceylon, are of
one type, he can hardly have seen the larger wide forms
from Northern India, &c.; and I still think it will prove
to be a valid distinction.

3. Luciola gorhan, Ritsema, Notes from Mus. Leyden,
eis Daa

Luciola afjinis, Gorh., l. ¢., p. 101, nee Ritsema.

Madras, Bombay, Bengal (Mus. Brus.); Calcutta
(Mus. Calc.).

species of the families Lycide and Lampyride. 549

4. Luciola malacce, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 101.

India, Madras (G.).; Malacca.

5. Luciola semilimbata, EK. Olivier, Rey. d’Ent., 1883,
Id sathors

India.

Unknown to me.

6. Luciola ovalis, Hope, in Gray’s Zool. Misc., 1831.

Luciola cirewmdata, Mots., Et. Ent., 1854, p. 50.

India (Hudd, G.), Assam (Mus. Brus., B. M.), Sib-
saugor (Mus. Calc.), Burmah, Minhla (Mus. Gen. sec.
K. Oliv.), Sumatra (Mus. Leyden).

This curious and distinct species was well described
by Hope.

7. Luciola indica, Mots., Etud. Ent., iii., D- Oo-
India (G.), Bombay (Mus. Brus.), Andaman Isles (G.).

8. Luciola xanthura, Gorham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1880, p. 103.
India, Neilgherry Hills (Mus. Brus.).

9. Luciola insularis, E. Olivier, Rev. d’Ent., i1., p. 3828.
Andaman Isles (Mus. Cale.).

I have identified a species, of which there are several
specimens in the Calcutta Museum, with this, but with a
good deal of doubt.

10. Luciola sp. ?.
Assam, Sibsaugor (Mus. Calc.).
Two specimens of a Luciola, with fuscous elytra nar-
rowly margined and the dise of the thorax infuscate,
cannot at present be determined.

11. Luciola testacea, Mots:, Etud. Ent., 1854, p. 48 ;

K. Olivier, Ann. Mus. Civ. de Genes., 1885, p. 357.

M. Ernest Olivier has identified a species from Borneo,
Sarawak, with this. Motschulsky’s description is vague,
as his also his ‘ Indes Orientales.’

550 Notes on the families Lycide and Lampyride.

Gen. 8. Dioproma, Pascoe.

1. Dioptoma adamsi, Pase., Journ. of Ent., 1860,
p. 118at.5; 1. 2.

India, Madras (G.) ; Dacca.

Gen. 9. OcHoryra, Pascoe.
1. Ochotyra semiusta, Pasc., l.c., 1862, p. 328, t. 16, f. 7.
India, Malabar (Pascoe) ; China, Foochow (G.).

( 551

XVII. On some new species of African diurnal Lepidoptera.
By Purp Crowtry, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read August 6th, 1890. |

Puates XVII. & XVIII.
Mylothris subfusa, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 3).

3. Fore wing nearest to 7. Bernice of Hewitson, but differing
in the extent of the black apical portion, which is much wider ;
there is no black spot at the end of the submedian nervure and the
first medial nervule; the grey dusting at the base of the wing is
much lighter and does not extend so far as in 7’. Bernice. Hind
wing has the hind marginal border much broader and darker, there
being three large distinct black spots, one on the second subcostal
nervule, one on the first radial nervule, and the third on the third
median nervule; there are three more spots on the hind margin,
but they run together, making a complete black border towards the
anal angle. Under side of fore wing is very similar to the upper
surface, the black at the apex being very distinctly marked; there
is only a slight indication of black along the costa; the base of fore
wing is yellow. Under side of hind wing: the hind wing has a com-
plete broad black border on the hind margin, commencing a little
above the second subcostal nervule and extending below the sub-
median nervure. Nearly the whole of the basal area is suffused
with yellow, and costa strongly marked with same. The ¢ of
this species is closely allied to 7’. Bernice, but is distinguished by
the breadth of the black hind margin. Exp. 24 in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

9%. The female (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 4) is similar to thatof 7. Bernice,
but in the fore wing it differs in the larger extent of grey above the
submedian nervure; the hind margin and apex are also much
darker, Hind wing dusky brown, with the hind marginal border
rather distinctly marked. Under side of fore wing is almost white,
with the apex black, and four black spots, one at the end of each
nervule from the second discoidal, or radial nervule to the first
median nervule; they are all slightly tinted with yellow; base
yellow. Under side of hind wing is paler than on the upper surface,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890,—PART II. (SEPT.)

552 Mr. Philip Crowley on some new

being dingy white, the greater part being tinged with yellow; the
black border near the hind margin is very broad and strongly
marked. Exp. 2} in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

Hypolimnas limbata, sp. n. (Pl. XVII, fig. 2).

Fore wing nearest to H. diffusa of Butler. The black and
white fringe on the hind margin is composed of white spots divided
by the black nervules, these spots becoming smaller towards the
apex; in the discoidal cell there is one large white spot elongated
towards the base of the wing; the whole of the inner is black, and
above the first median nervule is a large white spot with a slight
streak of white below it. In the centre of the wing from the costa,
slanting towards the hind margin, are three oblongate white spots
in succession, and there is an additional row of four white spots
varying in size near the apex; there are four small white spots
near the hind margin, one between each nervule, beginning with
the second discoidal or radial nervule, the fourth spot near the
submedian nervure being much the largest. Hind wing has nearly
the whole of the basal area and centre of the wing white, with a
submarginal brown band; on this brown band are four white spots,
commencing with the subcostal nervure, these spots decreasing in

size towards the third median nervule; the hind margin is white,
the nervules being distinctly marked in black; the whole of the

hind margin is surrounded by a thin black line, fringed with white
between the nervules. Under side is paler in colour than in
H. diffusa, but all the white markings are quite distinct. The
hind wing has only the four white spots marked as on the upper
side, instead of a complete row, as in H. diffusa. Exp. 24 in.

Hab. Madagascar. In coll. Crowley.

Cymothoe marginata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 1).

3. Nearly allied to C. prewsw of Staudinger. Fore wing. The
general colour much brighter, and the black on hind margin much
deeper and of greater extent; the hind margin has a broad border
of deep brown; at the apex the black extends for a short distance
to the subcostal nervure; from the submedian nervure to the costal
margin there is a row of hastate markings; at the base there is a
patch of yellowish green, with three irregular narrow black lines,
in the discoidal cell. Hind wing similar to fore wing, with the
same broad border of deep brown and subapical row of black
hastate markings. The base of the hind wing has the patch of

spectes of African diurnal Lepidoptera. 553

yellowish green colour larger, extending to the anal angle, but
becoming browner towards the angle; the lines of black in the
discoidal cell are present as in the fore wing. Under side of fore
wing is much paler in colour, with a narrow transverse line of
brown near the middle; the black markings near the base are
plainly shown; near the hind margin there are three rows of
hastate markings, the colour being greyish green; the first row
has a small black spot between each nervure, and the third row is
much broader and very distinct, commencing narrowly at the
costa and becoming wider at the inner margin. Under side of
hind wing is nearly similar to the fore wing, the narrow band of
brown continuing to the submedian nervure, but the third row of
hastate markings commencing broadly at the costa and terminating
just above the second median nervule. Exp. 2+ in.

Hab. Sierra Leone. In coll. Crowley.

Charaxes Gabonica, sp. n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 3).

3. This species resembles the Burmese C. Nicholit of H. G.
Smith, Rhop. Exot., pt. ii., pl. ii., fig. 1 & 2, more nearly than any
African species I have hitherto seen. The fore wing is rufous-
black, with a very large basal area of chocolate; in the centre of
the inner margin is a large patch of yellowish white, quadrate in
form and extending to the first median nervule, margined by a line
of bluish grey on each side; above this patch are five subovate
spots of white, three of medium size, commencing with one at the
end of the discoidal cell, succeeded by two larger spots between
the second and third median nervules, and two much smaller
between the fourth subcostal and the first discoidal or radial
nervule; there is also a row of small white spots situated between
the discoidal cell and hind margin; close to the hind margin,
between the submedian and first median nervules, there is one
white spot of moderate size. The hind wing is cream-colour, with
the basal area chocolate, shading into grey; the hind margin is
scalloped and has a thin line of black, with two small tails, one at
the end of the third and the other at the end of the first median
nervule; at the end of the costa near the hind margin there is a
black spot with a small white centre, and there is also a submarginal
border of small spots having cream-coloured centres encircled with
a narrow black line, which is more pronounced near the hind mar-
gin; from the costa to the anal angle the colouring of the transverse
band on the under side showing through forms a grey band. Head
and upper part of thorax chocolate, the rest of thorax and base of
abdomen black, the end of abdomen grey. Under side: fore wing

554 Mr. Philip Crowley on some new

pearly white, the nervules brown, having the white spots on the
upper side plainly marked; near the hind margin, between the
first and submedian nervules, there is a large black spot. Hind
wing nearly white, with a broad transverse band of chocolate,
somewhat irregular in outline, from the costa to the anal angle
bordered on its basal side with a faint bluish line, which is again
bordered by a rather stronger black line. The whole of the head,
abdomen, and thorax white. Exp. 3} in.

Hab. Gaboon. In coll. Crowley.

Philognoma violinitens, sp. n. (Pl. XVIII, fig. 1).

3. Fore wing similar to P. Decius, Fabr., but differs in having
the transverse band across the wings much broader; this pearly-
white band is bordered on either side with a band of pale mauve
of varying width, being much broader, with more of a blue tint on
the basal side. Hind wing has the white band extended to a little
below the first median nervure narrowing to a point; the blue and
mauve edgings are much broader than in the fore wing; the orange
patch is much less extended than in P. Decius. Exp. 3} in.

Hab. Accra. In coll. Crowley.

The female (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 2) differs still more from P. Decius,
the general colour being black rather than brown; the band of
white which traverses both wings is much broader, with a slight
indication of mauve edging near the base below the discoidal cell
near the hind margin there is a hastate mark of pearly white,
tinged with red between each nervule. The hind wing has the
white transverse band narrowing towards the inner margin; there
is an outline of mauve on the basal side; near the hind margin
there are six ocelli increasing in size from the costa to the anal
angle; these ocelli are chestnut-red, with white borders on the
upper edge, each spot having a small black centre. Under side is
much deeper in colour than in P. Decius, the base being deep
rufous-brown, with vermiculations; all the markings are very
similar to P. Decius ; the white above the ocellus nearest the anal
angle is surmounted by a black band. Exp. 3{ in.

Hab. Cameroons. In coll. Crowley.

I take this opportunity of illustrating the under-
mentioned new species of African Lycenide in my
collection, described by Miss HE. M. Sharpe, in the

species of African diurnal Lepidoptera. 555

‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ Part 6,
No. 31, issued July, 1890 :—

Pseudaletis trifasciata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 8).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis leonina, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 5).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis fallax, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL., fig. 4).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

Zeritis latijimbriata, sp.n. (Pl. XVIL, fig. 5).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

Aphneus chalybeatus, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 7).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

Lycenesthes volta, sp.n. (Pl. XVIIL., fig. 6).
Hab. Volta River.

Epitola Crowleyi, sp.n. (&,PI.XVIL, fig.6; 2, fig. 7).
Hab. Sierra Leone.

EXXpLANATION OF Puates XVII. & XVIII.

PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Cymothoe marginata.
2. Hypolimnas limbata.
3. Charazxes gabonica.
4. Zeritis fallaz.
5. Z. latifimbriata.
6. Hpitola crowleyti, 3.
7. H. crowleyt, 2.

556 Species of African diurnal Lepidoptera.

oe

BNOnrwnD re

PLATE XVIII.

. Philognoma violinitens, 3.
. P. violinitens, 2.

. Mylothris subfusa, 3.

. M. subfusa, 2.

. Zeritis leonina.

. Lycenesthes Volta.

. Aphneus chalybeata.

. Pseudaletis trifasciata.

(anS57T ()

XVIII. A catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim collected by
Henry J. Elwes and the late Otto Moller. By Preter
C. T. Snewuen, Hon. F.E.S., with notes by H. J.
Ewes, F.L.S.

[Read April 2nd, 1890.]
Puates XIX. & XX.

PYRALIDINA, Lederer.
(Wien. Ent. Monatschr., vil., p. 243, &c.).

D. PYRALIDIDA, Led.
Genus Paravetra, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 814.
1. Paravetta discinota.

Paravetta discinota, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 814,
plextor is 3) OSS) c'C:, No. 1158:

In the genus Paravetta, which belongs to the Pyrali-
dina, vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli are wanting,
the maxillary palpi short but distinct, filiform, the tongue
spiral, the labial palpi short, porrect, pilose. For other
characters see Moore, J. c.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Darjeeling; Elwes. Taken at light from June to
September. The plate, which represents a female, is
not a correct one, the colours being less distinct than
they are represented. A nearly allied and perhaps
identical species is found on the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

2. Paravetta Sikkima.

Paravetta Sikkima, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep. Atk.,
Del Oe dss Oe Cu, No. 1159.

This species does not so much differ from Discinota by
the smaller size as by the different markings and the
much more angular hind margin of the fore wings.

(This latter point is not constant in my specimens,
but the much darker colour will easily distinguish it.
The female is also in my collection, and is like the male,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.) 2P

558 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

but with longer wings, and the antenne filiform with
minute sete.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim ; Moller. October, Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.

3. Paravetta flexuosa, nov. sp.

One female of 36 mm. expanse.

Differs from discinota and Sikkima by the colour and form
of the lines on the fore wings; they are black, not pale; the
first is twice bent, in the discoidal cell and from its inner margin
to that of the wing, the second nearly straight, flexuous in the middle,
running from two-thirds of the costa to three-fourths of the inner
margin. Besides, the fore wings are broader. General colour
pale pinkish brown, palpi and thorax darker; basal third of fore
wings dusted with blackish brown; transverse lines and a slender
oblique linear discal mark blackish grey, distinct. Behind the
second the ground is darker, first ochreous brown, then along hind
margin purplish grey, both colours separated by an ill-defined
blackish line, the upper half of which is flexuous and wavy, the
inferior straight, running close to the second transverse line.
Fringes dark brown. Hind wings paler, somewhat cupreous and
shining. Discal line (at two-thirds of the wing as in the other
species) dark, but very indistinct. Fringes purplish grey. Under
side pale pinkish brown; a common discal line and the hind mar-
gins of all wings darker, those of the fore wings before the fringes
purplish grey. Legs brown with pale tarsi, the posterior pair with
dark brown tufts on the tibie and the first article of the tarsi.

Sikkim interior; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ; Gammie.

Mr. Elwes since has received two males, of which he
sent me one for examination. I observe a brush of long
hairs at the base of the wings below, which is also
present in the male of Xestula miraculosa, Snellen (see
‘Mémoires sur les Lépidoptéra,’ ii., p. 195). This
character frequently occurs in the Pyralide.

[Genus Danaxa, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 71, t. 8, f. 10, 3
(1879).

4. Danaka pyraliformis, Moore, l. ¢.

Two specimens in bad condition, which agree with the
plate of this species. Mr. Snellen refrains from any
observations on their generic characters, which do not

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 559

seem to differ appreciably from those of Paravetta.—
Fly J Bie

Genus Sypripa, Walk., Cat., 32, p. 465.
5. Sybrida inordinata.

Sybrida inordinata, Walk., Cat., 32, p. 465, ¢; Butl.,
Il. Het., vi., p. 28, t. 107, 8, 9; S.&C., No. 1114.

The genus Sybrida is closely allied to Paravetta, only
the hind margin of fore wings is more recularly rounded,
and the antenne of the male more broadly pectinated.

Sikkim; Moller.

[As the female of this species is undescribed, I may
say that it is considerably larger than the male, and
much pinker in colour on both wings and both surfaces.
The antenne are very faintly serrate, as in Paravetta,
but the legs are similar to those of the male, and very
peculiar in their structure, as decribed by Walker, who
suggests the affinity to the Pyralide. Butler says the
natural position of the genus can only be decided by
breeding. He also says that the inner line on the fore
wings was overlooked by Walker, but in his figure: he
makes this look both too distinct and too close to the
outer line, as five males in my collection all agree in
this point. The shape of the wings, as well as the
colour, in his plate is also incorrect.

The species is not uncommon at low elevations in
Sikkim, but I have not taken it myself.—H. J. E.]

Genus Tocconosipa, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 14.
6. Toccolosida rubriceps.

Toccolosida rubriceps, Walker, Cat., 27, p. 14, 3;
S. & C., No. 47380.

Toccolosida is a genus of Pyralidina allied to Paravetta,
not to the Crambide or Phycidide; the form of the
wings and the palpi are nearly the same as in Paravetta,
but the antenne are much longer, as long as two-thirds
of the costa of fore wings, pubescent in the male.
Neuration as in Paravetta.

(The hind margin of the fore wings below is not
cinereous, as described by Walker, but vitreous greenish

2P2

560 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

grey. It seems very rare in Sikkim, and occurs also in
Silhet and the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim; Moller.

7. Toccolosida? pallifrons, nov. spec.

One female of 31 mm. expanse.

It is only provisionally that this species is described here as a
Toccolosida, as the male is still unknown to me. I do not per-
ceive maxillary palpi, which are short and filiform, but distinct in
T. rubriceps ; however, as the head of the only female is damaged,
these organs may exist in perfect specimens. Head and thorax
luteous, mixed with rufous brown. Fore wings dark fuscous at the
base and rufous brown between the discoidal cell, vein 5 and the
inner margin; the costal half of the wing pale greyish luteous, with
a black discal dot. Rufous part of the wing marked with two
oblique pale transverse lines, the second somewhat flexuous, whiter
and remounting close to hind margin till the apex. Fringes dark
grey, variegated with whitish. Form of fore wings nearly as in
T. rubriceps. Hind wings with a very distinct obtuse angle in
cell 3, thus of a different shape as in rwbriceps. The outer third
is rufous brown, the basal part blackish brown, with two flexuous
white lines and a vitreous spot between them.

Sikkim, April 20th, 1888; Moller.

Genus Viressa, Moore, Cat. H.1.C. Mus., ii., p. 299;
Led., p. 334.

8. Vitessa Suradeva.

Vitessa Suradeva, Moore, Cat. Lep. East India Comp.,
il., p. 299, pl.7 a, f. 7; Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,
vil., p. 334, pl. 6, f.6; 8. & C., No. 4516.

In the description of the genus Swradeva, Moore,
Lederer says :—‘‘ Der Hinterleib.... beim Manne....
gegen hinten zu sehr erweitert, mit klumpenformiger,
am Ende borstig behaarter Afterspitze die eigenthumlich
gebildete Afterklappen vermuthen lisst.” A male of
this species, from the Naga Hills, shows that this club-
like end of the abdomen hides a considerable tuft of
long hairs; it is exserted in the said specimen, which
bears also a MS. note, intimating that in the living
insect the anal tuft smells strongly of bitter almonds.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 561

Genus Tyspana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii., p. 256.
9. Tyspana vitessoides.

Tyspana vitessoides, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 256,
pl. 178, f. 8, 8a; S.&C., No. 4517.
Sikkim, one male; Brit. Mus.

Genus CiepEosia, Steph., Cat., 1829; Led., p. 336.
10. Cledeobia angulifascia. (Pl. XIX., fig. 4).

Pyralis angulifascia, Moore, Descer. Atk., p. 206 (1887).

A pair of 21—22 mm. expanse.

Belongs to Lederer’s Section B of the genus, and comes next to
brunnealis, Treits., but is distinct by the long tegule of the male,
reaching almost to the half of the abdomen, the somewhat larger
size, the much more flexuous second line of the fore wings, and
the darker colour of their basal and marginal thirds. Head with
palpi and thorax pale greyish luteous. Basal and marginal third
of fore wings dull black, central area pale cold greyish luteous, a
little dusted with black, and with a round black discal dot, the
costal margin narrowly black, with distinct minute pale dots. The
width of the central area is at the costa the double of that on the
inner margin, being limited by the strongly flexuous paler second
line. The first line, which limits the basal area, is nearly perpen-
dicular, a little flexuous in the middle. Marginal line pale, with
indistinct black dots. Fringes dark grey. Hind wings grey, the
fringes with a dark basal line. Abdomen grey; anal tuft of male
ochreous.

Sikkim, Elwes; Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Proracuys, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 5.
11. Propachys nigrivena.
Propachys nigrivena. Walker, Cat. 27, p.6; 8. & C.,
No. 4728.

Vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli are present,
and the remarkable labial palpi almost formed as in the
genus Nosophora (see Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vit,
pl. 4, f. 26).

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

[Seems common at low elevations, but I have not
taken it myself. Occurs also in the Khasia Hills and
China.—H. J. E.}

562 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

12. Propachys linealis.

Propachys linealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 665,
pl. 83, f. 17; S.& C., No. 4727.

Darjeeling, Dharmsala ; Brit. Mus.
(Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.)

Genus Orypa, Walk., Cat., 27, p. 10.
13. Oryba conspicualis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., fig. 3).

A pair of 283—29 mm. expanse.

Palpi fully twice as long as the head, porrected, their base
narrowly white, the remainder deep rosy. Head and thorax red-
dish grey, also the basal article of the setaceous rufous brown
antenne, which in the male sex is larger and curved. Fore wings
partly pale vermilion-red and clear purplish grey, marked with two
distinct simple, nearly black, transverse lines; a somewhat reni-
form pale yellow-red bordered spot below the middle of the costa,
and another vitreous white, which occupies the base of the cells 3
and 4, interrupting the second line. Hind wings whitish, tinged
with red at the base, on the inner third, and along the anterior
margin above vein 6, grey at the apex. The central area, from the
discoidal cell tilt hind margin, is pale vermilion-red, divided by a
recurved distinct black discal line. Fringes dark grey from the
apex of fore wings till vein 3 of hind wings, from thence to the
anal angle whitish. Under side of fore wings mostly dark grey,
that of hind wings white, red tinged with dark grey, apex and
discal line as above. Abdomen with a red spot at the base and
paler apex. Breast white, also the inner side of the anterior
femora ; the remainder of legs deep rosy, with whitish tarsi.

In this species vein 8 of hind wings is free, the ocelli
and maxillary palpi are wanting, veins 4 and 5 everywhere
unstalked, from a point.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

(This species is found at about 7—8000 ft. elevation,
but seems rare. This is allied to and may possibly be
the same as Oryba plangonalis, Walk., of which a speci-
men from Sikkim is in the British Museum.—H. J. E.}

[14. Huclita sericea, Warren MSS.
In British Museum from Darjeeling, ex coll. Lidderdale.
—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 563

Genus Stericta, Led., p. 340.
15. Stericta basalis.
Pannucha basalis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 200,
pl. vii., f.2, 3; 8. & C., No. 4479.
Vein 8 of hind wings is free. I thus should rather
place this species in Stericta than in Pannucha.
Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

16. Stericta lativitta.

Locastra lativitta, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 199,
pl. vil., f.1; S. & C., No. 4476.

A female. Sikkim; Moller.

17. Stericta crassipennis.
Locastra crassipennis, Walker.
A pair.
Sikkim; Moller (?). Naga Hills, 5000—8000 ft.,
July, W. Doherty (3).

18. Stericta cuproviridalis.

Locastra cuproviridalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 87 ;
8. &C., 4475.

This species must be placed here, being a true Pyralid,
and agreeing with Stericta in generic characters; the
only difference is that the veins 4 and 5 in both wings
are not separate but stalked. Palpi as in divtalis and
monesusalts.

Darjeeling, July 20th and August 4th, 1886; H. J.
Elwes.

[Common at Darjeeling at light, and found down to
3 or 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

19. Stericta sikkima.
Taurica sikkima, Moore, Deser. Atk., p. 202 (1887).

A male of 38 mm. expanse.

Third article of palpi shorter and more obtuse than in the foregoing
species. Apex of fore wings more distinct than in all the other species
of the genus, the anal tuft of the abdomen very obtuse. Veins 4 and
5 unstalked. Head and collar bright cinnamon, third article of

564 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

palpi dark brown, the remainder, the antenne, and thorax, pale
brown. Basal fourth of fore wings blackish brown, followed by a
pale olive-green posteriorly ill-defined fascia, which is widening
towards the costa, and traversed near to and parallel with the dark
base by a distinct undulated black line. Of the second half of the
wing, the basal two-thirds are deep brown, mixed with ferruginous
and olive-green, marked by an indistinct denticulated blackish
second line; the marginal third and the fringes being olive-green,
with an interrupted distinct black marginal line; fringes spotted
with grey. Hind wings dark grey, with a trace of a greenish
discal line on the outer third between veins 2 and 5. Marginal
line blackish grey, not quite continuous. Fringes as in fore wings.
Under side pale olive-green, the basal two-thirds of fore wings and
a common discal line dark grey. Abdomen dark grey, with a
reddish tuft at the dorsal base. Anal tuft blackish brown. Legs
pale olive-green, spotted with grey, the anterior coxe and the
pecten rufous.

Darjeeling, July ; H.J. Elwes. Naga Hills; Doherty.

Genus Scopocera, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 202.
20. Scopocera Pyralata.
Scopocera Pyraliata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 202;
S. & C., No. 4484.
A female. Vein 8 of hind wings is free, the labial
palpi are very long, recurved, and pointed.
Sikkim ; Moller.

21. Scopocera minor.
Scopocera minor, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,
p. 208.
A male.
Sikkim, 7000 ft.; Moller.

Genus OrrHaga, Walk., Cat., 16, p. 191.
22. Orthaga euadrusalis.

Orthaga euadrusalis, Walk., Cat., 16, pp. 191, 248;
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 259, pl. 178, f. 2, 2a,
2b; 8. & C., No. 4488.

Sikkim ; Moller.
{The types were from Borneo and Ceylon.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 565

[Orthaga obscura, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 204.
Darjeeling ; Atkinson.

Mr. Moore has lent me a specimen of this, which
seems very near to the last; but it is not in good enough
condition to justify an opinion.—H. J. E.|

Genus Asopta, T'reitschke, vii., p. 146 ; Led., p. 342.
23. Asopia platymitris.

Pyralis platymitris, Butler, P.Z.8., 1888, p. 166;
; S. & C., No. 4459.

Darjeeling (Brit. Mus.).

24. Asopia subresectalis, nov. spec.

One male of 17 mm. expanse.

This species has, judging from the figure and description, much
conformity with Asopia reseetalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
pp. 348, 458, pl. 7, f. 6, but as the author says that the third article
of the palpi is porrect (‘‘ vorgeneigt”), whereas it is erect in
subresectalis, and that resectalis is from Venezuela, and has the
size of glaucinalis (24—26 mm.), I conclude that the Sikkim species
is distinct. Labial palpi as long as the head, recurved, narrow,
gradually attenuating, their second article not thickened towards
the summit. They are pale brown, like the head and antenne. The
thorax and the fore wings, which very much resemble those of
resectalis, are pale glossy luteous. ‘Traces of a paler, almost
straight, first line are perceptible near the base; the discal dot
minute, dark, distinct. Edge of costa narrowly dark brown, but
without pale streaks. Second line a little paler than the ground
colour, almost regularly concave, without undulations. Outer
third of wing deep chestnut-brown, paler from the middle till hind
margin. Fringes, judging from the remainder at the anal angle,
rufous. Hind wings purplish, with a faint pale discal line and
yellowish fringes. Under side nearly as above, but paler, more
uniform and duller, the lines rather more distinct. Abdomen
luteous.

Sikkim ; Moller.

25. Asopia gerontesalis.
Pyralis gerontesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 896; Moore,
Lep. of Ceylon, p. 263, pl. 178, f.6; 8. & C.,
No. 4447.

566 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Manihotalis, Guen., Spec. 8, p. 121, is from Cayenne,
and the first line of f. w is not ‘‘tremblé”’; but maniho-
talis, Gn., Réun., p. 61, may be gerontesalis, after
Guenée’s expression concerning the “ extrabasilaire.”

[A single worn specimen only.—H. J. E.]

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Banepa, Moore, Desecr. Ind. Lep., p. 204.
26. Banepa Atkinsoni.

Banepa Atkinsonii, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 204,
$2; 8. &C., No. 4491.

Vein 8 of hind wings is stalked with 7 in this species.

(Darjeeling, July, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Seems un-
common ; taken once at light by me.—H. J. E.1

Genus Ruopapa, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 205.
27. Rhodaba angulipennis.

Rhodaba angulipennis, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 205 ;
5S. & C., No. 4492.

In this genus vein 8 of hind wings is also stalked
with 7.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; H. J. Elwes. Ten-
dong, 8000 ft.; Elwes, August.

Genus Psruponocastra, Warren MS.
28. Pseudolocastra inimica.

Locastra inimica, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th ser., vol. v., p. 448.

The species of Pseudolocastra,a MS. genus of Pyralidina,
created by Mr. Warren, very much resemble those of
Stericta, but vein 8 of hind wings is stalked with 7, and
so the position of the genus is very different, rather
more near hemimatia, Lederer. I must, however, point
here to Mr. Meyrick’s note on this subject (Trans. Ent.
Soc. of London, 1887, p. 187).

Darjeeling, 20th July and 20th August, 1886; H. J.
Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 567

29. Pseudolocastra syrichthusalis.
Bertula syrichthusalis, Walker, Cat., 16, p. 165.
Sikkim, 380th May, 1888; Moller.
[The type was from Borneo.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pannucna, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 199.
30. Pannucha enescens.

Pannucha enescens, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 200 ;
8. & C., No. 4478.

The genus Pannucha is allied to Pseudolocastra, but
the insects are more slender, their labial palpi shorter,
narrower, with a short pointed third article.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; Sikkim, 7000 ft.; H. J.
Elwes.

31. Pannucha vicinalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., figs. 2, 2a).

A pair of 22 mm. (g') and 31 mm. (9) expanse.

This species is closely allied to enescens, but the terminal joint
of the palpi is black, with a pale apex, instead of pale brown with
a black circle, as in @nescens, the central area of fore wings not
dusted with black, the second line very strongly indented and pro-
jecting between the veins 8 and 5, and conspicuously shaded with
black on the outside not only at the anterior margin, but also at
the inner. ‘Triangular black patch at the costa near the base
shaped as in enescens. Palpi recurved, much narrower than the
eyes, a little longer than the head, especially in the female, first
and second article pale olive-green. Antenne of the male with
short even ciliations. Head and thorax light olive-green. This is
also the ground colour of the fore wings. They are marked,
besides the above-mentioned conspicuous three black patches, with
a smail discal spot, two or three spots on the costa of the central
area, and distinct spots on the hind margin, all black. First line
indistinct, straight, undulated, hardly paler than the ground, as in
enescens. Central area with traces of a central shade. Costal
and inferior third of second line straight, moderately indented, its
central part abruptly advancing, ejecting long teeth. In @nescens
the corresponding part is rounded, evenly indented throughout.
No submarginal line. Hind wings grey, unmarked. Fringes pale
brown with black dots. Under side grey, costa of fore wings

568 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

marked with two black spots and pale brownish yellow; hind
wings with a pale discal line.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H.J.Elwes. Sikkim ;
Moller.

32. Pannucha asopialis, nov. spec.

A male of 20 and a female of 22 mm. expanse.

Palpi in both sexes narrower and longer than in @nescens and
vicinalis, the backward recurved tuft at the base of the male
antenne longer, attaining the scutellum, and the general appear-
ance of the insect more slender than in those species. Head with
palpi, antenne, tuft, and thorax deep fuscous; basal fifth, a wedge-
shaped discal mark, and the costa of fore wings also. Central
part, occupying a little more than the half of the wing, pale
olivaceous green, somewhat enescent. Second line distinct, fuscous,
outwardly bent below the middle, and basally with a gradually
widening brown shade from vein 5 till the inner margin. Hind-
ward this line is margined with pale olivaceous green. Remainder
of wing deep cupreous brown; marginal line fuscous, with indis-
tinct black spots. Fringes fuscous. Hind wings grey, with a
fuscous spot near hind margin, and in the female with pale margi-
nal dots. Fringes dark grey. Under side of fore wings fuscous
grey ; hind wings dirty white, their apical third and a discal line
fuscous. Abdomen and legs of female fuscous grey, much paler in
the male.

Darjeeling, 21st June, 1886 (¢); Sikkim, 7000 ft.,
August, 1886 (¢); H. J. Elwes.

33. Pannucha dimidialis, nov. spec.

A female of 21 mm. expanse.

Although I have but one female specimen of dimidialis, I do not
hesitate to describe it, because the structure of the palpi is the
same as in asopialis, and the neuration also, so that it evidently
belongs to the same genus. Antenne, palpi and face fuscous.
Vertex and thorax pale whitish green. Basal half of fore wings
also pale whitish green, with fuscous spots on the costa and faint
traces of an undulated dark first line. Second half of the wing
fuscous, with a denticulated whitish green second line, which 1s
widening at the margins. Marginal line ochreous yellow with
black dots. Ciliz brownish yellow with blackish spots. Hind
wings, abdomen, and legs pale grey, also the under side of the
wings ; a discal line darker, indistinct.

Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 569

34. Cerasphora variegata.

Scopocera variegata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,
p. 203, pl. 7, f. 4.

A female.

This species belongs to the same genus as Cerasphora
(Craneophora, olim.) Ficki, Christ., Bull. de Moscou,
1881, p.1. It is larger, and the second fascia of fore
wings more flexuous. Mr. Christoph altered the name
because he found the similitude with Craniophora,
Snellen, Vlind. van Nederland. Macrol., p. 262, a genus
of Noctuina, too great.

[Genus Sarama, Moore, Desc. Atk., p. 203.
35. Sarama Atkinsont, Moore, l.c., p. 204.

From Darjeeling, in the collections of Mr. Moore and
Dr. Staudinger.—H. J. E.|

Genus Enpvorricua, Zell., Isis. 1847, p. 592; Led.,
p. 344.

36. Endotricha flammealis.*
Pyralis flammealis, Wien. Verz., p. 123; Hubn., Pyr.,
f.99; Wood, f. 782.

The specimens are darker coloured than the bulk of
the European, but I do not perceive any other difference.
Time of appearance the same as in North-west Europe.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Hlwes; Sikkim, 18th
July ; Moller.

[Common at light at Darjeeling in May and August.
—H. J. E.]

87. Endotricha costemaculalis.

Endotricha costemaculalis, Christoph, Bull. de Moscow,
1881, i., p. 4; Neue Lep. Amur., p. 92.
Darjeeling, July; H. J. Klwes.

[Described from Vladivostock and the Island of Askold.
Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

[* Doththa similata, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 206, of which I
have compared the type, is identical with this form. ‘Specimens
from Japan and Dharmsala in the British Museum also agree.—

H.J.E.]

570 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

38. HEndotricha serratalis, nov. spec.

Two females of 22 mm. expanse.

Serratalis has quite the neuration of flammealis, the palpi are
also as in that species, and thus, though I do not know the male, I
do not doubt that its right place is in Hndotricha. Palpi, head,
thorax, and basal area of fore wings chestnut-brown, the central
area somewhat paler, the third or marginal greyish, except at the
apex, where it is brown. Lines pure white; the first at one-third,
almost perpendicular, with three faint undulations ; the second, as
usual in Endotricha, near to the hind margin, and so the central
area very broad: this second line begins at seven-eighths of the
costa; its first part is very slender, waved, parallel to hind margin,
then, from vein 4 to the inner margin, it is turned inward, thicker
and strongly indented. Costa of central area with minute white
dots. Fringes fuscous with pale base. Hind wings pale grey.
Under side variegated with brown and dark grey, and an indented
discal line.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[A rare species, which I have never taken myself.—
Ed, 25]

Genus Scoparta, Haw., Lep. Brit., p. 498; Led., p. 347.
39. Scoparia pulveralis, nov. sp.

Six specimens of both sexes of 18—21 mm. expanse.

The shape of wings in this species is about the same as in
centuriella, Wien. Verz., sibirica, Led., and dubitalis, Hiibn., but
it is distinguished by the very coarse and abundant black suffusion
of the fore wings, which renders the markings of some specimens
very indistinct. Palpi black with whitish base. Head blackish
grey. Thorax bluish grey, much suffused with black scales. Fore
wings broad, the hind margins straight, apex rather obtuse.
Ground colour clear bluish grey, as in Scoparia frequentella,
Staint., but in some specimens (from Sikkim interior) so much
suffused with black that the ground seems black, sparingly suffused
with bluish grey. First line indistinct, straight, slightly undulated,
the ordinary adjoining black markings horizontal, elongate, large
but indistinct, in one specimen filled up with ochreous brown, in
the others black. The 8-shaped mark very broad, indistinct, black,
or, in one specimen, filled up with ochreous brown. Direction of
second line as in centwriella and dubitalis, hardly oblique, with a
short but distinct curve, the costal part straight. Subterminal
band black, the subterminal line as in dwbitalis, close to hind

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 571

margin, broad, not touching the subterminal line, indistinctly
interrupted in cell 4. Fringes grey, variegated with white and
with black basal dots. Hind wings whitish, shining, thinly scaled.
Abdomen pale grey. Under side of fore wings dark grey, of hind
wings pale, with a faint darker discal mark and line.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft.; Darjeeling, July; H. J.
Elwes; Sikkim interior; Moller.

40. Scoparia medinella, nov. spec.

Three specimens of 15;—16} mm.

Distinguished by the well-visible, rather oblique, white first
transverse line, the pale fascia behind the 8 mark, which, as in
letella, is connected with a black suffusion on the costa, and the
broad black shade along the outside of the first line. Shape of
wings as in dubitalis, the fore wings narrower. Palpi black with
white base; head black. Thorax grey, mixed with black. Basal
fourth of fore wings black, with bluish grey scales. First line very
distinct, bluish white, hardly undulated, rather oblique, its direction
as in ambigualis. Markings at first line very indistinct, merged
in the above-mentioned broad black suffusion. Discal mark
8-shaped, oblique, filled with bluish grey, connected with costa by
a black suffusion ; behind it the bluish white ground colour of the
wing forms a curved fascia, which, however, does not reach the
inner margin. Second line very slender, its central curve short,
flat, its inferior part parallel with hind margin; towards the
base this line is narrowly edged with black. Subterminal band
black, with astrongly interrupted whitish subterminal line. Fringes
bluish white, with black basal dots. Hind wings shining, pale
erey with whitish fringes. Under side of fore wings dark grey,
the hind wings whitish with a grey apex, and an indistinct grey
discal line.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim interior; Moller.

Genus Ecurrstoprs, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1884, p. 343.
41. Hclipsiodes pangialis.

Botys pangialis, Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,
pl. 184, f. 25 (1874).

Pyralis cuprealis, Moore. Ann. & Mag. of N. H., ser. v.,
i, p. 235; 2nd Yarkand Mission, Lepid., p. 18,
ple 26.

A female.

572 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

The front is protuberant, rounded; but the palpi are
destroyed, so I cannot say whether they are of the same
form as in Crypsixantha, Meyrick.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Botys,* T'reitschke, vii., p. 78; v. Hein., Schmett.
Deutschl. 2, Band i., 2, p. 58. (Botys, Led., p. 364,
pars.)

42. Botys Sithetalis.
Pyrausta Silhetalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 166,
No. 78.
Porphyritis Sikkima, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 207 ;
8. & C., No. 4837.

A variety with deep orange markings on the fore wings,
consisting in an oblique fascia near the base, not reaching
the costa, and a second at two-thirds, which is perfect,
much dilatated in its upper half, sinuated near the
inner margin. In other respects it well agrees with
Guenée’s description of the type, which has unmarked
fore wings. In the British Museum this variety is
labelled maculata, Butler, and identified with Porphyritis
Sikkima.

Sikkim ; Moller.

43. Botys ? quadralis.

Scopula quadralis, Walker ? ?.

Two worn males.

The arrangement under Botys is only provisional ; I
think the species must form a new genus, for the costa
of hind wings is sinuate, and the palpi are unusually
long.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

‘The specimens agree with one in Atkinson’s collection
named Scopula quadralis, Walk., by Moore, but I can
find no description of the species, which i is not Dichromia
quadralis, Walk. —H. J. E.|

* Prof. Zeller, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges., 1872, p. 503, corrected the
name of the genus to Botis, because this word signifies a Cohartim”
(shepherdess), but Lederer called the genus Botys, and I believe
the reason alleged by Zeller is not sufficient for an alteration of the
name.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 578

44, Botys patulalis.

Botys patwalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1405; 8. & C.,
No. 4070.

Sikkim ; Moller. y
(Occurs at low elevations ; not uncommon.—H. J. E.]

45. Botys euryclealis.
Botys euryclealis Walker, Cat., 18, p. 651.
A female.

The markings are nearly the same as in Botys
cambogialis, Guenée, but the insect is larger, and has
shorter labial palpi. I do not know the male.

Sikkim; Moller.

46. Botys coclesalis.
Botys coclesalis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 701.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[The type was from Borneo.—H. J. E.j

47. Botys ochrealis.

Botys ochrealis, Moore, P. Z.S., 1877, p. 614; 8. &C.,
No. 4069.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Seems not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

48. Botys prepandalis, nov. spec.

A dozen specimens of 22—29 mm. expanse.

The proper place of this Botys is evidently between the
European hyalinalis and pandalis; it is, however, in the male
sex devoid of the peculiar character displayed by the last-named
species (upper side of fore wings* in the male with a groove at the
base of the upper median vein, covered by a flat crest, of scales).
Besides, the ochreous yellow colour of wings and body, though,
generally speaking, the same, is, in fresh specimens, more vivid ;

** Not hind wings, as Lederer erroneously states (Wien. Ent.
Mon., vii. (1863), p. 365).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Iv. (DEC.) 2Q

574 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

the lines, especially the discal line of hind wings, are strongly
serrated and interrupted, while in the above-named species this
line is more sinuated and almost entire; finally, the abdomen of
the male is but a little longer than the inner margin of hind wings,
and the hind margin of fore wings much less oblique. Antenne
ochreous yellow, setaceous, distinctly ciliated in the male (in
hyalinalis and pandalis they are nearly bare). Labial palpi
bicolorous, the first article and the adjoining parts of the throat
and head pure white, the second and third ochreous brown. In
pandalis the second article of the palpi is also partly white. Front,
vertex, and thorax ochreous yellow. Upper side of wings deep
ochreous yellow, without any lustre, except on hind wings towards
the anterior margin, where the colour is whitish, transparent, and
a little glossy. The neuration is somewhat darker scaled than the
cells, also the costa of the fore wings, which in some specimens
even darkens to ochreous brown approaching the base. The
markings are deep ochreous yellow, and consist on the fore wing
in an arched first transverse line with nearly perpendicular under
half in a point, anda lunule in the discoidal cell, in a distinctly
serrated second line, interrupted along vein 3, and quite as in the
two above-mentioned European species, in an antemarginal (waved)
line. The upper part of the latter, however, is more distinctly and
more regularly bent on the fore wings and behind it; in none of
the specimens is the hind margin obscurated, as frequently occurs
in the allied species. Hind wings with a distinctly serrated,
interrupted, discal line, and a waved line nearly parallel to the
hind margin. Cilie deep ochreous yellow; marginal line and
another on the base of the cilie darker. Abdomen deep ochreous
yellow, with paler annulations and under side. Anal brush very
short. Under side of wings ochreous yellow, slightly paler but not
so pure as above. The waved (antemarginal line) fuscous and
more diffused, the other markings only indicated. Discoidal cell
of fore wings wholly fuscous, as is also the case, but not so
thoroughly, in pandalis. Legs ochreous brown; a spot on the
fore tibix, the anterior tarsi, and the outside of the somewhat
thickened middle tibiz, pure white.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim;
Moller.

[A common species, which varies in the shade of
yellow. I think it must have been hitherto confused
with some other species. —H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 575

49. Botys damastesalis.

Scopula damastesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1018.
Paliga damastesalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 350 ;
are G., NO. 4147,

A very brightly marked specimen.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[Evidently a rare species in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

50. Botys tranquillalis.

Botys tranquillalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
pp. 3871 and 466, taf. 9, f. 16.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems abundant, probably at low elevations. The
type from Ternate.—H. J. E.]

51. Botys nobilis.

Pionea nobilis, Moore, Deser. Indian Lep., Atk., p. 224,
pl. 7,4..29.

A male.

Nobilis is no Pionea, Lederer ; the maxillary palpi are
not brush-like (buschig) and hairy, but smooth. The
pattern of the design is also not that of Pionea.

Sikkim ; Moller.

52. Botys flavofasciata.

Hapala flavofasciata, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 223,
pl. vuil., f. 19; 8. & C., No. 4092.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling; Brit. Mus.

The male is paler than the female, with more distinct
markings, and has, at the under side of the fore wings,
near the costa, between vein 7 and the stalk of 9 and 10,
a small flat crest of lustrous scales.

2Q2

576 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

53. Botys nubilalis.
Pyralis nubilalis, Hiibn., Samml. Eur. Schmett., Pyral.,
fs 94+( Si)
P. silacealis, ibid., f. 116 (2).
Botys silacealis, Treits., Schmett. von Europa, vi.,
Dp. SLs Xo supe ie
A male, Sikkim; Moller. Another, from the Naga
Hills, 5500—7000 ft., has the ochreous fascia behind
the second line of fore wings much narrowed.

54. Botys plumbocilialis, nov. spec.

A female of 19 mm. expanse.

This species is a distant relative of pawpellalis, Led., with which
it agrees in some respects, as in the ochreous colour, the slender
dark grey markings, and in the general appearance of the fringes;
but it is much larger, paler, not reddish: of the fringes of hind
wings the exterior half is white, and the costal part of the second
line of fore wings is more rounded. Palpi porrected, rostriform,
pointed, the basal half white, the upper pure ochreous yellow as
the body and upper side of wings. Lines slender, distinct, the first
obtusely broken below the middle, hardly undulated ; the second
with a distinct sinus in ‘the middle, evanescent along vein 3.
Discal markings very distinct, consisting in a dot, and in a nearly
straight lunule on the disco-cellular. Hind wings with a similar
discal line as the second of fore wings; submarginal line shady
dark grey; marginal line also dark grey, as the fringes; these
are glossy and have a still darker basal line; those of hind wings
are white, with a thick, undulated, nearly black basal line. In
paupellalis the fringes are white, with a black basal line, which is
also undulated on hind wings. Under side paler, suffused with
grey.

Darjeeling; 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

55. Botys octoguttalis.

Botys octoguttalis, Felder & Rogenh., Novara, i1, 2,
pl. 185, f. 38.

Circobotys octoguttalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceyl., p. 348,
pl: 182, 1.1 sos ces. 4102:

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Seems rare in Sikkim. The type from Natal and

Australia.—H. J. E.}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 577

56. Botys effusalis.
Botys effusalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1445.
Sikkim ; Moller.
(The type from Java.—H. J. E.]

57. Botys rubellalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 21 and 25 mm.

This species is allied to diffusalis, Guen., affusalis, Guen., and
testacealis, Zell.; it has the same reddish colour, and, in fact,
comes very near to affusalis, which is also an Indian species, and,
after Guenée, of the same size. The fore wings are, however, not
still more iridescent and transparent than in diffusalis, but, on the
contrary, very dull and opaque, nor are the two first abdominal
segments white; they are concolorous with the other. Labial
palpi porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous,
ochreous brown, and white. Head, thorax, and abdomen sordid
reddish ochreous. Upper side of wings sordid ochreous yellow,
but evenly powdered with dark red scales on the costa, but not
completely till the apex these scales are more abundant ; markings
also dark dull red, the first line almost as in crocealis, broken in
cell 15, the second line more sinuous, with a tooth in cell le, and
not distinctly reaching the costa. Disco-cellular with a short
streak, as in crocealis ; marginal line and fringes a little brighter
than the markings. Anterior third and inner margin of hind
wings without red scales, a little glossy. Discal line sinuous, dark
red, beginning at the limit of the paler costal part; discal spot
macular, indistinct; hind margin with a dark red shade from
veins 8—6. Marginal line as in fore wings; the fringes also, but
their extremity more distinctly ochreous. Under side paler, with
greyish hind margins. Body and legs almost white. In the male,
which, indeed, is not so well-preserved as the female, and also
darker, the markings are more indistinct. The abdomen is long
and slender, as in crocealis, with a grey anal tuft.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

58. Botys coactalis, nov. spec.

A female of 25 mm. expanse.

I do not know any Botys, closely allied to this species, which is
very distinct by its greyish ochreous brown fore wings, fuscous
hind wings, and bright yellow fringes. Palpi porrect, rostriform,

578 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

twice as long as the head, bicolorous, white and brown. Face
ochreous. Vertex and thorax greyish ochreous brown, as the fore
wings, the edge of costa towards the apex narrowly yellow.
Markings fuscous; the first line very faint, the discal mark lunular ;
the second line not undulated, twice obtusely broken. Fringes
pale golden yellow, also on hind wings, which are not darker, but
more greyish, and have a faint, angular, darker discal line, more
distinct on the dark grey under side. Abdomen dark grey, paler
beneath.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.
[Seems a common species.—H. J. E.]

59. Botys Ausonialis, nov. spec.

Three specimens of 34 mm. expanse.

This species is slender, and has ample wings; the setaceous
antenne are fully as long as two-thirds of the costa of fore wings.
Palpi porrect, twice as long as the head, but not very acute,
bicolorous, greyish brown and white. Upper side of wings pure
grey, nearly as in Heterodes Ausonia Cram., and Botys laticalis,
Lederer, but unicolorous, dull, the costa of fore wings slightly
paler, a common indistinct discal line darker, hardly sinuous, not
dentated. Discal mark of fore wings also’darker, small, indistinct.
Fringes grey, as the wings, more glossy. Under side of wings
with legs and body pure greyish white, the markings as on upper
side, but the discal line very faint on hind wings. Fringes dark
grey.

Sikkim ; Moller.

60. Botys ablactalis.
Botys ablactalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 660 (var. a).
B. murinalis, Pagenstecher, Verhandl. d. Nassauisch.
Vereins fur Naturkunde, 38 (1885), p. 54.
Walker’s variety & of ablactalis seems to be specifically
distinct.

Sikkim ; Moller.

61. Botys tropicalis.
Botys tropicalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 670, 1.
Protonocera tropicalis, Warren MSS.
Coptobasis tropicalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii., p. 293,
t. 18t, 19.9 1S. C., No. 4276.
Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 579

[Described from Ceylon and figured by Moore, but the
figure does not represent the species as identified by
Messrs. Snellen and Warren.—H. J. E.]

62. Botys detritalis.

Botys detritalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 347, pl. 4,
lesa 0
Darjeeling, July, 1886 ; H. J. Elwes.

[Described by Guenée from Brazil, Columbia, Guyana.
—H. J. E.]

63. Botys stultalis.
Botys stultalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 669.
A male.
Not different from my Javan specimens.
Sikkim ; Moller.

64. Botys subargentalis, nov. spec.

Acharana subargentalis, Swinhoe MS.

Two pairs of 283—31 mm. expanse.

A somewhat inconspicuous species; the upper side dark grey, a
little lustrous, only with traces of the ordinary markings, but dis-
tinguished by the white under side of the hind wings and the body.
Antenne setaceous, in the g with very short (one-third) and even
ciliation. Labial palpi only the half longer than the head, rostri-
form, obtuse, bicolorous, white and dark grey. Head, thorax,
upper side of body and wings, dark grey, somewhat lustrous. Only
traces of discal spots and the ordinary lines are seen. Fringes of
fore wings concolorous, of hind wings whitish. Under side of
fore wings dark grey, the base with a few white scales. Under
side of hind wings white; a discal spot, the upper part of an
imperfect discal line and sufiusion along the upper part of hind
margin (especially towards the apex) dark grey. Fringes whitish.
Under side of body and legs white, suffused with dark grey. Anal
tuft of male blackish.

Near B. Korndérferi, Snell., Midd. Sumatra, Lepid.,
p- 62, but larger, more lustrous, with less distinct
markings, more obtuse palpi, and nearly pure white
under side of hind wings.

Sikkim ; Moller, 7000 ft. Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes.

580 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

65. Botys caletoralis.

Botys caletoralis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 651.
Charema caletoralis, 8. & C., No. 4238.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Seems a rare species, as only a single broken speci-

men was in Moller’s collection. The type from Sylhet.
—H. J. E.]

66. Botys caldusalis.

Botys caldusalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 650; 8. &C.,
No. 4049.

Sikkim ; Moller.

{Seems not uncommon at an elevation of about 3—
4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

67. Botys tardalis.

Botys tardalis, Snellen, Tijdr. v. Ent., 23, p. 210; id.,
26; p. 260, pl "4, d. 6,0:

Sikkim, 7000 ft., August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Khasia
Mills, 4000 ft., September, 1886; id.

(The type from Celebes.—H. J. E.]

68. Botys robusta.

Hapalia robusta, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 222,
pl.7} f. 2745; Sia’ CusNos4102:

Sikkim, 7000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.
[Not very rare at 7—8000 ft.—H. J. E.]

69. Botys indistans.

Hapalia indistans, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 223;
8. & C., No. 4094.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.
Sikkim; Modller. Dharmsala; Brit. Mus.

70. Botys oblita.

Hapalia oblita, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 222;
8. & C., No. 4100.

Darjeeling, July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 581

71. Botys Hypatialis.

Scopula Hypatialis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1014; Udea
Hypatialis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 849; 8. &C.,
No. 4151.

Udea renalis, Moore, Descr. New. Lep., Atk., p. 224.

This species has, on the under side of the fore wings,
the dark costal. streaks towards the apex, which are also
found in B. prunalis, W. V., olivalis, W. V., costalis,
Kversm., and other allied species, with which it is also
agreeing in the shape of wings and the long, porrect,
pointed labial palpi.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim
interior ; Méller.

[Seems common at light.—H. J. E.]

72. Botys octonalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 19—20 mm. expanse.

The proper place of this new Botys is evidently in the neighbour-
hood of prunalis, W. V., and olwalis, W. V., as is indicated by
the dark costal strie on the under side of the fore wings towards
the apex, and among the allied species it is very distinct by the
dark fuscous colour of the fore wings, and the perpendicular second
transverse line, which is hardly denticulated, traced almost as
generally in the Phycitide, with a regular curve in the middle,
and straight upper and inferior parts. Antenn setaceous, very
minutely ciliated. Labial palpi twice as long as the head, porrected,
dark fuscous, with whitish base; maxillary palpi distinct, some-
what pencil-shaped, also dark fuscous as the head and thorax.
Abdomen dark grey, the segments white-margined, the under side
whitish. Hind margin of fore wings regularly rounded, hardly
oblique; the ground colour, described above, is more uniform in
the darker female; lines slender, the first only traceable below the
discoidal cell and straight, not dentated, second described above,
both yellowish white. Stigmata well-sized, the orbicular oval, the
reniform 8-shaped; no subterminal line, but a paler, yellowish,
ill-defined patch towards the middle of hind margin; marginal
line yellowish, with short, thick, black streaks in the cells. Fringes
fuscous, with paler spots. Hind wings pale grey, dusted with dark
grey along hind margin, broader towards the apex, two small
discal spots and a discal line darker; marginal line as on hind
wings, with less distinct black streaks; the fringes much paler,
with a dark basal line. Under side of fore wings fuscous grey, the

582 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

costa ochreous yellow, with 4—5 dark spots towards the apex.
Hind wings paler than on upper side, the discal line and spots
much more distinct. Legs dark grey spotted with yellow, the
middle tibiz thickened.

Sikkim, 2—5000 ft., 6th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

73. Botys illectalis.

Botys illectalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 658.

Ebulea opheltesalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 1010.

Botys albofimbrialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 26, p. 128.

B. niveicilialis, ib., Midden-Sumatra, Lepidoptera,
p- 64.

Hedylepta illectalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iil., p. 277;
S. & C., No. 4845.

Sikkim interior; Méller.

74. Botys cenostolalis, nov. spec.

A male of 22 mm. and a female of 16 mm. expanse.

This species reminds the genus Cenostala, Led., but the palpi
are as in Botys illectalis ; it has also the same pure white fringes,
with an undulated (stronger on hind wings) black basal line. The
hind margin of wings is, however, more sinuated, and the fringes
partly black. Palpi bicolorous, white and ochreous brown. An-
tennex distinctly ciliated. Head pale fuscous. Thorax (much
damaged in the male) bright ochreous yellow in the female. Apex
of fore wings rather acute, the upper half of hind margin nearly
perpendicular ; base of wings (rubbed in the male) bright ochreous
in the fresh female, fuscous along the costa; central area mixed
with ochreous brown and fuscous; the discal streak black, out-
wardly whitish, margined in the female; the lines slender, black,
the first curved, the second feebly denticulated, its upper part very
oblique, as in tllectalis ; marginal area with an obscure denticu-
lated line; the upper part of this area is ochreous, the inferior
ferruginous, the hind margin itself still darker. Fringes black at
the apex, in cell 8 and at anal angle of fore wings, those of hind
wings unspotted. Abdomen pale fuscous, in the male with a white
spot on the penultimate segment; the upper side of anal tuft also
white. Under side with body and legs sordid pale ochreous (¢))
or greyish (@), the wings with traces of a slender black discal line ;
fore tarsi white, spotted with black.

Sikkim; Moller (3%). Java; Piepers (¢ ).
[According to Mr. Warren, this belongs to his genus

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 583

Leucocraspeda, and occurs in the Nilghiri Hills, where
it has been found by Hampson.—H. J. E.]

75. Botys pulchralis.

Hydrocampa pulchralis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 90;
8. & C., No. 4430.

This species does not belong to Lederer’s genus
Hydrocampa ; it might, I do not venture to say legitimize,
but at least excuse the formation of a new genus, as it
is endowed with a peculiar character, the costa of hind
wings being widened near the base. I prefer, however,
in the present case, avoiding the increase of the already
too numerous genera of Pyralide, as in other respects
the species is a Botys, A, a, Lederer, and has much con-
formity with B. sambucalis and stachydalis. These two
well-known European species have, however, normally
formed hind wings. Perhaps, on account of the above
mentioned character, a new section (vy) of this division
of Botys might be formed, as the widened costa of hind
wings is common to both sexes, though it is not so
accentuated in the female. The antenne are setaceous,
the labial palpi porrected, not fully twice as long as the
head, bicolorous.

Darjeeling, 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[One of the commonest species at light during the
rains, sometimes in swarms.—H. J. E.]

76. Botys scinisalis.

Botys scinisalis, Walker, Cat., 16, p. 648; Moore,
BeAivioe, USt1, p>), OLO, pl. (OO nus blo Osc. C.,
No. 4040.

Botyodes costalis, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 221.

This species has also been captured in Java by Mr.
Piepers, at an elevation of 5000—5500 ft. ; the speci-
mens do not differ from the Indian, among which some
have the whole basal area and the inferior part of the
central area, from the discoidal cell to the inner margin,
obscurated by the iridescent fuscous of the third area.
Surely no specific difference is implied by that character ;
but it constitutes a well-marked variety. Sometimes
the pale spots in cells 3 and 4 of fore wings are also
wanting.

584 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Sikkim, 7000 ft., 20th July and 26th August, 1886 ;
H. J. Elwes.

77. Botys restrictalis, nov. spec.

A male of 36 mm. expanse.

Allied to scinisalis, of the same size, general colour, and pattern
of design ; the labial palpi also recurved, narrower than the eyes,
smooth, with short but distinct terminal joint. The body, how-
ever, is a little stouter, the basal area of fore wings extends farther;
at the costa beyond one-fourth, at the inner margin beyond one-
third. As the second line is at the same distance from hind margin
as in scinisalis, the central area is narrower, especially its inferior
half, and it is also entirely warm ochreous yellow. Palpi and head
brownish grey. Antenne setaceous, ciliated (3), but much shorter
than in scinisalis, where the ciliation is 11. Thorax rubbed. Abdo-
men brownish grey with whitish venter. Shape of wings as in
scinisalis, the basal area lustrous brownish grey, its upper part
obliquely limited, the first line hardly perceptible; central area
warm ochreous yellow, strongly narrowed below the discoidal cell
there, and with parallel sides, the inferior parts of the first and
second lines being nearly straight, not oblique, as in scinisalis.
Discal marks as in the allied species, rather smaller; central area
with a protruding part at the bases of cells 3 and 4, as in scinisalis,
but this is concolorous, not paler; third area lustrous brownish
grey, with a warm ochreous suffusion near the costa. Basal third of
hind wings ochreous, not whitish, as in the allied species, suffused
with grey, and with a dark grey spot; remainder of the wing and
the fringes lustrous brownish grey. Under side of wings grey, the
basal half whitish, limited by a distinct, flexuous dark grey discal
line with dark grey discal spots, the orbicular of fore wings reduced
to a point, and the space between it and the reniform concolorous,
not white, as in scinisalis.

Sikkim ; Moller.

78. Botys fraterna.

Botyodes fraterna, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 221,
plivit. 16 398. & C., No. 4037.

This species is no Botyodes, Led., the antenne being
normally formed.

Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 585

79. Botys consimilalis.

Botys consimilalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 471, No. 65.

Sikkim; Moller.
[ Described from two bad females in Felder’s collection
from Ternate and Amboina.—H. J. E.|

80. Botys angustalis, nov. spec.

Three males of 30—31 mm. expanse.

Evidently allied to Botys consimilalis, Led., also narrow-winged,
and with a long abdomen, the colour and pattern of design the
same, but a smaller insect (expanse of consimdlalis, 40 mm.), the
costa of fore wings suffused with brownish grey, the central part of
the second line not confluent with the dark border, and, instead of a
straight dark stripe on hind wings, a slender, angular, discal line
with distinctly denticulated central part. Dark border of hind
wings also narrowing towards anal angle, hardly attaining it and
denticulated basally. Palpi recurved, narrower than the eyes,
their terminal joint short but visible; they are distinctly bicolorous,
white and brownish grey. Antennz two-thirds of fore wings, asin
consimilalis and sanguiflualis, Lederer, J. c., pl. 11, f. 1; they are
setaceous, nearly bare. Thorax ochreous, mixed with brownish
grey. Ground colour of wings ochreous, not so warm as that of
Lederer’s figure of sangurflualis, the markings brownish grey ;
discal spots small, the first a point, the second somewhat reniform,
as in the foregoing species; lines slender, the second sinuate,
obtusely angular, thickened in cell 1b; costal suffusion covering
the discoidal cell, but not reaching beyond the second line; dark
border of fore wing not narrowing towards the apex. Fringes
dark grey. On hind wings the upper and third parts of the discal
line are somewhat suffused, and the elongated discal spot not so
well separated from it as in the above-mentioned two species.
Abdomen ochreous. Under side paler, marked as above.

Sikkim ; Moller.

81. Botys iopasalis.
Botys iopasalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 652; Hapalia id.,
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 387, pl. 182, f. 14;
S. & C., No. 4095.

586 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[This figure does not represent my species, as identified
by Mr. Snellen, but it really refers to No. 83.*—H. J. E.]

Sikkim, 7000 ft., August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

82. Botys orobenalis.

Botys orobenalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 22, p. 211;
id., 26, p. J30;. pl.:%5 tna:

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Seems a rare species.—H. J. E.]

83. Botys recurrens.

Haritala recurrens, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 215,
pl. 7, f.11; 8. &C., No. 4326.

Sikkim ; Moller.

84. Botys plutusalis.

Zebronia plutusalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 478.
Haritala plutusalis, 8. & C., No. 4825.

Sikkim ; Moller. Darjeeling; Brit. Mus.
[Not uncommon at about 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

85. Botys demeter, nov. spec.

A male of 30 mm. expanse.

This species is closely allied to plutusalis, Walker, but it is
larger, the ground colour of the upper side, though apparently also
shining white, is more suffused with ochreous yellow; the shining
greyish white fringes are not divided by two dark lines as in that
species, but have only a well-defined black basal line, sharper and
not so slender as in plutusalis; the hind margin of wings is
ochreous, not shining white. Palpi recurved, whitish, marked
with two black spots. Thorax white, with ochreous yellow spots.
Upper side of wings white, shining, but strongly suffused with
ochreous yellow ; lines also ochreous yellow, darker and brighter
than in plutusalis ; their number is five on the fore wings, three
nearly straight on the basal fourth, a third, broken in two sharp
angles on vein 2 and a fifth, parallel to and at some distance of,

[* Botyodes leopardalis, Moore, Descer. Atk., p; 221, t. 7, fig. 26,
is a synonym of B. iopasalis, according to Mr. Warren. I have
specimens from the Naga Hills which agree with Sikkim examples.
—H. J. E.|

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 587

hind margin, reaching neither the costa nor the inner margin ;
first, third, and fourth lines with a conspicuous black spot at the
costa, another round one on the disco-cellular, as in plutusalis.
Hind wings with three lines, a short straight near the base, the
discal line broken in two sharp angles, confluent with an ochreous
discal streak, and a third at some distance of hind margin as on fore
wings, but longer and more distinct. Under side of wings greyish
white, with indistinct pale grey lines as above, and a discal spot on
fore wings. Abdomen ochreous and white, with two black spots
as in plutusalis. Legs whitish, the first pair with five black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

86. Botys tigrina.
Haritala tigrina, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 312,
ple 182; i153 Ss. & Cz No. 4327.

This species is also allied to plutusalis, but unicolorous
deep ochreous yellow, only with three lines on fore wings,
which each have black spot on the costa (the third line
being grey, not ochreous), the discal spot is more elon-
gate, and the fringes are shining dark grey.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A single specimen only. The figure in Moore’s work
does not agree with the description or with my species,
as identified by Messrs. Warren and Snellen.—H. J. E.]

87. Botys definita.
Haritala definita, Butler.
Sikkim; Moéller.
(? female of the next species.—H. J. E.]

88. Botys onustalis, nov. spec.

A male of 24 mm. expanse.

Palpi recurved, whitish, the outside of the second article dark
grey. Upper side pure dark blackish grey, the face whitish mar-
gined, the hind margins of the abdominal segments narrowly pure
white, a black spot on the penultimate, a pure white just before
the black apex of the last. Fore wings with three nearly straight
broad black transverse lines, all pale margined, the first and third
hindward, the second basally ; first line near the base, the second
at one-third, somewhat oblique outwardly, the third at three-fifths,
a little oblique inwardly, and with a feeble curve in the middle.

588 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Central area of the wing marked with a black discal lunule, and a
little narrowing towards the inner margin. Hind wings with a
forked black discal line, which is white-margined towards hind
margin; marginal line white, very pure from anal angle of hind
wings upwards till vein 2 of fore wings, from thence more sordid
till the somewhat paler apex of fore wings. Fringes grey, with a
black basal and a slender white discal line. Under side paler, pure
grey; four discal spots, and an angular discal line darker. Legs
whitish, the fore tarsi purer, and the first pair of legs marked with
four black spots.

This species belongs also to the group of plutusalis,
but the wings are shorter and more ample.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Mimics Meliasomima xuthusalis, Wlk. (fide Warren).
—H. J. EL.)

89. Botys ruralis.
Phalena ruralis, Scopoli, Entom. Carn., p. 242, No. 616.
Pyralis verticalis, Hubn , Samml. Hur. Schmett., Pyr.,
tab. g, f. 57; Wood, f. 810.
Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

90. Botys butyrina.
Notarcha butyrina, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 260.
A bad specimen. Possibly identical with B. paleacalis,
Guen.
Sikkim; Moller.
(Described from Fijii—H. J. E.]

91. Botys multilinealis.

Botys multilinealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 337, pl. 8,
f. 11; Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi., p. 875,
ple Litas:

Synclera multilinealis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ili., p. 815;
8. & C., No. 4806.

Darjeeling, August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim,

Moller. Ganjam; Minchin.
[Not uncommon at 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 589

92. Botys inscisalis.
Botys inscisalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1410.
Rehimena incisalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 290,
pl USth. i; Ss &iC.) No./4137,
Sikkim ; Moller.
[A very easily recognised species, which seems not
uncommon.—H. J. E.]

93. Botys octomaculalis.
Filodes octomaculalis, Moore, P.Z.§8., 1867, p. 95;
8. & C., No. 4223.
Rhagoba bimaculata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 218 ;
S. & C., No. 4281.

A somewhat variable species. In some specimens
each wing is marked with two transparent white spots,
in others only with one, and in still others the spot of
hind wings is also wanting. It does not belong to
Filodes, Lederer; the antenne are not longer than in
Botys unitalis, Guén.

Darjeeling, 22nd August; H. J. Elwes.

[A tolerably common species.—H. J. E.]

94. Botys quadrimaculalis.
Scopula quadrimaculalis, Kollar, in von Hugel’s Kash-
mir, p. 492.
Coptobasis? quadrimaculalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,
Vil... D<,400,, pls L6,.f..h2.62).

Darjeeling, 20th June, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim;
Moller.

[Not uncommon at about 5000 ft. This is not the
Botys quadrimaculalis of Bremer and Grey and Walker,
No. 4274 of Swinhoe and Cotes’ Catalogue, which is
recorded from Darjeeling in error, I think, by Swinhoe.
—H. J. E.}

95. Botys sordidalis.

Haritala sordidalis, Warren MSS.

Sikkim; Méller.

[Seems rare at about 4000 ft. The type is from
Sarawak.—H. J. E.]

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART IV. (DEC.) 2R

590 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

96. Botys unitalis.

Botys unitalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 349, No. 411;
Walker, Cat., 18, p. 655; 8. & C., No. 4080.
B. megapteralis, Walker, Cat., 384, p. 1407.

Sikkim; Moller.
[Occurs also in Ceram (fide Walker) and Silhet
(Guenée).—H. J. E.]

97. Botys opalinalis.

Botys opalinalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 620.
Pachynoa opalinalis, 8. & C., No. 4166.

Sikkim ; Moller.

98. Botys credulalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

Palpi recurved, brownish, nearly unicolorous, as only the begin-
ning of the base is whitish. Antenne two-thirds of fore wings,
setaceous, brownish grey. Upper side clear brownish grey, some-
what glossy, nearly unicolorous; only the costa of fore wings after
the first line is paler sordid luteous, which colour vanishes towards
the apex. The markings, a comma-form discal spot of fore wings,
a punctiform on hind wings, and the lines are black ; the first line
is broken on costa of discoidal cell, thence perpendicular ; second
line beginning at three-fourths of costa, perpendicular till a curve
on vein 3, thence nearly straight and obliquely directed to two-
thirds of the inner margin of hind wings; it is a little diffused and
widened on hind wings; marginal line pale yellow, slender, distinct,
basally shaded with blackish grey. Fringes blackish grey. Under
side of wings much paler and purer grey, the costa unicolorous, the
markings as above, less distinct. Body and legs also pale grey,
but the fore tibiz and tarsi white, with three black spots.

Sikkim, Ist May, 1888; Moller.

99. Botys attemptalis, nov. spec.

A male of 27 mm. expanse.

By its distinct markings, black marginal line, and somewhat
glossy uniform luteous ground colour, this Botys seems to me very
distinct. I do not know any closely-allied species, paucilinealis,
Snellen, Tyds., 26, pl. 7, f. 8, 8a, excepted, which, however, has
very different markings, more elongate wings, and an ochreous
ground colour. Palpi recurved, luteous, only the base indistinctly
white. Antenne setaceous, with short ciliations. Head and upper
side of body and wings luteous, the wings a little iridescent, paler

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 591

towards the inner margin of hind wings. Abdomen with a black
dot on the penultimate segment ; markings nearly black, sharp,
consisting in astraight first line, obliquely directed from one-fourth
of costa to one-third of inner margin, in lunular discal streaks on
both wings (on hind wings more slender), and in an angularly
sinuous second line, which begins at three-fourths of costa with a
black dot, is thence straight till vein 6, has a denticulated pro-
jection from veins 5—3, is very faint in cell 2 and again distinct,
parallel with the first line, but more sinuous from vein 2 till two-
thirds of inner margin. On hind wings the discal line is alike to
the second of fore wings, but the inferior part is longer, straighter,
directed towards the anal angle, which, however, it does not attain ;
marginal line thick, black, uninterrupted from apex of fore wings
till vein 1c of hind wings, where it abruptly ceases; on the inner
side it is narrowly margined with bright ochreous. Fringes dark
grey, unicolorous, glossy. Under side paler, with similar markings
as above. Body and legs whitish, the fore tibia with a black spot.

Sikkim ; Moller.

100. Botys testudinalis.

Glyphodes ? testudinalis, Saalmuller, Mittheil. Sencken-
berg. naturforsch. Ges., 1879, p. 297.

It is true that the anal tuft in this species is not uni-
colorous: it is black, with two white streaks; but in
other respects it is very alike to several other species of
this section (matutinalis, adipalis, fatualis), and so I
should rather place testudinalis here.

Sikkim ; Moller.

101. Botys dissipatalis.
Botys dissipatalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
pices, pl. tals.
Samea quinquegera, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 207,
pl. 7, f. 14; S: & C., No. 4249.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[The type was from Felder’s collection from Amboina.
hindi
(102. Botys sp.
A single specimen of what seems to me a distinct
species, and which is unknown to Mr. Warren, but not

fresh enough in condition for description.—H. J. E.]
2R 2

592 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Eurycreon, v. Hein., Schmett. Deutschl., 2,
band i., 2, p. 88 (Botys, Sect. B (Hurycreon), Led.,
pp. 3865, 376).

108. EHurycreon nigrescens.
Hapalia nigrescens, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 222 ;
S. & C., No. 4099.

This species undoubtedly belongs to EHwrycreon, von
Heinem.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 22nd August; H. J. Elwes.
Sikkim ; Moller.

[A rare species at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

Genus Parsartia, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., p. 225.
104. Parbattia vialis.
Parbattia vialis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 225,
pl: vi., £302 8. & Cz, No: 4538:
Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus ConocetuEs, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1884, p. 314.
105. Conogethes punctiferalis.
Astura punctiferalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 820;
8S. & C., No. 4031.

Conogethes punctiferalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1884, p. 314.

Darjeeling, July, 1886. Khasia, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.
Sikkim interior; Moller.

[Occurs also at Brisbane, in Ceram, and China (Mey-
rick).—H. J. E.]

106. Conogethes hemactalis, nov. spec.

A pair of 16—18 mm. expanse.

This species is smaller than, but in other respects has much con-
formity with, C. punctiferalis, the ground colour of body and
wings is the same, also the pattern of the design, and the form of
the palpi and antennz. Only the dark metallic-scaled spot near
the anal angle of hind wings, so conspicuous in the male of that
species, is wanting in the corresponding sex of hemactalis, the
apex of fore wings is less acute, and the colour of the lines and
disseminated spots deep blood or rather purplish red. Palpi

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 593

recurved, compressed, smooth, the third article triangular, short,
as in punctiferalis ; they are deep ochreous yellow, with a nearly
black spot below the paler apex ; maxillary palpi short. Antenne
setaceous, bare. Abdomen a little longer than hind wings,
ochreous, with some purplish spots; anal tuft of male pale grey.
Upper side of wings bright ochreous yellow, with deep blood or
purplish red markings, consisting on fore wings in two irregular
transverse lines and several spots, which are confluent behind the
central part of the second line and towards the middle of the inner
margin. Spots on hind wings less numerous and smaller, scattered
over the surface, not arranged in distinct series. Basal half of
fringes ochreous, dull, the second greyish, glossy. Under side pale
yellow, with some blackish spots; the fore wings strongly suffused
with dark grey. Legs pale yellow, the anterior pair with black
spots on the tibie.

Sikkim; Moller.

107. Conygethes alboflavalis.

Conogethes alboflavalis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,
p- 220; 8. & C., No. 4030.

A single bad specimen only.
Sikkim; Moller.
[I have another from coll. Atkinson.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pionna, Gn.,in Cat. Dup., p. 203; Pyralide,
p- 367, Led.; p. 382.
108. Pionea forficalis.
Pyralis forficalis, L., Syst. Nat., ed. xii., p. 882,
No. 384; Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schm., Pyr.,
f. 58; Wood, f. 806; S. & C., No. 4172.
The specimens are rather smaller than European
species, but not different in other respects.
Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; Sikkim, 4—7000 ft.,
June, July; H. J. Hlwes. Kulu; Young.

Genus Gopara, Walk., Cat., 19, p. 808 (1859) ;
Led., p. 383.
109. Godara comalis.
Pionea comalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 368; Moore,
Lep. of Ceylon, p. 348, pl. 179, f. 2, 2a, 2b.
Godara comalis, S. & C., No. 4176.

594 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Apparently a common species. I have also seen it
from South Africa, and it is abundant in Java.

Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes.

[Not rare in Sikkim. I have it also from the Naga
Hills (Doherty) and Bangalore (Minchin).—H. J. E.]

Genus AcHarana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 285.
110. Acharana otreusalis.
Botys otreusalis, Walker, Cat. 18, p. 687.
Acharana otreusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 285,
pl 180; it: S. & C.. No. 4112,
Botys ? tridentalis, Snellen, Tyds., 15, p. 89, pl. 7,
folds Toieid., 20,spsloo-

My tridentalis is the same as otreusalis, Moore, but
the figures given in the Tydschrift are inexact in many
points. The fore wings are too brownish, the base of
hind wings too pale, the fringes erroneously white, the
palpi of the scarlet (!). As to the formation of a new
genus by Mr. Moore, this is perfectly right; but the
chief argument for it is the peculiar character found on
the costa of the male fore wings, and figured, l. c., f. 15,
as in other respects the species is a regular Botys. With
Mr. Moore, I also do not believe that this species is the
Botys pheopteralis of Guenee. It occurs, however, also
in the West Indies; I have it from Curacao.

Darjeeling, 20th June and 20th July. Khasia, 6000 ft. ;
H. J. Elwes.

(The bands in Moore’s figure are much more distinct
than in my specimens.—H. J. E.]

Genus CnapHauocrocis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p- 384.
111. Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis.
Cnaphalocrocis jolinalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,
p. 384, pl. 2, f. 18, pl. 12, f. 7.
Botys tolealis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 666.
Cnaphalocrocis medinalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,
p. 281; 8. & C., No. 4118.

2 Salbia medinalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 201.
Medinalis, Guenée, is perhaps the same as jolinalis,

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 595

but Guenée’s description, of the female only and evi-
dently made after a bad specimen, is too vague. Lederer’s
name, on the other hand, is supported by a good descrip-
tion and sufficient figures.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[Described from Hong-Kong, Borneo, and Amboyna.
—H. J. E.]

Genus DouicHosticHa, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1884, p. 304.
112. Dolichosticha venilialis.
Asopia venilialis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 873.
Dolichosticha venilialis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1884, p. 304; 8. & C., No. 4119.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[Described from Queensland, and occurs also in
Borneo. A single specimen only.—H. J. E.]

Genus Sameopzs, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23 (1879),
ps 2%.
113. Sameodes cancellalis.
Botys cancellalis, Zeller, Micropt. Caffr., p. 34.
Sameodes cancellalis, Meyrick, Ent. Mo. Mag., 21,
p. 202; id., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1886, p. 241.
S. trithyralis, Snellen, Tyds., 28, p. 218; id., 26,
p- 184, pl. 8, f. 4, 4a, 4b.
S. pipleisalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 307, pl. 181,
f.14; S. & C., No. 4288.
Darjeeling, 21st June and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[Seems rare in Sikkim, but has evidently a very wide
range.—H. J. H.]

Genus CrocrpopHora, Led., Wien Ent. Mon., vii., p. 386.
114. Crocidophora ? flavicinctalis, nov. spec.

A male of 23 mm. expanse.

This species is closely allied to the genus Crocidophora, Taderer
(Crocidosema in the Analyt. Table), only the shape of fore wings
is not amygdaliform, as Lederer calls them, but Botys-like;
however, as I do not possess any of Lederer’s species, I prefer to
range the present provisionally under this genus rather than to

596 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

orm a new one. Labial palpi porrected, rostriform, pointed ;
their base snow-white, the remainder bright ochreous brown as the
distinct maxillary palpi and the white-edged front. Antenne
setaceous, almost bare, their length three-fourths of the costa of
fore wings. Shape of wings as in Botys, especially hyalinalis,
jlavalis ; the fore wings dark fuscous brown, with a violaceous
tinge, and glossy; they are margined with ochreous yellow,
narrowly along the costa, broader and suffused round the apex,
and again narrow along hind margin; fringes also yellow; costa
of fore wings marked at two-thirds with a brown spot, indicating
the origin of the second line, which is slender, blackish grey, and
continued on hind wings, where it is nearly straight till vein 5, and
subsequently runs closely to hind margin; a blackish first trans-
verse line on fore wings and a discal dot are indistinct. Hind
wings greyer, also with a narrow yellow hind margin, the marginal
line brown, with minute spots. Under side of wings paler and greyer,
marked as on upper side, the yellow border also paler, narrower,
also continued along the costa of hind wings. Legs and under side
of body pale yellow; upper side of abdomen fuscous; anal tuft
long, pale. The fore wings have a very short discoidal cell, and a
circular depression beyond it on the bases of veins 6 and 7, which
is also visible on the upper side; besides, the crest which retains
the frenulum on the under side near the base of the wings is
unusually strongly developed.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

115. Crocidophora? flavicilialis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX.,

figs. 5, 5a).

A male of 23 mm. expanse.

This species very much resembles the preceding, but the most
striking difference is indicated by the name ; besides, and this, as
a structural character, is more important, it has no groove or
depression on the base of the veins 6 and7 of fore wings, and their
discoidal cell is of normal length; at the base of the discoidal cell
a small groove is visible, and the crest at the under side is as large
as in flavicinctalis. Palpi porrected, rostriform, pointed, fully
twice as long as the head, bicolorous, pure white and bright
ochreous brown. Antenne fully two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous,
fuscous. Head, upper side of thorax, and fore wings bright
ochreous brown, rather dull, uniform, a little violaceous on outer
third; markings dark grey, very faint, consisting in two undulated
lines and areniform discal spot; the second line is retracted behind
this spot ; extremity of hind margin bright ochreous yellow, the

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 597

fringes paler, unspotted. Hind wings grey, with a darker discal
spot, an indistinct pale central fascia, which is narrowing and
vanishes below the middle; behind it a faint violet gloss is visible.
Abdomen grey, the short anal tuft ochreous, the venter pale
ochreous. Legs whitish. Under side of wings pale ochreous, a
discal spot of fore wings dark grey, a common discal line faint, the
crest at the base of fore wings pale grey, their costa suffused with
dark grey; hind margin dark grey, violaceous on fore wings,
narrowing and ill-defined on hind wings. Fringes yellow.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

116. Crocidophora ? lutusalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

This species is again allied to the two preceding, but the wings
are longer and narrower, the hind margin of the first pair more
oblique, and their anal angle more rounded. Abdomen long, about
twice as long as the inner margin of hind wings. A depression
near the base of cell 16 of fore wings is distinct; besides, there
are two longitudinal grooves behind the discoidal cell near to the
costa, opposite a minute tooth-like flat process on it. Palpi
porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous, white and
fuscous. Antenne setaceous. Head, upper side of thorax, and
wings sordid, glossy grey, the fore wings very uniform, the hind
wings a little paler towards the base and whitish along the inner
margin and costa; markings dark grey, but very indistinct, con-
sisting on fore wings in two lines, a reniform discal spot, and in an
angular discal line on hind wings. The second line of fore wings
is retracted behind the discal spot, as in flavicilialis, and slightly
pale margined behind. Fringes dark grey, those of hind wings
whitish towards anal angle. Abdomen grey, paler towards the
end, the last segment elongated, but the anal tuft itself very short.
_ Under side of body whitish, the legs also, fore tibiew with a black
spot ; under side of wings grey, whitish outwards of a faint darker
discal line and on the basal half of hind wings; a crest at the base
of fore wings, as in the two preceding species.

Mongpo, 2500 ft., 8rd June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

117. Crocidophora ? limbolals.

Asopia limbolalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p.615;
S. & C., No. 4256.

Sikkim; Moller.

598 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

118. Crocidophora? amenalis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

Allied to limbolalis, but the basal half of the wings dusky, mixed
with dark grey and ferruginous, the dark border of fore wings twice
as broad at the costa as at the inner margin, while in limbolalis it
is of equal width throughout, the central area of the same wings is
yellow till the costa, which is brownish in the preceding species.
Palpi porrect, rostriform, twice as long as the head, bicolorous,
ochreous brown and white. Vertex brown, white-margined. An-
tenne long, fully two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous; collar
ochreous brown, thorax fuscous. Dark base of wings limited by a
ferruginous line, which is very sinuous on fore wings, nearly
straight (with a feeble basal curve) on hind wings. On fore wings
this line basally cuts off a part of the lemon-yellow central area of
the wings, which in the form of a fascia extends from the costa of
fore wings till the hind margin of the second pair, where it ends,
pointed in cell 1a; marginal part of the wings fuscous, with a
strong lilac mixture, as in limbolalis; it is advancing a little
basally on vein 2 of fore wings, and rapidly narrows on hind wings,
where the basal margin is denticulated, and it is ending at vein 2,
just before meeting the dark basal half of the wing. Fringes
grey, with a darker inwardly pale-margined basal line. Under side
of wings pale yellow, the basal half of fore wings towards the costa
and their hind margin dark grey. Abdomen dark grey, with white
margined segments above ; below pale yellow, as the legs.

As in limbolalis, this species has a tuft or crest at the
under side of fore wings near the base of cell 1b, only it
is smaller, and a small depression (with a flat crest of
scales) at the end of discoidal cell.

Hapalia fasciata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 223,
pl. 7, f. 20, is evidently a similarly coloured and marked
species, but neither the figure nor the description do
perfectly agree with my specimen of ame@nalis; and
besides, I suppose that Mr. Moore would have remarked
and described the conspicuous tuft at the under side.
So fasciata will be a Botys, Lederer.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Moore had a female only.—H. J. E.]

Genus Circozorys, Butler, Ilust., 3, p. 77 (1879).
119. Circobotys lunbata.

Circobotys limbata, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 220,
pl. 7, f. 24; 8. & C., No. 4128.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 599

120. Circobotys? phycidalis, nov. spec.

A pair; the § 20 mm., the ? 22 mm. expanse.

This species may, provisionally at least, be placed in Circobotys ;
the shape of wings is nearly the same as in limbata, but the apex
of fore wings, though strongly produced, not faleate. The antenne
of the male have an obtuse tooth-like projection at the upper side
of the basal joint, and the first sixth of the shaft is curved down-
wards, with a tuft of scales in the curve, as in the knot-horns; the
remainder is setaceous base, as the whole female antenne are.
Palpi fully twice as long as the head, rostriform, pointed, narrower
than in limbata, and a little pilose. Front obtusely prominent.
Head, thorax and fore wings luteous, mixed with grey; the costa
ochreous, very narrow towards the base. Lines asin limbata, but
more continuous and distinct. Fringes a little paler than the wing.
Hind wings with fringes a trifle paler and more glossy than the
front pair, the anal fourth whitish. Abdomen pale greyish
ochreous, whitish beneath. Under side of wings pale grey, glossy,
unmarked.

Sikkim; Méller. Mongpo, 4000 ft., 27th May, 1886 ;
H. J. Elwes.

Genus Catamocurous, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 386.

121. Calamochrous dichroma.

Ebulea dichroma, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 228;
p. & C., No. 4138.

This species may be placed in Calamochrous, Lederer ;
the front is prominent, as it is in acutellus, Kversm.
(though Lederer does not mention it), only more rounded ;
the palpi are porrect, and the shape of wings nearly
the same, the apex of fore wings being still more pro-
duced. Nervulation normal, the discoidal cell of fore
wings fully half as long as the wing.

Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886 ; ih J. Elwes.

122. Calamochrous brevipalpis, nov. spec.

A male of 33 mm. expanse.

Alhed to C. dichroma ; the discoidal cell of fore wings also fully
half as long as the wing, the nervulation normal, but the rostri-
form, bicolorous labial palpi shorter, not fully twice as long as the
head. The setaceous, nearly bare, antenne, the white-margined

600 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

front, the vertex and thorax, dull luteous. This is also the ground
colour of the fore wings, which are acute, with a straight oblique
hind margin ; the luteous ground colour is suffused with reddish
ochreous, infuscated along the costa, and the discoidal cell marked
with two cloudy brick-red spots. Basal half of fringes dark grey,
the outer pure white. Hind wings with fringes pale amber-yellow,
somewhat lustrous, suffused with grey along the costa. Under side
pale yellow; a discal streak and suffusion along the costa of fore
wings dark grey. Legs whitish.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Stenopuyes, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.., p. 388.
123. Stenophyes gratiosalis.

Samea gratiosalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 857; 8. & C.,
No. 4246.

The shape of wings in this species is about the same
as in Stenophyes serinalis, Walker, Lederer.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[The type of this species is from Ceylon.—H. J. E.}

124. Stenophyes histricalis.

Botys histricalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 655.
Cotachena histricalis, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iil., p. 276;
8. & C., No. 4855.

Wings more Botys-like than in serinalis, gratiosalis,
but still elongate; also the abdomen.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Occurs also in Ceylon and China.—H. J. E.]

Genus Potytruurra, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 389.
125. Polythlipta ossealis.

Polythlipta osscalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p- 889, pl. 12, f.18; osseatalis, id., p. 477, No. 93.

Sikkim; Moller.

[The type, from Amboina, is in Felder’s collection.
Seems rare in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 601

126. Polythlipta cerealis.

Polythlipta cerealis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p.- 389 and 477; Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, ii.,

2, pl. 135, f. 84.
Glyphodes vagalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1856; 8. & C.,
No. 4196.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[A common species at low elevations.—H. J. E.]

127. Polythlipta peragrata.

Polythlipta peragrata, Moore, Desc. Ind. Lep., p. 216,
DIAVe tL S19. iC NO..4195.

Sikkim, 6000 ft., 29th Nia 1886; H. J. Elwes.

128. Polythlipta? vinacealis.*

Botys vinacealis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 619.

Charema vinacealis, 8. & C., No. 4236.

Polythlipta albicaudalis, Snellen, Tyds., 23, p. 221;

Td 26H pls te plasniayo ta.

This species is no Botys, but also not a true Poly-
thlipta, and the formation of a new genus for it would
be very suitable. I also note that the figure in the
‘ Tydschrift’ is insufficient, the colour being much too
reddish.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Seems fairly common at low elevations. This belongs
to the genus T'etredia, Warren MSS. —H. J. E.]

Genus Finopes, Gn., Pyr., p. 317; Led., p. 389.
129. Filodes fulvidorsalis.

Pinacia fulvidorsalis, Geyer, in Hubner, Zutr. 4-tes
Hundert, p. 15, f. 648, 644.

Filodes fulvidorsalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 317;
Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 390, pl. 12,
f.17; Snellen, Tyds., 26, p. 187; Moore, Lep.
of, Ceylon; ps edt; pl. 182, 1.2. Jac 8. & C:,
No. 4220.

[* Thliptoceras calvatalis, Swin., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890,

p. 275, is said to occur at Darjeeling, but an imperfect specimen
lent me by Col. Swinhoe cannot be distinguished from the above.
J. E.]

602 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

F. patruelis, Moore, Desc. Indian Lep., p. 218; 8. &C.,
No. 4224.

Var. Auxomitia mirificalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,
Vil., D- O91, Weta adal.

Geyer’s figure of this species does not agree with
the text. The thorax, the base of fore: wings, and the
abdomen are, in fresh typical species, indeed fulvous
(‘‘ hoch goldgelb,”’ as the description intimates), not pale
sreenish ochreous yellow. I also must observe that in
all my specimens the base of hind wings is concolorous
with the rest, dark grey, not yellow. Lederer’s figure,
too, is insufficient, and though he says that in his speci-
men the abdomen was wanting, he figures it with a
fancy-male one. Then I must point toa serious mistake
of this otherwise so very sharp-sighted and conscientious
author. Evidently not being acquainted with the male
of fulvidorsalis, he was unaware of the absence of vein 8
in the hind wings (see my note, ‘Tydschrift,’ J.¢.), as
well as of the various other curious characters displayed
by that sex, and described, as another genus and species
(Auxomitia mirificalis), a variety of Filodes fulvidorsalis
from the Nicobar Islands, which occurs also in Sikkim,
and in which the thorax, the base of fore wings, and the
abdomen do not show the bright fulvous colour of the
type, but a luteous one. Perhaps Geyer’s figure was
drawn after a transitional specimen between the type
and the said variety. All the characters of Lederer’s
mirificalis, of which he also had only one specimen
without abdomen, but nevertheless figures this part on
his plate, are those of the male sex of fulvidorsalis.
The genus Auxomitia thus must be wholly dropped.

Mr. Moore’s patruelis seems to be the transitional
variety between the type and mirificalis. The oblique
transverse discal black fascia is also found in the type,
though often indistinct.

Sikkim ; Moller (var. mirijicalis).

[Seems to be not an uncommon species in Sikkim,
where I have taken both varieties ; the type occurs as

high as 10,000 ft. Occurs also in Java, Calcutta, Hast
Peeu, and Silhet.—-H. J. E.]

cataloque of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 603

130. Filodes sexpunctalis, nov. sp. (Pl. XX., figs. 6, 6a).

Four specimens of 40—43 mm. expanse.

This species comes very near to fulvidorsalis, but is different by
the still deeper fulvous colour of head, thorax, base of fore wings,
and abdomen ; then the base of each fore wing is only marked
with three, though larger, black spots (in fulvidorsalis, six); no
traces exist of a black discal line, which, indeed, is often indistinct
in the allied species, and the under side of the wings is unmarked,
blackish grey, only with the metallic line along the costa of fore
wings, asin fulvidorsalis. Palpi and front nearly black; vertex
deep bright fulvous. Antenne luteous white, infuscated towards
the base. Thorax bright fulvous, unspotted. Wings dull, black ;
cell 12 of fore wings with a line of bluish metallic scales from the
base till the middle ; the fulvous base of the fore wings with three
black spots, one the origin of the subcostalis (vein 12), the second
and third at the limit of the fulvous patch, at one-third of discoidal
cell, and one-fifth of cell 16. Fringes concolorous, a little glossy.
Fulvous upper side of abdomen with three rows of seven (3), or
six (2) black and steel-blue spots, the last segment with blackish
grey apex (2) or deep steel-blue anal tuft (g'); sides and venter
slate-grey, glossy. Legs blackish grey, the tarsi sordid yellowish
white ; fore legs not quite so hairy as in fulvidorsalis. Vein 8 of
hind wings, present in the female, is also absent in the male of this
new species, but there is no oblique transverse veinlet between the
veins 6 and 7, as in fulvidorsalis.

Darjeeling, 20th July—4th August; H. J. Elwes.

[This was a very common species at light in Darjeeling,
and no doubt exists in many collections under the name
of fulvidorsalis.—H. J. E.|

181. Filodes ? nigrolinealis.
Filodes nigrolinealis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 95 (2);
8. & C., No. 4222.

Nigrolinealis is not strictly congeneric with the two
foregoing species; the antenne are not quite as long as
the fore wings, vein 8 of hind wings is present in the
male, the fore legs normal.

- Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

(The male has a thick tuft of pure white hairs at the

end of the abdomen.—H. J. EH.)

604 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

132. Filodes ? fascialis.

Propachys fascialis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 665;
8. & C., No. 4726.

Certainly congeneric with the preceding species.
Vein 8 of hind wings is present.

Sikkim, 8th April, 1888, ¢; Méller.
[A rare species.—H. J. E..]

133. Filodes? striolalis, nov. spec.

A female of 24 mm. expanse.

Labial palpi recurved, narrow, smooth, the third joint as long
as two-thirds of the second, slender, rather pointed; maxillary
palpi small, filiform. Wings and body elongate; the colour of
head, thorax, abdomen, and wings pale ochreous, smooth, some-
what shining, especially the hind wings, which are a little trans-
parent. Fore wings marked with two series of longitudinal black
strige in the cells, situated at the place of the ordinary lines, the
first feebly recurved, the second much stronger. Hind margin of
hind wings broadly fuscous ; fringes ochreous. Under side paler,
marked as above. Legs ochreous.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[This must be very rare, as only a single bad speci-
men was in Moller’s collection.—H. J. ..]

[134. Tyspanodes flaviventer, Warren MSS.).

A specimen in the British Museum from Darjeeling,
ex. coll. Lidderdale.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pacnynoa, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 391.
135. Pachynoa thoosalis.

Botys thoosalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 787.

Pachynoa thoosalis, 8. & C., No. 4170.

P. Walkeri, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 391,
plea. teens

I do not consider Lederer’s alteration of Walker’s
name as admissible.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 605

[Lederer’s type was from Amboina; Walker’s had no
locality.—H. J. E.]

186. Pachynoa spilosomoides.
Pitacanda spilosomoides, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 334,
pl. 183, f. 10, 3; 8. & C., No. 4125.
This species has all the characters of Pachy ynod, Led.
Sikkim; Moller. Bangalore.

[The species, as figured by Moore, differs from my
Sikkim female in being smaller, and having a black spot
on inner margin of hind wing; mine has instead a row
of black marks near the outer margin. A male from
Barrackpore has both these markings, and is intermediate
in size.—H. J. H.]

Genus Dysatuacta, Led., p. 393.
187. Dysallacta negatals.
Phalangiodes ? negatalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 468.

Dysallacta negatalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 398, pl. 18, f.6; 8. & C., No. 4148.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Boryopss, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 320 ;
Led., p. 394.
138. Botyodes asialis.

Botyodes asialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 821; Lederer,
Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 394, pl. 5, f. 6, pl. 13,
f. 8f; Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 835, pl. 183,

f.1, la; 8. & C., No. 4084.
Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;

Moller.

[A common species at light at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

Genus Enpocrossis, Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1889, p. 515.
139. Endocrossis flavibasalis.

Botyodes flavibasalis, Moore, P. Z.§S., 1867, p. 95;
Felder & Rogenh., Novara, ii., 2, pl. 135, f. 4;
8. & C., No. 4086.

Sikkim ; Moller.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PART Iv. (DEC.) 28

606 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[Seems common at lower elevations than the last.—
H. J. E.]

Genus Hotsropss, Gn., Delt. et Pyr., p. 211 ;
Led., p. 394.
140. Hoterodes ? cinerealis.
Hoterodes cinerealis, Moore, P.Z.S., 1867, p. 94;
S. & C., No. 4217.

Also not a true Hoterodes, and requiring the formation
of a new genus.

Darjeeling, July, August; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;
Moller.

[There is a great difference between the length of the
antenne in the sexes of this species not mentioned by
Moore; the anal tuft is not yellow, as he says, only a
little yellowish at the tip. The females were very com-

mon at light at Darjeeling, the males much less numerous.
—H. J. E.]

Genus Nrvrina, Gn., Delt. et Pyr., p. 318; Ld., p. 395.
141. Nevrina Procopia.
Pyralis Procopia, Cramer, iv., p. 152, pl. 868, f. 5.
eurina Procopialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 314.

N. Procopia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 880; 8. & C.,
ee ING. 42N9.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Common at low elevations.—H. J. E.]

Genus Cypanima, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 897.
: 142. Cydalima conchylalis.

Margarodes conchylalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 303,
Ls6isi29:
Cydalima conchylalis, S. & C., No. 4200.
Darjeeling, 22nd August, 1886 ; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;
Moller. :
(Common at light.—H. J. E.]

143. Cydalima laticostalis.
Margarodes laticostalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 303.
Cydalima laticostalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 326,
pl. 182, f.4; 8. & C., No. 4201.
Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 607

144, Cydalima Elwesialis, nov. spec. (Pl. XIX.,
figs. 1, 1a). “n-

Three males of 33, 36, and 37 mm. expanse.

For the generic characters of this species I refer to Lederer’s
** Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Pyralidinen,’’ Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 597. They are all present and well-defined, though the Phycid-
like curve of the antennex, as Lederer calls it, is rather feeble, not
so conspicuous as in conchylalis ; besides, there is a tooth-like
projection on the fore side of the hamper of the antennx, just above
the basal article. The antenne are each inserted on a flat de-
pression, and, as in conchylalis, very minutely ciliated, pale
brownish grey, their basal article violet, with a coppery lustre.
Labial palpi only a good third longer than the head, the first
article sordid white, the other two, like the maxillary palpi and
the face, violet with coppery lustre. Collar as the face, with a
whitish summit. Thorax and tegule white, with some coppery
brown scales at their bases. Wingsshaped as in conchylalis males
the apex of fore wings less pointed and produced, the hind margin
not so straight and oblique; hind wings more triangular. Colour
of wings white, somewhat transparent and glossy, with iridescent
reflections. Costa of fore wings deep greyish brown, more violet at
the base, and adorned with coppery metallic scales; the grey-
brown attains the apex of the wing, narrowing gradually from the
base, where it occupies the whole basal half of the discoidal cell,
and is not so sharply defined, but more greyish than towards the
base; a white spot at the half of the discoidal cell emarginates the
costal stripe a little, but a white more or less dark-edged lunule on
the transverse veinlet lies nearly totally outside of it; hind margin
grey, about 2mm. wide, inwardly well-defined and straight, not
attaining the anal angle of hind wings; marginal line strong,
brilliantly metallic-grey, reminding the lustre of nickel; it is not
perfectly continuous, and begins at vein 1¢ of hind wings with the
erey border. Hind wings with a grey lunule on the disco-cellular.
Abdomen, whitish, with a long pencil-like anal brush of nearly
black hairs; it is pointed, as the white one of conchylalis, not
expanded, as in the males of Phakellwra. Under side of wings
nearly as above, the costa of fore wings darker than on upper side;
cell 8 of hind wings also grey, but the hind margin and its metallic
ornament less distinct; cilix greyish white. Legs sordid white,
the front side of the first pair coppery violet, with pure white tarsi.

This species differs from conchylalis and laticostalis by
the narrower costa of fore wings, by the broadly grey
and brilliantly metallic-marked hind margin of all wings.

282

608 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

The teeth at the base of the antenne and the blackish
anal brush are also wanting in both species. According
to Guenée, Cydalima nitidicostalis is larger (41 mm.), and
has a dark-scaled nervulation.

Sisyrophora Pfeiffere, Lederer, p. 899, taf. 12, f. 18,
must also be an allied species, but the figure shows a
somewhat more robust insect, with smaller hind wings
and entirely dark collar. Besides, the figure which
Lederer gives of the basal part of the antenne (taf. 5,
fig. 8) is different, and the ‘‘rauhe Beschuppung am
Fuhlerschaft” is wanting. He also says nothing of a
depression of the vertex, though it is conspicuous in
Elwesialis.

Dedicated to H. J. Elwes, Esq.

Sikkim ; Moller (one specimen of 33 mm.). Sumatra,
Deli; Schagen van Leeuwen (the other two).

[This must be a common species from the number in
Moller’s collection, but I never took it myself. It occurs,
however, at Mongpo, 4000 ft., and in Bhutan. I have
also two specimens from the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pacuyarcuss, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 398.
145. Pachyarches psittacalis.

Parodes psittacalis, Hubner, Zutrage, 3-tes Hundert,
p. 30, £. 523, 524.

Margarodes psittacalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 808.

Pachyarches psittacalis, 8. & C., No. 4213.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Not uncommon at low elevations. Occurs also in
China and the Khasia and Naga Hills.—H. J. E. [

s 146. Pachyarches vertumnalis.

Margarodes vertumnalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 809.

Pachyarches vertumnalis, 8. & C., No. 4215.

Mr. Warren’s opinion is that Margarodes squamopedalis,
Guenée (Hnchocnemidia squamopedalis, Led.)‘ might be
the male of vertumnalis, Guenée. This is perhaps right ;
I have no male of vertumnalis.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 609

147. Pachyarches amphitritalis.

Margarodes amphitritalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 807.
Pachyarches amphitritalis, 8. & C., No. 4209.

I never have seen the male of this apparently rare
but widespread species. According to Lederer, it belongs
to Pachyarches.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Marearonia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 858; Walk., Cat.,
18, p. 518 (Margarodes, Guen., Led., p. 398).

148. Margaronia fallacialis, nov. spec.

A male of 32 mm. expanse.

This species has very much the appearance of Pachyarches
psittacalis, but the antenne are normally formed, without a tooth-
like projection of the basal article or curve at the base of the
hamper (see Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., pl. 5, f. 7 (not fig. 6)),
and there is no fold at the under side of the costa of fore wings ; so
the species belongs to Margaronia (Margarodes, Lederer). Palpi
porrected, rostriform, bicolorous, white and brown. Antenne
green, minutely ciliated. Head, upper side of thorax, abdomen,
and wings bright green, as in psittacalis and Enchoenemidia
squamopedalis, the edge of costa of fore wings brownish, the dots
on the disco-cellular hardly visible; no marginal dots or other
markings. Fringes dark grey, shining; anal tuft black. Under
side of wings pale glaucous green, greyish towards the hind mar-
gins, as in psittacalis, but the costa of fore wings nearly con-
colorous, only very slightly greyish ; base of wings and body paler
and more bluish, again as in psittacalis ; middle and hind coxe
and tibiz pale bluish green; fore coxe mixed with ochreous, the
tibie with a black spot; all tarsi greyish white.

As the name Margarodes is preoccupied in the
Hemiptera, I accept, following Walker and Moore, the
name Margaronia of Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss’; but it is
my opinion that in other cases the so-called generic
names of that much antidated Catalogue never can
take priority over those of serious works. Hubner’s
‘ Verzeichniss ’ is, as Zeller very justly observes, a mere
name-store (Namen-magasin), without scientific value.

Sikkim; Moller.

610 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

149. Margaronia aquosalis.*
Margarodes aquosalis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reise
in Midden-Sumatra, p. 66; id., Tyds. voor Ent.,
26, p. 141.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

150. Margaronia unionalis.
Pyralis unionalis, Hubn., Samml. Eur., Schmett.,
Pyral., p. 182; Milliére, Icones, ii., 12e livraison,
p. 39, pl. 55, f. 3—6.
Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling; H. J. Elwes.

151. Margaronia nigropunctalis.

Margarodes nigropunctalis, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibir.,

p. 67, pl. 6, f. 5 (1864).
Margaronia neomera, Butler, Ilustr., ii., p. 57. pl. 39,
f. 5 (1879).

Perhaps Boisduval’s quinquepunctalis, ‘Faune de
Madagascar,’ Bourbon et Maurice, p. 117, pl. 16, f. 5,
Guenée, ‘ Réunion,’ p. 65, is also the same as Bremer's
species, and then the oldest name; but I strongly
suspect nigropunctalis only to be a variety of wnionalis.
Strongly-marked specimens of the former, in fact, look
very different, but in others (neomera, Butler) with
small dark spots, only the dark line parallel to the
hind margin remains as a distinctive character, and
this line, too, is very faint in some specimens. I did
not find any structural differences.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim
interior; Moller. Bhutan, Sept. ; id.

152. Margaronia celsalis.

Botys celsalis, Walk., Cat., 18, p. 654.

Margaronia celsalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 325,
pl. 181, f.4; §. & C., No. 4205.

Khasia Hills, 6000 fees H. “ Elwes. Sikkim ; Moller.

- [F This appears: to be the same as the species identified by
Swinhoe with Margaroma marthesiusalis, Walk., Cat., xvii,
p. 581 (1859), and agrees with the description of it. Margaronia
hilaralis, Walk., l. c., p. 582, may also be the same.—H. J. E.]}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 611

158. Margaronia lativitta.
Pitama lativitta, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.
Peal. ple Vide, teal.

A male.

Mongpo, Sikkim; Gammie.

This species has all the principal generic characters
of Margaronia (Margarodes, Led.). I-do not perceive
anything aberrant, nor does Mr. Moore point to a distinct
character in his description.

Genus EncHocnemipiA, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p.399.
154. Enchocnemidia squamopedalis.
Margarodes squamopedalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr.,
p. 809, No. 385, 3.
Enchoenemidia squamopedalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent.
Mon., vul., p. 399; pl. 18, f. 12:
See above, No. 186, Pachyarches vertumnalis, Guenee.
Sikkim; Moller. Barrackpore, 29th July, 1886;
Minchin. Car Nicobar; Doherty.
[Described by Guenée from Cape of Good Hope, and
recorded by Lederer from Amboina.—H. J. H.]

155. Enchocnemidia phryneusalis.*
Margaronia phryneusalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 531.
Enchocnemidia phryncusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,

p-. 828, pl.18,-f.12; 8. & C., No. 4204.
* Sikkim; Moller.
[I do not know how to distinguish this from the last ;
neither Walker or Moore seem to have been acquainted
with it. I suspect them to be identical.—H. J. E.]

Genus Puaxeniura, Lansd., cf. Guen., Delt. et Pyr.,
p. 294; Led., p. 400.
156. Phakellura indica.

Eudioptis indica, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
new series, i., p. 163, pl. 12, f. 5—7.

Phakellura Gazorialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 297,
No. 304.

P. indica, 8. & C., No. 4197.

* The male of phryneusalie has no tufts at the hind legs, as

squamopedalis, and the under side of hind wings is much more
hairy.

612 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Phakellura translucidalis and superalis, Guenée, are
also said to occur in India, but I presume they are only
found in America.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

[Not uncommon at 4—7000 ft.—H. J. E.]

Genus GuypHopEs, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 292;
Led,, p. 401.

157. Glyphodes Zellert.
Glyphodes Zelleri, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vil.,
p. 478, pl. 478, pl. 14, f. 3.
The white markings on fore wings more reduced, and
the black margin of hind wings broader, especially
towards the anal angle, than in Lederer’s figure.

Sikkim; Moller.
[The type was from Amboina. The species is nearest
to bicolor, from which it is distinguished by the broad

border of the hind wing and white fringe of the hind
angle of the fore wing.—H. J. E.|

158. Glyphodes bicolor.

Botys bicolor, Swainson, Zool. Illustr., 1st ser., 2,
OUR ioe

Glyphodes diurnalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 294,
No. 800, pl. 5, f. 5.

G. bicolor, 8. & C., No. 4178.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A common species at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

159. Glyphodes conclusalis.

Glyphodes conclusalis, Walker, Cat., 84, p. 1854; 8. &
C., No. 4182.
This species is allied to bicolor, but it is larger, and
the fringes of fore wings entirely dark grey.
Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 613

160. Glyphodes bivitralis.
Glyphodes bivitralis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 298;
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 822, pl. 180, f. 2, 2a;
S. & C., No. 4179.

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Fairly common at low elevations.—H. J. H.]

161. Glyphodes crithealis.
Desmia crithealis, Walk., Cat., 17, p. 344.
Glyphodes chilka, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 216,
pl. %,i. 9; 8. & C., Ne: 4181.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[Not uncommon at low elevations. The type was
from China.—H. J. E.]

162. Glyphodes stolalis.
Glyphodes stolalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 298, pl. 3,
f. 11; 8. & C., 4189:
Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886; H. J. Hlwes.
Sikkim ; Moller.

168. Glyphodes nyctealis.
Glyphodes nyctealis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reize in
Midden-Sumatyra, p. 68.
Glyphodes zelimalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 657,
pl. 215, f. 6, is an allied species.
Darjeeling, July and 4th August; H. J. Elwes.

164. Glyphodes naralis.
Glyphodes naralis, Feld, & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,
pl. 136, f. 38.
Sikkim; Moller.
[Rare at about 4000 ft.—H. J. E.]

165. Glyphodes pyloalis.

Glyphodes pyloalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 973; Moore,
Lep. of Ceylon, p. 321, pl. 180, f. 3; 8. &C.,
No. 4188.

G. sylpharis, Butler, Lllustr , 2, p. 57, pl. 39, f. 2.

614 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Sikkim interior ; Moller.
[Walker’s type was from North China.—H. J. E.]

166. Glyphodes cesalis.

Glyphodes cesalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 499.

Synclera cesalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 316,
pl. 188, f.7; S. & C., No. 4804.

Glyphodes crameralis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Midden-
Sumatra, p. 69.

This species was rightly placed in Glyphodes by Walker.

Sikkim; Moller.

[Not uncommon at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

167. Glyphodes sexpunctalis.

Oligostigma sexpunctalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 616,
pl. 60, f. 12.

Talanga sexpunctalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 300,
pl. 181, f. 18; 8. & C., No. 4414.

Glyphodes lomaspilalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 28,
p. 228; id., 26, p. 144, pl. 8, f. 12.

Cataclysta nympha, Butler, P. Z.S., 1880, p. 683.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August, 1886; H. J.

Elwes. Naga Hills; Doherty.

[Common at light at Darjeeling.—H. J. E.]

168. Glyphodes lacustralis.
Glyphodes lacustralis, Moore, P.Z.8., 1867, p. 98,
ple v,t. 115 5.% C. No: Also.
Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886: H. J. Elwes. Sikkim,
5—7000 ft., 7th July, 1886; id., Sikkim; Moller.
[One of the most abundant species in Sikkim at light.
—H. J. E.]

169. Glyphodes luciferalis.

Glyphodes luciferalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1412;
S. & C., No. 4186.
Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 615

. Genus Paaypa, Walk., Cat., 17, p. 487.
170. Pagyda salvalis.

Pagyda salvalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 487; Moore,
Lep. of Ceylon, p. 814, pl. 182, f. 6; 8. & C.,
No. 48380.

Sikkim ; Moller.

171. Pagyda lustralis, nov. spec.

A male of 26 mm. expanse.

This species is very distinct by its clear yellow, shining, brass-
like ground colour, and the metallic lustre of a line running along
the hind margin of the wings. Palpi formed as in salvalis, pale
olive-brown, with a pure white base. Antenne testaceous. Body
concolorous with the wings, the apical fourth of the abdomen
ochreous brown, with two clear white spots; anal tuft pale grey.
Hind wings not quite as shining as the fore wings; all wings with
two slender pale brown lines, outwardly margined with metallic
scales; the first line of fore wings straight, the second twice
obtusely broken on vein 3; lines of hind wings straight, parallel,
the first at one-third, ending before the rounded anal angle, the
second at two-thirds, running from vein 6 to the end of vein 3;
metallic line along hind margin basally margined by another
olive-brown one; marginal line itself pale brown, distinct. Fringes
long, silky, pale yellow, lustrous, on hind wings with a slightly
darker basal line. Under side pale straw-yellow, the outer mar-
gins narrowly fuscous ; fore wings with a distinct, slender, dark
streak on the disco-cellular. Legs pale yellow, the front and
middle tibiz and the tarsi pure white on the outside; fore tibie
with a pale olive-brown spot.

Sikkim; Moller.

172. Pagyda arliter.
Botys arbiter, Butler, Ilustr., i., p. 77, pl. 59, f. 18.

The genus Pagyda is not a very distinct one, but if it
be maintained, then arbiter, Butl., must be considered
as a species of it. I think that the proper place of
Pagyda is here, and that it forms a link between Botys
and Glyphodes.

Sikkim ; Moller.

616 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Hetrrocnerues, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p- 402.

173. Heterocnephes reniferalis, nov. spec.

Three males and a female of 26—28 mm. expanse.

Allied to acamasalis (Chabula), Walker, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon,
p. 317 = strangulalis, Snellen, Tyds., 28, p. 224; 27, p. 35, pl. 3,
f. 1, 1a; all generic characters and the shape of wings the same,
but a larger insect, the ground colour more brownish, the clear
part is not so pure white, though also alittle iridescent, the second
large white spot of fore wings more distinctly reniform; no
white fascia after the white line behind the said spot; on hind
wings the dark discal streak confluent below with the discal fascia,
and after the white line, which is limiting this fascia behind no
white spot, but an ill-defined pale yellowish patch. Labial palpi
whitish, with two black spots; front black, white-edged. Thorax
brownish grey, with longitudinal white lines. Ground colour of
wings fuscous, darkest in the middle, pale along costa of fore wings ;
basal fourth of fore wings with two or three (the second wanting
or indistinct in two specimens), outwardly oblique, straight white
lines; after the last an elongated white fascia, extending from
the costa to cell 10, in one specimen connected by a pale luteous
line with the inner margin; beyond the middle a large, reniform,
black-margined, iridescent white spot, extending from costa to
vein 2, and between it and the first fascia a luteous C on vein 1;
after the reniform spot a black-margined transverse white line,
widening at the costa and also a little at inner margin, as in
acamasalis, but less undulated; marginal fourth of wing pale
olivaceous grey, uniform; marginal line black. Basal half of
hind wings white, a little transparent, with an indistinct black line
along inner margin, a black discal streak, connected with an
undulated black discal fascia by means of a projection of this in
cell 2; behind the black fascia is a white discal line, running from
two-thirds of costa to anal angle; opposite the discoidai cell it is
narrower ; marginal third of wing fuscous, with an elongate pale
luteous patch, pointed towards anal angle. Fringes yellowish
white, with an interrupted black discal line, which is diffused at
the apices and in cells 2—4 of all wings. Abdomen dark grey,
indistinctly marked with white. Under side of wings marked
nearly as the upper side, not so distinctly.

The genus Chabula, Moore, may be united to Hetero-
cnephes ; there are no perceptible differences.

Sikkim ; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 617

[This seems to be most nearly allied to Glyphodes
Pryert, Butler, from Japan.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pycospiua, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 312;
Led., p. 404.

174. Pygospila tyres.

Pyralis tyres, Cramer, Uitl. Kap., iii., p. 124, pl. 268, o.

Pygospila tyres, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., Vil.,
p- 404; id., Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 820 (part) ;
S. & C., No. 4218.

P. tyrealis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 312.

Pygospila tyres is not at all the same as Lomotropa
costiflexalis, Guenée, though the females have some
likeness together. Guenée, who has both species in one
genus (Pygospila), positively says, ‘‘ L’une est pourvue
de plusieurs appendices tres remarquables qui manquent
totalement chez l'autre.” Indeed, the males are quite
different, and Lederer, in conformity with his system,
very rightly based on the striking sexual characters the
genera Pygospila and Lomotropa (Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
l.c.). To this description of the genus Pygospila may
still be added that the anal tuft of tyres male is thick
and clubby, quite different from the long and pointed
abdomen of costiflexalis male.

The females, too, are not so very difficult to separate ;
the ground colour of the upper side is in tyres nearly
black, with a strong violet gloss, without transparent
streak in cell 2 of fore wings, with a broad square dark
spot on the disco-cellular of hind wings, very distinctly
limited transparent violaceous-white spots and slender
white lines on the thorax. The ground colour of costi-
flexalis female is much paler, hardly more than vio-
laceous fuscous, the violaceous-white spots are diffused ;
cell 2 of fore wings is marked with a distinct transparent
white streak, the disco-cellular of hind wings with a
narrow dark streak, and the thorax with ochraceous
lines. I note this because some entomologists are still
uniting these two very distinct species.

Darjeeling, 20th July and 4th August, 1886; H. J.
Elwes. Sikkim, 8000 ft.; id. Tonglo, Sikkim; Moller.

[A common species up to 10,000 ft.—H. J. E.]

618 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus NosopHora, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 407.
175. Nosophora chironalis.

Botys chironalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 683.
Nosophora chironalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 407, t. 14, f. 12.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

[Described from Borneo, and occurs at Amboina, jide
Lederer.—H. J. E.]

176. Nosophora (?) semivialis.*

Patania semivialis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 209,
pl. 7,f.6; 5. & C., No. 4800.

Two females. The species seems to me to belong to
Nosophora, but I do not know the male, which is wanted
to ascertain the true generic position.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus AnautTES, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 407.
177. Analtes semitritalis
Analtes semitritalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 407, tab. 14, f. 14.
Sikkim ; Moller.

[The type is from Amboina. Seems very rare in
Sikkim.—H. J. H.]

178. Analtes idyalis.

Botys idyalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 996.
Analtes idyalis, Moore, Lep. of coin p. 819, pl. 188,
figs Den0ss sy NOs AL LG:

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Moore’s figure of this species is not good, the outer
spots of the fore wing in all my specimens being much
more distinct, and the hinder margin unicolorous. It
occurs at about 4000 ft., but seems rare.—H. J. E.]

[* I cannot see from Moore’s figure and description how to dis-
tinguish this from Botys concate nalis, Walk., Cat., xxxiv., p. 1408,
the type of which was from Darjecling. —H. Ap E. ]

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 619

Genus Hepynepta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 407.
179. Hedylepta vulgalis.
Asopia vulgalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 202, pl. 6,
£8:

Hedylepta vulgalis, 8S. & C., No. 4849.
Sikkim ; Moller.

180. Hedylepta tristrialis.

Botys tristrialis, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibir., p. 68, pl. 6,
fits

Tristriahs is neither a Botys nor a Coptobasis, in
which genus it is placed in Staudinger and Wocke’s
Catalogue. Its characters agree very well with Hedy-
lepta, still better than with Omiodes, the black anal tuft
of the male being alone aberrant.

Darjeeling, 20th June, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim
interior; Moller.

[My specimens are paler than Bremer’s figure.—
H. J. E.]

Genus OmiopEs, Guen., Delt. et Pyr., p. 355 ;
Led., p. 409.

181. Omiodes analis.
Omiodes analis, Snellen, Tyds., 23, p. 227; 27, p. 87.

Charema albociliata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 219;
S. & C., No. 4282.

Sikkim ; Moller.

182. Omiodes noctescens.

Charema noctescens, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p.218;
S. & C., No. 4235.

The characters of the,genus Charema, Moore, do not
differ from those of Omiodes, Guenée. I must note here
that in Omiodes the maxillary palpi are not absent ;
they are very distinct in some of the species. Noctescens
has recurved labial palpi, just as those of Omiodes
humeralis, Guenée, and they are also bicolorous, only
the inferior part is not whitish, but decidedly ochreous.

Sikkim ; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.

620 Pistar ORM cutellonioda

183. Omiodes palliventralis, nov. spec.

Three males of 30—32 mm. expanse.

This species, also a true Omiodes, is allied to noctescens, Moore,
and still more to humeralis, Guenée ; the shape of the wings and
the length of the abdomen is the same as in these species, only the
hind wings are shorter at the anal angle, and the patagia also shorter,
not only than in hwmeralis, where they reach to the anal angle of
hind wings, but also than in noctescens, where they attain two-
thirds of these wings. In palliventralis they do not reach beyond
the middle of the said margin. Besides, the legs are only ochreous
white, not deep ochreous, as in noctescens, and the under side of
the body also. From both species palliventralis is distinct by the
paler yellowish costa of the central area of fore wings. Labial
palpi recurved, bicolorous, white and fuscous, as in hwmeralis.
Antenne setaceous, deep fuscous, as the thorax, the upper side of
the abdomen (with the anal tuft), and the wings. The ochreous
part of the costa of fore wings is not distinctly limited, extending
in one specimen to the apex, and it is suffused with fuscous scales ;
markings black, the lines thick, suffused; the first oblique, the
second sinuate, as in the allied species ; discal spots of same size as
in noctescens. Hind wings with a very indistinct discal line;
fringes fuscous, but in cells 1b and 2 of fore wings white with
ochreous base, white-tipped in cell 1d and 2 of hind wings. Under
side of wings paler, greyer, with traces of a discal line; sides of
the venter fuscous grey; all tarsi and outside of fore tibise white,
the remainder of the legs more greyish.

Sikkim; Moller.

Genus Omputsa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., p. 318.
184. Omphisa anastomosalis.
Pionea ? anastomosalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 873.
Botys illisais, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 658; Lederer,
Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 371, pl. 9, f. 12.
Omphisa illisalis, Moore, kep. of Ceylon, p. 318,
pl. 183, f.4; 5S. & C., No. 4107.

Very rightly separated from Botys by Mr. Moore.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[Guenée’s types, in very bad condition, were from
Java, Walker’s from Ceylon and North India. ‘The
species seems pretty common at low elevation, but I
have never taken it myself.—H. J. E.}

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 621

185. Omphisa repetitalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XIX.,
figs. 6, 6a). ,

Four specimens of 88—40 mm. expanse.

This species has all the characters of the genus Omphisa, Moore,
‘Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ part 12, p. 317; in fact, it displays
them even more decidedly than the hitherto solitary typical
species, for the acute apex of the fore wings is more produced, and
the hind margin of the fore and hind wings much more distinctly
bent on vein 4, especially that of the latter. In other respects it
is also very alike to anastomosalis, Guen. (Pionea), Delt. et Pyr.,
p. 873, wlisalis, Walker, Lederer, Beitrag, pl. 9, fig. 12, and Moore,
l.c., p. 318, pl. 188, fig. 4; colour and markings similar: the
principal differences consist in the hind margin of the wings not
being denticulated, the cilie being only streaked with dark brown
on the veins 8 and 4 of both wings, not generally, and the hind
margin of posterior wings being blackish from the apex till vein 5,
gradually narrowing downwards, and with a graphitic lustre in the
middle. Lederer placed anastomosalis in Botys, but its generic sepa-
ration by Mr. Moore is quite justified, and the proper place of Om-
plisa, Moore, in Lederer’s System, is between Gen. 115, Megastes,
Guen., Led., and 116, Megaphysa, Guen., Led. Labial palpi
formed as in anastomosalis, a little stouter, pale yellow, outwardly
brown; maxillary palpi very distinct. Antenne distinctly ciliated,
somewhat serrated (they are setaceous in anastomosalis). Thorax
sordid ochreous brown; abdomen too, but clearer, and with distinct _
pale ochreous yellow spots on basal half. Ground colour of upper
side of wings a pale whitish ochreous yellow, as in the allied
species, in the same way mixed with luteous brown on the fore
wings; only the costa, except on the basal and apical fourths,
which are deep brown, and the hind margin posterior to a double
denticulated second transverse line from veins 8—8 are pale; first
transverse or antemedial line strongly curved, single, dark brown,
on the outside of the upper part with a nearly black shade, which
becomes wider downwards, and almost covers a small, hyaline,
orbicular mark; reniform mark oblique, quadrate, elongate, also
hyaline, brown-bordered ; below it one smaller hyaline spot at the
base of cell 2; the inferior part of a deep brown discal line is
visible below the spot ; second transverse line described above, its
inferior part indistinct, lost in the brown suffusion, which, below
vein 4, extends fully to the hind margin; vein 7 is dark brown, a
thick marginal line also, the cilie pale yellow, except at the apex
and anal angle, where they are dark brown; two transversal brown
streaks are also found at the extremities of veins 3 and 4. Hind

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—paRT iv. (DEC.) 2T

622 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

wings paler and more hyaline yellow, their base suffused with
black, the upper part of an ante-medial discal band luteous brown,
dark-bordered, its inferior half blackish, basally ill-defined, a post-
medial transverse line denticulated, double, black, basally shaded
with blackish ; it does not reach till the anal angle, but disappears
‘below vein 2 in a fuscous cloud covering the anal fourth ; upper
part of hind margin adorned by the above-described blackish, or
rather dark glossy grey, black-margined band}; inferior part from
vein 4 till anal angle with a thick marginal black line ; ciliw pale
yellow; a thick basal line, interrupted from vein 8—1c, and two
transverse streaks on veins 3 and 4 are dark brown. Under side
yellowish white; the apices of all wings, a discal mark on fore
wing, and traces of a transverse line, which only becomes distinct
towards the inner margin of hind wings, are dark brown.

Sikkim; Moller.
(Seems as abundant as the last, but not easy to dis-
tinguish without close examination.—H. J. E.|

Genus Trrastia, Guen., p. 211; Led., p. 415.
186. Terastia proceralis.*
Terastia proceralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 415 and p. 480 (1863); 8. & C., No. 4284.
Very large specimens.
Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.
Upper Assam and Naga Hills ; Doherty.

(Not common at light, and occurs at from 4 to 7000 ft.
—H. J. E.]

Genus AcatTHopEs, Guen., p. 207 (Stenurges, Led.,
p- 416).
187. Agathodes ostensals.

Perinephele ostensalis, Geyer, in Hubner’s Zutrige,
5tes Hundert, p. 11, f. 833, 834.

Agathodes ostensalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 208;
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 555, pl. 215, f. 10;
8. & C., No. 4282.

Large specimens. I have one before me of 37 mm.

[* This seems to be identical with Megaphysa egialalis, Walk.,
Cat., xvil., p. 883 (1859), from India, and with Agathodes diversalis
Walk., l.c., xxxiv., p. 1807 (1865), from Darjeeling. If it is so,
Walker’s name has priority.—H. J. E.|

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 628

expanse. Geyer’s figure (which is bad, as Guenée
observes), measures only 30 mm., and my specimens
from Java are, as a rule, not larger.

Lederer’s alteration of Guenée’s name is not admis-
sible, because Achatodes and Agathodes are sufficiently
different.

Tendong, Sikkim, 8000 ft., 1st August, 1886; H. J.
Elwes. Sikkim; Moller. Khasia Hills, 4500 ft., 24th
September, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

{Not uncommon at light in Sikkim.—H. J. E.]

Genus Diasemia, Guen., p. 233; Led., p. 418.
188. Diasemia litterata.
Phalena litterata, Scopoli, Entom. Carn., p. 229,
No. 574.
Pyralis literalis, Hubner, Samml. Kur. Schmett, Pyr.,
f. 86.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Srrrocauta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 424.
189. Sirtocauta testulalis.
Crochiphora testulalis, Geyer, in Hubner’s Zutrige,
4 tes Hundert, p. 12, f. 629, 630.
Manica testulalis, S. & C. No. 4229.
Hydrocampa aquatilis, Boisduval, in Guérin, Icon. du
Reégne animal, Insect., pl. 90, f. 9.
Striocauta testulalis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 424
In Geyer’s figure the antenne are too short.

Sikkim; Moller.
(Occurs in South America, the Cape, and Amboina.
Seems common in Sikkim.—H. J. E.)

190. Siriocauta simialalis.

Siriocauta simialalis, Snellen, Lepidopt. in Reise in
Midden-Sumatra, p. 73; id., Tyds. v. Ent., 27,
Dos pls ta, te 9, 9a, OD.

Sikkim; Moller.

(Seems very near the last species.—H. J. E.|

27 2

624 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Brapina, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 424.

191. Bradina ? pionealis, nov. spec.

A fine and fresh female of 25 mm. expanse.

This species will probably form a new genus; the base of vein 11
of fore wings is recurved, and the veins S—10 stalked; but as I do
not know the male, which may be endowed with still other
characters, I prefer to incorporate pionealis provisionally in
Bradina, which, with it, seems to have affinities, though the palpi
are rostriform and pointed. In general appearance the species
reminds one of the genus Pionea, and also of my Odontia (better,
Orobena, Sect. B) exoticalis, Tyds. v. Ent., 18, p. 191, pl. 11, f. 3,
from Columbia, being smaller, the fore wings more elongated, their
hind margin more oblique, the inner without tooth. Front a little
obtusely prominent, ochreous brown, white-edged. Palpi twice as
long as the head, porrect, pointed, the basal half white, the second
ochreous brown. Antenne setaceous. Thorax, fore wings, and
fringes sordid straw-yellow, with a faint olivaceous tinge; the
wings smooth, a little shining; they are unicolorous, with a black
spot at one-fourth of cell 1b, and a second further on at three-
fifths, which is crossed by an indistinct, slender, denticulated line
originating from a short, oblique, black streak at two-thirds of the
costa, and ending in a black spot at three-fifths of inner margin;
on the disco-cellular there is another black dot, minute but distinct,
others on the marginal line. Hind wings yellowish white, shining,
unmarked. Abdomen whitish. At the under side the fore wings
are marked as above, grey, the outer third behind the transverse
line, from vein 7 to inner margin, pale yellow. Hind wings as on
upper side. Legs yellowish.

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

(A single specimen only of this species, for which,
having lost its label, I can give no exact locality.—
Hey

Genus Puzeonectusa, Led,, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 426.
192. Pleonectusa admixtalis.
Botys admixtalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 665.
Pleonectusa admixtalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 286,
ple 180, f A135 Sec Co eNo. 4010.
P. sodalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 426 and

p- 481.
Tabidalis, Led., is not the same as admixtalis, Walker

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 625

(sodalis, Lederer) ; perfect specimens of both are quite
distinct, but I suppose that Lederer’s were faded, and so
his descriptions are not striking. The same remark is
applicable to Mr. Moore’s figures.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

| Tabidalis occurs at Amboina and Perak; admiztalis
is described from Ceylon.—H. J. E.]

Genus Stecotuyris, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 427.
193. Stegothyris diagonalis.
Salbia diagonalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 201, No.
147; 8. & C., No. 4801.
Stegothyris transversalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,
Vii., p. 427 and p. 482, pl. 16, f. 5.
Botys plagalis, Moore, P. Z.§., 1867, p. 96.
Mongpo, 2500 ft., 8rd June, 1886; H. J. Elwes.
(The type was from Java.* Lederer gives Venezuela
as the locality for his species.—H. J. EK.)

Genus ORPHNOPHANES, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,

p. 428
194. Orphnophanes productalis.

Orphnophanes productalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon.,
Vil:, p..420; pl. LG, f. 7.
Sikkim ; Moller.
(Two imperfect specimens only. The type was from
Amboina.—H. J. E.|

Genus Copropasis, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 429.
195. Coptobasis sulcialis.

Botys sulcialis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 684.

A true Coptobasis, Lederer.

Sikkim; Moller.

(The type was from Borneo, and Lederer records it

from Amboina.—H. J. E.|

* T have many specimens from Sumatra and Java, but never
received it from America (Snellen).

626 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

196. Coptobasis lunalis.
Botys lunalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 852, No. 417.
Coptobasis lunalis, 8. & C., No. 4271.
Botys thyasalis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 734.
This species is a Coptobasis.
Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes.
[The type was from Coromandel.—H. J. E.|

197. Coptobasis textalis.
Coptobasis textalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p. 482, No. 117, pl. 16, £.9:
A male.

The specimen is a dark one, and the second line of
fore wings much less distinct than in Lederer’s figure.
I have, however, a male from Sumatra which forms the
transition.

Darjeeling ; Lidderdale.

(It is in the British Museum from Borneo.—H. J. E.|

198. Coptobasis luctuosalis.
Hyalitis Inctuosalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 290.
Ebulea Zelleri, Bremer, Lepid. Ost.-Sibirien’s, p. 70,
pl. 6, f. 12 (rough).
Coptobasis erebina, Butler, Illusty., i1., p. 57, pl. 59,
rig
Luctuosalis, Guenée, is the oldest name for this species
(see Oberthiir, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1885, Bull.,
p- lvu), but Guenée’s description is not very striking.
Mr. Butler rightly placed his erebina in the genus
Coptobasis. I have not seen the species, but Mr. Elwes
writes to me, ‘‘ I have specimens from Sikkim agreeing
with the species of Amoorland and Japan.”

199. Coptobasis deficrens.
Coptobasis defictens, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 556,
pl. 215, f. 12; 5. & C., No. 4269.

The palpi in this species are very long; still I believe
that it may very well be considered as a Coptobasis. It
belongs to Lederer’s Section A of the genus.

Darjeeling, 20th July, 1886; H. J. Elwes.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 627

200. Coptobasis denticulata.
Pramadea denticulata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,
p. 211; §. & C., No. 4488. .
This species is a true Coptobasis, Lederer, and belongs
to Section A of the genus.
Mongpo, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim interior ;
Moller.

201. Coptobasis ? emealis.
Botys emealis, Walker, Cat., 18, p. 671.

A female. I expect that the male will prove that this
species is a Coptobasis, and therefore mention it here.
The colour of the upper side agrees with that of the bulk
of the species of the genus, but the apex of fore wings is
rather obtuse, and they have, at the origin of the second
line, very near to the costa, a distinct yellowish white
reniform or bean-shaped mark; the hind wings have a
whitish discal line, the central part of which is effaced.
First line and discal streak of fore wings dark.

Sikkim, 7000 ft. ;
(Agrees with the type from Ningpo.—H. J. E.]

Genus Dienoryia, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 246.
202. Diplotyla exuvialis, nov. spec.

A male of 25 mm. expanse. :

Shape of wings the same as in my diodes? orientalis, Tyds.
v. Ent., 23, p. 233, and 27, pl. 4, f. 3, 83a, 36, which is much better
placed in Mr. Meyrick’s new genus Diplotyla. The body, how-
ever, is more slender, the abdomen longer, and the antennze have
only one tooth-like projection at two-thirds. Antenne whitish,
distinctly ciliated. Palpi rather narrow, recurved, their terminal
joint distinct, truncated; they are bicolorous, whitish and fuscous,
as the front; vertex obscure ochreous. Upper side of body and
wings dark fuscous ; the fore wings have at two-thirds towards the
costa an indistinct ochreous spot, but are otherwise unmarked, as
well as the hind wings. Fringes cinereous brown, whitish in cell
16 of fore wing and 1d and 2 of hind wings. Abdomen twice as
long as the inner margin of hind wings. Under side paler, more
greyish, the body and legs whitish. Veins 8—10 of fore wings
are stalked, and the maxillary palpi present, though very short.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes.

628 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Syneamra, Guen., p. 187; Led., p. 434.
203. Syngamia floridalis.

Botys floridalis, Geller, Micropt. Caff., p. 60.

Atthaloéssa floridalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,
p. 435, pl. 17, f. 2.

Botys Witialis, Felder & Rogenh., Nov., li., 2, pl. 185,
f8:

Syngamia floridalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 239.

I agree with Mr. Meyrick that the genus A’thaloéssa,
Lederer, may be united to Syngamia, Guenée, Lederer.

Darjeeling, 20th June and 4th August, 1886; H. J.
Elwes. Tendong, lst August; id. Sikkim; Moller.

(This very wide-ranging specics was not uncommon
at light.—H. J. E.]

Genus Gonocausta, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vil., p. 436.
204. Gonocausta ? vestigialis, nov. spec.

Three males of 25—26 mm. expanse.

In this species the shape of fore wings is as in Gonocausta
zephyralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 436, pl. 17, f. 5,* but
the hind wings are more like those of Aitholia flavibasalis, Guen.,
male (the female of that species has shorter rounded hind wings) ;
the palpi, however, are porrect, like those of zephyralis, and not
recurved. Strictly, a new genus should be formed, but as I have
only males of the new species, and thus am not able to give the
characters in full, I prefer to place vestigialis provisionally in
Gonocausta. Labial palpi porrect, rostriform, bicolorous, white
and ochreous brown; maxillary palpi filiform. Ocelli present.
Forehead rounded. Antenne two-thirds of fore wings, setaceous,
distinctly ciliated; apex of fore wings rather acute, slightly
recurved; hind margin as in zephyralis, Led. Hind wings nearly
triangular, the apex and anal angle distinct but obtuse, the hind
margin nearly straight, with two shallow undulations. Colour of
body and wings ochreous, the former and the base of wings darker,
the hind margin of fore wings and the apex of hind wings pale
fusecous; the remainder paler, shining, thinly clothed. Fore wings

* T have a specimen of zephyralis from Columbia, but never
received it from India. It is also not enumerated among the
Indian Pyralidina in Colonel Swinhoe’s ‘ Catalogue of the Moths
of India,’ and so the habitat given by Lederer may be considered
at least to be doubtful.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 629

with a curved ferruginous first transverse line at one-fourth ; inner
margin of hind wings with a ferruginous patch, surmounted with a
tuft of woolly ochreous hairs on the base of vein 2; second line near
hind margin, black, beginning with a strong oblique streak at
costa of fore wings, then interrupted, continued on hind wings as
a series of black spots; marginal line brown, more distinct on hind
wings ; fringes brown, paler on hind wings, and with a white spot
in cell 6 of fore wings; no distinct discal spots. Under side paler,
shining; markings as above; no tuft on hind wings. Legs yellowish,
the tarsi white, the anterior with black apex, the middle and hind
tarsi with black annulations. Nervulation of fore wings as in
Botys; veins 4 and 5 of hind wings stalked.

Sikkim ; Moller.

205. Gonocausta ? ferruginata.
Agrotera ferruginata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.,
p- 209.
A male.

This species is congeneric with vestigialts, but certainly
not an Agrotera, the labial palpi being quite different
from those of that genus, rostriform, obtuse, their third
joint very short, the maxillary palpi distinct, filiform.

Ferruginata differs from vestigialis by its smaller size,
the regularly arched upper part of the second line of
fore wings; the discal line of hind wings is also not
dissolved in a series of points, but nearly uninterrupted,
undulated.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Zincxenta, Zell., Caff., p. 55; Led., p. 436.
206. Zinckenia recurvalis.
Pyralis recurvalis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., ui., 2, p. 237,
No. 407.
Zinckenia recurvalis, Zeller, Micropt. Cafir., p. 55
(1852).
Spoladea recurvalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 225,
pl. 8, f. 5 (1854).
Hymenia recurvalis, S. & C., No. 4262.
Guenée was probably unacquainted with Zeller’s
previous and excellent description of the genus Zinchkenia,
otherwise he would not have formed a new name. That

630 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

of Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss,’ Hymenia, can never take
precedence of Zeller’s, as it is without description.
Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim ;
Moller.
(One of the most abundant species at light in Dar-
jeeling.—H. J. EH.)

Genus Acrotera, Schrank, Faun. Boica, p. 163;
Led., p. 489.

207. Agrotera scissalis.
Afidiodes scissalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1526.
Sikkim; Moller. Naga Hills; Doherty.
[A single bad specimen only in Moller’s collection.
The type was from Java.—H. J. E.]

Genus Diatnrausta, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii,
p- 488.
208. Diathrausta profundalis.
Diathrausta profundalis, Led., l.c., pl. 17, f. 4.
Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Cirruocurista, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vi.,
p. 440.
209. Cirrhochrista fumipalpis.

Cirrhochrista fumipalpis, Feld. & Rogenh., Novara, il.,

2, pl. 185, f. 81; Pagenstecher, Jahrb. des
Nassanisch. Vereins, vol. 87 (1884), p. 185 (de-
scription).

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A single specimen only of this peculiar-looking
species, which must be rare in Sikkim. The type was
from the Moluceca Islands. I have another specimen
from the Naga Hills.—H. J. E.]

Genus Pycnarmon, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 441.
210. Pycnarmon jaguaralis.
Spilomela jaguaralis, Guence, Delt. et Pyr., p. 283 (2).
Pycnarmon jaguaralis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii.,
p: 441, plil7.f 11 (d) 5/8. & C:, No. 4316:

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 631

The maxillary palpi are not absent, as Lederer says ;
they are, however, small and easily overlooked.

Sikkim, 2000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ;
id. Sikkim; Moller.

211. Pycnarmon abracxalis.
Zebronia abraxalis, Walker, Cat., 84, p. 1849.
Pycnarmon abraxalis, 8. & C., No. 4818.
Darjeeling, July; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.
Naga Hills; Doherty.
[A common species in Sikkim, somewhat variable in
its markings.—H. J. E.]

Genus SprnomEena, Guen., p. 280.

212. Spilomela ommatalis.

Spilomela ommatalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23, p. 285;
id., 27, p. 44, pl. 4, f. 5, 5a.
The figure in the ‘Tydschrift’ is not elaborate, but
sufficient for recognising the species.

Sikkim; Moller. Mongpo, 4000 ft.; Gammie.
[Seems a common species.—H. J. E.]

Genus Zepronia, Hiibn., Verz., p. 361.
213. Zebronia zebralis.
Pycnarmon zebralis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 91, pl. 7,
f.12; §.&C., No. 4318.

This species is no Pycnurmon, as the antenne of the
male are simple; but it is more nearly allied to striginalis,
platinalis, and ovulalis, Guenée, which [ have separated
from Conchylodes, Lederer, as a distinct genus (Ledererta,
Snellen, Tyds., 18, p. 256). However, as that name is
preoccupied (see T'yds., 28, p. 286), I propose for it the
name Zebronia, derived from the well-known name-store,
Hubner’s ‘ Verzeichniss.’

Sikkim ; Moller.

214. Zebronia rigidalis, nov. spec.
Two females of 25 mm. expanse.
Labial palpi recurved, narrow, compressed, their terminal joint
short, pointed; they are white, the first article marked with a

632 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

black spot; base of antennz spotted with black. Head and thorax
white, the latter with longitudinal black lines. Upper side of
wings white, not very pure, a little yellowish, especially on the
hind pair, which besides has a deep ochreous patch at anal angle;
basal third of. fore wings marked with three straight, vertical,
broad black stripes, the centre with a black streak along costa, just
in the middle, an elongated black discal spot, and a somewhat
obliquely placed fureate black stripe; parallel to hind margin,
more curved than this, we observe a fifth black stripe, which is
attenuated towards the costa; hind margin black, also on hind
wings ; these are marked with five converging black stripes, which
stop at the limit of the ochreous anal patch, except the second
from the base, which crosses it and attains the inner margin.
Fringes white, with two black lines. Basal half of abdomen white,
with two lateral black stripes, the second half ochreous, with white
marginal segments, their last marked with a black spot, and a
black apex. Under side white, the markings of the upper side
sketched with pale grey. Front legs with four black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

215. Zebronia trbialis.
Synclera tibialis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 216;
5. & C., No. 4807.
Sikkim ; Moller.
[A single specimen only.—H. J. E.]

216. Zebronia auroralis.
Haritala auroralis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 215,
pl. vil., f. 17 $°S: & C., No. 4319.
Sikkim interior ; Moller.
[A single bad specimen only. The type was from
Cherra Punji. According to Mr. Warren’s arrangement
this is rather a Pagyda.—H. J. Ei.)

217. Zebronia ? bistrigalis.
Zebronia bistrigalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1848.
Pycnarmon bistrigalis, 8. & C., No. 4314.
A male.
This species is provided with a tolerably large flat tuft
of hairs and long scales at the under side of hind wings,
on the costa, near to the base. It also bears only a

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 633

superficial resemblance to the Indian as well as to the
American species, the abdomen being shorter, the wings
broader, and the antenne not so long; so it might
deserve the formation of a new genus between Zebronia
and Conchylodes.

Sikkim; Moller.

(This is the type of genus Metaxyspila, Warren MSS.
—H. J. E.]

Genus Ravanoa, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii1., p. 284.
218. Ravanoa virgatalis.
Pycnarmon virgatalis, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, pl. 92,
f.7—10; S. & C., No. 4817.

This species has, in the male sex, simple antennae,
and is much more. slenderly built than Pycnarmon
jaguaralis, Guenée. In fact, it agrees, in facies and
generic characters, with Iavanoa Iilineolalis, Moore.
Ravanoa creonalis, Moore, belongs to Meyrick’s genus
Dolichosticha.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(This belongs to genus Hutrichotis, Warren MSS.—
Ee Je |

Genus ConcHyLopEs, Guen., Lederer, p. 442 (pars.).

Perhaps it would be better to unite caberalis and the allied species
under the generic name Aripana, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 312,
to reserve the name Conchylodes, Guen., for diphtheralis and
hebrealis, and to place striginalis, platwnalis, argentalis, and
ovulalis in a third genus Zebronia, Hiibn.; but as I do not
possess diphtheralis and hebrealis, I prefer to leave the question
undecided. Lederer speaks of two sections (A and B) of his genus
Conchylodes, but does not indicate the species belonging to them.

219. Conchylodes paucipunctalis, noy. spec.
El x. ae. 2).

A male of 20 mm. expanse.

I cannot consider this species, of which I have also four Javanese
specimens of 20—21 mm. expanse, as a variety of caberalis, Guen.,
to which species it is allied, because, as in diaphana, Cram.,
meritalis, Walker (baptalis, Snellen), and judging after the figure,
also in levinia, Cram., the costa of fore wings is not marked with
black striz, as in caberalis, Guen., erinalis, Walk., Led., and

634 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

corycialis, Snell. As to argyria, Butler (Zebronia argyria, Ilust.,
3, p. 76, pl. 59, f. 9), it seems to be distinguished by the absence of
transverse lines on fore wings and by their grey costa (though this
latter character is not mentioned in the description). Mr. Butler
describes and figures also fowr black spots on hind wings. Pauct-
punctalis differs from the African diaphana by the want of the
apical black spots of fore and hind wings, by the position of the
outermost of the four basal spots of fore wings, which is not placed
on the same line as the first and second but lower, by the flexuous,
not angular, second line, and by the smaller size. From meritalis
it differs by its larger size, the want of the black stripe on hind
margin of fore wings, and the want of the apical spot of hind
wings. Levinia is a roughly figured small American species,
which I do not possess, and leave undiscussed. Palpi white, like the
thorax and abdomen, the latter with two black spots near the base,
and a faint ochreous band with two minute black spots near the
apex. Upper side of wings white, with two diffused ochreous
transverse lines, the second flexuous; four black spots at base, as
shown by the figure, one on the disco-cellular, a sixth on the costa
above the fifth, a little more outward, a seventh at the origin of
the second line, and the eighth in cell 2, near hind margin; the
sixth and seventh affect in two specimens the form of black rings,
in the other three they are very small. As in meritalis, the black
spot on inner margin, at the extremity of the second line, is
wanting. Hind wings only with three black spots; hind margin
ochreous, but only in the Sikkim specimens distinctly so, in two
of the Javanese nearly white. Fringes greyish white. Under
side suffused with grey, especially along the costa and hind margin
of fore wings.

Sikkim; Moller.

220. Conchylodes corycialis.
Conchylodes corycialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23,
p. 238; id., 27, p. 44. pl. 4, f. 6.
Sikkim ; Moller.
(A single specimen only. The type from Celebes.—
H. J. E.]
221. Conchylodes meritalis.
Zebronia? meritalis, Walker, Cat., 17, p. 479.
Aripana meritalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 813;
§.& C., No. 4312.
Conchylodes baptalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 23, p. 237 ;
Ids; 205, )> 44, pl. 4.1. is

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 635

In the figure in the ‘Tydschrift’ the apex of fore
wings is too sharp, but otherwise it is tolerably accurate.
The fourth basal spot (on inner margin) is, indeed, some-
times absent.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

[A single bad specimen only. The type was from
Ceylon.—H. J. E.]}

222. Conchylodes eriferalis.

Conchylodes eriferalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 618.
Aripana eriferalis, 8. & C., No. 4809.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(Of this also there was only one bad specimen in
Moller’s collection. The type was from the Andaman
Islands.—H. J. EK.)

223. Conchylodcs ? marginalis, nov. spec.

A female of 20 mm. expanse.

This species very much resembles, by its pure white, black,
marked wings, the genus Conchylodes, Lederer (sens. strict.) ; the
form of the labial palpi and the neuration are also the same, but
Ido not know the male, which may perhaps be endowed with
special characters. Labial palpi white, narrow, recurved, ap-
pressed ; third article long, pointed, erect. I cannot distinctly
perceive maxillary palpi; perhaps they are short and filiform.
Head rounded, white, as the antenni, the body, and the wings ;
apex of abdomen black, also the sharply limited conspicuous hind
margin of all wings and the markings; these consist in two
rounded costal spots of fore wings, near to the base and at one-
third, a discal spot and a flexuous second line, which is very slender
on hind wings, almost extinguished on the inner half of fore wings,
and gradually incrassating towards the anterior margin on their
costal half. First line of fore wings very indistinct and slender ;
discal spot of hind wings small, elongate. Fringes pale grey, with
a dark basal line. Markings of under side as above, but only
sketched. Legs white, the anterior pair with black spots.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[A near ally of this species is in the British Museum
Collection from New Guinea.—-H. J. E.|

636 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus SyncLeRA, Led., Wien. Ent. Mon., vii., p. 444.
224, Synclera traducals.
Eudioptis traducalis, Zeller, Micropt. Caffr., p. 54.

Spilomela retinalis, Lederer, Wien. Ent. Mon., 1,
jen JOA

Sikkim ; Moller.
[Seems very common at low elevations, but I have
not taken it myself.—H. J. E.]

225. Synclera subtessulalis.

Botys subtessulalis, Walker, Cat., 34, p. 1406.
2 Synclera traducalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 316,
pl: 182; £9.

Sikkim ; Moller.

(This wide-ranging species seems less common than
the last in Sikkim.—H. J. E.}

226. Synclera onychinalis.
Asopia onychinalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 205, pl. 6,
ted

Synclera onychinalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent.. 27. p. 45.

Lepyrodes astomalis, Felder & Rogenh., Novara, i.,
2, pl. 185, f. 22.

Glyphodes astumalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 224.

This species was omitted by Lederer, probably from
inadvertence. Of course, it is no Asopia, and I believe
the genus Synclera to be its proper pines.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

(A single demanded specimen only.—H. J. E.|

Genus Lepyropzs, Guen., p. 277; Led., p. 445.
227. Lepyrodes geometricalis.

Lepyrodes geometricalis, Guencée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 278,
No. 271, pl. 8, f. 6.

Mongpo, 4000 ft.; H. J. Elwes. Sikkim; Moller.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 637

Genus PHaLanetopEs, Guen., p. 278.
228. Phalangiodes neptis.*

Pyralis neptis, Cramer, Uitl. Kap., iii., p. 128, pl. 264, F.
Phalangiodes neptisalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 279.

Sikkim ; Moller.

229. Phalangiodes rivulalis, nov. spec. (Pl. XX.,
fies. 1, 1a).

Two males of 31 and 29} mm. and a female of 28 mm. expanse.

This species must be placed between neptis, Cramer, and
columalis, Snellen (Tyds. v. Ent., 23 (1879), p. 239; 27 (1888—84),
p. 46, pl. 4, f.8, 2). It has the same shape of wings and nervula-
tion as columalis, and the white spots are also without well-
defined dark margins; but the ground colour of the upper side of
the wings is still more uniform violet-grey, the basal half of hind
wings is vitreous white, with a large oval dark central spot on the
discocellular, anda sinuated hind margin. Besides, instead of the
two elongated vitreous white spots along the somewhat paler hind
margin of the wing, which we observe in neptis and colwmalis,
there is a white line, the angulated upper half of whichis separated
by an interruption in cell 2 from the sinuated inferior part that
ends in the anal angle. Fore wings marked as in colwmalis, but
instead of the inferiorly dilatated vitreous white spot at one-third
of the wing, we find two superposed elongate spots, and a point at
the base of cell 2; second half of the wing marked with four
vitreous white spots, as in neptis and colwmalis; they are, how-
ever, widely separated, and the spot in the anal angle, which is
somewhat lunular, as in neptis, is much narrower; cilie grey.
Under side of the wings marked as above, but the ground colour
paler, especially on hind wings. Legs nearly white, the anterior
tarsi with grey hair on the first and second joints.

Sikkim, the male of 81 mm. (O. Moller) ; Sumatra,
Deli (Schagen van Leeuwen); Java, Batavia (Piepers).

(Seems commoner than the last in Sikkim, but I have
never taken it myself.—H. J. H.]

** Phalangodes, Lederer. This name is preoccupied since 1842
fora genus of Arachnide (Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 310), but I
believe that Phalangiodes is still disposable.

TRANS. ENT. soc. LOND. 1890.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 20

638 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

Genus Preryarsus, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1886, p. 429 (Isopteryx, Guenée, Lederer).
230. Pterygisus foedalis.

Isopteryx foedalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyral., p. 228,
plat

I. tenellalis, ibid., p. 228.

Physematia epispila, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1886, p. 257.

A male.

As the name Isopteryx was pre-occupied, Mr. Butler
changed it into Pterygisus.
Sikkim ? ; :

Genus Hyprocampa, Latreille, Fam. Nat., p. 478 ;
Led., p. 451.

231. Hydrocampa exsolvalis.

Hydrocampa exsolvalis, Snellen, Lepidoptera, in Reize
in Midden-Sumatra, p. 76 (1880).

Cymoriza inextricata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 210,
pl. vu., f.7 (8); S. & C., No. 4890.

C. rwularis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., p. 210, pl. vii,
f.8(9); 8. & C., No. 4895.

This species is no Cymoriza; it is true that the
characters of Hydrocampa, Lederer, are also not strictly
applicable to it, but as I have not yet had the oppor-
tunity to examine a male, I abstain from forming a new
genus, which I suppose will be necessary.

Sikkim ; Moller.

232. Hydrocampa simplalis, nov. spec.

A female of 19 mm. expanse.

This species belongs to Lederer’s Section A of the genus
Hinterfliigelrippen normal); the markings, however, are less
complicated, the first line of fore wings absent, the upper part of
the second regularly arched, not sinuous or angulated. Antenne,
palpi, head, thorax and the ground colour, the wings white, not
very pure, a little greyish. No first line nor discal spot; second
line arched, the upper part from the costa to vein 3 distinct, nearly
black, the inferior hardly visible. Hind wings with a black discal
spot and a thin sinuated grey discal line, Hind margin narrowly

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 639

pale ochreous, as in the allied species, basally margined by a waved
dark grey line, which is more distinct towards the apices of the
wings. Behind the second line of the fore wings, the discal line of
the hind wings and the hind margin, the ground is clouded with
pale fuscous. Fringes pale grey.

Sikkim ; Atkinson.

Genus Ouicostiema, Guen., p. 260.
233. Oligostigma colonialis.
Oligostigma colonialis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 262,
No. 248; Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19, p. 189 and
p. 198, pl. 8, f. 8, a—d; 8. & C., No. 4407.

On the figure in the ‘ Tydschrift’ the first unocellated
spot on the margin of hind wings is not distinctly
indicated.

Sikkim ; Moller.

[I have never taken any species of Oligostigma myself
in Sikkim, but Moller’s collectors got them not uncom-
monly at low elevations.—H. J. E.|

234. Olagostigma saturatalis, nov. spec.

A female of 25 mm. expanse.

This genus comes next to simplicialis, Snell., and latifascialis,
Snell. (Tyds. v. Ent., 19, pp. 189 and 201); it differs from the first
by the very broad deep ochreous central fascia of hind wings,
which is still broader than in latifascialis, leaving only a narrow
streak of the lustrous white ground colour between it and the black
bordered yellow margin; this margin is marked with three white
black-margined spots, as in simplicialis (in latifascialis with two),
and the trigonous central patch of fore wings is also shaped as in
the first species; it is deep ochreous, with sinuous dark grey basal
and hind borders, extending till the costa. All other markings are
deep, dull, pure ochreous yellow, and consist, on fore wings, of
three stripes along the costa and inner margin, while the third,
narrower and curved, is found in cell 16; these are all without
darker margins. ‘Two others are parallel to the hind margin, and
of these the interior has only a slender black margin at the out-
side; the exterior has them on both sides, slender, distinct, and
waved. Fringes dark grey, with a darker spot at the apex. On
hind wings the central yellow fascia is diffused over the apical

third, and the fringes are grey, with a darker basal line. Veins
9
2u 2

640 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

8—11 of fore wings stalked; 6—7 from a point with 8; 3—5 from
a point, also 4 and 5 of hind wings; disco-cellulars very oblique.

Sikkim ; Moller.

235. Oligostigma simplicialis.

Oligostigma simplicialis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19,
p. 189 and p. 201, pl. 8, f. 6.

The figure in the ‘ Tydschrift’ is not very exact; the
tinge of the yellow markings on the apical part of the
fore wings is too brownish, and the yellow discal fascia
of hind wings should have been diffused just behind the
three ocellated spots.

Sikkim interior; Moller.

236. Oligostigma sejunctalis.

Oligostigma sejunctalis, Snellen, Tyds. v. Ent., 19,
p= 189.and p. 207, plo). -01.

Sikkim ; Moller.

237. Oligostigma papulalis, nov. spec.

A male. Length of a fore wing, 12 mm.

In this species the third article of labial palpi is distinct and
elub-like, while in all the other species of my section B of the
genus it is short, truncate, or pointed. Basal article of antenne
with a peculiarly shaped, slender, clubbed projection ; the discoidal
cell of fore wings with a depression, covered on the upper side by
a conspicuous flat crest of scales, inserted on the costa of the cell;
margin of hind wings marked with four large minutely white-
centred spots upon a wholly unbordered pale ochreous stripe. By
these characters papulalis is very distinct. Ground colour of
wings lustrous white, a little greyish; costa of fore wings suffused
with luteous and grey, the crest of scales darker, shining; inner
margin of wing pale ochreous; discal fascia wedge-shaped, rather
narrow, luteous, grey-margined, oblique, pointed, converging in
cell 1b, with a luteous yellow stripe descending from the costa,
and which has at the outside a slender, distinct, grey margin;
marginal band of wing pale bright ochreous yellow, black-mar-
gined; base of hind wings pale ochreous, grey-margined ; central
fascia broad, widening from the inner margin towards the apex,
and distinctly grey-margined on both sides from inner margin till
yein 6 ; black marginal spots somewhat 8-shaped, their upper part

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 641

white-centred. Fringes pale grey. Veins 8—11 of fore wings
stalked; 7 from a point with 8; 3—5 from a point; 4 and 5 of
hind wings short-stalked; disco-cellulars very oblique.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Cymoriza, Guen., p. 271.*
238. Cymoriza wrrectalis.
Cymoriza wrrectalis, Guenée, Delt. et Pyr., p. 272,
Pleo ints Se & C., No; 4391:

One specimen represents a dark variety in which the
upper side of the wings is almost entirely fuscous brown,
with the white markings partly obliterated.

Darjeeling, 4th August, 1886; H. J. Elwes. Bhootan,
Moller.

239. Cymoriza marginalis.

Cymoriza marginalis, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep.,

po 2it.

Bhootan; Moller. Sikkim; Coll. Atk.

Fam. CRAMBIDA, Zetu.+
Genus Ramina, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 667.
240. Ramila marginella.
Ramila marginella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 667,
pl. 88, f. 16; 8. & C., No. 4660.
Sikkim, 1—4000 ft. ; Moller.

941. Ramila acciusalis.

Margaronia acciusalis, Walker, Cat., 19, p. 997.
Ramila acciusalis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 389,
pl. 184, f. 5.
Cirrhochrista acciusalis, id., Descr. Indian Lep., p. 227
(2); 8. & C., No. 4658.
This species was well placed in Ramila, but is no
Cirrhochrista.

Sikkim ; Moller.

* Not identical with Cymoriza, Lederer (see Snellen, 'Tyds. v.
Ent., 23, p. 248). ;
+ Zeller, ‘ Chilonid. et Crambid. genera et species,’ 1863.

642 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

(Moore’s figure does not show the two bands across
the wings at all.—H. J. H.]

Genus Brinaspa, Moore, P. Z.S8., 1867, p. 666.
242. Brihaspa atrostigmatella.

Briaspa atrostigmatella, Moore, P. Z.8., 1867, p. 666,
pl. 388, f. 18; Felder & Rogenh., Novara, u., 2,
pl. 98, f. 19; 5S. & C., No. 4657.

Sikkim; Moller. Darjeeling, August; H. J. Elwes.

Genus ScrrpopHaca, Treitschke, Schmett. von Europa,
ix.,i., p. 55; Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. gen. et spec.,
p. &
243. Scirpophaga auriflua.
Scirpophaga auriflua, Zeller, l.c., p. 1; Moore, Lepid.
of Ceylon, p. 387.

A male. A second specimen differs from the other by
the presence of a black discal dot on fore wings; the
under side of these wings is also not suffused with grey ;
the other characters are the same. Perhaps a distinct
species, but as it is somewhat rubbed, and the palpi are
in bad condition, I abstain from giving it a name.

Sikkim ; Moller.

Genus Cuino, Zineken, Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. Gen. et
Species, p. 6.

244, Chilo ? ambiguellus, nov. spec. (Pl. XX., fig. 4).

Two males of 87 and 43, two females of 42 and 53 mm. expanse.

Though this species has, in its general aspect, some resemblance
with our European Chilo phragmitellus, and looks like a stout species
of that genus, yet there exist many divergencies. Firstly, with
regard to the nervulation, vein 8 of hind wings is free, vein 11 of
fore wings oblique, vein 7 short-stalked with veins 8—10, vein 3
comes from a point with 4 and 5, not emerging between 2 and 4,
as in Chilo, and the disco-cellular of hind wings is much less
oblique. The rostriform palpi have only the length of the thorax,
aud the female abdomen is obtuse, with a short anal tuft, as in
Schenobius gigantellus 9. The inner margin of the discoidal
cell of hind wings is ciliated on the upper side. Possibly the right
place of the species might be near Cledeobia. Antennx hardly as

cataloque of the Pyralidina of Sikkim 648

long as the half of the costa of fore wings, setaceous, thicker in the
male. Labial palpi somewhat rough-haired, fuscous, the base pale ;
maxillary palpi pencil-like, distinct; front obtusely protruding.
Ocelli distinct, tongue wanting. Head with antenne an thorax
fuscous, paler in the female. Wings shaped as in Chilo phragmt-
tellus, pale ochreous brown in the male, still much paler in the
female; a spot at the base, two transverse rows of spots at the
place of the ordinary lines, a shade behind the second, and a large
rounded spot on the disco-cellular, brown; the first row consists
of two or three spots and is outwardly oblique, the second is much
more so in the opposite direction, somewhat flexuous and more
distinct ; both are meeting in cell 10, and there confluent; shade
behind the second line not reaching the apex; marginal spots
black, distinct, larger in the male. Fringes paler than the wing,
especially in the male. Hind wings white, in the male with a row
of dark spots from the apex till vein 2. Abdomen fuscous. Under
side of wings nearly white ; four discal spots, a transverse row of
spots on all wings at three-fourths, and marginal spots brown, but
very obsolete in one of the females. Legs pale fuscous (g') or
whitish (2), smooth, with long spurs as in Chilo phragmitellus.

i Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft., July; id., 7000 ft.; H. J.

lwes.

Genus Diprycnornora, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1866,
p. 158.

245. Diptychophora prematurella.

Eromene prematurella, Meyr., Australian Microlepid.,
p- 198.

Diptychophora prematurella, id., l.¢., p. 217.

Hromene dilatella, id., p. 199.

Sikkim interior ; Moller.

Genus Escuata, Walker, Catal., ix., p. 138.
246. Hschata argentata.

Eschata argentata, Moore, Descr. Indian Lep., Atk.
p. 227.

Sikkim ; Atkinson. Naga Hills, 5—7000 ft., August,
1889 ; W. Doherty.

247. Eschata conspurcata.

Eschata conspurcata, Moore, Deser. Indian Lep., Atk.,
Ds 22h:

Sikkim ; Moller.

644 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

[Genus Acastya, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 378.
248. Agastya hybleoides.
Agastya hybleoides, Moore, l.c., p. 879.

A single specimen, which agrees with Mr. Moore’s
type. I cannot tell where this curious looking insect
should be placed, as Mr. Snellen had not seen it.

Sikkim, June 17th, 1887; Dudgeon.

249. Agastya flavomaculata, Moore, l. c.

This appears to differ only in smaller size, and in
having a small yellow spot between the median and
submedian veins. The type from Darjeeling should be
in the Atkinson collection, but I could not find it.—
H. J.2.]

Genus CramBus, Fabr., Zeller, Chil. et Cramb. Gen.
et Spec., p. 14.
250. Crambus latellus, nov. spec.

A female, without abdomen, of 27 mm. expanse.

This species is very distinct by its broad white fore wings,
sparingly marked with ochreous yellow along the hind margin, and
with a black central dot, situated on the base of vein 2, a somewhat
unusual place. Palpi as long as the thorax, bicolorous, the basal
half ochreous, the central fourth white, the tip black. Head and
thorax denuded. Apex of the dull pure white broad fore wings
rectangular, somewhat obtuse, as in the European hortwellus, to
which group latellus belongs, the hind margin nearly straight, and
the fringes with a pearly and pale golden lustre. The markings
consist in the above-mentioned very distinct black dot, two faint
oblique ochreous streaks on the second half of the costa, and in a
slender ochreous transverse line near hind margin, which is oblique
and geminated from five-sixths of costa till vein 5, thence parallel
to hind margin, single and faintly undulated; apex with an
ochreous spot; hind margin in cells 10 and 2 with another, which
is adorned with two black dots; marginal line ochreous. Hind
wings with fringes sordid white, unmarked ; marginal line ochreous.
Under side of fore wings dark grey, the hind sixth yellowish white,
with two marginal black dots in cell 16 and2 as above. Neuration
as in hortuellus.

Darjeeling; H.J. Hlwes. Mongpo, 4000 ft. ; Gammie.

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 645

251. Crambus parallelus.

Crambus parallelus, Zeller, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1867,
Paeoospl art. 1,

Sikkim ; H. J. Elwes.

252. Crambus dividellus, nov. spec.

Five specimens of 25—30 mm. expanse.

This apparently undescribed species belongs to the section O, d,
v, of Zeller’s genus Crambus (‘Chilonid. et Crambid. genera et
Species,’ p. 15), and is evidently allied to our European tristellus
and selasellus ; from both it is distinguished—1, by the bicolorous
fore wings (the costal half being ochreous yellow and the inner
ochreous brown) ; 2, by the want of the longitudinal white stripe,
which is always found in selasellws, and occurs in several varieties
of tristellus. Besides (and this is not the least considerable,
though not the most apparent difference), the front is rounded,
without the obtuse projection of selasellus and tristellus. Antenne
setaceous, nearly bare, brownish grey. Labial palpi thrice as long
as the head, brownish grey. Front and vertex pale ochreous
yellow. Thorax with collar and patagie ochreous brown. The
form of the fore wings is as in selasellus, the costa a little stronger,
and also more regularly rounded, without depression before the
more acute apex; on the contrary, the hind margin is alittle more
sinuate. The costal half of fore wings is of a rather pure but pale
dull ochreous yellow, and the inner impure, greyish, dull ochreous
brown ; the limit of the two colours is, however, neither sharp nor
quite straight; on the bases of the veins 8 and 4 the brown
advances a little towards the costa and beyond it retreats towards
the anal angle, leaving only the veins 3 and 4 brown. Besides,
towards the base of the wing, the ochreous yellow of the costal
half is sullied by ochreous grey-brown. In the fold a short ill-
defined ochreous yellow longitudinal stria is issued by the base; it
does not reach the half of cell1b, and between its end and the
inner margin of discoidal cell we perceive a small ill-defined dark
grey spot; marginal line marked with minute black spots. The
fringes have a silky lustre and are ochreous brown, with exception
of the basal half from the apex till veins 5 or 4, which is more or
less well-defined white. Hind wings white, a little glossy, dusted
with grey on the apical third. Fringes white. Under side of fore
wings grey, the apex and hind margin paler, first yellowish,
outwardly whitish. Hind wings as above. Abdomen grey, with

646 Pieter C. T. Snellen on a

whitish under side and yellowish anal brush. Legs yellowish.
Nervulation as in selasellus. Vein 11 of fore wings more oblique.

Sikkim, Tonglo, 10,000 ft.; H. J. Elwes.

(This species was common in July in the grassy
country along the Sundukpho range.—H J. E.|

253. Crambus aurivittatus.

Crambus aurivittatus, Moore, Descr. Atk., p. 226
(1887).

[A distinct species with broad golden band on the hind
margin of the fore wing, which I have seen in the
Atkinson collection.—H. J. E.|

Darjeeling ; Atkinson.

[Another species or variety of this, in which the upper
edge of the band is toothed, is Crambus argyroptera,
Butler, fide Moore, also from Darjeeling, in the Atkinson
collection.—H. J. E.|

[Note.—This paper was written by Mr. Snellen on the
collections made by the late Otto Moller and myself in
Sikkim, and forms the second part of the Catalogue of
the Lepidoptera of Sikkim, which I commenced in 1887,
and of which the first part was published in Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1888.

I can add but little to the remarks which I then made;
but, owing to the untimely death of Mr. Moller, | am
unable to give full particulars of the localities and
seasons of the specimens in his collection, of which a
set is now preserved in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
It may be said, however, that they were mostly collected
by natives at low elevations in the valleys of the Great
and Little Rangit rivers, near Darjeeling, and many of
the species found at these low elevations have an
extremely wide distribution in India and the tropics.

The species which occur only at higher elevations are
not so wide-ranging as a rule, and but very few species
are as yet known to occur as high as 10,000 ft.

Mr. Snellen has had great difficuly in identifying
many of Walker’s and Moore’s descriptions, but I have,
with the kind assistance of Mr. Warren, who has recently
arranged the Pyralide of the British Museum, checked

catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim. 647

the doubtful identifications, and in some few cases
suggested corrections to Mr. Snellen.

For all which is signed with my initials I alone am
responsible, and I have to offer my hearty thanks to our
distinguished foreign member for the careful labour he
has devoted to this work.

In order to facilitate the references I have given the
number of each species in Swinhoe and Cotes’ ‘ Cata-
logue of the Moths of India,’ citing it as “8. & C.” No.
—H. J. Eiwes. |

EXPLANATION oF Puates XIX. & XX.

PLATE XIX.
Fies. 1, la. Cydalima Elwesialis, Snellen.
Conchylodes paucipunctalis, Snellen.
0, 8a. Pannucha asopialis, Snellen.

Bo

4. Cledeobia angulifascia, Snellen.
5. Scoparia pulveralis, Snellen.
6, 6a. Omplisa repetitalis, Snellen.

PLATE XX.
Fies. 1, la. Phalangiodes rivulalis, Snellen.
2, 2a. Pannucha vicinalis, Snellen.
3, 8a. Oryba conspicualis, Snellen.
4. Chilo ambiguellus, Snellen.
5, 5a. Crocidophora flavicilialis, Snellen.
6, 6a. Filodes sexpunctalis, Snellen.

ae a iy iia 4ily Ay Ait’ itn = cae
Whe vey SF tei dine i tab ff FON

Senet Hea Ate oh oth en boss ta
ore ola, Deg ai Re TA Or 8 ak Meade {lie Yoh
Aah? hig Febr ia |e aD) oN ob val Uo ti oak (agar
i iaiey #13 a 10) il oer | Hiaiinenitalb
- | un olilto) futorli iy
vieck rhe Vie el ot NAqah pA oh. colt
rol Ieee moder ah epetader Howe Wp cad mits
age? | i dE ath) ae, foie ir ed Nite wil Ww pune
Fa Leal: at

f as
<= . _
2
-
| iz
{ y
,
i
i
td
’
|
2
7
7
*
a
7
See =
: 1
, ’ [a ae

( 649 )

XIX. On a species of Aphideous insects infesting the bread-
fruit trees in Ceylon. By Prof. J. O. Wxstwoop,
MA Liusisess OcGe

[Read July 2nd, 1890.
PLATE XXI.

Tur almost universal prevalence of species of the plant-
sucking family, Aphide, will cause no surprise to ento-
mologists in learning that another member of that
family should have been found to occur on the bread-
fruit tree in Tropical Asia. For a knowledge of this
fact we are indebted to Mr. KE. Ernest Green, nephew
of Mr. Staniforth Green, of Colombo, Ceylon, who has
on various occasions supplied me with materials which
have enabled me to lay interesting matter before the
Entomological Society of London.

Siphonophora Artocarpt.

Lete viridis (vivens et post ultimam exuviationem) vel postea
magis infuscata, thorace et fasciis transversis abdominalibus fuscis;
oculis sanguineis; alis hyalinis venis gracilibus, anticis ramulo
2do venee post-costalis pone medium ejus valde arcuato; corniculis
melliferis longissimis, divergentibus setosis, obscurioribus. Species
magnitudine mediocri.

On the 21st June, 1889, Mr. E. E. Green found a
colony of these Aphideans feeding on the young leaves
of the Jack-tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) in Ceylon. The
following is Mr. Green’s description, taken from the living
specimens, given in his communication to his uncle, and
forwarded by him to me :—

“The larve and pups are of a bright pale green
colour (changing to dull buff when placed in spirits) ;
the honey-secreting tubes, cornicles, or nectaries are
pale brownish, and the eyes crimson. The imago-state
is also bright green immediately after the final moult,
but soon darkens to brownish green; with the thorax
and bands across the abdomen brown; the eyes are

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—PaRT Iv. (DEC.)

650 Prof. Westwood on a species of Aphideous

bright crimson. The antenne, legs, and honey-tubes
are brownish, and the space below the eyes is brown.”

Mr. E. E. Green has sent me a small bottle with
specimens of this curious aphis in all its stages ; asexual
females, winged and wingless nymphs and larve, the
last-named individuals varying from a very minute size
to that of the nymphs or pupe. Mr. Green watched
some of the asexual females producing their living
young, which are emitted tail foremost, and seem to
commence feeding as soon as they are deposited.

A striking character of the species consists in the
enlarged size of the cornicles or honey-secreting tubes
springing from the sixth abdominal ring near the
extremity of the body, common to many of the species
of Aphides, especially in those composing the division
to which Koch thence gave the generic name of Siphono-
phora. These tubes are stated by Mr. Green to be
carried diverging and elevated at an angle of 45°; they
are sometimes as long as the whole remainder of the
insect, and are strongly setose, the fine bristles set on
nearly at right angles; many of the larve carried a drop
of milky fluid at the ends of their tubes. When alarmed
the insects suddenly dropped from the leaves to the
sround. They are very active, and walk rapidly.

The drawings which I have made to illustrate this
species are from different individuals, communicated by
Mr. E. E. Green.

The first figure (fig. 1) represents a winged viviparous
female. ‘The wings are of the ordinary large size of the
Siphonophore (Aphis rose, &c.), the first branch of the
post-costal vein being short and oblique; the next
branch is very strongly curved beyond its centre, differing
in this respect from the wings of every other known
species of the family ; the three branchlets of the third
branch are of the ordinary character and form. The
hind wing is rather narrowly oval, with a minute hooklet
- beyond the middle of the anterior or costal margin
(fig. 4).* ‘The honey-secreting tubes are exceptionally

** The post-costal vein of the hind wings in Siphonophora has
only two branches. Mr. Buckton (‘ Brit. Aphides,’ i., 28) calls
this vein the cubitus, but it clearly represents the branched vein of
the fore wing, and not the slender simple veinlet of the fore wings,
to which he gives the name of the cubitus,

insects infesting the bread-fruit tree of Ceylon. 651

long and setose. The front of the head is rather
irregular and slightly setose. The antenne are beautiful
objects for the microscope, arising from two or three
thickened, very short, joints (fig. 2), and followed by
long slender joints, each of which is composed of a vast
number of minute annuli, very finely setose, the extremity
of the terminal joint being shown in fig. 3.

The nymph or pupa (fig. 5) is comparatively narrow,
and exhibits the rudimental wings of a small size at the
sides of the ‘‘alitrunk,” as Mr. Kirby styled the two
wing-bearing segments conjointly ; the body is termi-
nated by asmall conical point. The rostrum or proboscis
(fig. 6) extends along the breast to nearly the base of
the middle pair of legs (which are iong and slender). In
the accompanying drawing it is extended laterally beyond
the sides of the prothorax.

The full-grown apterous viviparous female (fig. 7) has
the body much swollen and rounded, without any traces
of wings or wing-covers ; the antennz are very long and
slender. The front of the head is represented in fig. 8
and the antenne greatly magnified in fig. 9.

With regard to the destruction of the green aphides
on various plants, Mr. Staniforth Green states to me, in
a recent letter, that although the use of Paris-green, so
strongly suggested by the ‘American economic “entomo-
logists, has been hitherto tried in a feeble way, and
without producing much diminution of these pests, it
being considered that it would be too costly to be applied
on a “large scale.

Ss

EXPLANATION OF PuatE XXI.

Fic. 1. The winged viviparous female.

2. Side of head and base of antenna of ditto.
3. Extreme tip of the antenna.

4. Hind wing of ditto.

5. The pupa.

6. The proboscis of ditto.

7. The apterous viviparous full-grown female.
8. Front of head of ditto.

9. Side of head and right antenna.

All the figures are highly magnified.

A,

; : 7 i ae r - :
Bid peda “ong TH

1 ‘rhe “Wi ATL vy eee

ve Galt

PROUTP Ta the tJ SUDA
a} !
eae Ade! vw

a

J i 4 ’ : j uid ij re en wi i ul
jf i mt dha while ;
: - ‘ oe A ' r uy ie

i iy
A

i | ei } (time as
} ij ] i ; t s ini tired
io Bion wD ity

( 653 )

XX. Further notes on the synonymy of the genera of
Noctuites. By Arruur G. Butusr, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
&e.
[Read September 3rd, 1890. |

To some of the groups already treated of, I have a few
additional notes to record; I shall therefore take them
in the order in which they now stand in the Museum
cabinets.

CYMATOPHORID..
PRoMEToPuUS, Guén.
1. Prometopus tnassueta.
Prometopus inassueta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 38, n. 42
(1852).
Bryophila dorsivaria, Walk., Lep. Het., 15, p. 1648
(1858).

Australia and Tasmania.

M. Guenée placed this genus in his heterogeneous
family Bombycoide ; it is, however, allied to Cymato-
phora.

NOCTUIDA.
OcHropLeurRA, Hiibn.

In the Grote collection I found an example of O. plecta,
which is labelled, probably in error, “‘ Valeria grotei,
Morr.”

It is avery remarkable thing that Ochropleura, a genus
founded by one of Mr. Scudder’s favourite authors, is
amongst the many lepidopterous genera omitted from
the ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus.’

Mentaxya, Hiibn.*
Eugrapha, Hubner = Ariathisa, Walk.
1. Mentaxya amatura.
Agrotis amatura, Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1700
(1858).

* This genus is extremely close to Anicla, Grote, which may
_ have to be amalgamated with it.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1890.—pParT IV. (DEC.) 2x

654 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Port Natal.

This species, in the Zeller collection, is labelled
‘* Agrotis trisema, Z.,” but 1 do not know whether he
described it. Walker incorrectly associated two examples
with two of an apparently unnamed species as A. albi-
frons, Hubn., which, however, is distinct.

21 Mentaxya rimosa.
Agrotis rimosa, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 277, n. 446 (1852).
A. varia, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 694 (1865).
Cape of Good Hope.

3. Mentaxya muscosa.
Mentaxya muscosa, Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett., 10,
414, figs. 827, 828.
Diphtera cumulata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,
p. 618 (1865).
Cape Town.
4. Mentaxya furcifera.
Agrotis furcifera. Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1699
(1858).
United States.
This is A. brocha, Morrison. I do not know which
name has priority.

ANIcLA, Grote.
1. Anicla incivis.

Agrotis incivis, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 274, n. 441 (1852).

United States to Brazil.

This is proved, by a comparison of the type-specimens,
to be A. alubame, Grote. Prodenia pauper, Butl., de-
scribed from a female received from Jamaica, is only a
dwarfed form of the same species.

2. Anicla ignicans.
Agrotis ignicans, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 274, n. 440
(1852).
A. prodenoides, Walker, Lep. Het., 10, p. 854, n. 113
(1856).
S. America generally.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 655

In the species of Anicla the secondaries are white, as
in most of the species of Mentaxya, but they are more
opaline and less thickly scaled.

XyYLopHasia, Stephens.

I am unable to see any reason for ignoring this very
natural group of moths, the bulk of which can be dis-
tinguished at a glance by the character of their markings ;
they doubtless only form a subgroup of Mamestra, so far
as structure goes, but it is convenient to keep them
separate.

1. Xylophasia rurea.
Noctua rurea, Fabricius, Sp. Ins., il., p. 240.
Europe and United States.

I ean discover no characters by which to distinguish
X. vultuosa, Grote, from this species.

2. Xylophasia lignicolora.
Xylophasia lignicolora, Gueneée, Noct., i., p. 140, n. 221
(1852).
United States.
X. quenita, Grote, only differs from X. lignicolora in
its slightly paler colouring, and X. auranticolor only
appears to be a darker form of the same.

3. Xylophasia cariosa.
? , Xylophasia cariosa, Guenée, Noct.,i., p. 144, n. 282
(1852).
United States.

Hadena idonea of Grote is the male of this species ;
the females labelled H. cariosa in the Grote collection
do not agree with Guenée’s type, and, in my opinion,
represent a distinct and altogether a finer species.

It seems to be generally supposed, in the States, that
the whole of M. Guenée’s types are in the possession of
M. Oberthur. An examination of the descriptions in
the three volumes of the ‘ Noctuélites,’ or, indeed, of any
of the volumes of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle’ (Léepidoptéres)
will show that nearly the whole of the N. American
species were described from specimens lent to the author

2x2

656 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

by Mr. Doubleday, and many of the East Indian species
from specimens in the Museum of the H. I. Company.
All these types, labelled by Guenée himself, are in the
British Museum collection.

Aurpama, Moeschl.

1. Alibama punctirena.

Hadena punctirena, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 586,
n. 64 (1857).
Hi, terens, Walker, U. c., n. 65 (1857).
St. Domingo, Venezuela, Guadaloupe. Coll. B. M.
This species appears to me to be better placed next to
Dipterygia than elsewhere.

Axyuia, Hiibn.
1. Axylia eridania.
Phalena eridania, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iv., p. exxxiil.,
fig. F (1882).
Leucania externa, Walker, Lep. Het., 9, p. 114, n. 85
(1856).
Prodenia strigifera, Walker, l. c., 15, p. 1678 (1858).
South America.
The species regarded as the male by Cramer must
bear the name.

AntacHara, Walk.

Barely separable from the preceding genus. Associated
with Xylophasia by M. Guenée.

1. Antachara diminuta.

Xylophasia diminuta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 141, n. 228
(1852).

Antachara rotundata, Walker, Lep. Het., 15, p. 1741,
n. 1 (1858).

Laphyugma lignigera, Walker, 1.¢, Suppl, 2, p. 650
(1865).

Brazil.

X. denterna of Guenée is a species of this group: we

have it from Rio Janeiro,

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 657

2. Antachara phytolacce.
Phalena phytolacce, Smith Abbot, Lep. Ins. Georgia,
He, Pp. 193, pl. 97.
Xylina inquieta, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 682, n. 22
(1857).
Prodenia ignobilis, Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc., 1878,
p- 485

North and South America.

This species varies in tint and in the prominence or
the reverse of the black stigma at the end of the cell of
primaries.

3. Antachara albula.
Xylina albula, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 629, n. 16
(1857).

Laphygma orbicularis, Walker, l.c., p. 719.

St. Domingo, Honduras, Callao.

Allied to the preceding, though clearly a distinct
species.

Morrison, Grote.
1. Morrisonia ewingit.
Noctua (Xylophasia ?) ewingii, Westwood, Proc. Ent.
Soc. Lond., ii., p. lv., pl. xx., fig. 1 (1837).
Cloantha composita, Guenée, Noct., ii., p. 114, n. 832
(1852).

Leucania dentigera, Butler, Cist. Ent., i1., p. 542 (1880),

Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand, United States.

The last-mentioned locality is based upon a specimen
in the Grote collection, undoubtedly of this species,
labelled ‘‘ Morrisonia peracuta, Morr.” The species will
probably be found to have a far wider geographical range
than has been supposed: Walker made the astonishing
blunder of identifying it with Drymonia dimidiata,
H.-Sch.

AUCHMIS, Guén.
1. Auchmis intermedia.
Cloantha intermedia, Bremer, Lep. Ost.-Sibiriens, p. 538,
tab. v., fig. 138 (1864).
Auchmis sikkimensis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe., 1867,
p- 49, pl. vi., fig. 15.
India, Japan, South Africa.

658 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Levucania, Ochs.
1. Leucania l-album.
Phalena-Noctua l-album, Linneus, Syst. Nat., xi1.,
p. 850.
Leucania listrigata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881,
p- 334.

L. penicillata, Moore, l. ¢., p. 835.

Europe and India.

I have elsewhere pointed out that the slight characters
on which the Indian species were based are very in-
constant.

With LZ. insueta of Guenée, Walker associated four
specimens of L. adonea.

2. Leucania albilinea.
Leucania albilinea, Hubner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett.,
p-. 25, n. 169, figs. 837, 338.
L. diffusa, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 94, n. 35 (1856).
L. moderata, Walker, l.c., p. 114, n. 86 (1856).
Heliophila harveyi, Grote (see Check List, p. 80, n. 619).
Leucania chilensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, p. 115, n. 4.

North and South America.

38. Leucania humidicola.
Leucania humidicola, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 90, n. 137
(1852).
LL. extenuata, Guenée, l.c., n. 138.
L. dorsalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 98, n. 48 (1856).
S. America.
I. humidicola is slightly paler than ZL. extenuata, but
is undoubtedly the same species.

4, Leucania loreyt.
Leucania loreyi, Duponchel, Lep. France, vii., 1, p. 81;
pl. 105, tig. 7 (1827).
L. collecta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 105, n. 63 (1856).
L. thoracica, Walker, l.c., p. 106, n. 68 (1856).
L. denotata, Walker, l. c., p. 107, n. 70 (1856).

Europe, Japan, India.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 659

5. Leucanta percussa.
Leucania percussa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1880,
ps O74, ne oo.

L. insularis, Butler, l. c., n. 56.

Formosa.

I believe these two must be slightly different forms of
the same species; in any case L. insularis is much
rubbed, and ought not to have been described.

6. Leucania multilinea.
Leucania multilinea, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 97,
n. 41 (1856).

Canada.

This is the species described by Grote as L. lapidaria,
Grote: it is quite distinct from LL. commoides, under
which Grote gives “L. multilinea, Walk., in litt.,” as a
synonym.

7. Leucania phragmitidicola.
Leucania phragmitidicola, Guenee, Noct., i., p. 89:
n. 186 (1852).

United States.

This species is quite distinct from the Haytian insect,
identified with it by Walker, being very closely allied to
the preceding, L. multilinea: it was correctly identified
by Grote.

8. Leucania amens.

Leucania amens, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 88, n. 133 (1852).

South Africa.

Probably only a pale form (the prevalent one) of L.
torrentium, Guén.; the differences are slight, all the
markings being alike.

9. Leucania exterior.
Leucania exterior, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 106, n. 66
(1856).
L. designata, Walker, l.c., p. 107, n. 69 (1856).
India.
Both of the types are now in the Museum Collection,
and prove to be inseparable as species.

660 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

“ Teucania” disjuncta, Walker, is an Agrotis; L.
propria and L. semivittata must be transferred to Omma-
tostola.

10. Leucania extincta.
Leucania extincta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 79, n. 107
(1852).
United States.
This is proved, by a comparison of the types, to be
the Heliophila ligata of Grote.

11. Leucania insueta.
Leucania insueta, Guenée, Noct., 1, p. 81, n. 118
(1852).
United States.

Allied to L. comma. The type only differs from that
of L. adonea, Grote, in the less distinctly whitish costal
border and veins of primaries: it is quite possible that
they may prove to be forms of the same species, but |
would always rather err on the side of allowing too
many species to stand rather than too few; it is always
easy to put things together, but it often requires careful
study to discriminate between closely-allied species.

12. Leucania linita.
Leucania linita, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 81, n. 114 (1852).
L. insecuta, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 625
(1865).

L. intermissa, Walker, l. c., p. 626.

United States and Shanghai.

This is also identical with L. amygdalina, Harvey.
The Shanghai specimens are indistinguishable from the
American. I have already pointed out (Trans. Ent. Soe.
Lond., 1882, p. 113) that L. decolorata of Blanchard is
only a pale form of L. umpuncta, Guén.

‘I, pallens”’ of the United States agrees absolutely
with the European L. siraminea. The two forms have
practically the same characters, and if received from any
extra-European locality would never have been con-
sidered distinct ; indeed, it is possible to find examples
which cannot with certainty be referred to one form

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 661

rather than the other. JZ. straminea differs chiefly in
the generally more prominent pale longitudinal streak
above the median vein of the primaries, and the better-
defined black or dark markings. Not having bred both
from the egg, I keep them separate in the collection.

The L. juncicola of Walker is not the species so named
by M. Guenée, but is the L. adjusta of Grote. The true
L. juncicola seems to be very closely allied to, if distinct
from, L. scirpicola.

In the Index to ‘ Illustrations of Typical Lepidoptera-
Heterocera,’ I inadvertently placed L. griseifascia, Moore,
as a synonym of L. commoides ; it really is a dark form
of L. percisa (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 410).

The following is a very variable species, which has
received many names :—

13. Leucania unipuncta.
Noctua unipuncta, Haworth, Lep. Brit., p. 174, n. 37
(1810).

Typical form. United States, Chili, New Zealand,
Azores. Coll. B. M.

This is a large reddish form of the species in which
the white dot on the primaries is very prominent. I have
seen no undoubted Kuropean examples of the species,
and the few specimens which may have been obtained
were probably accidentally imported.

Var. saccharivora.
Leucania saccharivora, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1882, p. 115.
Chili, India, and New Zealand. Coll. B. M.
Smaller than the typical form, and of a brighter red-
dish colour ; the white spot obsolete.

Var. antica.
Leucania antica, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 100, n 52
(1852).
L. adusta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 335.

Western coast of America, Venezuela, Darjiling. Coll.
B. M.

662 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

About the same size as the preceding variety, but
much paler, the primaries being pale testaceous, with
ill-defined dusky markings, and the secondaries almost
white, with more or less defined dusky border, darkest
towards apex. The Indian examples show the dusky
border distinctly as a broad subapical patch, varying in
intensity in different individuals; one of the examples
from Venezuela has a similar though less prominent
patch.

Var. trifolit.
Leucania trifolii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1882,
p. 114.

Sao Paulo, Chili, Canada, Japan, Java, N.W. India,
New Zealand, and Flores. Coll. B. M.

Altogether a greyer form, with prominent pale dis-
coidal spots, well-defined dark oblique apical streak, and
dusky secondaries.

Var. extranea.
Leucania eatranea, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 77, n. 104
(1852).

United States, ‘“‘ Europe,’ Darjiling, Azores, Flores.
Coll. B. M.

A darker form than the preceding, and generally
larger.

Var. convecta.

Leucania convecta, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 711

(1857).

Moreton Bay. Coll. B. M.

The primaries almost uniformly greyish, with testa-
ceous reflections ; the white dot almost lost in a blackish
spot at the end of the cell; the secondaries whitish,
with dusky veins and border somewhat as in the darkest
form of var. antica.

Var. separata.
Leucania separata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., u.,
p- 626 (1865).

Japan, Shanghai, N. W. India, Goya, Chili, Kansas.
Coll. B. M.

Scarcely separable from the preceding ; the specimens

synonymy of the genera of Noctwites. 663

have a washed-out, faded appearance; the primaries
pale testaceous, with indistinct markings; the second-
aries greyish white, with dusky veins and borders.

I have not the least doubt that the whole of the above
forms are mere variations of one widely-distributed
species; at the same time it is doubtful whether the
whole of the forms occur together, as, in a long series,
Mr. Edmonds only had the two varieties, L. trifolit and
saccharivora, whilst the typical form, received subse-
quently from Talcahuano, is only like a duller, darker
specimen of the latter variety: most of the varieties
occur in N. Western India, but I have not seen typical
L. unipuncta, var. antica, or var. convecta from there.

Hypuiuare, Hiibn.

This is the Mythimna of Walker, slightly modified: it
will include FI. albipuncta, lithargyria, rudis, albicosta,
fraterna, rufipennis, placida, pseudargyria, singularis,
jormosana, turca, grandis and divergens, and perhaps
obusta.

1. Hyphilare pseudargyria.
Leucania pseudargyria, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 74, n. 94
(1852).
United States.

The type of this species agrees exactly with the var.
callida of Grote: in the Grote collection this form is
labelled ‘‘ var. obusta, Guen.,” but the type of ‘ Leucania
obusta”’ 1s a very distinct species, having densely ciliated
antenne, and darker by far in colouring even than the
European H. turca. I very much doubt whether it can
be placed in the same genus.

SESAMIA, Guenéce.
1. Sesamia incerta.
Leucamia incerta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 103, n. 58
(1856).
Nonagria intestata, Walker, l. c., p. 130, n. 23 (1856).
South Africa (Sir A. Smith). Coll. B. M.

2. Sesamia abdominals.

Nonagria abdominalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 131,
n. 24 (1856).

Mythimna robusta, Walker, l.c., xi., p. 710 (1857).

Australia. Coll. B. M.

664 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

3. Sesamia ciliata.
Leucania ciliata, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 110, n. 77
(1856).
Teniocampa assimilis, Walker, 1. c., xv., p. 1708 (1858).
Leucania curta, Walker, l.c., Suppl., il., p. 627 (1865).
Australia. Coll. B. M.

PLATYSENTA, Grote.
1. Platysenta videns.
Leucania videns, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 78, n. 106 (1852).
Nonagria? indigens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 713,
n. 3 (1857).
Platysenta atriciliata, Grote (see Check List, p. 30).
United States. Coll. B. M.
The type from Florida is identical with the species
subsequently described by Walker and Grote.
Nonagria irregularis, Walker, and Leucania proscripta,
Walker, may be referred to this genus.

Nonaeria, Ochs.

“* Nonagria”’ geminipuncta, Hatchett (an example of
which stood in Zeller’s series of N. nexa), has simple
antenne, and is congeneric with Oria (Tapinostola)
JSulva.

OmMATOSTOLA, Grote.

I have been obliged to extend this genus to include
the following, most of them hitherto having been placed
under Nonagria :—N. canna, lutosa, spargani, arundinis,
polita of Walker (Shanghai), neva, propria, Wik. (New
Zealand), photophila, Butl. (Hawaiian Islands), semi-
vittata, Wilk. (New Zealand). The antenne of these
species are of the same character as those of O. lintneri,
being thicker and more densely ciliated than in the
little dull-coloured species which remain in Nonagria,
viz.:—N. dissoluta, Treit., punctifinis, Walk., and neuwrica,
Hiibn. The Leucania sulcana of Fereday, which vaguely
resembles O. semivittata, appears to me to be an
Arsilonche; it is a little more developed in every way
than A. albovenosa, the palpi, antenne, legs, and wings
being all longer; the primaries are buff instead of
greyish or whity-brown, and the secondaries and abdo-
men are blackish instead of pure white; the pattern of
the primaries, however, is almost identical.

Ot

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 66

ORTHODES, Guén.

I have already. stated (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 96) that the type of this genus,
O. t-nigrum, must be placed here, the whole of Guenée’s
other so-called Orthodes being referred to Dyschorista.
Orthodes will now include O. t-nigrum from Brazil, and
O. exempta (Leucauia ecempta, Walk.) from Ceylon.

Mycrrropuus, Herr.-Sch.
Zotheca, Grote, is synonymous with this genus.

SPopOPTERA, Guén.

‘* Spodoptera’’ pecten of Guenée, although it closely
resembles S. mauritie in colouring and general pattern,
is structurally quite distinct, and must either be placed
in or near to the genus Agrotis.

1. Spodoptera mauritia.

?, Hadena mauritia, Boisduval, Faune, Ent. de
Madag., p. 92, pl. 13, fig. 9 (1833).

3, Spodoptera nubes, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 155, n. 246
(1852).

2, S. filum, Guenée, U. c., n. 248 (1852).

2, Prodenia infecta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 196,
n. 12 (1856).

3, P. insignata, Walker, l.c., p. 197, n. 14 (1856).

2, Caradrina triturata, Walker, 1. c., x., p. 295, n. 30
(1856).

2, Agrotis transducta, Walker, l.c., p. 344, n. 91
(1856).

3, Prodenia permunda, Walker, l.c¢., x1., p. 728
(1857).

2, Laphygma gratiosa, Walker, l.c., Suppl., il., p. 651
(1865).

$, L. squalida, Walker, l. ¢., p. 652 (1865).

3, Prodenia venustula, Walker, l. ¢., p. 654 (1865).

3, Celena bisignata, Walker, l. c., p. 679 (1865).

2, Agrotis aliena, Walker, l.c., p. 694 (1865).

2, A. bisignata, Walker, l.c., p. 702 (1865).

3, Hadena obliqua, Walker, 1. ¢., i1., p. 736 (1865).

Atrica, Asia, and Australia. Coll. B. M.

It is remarkable, considering what a number of

666 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

species this insect was divided into, how little, com-
paratively, it varies; the sexes differ considerably,
owing to the obliteration of the white markings in the
female, but otherwise there is nothing beyond intensity
of colour to account for the manifold synonymy noted
above.
2 Spodoptera exempta.
3, Agrotis exempta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 355,
n. 114 (1856).

@ , Prodenia bipars, Walker, l.¢., xi., p. 724 (1857).

3, P. ingloria, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1679 (1858).

Africa, Australia, and Hawaiian Islands. Coll. B. M.

3. Spodoptera frugiperda.
3,2, Phalena frugiperda, Smith & Abbot, Lep.
Georg. i1., p. 191; ‘pl. 96 (1797):
3, Prodenia signifera, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 193,
Nw) (S56).
3, P. plagiata, Walker, l.c., p. 194, n. 6 (1856).
North and South America. Coll. B. M.
This is also P. autumnalis of Riley.

PRODENIA, Guenée.

This genus differs from Spodoptera in the fact that
the antenne of the males are very delicately ciliated,
especially towards the base, and in the much greater
similarity of the sexes.

1. Prodenia littoralis.
Hadena littoralis, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag.,
p. 91, pl. 13, fig. 8 (1833).
3, 2, Noctua retina, Freyer, Neuere Beitrage, v.,
p. 161, n. 865, pl. 478, figs. 2, 3 (1845).
3, 2, Prodenia ciligera, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 164,
n. 260 (1852).
2, P. testaceoides, Guenée, l.c., p. 165, n. 262 (1852).
3, P. subterminalis, Walker, l.c., p. 196, n. 13 (1856).
3, P. glaucistriga, Walker, l.c., p. 197, n. 15 (1856).
3, P. declinata, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 723 (1857).
Africa, Asia, Australia. Coll. B. M.

P. testaceoides is a slight variety, and P. declinatu a
starved specimen.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 667

2. Prodenia ornthogall.
Prodenia ornithogalli, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 163, n. 258
(1852).
United States. Coll. B. M.
This is P. lineatella, Harvey, and P. commeline, Riley :
I believe the following form to be only a variety, corre-
sponding with the var. testaceoides of P. littoralis.

2a. Prodenia eudiopta.
Prodenia eudiopta, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 164, n. 261
(1852).

United States. Coll. B. M.

This is P. flavimedia, Harvey.

P. ornithogalli is the American representative of
P. littoralis ; the two forms are extremely closely allied,
but that of the New World is constantly of a more
uniform dark sepia-brown tint, upon which the mark-
ings stand out more sharply; the oblique dash at the
end of the cell also appears to be shorter.

3. Prodenia commeline.
Phaleéna commeline, Smith & Abbot, Lep. Ins. Georgia,
ies De USO spl. OD not):
P.-Noctua marmorea, Sepp, Surin. Vlind. 1., pl. 51.
North and South America. Col. B. M.

LapHyema, Guén.
1. Laphygma exigua.

Noctua exigua, Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schmett., Noct.,
fig. 362.

3, Caradrina venosa, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag., xvii.,
p- 7 (1880).

Var. Laphygma cycloides, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 157,
n. 250 (1852).

L. ? caradrinoides, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 190, n. 8
(1856).

L. flavimaculata, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, under
Caradrina, p. 30, n. 651).

Kurope, Asia, Africa, N. America, and Honolulu. Coll.

B. M.

668 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Walker identified two normal specimens from the Cape
as ‘‘L. cycloides,” but redescribed typical L. cycloides
(which agrees with LD. flavimaculata in being a little
larger than most European examples) as L. caradri-
nordes.

2. Laphygma orbicuiaris.
Caradrina orbicularis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 294,
n. 26 (1856).
C. preterita, Walker, l. c., n. 27 (1856).
South Africa. Coll. B. M.

3. Laphygma macra.
Laphygma macra, Guenée, Noct., i. p. 157, n. 251
(1852).
L.? inepta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 190, n. 6 (1856).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

4. Laphygma cilium.
Spodoptera cilium, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 156, n. 249
(1852).
S. msulsa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 648 (1865)
Java. Coll. B. M.

‘* Spodoptera” erica, Butl., belongs to the same genus.

KULAPHYGMA, gen. nov.
Ditters in the ciliated antenne of the male.

Eulaphygma abyssinia.
Spodoptera abyssinia, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 154, n. 244
(1852).
S. capicola, Herrich-Schaffer, Lép. Exot., fig. 131
(1854).
Caradrina insignata, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 295,
n.29) (1856) 2 5 .
Laphygma procedens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 721
(1857).
South and West Africa. Coll. B. M.

I have no doubt that this wide-ranging species is the
S. abyssinia of Guenée: it is astonishing that, when
making three genera, this author failed to see how to

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 669

separate them correctly. All the species of Laphygma
are so much alike that, unless examined with a lens
in detail, they might be taken for one species; yet
Guenée placed ZL. cilium and HL. abyssinia into his genus
Spodoptera, the species of which are far more like those
of Prodenia.

CaRaDRINA, Ochs.
1. Caradrina extima.
Caradrina extima, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2. p. 687
(1865).
C'. fidicularia, Morrison (see Grote, Check List, p. 30,
n. 650),
Vancouver, California. Coll. B M.
Specimens of this species in the Grote series are
labelled as ‘‘ Caradrina multifera,” Walk.

2. Caradrina quadripunctata.
Noctua quadripunctata, Fabricius, Sp. Ins., il., p. 214,
n. 25.
Caradrina pulverosa, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 295,
n. 28 (1856).
Kurope and 8. Africa. Coll. B. M.

3. Caradrina selint.
Caradrina selini, Boisduval, Ind. Méeth., p. 187, n.1096,
Europe. Coll. B. M.

Staudinger, in his Catalogue, p. 111, queries C. nocti-
vaga as a variety of C. selini, and places C. infusca under
it as a scarcely distinguishable slightly paler variety of
C. noctivaga. In the Zeller collection I found the
ordinary female of C. selini, which sex is always darker
than the male, labelled as C. infusca: it is quite likely,
therefore, that C. noctivaga and infusca are only ordinary
females of C. selini, the sex having been not looked into.

4, Caradrina himaleyica.
Caradrina himaleyica, Kollar, Hugel’s Kashmir, 4,
p- 479 (1842).
C. arenacea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 549.
Dharmsala. Coll. B. M.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 2 ¥

670 Mr, A. G. Butler's further notes on the

5. Caradrina lenta.
Caradrina lenta, Treitschke, Schmett. Eur., ii., p. 257.
C. tarda, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 248, n. 389 (1882).

Europe and N. America. Coll. B. M.

Hyprintua, Boisd.
1. Hydrilla lepigone.

Caradrina lepigone, Moeschler, Wien. Ent. Monatschr.,
1860, p. 273.
C. miranda, Grote (see Check List, p. 30, n. 647).

Europe and United States. Coll. B. M.

Hypra, Dup.
1. Hyppa xylinoides.
Hadena xylinoides, Guenée, Noct., ii., p. 106, n. 825
(1852).
Xylina contraria, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 627, n. 10
(1857).
United States. Coll. B. M.

Miseia, Guén.
1. Misela extensa.
? , Belosticta extensa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
5th ser., vol. 4, p. 857 (1879).
3, Miselia cinerea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1881, p. 184.
Japan. Coll. B. M.

MEGANEPHRIA, Hiibn.

The type of this genus is the so-called ‘‘ Miselia”’
bimaculosa, which differs from M. oxyacanthe in the
non-serrated character of its antenne.

1. Meganephria latex.
Aplecta latex, Guenée, Noct., 1i., p. 78, n. 771 (1852).
Apamea demissa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 728 (1857).
United States. Coll. B. M.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 671

ApLEcTA, Guén.

Mamestra stoliczke of Moore must be referred to this
genus: in form it agrees best with A. beanw, Grote.

PacHETRA, Guén.
Pachypolia Polia and Dryobota (part), Grote.
1. Pachetra illocata.
Hadena illocata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi, p. 758 (1857).
Eurois pluviosa, Walker, l. c., Suppl., 8, p. 725 (1865).
Dryobota stigmata, Grote (see Check List, p. 28, n. 535).
United States. Coll. B. M.

Lamprosticta, Hitbn.
Chariptera, Guén.
1. Lamprosticta viridana.

Phalena viridana, Walch, Naturf., xui., p. 28, pl. i.,

figs. 5, a, b (1779).
Mamestra adjuncta, Walker (not Guenée), Lep. Het.,

Xtal 2On(Loo iN).
Europe. Coll. B. M.
Mr. Moore’s genus Karana should be placed here.

Dicuonia, Hiibn.

D. convergens does not differ from Mamestra: D.
@ruginea therefore becomes the type of Dichonia.
Walker founded a genus Horma for D. @ruginea, but
the specimens from which he described his genus were
not what he supposed, but identical with Derthisa
scoriacea, so that Horma must be suppressed.

Eumicutis, Hitbn.
1. Humichtis plena.
3, Hrana plena, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3, p. 744
(1865).
?, Dianthecia viridis, Butler, Cist. Ent., ii., p. 547
(1880).
New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

2y2

672 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

Daraiwa, Walk.
Eupsephopectes, Grote.
1. Dargida graminivora.
Dargida grammivora, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 202,
n. 1 (1856).
Venezuela, Brazil. Coll. B. M.

This species, which is very closely allied to D. pro-
cinctus, Grote, is labelled, on Zeller’s example, ‘‘ Noctua
graminivora, Moritz.’ Walker evidently misread the
name received with the Museum specimens, which he
quotes, ‘“‘ grammivora, Morritz [sic] MSS.” The name
‘“grammivora” is not only hybrid, but conveys no.
meaning; therefore I propose to restore the original
reading to the species.

2. Dargida graminicolans.
Dianthecia graminicolens [sic], Butler, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 4, p. 295, n. 50 (1878).
Madagascar. Coll. B. M.

PSEUDEPUNDA, gen. nov.

Wings broader than in EHpunda, the primaries more
triangular, the antenne simple and tapering instead of
denticulated and ciliated.

Type. Epunda bicolor, Moore, from India.

SyYNVALERIA, gen. nov.

Differs from Valeria in the submoniliform, somewhat
flattened, antenne of the male, no pectinations being
present.

Type. Valeria jaspidea, Vill., from Kurope.

I now return to Mamestra, to which I have to add
some synonyms discovered since the publication of my
last paper: naturally, as I have proceeded with the
Noctua, | have seen cause to modify the arrangement of
the genera, and doubtless many changes will yet have
to be made before anything approaching to a natural
classification can be obtained. One thing seems clear—
that the numerous families made for the earlier groups
are totally untenable.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 673

Mamestra, Ochs.
1. Mamestra binotata.
Mamestra binotata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,
p- 663 (1865).
Hadena extersa, Walker, l. c., 8, p. 728 (1865).
H. curvata, Grote = pavie, Behr. (see Grote, Check
List, p. 27, n. 450).
United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Mamestra inducta.
Mamestra inducta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 236, n. 32
(1856).
M. septentrionalis, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 660
(1865).

Venezuela and United States. Coll. B. M.

This is labelled M. lycarum, H.-Sch., on Grote’s
specimens.

The Mamestra insulsa of Walker is an Agrotis allied to
A. albipennis (males, having white secondaries, stood
without a name in the Grote collection): M. expulsa,
Walker, is another closely allied species.

Mamestra nitida, Walker, is a distorted female of
Agrotis spina, Guén., without secondaries.

Mamestra punctigera 3, Walk., is the male of Agrotis
pastoralis 2? , Grote.

Mr. Barrett pointed out to me that Walker’s Mamestra
consigurata, from Mexico, isa slight variety of M. brassice.

Havena (typical), Guén.

I only regard this as a group of Mamestra.

Hadena albifusa, Walk., represents H. trifolii in the
United States, and may not be constantly different ; in
our examples the primaries are far less uniformly
coloured, the usual markings being defined upon a paler
ground colour.

The following species referred to Hadena are synony-
mous :—

Hadena detracta, Walk. (Mamestra claviplena, Grote),
which appears to me to be a Pachnobia.

Hadena sputatrix, Grote = Apamea ? insignata, Walk.

674 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Hadena aspera, Walker, subsequently described as
Xylina provida and X. canescens, Walk.

Hadena olivacea, Moore, is a synonym of H. mega-
stigma, Walk., and belongs to the genus T'rachea.

Hadena algeus, Grote, appears to me to be a Calathusa,
and H. cylindrica a Bryophila.

HoMmoHapDENA, Grote.
1. Homohadena infixa.

Xylophasia infica, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 178, n. 18
(1856).

Homohadena induta, Harvey (see Grote’s Check List,
p. 28, n. 198).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Kupiexia, Steph.
1. Huplexia semifascia.

Hadena semifascia, Walk., Lep. Het., Suppl., 8, p. 737
(1865).
Euplexia cuprea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1874, p. 578.

India. Coll. B. M.

2. Huplexia confundens.

Huplexia confundens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 544,
n. 3 (1857).

E.. exclusa, Walker, 1. c., p. 545, n. 4 (1857).

E. indoctlis (part), Walker, l. c., n. 5 (1857).

Hadena familiaris, Walker, l. ¢., p. 597, n. 91 (1857).

Var. H. extima, Walker, l. c., p. 599, n. 96 (1857).

H. punctisigna, Walker, l.c., p. 600, n: 97 (1857).

Tasmania, Australia. Coll. B. M.

From the fact that Walker named this species six
times in one volume, it might be supposed that it was
very variable. It varies only in depth of colour, the
pattern being almost identical throughout. The variety
extima is the most distinct, and, if proved to be locally
constant, might be kept separate.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 675

3. Huplexia sepultria.

Mamestra sepultriz, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 200, n. 317
(1852).

Hadena expulsa, Guenée, l. c., 2, p. 98, n. 800 (1852).

Euplexia emergens, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 544, n. 2
(1857).

E. indocilis (part), Walker, l.¢., p. 545, n. 5 (1857).

Hadena lutra, Walker, l. ¢., p. 598, n. 93 (1857).

Tasmania and Victoria. Coll. B. M.

This species varies a little, and much in the same
manner as the preceding species, with which it might
easily be confounded ; the outline of the central band of
the primaries, nevertheless, is very different, and the
lines immediately beyond it are equidistant.

The following genus is extremely like Huplexia, some
of the species differing chiefly in their pectinated
antenne, the pattern being almost exactly the same.

Nyssocnemis, Led.
1. Nyssocnenus insignis.
Euplexia insignis, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3,
p. 724 (1865).
Xylina turbida, Walker, l.c., p. 754 (1865).
Var. Hadena skelloni, Butler, Cist. Ent., u1., p. 547
(1880).
New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

H. skelloni must, I think, be a well-marked variety of
this species, in which the large pale patches are wanting,
and the ordinary pale lines are green: when examined
with a lens the markings are seen to correspond
exactly.

2. Nyssocnemis lignifusca.

$, Hadena lignifusca, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 603,
n. 101 (1857).

2, H. debilis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1877, p. 385,
ple xin, os. 6.

Xylina spurcata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 631, n. 21
(1857).

Var. X. verata, 3, 2, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl. 3,
p- 755 (1865).

676 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Var. Hadena mutans, 3, 2, Walker, Lep. Het., x1.,
p. 602, n. 100 (1857).

Mamestra acceptriz, 2, Felder, Reise der Novara,
Lep..iv., pl. cix., fiey 19.

New Zealand. Coll. B. M.

This is a very common and variable species, some of
the forms of which bear a considerable resemblance to
Huplexia sepultrix.

The Huplexia pectinata of Warren, which closely re-
sembles EL. albovittata, Moore, belongs to this genus.

Hasryntis, Led.
H. v-brunneum, Grote, appears to me to be nothing
more than a variety of H. periculosa, in which the
central belt of the primaries is blacker.

ConsERVULA, Grote.
Conservula, Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc., 1., p. 17 (1874).
Appana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 355.

CreLmna, Steph.

I cannot see any reason for distinguishing Hydrecia
and Helotropha from this ‘genus.’ Celena is very
close to Mamestra, so much so that I find that M. stricta
(= cinnabarina) and M. olivacea (which looks lke a
black form of the same thing) undoubtedly belong to
Celena, and are closely allied to C. renigera; on the
other hand, .W. egens, which I considered (Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1889, p. 386, n. 7) to be identical with M. stricta,
proves, upon a second examination by a better light, to
be nearer to M. strigilis: Walker’s type is much worn
and rubbed, so that one might be excused for making it
synonymous with almost any species of the same size;
nevertheless, traces of the pattern can be seen with the
help of a lens and bright sunlight.

Celena appears to be a fairly natural group, but the
structural distinctions between it and Mamestra are not
apparent on the surface.

1. Celena renigera.
Celena renigera, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Haust., i1., p. 16
(1829).

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 677

C. herbimacula, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 223, n. 354
(1852).

9, C. infecta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 263, n. 9
(1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Celena leucostigma.

Noctua leucostigma, Hubner, Samml. Eur. Schmett.
Noct., pl. 80, fig. 375.

Var. Cerastis levis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881,
Pp. 18.

Europe, Japan, and China. Coll. B. M.

The type of C. levis is an unusually large dark male,
the markings upon which are ill-defined; there is, how-
ever, no question of its identity with this species. I can
see no reason whatever for separating C. leucostigma,
generically, from ‘‘ Mamestra”’ splendens or ‘‘ Hydracia”
nictitans.

NEPHELODES, Gruén.
1. Nephelodes minians.
Nephelodes minians, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 180, n. 208
(1852).
Graphiphora expansa, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 399,
n. 26 (1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Grote considers N. violans a variety of this species,
and certainly there seems nothing beyond the greyer

colour of the wings, due to the absence of red in the
dark bands, upon which to separate it.

Var. violans.
Nephelodes violans, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 1380, n. 204
(1852).
Graphiphora subdolens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 405,
n. 44 (1856).

United States. Coll. B. M.

** Hadena”’ exornata, Mceschl., seems to me to be a
very closely allied species to the preceding.

678 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Betuura, Walker.
Arzama, Walk.
1. Bellura gortynoides.

2, Bellura gortynoides, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., i1.,
p. 465 (1865).

3, Arzama densa, Walker, l.c., p. 645 (1865).

2, A. vulnifica, Grote (see Check List, p. 29, n. 584).

United States (Georgia). Coll. B. M.

2. Bellura obliqua.

Edema? obliqua, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 428
(1865).
Sphida obiiquata, Grote (see Check List, p. 29, n. 582).
Canada; New York. Coll. B. M.
I fail to see a sufficient reason for distinguishing this
species, generically, from the preceding.

Gortyna, Ochs.

Judging from the perfect insects only, this genus
seems chiefly to differ from Celena in the greater
tendency of the species to become greasy, although
many of the forms have a very distinct aspect, and are
barely, if at all, separable from Xunthia; others, again
(G. illoba, necopina, micacea, stramentosa, petasitis,
and nitela), are extremely like C. leucostigma and allies.
It is difficult to know what to do with groups of this
kind, based, perhaps correctly, upon the mere clothing
of the thorax, or some such apparently trivial character ;
they appear to be natural genera, and, therefore, I leave
them as I find them.

1. Gortyna illoba.
Agrotis illoba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,
vol. 1., p. LO2(1878):.
Graphiphora pacifica, Butler, l. ¢., p. 165 (1878).
Japan. Coll. B. M.
The type of A. illobu is a very pale example from
Hakodate.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 679

2. Gortyna micacea.

Noctua mieacea, Esper, Kur. Schmett., pl. 145, fig. 6.

Hydrecia immanis, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 128, n. 201
(1852).

Apamea obliqua, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, p. 29,
mn. 560).

Kurope, Japan, United States. Coll. B. M.

The Japanese and American examples are, as a rule,
though not invariably, a little larger and darker than
those from Europe.

Gortyna nebris, Guen., is considered by Grote to be a
variety of G. nitela: this may be the case, although the
latter resembles G. petasitis, and the former is more
like G. limpida; but, if Gortyna is capable of so much
variation, why is G. harrisii described as distinct from
G. rutila, into which it grades almost insensibly (one of
Grote’s types agrees in all respects with that of
M. Guenée, having whitish secondaries ; whilst another
is clearly the female of his Ochria! sanzalite, a very
slight variety of G. rutila, not worth a name): the
darkest examples, having b:own secondaries, may,
perhaps, stand as var. harristi. The G. rutila of Grote’s
collection is not Guenée’s species, but the female of
G. purpurifascia, Grote.

XantTuHIA, Ochs.
1. Xanthia indirecta.

Xanthia indirecta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 468, n. 22
(1856).

Scopelosoma grefiana, Grote (see Check List, p. 32,
n. 753).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Staudinger, in his Catalogue, regards the Noctua
jfulvago of Linneus’ ‘Fauna Suecica’ as the Xanthia
cerago of Schiffermuller; he is certainly wrong, for the
Linnean description proves it, without question, to be
the Kuperia fulvago of Haworth. It is described as
“somewhat glaucous and pale, with ferruginous bands
across the primaries; secondaries paler; under surface
of palpi and abdomen fulvous, of the wings pale
yellow.”

680 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

CERAMICA, Guén.*
1. Ceramica picta.
Mamestra picta, Harris (see Grote’s Check List, p. 26,
n. 348).
Ceramica exusta, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 344, n. 574
(1852).
Mythimna contraria, Walker, Lep Het., ix., p. 78,
n. 10 (1856).
United States. Coll. B. M.

A specimen in the Zeller series is labelled, ‘‘ Ha-
mulus, Z. Mamestra capucina splendens, v. Mull.”
Whether either of these names is published, I do not
know.

Facitana, Walk.
1. Fagitana littera.
Leucania littera, Guenée, Noct. i., p. 71, n. 89 (1852).

Fagitana lucidata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2,
p. 645 (1865).

United States. Coll. B. M.

2. Fagitana v-album.
Ceramica v-album, Guenée, Noct., 1, p. 345, n. 577
(1852).
Apamea purpuripennis, Grote (see Check List, p. 29,
n. 555).

United States. Coll. B. M.

PskuporTHosiaA, Grote.
1. Pseudorthosia vetusta.
Mythimna vetusta, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 78, n. 12
(1856).
Pseudorthosia variabilis, Grote (see Check List, p. 31,
n. 706).
United States. Coll. B. M.

“ C. ambusta is more nearly allied to this genus than to
Cirredia, the palpi being very short and horizontal. It should
form the type of an allied genus; the subcostal furca of the
secondaries is longer, and its footstalk consequently shorter; the
hind tibial spurs also differ. It may be called Brachycosmia.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 681

The so-called ‘‘ Hiptelia’” miniago is the European
representative of this species, and belongs to the same
genus.

Enareia, Hiibn.
1. Enargia decolor.

Mythimna decolor, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1658
(1858).

Var. Cosmia infumata, Grote (see Check List, p. 32,
n. 735).

United States. Coll. B. M.

Bracuyxanruia, Butl.
Gortyna inquesita, Grote, belongs to this genus.

Crrr@pia, Guén.

C. xerampelina is the type: the structure of the palpi
and entire pattern and coloration of C. ambusta are
different, and will remove it from the neighbourhood of
C. xerampelina. .

Catymnia, Hitbn.

The type of Calymnia is C. trapezina: the other
species may be restored to their rightful genus, Cosmia ;
the latter name was erroneously applied by Lederer and
Staudinger to a group of species, of which only two were
included in Cosmia by Ochsenheimer (no type being
indicated by him). M. Guenée distinctly indicated
C. affinis as the type of Cosmia, and so it must remain.

Puastenis, Boisd.
1. Plastenis retusa.

Phalena-Noctua retusa, Linneus, Faun. Suec., p. 321.
Cosmia curvata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1886, p. 131.
Europe and Japan. Coll. B. M.

The Japanese specimens are slightly larger and darker
than most European examples: when I named ‘‘ Cosmia
curvata,” we had no European representative in the
general collection. This was one of the many desiderata
supplied by the Zeller collection,

682 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Mesogona, Boisd.
1. Mesogona tedata.
?, Pseudoglea tedata, Grote (see Check List, p. 31,
mt 09)s

3 3, P.blanda and P. decepta, Grote (I, ¢., nn. 710, 11).

United States. Coll. B. M.

There are only three examples—none of them perfect,
and two a good deal worn—to represent the three
species upon which Pseudoglea is based: as these three
specimens vary less one from the other than our eight
specimens of the nearly-allied M. acetoselle, I have been
reluctantly obliged to regard them as synonymous.

2. Mesogona oxalina.

Noctua oxalina, Hubner, Eur. Schmett. Noct., pl. 45,
fig. 219.

Ipimorpha intexta, Harvey (see Grote’s Check List,
p- 32, note).

Europe and N. America. Coll. B. M.

OrtHosia, Ochs.
Teniocampa (part), Guén.
1. Orthosia incerta.

Noctua incerta, Hufnagel, Berl. Monats., iii., p. 298,

n. 424 (1767).
Teniocampa alia, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 852, n. 587

(1852).
Europe and United States. Coll. B: M.
This is the type of Orthosia, as restricted by Curtis.

GumA, Hubn.
1. Glea vaccini.

Phalena- Noctua vaccinii, Linneus, Faun. Suec., p. 320.

Noctua spadicea (Schiff.), Hubn., fig. 179.

Var. N. ligula, Esper, Eur. Schmett., pl. 166, fig. 3.

Kurope. Coll. B. M.

The describers of Exotic Lepidoptera frequently have
to suffer from the bitter onslaught of men whose expe-
rience is limited to a study of the European and some-

synonymy of the genera of Nocturtes. 683

times of the British fauna, these men complaining that
the student of tropical forms makes too many species.
As a matter of fact, no men are greater hair-splitters
than purely European workers. ‘The above is only one
out of many instances in which one variable species has
been laboriously sorted out into three. Formerly N.
ligula was believed to be, in all probability, a variety of
N. spadicea, Schiff.; but N. vaccinit was regarded as a
very distinct species. In Walker’s Catalogue (part x.,
p- 450) N. ligula stands as a recognised variety.
Staudinger, on the other hand (Cat., pp. 118, 119), calls
spadicea an aberration of vaccinii, but raises ligula to the
rank of a species. Zeller, with his seventy specimens,
showing every gradation between the three forms, was
sadly bothered; so that he left a typical N. ligula
amongst his examples of G. vaccinii, and divided the
remainder somewhere in the middle, being evidently
unable to find any constant character by which to dis-
tinguish them. Is it not a sense of their own short-
comings which makes the describers of European Lepi-
doptera so bitter against the students of exotic species ?

Orruopia, Hiibn.

As regards the European species, I restrict this genus
to O. erythrocephala, vau-punctatum, and daubei, the male
antenne in all of which are ornamented with series of
little tuft-like ciliations. O. signata, French, decliva,
Grote, ardescens, Butl., punctosa, Walk., and viatica,
Grote, must also be referred to the same genus.

An example of O. signata was labelled ‘* Glea ancho-
celioides, Guén.,” in the Grote collection; but the type
of Guenée’s species appears to me to be a female Noctua
allied to N. orbis, Grote. Walker associated with it five
other moths, representing three forms belonging to two
different genera; of these the first three specimens were
Dyschorista cynica and its variety candens, whilst the
fourth and fifth were Semiophora oviduca.

1. Orrhodia decliva.
Orthosia decliva, Grote, on label (Epiglea, in Check
List, p. 32, n. 746).
Epiglea deleta, Grote (I. ¢., n. 747).
United States. Coll. B. M.

684 Mr. A. G. Butler's further notes on the

Beyond the fact that the type of H. deleta is rubbed
and the fringes are wanting, which last fact gives a
different outline to the wings, I cannot see how it is to
be separated from O. decliva.

EpieLma, Grote.

I believe E. pastillicans, Morr., to be a brightly coloured
form of E. tremula, Harv.; the markings are identical
in the two insects.

IprmorpHA, Hiibn.
1. Ipimorpha subtusa.
Noctua subtusa, Schiff., Wien. Verz., p. 88, n. 17.
Ipimorpha pleonectusa and subvexa, Grote (see Check
List, p. 82, nn. 716, 717).
Europe and United States. Coll. B. M.

The type of I. subvexa is larger, and has the outer line
rather more incurved than in any of our other examples ;
but in both of these characters we have a gradation to
the smallest of European specimens. In a series of six
specimens taken by Grote in Renfrew Co., Canada, there
is one example smaller than some of those from Europe.
The ground colour of the wings is most inconstant, one
of the six specimens above referred to being darker and
ereyer than the greyest European specimens, the latter
being of the same tint as the type of I. subvexa. Grote
himself says of the latter, “It is possible that the
southern form is only a variety of Pleonectusa”; and I
am satisfied that the latter is identical with I. subtusa.

Raprnacra, Butl.
1. Radinacra cinerascens.
Cosmia cinerascens, Motschoulsky, Etudes, ix., p. 34
(1860).
Caradrina albosignata, var. ceca, Oberthur, Etudes,
5th livr., p. 74 (1880).
Japan. Coll. B. M.

ANCHOCELIS, Guén.
Orthosia, Lederer & Staudinger.
Staudinger, strangely enough, regards A. lunosa as the
type of Anchocelis; this is manifestly impossible, as

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 685

Guenée did not include the species in his genus when he
described it. A. litura must be the type.

Dyscuorisra, Led.
1. Dyschorista cynica.
Orthodes cynica, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 375, n. 627
(1852).
Var. O. numia, Guenee, l. c., p. 376, n. 628 (1852).
Var. O. candens, Guenée, I. c., n. 629 (1852).
Orthosia tecta, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 3, p. 714
(1865).
United States. Coll. B. M.
All the types of the above synonyms are in the Museum
Collection, so that there can be no question about their
identity as species.

2. Dyschorista vecors.
Orthodes vecors, Guenée, Noct.,1., p. 876, n. 630 (1852).
O. enervis, Guenée, Noct., 3, p. 400 (1852).
O. griseocincta, Harvey (see Grote, Check List, p. 31,
n. 660).

United States. Col. B. M.

There is no reason for adopting Guenée’s unnecessary
alteration of the name of this species.

3. Dyschorista crenulata.
Dyschorista crenulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 6, vol. 6, p. 97 (1890).
Orthodes infirma (auct. nec Guenée).
United States. Coll. B. M.
As I have already pointed out, the Orthodes infirma of
Guenée is a Brazilian species.

“4. Dyschorista curvirena.
Orthodes curvirena, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 3874, n. 625
(1852). ,
Orthosia spurcilinea, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1709
(1858).
Rio Janeiro and Venezuela. Coll. B. M.
This is such a characteristic common Brazilian species
that it is impossible to mistake it for anything else.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1890.—PaRT IV, (DEC.) 22

686 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

Eremosia, Steph.
1. Hremobia brevicornis.
Xanthia brevicornis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 466,
n. 18 (1856).
Eremobia virescens, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 5, vol. 4, p. 243 (1879).

Congo and Madagascar. Coll. B. M.

Walker’s type is so very much rubbed that, being
placed far away from its natural position, it was easily
overlooked ; sufficient traces of the pattern still remain
upon the primaries to render identification certain.

PrricEa, Guén.
1. Perigea apameoides.
Perigea apameoides (part), Guenée, Noct., i., p. 229,
n. 367 (1852).
P. ? indecisa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 733 (1857).
P. otiosa, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1693 (1858).
P. paupera, Walker, l. c. (1858).
Xylina detrecta, Walker, l. c., Suppl., 3, p. 750 (1856).
Perigea fabrefacta, Morrison (see Grote’s Check List,
p- 28, n. 480).
North and South America. Coll. B. M.

This may prove to grade into the following species :—

2. Perigea conducta.
Perigea apameoides (part), Guenée, Noct., i., p. 229,
n. 367 (1852).
Caradrina conducta, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 296,
n. 32 (1856).
Perigea centralis, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 734 (1857).
Celena serva. Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1689 (1858).
Hadena pauperata, Walker, l. c., p. 1727 (1858).
Perigea inexacta, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 682 (1865).
P. canorufa, Walker, l. c., p. 6883 (1865).
P., illecta, Walker, l.c., p. 684 (1865).
Hadena leonina, Walker, 1. c., 3, p. 785 (1865).
HH. spargens, Walker, 1. c., p. 789 (1865).
HH. conducta, Walker, l. ¢., p. 740 (1865).

Asia, Africa, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

synonymy of the genera of Noctuttes. 687

Guenée included both species under his P. apameoides ;
the description was evidently taken from an American
example. but he noted a specimen as belonging to the
East India Company, which he could not believe to be
Indian. The specimen in question still retains Guenée’s
label: it is a P. conducta from Java.

3. Perigea vecors.

Perigea vecors, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 280, n. 371 (1852).
Apamea remissa, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 729 (1857).
Mamestra denittens, Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1684 (1858).

North and South America. Coll. B. M.

Guenée’s type is a damaged headless specimen. This
species is also identical with P. luxa, Grote.

4. Perigea punctifera.
Celena punctifera, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 263, n. 8
(1856).
2, C. semifusca (as 3), Walker, l. c., xi., p. 732 (1857).

United States, St. Domingo, and Jamaica. Coll.
B. M.

5. Perigea concisa.

Laphygma concisa, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 191,
n. 10 (1856).
Perigea imbella, Walker, l.c., xv., p. 1692 (1858).

St. Domingo. Coll. B. M.

6. Perigea dolorosa.

Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 667
(1865).

Hadena taprobane, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep., 4,
pl. cx., fig. 3.

Ceylon and Figi. Coll. B. M.

Felder’s figure is much under-coloured: the primaries
are very black, and the external border of the secondaries
dark. The species approaches P. albomaculata, Moore,
being intermediate between it and P. conducta.

688 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

7. Perigea subornata.
Perigea subornata, Walker, Lep. Het., Suppl., 2, p. 682
(1865).
Ochria niveopicta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1878,
p. 485, n. 78.
Jamaica. Coll. B. M.
Walker’s type is a broken specimen without locality.

8. Perigea decens.
Perigea decens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 276, n. 23
(1856).
Celena prolifera, Walker, l.c., x1., p. 782 (1857).
Perigea punctosa, Walker, l.c., p. 734 (1857).
Apamea intermittens, Walker, l. c., xv., p. 1686 (1858).
St. Domingo. Coll. B. M.

9. Perigea albigera.
Perigea albigera, Guenee, Noct.,i., p. 228, n. 364
(1852).
Hadena abida, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep., 4, pl. cix.,
fic. 7.
Rio Janeiro. Coll. B. M.

10. Perigea tepens.
Celena tepens, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 266, n. 17
(1856).
Perigea nigripalpis, Walker, l.c., p. 277, n. 25 (1856).
Venezuela. Coll. B. M.

11. Perigea mobilis.
Perigea mobilis, Walker, Lep. Het., x., p. 277, n. 24
(1856).
Celena inclinata, Walker, l. c., xi., p. 732 (1857).
Perigea subaurata, Walker, l.c., Suppl. 2, p. 681
(1865).
St. Domingo, Honduras, Brazil. Coll. B. M.

Perigea albinasus, Walker, is a rubbed example of
Agrotis ignobilis, Walk. ; Hadena albipalpis, Walk., is

synonymy of the genera of Noctuites. 689

the same species: these may therefore be added to the
synonymy of A. ignobilis.
P. niveirena is not a Perigea ; it would be better placed
in Homohadena.
Conpica, Walk.

This is only a distinctly marked group of Perigea.

1. Condica cupentia.
Noctua cupentia, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iii., pl. cclii.,
fig. B (1782).
Condica palpalis, Walker, Lep. Het., ix., p. 240, n. 1
(1856).

N. America, St. Domingo, Jamaica. Coll. B. M.

Var. C. epopea.
Noctua epopea, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iii., pl. cclxxi..,
figs. ¢, H (1782).
“ Hadena”’ confederata, Grote, on label (see Check
List, p. 28, n. 478).
United States. Coll. B. M.

Var. C. infelix.

Perigea infelix, Guenee, Noct., i., p. 229, n. 368 (1852).
- N. America and Callao. Coll. B. M.

Of the above three fairly well-defined forms of a very
variable species, C. cupentia has the primaries silvery
whitish, with dark brown markings; C. epopea has the
silvery colouring stained with orange ferruginous, and
C. infelix has the primaries suffused with brown.

Amyna, Guenée.
1. Amyna selenampha.

Amyna selenampha, Guenée, Noct., i., p. 406, n. 378
(1852).

Var. Alamis spoliata, Walker, Lep. Het., xi., p. 1050
nel (1857).

Hadena latipennis, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 3, p. 738
(1865).

Asia, Africa, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

The variety twice named by Walker belongs to the

690 Mr. A. G. Butler’s further notes on the

form without a white stigma: an example of the same
form from Java was labelled by Guenée with a MS.
name, but he evidently came to the conclusion afterwards
that it was no more than a variety, and therefore
refrained from publishing it.

Inattia, Walk.
Amyna (part), Guenée.
Stridova, Walker.
Chytoryza, Grote.
1. Llattia octo.
Perigea octo, Guenée, Noct., 1., p. 238, n. 877 (1852).
Poaphila stricta, Walker, Lep. Het., xiv., p. 1476, n. 21
(1857).
Ilattia cephusalis, Walker, l.c., xvi., p. 209 (1858).
Amyna undulifascia, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. xvi., p. 403 (1875).
Tlattia apicalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep., Atk., i,
p. 112 (1882).
Perigea supplex, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1885,
p. 452.

Var. axis.

Amyna axis, Gueneée, Noct., 1., p. 407, n. 378, b (1852).

Celena flavigutta, Walker, Lep. Het., xv., p. 1688
(1858).

C.? perfundens, Walker, l. c., p. 1691 (1858).

Miana inornata, Walker, l.c., Suppl., 2, p. 677 (1865).

Erastria stigmatula, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent., 15th
Jahrg., p. 55, n. 44, pl. 4, fig. 14 (1872).

Stridova albigutta, Walker, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe.
Glasgow, 1., p. 85, n. 41 (1878).

Amyna stellata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,
vol. 1., p. 162 (1878).

Chytoryza tecta, Grote (see Check List, p. 33, n. 811).

Asia, Africa, America, and Australasia. Coll. B. M.

It is quite impossible, with so large a series as we
possess, to separate any of the numerous synonyms
associated above ; many of the descriptions were based
upon single examples from widely distant localities ;
Guenée described his species from specimens received
from Tahiti; we have examples from the Ellice, Gilbert
and Marquesas Islands, the New Hebrides, Tonga, Fiji,

synonymy of the genera of Noctuittes. 691

and Rockhampton, answering to both his descriptions :
they are, as a rule, a little smaller than the majority of
Indian examples, but one specimen from the New
Hebrides is as large as the largest Indian specimens
representing J. apicalis. Perigea supplez is like examples
from Marquesas. Grote’s Chytoryza agrees exactly with
Solomon Island specimens.

Tt is quite possible that I. cupreipennis may be only a
form of J. octo, but the figures of this and I. cervina are
so unsatisfactory that they hinder rather than assist the
identification of the species; figures of closely allied
species with complicated markings need to be extremely
carefully executed to be of the slightest use.

Mr. Tutt has called attention to an error in my previous
paper, probably due to my being interrupted by some
visitor whilst in the act of copying the synonymy from
my rough notes. Agrotis saucia is not a synonym of A.
ypsilon: therefore, the name “ ypsilon’’ should be erased
from the page and A. saucia substituted. As is well
known, A. suffusa is the synonym of A. ypsilon: the
error was purely a lapsus calami, as it did not extend to
the arranged collection. In the other supposed mistakes,
it is Mr. Tutt who is in error.

,
7 ' , r rf wre
$ VIVE EEE vg
) pas i] i i “flan
(Os) fecee. oom
r
1 o ‘
ee
Taae
*,
7 e
'
,
ig
\
:
é ,
‘
‘
. '

Sehr

, a Cee
= : *
% ‘
‘
~
*
-
f £
ert :
: ' ¢ yey

heed alee (ued
bev ei Af

i ie

THE

PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON

For tHE YeEaR 1890.
SS Oe

February 5, 1890.

The Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinenam, M.A., F.R.S., President,
in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective donors.

Nomination of Vice- Presidents.

The President announced that he had nominated Mr.
Joseph W. Dunning, M.A., F.L.S., Mr. Henry J. Elwes,
F.L.S., and Mr. Frederick DuCane Godman, M.A., F.RB.8.,
Vice-Presidents for the Session 1890—1891.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. B. A. Bristowe, of Champion Hill, §.H.; Mr. J. BE.
Eastwood, of Witley, Surrey; Mr. Albert B. Farn, of Stone,
Greenhithe, Kent; and Mr. O. Goldthwaite, of Leyton,
Essex, were elected Fellows.

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., I., 1890. B

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. F. D. Godman exhibited a specimen of Papilio thoas, from
Alamos, in the state of Gonora, Mexico, showing an aberra-
tion in the left hind wing. He pointed out that the subcostal
nervure bifurcated a little beyond the cell, thus sending an
extra branch to the outer margin. The effect upon the
coloration was as follows :—the transverse discal band on the
upper surface showed seven instead of six ochreous spots, and
there was an extra lunule on the outer margin. On the under
side the extra spots were also shown; in addition to this there
was another glaucous lunule in the dark discal band. The
right side of the insect appeared to be perfectly normal.

Mr. Roland Trimen observed that butterflies of the genus
Papilio were seldom liable to variation.

Mr. Charles G. Barrett exhibited a series of specimens of
Phycis subornatella, Dup., from Pembroke, the east and west
of Ireland, the Isle of Man, and Perthshire; and a series of
Phycis adornatella, Tr., from Box Hill, Folkestone, Norfolk,
and Reading; also a number of forms intermediate between
the above, taken in the Isle of Portland by Mr. N. M.
Richardson. He said that these forms proved the identity of
the two supposed species, which he believed were both
referable to P. dilutella, Hb. He also exhibited specimens of
Hesperia lineola, and a pale variety of it taken in Cambridge-
shire by Mr. H. W. Vivian; specimens of Hpischnia bankes-
tella, a recently-described species, taken by Mr. N. M.
Richardson in Portland; and a specimen of Retinia mar-
garotana, H.-§., a species new to Britain, discovered in Mr.
Hodgkinson’s collection amongst a number of Retinia pini-
vorana which had been collected in Scotland.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher showed a series of Gelechia fuma-
tella from sandhills in Hayling Island and near Little-
hampton, and, for comparison, a series of G@. distinctella, from
the same places. He also showed a few bred specimens of @.
terrella, and a series of preserved larve. He stated that on
the downs the larve live in the middle of the tufts of such
grasses as Festuca ovina and allied species, and that on sand-
hills, where herbage is more sparse, they make silken galleries

¢ i *)
under stones, and gally forth to eat blades of grass growing
near their homes.

Papers &c., read.

Mr. H. Goss read a communication from Dr. Clemow, of
Cronstadt, St. Petersburg, on the subject of the coincidence
of vast flights and blights of insects during the years 1510,
1757, 1768, 1782, 1788, 1886 and 1847, and the epidemic of
influenza. During the year 1889 no unusual activity in the
insect world had been recorded.

Mr. H. T. Stainton and Mr. M‘Lachlan made some
remarks on the subject, the purport of which was that there
was no connection between epidemics and the occurrence
of swarms of insects; and this appeared to be the opinion
of the meeting.

Mr. G. A. J. Rothney communicated the following ‘‘ Notes
on Flowers avoided by Bees.” :—

‘‘With reference to Mr. J. W. Slater’s note, read at the
meeting of the Society on April 2nd, 1879, on certain flowers
being avoided by bees, and mentioning particularly the
dahlia, passion-flower and oleander, I described in a letter
read at the meeting on April 7th, 1880, how exceptionally
attractive I had found the dahlias, which grow so luxuriantly
on the Mussoorie Hills (India), to bees, wasps, and indeed
Hymenoptera generally. From 1880 to 1886 I made a
practice of watching the blossoms of the passion-flower and
oleander, and as both these plants grew strongly in my own
compound in Barrackpore (Bengal), I had ample oppor-
tunity for making the following observations, which in a
ereat measure agree with Mr. Slater’s note—

Passion-flower.—This is a great favourite with various
species of Xylocopa, and numbers of these handsome bees
can generally be seen booming from flower to flower, with
their strong heavy flight and deep hum. I have taken Xylo-
copa latipes, tenuiscapa, fenestrata, auripennis, and the female
of astuans (the male of estuans I have only taken circling
round and round the tops of the China-box, or high up in the
foliage of the Peepul-tree, but never resting for a second). I

Cm)

have never seen any other bees visiting the passion-flower,
so that it would seem that only a powerful insect like Xylocopa
can appreciate its sweets.

Oleander. — With one solitary exception I have never seen
any insect of any kind visiting the flowers of this shrub;
while other plants in the compound would be gay with
butterflies, bees, and insect-life generally, the fine clusters of
the oleander always remained entirely neglected. The one
exception occurred on July 13th, 1883, when I noticed a
large black Xylocopa settle on a cluster of white flowers,
remain for a few seconds, and then fly away.”

Mr. Slater, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Trimen, Lord Walsingham,
and Mr. M‘Lachlan took part in the discussion which ensued.

Dr. D. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘On the structure of
the Terminal Segment in some male Hemiptera.”’

Colonel Swinhoe read a paper entitled ‘‘On the Moths
of Burma,” which contained descriptions of several new
genera and 107 new species.

Dr. F. A. Dixey read a paper entitled ‘‘On the Phylo-
genetic Significance of the wing-markings in certain genera
of the Nymphalide.” The author said he believed that the
various markings of members of the genera Vanessa, Pyra-
meis, Grapta, Araschnia, &c., were modifications of a single
type, seen in its simplest form in the genus Argynnis, where
it consists essentially of four series of dark spots on a light
ground colour, running more or less parallel to the hind
border of both pairs of wings. The passage of the gene-
ralised Argynnid type of marking to the specialised condition
which obtains in the highly ornamental Vanessids is illus-
trated by several forms, and especially by the female of A.
niphe, where the survival of what is probably the ancestral
dark ground colour in some places, and the picking out of
certain areas in pure white in others, produces a resemblance
to Pyrameis which affects not only the general aspect, but
extends even to several small details; and this although the
characteristic Argynnid markings still preserve their relative
size and position. ‘The oldest Argynnid pattern now extant
is probably that exhibited by the female of A. diana, in
which the characteristic series of spots have scarcely yet

(Vg)

fully emerged from the general dark-blue colour of the wing.
The tendency towards a deeper coloration, shown by many
female Argynnids, appears to be due to the retention of an
old, and not to the acquisition of a new, feature. The
successive modifications undergone by the dark spots and the
intervening patches of ground-colour, were traced in detail
by the help of diagrams, which also exhibited a system of
letters and numbers devised by Dr. Dixey for the ready
identification of the markings.

Lord Walsingham said that the lucid manner in which
Dr. Dixey had defined the series and groups of markings and
the direction in which modifications are found to occur must
be of great use in separating true species from mere local
varieties ; and that it might be worthy of notice as corrobo-
rative evidence that the darker forms are probably the more
ancestral and therefore the more glacial, that Vanessa hyber-
nates with folded wings, catching the first rays of warmth on
its dark under side, whereas the modified Argynnis does not
withstand the winter. Lord Walsingham also complimented
Dr. Dixey on his excellent drawings and diagrams.

Mr. Jenner Weir observed that Dr. Dixey’s philosophical
paper had given him the greatest pleasure, and he was very
glad to find that the author attached so much importance to
the nearly obsolete markings of some ci the species dealt
with as illustrating their phylogeny, such as the minute blue
spot below the ocellus in the under wing of Vanessa io, and
the small white spot in the red band of the upper wing, in the
female only, of Pyrameis atalanta; and he observed that Mr.
Scudder, in his late work on ‘ The Butterflies of the Kastern
United States,’ had not mentioned this mark in his very
carefully worded descriptions, and that he had written to
him on the subject, to which he replied that he had never
observed it in New England specimens. Mr. Weir further
said that he thought that the markings on the wings of
Apatura iris had a different phylogenetic origin to those of
the Argynnidi and Vanessidi; and he also stated that Dr.
Dixey’s paper threw considerable light on the mode in which
the female of Acidalia niphe had become a mimic of Limnas
chrysippus.

(Svat)

Mr. H. J. Elwes said that he had listened with much
interest to Dr. Dixey’s paper, because he had recently been
engaged on a review of the genus Argynnis, which had been
largely referred to; and as he had been able to find no good
characters by which that large genus could be divided, he
should have been glad to make use of anything suggested by
Dr. Dixey. But as the species to which he had mainly
referred were species which he looked upon as aberrant in the
genus, as regards their coloration and distribution, he did not
see his way to utilise those observations at present. He
thought that the exact definition of the areas in the wings in
which a certain type of markings were found in any group
of Lepidoptera, as had been done by Dr. Dixey, would be of
importance in studying their affinities, because in genera in
which the same sort of markings or ocelli were common to
many species, the position of those markings or ocelli was
of much more importance for purposes of specific distinction
than their degree of size or colour. In Parnassius, and in
many genera of Satyride, the number and size of the ocelli
was very variable, whereas their position was almost invari-
able, and in other genera in which bands or stripes were the
prevalent type of markings, the length, breadth, and distinct-
ness of the bands was much more variable than their position
and direction. He thought, however, that in attempting to
follow out such a line of investigation as had been pursued by
Dr. Dixey, we ran the risk of becoming lost in a maze of un-
profitable speculation upon points about which we could at
present come to no certain conclusion; and though he
recognised to the fullest extent the value of such investiga-
tions, when pursued by those whose previous stores of know-
ledge and industry of research fitted them for the difficulties
which they would encounter at every turn, yet he believed
that only one man, perhaps, in a million was gifted with the
mental abilities which would enable him to use that Inowledge
in the way in which Darwin had done. And he thought that
the want of accurate and complete observation and definition
of genera and species, in this branch of entomology, was
still so great that most of us would do more useful work by
trying to increase that knowledge for the benefit of future

(Gi:xil 4)
Darwins, rather than by trying to explain facts which, in the
absence of such knowledge, seemed to him inexplicable,

March 5, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Hsq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Vice-President, in
in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. G. H. Kenrick, of Whetstone, Somerset Road, Edg-
baston, Birmingham; and the Rt. Hon. Lord Rendlesham,
of Rendlesham Hall, Woodbridge, Suffolk, were elected
Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a number of specimens of
Dianthecia carpophaga, Bork., bred by Mr. W. F. H. Bland-
ford from larve collected near Tenby, Pembrokeshire, on
flowers of Silene maritima. He remarked that the series
included a number of forms intermediate between D. carpo-
phaga and D. capsophila, and established the fact that the
latter is only a local variety of the former.

Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher, Mr. Blandford, Mr. M‘Lachlan,
and the chairman took part in a discussion as to the identity
of the supposed species.

Mr. Barrett further exhibited a specimen of Dianthecia
luteago var. Barrettit, Db., also bred by Mr. Blandford from
a larva found at Tenby, and he remarked that Barrettii
had not previously been taken in England; also along series
of forms intermediate between Catoptria scopoliana, Hw., and
its small variety parvulana Wilk., collected by Mr. E. Bankes,
Mr. Fletcher, Mr. Vine, and others, in Sussex, the Isle of
Wight, and Pembrokeshire ; also a specimen of Botys mutu-
alis, Zell.,—a species widely distributed in Asia and Africa,——
taken by Mr. C. 8. Gregson near Bolton, Lancashire.

( yi?)

Mr. A. F. Griffith exhibited two specimens of Myelois
pryerella, male and female, taken in the London Docks in
the autumn of 1888; also a series of M. ceratonie, kindly
lent by Mr. B. A. Bower for comparison, shewing the former
species to be not only much paler and without the discoidal
spots on the fore wing, but also much shorter and broader in
the fore wing. He also exhibited two Penthina grevillana taken
in Sutherlandshire, with a row of P. prelongana from the
same locality, and also a row of P. sauciana var. Staintoniana
kindly lent by Mr. Bower for comparison; the grevillana
appearing to be intermediate between the other two species,
approximating to prelongana in the shape of the wings, and to
sauctana in the markings. He said that he had not met with
the latter species in Sutherland. Mr. Griffith further ex-
hibited a row of a species of Peronea bred from larve taken
by himself on Myrica gale and bilberry in Sutherland, in
1889, approximating to comparana, perplewana and comariana ;
six specimens of Symmoca signatella taken in the London
Docks among cork (both the genus and the species having
now been for the first time detected in Britain); three
specimens of a species of Hphestia apparently allied to /icella
and kiihniella, taken by the exhibitor in the London Docks
in 1888, and apparently new to Britain; also a nondescript
specimen taken at Tan y Grisiau in North Wales, in August,
1886, at rest on a slate fence. He pointed out that the
specimen was a female, partaking of the appearance of a Chilo,
and said that Mr. W. Warren had promised to examine it.
Mr. Griffith also exhibited three specimens of the form of
Exapate found among fir and named duratella, together with
a pair of ordinary gelatella bred from larve taken on M. gale,
in Sutherland. He remarked that though these latter are
darker than our southern forms, the specimens from fir are of
a very distinctly unicolorous appearance, and dusky brownish,
instead of warm grey. The three specimens exhibited were
taken in a fir-wood near Aberdeen, by Mr. A. Horne, in Novem-
ber, 1884. He further exhibited one specimen of Incurvaria
tenuicornis and tour Nemophora pilella, taken in Sutherland,
and the three original specimens of Ornia fagivora, bred from
larve found near Cambridge; also specimens (two from

( = )

Sutherland, and five from Abbots Wood, Sussex), of a form
apparently allied to, but distinct from, Tinea rusticella, with
specimens of the latter from Sutherland and Brighton for
comparison. He observed that in this form the fore wings
are shorter and broader, the black more intense and shining,
and the yellow very brilliant ; and that there is a large clear
yellow patch beyond the middle of the hind margin of the fore
wings which is wanting in rusticella. He also exhibited two
specimens of a pretty unicolorous variety of Hypermecia
angustana, taken at Horning in 1888.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited several abnormal specimens of Che-
lonia caja, bred last December, from eggs given him in August
by Mr. Sydney Webb, of Dover. The object of the exhibition
was to show the effects produced by forcing the larve, and
subjecting them to unusual conditions. It was stated that
the peculiarity of the colour of the hind wings of the female
parent had not been transmitted to any of the offspring.

Mr. Blandford referred to two specimens of a species of
Cardiophorus, from Tenby, which he had exhibited at the
August meeting of the Society as Cardiophorus cinereus, and
stated that subsequent investigation had led him to hand
them to Mr. Champion for determination. Mr. Champion
was of opinion that they did not belong to the same species ;
that one of them was Cardiophorus asellus, EKr., and the other,
probably, C. equiseti, Hbst., a species new to this country.

Papers read.

Mr. C. J. Gahan read a paper entitled ‘‘ New Longicornia
from Africa and Madagascar.”’

Mr. Elwes read a paper entitled “‘On a new species of
Thymara and other species allied to Himantopterus fuscinervis,
Wesmael.”’

Dr. Sharp read a paper entitled ‘‘On some Aquatic
Coleoptera from Ceylon.”

Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., communicated a paper entitled
‘Notes on the Lepidoptera from the Region of the Straits of
Gibraltar.”

Mr. F. Merrifield, Mr. B. G. Nevinson, Mr. Elwes, and -
Mr. G. Lewis took part in the discussion which ensued.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 1., 1890. Cc

April 2, 1890.

Freperick DuCanze Gopman, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-
President, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George Bryant, of 6, Oakley Crescent, Chelsea, S.W. ;
Mr. A. E. Hall, of Norbury, Pitts Moor, Sheffield; Mr. J. J.
F, X. King, of 207, Sauchiehall Street, Glasgow; Mr. H. C.
Oakshott, of De Beauvoir House, Falmouth; Mr. A. E.
Stearns, of the Lodge, Upper Halliford, Walton-on-Thames ;
and Mr. George Vigers, of Hersham, Surrey, were elected
Fellows.

Death of a Fellow.

Mr. Godman announced the death of Mr. Joseph 8. Baly,
of Warwick, who had been a member of the Society since
1850.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. Sharp exhibited a female specimen of a coleopterous
insect, Temnochila quadricollis, Reitt., which was the subject
of a very unusual malformation. Dr. Sharp said that the
malformation was of the nature termed “ectromélie”’ by
Lacordaire ; this form of malformation, viz., by deficiency
of some part, is rare, but occurs occasionally in parts of
the extremities. In the specimen exhibited by Dr. Sharp,
the part wanting was the prosternum between and behind
the middle cox. With this exception the structure of the
individual appeared to be normal, and even the malformation
was symmetrical.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited three specimens of Elater
pomone, taken about the middle of March last, at Brocken-
hurst, in the New Forest.

Colonel Swinhoe exhibited and read notes on certain
species of the genus Huthalia.

Mr. T. R. Billups exhibited male and female specimens of
Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, Walsh, which had just emerged from

( oP)

galls received from Mr. Cockerell, who had collected them on
a species of sallow in Colorado. He also exhibited three
species of Ichneumonide new to Britain, viz., Ichneumon
Haglundi, Holmg, bred by Messrs. Adkin and Barker from
Arctia fuliginosa; Phygadeuon rufo-niger, Bridg., taken at
Ashdown Forest in November, 1885 ; and Phygadeuon sodalis,
Tasch., taken at Dulwich in June, 1889. He said that two of
these species had been described by Mr. Bridgman, in Part IV.
of the ‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society’ for 1889.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited specimens of Bryotropha
obscurella, Hein., received from Darlington, and the neigh-
bourhood of Windermere. He also exhibited specimens of
Doryphora elongella, Hein., from Pembroke, and remarked
that both species were new to the British list.

Papers, d&c., read.

Colonel Swinhoe read the following ‘‘ Notes on certain
species of the genus Huthalia”’ :—‘‘ In 1859 Mr. Moore de-
scribed a female of the genus Huthalia as Adolias sedeva in
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 68, pl. 4, f. 3; and in 1865 he
described a male Huthalia as Adolias balarama in P. Z. §%.,
1865, p. 766, pl. 41, f. 8. Mr. de Niceville, in his ‘ Butter-
flies of India,’ vol. 1. p. 207, puts FH. sedeva as a female
variety of EL. appiades of Ménétrie’s ; in p. 208 he enters F.
balarama as a separate species doubtfully, and remarks as
follows :—‘ The female of EH. balarama, should it ever be dis-
covered, is almost certain to have the outer discal band on
both wings straight. My knowledge of E. balarama is con-
fined to what has been published regarding it, but I have a
suspicion that it is a “sport” only of EH. appiades. Mr.
Moore believes E. balarama to be a good species of which his
E. sedeva is the female, but I cannot agree with him; F.
sedeva is inseparable from the normal form of EF. appiades
female, in which the white spots are obsolete.’

About two years ago the Indian Museum, Calcutta, gave
me a quantity of old duplicates in paper envelopes, collected
in several localities, and only quite recently have I been
able to get the opportunity of having them relaxed and
pinned out. Though most of them are old and worn, and

taxi

many of them mite-eaten, yet being from good localities I de-
termined to go through them all, and the result has well paid
me for the trouble. Amongst the duplicates from Buxar I
found a number of butterflies of the genus Huthalia, which
looked when in the envelopes like males and females of F.
appiades, &@ common insect in Buxar, but as they did not
correspond with the Buxar specimens in my collection I had
them all set up, and find I have a nice series of H. balarama
male and F. sedeva female. I have brought for exhibition to
this meeting six of the males and three females (the others I
have given to Mr. Moore); also seven males and six females.
of H. appiades (two males and one female from Buxar, and
the rest from Sikkim). I have also made rough enlarged
drawings of both species. I think, after examining these
specimens, no one can for a moment doubt that H. sedeva and
FE. balarava are sexes of one and the same species, and that
though closely allied to, it is quite distinct from FL’. appiades.

Above the specimens of H. balarama from Buxar I have
placed a broken specimen of that species, received from Mr.
Moore, labelled ‘ Silhet.’ This is a co-type, and it will be
seen that all the Buxar specimens are identical with it. The
type of HF. sedeva is a unique specimen in Mr. Moore’s
collection: it is very well represented in his plate, and my
Specimens are identical with it. The chief character in
E. sedeva is the large white subapical patch on the fore wings,
on the borders of which the double discal band expands, after
being very much contracted around a small white spot in the
lower radial interspace; this character is constant in all the
male examples of E. balarama, and although the patch is not
white it is there, and can be distinctly seen both on the upper
and under sides, whereas in F. appiades the outer band is
straight and the inner one only slightly bent in the lower
radial interspaces; there are also differences in coloration
below, but they are not of so much consequence.”

Dr. Thallwitz, of Dresden, communicated the following
«« Notes on some species of the genus Hilipus ” :—‘‘ Mr. Pascoe
described, at p. 577 et sq. of the ‘Transactions’ of the Ent.
Soc. London, 1889, a series of new species of the genus Hilipus,
from South America, and some among them appear to be

(* ai =)

identical with species described by Th. Kirsch, in a paper on
South American beetles, which was ready for printing at the
time of his sudden death in July, 1889, and which has since
been printed under my supervision, during the last months of
the past year, as the 4th memoir of the ‘ Abhandlungen und
Bericht Konig]. Zoologischen und Anthropologisch-Ethno-
graphischen Museums zu Dresden, 1888-89.’ It has not yet
been published, as 4 coloured plates, with figures of about 100
new species, are still in the hands of the artist; but it will
be issued in about a fortnight. I beg to notice here that
Th. Kirsch described and figured as Hilipus anchoralis (pl. 11.
fig. 55), a species which evidently is identical with H.
Jimbriatus, Pascoe (pl. xvii. fig. 1) which latter name will, of
course, stand. Closely related, but not identical, appear to
be Hilipus inca, Wirsch., and H. angusticollis, Pascoe. No
doubt very nearly allied to one another are Hilipus scutellatus,
Kirsch., and H. phrynodes, Pascoe.”

Mr. E. Meyrick read a paper entitled “‘The Classification
of the Pyralidina of the European: Fauna.” Mr. W.F. Kirby,
Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. Stainton, Mr. Elwes, and Mr. Barrett,
took part in the discussion which ensued.

Prof. Westwood contributed a paper entitled ‘Notes on
certain species of Cetoniide of the Section Goliathides.”

Mynheer P. C. T. Snellen, of Rotterdam, communicated a
paper entitled ‘‘ A Catalogue of the Pyralidina of Sikkim, col-
lected by H. J. Elwes, and the late Otto Moller,” and Mr.
Elwes read some “‘ supplementary notes’ on the last-named
paper by way of an appendix. A discussion followed, in which
Mr. Distant, Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. M‘Lachlan, and Mr. M.
Jacoby took part.

May 7, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Vice President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective Donors.

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., I., 1890. D

( zw )

Election of Fellows.

Mr. W. G. Blatch, of 214, Green Lane, Small Heath,
Birmingham; Mr. F. J. S. Chatterton, of 182, Queen Victoria
Street, E.C.; Mr. Charles Fenn, of Burnt Ash Hill, Lee,
S.E.; and Mr. George B. Routledge, of 50, Russell Square,
W.C., were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited specimens of a beetle of the family
Bruchide (Caryoborus lacerde), and the nuts resembling small
cocoa-nuts from which they had been reared, and stated that
three of these nuts had been sent him from Bahia, by the late
Senor Lacerda, about six years ago, and one of the beetles
had in part effected its exit from the nut during the voyage ;
a second beetle had recently emerged after the nuts had been
in this country for five years; the exact date of appearance
had not been noticed, but Dr. Sharp had little doubt it was
during the warm weather of 1889. The example in the third
nut had been interfered with when received, but had under-
gone its metamorphosis and had died within its nut. Dr.
Sharp added that the facts left little doubt that tbe means of
exit for the perfect insect were provided by the larva boring
a hole through the very hard nutshell, which hole was not,
however, visible externally, as it was not carried quite to the
surface, but left the outer skin intact. Dr. Sharp also
exhibited several specimens of Diptera collected by Mr.
Herbert Smith in St. Vincent, and read a letter from him to
Mr. Godman on the subject of the vast number of species of
this order which he had recently collected in that island.
Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Mason, Mr. Waterhouse, and Mr. Elwes
took part in the discussion which ensued.

Mr. R. T. Lewis, F.R.M.S., on behalf of Mr. W. M. Maskell,
of Wellington, New Zealand, exhibited a collection of Coccide
from that Colony, in explanation of which the following
extracts were read, from a letter addressed by Mr. Maskell
to Mr. Lewis, and dated ‘‘ Wellington, New Zealand, Feb-
ruary 16th, 1890 :—

‘‘T am going to ask that, if not giving too much trouble,

( ay 3

you or Mr. Douglas would some evening exhibit these insects
on my behalf at the Entomological Society. I believe
searcely anybody in England has seen our New Zealand
Coccids; and although this lot is not a complete set, it
contains some very representative, and some very curious,
species. I regret very much that I cannot bring home my
whole cabinet.

“ These now sent comprise 25 species of Coccids, 2 Psyllids,
and 8 Aleurodids, forming a fairly representative lot of some
of our most curious Homoptera.

‘The following, amongst them, are described and figured
in my book, ‘On the Scale Insects of New Zealand’
(Wellington, 1887) :—Poliaspis media, Ctenochiton depressus,
C. flavus, C. viridis, Fiorina astelia, Inglisia patella, I. lepto-
spermi, Eriochiton spinosus, Eriococcus pallidus, Dactylopius
poe, and. Celestoma zealandicum. Monophlebus Crawfordi is
described in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society of South
Australia,’ 1887-8.

“The following appear in my papers of this year, which
are now in the printers’ hands :—Solenophora fagi (gen. nov.),
S. corokia, Gassyparia cavelli, Iihizococcus pulchellus, I. totare,
Dactylopius obtectus, D, aurilanatus, Trioza panacis, Aleurodes
Sagi, A. asplenti, and Eriococcus Raithbyi.

“The following will be described in a paper to be read in
our session of 1890:—Friococcus danthonia, Inglisia fayi,
Leachia zealandica, Lecanochiton minor, Calostoma pilosum,
Psylla mimosa, and Aleurodes drimydis.

“‘T believe you will find all these insects both new and
curious.

‘Please note that Inglisia patella is very loosely attached
to its leaf. Ehizococcus pulchellus loses almost all its beauty
when dead, but in life it is an extremely beautiful object,—
bright green, with silvery spikes. Ctenochiton viridis also
loses its colours; perhaps one or two specimens may keep
their vivid green until they reach you, but I fear not.
Calostoma pilosum is alive, and may reach you alive. Note,
also, how closely, to the naked eye or with a weak lens,
Leécanochiton minor seems to resemble Aleurodes fagi.

‘“* Leachia is a genus hitherto new to New Zealand; had I

( xy" )

seen only the female, I should probably have taken it for
Monophlebus ; but the male has sixteen simple eyes in a ring,
and the characteristic antenne of Leachia, also no tassels on
the abdomen. I think you will consider this male as a fine
insect; unfortunately, I can only send one.

“« Gossyparia is also new to this country. I hesitated long
before I fixed the genus, but it has very frequently only a
cushion of cotton with the dorsum exposed. I believe
Gossyparia ought to be united with Hriococcus.

“ Dactylopius obtectus is most peculiar, as it shelters itself
under the little red scale of a bud of the plant. It can only
be detected at sight by the little extruded cotton at the edges
of this bud-seale. I know of no other Dactylopid which does
this.

«¢ Selenophora is a new genus, very peculiar from the ‘ spout’
of the test. The male is in a narrow felted sac, like that of
Eriococcus. What may be the use of this spout? Scarcely
sexual; at least neither Ctenochiton, Inglisia, nor any Diaspid
has any such apparatus.”’

Mr. Lewis also exhibited some specimens of the larve and
imagos, both male and female, of Jcerya Purchasi (Maskell),
obtained from Natal, where it had proved very destructive to
orange, lemon, and many other fruit trees. Specimens were
also shown of the larva of an allied species from Natal, and
originally assigned by Mr. Douglas to the genus Ortonia, but
which Mr. Maskell is inclined to regard as a new species of
Icerya. The male of this insect has not yet been found.

Mr. M‘Lachlan and Mr. Elwes commented on the inte-
resting nature of the exhibition, and the importance of a
knowledge of the parasites of injurious insects, in connection
with which special mention was made of the researches and
discoveries of Prof. Riley.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, on behalf of Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell,
of Colorado, a large collection of insect-galls, and read the
following letter from Mr. Cockerell on the subject :—

“West Cliff, Custer Co., Colorado, March 21, 1890.

‘‘ Dear Sir,—I have been so much interested in the rearing
of gall-insects myself, that I venture to send you by this mail

(| X¥ily )

a box of galls, all collected in this vicinity, from which the
perfect insects will emerge in April or May. Will you kindly
distribute these galls, at the next meeting of the Entomological
Society, to those who are sufficiently interested to rear the
insects? With the galls, I send also a batch of eggs of
Clisiocampa californica, Pack. Some lepidopterist may like to
rear the larve, which may be fed on willow or Ribes awreum.
The galls sent are as follows :—

“© A. On Rosz.—(1) Rhodites tuberculator, Riley, large round
roughish gall. (2) A. ignota, Osten-Sacken, smaller round
smooth gall. (8) R. bicolor, Harris, round prickly gall.
(4) Lt. fusiformans, Cockerell, oblong or irregular galls.
(5) R. rosefolie, Cockerell, flattish leaf-galls on withered
leaves. (6) LF. globosus, Cockerell, round smooth leaf-galls.

“B. On Wittow.—(7) Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, Walsh,
fusiform red galls. (8) C. salicis-strobiloides, Osten-Sacken,
bud-galls. (9) Hormomyia salicum, n.sp.?, reddish leaf-gall.
(10) Huura salicis-ovum, Walsh, lateral oval galls, on twigs.

“C. On Composirm.—(11) Trypeta bigelovie, Cockerell,
woolly white galls, on Bigdonia graveolens. (12) Sp. ?, woolly
galls. (13) N. sp. ?, galls at junction of branches and
stems.

“From the above galls may be reared, besides the gall-
makers, the following parasites and inquilines :—From
Lhodites ignota :—Periclistus pirata, Osten-Sacken ; Murytoma
diastrophi, Walsh ; Habrocytus obscuripes, Ashmead; &. From
Ti. bicolor :—Torymus magnificus, Osten-Sacken; Hurytoma
diastrophi, Walsh; Tetrastichus rose, Ashmead; &c. From
ft. fusiformans :—Periclistus fusi, Ckll. MS. ; Torymus chryso-
chlora, Osten-Sacken; Hurytoma diastrophi, Walsh; &c.
From R. bicolor :—Habrocytus obscuripes, Ashmead. From
R. ignota:—H. rose, Ashmead. From R. fusiformans ;—
H.vros@, Ashmead. From Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua :-—-Nematus
concolor, Norton. From T'rypeta bigelovie :-—Cecidomyia bige-
lovie, Cockerell; Torymus sp.; &c. And many others from
several of the galls, not yet specifically identified. Thus
C. salicis-strobiloides galls produce three distinct Cecids, as
well as many Chalcids.--Yours truly, T. D. A. Cockrreu.

‘“« The Secretary, Entomological Society of London.”

(\ xvii ))

Dr. Mason said he should be happy to take charge of these
galls, with a view of rearing the insects and reporting the
results.

Mr. Goss read the following letter from the Vicar of
Arundel :——

: “The Vicarage, Arundel, May 5, 1890.

‘‘Sir,—The roof of the parish church of Arundel is very
seriously affected by insects. It is a heavy oak timber roof,
covered with lead, and some of the large old tie-beams
(S80 feet in length and 2 feet thick) are eaten to a very serious
extent. Ido not know whether your Society would be inte-
rested enough in the matter to investigate it. Maggots are
found in hundreds in the wood, and at this time of the year
a dull kind of brown beetle falls into the church, and they
seem to be nibbling at the seats; at the same time a beetle,
of a much more active kind, bright blue, makes its appear-
ance. Is this a parasite, or a further development? We are
entirely in the dark; and Mr. J. O. Scott, whom we consulted,
does not know of any similar case. As the cost of tampering
with the roof would be enormous, the vicar and church-
wardens would be pleased to obtain information on the
matter, and your Society would be doing a good turn in
saving an historic church from destruction. If anyone would
come down to see, I would be pleased to give them hospitality,
or I would send up a box containing insects, &c.—I remain,
yours faithfully, Rosert FisHer.

“The Secretary, Entomological Society of London.”

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse said he had already been consulted
on the question some twelve months ago. The brown beetles
referred to in Mr. Fisher’s letter were Anobium tessellatum, F.
(Xestobium rufovillosum, Deg., of some catalogues), and the blue
one was Corynetes rufipes,* Deg. A small piece of one of the oak-
beams from the roof of the church, reduced to a honey-comb
condition, was exhibited in the Insect Gallery at the Natural |
History Museum. He had advised that the beams should be

* Before sending this sheet to press, I received a number of
specimens from Mr. Fisher; these were all Corynetes ceruleus, Deg.—
W. W. Fowurr, Hon. Sec.

( “aE )

soaked with kerosene oil. The destructive character of the
Anobium is well known, and Mr. Spence contributed some
notes on the injury caused by it in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this
Society for May, 1836, p. xi. There is little doubt that the
Corynetes is parasitic upon the Anobiwn, but this requires
confirmation. Dr. Sharp, Mr. M‘Lachlan, Dr. Mason, and
the Chairman made some remarks on the subject.

Paper read.

Mr. H. W. Bates communicated a paper entitled ‘On new
Species of Cicindelide.”

June 4, 1890.

The Right. Hon. Lorp Watustnenam, M.A., F.R.S., Presi-
dent, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George William Carter, M.A., F.L.8., of Lime Grove,
Knottingley, Yorkshire; and Mr. R. Newstead, of The
Museum, Chester, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

The Rev. Canon Fowler exhibited, on behalf of Mr. J.
Edwards, of Norwich, two specimens of Jlybius subeneus, Kr.,
and a single specimen of Didessus unistriatus, Schr. Mr.
Champion alluded to the fact that the only recorded British
specimen of the first-mentioned beetle had been taken many
years ago at Peckham. ‘The species is very closely allied to
I. fenestratus, F., but the posterior tarsi of the male have the
joints externally margined at their lower edge, whereas in the
male of the last-mentioned species they are not margined ;
this character was very plain in the male specimen sent by
Mr. Edwards. Lord Walsingham, in alluding to the exhibit,
referred to the list of Norfolk Coleoptera compiled some
years ago by Mr. Crotch, which appeared to have been lost
sight of.

( xx )

Mr. Verrall exhibited a specimen of a fly in amber, belong-
ing to a genus allied to Psychoda.

Mr. McLachlan alluded to the damage done by insects to
orange-trees in Malta, and stated that the Rev. G. Henslow
had lately been studying the question; one of the chief de-
predators was the widely spread “ fly,” Ceratitis citriperda,
well known as devastating the orange. He found, however,
that another and more serious enemy was the larva of a large
Longicorn beetle (Cerambyx miles, Bon.), which bores into
the lower part of the stem and down into the roots, making
large galleries; in all probability the larva, or that of an
allied species, is the true Cossus of the ancients. Lord
Walsingham stated that a species of Prays allied to P. oleellus
and our common P. curtisellus was known to feed in the buds
of the orange and the lemon in Southern Europe. Mr.
Pascoe, Mr. Champion, and others took part in the discus-
sion which followed.

Canon Fowler, on behalf of Miss Carr, exhibited a port-
folio of drawings of Indian Lepidoptera and their food-plants.

Papers read.

The Rev. H. S. Gorham communicated a paper entitled
** Notes on the species of the families Lycide and Lampyride
contained in the Imperial Museum of Calcutta, with descrip-
tion of new species, and a list of the species at present
described from India.”

Mr. Neville Manders communicated a paper entitled
‘©A Catalogue of the Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera collected
in the Shan States, with notes on the country and climate.”

The latter paper contained a very interesting description
of the chief physical features of the Shan States and neigh-
bouring parts of Burmah, with special reference to variations
of altitude; an account was also given of the lake-dwellers
on the Eutay lake, who built their houses on piles far out
into the water, after the manner of the Swiss lake-dwellings.

A great deal of the collecting referred to in the paper was
done while Mr. Manders was on active service ; otherwise, as
he observes, the list might have been largely extended, ‘‘ as
Entomology, during active service, can only be indulged in
at odd moments.”

C oxi)

July 2, 1890.

Prof. Joun O. Westwoop, M.A., F.L.S., Hon. Life
President, in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mrs. Bazett, of Springfield, Reading, and Mr. J. B.
Hodgkinson, of Ashton-on-Ribble, Preston, Lancashire, were
elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, &c.

Lord Walsingham exhibited some rare Micro-Lepidoptera
collected by himself at Cannes, including Mudemis heli-
chrysana, Conchylis rubricana, Millicre; a new Depressaria
from Opoponasx cheironium, which is about to be described by
M. A. Constant, and Bucculatrix helichrysella ; and also a
volume of drawings of larve of the genus HMupithecia, by
Mr. Buckler, which formerly belonged to the Rev. H. Harpur
Crewe.

Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited larve and cocoons of Mecyna
deprivalis, Walk., sent by Mr. W. W. Smith, of Ashburton,
New Zealand ; the species feeds commonly on Genista capensis,
an introduced plant. Mr. M‘Lachlan remarked on the curious
nature of the larva, and suggested that as the species was so
closely allied to M. polygonalis, so extremely rare in this
country, they might be interesting to British lepidopterists.

Mr. Jacoby exhibited abnormal specimens of a phyto-
phagous beetle, Metaxonycha tridentata, Jac., in which one
side of the thorax was furnished with teeth as in the type,
whereas the other side was quite simple, and presented no
trace of teeth.

The Rey. Canon Fowler, on behalf of Mr. J. Edwards,
exhibited specimens of Gyrinus colymbus, Er., with specimens
of G. elongatus, Aubé, for comparison; he also exhibited
drawings of the sdeagus of both species proving their
distinctness.

Mr. Bower exhibited Phoxopteryx upupana, bred from larves

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11., 1890. E

( 31)

feeding between united birch leaves at Chiselhurst, Sept.,
1889; and Scardia picarella, bred from fungus collected in
Durham in May, 1890.

Mr. S. Stevens, in speaking of a tour which he had lately
made in Devonshire, remarked on the extreme scarcity of
insects on the coast of that county as compared with the
coasts of Kent and Sussex ; there were very few larve, and
the vegetation was very luxuriant and very little eaten ; he
thought it possible that the reason of the scarcity was the
heavy rainfall of South Devon, which washed off and
destroyed the young larve.

Mr. Barrett said that his experience had been the. same,
and that he attributed the scarcity of larvee to the violence
of the winds, which beat the insects from the trees.

Mr. F. H. Blandford remarked that he had found Coleoptera
abundant on the Braunton Burrows, near Barnstaple, but
very scarce in other localities. Mr. Mason and others took
part in the discussion which followed.

Mr. Stevens further said that when at Exeter he visited
the Museum, and was pleased to see the original specimen of
Plusia ni in the late Mr. H. Dorville’s collection, taken at
Alphington, near Exeter, in August, 1868, and a specimen of
Callimorpha hera, taken also at Alphington in August, 1871,
which is about six miles from the locality in which the latter
insect is now said to occur; both the specimens are in fine
condition.

Papers read.

Prof. Westwood read a paper on a species of Aphis, received
from Mr. E. Ernest Green, of Ceylon, affecting the bread-
fruit tree, which he had named Siphonophora artocarpt; at
the conclusion of his paper he alluded to the use of Paris-
sreen as a destructive agent for insects.

Mr. Blandford then made some remarks as to the use of
London-purple (another arsenic compound) as an insecticide
in the place of Paris-green; he stated that the compound
was a waste product and one-tenth the cost of Paris-green,
and further that it was more soluble and more easily applied ;
he was also of opinion that arsenic compounds do not greatly

( xxi -)

affect sucking insects, such as Aphides, the ordinary kerosene
preparations being more suitable for their destruction.

Lord Walsingham communicated the following description
of a new species of Nirmus, sent to him by Mr. T. Southwell,
of Norwich, who had received it from Dr. HE. Piaget, of
Bayard: the species was found on an extremely rare species
of plover, yialitis asiatica, recently shot in Norfolk.*

Nirmvus assiuiuis, Piaget.

Head conical, rounded in front, with a few short hairs ;
trabecula not reaching beyond the first joint of the antenn® ;
antenne almost colourless, except the fifth joimt, which is as
long as the second or third ; eyes very slightly
projecting, with a single hair; temples
rounded in front, furnished with two hairs;
occiput projecting over the thorax ; occipital
bands indicated by a_ scarcely-coloured
furrow; antennal bands curved back towards
the suture of the clypeus, which has a small
central spot.

Prothorax slightly inserted beneath the
occiput, with the sides a little convergent;
metathorax bell-shaped, with the posterior
angles rounded and furnished with three long
hairs, produced in a point over the abdomen
in centre of posterior margin; legs short and stout, coloured,
tibie about as long as femora, with two sete on their outer
side and some small spines on their inner margin; claws
normal.

Abdomen elongate-oval, broadest at the third segment, with
the posterior angles of each segment projecting and rounded,
those of the first two segments without hairs, those of the
next two or three with two long silky hairs, and the remainder,
except the last, with three ; lateral bands produced in a sharp
point into the anterior segment; segments alittle unequal in
length, the central being the longest, with two long lateral
and two short central hairs, dark, except towards the sutures,

* See ‘The Zoologist,’ August, 1890, p. 311.—H. G.

(| xxiv)

and a more or less abbreviated light central furrow, more or
less developed, which ceases at the anterior third of the
fourth segment ; the first segment has the lateral margins
parallel ; the ninth is bilobed in the female and rounded in
the male, with a single long silky hair, and a short terminal
spine. The vulva is furnished with two narrow bands behind,
and two spots in front; the genital organs of the male are
normal,

The general colour is more or less dark chestnut, with
blackish bands.

Dimensions: 2? 22:2”; 3 17:4”.

On Agialitis asiatica: the genus is closely allied to N.
acutifasciatus, which infests Plotus melanogaster, and to
N. bicuspis, Nitsch, which is parasitical on Charadrius minor
and C. hiaticula: it differs in size, colour, and certain other
details.

August 6, 1890.

Henry J. Exwes, Esq., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Vice-President, in
the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks
voted to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Major-General George Carden, of Douglas Lodge, Surbiton,
Surrey, and the Army and Navy Club, Pall Mall, 8.W.; and
Sir Vauncey Harpur-Crewe, Bart., of Calke Abbey, Derby-
shire, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions.

Mr. P. Crowley exhibited two species of butterflies from
the West Coast of Africa, which he proposed to name respec-
tively Charaaes gabonica and Cymothoe marginata. He also
exhibited several other new species of butterflies from Sierra
Leone and other parts of Africa, which had been recently
described by Miss E. M. Sharpe, in the ‘Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History’ for July, 1890.

(° xxv)

Prof. Meldola exhibited a male specimen of Polyommatus
dorilis, Hufn., a common European and Asiatic species, which
had been taken at Lee, near Ilfracombe, in August, 1887, by
Mr Latter, then Demonstrator in the Laboratory of the
Deputy Linacre Professor at Oxford, and now Science Master
at the Charter-House School. At the time of its capture
Mr. Latter supposed the specimen to be a hybrid between
Polyommatus phleas and one of the ‘“ Blues,” and had only
recently identified it as belonging to a well-known species.
Mr. Stainton, Mr. Jenner Weir, and Colonel Swinhoe made
some remarks on the specimen, and commented on the
additions to the list of butterflies captured in the United
Kingdom which had been made of late years.

Mr. W. F. H. Blandford exhibited, and made remarks on,
five specimens of Athous rhombeus, Ol., bred from larva and
pupe recently collected by himself in the New Forest.

The Rey. Dr. Walker exhibited a large collection of Coleo-
ptera which he had recently made in Iceland. The follow-
ing genera, amongs others, were represented, viz. —Patrobus,
Nebria, Byrrhus, Aphodius, Philonthus, Barynotus, Chrysomela,
Agabus, Creophilus, and Carabus. Mr. Champion, Dr. Sharp,
and the Chairman made some remarks on the collection.

Mr. Elwes exhibited three species of the genus Atossa,
Moore, three of the genus Hleysma, Butl., and three of the
genus Campylotes, West.,—all from the Himalayas and North-
eastern Asia. The object of the exhibition was to illustrate
the remarkable differences of venation in these closely allied
forms of the same family. Colonel Swinhoe, Mr. Warren,
Mr. Moore, and others took part in the discussion which
ensued.

Paper read.

Mr. Crowley read a paper entitled ‘‘On some new species
of African Diurnal Lepidoptera.’’ In this paper the author
described five new species of butterflies from the Cameroons,
Madagascar, Sierra Leone, Gaboon and Accra ; and enume-
rated seven new species recently described by Miss Sharpe in
the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History. The paper
was illustrated by two plates of fifteen figures.

C xaar }

September 3, 1890.

Henry T. Srainton, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.8., in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks
voted to the respective Donors.

Evhibitions, dc.

Mr. C. Fenn exhibited and remarked on specimens of Fu-
pithecta satyrata, Eudorea ambiqualis, and Tortrix viburnana
from the neighbourhood of Darlington.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Martin Stanger
Higgs, a remarkable variety of Melitea aurinia (artemis),
taken a few years ago, in Gloucestershire, by Mr. Joseph
Merrin.

Mr. Stevens stated that he had recently been to Liverpool,
where he had seen the collection of the late Mr. Robertson,
of Limehouse, which was still in fine condition, and con-
tained a long series of Polyommatus dispar.

The Rey. Dr. Walker communicated some observations on
the Entomology of Iceland, and gave an account of his
recent travels in that island. He stated that he had taken
Bombus terrestris this year, for the first time, in the north
of Iceland (from which quarter of the island it had not
been recorded by Dr. Staudinger), namely, at Akureyri at
the southern end of the Eyjafjordr, 28 miles from the Arctic
Ocean, and at Glarufoss, the picturesque waterfall, an hour’s
walk from Akureyri. He also referred to his visit to Berufjordr
on the east coast, and to Husavik on the north coast, two fjords
which he had not landed at in 1889, which made a total of
sixteen fjords that he had scientifically visited. In reference
to Husavik, he said he had been prevented by the rough sea
and hopelessly wet weather from landing there in 1889,
and also on his first voyage round Iceland this year, from
the fact that the steamer anchored there too early in the
morning, and then only at the entrance of Husavik Bay to
allow of some Faroese quitting the steamer in their rowing-
boat. On the second voyage round Iceland this year he
succeeded in landing, and found insects far more plentiful

C xxv)

than he expected in so northerly a locality (Husavik is
upwards of 66° N. lat.). The numbers of Diptera were
astonishing ; they were not the ordinary Calliphora erythro-
cephala, Which occurs in numbers on rotting fish all round
the island, but the species that frequents sea-weed on the
sand. Multitudes of this fly flew on board the steamer, black-
ening the windows of the deck saloon, and some continued
there until the vessel’s arrivalat Granton. Dr. Walker further
observed that he had captured there about a dozen specimens
of a small species of Ichneumon, which, along with numerous
Diptera, had settled on soles that had been spread out on the
greensward to dry. He also adverted to the rarity of
Hymenoptera, whether Bombi or Ichneumonide, in Iceland,
and to the fact of his having taken three specimens of a large
species of Ichneumon at Akureyri, which might possibly not
have been previously noticed in the country. He next
described the great interest attaching to so northerly a place
as Siglufjordr, the most northerly fjord that he had visited
(lat. 66.9°), and stated that on that account he had taken
careful note of all the species he had met with there. In 1889
he had not observed any moths there. Plusia interrogationis
had been recorded by Staudinger as captured there by
Finsterwalden in 1856, and to this he had now to add
Crymodes exulis, Coremia munitata, and Aphelia pratana.
Dr. Walker then remarked on the wide distribution, but at
the same time extreme rarity, of a large dipterous insect
striped like a Syrphus (Sericomyia lappona) that he had been
the first to take in Iceland. He had to report its occurrence
at Reykjavik in the south-west, Seydisfjordr on the east
coast, and Akureyri on the north, but he only obtained
SIX specimens in all, namely, two at Akureyri, one at
Seydistjordr, and three at Reykjavik. He said he had
taken three additional specimens on the blossoms of the
marsh marigold at Thorshayn in the Faroes, on June 9th,
where he had also to report the capture of two species of
Kristalis (a genus of Diptera not found so far north as
Iceland), as well as of the following moths :— Crymodes
exulis, Charaas graminis, Coremta munitata, Coremia pro-
puynata, Emmelesia albulata ?, and Scoparia ambigualis ?.

(| xxvii)

Returning to the subject of Iceland, Dr. Walker said that
last year he had only seen Helophilus pendulus? on the
east and west coasts of the island; he had now also to
report it from Akureyri in the north and from Reykjavik,
where it and Creophilus maxillosus were far more plentiful
than his experience of these two species in 1889 led him
to expect. He considered the best localities for Coleo-
ptera in Iceland, beyond all doubt, to be Reykjavik, Flatey
Island off the west coast, and Akureyri and the coast-road
leading from that place to Oddeyri. He said he had been
led to visit Iceland at an earlier date this year than last
year in the belief that he would thus meet with other species
of insects. To some extent his anticipations had been
fulfilled, for he had captured several specimens of Alelanippe
thulearia, which Dr. Mason—-who had proceeded to Iceland
a fortnight before him in 1889—had also taken ; and he had
now three new localities on the west coast for that species,
namely Stykkisholmur, Dyrefjordr, and Patriksfjordr. It
was a late season, and moths proved correspondingly
late and scarce on his first arrival. From the wintry
weather reported to him as having prevailed at Reykjavik,
and his experience of the bitter cold in his first voyage
round the island, he feared that he should meet with very
indifferent success, but his fortune proved better as the
season advanced. Crymodes exulis was by far the commonest
of the Noctusz, and Coremia munitata of the Geometride, of
which last-named species he had taken the reddish variety.
This type, however, though of frequent occurrence in Scotland,
is rare in Iceland. He said that Chareas graminis had been
taken for the first time on the north coast, but, as on the
west, only very sparingly. Noctua conflua proved much the
commonest Noctua last year, but though taken this year
was not nearly so plentiful as Crymodes exulis. This was to
be accounted for by its later appearance. Dr. Walker like-
wise gave an account of his visit to the Westmann Isles, and
mentioned that he believed he was the first who ever collected
on that group. He enumerated his captures of Diptera and
Coleoptera there, and said he found these islands quite as good
places for collecting insects as any spots on the mainland.

( ox 5)

Dr. Walker said that the difficulty of landing was very great,
but feeling satisfied it could be done, he was determined that
it should be done. On June 12th, inspite of in disposition,
owing to the heavy rolling of the steamer the whole of the
previous day, he succeeded in landing under the following
circumstances. The mail boat having already gone ashore
he had to have recourse to a cargo boat from Copenhagen
laden with sacks of flour for the natives, and the companion-
ladder not being let down, he had to slew himself on one
side on to a rope-ladder and descend hand over hand, and, as
the bottom of the rope-ladder did not reach to the boat, to
drop heavily on to the flour-sacks. He was then rowed for
about a mile over a choppy sea to the shore, receiving an
occasional dollop of salt-water in the face or over the whole
of his waistcoat. Dr. Walker concluded by saying that not-
withstanding the hardships he endured in landing he did not
regret having done so, for, with some help in collecting from
the juvenile population, he had been enabled to bring home
to England the first insects recorded from the Westmann Isles.

In reply to a question by Mr. Stainton, Dr. Walker said
that the flowers chiefly frequented by the humble-bees in
Iceland, were those of a small species of white galium (pro-
bably Galium saxatile?) and Viola tricolor. Dy. Walker also
added that this year he had taken Hemiptera in Iceland for
the first time, namely, Salda littoralis (Cimea littoralis in
Paijhull’s List) the same species that Dr. Mason captured in
1889. He also said he had taken its larva at Reykjavik, and
at Akureyri.

Messrs. M‘Lachlan, Stainton, Jenner Weir, Stevens, Jacoby,
Lewis and others took part in the discussion which ensued.

Papers read.
Dr. Walker contributed ‘Notes on Calathus melanocephalus
collected in Iceland, the Westmann Isles, and the Faroe

Isles.”
Mr. A. G. Butler communicated a paper entitled “ Further
Notes on the synonymy of the genera of Noctuites.”

PROC, ENT, SOC, LOND., Iv., 1890. F

( xxx )

October 1, 1890.

The Right Hon. Lord Waustneuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,
in the chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks
voted to the respective Donors.

Exhibitions, &c.

The Rev. Dr. Walker exhibited a long and varied series of
forms of Crymodes exulis, collected in June and July last in
Iceland. In reply to a question by Lord Walsingham as to
whether all the forms referred by Dr. Walker to Crymodes
exulis had been identified as belonging to that species, Mr.
Kirby said the species was a very variable one, and that
several forms had been described from Labrador and Green-
land. Mr. South stated that he had examined Dr. Walker’s
specimens, and he believed that most of the forms exhibited
had been described by Dr. Staudinger in his papers on the
Entomology of Iceland.

Dr. Sharp exhibited a specimen of Ornithomyia avicularia,
L., taken near Dartford, to which there were firmly adhering
—apparently by their mandibles—-several specimens of a
mallophagous insect. He also exhibited some specimens of
fragile Diptera, Neuroptera, and Lepidoptera, to show that
the terminal segments in both sexes might be dissected off
and mounted separately without the structures suffering from
shrivelling or distortion. Dr. Sharp also said, in reference
to the statement made by him, on p. 421 of his paper recently
published in the ‘Transactions’ of the Society, as to the
number of the segments of the abdomen, and the position of
the genital orifice in the female of Hemiptera-Heteroptera,
that he had recently been making some dissections, and found
that the structures externally were difficult of comprehension,
and he now thought that the statement he had made from
observation, without dissection, might prove to be erroneous.

Mr. G. F. Hampson exhibited and remarked on a series of
Erebia melas, taken in July last, in the Austrian Alps (Dolo-
mites), by Mrs, Nicholls. Mr. Elwes observed that though

( xxxi 7)

this species was abundant in the Pyrenees and Southern
Carpathians, and was also found in Greece, it seemed to be
so rare in Carinthia that he had never been able to obtain
specimens therefrom, and he was not aware that any German
entomologist had taken it in the Tyrol or Dolomite Mountains.
He added that the species only frequented very steep and
stony slopes on the mountains, so that its capture was
attended with difficulty.

Mr. M‘Lachlan exhibited specimens of an extraordinary
Neuropterous larva found by Mr. B. G. Nevinson in tombs at
Cairo. He said that this larva had been assigned to the
genus Nemoptera by Schaum, who described it as having been
found in tombs in Egypt (Berl. Ent. Zeitschrift, vol. i.); and
Roux had previously (Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xxviii) described and
figured it as an abnormal apterous hexapod under the name
of Necrophilus arenarius. Myr. Nevinson supplemented these
remarks with an account of his capture of the specimens in
the Egyptian tombs.

Mr. G. T. Baker exhibited a series of forms of species of
the genus Boarmia from Madeira; and also a series of melanic
varieties of Gracilaria syringella from the neighbourhood of
Birmingham.

Mr. W. IF. H. Blandford exhibited and remarked on a series
of specimens of Dermestes vulpinus, which had been doing much
damage to the roofs of certain soap-works in the neighbour-
hood of London, where they had no doubt been introduced
with bones.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited a specimen of Carabus catenu-
latus, in which the femur of the right foreleg was curiously
dilated and toothed. He stated that he took the specimen
at Oxshott, Surrey, on the 27th September last.

The Rev. C. F. Thornewill exhibited an almost black variety
of the male of Argynnis aglaia, taken by himself in July last on
Cannock Chase; also a number of living larve of a species
of Hupithecia feeding on the flower-heads of Tanacetum vulgare
collected in a limestone quarry in Leicestershire. He expressed
some doubt as to the identity of the species, but the general
opinion was that the larve were only those of Hupithecia
absynthiata.

(xxx

Mr. H. Goss exhibited, for Mr. G. Bryant, a variety of the
larva of Trichiura crategi.

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a specimen of Plusia moneta,
Fabr., a species new to Britain, taken at Reading by Mr. W.
Holland in July last. It wasstated that the first specimen of this
species captured in England had been taken at Dover last June,
and is now in the collection of Mr. Sydney Webb, of that town.
Mr. Kirby said that Mynheer Snellen had reported this species
as being unusually common in Holland a few years ago.

Mr. W. Dannatt exhibited a variety of Papilio hectorides
from Paraguay. Mr. Osbert Salvin said he believed he had
seen this form before.

Mr. C. J. Gahan exhibited a curious little larva-like
creature, found by Mr. A. P. Green in a rapid mountain
stream in Ceylon, and observed that there was some doubt as
to its true position in the animal kingdom. It was suggested
that it might possibly be an insect larva, and he was desirous
of eliciting information on this point. He could find no
account of any insect larva with a similar structure. It was
made up of six distinct segments, each of which bore a single
pair of laterally directed processes or unjointed appendages
coming off from the ventral side of the body a little below the
margin of the hard dorsal shield. Near the inner base of
each of these processes was a bundle of five club-shaped,
apparently branchial, filaments. Each segment had on the
middle of the under side a comparatively large sucker. The
anterior segment was furnished with a pair of two-jointed
antennal structures, in addition to a few stout bristles.

Mr. Hampson supplemented these remarks by stating that
just behind the mouth, which was placed not far from the an-
terior margin on the under side, was a pair of broad flattened
jaws with rasp-like teeth, and that there was nothing that re-
sembled the mandibles of an insect. ‘The appendages, which
were towards the sides and unjointed, were, he said, very
suggestive of the parapodia of certain chetopod worms ; but
that all the known polychetous worms were marine.

Mr. Gahan agreed with these remarks, and said that the
animal seemed to have very much the characters of a poly-
chetous worm. Lord Walsingham and Mr. M‘Lachlan

(FSX)

expressed an opinion that the animal was of myriopodous
affinities, and was not the larva of an insect.

Papers read.

Mr. Baker read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the genitalia of
a gynandromorphous Hronia hippia.”

The Rev. Dr. Walker read the following ‘‘ Notes on Cry-
modes exulis.””

‘* Newman observes of this species :—‘The moth appears
on the wing in July, and has been brought in great numbers
from Iceland. It flies during the day, and may sometimes
be seen flying in crowds about the flowers scattered sparingly
over the surface of the ground.’ It is, however, equally the
fact that it is on the wing by the middle of June, as, for
example, I captured it at Akureyri on the 19th of June this
year; and as young friends there collecting on my behalf had
a few then in store for me, it is reasonable to suppose that it
had first been seen at all events a week previously. We shall
probably not be far wrong in asserting that the period when
it occurs in the best condition and in the greatest numbers is
from about the middle of June to the middle of July. Noctua
conflua is met with, but much more sparingly in June, but
becomes particularly abundant and is quite the commonest
Noctua just at the time that Crymodes begins to be scarce.
Both species agree in this particular,—in the very variable
tint and markings of the fore wings. Both kinds greatly
affect the wild thyme, on which they are often found asleep;
Crymodes, however, is the more active of the two, and
is frequently to be seen flying about, as Mr. Newman describes,
or hovering round the flowers.

It was at Aknreyri, at the southern extremity of the Eyja-
fjordr (28 miles from the north coast of Iceland and the
Aretic Ocean) that I found this moth in the greatest
numbers. My observations on the present occasion will
accordingly have reference chiefly to its different types, as
occurring there on Viola tricolor, Galium saxatile, Thymus
serpyllum, Silene acaulis, Dryas octopetala, &c. Out of upwards
of 350 specimens collected by myself, and by the young

( xsxiy)

friends above mentioned on my behalf, I have picked out
representatives of about thirteen types or forms which I have
brought with me for exhibition to-night, viz. :—

1. Marbled type. 8. Marbled one-spot type.
2. Dark marbled type. 9. Marbled two-spot type.
8. Light brown marbled type. 10. Brown white patch type.
4, Brown marbled type. 11. Light brown type.

5. Dark type. 12. Dusky marbled type.

6. Dark one-spot type. 18. Brown type.

7. Light brown one-spot type.

These types or varieties, however, occur in very dispropor-
tionate numbers. No. 1, the marbled type, among those from
Akureyri, submitted for your inspection, is, in my opinion,
the handsomest ; No. 4, the brown marbled type, is decidedly
the commonest; No. 9, the marbled two-spot type, and
No. 8, the light brown marbled type, are likewise fairly
common; but No. 1, 3.4, are connected by almost imper-
ceptible gradations. Such types have a tendency to melanism.
Nos. 2, 5, 6 and 8, are decidedly scarce; No. 11 would
seem to be also very rare; and it may be laid down as a
general principle that the normal forms are the variegated
and very elaborately marked ones, and those that possess only
one, or almost only one, uniform tint are decidedly scarce.

Below the Akureyri specimens you will note three from
Siglufjordr, highly interesting as representing three varieties,
Nos. 1, 2 and 11 of the Akureyri ones, and also as occurring
in the high latitude of 66.9°, and, again, because Finsterwalden
is not reported as having obtained this species here in 1856.
On the other side of the box, the two specimens from Reyk-
javik correspond to Nos. 1 and 2 of the Akureyri ones; the
three from the road to Hengill Mt., to Nos. 1, 2 and 12 of the
Akureyri; the one from Dyrefjordr, to No. 9; and the three
from Stykkisholmur, to Nos. 1, 2 and 4 of the Akureyri; and
the one with wings closed, from Thorshavn, Faroe Isles, to
No. 4.

Among the few specimens I brought back of this species in
1889, Nos. 2, 4and 12 are represented; and one var. caught for

(oO xve 1)

me by Dr. Knaggs, at Krisuvik, resembling No. 5, but darker.
The browner forms decidedly predominated, as they did, to
the best of my recollection, among the numerous specimens
that I then took at the Geysir, which were hopelessly
spoiled during a jolting ride over the plain on my return.

According to Newman’s figuring, Crymodes eaulis differs
from the Scotch Hadena assimilis in having more cream-
coloured markings and more distinctly defined ones, in its
wings being slightly smaller than those of the latter, and in
its body being rather longer and a trifle more slender.

Two other species of Hadena are stated by Newman to be
generally distributed in England, Scotland, and Iceland,
namely, Hadena contigua, the beautiful brocade, and H. Pisi,
the brown moth. I took two specimens of H. contiqua at
Akureyri this year, and one specimen of an Hadena closely
allied to H. pist. In my last year’s list there is also a
record of an Hadena approaching pist termed var. Akureyri-
ensis, from its having been taken at Akureyri; this,
however, I seem to have unfortunately lost. In Staudinger’s
List this insect is set down as Mamestra pisi; he gives
no locality, but if taken by himself it must have been some-
where in the south-west of Iceland. The prevalence of the
genus Hadena, in the north of the island is partly borne out
by the fact that Krueper, one of Staudinger’s companions,
took another species, H. Sommeri, at Hofios on the Skaga-
fjordr.”’

November 5, 1890.
The Right Hon. Lord Watsineuam, M.A., F.R.S., President,

in the chair.
Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted
to the respective Donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Francis H. Barclay, of Knott’s Green, Leyton,
Essex; Miss M. Kimber, of Cope Hall, Enborne, Berk-
shire; and Mr. John E. Robson, of Hartlepool, were elected
Fellows.

@ Xxev ))

Death of Mr. BE. T. Atkinson.

Lord Walsingham announced the death of Mr. Atkinson,
of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.

Exhibitions, dc.

Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited a number of Lepidoptera col-
lected in June last near Digne, Basses Alpes, including Papilio
Alexanor, Parnassius Apollo, larger and paler than the Swiss
form; Anthocharis tages var. Bellezina ; Leucophasia Duponcheli;
Thecla spint; Thecla ilicis var. cerri; Lycena argiades var.
corretas; L. argus var. argyronomon; L. bellargus var. ceronus ;
Melitea deione; and Argynnis Fuphrosyne.

Mr. W. E. Nicholson also exhibited a collection of Lepi-
doptera, formed near Digne last June, which included very
large specimens of Papilio Machaon; P. Podalirius ; Thais
rumina var. medesicaste, larger and redder than the Mediterra-
nean specimens; Apatura ilia var. clytie; Argynnis adippe
var. cleodoxa; A. Daphne; Melanargia galatea var. leucomelas ;
Vanessa egea, bred from Pellitory; Satyrus semele, and many
others.

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse exhibited the upper and lower
membranes of a wing of a species of Attacus, which had been
separated without removing the scales and mounted on glass
so as to show the internal surfaces. He explained that he
separated the membranes by inserting a needle in the vein at
the base of the wing, and when they were sufficiently parted
to be taken hold of they were gradually drawn asunder and
floated on water until the two membranes were entirely
separated. He said that some years ago Dr. Hagen had shown
that this could be done with fresh examples of Libellule. The
specimen exhibited had been operated upon a few hours after
leaving the chrysalis; but he had also succeeded fairly well
in separating the membranes of a wing of a dried Cicada.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited a photograph he had received from
Prof. Exner, of Vienna, showing the picture obtained at the
back of the eye of Lampyris splendidula. He stated that this
picture is continuous and not reversed, and shows the out-
line of lights and shades of objects at a distance as well as
of those closer to the eye.

( “xsxutr 9

Mr. H. Goss exhibited a specimen of Zyyena filipendula
var. chrysanthemi, which he had taken at Rhinefield, in the
New Forest, on the 15th July last, when in the company
of Mr. George Bryant. Dr. P. B. Mason said this variety
was known on the Continent of Europe, and was figured by
Hubner in his ‘Sammlung,’ a copy of which work he ex-
hibited. He added that he possessed a similar specimen
of this variety taken by Mr. Nowers in Wyre Forest, Wor-
cestershire. Colonel Swinhoe stated that he possessed
a similar variety of a species of Syntomis.

The Rev. Dr. Walker exhibited a number of Diptera,
Hymenoptera, and Coleoptera recently collected in Iceland ;
also some drawings illustrating the various forms of Crymodes
exulis occurring in Iceland which he had shown at the
October meeting of the society; he also exhibited seven
varieties of Melanippe thulearia, nine of Coremia munitata, and
a few of Noctua conflua, illustrating the varied forms of these
species occurring in Iceland. Dr. Mason said that the only
British specimens of N.conflua which he had seen resembling
the Iceland form of the species were taken at Wolsingham,
Durham.

Mons. A. Wailly exhibited and remarked on a number of
Lepidoptera from Japan. The collection comprised the fol-
owing species :—Orthogonia sera, Felder; Remigia archesia,
Butler; Herminia fumosa, Butl.; Herminia arenosa, Buil. ;
Hypena stygiana, Butl.; H. minna, Butl.; Bocana tristis,
Butl. ; Thalassodes ambigua, Butl.; Abraxas elegans, Butl. ;
Parepione lapidea, Butl.; Platydia casta, Butl.; Kgnasia
polybapta, Butl.; Marmorinia obscurata, Butl.; Pseudolo-
castra inimica, Butl.; Hydrillodes lentalis, Guén.; Calobochyla
mollis, Butl.; Inuworis tenuis, Butl.; Pagyda quadrilineata,
Butl.; Notarcha pallidalis Warren; Pyrausta astrifera, Butl.;
Bocchoris inspersalis, Zell. ; Nothophyle pantherata, Butl. ;
Crambus pinellus, Linn.; Mimorista butyrosa, Butl.; Steno-
meles consocialis, Warren; Rhynchina plusioides, Butl. ; Dia-
semia literata, Scop.; and Cesia similis, Butl. Besides these
there were eleven species undetermined, which, it was stated,
were not represented in the British Museum collections.

Mr. A. C. Horner exhibited a number of rare species of

PROC, ENT. SOC, LOND,, Iv., 1890, G

( gxxyui. ,)

Coleoptera, including Homalota crassicornis, Gyll.; H. fimorum,
Bris.; H. humeralis, Kr.; and Huryporus picipes Pk.; col-
lected at Church Stretton, Shropshire; and also Amara
nitida, Sturm.; Oxypoda amena, Fair,; Homalota testaceipes,
Heer; Lithocharis apicalis, Kr.; and Epurea neglecta, Heer,
from the neighbourhood of Tonbridge.

Mr. Meyer Darcis exhibited a specimen of Termitobia
physogastra, Gangelb., a new genus and species of Brachelytra
obtained in a white ant’s nest from the Congo. Dr. Sharp
commented on the interesting nature of the exhibition.

Colonel Swinhoe exhibited a collection of moths from
Southern India, which comprised about forty species, dis-
tributed amongst the following families :—Syntomida, Litho-
stida, Arctiidae, Lasiocampide, Zerenidea, Fidonide, Leucanidea,
Heliothide, Acontiide, and Poaphilide.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter
from Mr. Philip Crowley, on the subject of the species of
Charaxes which he had described and figured in Part III.
of the Transactions of the Society :—‘I hear from Mons.
Ch. Oberthir that the Charazes I described and figured in
the last number of the ‘ Transactions’ as* Charaaes gabonica
is identical with Charaaes Hadrianus of Ward, described in
Ent. Mo. Mag, viii. p. 120, 1871. I have referred to this vol.
of the Ent. Mo. Mag. and find Mons. Oberthiir is correct.
I am very sorry I omitted to notice this when searching for
the species, but having made the mistake I can now only
correct it in this manner.”’

Papers read.
Colonel Swinhoe read a paper describing the species
exhibited by him entitled ‘‘New Species of Moths from
Southern India.”
The Rey. T. A. Marshall communicated a paper entitled
«‘A Monograph of British Braconidie. Part IV.”
Lord Walsingham read a paper entitled ‘‘ African Micro-
Lepidoptera.”’ In this paper nine new genera were described,
viz. ;—dAutuchthonus, type A. chalybiellus, Wlsm.; Scalidoma,

* See Trans, Ent, Soc, Part III, 1890, Plate xvii. fig, 3.—H. G,

(CRE 7)

type Tinea horridella, Wkr.; Barbaroscardia, type B. fasciata,
Wlsm.: Odites, type O. natalensis, Wism.; Idiopterya, type
Cryptolechia obliquella, Wlsm.: Microthauma, type M. metal-
lifera, Wlsm.; Licmocera, type L. lyonetiella, Wlsm.; O.xy-
macheris, type O. niveocervina, Wlsm.; Micropostega, type M.
eneofasciata, Wlsm. Several European genera were recorded
as new to the African fauna. The American genera Phecasio-
phora, Grote; (ita, Grote; Polyhymno, Chamb.; Strobisia,
Clem.; Anorthosia, Clem.; Ide, Chamb., and Zarathra, Wkr.,
were described as occurring in Africa. The genus Philobota,
Meyr., hitherto confined to the Australian region, was also
recorded. The Indian genus Timyra, Wkr., was represented
in Africa. Nigilgia, Wkr., was identified as a synonym of
Phycodes. Polyhymno, Chamb., had been re-described as Co-
pocercia by Zeller. Teratopsis, Wlsm., was a synonym of
Cacochroa, Hein. Seventy-one species were described as new.

December 3, 1890.

The Right Honourable Lorp Watstnenam, M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the chalr.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks
voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. John Gardner, of 6, Friar Terrace, Hartlepool; and
Mr. Samuel James Capper, F.L.8., of Huyton Park, near
Liverpool, were elected Fellows.

Exhibitions, dc.

Dr. D. Sharp exhibited specimens of Papilio polites, P.
erithonius, and Huplea asela, received from Mr. J. J. Lister,
who had caught them on board ship when near Colombo, in
November, 1888. Dr. Sharp read a letter from Mr. Lister,
in which it was stated that from the ship hundreds of these

(ry ml)

butterflies were seen flying out to sea against a slight breeze.
Many of them, apparently exhausted by a long flight,
alighted on the deck of the ship, and large numbers perished
in the sea.

Lord Walsingham exhibited a coloured drawing of a
variety of -4cherontia atropos, which had been sent to him by
Mons. Henri de la Cuisine, of Dijon. He also exhibited
specimens of an entomogenous fungus, apparently belonging
to the genus Torrubia, growing on pupe (received from Sir
Charles Forbes), which had been collected in Mexico by
Mr. H. B. James. Mr. M‘Lachlan expressed an opinion, in
which Mr. C. O. Waterhouse and Mr. G. C. Champion con-
curred, that the pupe were those of a species of Cicada.
Mr. F. D. Godman said that at the meeting of the Society on
the 8rd October, 1888, he had exhibited a larva of a Cicada
with a similar fungoid growth. The specimen was sub-
sequently produced, and the fungus proved to be identical
with that on the pup shown by Lord Walsingham.

Mr. R. Adkin exhibited male specimens of Spilosoma
mendica, Clk., bred from ova obtained from a female of the
Irish form which had been impregnated by a male of the
English form. These specimens were of a dusky white
colour, and were intermediate between the English and Irish
forms.

Mr. F. Merrifield showed samples of a material known as
“‘ cork-carpet,” and explained its advantages as a lining for
cabinets and store-boxes. Dr. Sharp fully endorsed the
opinion expressed by Mr. Merrifield.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited specimens of Anisotoma Triepkei,
Schmidt, and Megacronus inclinans, Er., collected last August
at Loch Alvie by Aviemore.

Mr. Hamilton H. Druce exhibited several very beautiful
species of butterflies, belonging to the genus Hypochrysops,
from the Solomon Islands and Australia.

Papers, dc., read.
Mr. Merrifield read a paper entitled, ‘On the conspicuous
changes in the markings and colouring of Lepidoptera caused
by subjecting the pupe to different temperature conditions,”

( -xle)

In this paper it was stated that the results of many experi-
ments made on Selenia illustraria and Ennomos autumnaria
tended to prove that both the markings and colouring
of the moths were materially affected by the temperature to
which the pup were exposed: the markings by long con-
tinued exposure before the last active changes; the colouring,
chiefly by exposure during these last changes, but before the
colouring of the perfect insect began to be visible, a mode-
rately low temperature during this period causing darkness,
@ high one producing the opposite effect, and two or three
days at the right time appearing in some cases sufficient.
Dryness or moisture applied during the whole pupal period
had little or no effect on either markings or colouring.
Applying the facts thus ascertained, Mr. Merrifield said he
had obtained from summer pupee of tllustraria, besides moths
with summer markings and colouring, some moths with
summer colouring and spring markings, some with spring
markings and almost spring colouring, and some with
summer markings, but an approach to spring colouring.
These specimens, with enlarged and coloured photographs of
them were exhibited.

Lord Walsingham thanked Mr. Merrifield for his valuable
paper, and said he thought that it was proved conclusively
that the effect of retardation by the means applied in the
pupal stage was to cause a tendency to the darker colouring
characteristic of the winter brood. If it could be established
that changes of temperature were a direct cause of variation,
not only throughout a series of generations, but in each in-
dividual case, the discovery would be extremely interesting,
especially if the insects themselves derived any distinct ad-
vantage from such varietal changes.

Mr. C. Fenn exhibited a long series of F’. autwmnaria, em-
bracing, he thought, all the shades of colouring obtained by
Mr. Merrifield, though the pup# had all been kept at the
same temperature, in a. room facing the east; they were the
produce of three consecutive years, in each of which the
moths had been several weeks in emerging.

Mr. Waterhouse pointed out that the temperature might

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., V., 1890. H

( xli )

have varied a good deal during the time that Mr. Fenn’s in-
sects were in the pupa state.

Mr. Jenner Weir, who said that he had been to Mr.
Merrifield’s house and examined his arrangements for forcing
and retarding the emergence of moths from the pupe, bore
testimony to the careful way in which Mr. Merrifield’s ex-
periments were conducted.

Colonel Swinhoe said he considered that the amount of
licht at the time of the emergence of the moth influenced the
colouring, and suggested that attention should be directed to
to this in any further experiments.

Mr. Elwes expressed the opinion that many other causes
besides temperature had their influences.

Mr. C. G. Barrett thought that in a hilly country moths
were darker than in the plains. The black betularia were
spreading in districts far removed from any smoky atmo-
sphere. Mr. M‘Lachlan, Mr. G. T. Porritt, and others,
continued the discussion.

Mr. Merrifield, in reply, said that with regard to Mr. Fenn’s
autumnaria, it was probable that during the three summers in
question some of the pups had been subjected to very
different temperatures; he had found a variation of 15
degrees F., or less, applied at the right time, sufficient to
make all the difference between a very light and a very dark
autumnaria. He thought it was proved beyond doubt that,
in the two species experimented on by him, temperature
had been the chief cause of difference in colouring, though
the hereditary tendencies of the particular brood, and the
variability of the individuals, had their share in the pro-
duction of the variations. He quite believed, also, that in
many cases other and different causes operated; for example,
in the case of the dark Gnophos obscurata he was disposed to
think that it was a fixed variety, the colour being a protective
one, caused by the gradual assimilation of the colour of the
moth to the colour of the soil on which it reposed.

Mr. G. T. Baker read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the
Lepidoptera collected in Madeira by the late T. Vernon
Wollaston.” The paper was illustrated by a number of
figures drawn and coloured some years ago by Professor
Westwood.

( xl )

Mr. Hamilton H. Druce read a paper entitled ‘‘ A Mono-
graph of the Lycrenoid genus Hypochrysops, with descriptions
of new species.”

Mr. C. J. Gahan read the following ‘‘ Notes on some
species of Diabrotica”’ :—

‘ Being at present engaged in arranging the species of Dia-
brotica in the British Museum collection, I find it necessary
to alter some specific names previously used for other species.
The names which I propose to substitute are as follows :—
D. subrugosa for D. rugulosa, Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890,
p. 64, nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886, p. 450. D. tarsata
for D. tarsalis, Baly, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 254; nec
Harold Col. Hefte, xiii. p. 92; nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.
1890, p. 23. D. crucigera for D. cruciata, Baly, Ent. Mo.
Mag. xxv. p. 253; nec Jacoby, Biol. Cent. Am. Col. vi.
p. 547. D. Balyana for D. melanocephala, Baly, Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1886, p. 455; nec Fab.; nec Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc.
1890, p. 18. D. melanospila for D. spiloptera, Baly, Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 92; nec Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc. xix.
p. 242. D. socia for D. tetraspilota,'Baly, Journ. Linn. Soc.
xix. p. 254; nec. Baly, Trans. Ent. Soc. 8rd Ser. Vol. I.
(1865), p. 851.”

ANNUAL MEETING

January 21st, 1891.

The Right Honble. Lorp Watsincuam, M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the chair.

An abstract of the Treasurer’s Accounts was read by Mr.
Herbert Druce, one of the Auditors.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, then read the
following :—

Report of the Council.

In accordance with the Bye-Laws, the Council begs leave

to present the following Report :—
H 2

( xiv )

During the year 1890 five Fellows have died, viz., Mr.
Joseph S. Baly, M.R.C.S., Mr. Arthur Bliss, Mr. William
Copperthwaite, Mons. Abbé de Marseul, and Mr. Owen
Wilson; four Fellows have been struck out of the list for
non-payment of their subscriptions; and 27 new Fellows
have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year is the
largest on record, with the exception of that for 1886, when
the number was greatly augmented by the conversion of
Subscribers into Fellows. Notwithstanding the yearly in-
crease in the number of Fellows, the Council is still obliged
to refuse cr postpone the publication of valuable papers and
plates for want of funds, and therefore it feels again bound
to urge the Fellows to do their utmost to induce their friends
to join the Society and thus increase its revenue.

At the present time the Society consists of an Hon. Life-
President, 10 Honorary Fellows, 46 Life Fellows, and 278
paying the Annual Subscription, making the total number of
Fellows now on the Society’s List 334, which, after allowing
for the losses by deaths and exclusions, is an increase in
number of 18 since the date of the Annual Meeting last year.

The Transactions for the year 1890 form a volume of
691 pages, containing 20 memoirs contributed by the follow-
ing 17 authors, viz., the late Mr. Joseph S. Baly, M.R.C.S.;
Mr. Lionel de Nicéville; Dr. Frederick Augustus Dixey,
M.A.; Mr. Frederic Merrifield; Colonel Charles Swinhoe
(2 papers); Mr. Charles J. Gahan, M.A.; Mr. Henry J. Elwes;
Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S. (2 papers); Mr. James J. Walker,
4.N.; Professor John O. Westwood, M.A. (2 papers); Mr.
Edward Meyrick, B.A.; Mr. Henry W. Bates, F.R.S.; Mr.
Neville Manders, M.R.C.S.; The Rev. HenryS. Gorham; Mr.
Philip Crowley; Mynheer Pieter C. T. Snellen; and Mr.
Arthur G. Butler.

Of these 20 papers 12 relate to Lepidoptera (or to enquiries
in which Lepidoptera were the subjects of experiment) ; 6 to
Coleoptera; and 2 to Hemiptera.

The memoirs above referred to are illustrated with 21
plates, of which 11 are coloured.

(. Sebysre)

The Society is indebted to Mr. F. Merrifield for half the
cost of Plates IV. and V.; to Mr. Elwes for the entire cost
of Plates X., XIX., and XX.; to Dr. Sharp for £5 towards
the cost of Plates XII., XIII., and XIV.; to Mr. Godman
for the entire cost of Plate XVI.; and to Mr. Crowley for the
entire cost of Plates XVII. and XVIII.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the exhibitions
and discussions at the Meetings, in addition to certain
short papers not published in the Transactions, extend to
47 pages.

The financial position of the Society appears at first
sight less satisfactory than it has been of late years, the
total receipts for 1890 being smaller than in 1889, although
the amount received in entrance fees and subscriptions is
much larger; but the deficiency in the amount of the
total is explained by the fact that during the past year not a
single composition has been received, whereas, in 1889, two
compositions alone added £31 10s. to the total receipts.
Making allowance for this, the actual yearly income of the
Society is larger this year than it has ever been before. The
balance carried forward is unusually small; but the thickness
of the volume of Transactions, and the number of the
plates, will show that the Society’s income for the year has
been well spent.

During the past year nearly 200 Books, Pamphlets,
Journals, and Papers have been added to the Library; the
average number of Fellows attending the Meetings has been
far greater than in any previous year of the Society’s
existence, and there has been a gain of 18 new Fellows.

Notwithstanding the smallness of the balance carried for-
ward, and the decrease, for the reasons explained, in the
total of the receipts, the Council considers it has reason to
congratulate the Fellows on the progress made by the Society
during the year 1890.

The following is an Abstract of the Receipts and Payments
during 1890 :—

qc exiva 3

Receipts. Payments.
20 ty 1s 8. od.

Balance in hand Ist Rent, Office Expenses
Jan., 1890 * 5 ily “a 8 & Salary to Resident + 152 5 7

Contributions of Fel- iabeaSten A g :

lows, fee AE Bah agery | OReRES Lenk cy weet ae
Sale of Publications - 71 6 1 Plates, we . i > TTB. 8
Davaonee i Deo Tieeo Books, Binding, &e. - il 9 5
Intereston Consols - 1018 9 Balance inhand 2 7 Il
45h 296 Te S26

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W.
January 21st, 1891.

The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing
to substitute other names than those contained in the lists
prepared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the
Council for 1891:—The Rev. Canon Fowler, M.A., F.L.S. ;
Frederick D. Godman, M.A., F.R.S.; Herbert Goss, F.L.S. ;
Ferdinand Grut, F.L.S.; Robert M‘Lachlan, F.R.S.; Prof.
Raphael Meldola, F.R.S.; Edward Saunders, F.L.S.; Richard
South ; Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S.; Henry T. Stainton,
F.R.S.; Colonel Charles Swinhoe, F.L.S.; George Henry
Verrall; and the Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, M.A.,
F.R.S.

The following are the Officers elected:— President, Mr.
Frederick Du Cane Godman; Treasurer, Mr. Robert M’Lach-
lan ; Secretaries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon
Fowler; Librarian, Mr. Ferdinand Grut.

Lord Walsingham, the retiring President, then delivered
an Address, at the conclusion of which, Dr. Sharp proposed
a vote of thanks to Lord Walsingham for his services as
President during the year, and for his Address.

The proposal was seconded by Mr. M‘Lachlan and carried
unanimously.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and
Librarian was moved by Mr. M‘Lachlan, seconded by Mr. 8.
Stevens, and carried unanimously.

Lord Walsingham, Mr. Goss, and Mr. Grut severally
replied.

( xlvu )

Abstract of Receipts and Payments for 1890.

REcEI?PTs.

Balance in hand Ist)

Jan., 1890 - -j
Subscriptions, 1890
Entrance Fees” -
Arrears - -
Donations - é
Sale of Transactions
Interest on Consols

Subscriptions, considered good

Consols - - -

Audited and found correct,
January 14th, 1891.

PAYMENTS.
£3. d: £
1s 4 8 | Rent, Salary to Assist-

ant-Librarian, and} 152

- 268 16 0 ‘ Once Expenses” - Be

e501 80 ee > ae

_ 1515 0 Plates, Colouring, &e.- 77

ote Books, Binding, &e. - 11

161 Balance in hand - 2
= eLOMISh ES

£457 2 6 LAST

ASSETS.
£
- : : E . Ss, -&
£411 11 2 (cost) 392 18 0

LIABILITIES.
(Nil.)

HERBERT DRUCE.

RIcHARD SouTH.

FERDINAND GRUT.

Bak
i 2
(jl
18} @
9 5
7 11
206
Same
i)

Ropert McLacuuan.

@ oxy {)

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

aE REE

GENTLEMEN,

Wir your permission, I propose to limit the scope
of my address to you this evening, and, for two reasons, it
will be brief. The first reason is insufficient in itself, and
is merely this, that having a vast number of other things
to attend to, and being obliged to regard my rather inter-
mittent studies in Entomology as a recreation confined to
leisure hours, I have not been able during the past few
months to devote more than a very limited attention to the
subject of a Presidential Address. ‘This I should hold to be
but a poor excuse, if an excuse be required; but my second
reason is one to which I think more weight should be
attached, in the interests of the Society itself.

The lst of your Presidents has included the names of
many men distinguished by scientific attainments—men who,
unlike myself, have been fully capable of enlightening and in-
structing the Fellows of this Society upon general or special
entomological subjects, probably with far less exertion to
themselves, than would be required, in one less thoroughly
informed, to produce a bare summary of the events of the
year as connected with our favourite study; nevertheless
many such men, however highly they would appreciate the
honour of presiding over the interesting meetings of this
Society, might not unreasonably hesitate to -accept the
responsibility of composing and delivering a Presidential
Address. In many cases it might be thought to interfere
with the course of systematic work already taken in hand,
and I have no doubt whatever that you would find it easier
to secure the services of those whom you would most desire
to elect to occupy this chair, if they could feel that they

() Sshixy)

would be relieved—or perhaps, at least, partially relieved—
from the necessity of special literary work in connection
with their annual duties. This consideration applies with
equal force to the choice of President in many other societies.
There are others, such as the Zoological Society, which have
entirely dispensed with this necessity. But I do not suggest
that it would be well to go so far as this; I merely wish, on
the present occasion, at least, to revert to some extent to
the precedent offered by some of your former Presidents, and
to acknowledge myself a sinner in having been one of those
to depart from the excellent maxims which inculcate the
value of brevity.

Much good entomological work has been done during the
past year. I shall not trespass upon the province of those
who compile our annual Record, but it is always satisfactory
to be able to refer to what is being done by private enter-
prise, prompted by a love of science. Such publications as
those of Edwards and Scudder in America, of Romanhoff in
Russia, of the Oberthiirs in France, and Godman and Salvin
in this country, must always command our admiration.
Many others are doing good private work, although perhaps
on a somewhat smaller scale; and Mr. Moore’s courageous
undertaking in commencing the ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ on the
lines already adopted in his ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ is a
task worthy of a veteran. Such are a few only of the
contributions to entomological work which form a valuable
addition to what is being constantly done in current
periodicals, and in the Proceedings and Transactions of the
learned Societies of all countries where Science is cultivated.
Periodical publications are always on the increase, and it
becomes every year more and more difficult for specialists to
avoid missing some important papers or descriptions within
a reasonable time after their appearance.

If there is one branch of our study which has shown a
tendency to unusual development during the past year, it
is that which deals with those problems to which the minds
of men have been turned by the researches of Darwin,
Wallace, Weismann, Meldola, Poulton, and many others.
Already, not only here, but on the Continent, these subjects

(AIRS)

have claimed, and have created, a literature of their own.
Such literature must be especially interesting to us, because,
in the case of many of the theories advanced, there is a
strong tendency to throw the burden of proof upon facts and
deductions connected with entomological science. Already
we have to welcome a new publication devoted entirely to
such subjects. The ‘Entomologist’s Record and Journal of
Variation,’ edited by Mr. Tutt, has appeared within the
year; and Mr. Poulton has lately added another valuable
contribution to the elucidation of Darwinian problems. His
book on the meaning and use of the colours of animals,
—one of the volumes of the International Scientific Series,—
has special reference to Entomology. However guarded we
may be in the degree of acceptance accorded to the theories
he seeks to advance, we cannot but be greatly interested in
his admirable summary of the work already done, and in his
excellent attempt to corroborate, by new observations and
experiments, many of the conclusions already more or less
generally accepted.

With regard to the uses of colour in insects for protective,
aggressive, or attractive purposes, so much has been said
and written that it seems difficult to add any new suggestion ;
but there is one point to which only a slight allusion is
made in Mr. Poulton’s book, and which I do not remember
to have seen insisted upon elsewhere,—viz. the value of
bright colours, temporarily displayed, as a means of increasing
the degree of security derived from protective tints. My
attention was lately drawn to a passage in Herbert Spencer’s
‘Essay on the Morals of Trade.’ He writes :—‘‘ As when
tasting different foods or wines the palate is disabled by
something strongly flavoured from appreciating the more
delicate flavour of another thing afterwards taken, so with
the other organs of sense, a temporary disability follows an
excessive stimulation. This holds not only with the eyes in
judging of colours, but also with the fingers in judging of
“textures.”

Here, I think, we have an explanation of the principle on
which protection is undoubtedly afforded to certain insects
by the possession of bright colouring on such parts of their

Cin >

wings or bodies as can be instantly covered and concealed at
will. It is an undoubted fact, and one which must have been
observed by nearly all collectors of insects abroad, and perhaps
also in our own country, that it is more easy to follow with the
eye the rapid movements of a more conspicuous insect soberly
and uniformly coloured than those of an insect capable of
changing in an instant the appearance it presents. The eye,
having once fixed itself upon an object of a certain form and
colour, conveys to the mind a corresponding impression, and
if that impression is suddenly found to be unreliable the
instruction which the mind conveys to the eye becomes also
unreliable, and the rapidity with which the impression and
consequent instruction can be changed will not always com-
pete suecessfully with the rapid transformation effected by
‘the insect in its efforts to escape.

I would take as a simple illustration the case of certain
species of large grasshoppers (Cdipoda miniatum, Pallas,
and c@rulescens, L.), familiar to all who have traversed the
stony slopes of a Swiss mountain. These insects have
bright red or blue hind wings, which are displayed only
in flight, and when at rest are folded up and completely
concealed under the fore wings. The fore wings them-
selves are essentially protective in their coloration, absolutely
resembling the grey stones amongst which they rest. When
the insect is disturbed, it takes a short and rapid flight,
remaining on the wing just long enough to attract the
eye to its conspicuous colour, and alights suddenly and
abruptly, usually at an angle from its direct line of flight,
and is immediately concealed by its protective resemblance to
the surroundings. The very sudden loss of the conspicuous
guiding colour of the hind wings so completely deceives the
eye that there is much more difficulty in marking the spot on
which the insect alights than there would be if such colour had
never been displayed. In California I noticed a very gimilar
instance in one of the Arctiad@ (or Catocalide), which had pre-
cisely similar habits. It frequented the dry stones in the bed of
ariver left by the shrinking of the water to its summer limits.
It had orange hind wings with black bars or mottlings, which
were very conspicuous during its short flights, but on alighting

(¢ lw)

it became almost absolutely invisible; the fore wings being
coloured exactly as the stones among which it dropped, and
from which it was not easily disturbed.

In our own country we have conspicuous instances in the
genera Catocala, Triphena, Heliodes, and others. Who has
not noticed the deceptive effect of the bright yellow under
wings displayed in the short flights of Triphena pronuba, and
the extreme difficulty of following its movements at the
moment when these are no longer visible, as it darts down
among the grass-roots, where it is often extremely difficult to
detect or to dislodge? If this protective effect of the partial
and intermittent display of brilliant colouring is so obvious in
relation to the human eye, must it not be at least equally so
in relation to the eyes of its more natural enemies, such as
birds, and have we not here indicated a new and distinct
line of investigation as regards the use and advantage of
brilliant colours in many cases which cannot be accounted
for by the theory that they are developed for the purpose of
warning, or through their esthetic relation to courtship ?
Mr. Poulton has attempted to account for some of these
appearances by the idea that birds in pursuit of insects would
strike with their beaks at the most conspicuous part, and
that the body or more vital part would be thus protected at
the expense of a few chips out of the hind wings; but in some
instances, especially in exotic Arctiada, the body itself is the
more conspicuous and ornamented part of the insect. For
such cases this theory, however partially true it may be,
would fail to account; moreover, it can scarcely be denied
that the insect, if less conspicuous in its flight, would be less
likely to attract the attention of the bird, and therefore less
liable to attack.

Now in the same way it may possibly be shown, and I
merely indicate it for what it is worth as an interesting line
of enquiry, that msects with bright metallic markings or
colours may derive some advantage from a power of rendering
themselves suddenly inconspicuous by altering the angle at

“which the light strikes their scales. That they are aware of
the effect of such changes of position is suggested by Mr.
Poulton himself when observing that the angle at which the

€ hn)

highly ornamented males of certain butterflies place them-
selves in courtship is that at which their brilliant colours are
rendered most conspicuous to the eyes of the females, and it
is easily conceivable that the same power exercised in an
opposite direction may be deceptive to the eye of an insecti-
vorous bird. Ithink it would not be difficult to find instances
where the markings of animals and birds have somewhat the
same protective effect.

I was much struck with the observation of a friend who
described to me the habits of a family of wild badgers which
he Lad watched coming out of their holes to feed after dark.
He observed that when the badger turned its head sideways
to look in his direction, the white marks at the sides of the
head were at once conspicuous and attracted immediate
attention, but that when its suspicions were aroused the
head was immediately turned away, and the outline of the
animal in the dusk of evening was lost to the eye as it moved
slowly and noiselessly away. His impression was that it
would have been far more easily followed if the eye had not
been tempted to continue the search for the more conspicuous
though smaller object.

I could name many instances in which the colouring on
the under sides of the wings and breasts of birds, especially
of wildfowl, undoubtedly gives them an advantage in being
able to render themselves suddenly inconspicuous against the
background of a clear sky. In the wintry weather we have
had of late, I have seen teal and widgeon disturbed by a
sudden shot or pursued by a falcon. In such cases they
instantly alter the angle of their flight, throwing themselves
sideways in such a manner that the pale under colour pro-
tects them from view in their rapid movements as it is
‘suddenly and frequently displayed against the white snow-
clouds.

An especially interesting line of enquiry as connected with
the use and value of colour in insects is that which has been
followed up in Mr. Tutt’s series of papers in the ‘ Kntomolo-
gist’s Record.’ The special object of these papers appears to
be a discussion of the causes which tend to produce melanism
and melanochroism in our British Lepidoptera, and, so far as

'

( liv )

the conclusion he comes to has been indicated up to the
present time, he seems to declare in favour of the theory that
such varietal changes are due to the action of moisture. A
valuable paper was read by Mr. Merrifield at one of our last
meetings, giving an account of some interesting experiments
carried out upon the pupe of certain Geometride, in which
the temperature was artificially raised or lowered, excess of
cold producing the darker coloration of the winter brood, with
the reverse effect under the opposite conditions. Mr. Merri-
field’s experiments were entirely conducted with seasonally
dimorphic forms, as also were those of W. H. Edwards and
Weismann, and although the power of producing artificially
certain recognised varieties was still questioned by some of
those who heard him, I think his carefully conducted re-
searches went sufficiently far to prove that retardation of
development does produce a tendency to darker colouring
where such colouring is distinctly seasonal. Nevertheless it
must be remembered that no attempt has yet been made to
establish by experiment any theory that variation in the
direction of melanism can be encouraged in insects not
seasonally dimorphic, but subject to such variation under
natural climatic conditions.

Mr. Tutt, referring to a paper of my own in which I called
attention to the tendency to melanism exhibited by Arctic
and Alpine Lepidoptera, points out that insects from high
latitudes are not generally melanic. I think I may at once
admit that I had used the term ‘melanic’”’ somewhat in-
correctly in this connection ; what I desired to point out was
the general tendency of Arctic Lepidoptera to a certain
suffusion of markings, and to an increase in the proportion
of dull or dingy scales calculated more rapidly to absorb
heat than the purer white of more southern varieties. Such
a tendency will, I think, be admitted to exist, but I am aware
it is far more conspicuous in many insular and alpine
districts; and while I cannot agree that the arguments put
forward in that paper are in any way undermined by this
admission, or that the advantage secured to the species by
the development of colour capable of rapidly absorbing heat
has been in any way disproved, I am quite willing to accept

( W 4

Mr. Tutt’s assertion that melanism does not habitually occur
unless lower temperature is accompanied by increased hu-
midity ; qualifying the acceptance only by suggesting that
anything which would have the same effect as increased
humidity in diminishing the action of sunlight will probably
be found to produce the same results.

There are many local circumstances which cause an inter-
ference with direct sunshine; dense forests occur where the
full rays of the sun never penetrate, clouds and mist accu-
mulate around the summits of high mountains, fog and
smoke envelop the districts immediately surrounding our
manufacturing towns, islands in a temperate climate are
subject to condensation of moisture and sea-fogs, and under
all these circumstances dark varieties of certain species are
known to occur, although the same species when found under
different conditions more favourable to the action of light are
usually less intensely coloured. But if moisture is to be
taken as a direct, rather than an indirect, cause, we should
expect to find melanic variation occurring in the swamps of
Tropical Africa, in the forests of the Amazons, on the banks
of the Mississippi, and in many other damp climates, even
within tropical regions, and I am not aware that this is the
case.

It has been pointed out that no variation in the direction
of melanism has been found to occur in dry open level tracts,
however far north these may be; and this fact, although it
tends to show that cold is not by itself a potent cause of such
variation, is perfectly consistent with the theory that
diminished sunlight exercises a certain influence upon the
direction in which colour may be expected to, and does, vary.

It cannot be too freely admitted that in all cases of sup-
posed natural selection, accompanied by advantage to the
species, such advantage is probably by no means the sole and
exclusive cause of, or inducement to selection—all the special
conditions under which the species exists must be taken into
consideration, and any inclination to overrate the active
value of one special condition should be carefully discounted.
The study of such supposed causes and effects is yet in its
infancy, and although the promising child has ‘‘ grown apace”’

(Co lwap i

under the loving care of its numerous admirers, it has by no
means arrived at maturity; on the other hand, no jealous or
disparaging critic can at present be justified in putting it
down as an ‘‘ill weed.”

The only conclusion that I would venture to maintain, in
recard to this very wide subject, is that variation of colour
in the direction of melanism, melanochroism, or such suf-
fusion of markings as can appreciably affect the rapidity of
heat-absorption by the wing-surface of any insect, is very
generally proportionate to the degree of interference with
the direct action of sunlight caused by climatic or other
conditions to which the insect is exposed, and that such in-
terference may have a more or less immediate, or only a very
gradual effect upon the variation of species. We have yet
to ascertain how far such effect is assisted by a process of
natural selection, and whether such natural selection is
exercised for the sake of protective resemblance, or for the
advantage derived from an increased power of heat-absorp-
tion, or whether it is produced by the direct chemical action
of the visible or invisible rays of the solar spectrum.

I sincerely wish that Mr. Poulton, or Mr. Merrifield, or
some of those gentlemen who have time and opportunity for
studying this question, would carry out an experiment
originally put into my head by Sir John Lubbock, viz., the
rearing of some of our variable Geometride@, such as Gnophos
obscuraria, Cidaria russata, or some of the species of Mel-
anippe or Hybernia, guarding them in the larval and pupal
stages. by hyposulphide of carbon or bichromate of potash
from the action of the ultra-violet rays of the sun, which are
supposed by many to have such a strong chemical effect upon
the colouring matter in the scales, or on the chlorophyll
in the pigment of the larve. If it were found that under
such conditions any appreciable change could be made in the
percentage of dark as compared with paler varieties, it would
go far to prove that melanie variation cannot be attributed
to the direct influence either of cold or’moisture, but rather
to the indirect influence of the two combined ; and the facts,
so far as they are at present known, point, I think, some-
what forcibly to this conclusion.

( ly )

An International Zoological Congress has been held at
Paris during the past year, at which the rules of nomen-
clature have been once more reviewed and revised.

The resolutions passed at that Congress are not at vari-
ance with the system usually adopted on the general lines of
Strickland’s Rules as approved by the British Association —
indeed, they confirm them in all important particulars.

The only point to which it may be worth while to call
attention is the rule dealing with what is known as “fixation
of types.”

Rule 28 of the International Code provides that ‘“‘ when
the original type (of a genus) is not clearly indicated, the
author who first subdivides the genus can apply the original
name to such subdivision as he may judge convenient,
‘convenable,’ and this attribution cannot be subsequently
altered.”

It may seem that a saving clause is here required, to
provide for the possibility that sufficient evidence may be
subsequently found to enable the original type to be clearly
identified, and in that case any author should surely be
entitled to re-establish the connection between the original
generic name and the original type described, where such
connection has been erroneously destroyed.

In doubtful cases the first name on the list of species
placed under the original generic name has been habitually
regarded as the type so long as it truly conforms to the full
generic description, and the effect of the rule I have quoted
might be to introduce many undesirable exceptions to this
practice. In any case, you will all agree that the practice of
ignoring altogether generic names given by early authors and
substituting for the same typical species other more recently
invented designations, is one which cannot but lead to con-
fusion and cause waste of time to those workers who, while
admitting the necessity for correction, would have preferred
to add to the knowledge of the subject itself, rather than to
the past history of those steps by which such knowledge has
been arrived at. It would surely be preferable in such cases
to expand the original description, retaining the generic
name rather than to write a completely new description and

PROC ENT. SOC. LOND., v., 1890. i

( lvii )

re-christen the genus; but in any case the actual type of the
genus should always be indicated.

During the past year the Society has lost five Fellows by
death :—

Mr. Joseph 8. Baly, M.R.C.S., F.L.8., died in March, at
the age of 73. He was elected to this Society in 1850, and
was well known as the author of a large number of papers on
Coleoptera, and especially as one of the foremost authorities
on the Phytophaga. Formerly a medical student at St. George’s
Hospital, he was at least as well known in his extensive
medical practice as for his valuable entomological studies; a
large number of his types are now in the British Museum.

Mr. Arthur Bliss, who died at the early age of 32, joined
our Society in 1885, and was formerly Secretary to the
South London Entomological and Natural History Society.

Mr. William C. Copperthwaite had been a Fellow of the
Society since 1876.

Monsieur 1’ Abbé 8. A. de Marseul, one of the oldest members
of the French Entomological Society, was well known as an
eminent Coleopterist, and as the founder of the journal
called ‘L’Abeille’; he was also the author of an ‘ Essai
Monographique sur la famille des Histerides,’ and of a well-
known catalogue of European Coleoptera. He joined our
ranks in 1869.

Mr. Owen Wilson, a barrister by profession, was best
known to the Society as the author of a work on the larve of
British Lepidoptera and their food-plants.

Among those entomologists, not Fellows of this Society,
who have passed away during the year, are many well-known
names. In Mons. Lucien Buquet and Mons. Eugene
Desmarest the French Entomological Society have had the
misfortune to lose two of their oldest and most faithful
officers ; the former was no less than 45 years their
Treasurer, the latter their Secretary since 1845.

Professor Heinrich Frey, M.D., one of the joint authors
_of the ‘Natural History of the Tineina’; author of the
‘Lepidoptera der Schweiz,’ as well as of many valuable papers,
especially on Micro-Lepidoptera, leaves our ex-Presidents,
Mr. Douglas and Mr. Stainton, the only survivors of the four

( lx )

joint-authors, of what was, as far as it went, a great classical
work. He was the author, also, of many important papers on
Histology and Microscopy, some of which have been translated
into several languages. His valuable collection has been
fortunately acquired by the Trustees of the British Museum.

Mr. E. T. Atkinson, Accountant-General of Bengal, and
President of the Board of Trustees of the Indian Museum,
died at Calcutta on Sept. 15th, after a short illness from
Bright’s disease. He was born at Tipperary on Sept. 6th,
1840, and passed into the Indian Civil Service in 1862.
He held many important official appointments in India,
amongst others that of Financial Secretary to the Indian
Government. Between 1874 and 1879 he published a
Gazetteer of the North-Western Provinces of India, and was
also the author of works on Indian Law and kindred subjects.
As an entomologist, he published two series of papers on
Indian Rhynchota from 1885 to 1890, in the ‘ Journal of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ and a series of Catalogues of the
insects of the Oriental Region. One of his latest works was
a bulky Catalogue of the Capside of the world. He also
started the ‘Indian Museum Notes,’ dealing largely with
Indian Economic Entomology.

Dr. R. C. R. Jordan, a frequent contributor to the ‘ Knto-
mologists’ Monthly Magazine,’ did not confine his studies to
British Lepidoptera, but added to our knowledge of the
general subject, whenever his short holidays from professional
work gave him the opportunity of improving his Kuropean
collection.

Mr. W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S., and Assistant Secretary of the
Geological Society, was formerly one of our Members, and
the author of a book entitled ‘ Elements of Entomology,’
published in 1857.

The names of Dr. L. W. Schaufuss, Dr. 8S. Nowicki,
Oberstlieutenant Max Saalmiiller, Dr. Alfred Walter, Dr.
Hermann Dewitz, Mons. Louis Reiche, Herr Peter Maassen,
Mr. C. G. Hall, and Mr. W. B. Farr, are all more or less
well-known in the entomological world.

In conclusion, I have to return to each and every Fellow
of this Society, my cordial thanks for the indulgence with

12

(alz.+)

which they have treated me, during the time I have had the
honour of occupying the Presidential chair.

I shall look back to the two years now past, not without
some regrets that the attention I have been able to devote to
my duties has been less than I should have wished, but cer-
tainly with much satisfaction that, personally, our relations
have been throughout of the most peaceful and cordial
character. For this I have not only to thank the Society as
a whole, but especially the official members of it. . To
Mr. Goss I am greatly indebted for the willing assistance he
has so heartily rendered me at all times, as I am also to
Canon Fowler and to Mr. Grut, as well as to the Council and
other officers of the Society.

It has been a matter of great regret to the Council, that

the state of Mr. Saunders’ health will no longer permit him
to devote to this Society that active and efficient service for
which they have been so long indebted to him. No one has
more richly deserved the hearty vote of thanks which you
will presently be asked to accord to him.

( dar)

IN DEX...

Where the name only of the Insect or Genus is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic Figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the
Roman Numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

Owing to the greater length of the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1890, and the
much larger number of species simply catalogued or alluded to, a
different arrangement of the Index has been adopted, which, it is hoped,
will be found more convenient; the new species, and those which have
been redescribed, as well as the more important ones alluded to, will be
found in detail as before, whereas the General Index will be found
generically arranged under the headings of the various papers that have
been published during the year.

PAGE PAGE
GENERAL SuBJECTS ......-. Ixi | HYMENOPTERA .......+0- lxv
COUHOPTERAG iejelciciciclslersfersiets » Lxil, |) GeemMmopTERA ce cic ae circles lxvi
PTE MER AWateretereisisicie re exelelaists et xy, i) ATOR HAGA sei clele acine) slater Ixxvi

FIEMIPTERA ....cscececeesee Ixv | NEUROPTERA .e0...00+-. I&XVI

a

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Alleged coincidence of vast flights of insects and the influenza epidemic,
iii.

Annual Meeting, xliii.

Arundel, beetles destroying timber roof of church at, xviii.

Caryoborus lacerdé, notes on, xiv.

Coccide from New Zealand, notes on, xiv.

Coleoptera from Iceland, xxv.

Comparative remarks on the various pieces of the terminal segment im
some male Hemiptera, 415.

Crymodes exulis, notes on, XXiii.

Descriptions of the male characters in some species of Pentatomide, 401.

Devonshire, scarcity of larve in, xxii.

Entomology of Iceland, observations on, xxvi.

Euthalia, notes on certain species of the genus, xi.

Gall-insects of Colorado, letter on, xvi.

Hilipus, notes on certain species of the genus, xii.

( ke )

Lepidoptera collected near Digne, Basses Alpes, xxxvi.
Lepidoptera from Japan, xxxvil.

Malta, insects devastating orange trees in the island of, xx.
Nirmus assimilis, description of, xxiii.

Notes on flowers avoided by bees, iii.

President’s Address, xlviii.

COLEOPTERA.

Allogaster unicolor, n.8s., 300.

Alphitopola octomaculata, n.s., 316.— Pascoet, n.8., 317.— vitticollis
N.'8., o16:

Amphiops mirabilis, n.s., 355.—pedestris, n. 8., 354.—simplez, n. 8., 354.

Amphistylus, n. g., 325.—Pauli, alluded to, 326.

Anisotoma Triepkei from Aviemore, exhibited, xxv.

Anobium tessellatum, alluded to, xviii.

Aneme, n. g., 299.

Apiogaster similis, n.s., 310.

Armostus, n.g., 358. A. optatus, n.s., 359.

Asthenorhina Stanleyana, n.s., 393.

Athous rhombeus from New Forest, exhibited, xxv.

Berosus decrescens, 353.

Bidessus bufo, n.s., 344. — gentilis, n.s., 344. — intermiztus, alluded to,
344.—unistriatus, exhibited, xix.

Callichroma fuligineum, n.s., 308.

Canthydrus letabilis, alluded to, 341.—luctuosus, alluded to, 340.

Cardiophorus equiseti, specimen exhibited from Tenby, ix.

Cercyon lineolatus, alluded to, 357.— uniformis, n. s., 357.— vicinalis,
alluded to, 357.

Cicindelide of Mexico (H. W. Bates), 493. Cicindela debilis, n.s., 509,—
deliciola, n.s., 502. —Dugesi, var. calomicra, 501.— euryscopa, 0.8.,
506. — fera, alluded to, 506. — flavopunctata, var. Chiapana, 505.—
guerrensis, n. s., 499. — hydrophoba, alluded to, 504. — leuconoé, n.8.,
508. — melania, n.s., 495. — nebuligera, n.s., 504. — obsoleta, 493.—
plurigemmata, n. s., 496. — politula, alluded to, 501. — precisa, n.s8.,
498.—psilogramma, n. s., 507.—punctulata, var. Chihuahua, alluded
to, 500.—rectilatera, alluded to, 505.—Ritteri, n.s., 496.—rujiventris,
vars. alluded to, 503. — rugatilis, n.s., 497.— scotina, n.s., 494.—
semicircularis, synonym of C. rugatilis, 497.— sinaloe, 505.— specu-
lans, n.s., 500. — sperata, alluded to, 507. — thalestris, n.s., 494.—
viatica, var. nigrilabris, 495.

Closterus oculatus, n.s., 297.—serraticornis, n.s., 298.

Compsomera nigricollis, n.s., 305.

Copelatus pusillus, alluded to, 345.

Corynetes caruleus and rujipes, alluded to, xviii.

Cybister sugillatus, alluded to, 348.—ventralis, alluded to, 347.—wehncki-
anus, alluded to, 348.

Cyclonotum simplex, n.s., 356.

( Ix)

Diabrotica, South American species of (J. 8. Baly). New Sprrcrrs :—
D. adornata, 17.—egrota, 82.—analis, 52.—apicipennis, 46.—asig-
nata, 78.—atriceps, 76.—atriscutata, 82.—atritarsis, 77.—atrivittata,
57.—atrolineata, 58.—atromaculata, 24.—atrosignata, 46.—Bartleti,
81.—bilineata, 20. — bisecta, 14.—brevicornis, 51. — brevivittata, 55.
—Buqueti, 50.—cavicollis, 55.—chloris, 84.—confluenta, 26.—confra-
terna, 59.—contigua, 60.—crenulata, 83.— curvipustulata, 44.—
decaspila, 16.—diversicolor, 86.—diversicornis, 63.—Donckiert, 22.—
emorsitans, 68.—evanescens, 75.—extensa, 65.—facialis, 54.— Fauvelt,
81.—flavo-fulva, 75.—Fowleri, 20.—fulveola, 79.—fulvescens, 76.—
Germari, 29.—glaucina, 44.—Gorhami, 37.—guttifera, 7.—Ianthe,
18.—Illigeri, 10.—Javeti, 12.—Kirbyi, 57.—Kraatzt, 35.—limitata,
70.—luteopustulata, 43.—lutescens, 77.—mediofasciata, 14.—melano-
pyga, 67.—Meyeri, 63.—nigroscutata, 65.—nigrostriata, 69.—octo-
pustulata, 19.—oculata, 72.—pallescens, 80.—pauperata, 27.—pectini-
cornis, 15.—piceicornis, 80.—piceolimbata, 73.—piceomarginata, 72.—
piceopicta, 25.—piceosignata, 61.—prasinomarginata, 71.—proximans,
51.—Reedii, 33.—Reitteri, 66.— rugulipennis, 19.—rugulosa, 64.—
Schaufussi, 74.— sedata, 48.— simulata, 50.—soroensis, 54.—sub-
marginata, 67.—testaceicollis, 9.—tibialis, 79.—transversa, 34.—tri-
foveolata, 58.—wagrans, 27.—viridans, 84.—Weisei, 53.—Westwoodt,
53. Species alluded to or fresh descriptions given:— D. albo-
plagiata, 8.—amena, 45.—arcuata, 35.—atomaria, 25.—balteata, 43.
—biannularis, 30.—bipustulata, 45.—boliviana, 61.—Buckleyi, 35.—
centralis, 28.—Chapuisi, 18.— chloropus, 21.—chrysopleura, 85.—
clarkella, 49.—consentanea, 6.—decempunctata, 28.—discoidalis, 35.
—distincta, 23.—duplicata, 28.—Dysoni, 48.—elata, 34.—elegans, 34.
—elegantula, 16.—erythrodera, 83.—exclamationis, 22.—formosa, 39,
—fulvofasciata, 38.—fulvosignata, 12.—Gemmingeri, 35.—generosa,
12.—gracilis, 45.—gratiosa, 6.—Grayella, 46.—Haroldi, 32.—histri-
onica, 28.—inequalis, 32.—interrupta, 64.—Jacobiana, 35.—Jacobyt,
16.—Klugii, 28.—labiata, 85.—Lacordairei, 6.—Lebasti, 71.—lineo-
lata, 47. — liciens, 74.—melanocephala, 13. —melanopyga, 67.—
minuta, 68.—mutabilis, 38.—nigrolimbata, 72.—nigromaculata, 36.—
nigronotata, 27.—nitidicollis, 62.—ochreata, 78.—optiva, 40.—Pas-
coet, 14.—placida, 28.—prolongata, 40.—pulchella, 31.—quindecim-
punctata, 29.—quinquemaculata, 37.—regalis, 5.—rufolimbata, 71.—
scripta, 10.—septemliturata, 47.—sesquilineata, 55.—Sharpii, 30.—
speciosa, 41.—speciosissima, 34.—spilota, 28.—sublimbata, 69.—sub-
sulcata, 83.—tarsalis, 23.— translucida, 35.— tumidicornis, 38.—
undecimpunctata, 39. — unipunctata, 72. — varicornis, 32. — vene-
zuelensis, 64.—virescens, 69.—viridana, 74.—viridimaculata, 17.—
viridipustulata, 18.—viridula, 40.

Diaphanes planus, n.s., 547.

Docus, n.g., 321. D. femoratus, n. 8., 322.

Dolichaspis, n. g., 306. D. scutellata, n.s., 306.

( Isiv .)

Elater pomonea, from the New Forest, exhibited, x.

Epimetopus flavidulus, n.8., 355.

Eumimetes Johanne, n. s., 322.

Euryporus picipes from Church Stretton, exhibited, xxxviil.

Globaria leachi, alluded to, 354.

Goliathus Fornassinii, alluded to, 397.—Higginsii, alluded to, 397.

Helochares anchoralis, n. s., 352.—densus, n. s., 352.—lentus, n. s., 382.—
taprobanicus, n. s., 351.

Hercodera, n. g., 302. H. fasciata, n.s., 302.

Hesxarrhopala, n. g., 308. H. apicalis, n.s., 309.

Hydaticus bihamatus, alluded to, 346.—rhantoides, alluded to, 346.—
vittatus, alluded to, 347.

Hydrobius advena, n.s., 349.—evanescens, n. S., 349.—minimus, n. s., 348.

Hydrochus lacustris, alluded to, 355.

Hydrocoptus bivittus, alluded to, 340.—subvittulus, 340.

Hydrovatus castaneus, elevatus, and fusculus, alluded to, 343.—sinister,
n.s., 343.—subtilis, alluded to, 344.

Hypargyra, n. g., 303. H. cribripennis, n.s., 304.

Hypatium splendidum, nu. s., 306.

Hyphoporus pugnator, n. 8., 345.

Hyphydrus indicus, alluded to, 345.

Idactus Ellioti, n.s., 312. —maculicornis, n.s., 312. — spinipennis, n.s.,

ea le

Tlybius subeneus, from Norfolk, exhibited, xix.

Laccobius rectus, n.s., 353.

‘ Laccophilus anticatus, n.s., 341.—/lexuosus, alluded to, 342.—inefficiens,
341.—parvulus, alluded to, 341.—rufulus, alluded to, 342.

Lampyride, genera alluded to (H. 8. Gorham). dAlecton, 546.—Diaphanes,
546. — Lamprophorus, 546. — Luciola, 548.— Phenopyrus, 547.—
Pyrocelia, 547.—Vesta, 546.

Lithocharis apicalis, from Tonbridge, exhibited, xxxviil.

Lycide, genera alluded to (H. 8. Gorham) :—Calochromus, 541.—Con-
deris, 545.—Lycostomus, 542,—Lyponia, 543.— Macrolycus, 541.—
Metriorrhynchus, 545.—Plateros, 544.—Xylobanus, 545.

Lyponia Waterhousei, n. 8., 543.

Mecaspis mina, n.s8., 305.

Megasternum nigrovittatum, alluded to, 358.

Metaxonycha tridentata, abnormal specimens of, exhibited, xxi.

Metobrium, n.g., 303. MM. elegans, alluded to, 303.

Neptosternus taprobanicus, n.s., 342.

Nupserha Kirki, n. s., 326.

Philematium nitidipenne, n.s., 307.

~ Philhydrus abnormalis, n.8., 351.—escuriens, 350.—fragilis, n. 8., 350.—
iteratus, n.s., 349.
Phymasterna maculifrons, n. s., 318.—obscura, n. 8., 318.
Phytaecia basalis, n.s8., 327.

( dee)

Plateros fuscicornis, n.s., 544.

Plectroscapus, n. g., 319.

Prosopocera antennata, n.s., 313. — aspersa, n.s., 314. —corntfrons, Nn. 8.,
315.—Dejeani, n. 8., 315.—Schiippelii, synonym of P. aspersa, 314.—
senegalensis, synonym of P. Dejeani, 315.

Protosternum, n.g., 356. P. atomarium, n.s., 356.

Psathyrus longipennis, n.8., 321.

Rhantus interclusus, 346.—taprobanicus, 0.8., 346.

Sandracottus festivus, alluded to, 347.

Soridus, n.g., 323. S. biapicatus, alluded to, 324.

Spheridium quinquemaculatum, n.s., 357.

Stathmodera, n.g., 324. S. aureicornis, nu. 3., 325.—lineata, n.s., 324.

Sternolophus rufipes, alluded to, 348.

Stizis, n.g., 310. S. punctata, n.8., 311.

Taurotagus brevipennis, n.s., 301.

Temnochila quadricollis, malformation of, x.

Termitobia physogastra, from the Congo district, exhibited, xxxviil.

Thylactus insignis, n.3., 320,

Volvulus eneus, alluded to, 354.

Xystrocera chalybeata, n.8., 299,

DIPTERA.
Cecidomyia salicis-siliqua, from Colorado, exhibited, x.
Ceratitis citriperda, devastating the orange in Malta, xx.
Ornithomyia avicularia, with parasites, exhibited, xxx.

HEMIPTERA,

Cicada, fungus growing on species of, al.

Coccidé from New Zealand, exhibited, xv.

Pentatomide, descriptions of male characters of the following species
of (D. Sharp) :—Aspongopus obscurus, 404.—Brachyplatys sp., 414.—,
Calliphara obscura, 412. — Cantao ocellata, 411.— Cappea tapro-
banensis, 409.—Catacanthus incarnatus, 411.—Dalpada oculata, 408.
Edessa cornuta, 410,—rufomarginata, 410.—sp.?, 410.—Husthenes
eurytus, 402.—grossipes, 404.—pratti, 403,—Megarhynchus limatus,
406.—Nezara sp. near acuta, 406.—marginata, 408.—viridula, 408.
Pharypia pulchella, 410.— Piezosternum subulatum, 404.— Pecilo-
chroma hardwicki, 413.—lata, 412.—Stilida indecora, 409.—Taricha
nitens, 415.—Tesseratoma malaya, 402. — nigripes, 401, — papillosa,
402.

Stphonophora artocarpt, n.s., 649.

HYMENOPTERA.
Ichneumon Haglundi, exhibited, xi.
Phygadeuon rufo-niger aud sodalis, exhibited, xi.

© kev),

LEPIDOPTERA.

Abraxas perampla, n.s., 211.

Acropentias, n.g., 470.

Ei geria rangoonensis, n. 8., 165.

Aletia ? erigida, n. s., 221.

Angeronia figlina, n.s8., 205.

Anisodes rapistriaria, n.s., 210.

Anophia longinqua, n.s., 233.—undara, n.s., 234.

Aphneus chalybeatus, alluded to, 555.

Apphadana plana, n.s., 261.

Aramuna lutosa, n. s., 225.

Arasada lycaugesaria, 0,8., 232.

Arbele 2 dea, n.s., 199.

Argynnis aglaia, black var. exhibited, xxxi.—diana, alluded to, 119.—
niphe, &c., significance of wing-markings in, 101.

Armana, n. g., 250. A. nigrericta, n.s., 250.

Arsiloncha roseana, n. s., 220.

Asopia subresectalis, n.s., 565.

Axylia abstracta, n.s., 221.

Bagada diffisa, 0. 8., 224.

Bertula agrestis, n.s., 262.—analis, n.s., 263.—ethnica, n. s., 263.—
factitia, n.s., 263.

Bocana nigella, n.s., 265.

Botys, new species described :— B. angustalis, 585.— attemptalis, 590.—
Ausonialis, 578.—coactalis, 577.—cenostolalis, 582.—credulalis, 590.
—demeter, 586.—octonalis, 581.—onustalis, 587.—plumbocilialis, 576.
prepandalis, 573.—restrictalis, 584.—rubellalis, 577.—subargentalis,
579; B. mutualis from Bolton, exhibited, vii.

Bradina ? pionealis, n.s., 624.

Bryophila conjecturalis, n.s., 222.

Bryotropha obscurella from Darlington and Windermere, exhibited, vii.

Burma, Moths of, speeies alluded to belonging to the following genera

(C. Swinhoe) :—

Abraxas, 211.— Achea, 244.—Acharana, 274.—Acherontia, 164.—
Acontia, 223.—Acosmeryx, 162.—Acropteris, 216.— Ai geria, 165.
—Afgocera, 174. — tholix, 278.— Agathia, 209.—Agathodes,
278.—Aginna, 267.—Aletia, 221.—Aloa, 186.—Ambulyx, 164.—
Amphigonia, 256.—Amraca, 207.—Amyna, 227.—Anagina, 179.
Angeronia, 205.—Anisodes, 209.—Ankova, 292.—Anoplia, 233.
Antheua, 189.—Anuga, 228.—Apphadana, 261.—Apurima, 292.
—Aramuna, 225.—Arasada, 232.—Arbela, 199.—Arcte, 233.—
Argina, 183.—Argiva, 240.— Aripana, 280.— Armana, 250.—
Arsiloncha, 220.—Artaza, 187.—Artena, 248.—Arthisma, 229.—
Artona, 172.—Asthena, 213.—Athyrma, 248.—Attacus, 197.—
Attatha, 186.—Avitta, 267.—Azylia, 221.—Azata, 211.—Azazia,
259.

( Ixvi )

Bagada, 224.—Barsine, 182.—Berresa, 226.—Bertula, 262.—Bireta,
190.—Bizone, 182. — Blennia, 230.—Bocana, 265.— Bocchoris,
284.—Botyodes, 268.—Brihaspa, 292.—Bryophila, 222.

Cacyparis, 209.—Calesia, 246-—Callinais, 287.—Callopistria, 228.—
Calymnia, 165.—Cania, 195.—Capnodes, 257.—Caramilla, 245.
—Catephia, 233.— Catocala, 231.— Catoria, 206.—Cauninda,
249.—Celerena, 203.—Cervaria, 295.—Chabula, 281.—Chero-
campa, 163.—Cherodes, 203.—Cherotricha, 188.—Charema, 269.
—Cheromettia, 196.—Chilkasa, 206.—Chilo, 295.—Chnaura, 277.
—Chogada, 206.—Cleapa, 190.—Clethora, 237.—Cnaphalocrocis,
272.— Codane, 176.— Cometura, 276.— Comibena, 208.—Con-
chylis, 294.—Conogethes, 268.—Coptobasis, 277.—Corymica, 211.
—Cosmophila, 229.—Crambostenia, 292.—Craspedia, 213.—Crea-
tonotos, 185.—Cricula, 198.—Cultripapa, 254.—Cyclosia, 176.—
Cydalima, 279.—Cypa, 164.

Dadessa, 268. — Damalis, 180.—Daphnusa, 164.— Datanga, 179.—
Decticogaster, 272.—Deiopeia, 183.—Delgamma, 245.—Dichelia,
294.—Dichromia, 259.—Dierna, 232.—Digama, 181.—Diludia,
165.— Dinumma, 235.— Dirades, 201.—Dolichosticha, 273.—
Dordura, 247.—Dragana, 261.—Drepana, 190.—Durdara, 289.
—Dyrzela, 266.

Ebulea, 275.—Egnasia, 254.—Elphos, 207.—Elydna, 225.—Endo-
tricha, 291.—Entephria, 283.—Entomogramma, 241.—Episparis,
259.—Epyrgis, 175.—Erygia, 234.—EHschata, 293.—Estigena,
197.—Euchera, 204.—Euchromia, 171.—Euclasta, 280.—Euclita,
276.—Eumelia, 209.—EHuplocia, 179.—Euproctis, 187.—Eupte-
rote, 196.—Eurrhyparodes, 283.—Eurycraspeda, 284.—Euschema,
201.—Eusemia, 174.

Felinia, 232.—Filodes, 280.—Fodina, 248.

Gadirtha, 235.—Gasteropacha, 197.—Genusa, 186.—Geometra, 208.
—Girpa, 238.—Girterta, 285.—Glottula, 222.—Glyphodes, 278.
—Godara, 276. — Gonitis, 230. — Gonodela, 210.— Grammodes,
248.—Grapholitha, 294.—Gubaria, 210.—Gynautocera, 178.

Hadena, 225.—Hadennia, 264.—Hamodes, 243.—Hapalia, 269.—
Hedylepta, 283.—Hemaris, 162.—Hemonia, 183.—Hepialus, 199.
—Herculia, 291.—Heterusia, 175.—Hipoepa, 264.—Hirasa, 207.
—AHistia, 177.—Homoptera, 238.—Hulodes, 242.—Hyblea, 229.
—Hyboma, 222.—Hydrillodes, 267.—Hydrocampa, 287.—Hy-
menia, 277.—Hypetra, 246.—Hypena, 259.—Hypereschra, 189.
—Hypercompa, 185.—Hyperythra, 204.—Hypogramma, 235.—
Hypopyra, 242.—Hypospila, 233.—Hypsa, 180.

Idea, 212.—Ilattia, 226.—Ischyja, 239.—Isocentris, 274.

Kalabana, 204.

Labanda, 267.—Lacerda, 256.—Laphygma, 227.— Laurion, 176.—
Lenodora, 196.—Lepyrodes, 284.—Leucania, 217.—Leucinodes,
278.—Limacodes, 194.—Lalia, 186.—Leliotdes, 186.—Loepa,

( Ixviii )

198.—Lophoptera, 235.—Lotanga, 273.—Luziaria, 245-—Ly-
cauges, 214.—Lyclene, 182.—Lygniodes, 240.—Lymantria, 188.

Mabra, 277.—Macaldenia, 245.—Macaria, 210.—Macrobrochis, 181.
—Macroglossa, 162.—Marapana, 260.—Marasmia, 273.—Marga-
ronia, 279. — Maruca, 284. — Matella, 256.— Mazates, 208.—
Medasina, 206. — Melioptis, 243. — Mellitia, 168. — Meroctena,
269.—Mestleta, 258.—Micronia, 215.—Microsca, 289.—Milionia,
203-—Minucia, 244.—Miresa, 195.—Morova, 290.—Mosara, 233.

Nagadeba, 255. — Naranga, 223. — Narosa, 193. — Nasaga, 233.—
Natada, 191.—Nausinoe, 281.—Nazia, 245.—Neochara, 180.—
Nephele, 165.—Nepita, 182.—Nodaria, 267.—Nolasena, 260.—
Nonagria, 222.—Noreia, 206.—Nosophora, 273.—Notarcha, 281.
—Notioptera, 174.—Nudaria, 182.—Numenes, 188.—Nyctemera,
178.—Nyctipao, 241.

Odontodes, 234.—(onistis, 181.—Oglasa, 266.—Omiza, 206.—Om-
phisa, 280.—Ophisma, 244.—Ophiuche, 260.—Ophiusa, 247.—
Orasia, 190.—Orgyia, 186.—Oromena, 290.—Orthosia, 225.—
Orudiza, 201.—Othreis, 238.—Oxyodes, 240.—Ozarba, 223.

Pachyarches, 279.—Pachyzancla, 282.—Pagyda, 282.—Paliga, 276.
—Panagra, 211.—Pandemis, 294.—Pandesma, 238.—Paraponyz,
285.—Parasa, 192.— Passipeda, 245.— Patana, 188.—Patula,
240.—Pelecyntis, 283.—Pergesa, 162.—Peridrome, 179.—Perigea,
226. — Petelia, 207. —Phakellura, 279.— Pharambura, 289.—
Pharetra, 222.—Phauda, 172.—Philona, 181.—Phissama, 184.—
Photoscotosia, 212.—Phragmatecia, 199.—Phurys, 231.—Phyl-
lodes, 239.—Pindara, 244.—Pingasa, 207.—Pintia, 175.—Pita-
sila, 178.—Platyja, 256.—Pleurona, 259.—Plusia, 228.—Plusi-
odonta, 228.—Poaphila, 231.—Polydesma, 238.—Polytela, 222.—
Pompelon, 178.—Porthesia, 187.—Poteria, 212.—Pradata, 222.
Pramila, 171.—Pramadea, 288.—Prionia, 211.—Problepsis, 191.
—Procodeca, 188.—Prodenia, 227.—Proneca, 193.—Protoparce,
165. — Pseudasthena, 213. — Pseudoblabes, 184. — Pseudoglossa,
261.—Psimada, 245.—Pterophorus, 292.—Pterothysanus, 179.—
Pygospila, 280.—Pyralis, 291.

Rajendra, 185. — Rambara, 213. — Ramesa, 189. — Ravanoa, 274.—
Rehimena, 276.—Remigia, 249.—Rhodoneura, 289.—Rhesena,
254.—KRhytia, 239.—Risoba, 217.—Rivula, 267.—Reselia, 184.
Rusicada, 230.

Sagora, 295.—Sameodes, 277.—Sanys, 258.—Scatespyle, 177.—Sche-
nobius, 292.—Sciapteron, 166.—Scopelodes, 191.—Selenis, 258.—
Selepa, 235. — Sericia, 241. — Serraca, 207. — Sesamia, 220.—
Sesapa, 182. — Setora, 195. — Seudyra, 174. — Somatina, 191.—
Somena, 187. — Sonagara, 258. — Soritia, 175.—Spadiz, 267.—
Spelotis, 226.—Spanista, 284.—Speiredonia, 241.— Spilarctia,
184. — Spiramia, 242. — Spodoptera, 227. — Stauropus, 189. —
Stemmatophora, 290.— Stictoptera, 234. — Strophidia, 216. —

(° Misa +y))

Susica, 192, — Symitha, 236. — Sympis, 257.— Synelera, 280.—
Syntomis, 172.—Sypna, 240.
Tamraca, 278.—Tarache, 224.—Targalla, 228.—Tatargyna, 182.—
Tatobotys, 272. — Taurica, 291. — Thalassodes, 208. — Thalatta,
230. — Thalera, 208. — Thermesia, 258. — Thiacidas, 190.—Thi-
nopteryx, 203. — Thisizima, 295. — Thliptoceras, 274.— Thosea,
191.—Thyas, 243.—Thymara, 177.—Timandra, 214.—Tinolius,
185. — Toxocampa, 231.— Trabala, 197. — Trigonodes, 249.—
Trypanophora, 175.
Udea, 276.—Urapteryx, 203.
Vitessa, 292.
Zeuzera, 198,—Zethes, 251.
Calamochrous brevipalpis, n.s., 599.
Callinais, n.g., 286. C. gracilentalis, n.s., 287.
Cania ? minutissima, n.s., 195.
Capnodes fabularis, n.s., 257.
Cherodes ? umbrosa, n.s., 203.
Charaxes Gabonica, n.s., 553, exhibited, xxiv, synonym of C. Hadrianus,
XXXVili.
Chelonia caja, abnormal specimens exhibited, ix.
Chilo 2? ambiguellus, n. s., 642.
Chrysophanus mandersi, n.8., 531,
Circobotys ? phycidalis, n.s., 599.
Cledeobia angulifascia, n.s., 561.
Clethora bilinea, n. s., 237.—mirabilis, n. 8., 237.
Codane neoterica, n.s., 177.
Conchylodes marginalis, n. 8., 635.—paucipunctalis, n.s., 633.
Conogethes hemactalis, n.s., 592.
Crambostenia, n. g., 292. C. angustifimbrialis, n.s., 293.
Crambus dividellus, n. s., 645.—latellus, n. s., 644.
Crasimetis, n. g., 489.
Cricula burmana, n.s., 198.
Crocidophora? amenalis, n.s., 598.— favicilialis, n.s., 596. —flavi-
cinctalis, 0. 8., 595.—lutusalis, n. s., 597.
Crymodes exulis, forms of, exhibited, xxx.
Cydalima Elwesi, n.8., 607.
Cymothoe marginata, n. s., 552.—exhibited, xxiv.
Dianthecia, species exhibited, vii.
Diplotyla exuvialis, n.s., 627.
Dipsas odata, alluded to, 87.
Donacaula, n.g., 466.
Doratopteryz afra, alluded to, 335.—plumigera, alluded to, 335.
Doryphora elongella, from Pembroke, exhibited, xi.
Dyrzela bosca, 0. 8., 266.
Egnasia igneola, n. 8., 254.
Endotricha serratalis, n. 8., 570.

( Tixx” })

Ennomos alniaria, autumnaria, illunaria, and illustraria, temperature
experiments upon, 133. et seqq.

Epitola Crowleyi, alluded to, 555.

Eschata percandida, n.s., 293.

Eudemis helichrysana, &c., exhibited, xxi.

Eulaphygma, n. g., 668.

Eupithecia satyrata, &c., from Darlington, exhibited, xxvi.

Eurycraspeda, n. g., 284. EH. burmanalis, n.s., 285.

Euschema ludifica, n. s., 202.

Euthalia, notes on certain species of, xi.

Filodes sexpunctalis, n.s., 603.—striolalis, n.8., 604.

Gastropacha modulata, n.s., 197.

Gelechia fumatella, from Hayling Island, exhibited, ii.

Gibraltar, Notes on Lepidoptera from the region of the Straits of,

belonging to the following genera (J. J. Walker) :—

Abraxas, 387. — Acherontia, 379. — Acidalia, 388. — Acontia, 385.—
Acronycta, 383. — Agrotis, 384. — Anaitis, 389. — Ancylolomia,
391.—Anosia, 375.—Anthometra, 388.—Aporodes, 390.—Arctia,
380.—Argynnis, 375.—Asopia, 390.—Aspilates, 387.

Boarmia, 388.—Botys, 390.—Brithys, 384.—Bryophila, 883.

Calocampa, 385.—Calophasia, 385.—Caradrina, 383.—Catocala, 385.
—Cerocala, 386.—Cerura, 382.—Cherocampa, 379.—Charazes,
374.—Chesias, 389.—Cledeobia, 390.—-Cleophana, 385.—Clisio-
campa, 382.—Cenonympha, 377. — Colias, 370. — Cossus, 381.—
Cucullia, 385.

Deilephila, 379.—Deiopeia, 380.—Dryobota, 384.

Emmilia, 386.—Emydia, 380.—Epinephele, 377.—Eriopus, 385.—
Euchelia, 380.—Euchloé, 369.—Eugonia, 387.—Eupithecia, 390.
—Luprepia, 380.—Eurhipia, 385.—Eurycreon, 390.

Fidonia, 388.

Gnophos, 388.—Gonepteryx, 371.

Habryntis, 385.—Heliothis, 385.—Herminia, 387.—Hesperia, 378.

Larentia, 390. — Lasiocampa, 382. — Leucania, 383. — Leucophasia,
370.—Ligia, 387.—Lycena, 372.

Macroglossa, 379. — Mamestra, 384. — Margarodes, 391.—Megasoma,
382.—Melanargia, 376.—Melitea, 375.—Metasia, 391. — Metop-
tria, 387.—Myelophila, 391.

Nemoraria, 388.—Nola, 380.—Nomophila, 390.

Ocneria, 381.—Ophiusa, 386.—Orgyia, 381.—Orrhodia, 383:—Ortho-
litha, 389.

Pachnobia, 383.—Pachycnemia, 388. — Papilio, 8368. — Paranthrene,
379.— Pararge, 376. — Pellonia, 389. — Phibalapteryx, 390.—
Phragmatobia, 381.—Pieris, 368.—Plusia, 385.—Polyommaius,
372. — Porthesia, 381. — Prothymia, 386. — Pseudophia, 386.—
2? Pseudosestra, 387.—Pterogon, 379.—Pygera, 382.

Raphia, 383.

( the *)

Saturnia, 382.—Satyrus, 376. — Sciapteron, 379. — Scoparia, 390.—
Selidosema., 388.—Sesia, 379.—Smerinthus, 379.—Sphinz, 379.—
Spilothyrus, 377. — Spintherops, 386.— Stemmatophora, 390. —
Stenia, 391.—Sterrha, 389.—Syrichthus, 377.

Tapinostola, 383. — Terpnomicta, 887. — Thais, 368.—Thamnonoma,
388. — Thecla, 371.— Thestor, 372. — Trigonophora, 384.—
Triphena, 383.—Trothisa, 386.

Vanessa, 374.

Zeuzera, 381.—Zonosoma, 389.—Zygena, 379.
Girtexta, n.g., 285. G. argentuosalis, n.s., 286.
‘Gonocausta ? vestigialis, n.s., 628.

Grapholitha swinhoeiana, n.s., 294.

Grapta c-album, significance of wing-markings in, 115.
Gypsochares, n. g., 488.

Hadennia ignicoma, n.s., 264.

Hamodes unilinea, n.s., 243.

Hapalia? albicostalis, n.s., 271. — cascalis, n. s., 271. — perbonalis, n.s.,

272.

Hemonia dulcicula, n.s., 183.

Heterocnephes reniferalis, n.s., 616.

Himantopterus ? Dohertyi, n.s., 332.—H. fuscinervis, alluded to, 333.
Hipoepa? opacaria, n.s., 264.

Hydrocampa palliolatalis, n.s., 287.—simplalis, n.s., 638.

Hypetra ocularia, n.s., 246.

Hypena invenustalis, n.s., 260.

Hypereschra annulata, n.s., 189.

Hyperythra lala, n.s., 205.

Hypolimnas limbata, n.s., 552.

Lenodora semihyalina, n.s., 196.

Lepidogma, n.g., 472.

Leucania albivenata, n.s., 217.—basilinea, n. s.,220.—homopterana, n. S.,

219.—nefasta, n. s., 219.—subnitens, 218.

Limacodes inferma, n.s., 194.

Lozogramma obtusaria, alluded to, 887.

Lycenesthes volte, alluded to, 555.

Lycauges annularia, n. s., 214.

Margaronia fallacialis, n. s., 609.

Mecyna deprivalis, larve of, exhibited, xxi.

Melitea aurinia (artemis), variety, exhibited, xxvi.

Nellitia congruens, n.s., 169.—notabilis, n. s., 168.—pelleeta, n. 8., 169.—

2 volatilis, n.s., 170,

Microstega, n. g., 450.

Miresa fumifera, n.s., 195.

Mnesizena, n.g., 472.

Myelois pryerella, and other species, exhibited, viii.
Mylothris subfusa, n.s., 551.

( Ixxii_ )

Nagadeba ianthina, n. s., 255.

Narosa lacteola, nu. 8., 193.

Noctuites, Notes on the synonymy of species belonging to the following
genera (A, G. Butler) :—

Alibama, 656.—Amyna, 689.—Anchocelis, 684.—Anicla, 654.—Anta-
chara, 656.—Aplecta, 671.—Auchmis, 657.—dAzylia, 656.

Bellura, 678.—Brachyxanthia, 681.

Calymnia, 681.—Caradrina, oe —Celena, 676.—Ceramica, 680.—

: Cirredia, 681.—Condica, 6 Conservula, 676. ;

Dargida, 672.—Dichonia, O71 Duseonietns 685.

' Enargia, 681.—Epiglea, 684.—Eremobia, 686.—Eulaphygma, 668.—
Eumichtis, 671.—Euplezia, 674.

Fagitana, 680.

Glea, 682.—Gortyna, 678.

' Habryntis, 676.—Hadena, 673.—Homohadena, 674.—Hydrilla, 670.
—Hyphilare, 663.—Hyppa, 670.

Ilattia, 690.—Ipimorpha, 684.

Lamprosticta, 671.—Laphygma, 667,—Leucania, 658.

Mamestra, 673. — Meganephria, 670. — Mentaxya, 653. — Mesogona,
682.—WMiselia, 670.—Morrisonia, 657.—Myctereplus, 665.

Nephelodes, 677.—Nonagria, 664.—Nyssocnemis, 675

Ochropleura, 653. — Ommatostola, 664. — Orrhodia, 682. — Orthodes,
665.—Orthosia, 682.

Pachetra, 671.—Perigea, 686.—Plastenis, 681.—Platysenta, 664.—
Prodenia, 666.—Prometopus, 653.—Pseudepunda, 672.—Pseud-
orthosia, 680.

Radinacra, 684.

Sesamia 663.—Synvaleria, 672.—Spodoptera, 665.

Teniocampa, 682.

Xanthia, 679.—Xylophasia, 655.

Zotheca, 665.

Nosophora albiguttalis, n.s., 273.

Oglasa costipannosa, n. s., 266.

Oligostigma palpulalis, n. s., 640.—saturatalis, n. 8., 639.
Omiodes palliventralis, n. s., 620.

Omphisa repetitalis, n.s., 621.

Oryba conspicualis. n. s., 562.

Pachyzancla mellealis, n. s., 282.

Pagyda lustralis, n. s., 615.— rubricatalis, n.6., 282.
Paliga leucanalis, n.s., 276.

Panagra idea, n.s., 211.

Pannucha asopialis, n.s., 568.—dimidialis, n.s,, 568.—vicinalis, n. s.,

567.

Papilio polites, &c., taken on board ship, xxxix.
Parasa mirza, n. s., 192. ,
Paratalanta, n.g., 440.

( ixxid 7)

Paraveita flexuosa, n.s., 558.

Pedoptila nemopteridia, alluded to, 335.—Staudingeri, alluded to, 336.
Phalangiodes rivulalis, n. s., 637.

Philognoma violinitens, n. s., 554.

Phoxopteryx upupana, exhibited, xxi.

Phurys enervis, n.s., 231.

Phycis subornatella, and other species, exhibited, ii.
Pleuroptya, n. g., 443.

Plusia moneta from Reading, exhibited, xxxii.

Polyommatus dorilis from Lee, near Ifracombe, exhibited, xxv.
Pramadea carbatinalis, n.s., 288.

Pramila minuta, n.s., 171.

Prochoristis, n. g., 458.

Proneca, n.g., 193. P. fola,n.s., 194.

Pseudaletis trifasciata, alluded to, 535.

Pseudepunda, n. g., 672.

Pseudoglossa modesta, n. s., 261.

Pyralidina of the European fauna (EK. Meyrick); families charac-

terised :—Crambide, 477.—Galleriade, 477.—Musotimide, 468.
— Orneodide, 490. — Phycitide, 476.— Pterophoride, 488. —
Pyralidide, 469.—Pyraustide, 436.

Genera characterised :—Acentropus, 468.—<A cropentias, 470.—
Agdistis, 486.—Aglossa, 476.—Agrotera, 442.—Algedonia, 445.—
Alucita, 487. — Ancylolomia, 478. — Antigastra, 463. — Calamo
tropha, 483.—Cataclysta, 466.— Cornifrons, 451. — Chilo, 480.
—Crambus, 481. — Craneophora, 474. — Crasimetis, n. g., 489.—
Cybolomia, 459.—Cyneda, 454,

Diasemia, 461. — Diptychophora, 479.— Donacaula, n.g., 466. —
Duponchelia, 461.

Endotricha, 471.—Euchromius, 479. — Euclasta, 464. — Eurrhypara,
444,—EHvergestis, 457.

Gypsochares, n.g., 488.

Heliothela, 455.—Hellula, 459.—Hydriris, 463.—Hydrocampa, 465.
Hymenia, 441.—Hypotia, 473.

Ischnurges, 462.—Isocentris, 448.

Lepidogma, n. g., 472.—Lowostege, 452.

Marasmarcha, 488.—Margaronia, 439.—Mecyna, 451.—Mesographe,
458.—Metasia, 460.—Metaxmeste, 447.—Microstega, n.g., 450.—
Mnesixena, n. g., 472.—Musotima, 469.

Nacoleia, 460.—Nausinoe, 464.—Nomophila, 447.—Notarcha, 443.—
Nymphula, 465.

Omiodes, 441.—Orenaia, 457.—Orneodes, 490.—Oxyptilus, 485.

Paratalanta, n. g.,439.—Pelea, 455.—Perinephela, 444.—Phlyctenia,
446.—Platyptilia, 485.—Platytes, 480.—Pleuroptya, n. g., 443.—
Prochoristis, n. g., 458. — Psammotis, 448.— Pterophorus, 489.
—Pyralis, 475.—Pyrausta, 449.

K

«( Ixxiv' )

Satanastra,n. g.,442.—Schenobius, 466.—Scirpophaga, 467.—Sclero-
cona, n. g., 445.—Scoparia, 456.—Stenia, 462.—Stenoptilia, 487.
—Stericta, 487.—Synaphe, 471.

Talis, 478.—Titanio, 453.—Trichoptilus, 48-4.

Ulotricha, 473.

Xestula, 475.

Pyralidina of Sikkim (C. T. Snellen and H. J. Elwes); genera alluded
Lona

Acharana, 594.—Agastya, 654.—Agathodes, 622.—Agrotera, 630.—
Analtes, 618.—Asopia, 565.

Banepa, 566. — Botyodes, 605. — Botys, 572. — Bradina, 624, — Bri-
haspa, 642.

Calamochrous, 599.—Cerasphora, 569.—Chilo, 642.—Circobotys, 598.
—Cirrhochrista, 630.—Cledeobia, 561.—Cnaphalocrocis, 594.—
Conchylodes. 633.—Conogethes, )92.—Coptobasis, 625.—Crambus,
644.—Crocidophora, 595.—Cydalima, 606.—Cymoriza, 641.

Danaka, 558.—Diasemia, 623.—Diathrausta, 630.—Diplotyla, 627.—
Diptychophora, 643.—Dolichosticha, 595.—Dysallacta, 600.

Eclipsiodes, 571. — Enchocnemidia, 611. — Endocrossis, 605.—Endo-
tricha, 569.—Eschata, 643.—Euclita, 562.—Eurycreon, 592.

Filodes, 601.

Glyphodes, 612.—Godara, 593.—Gonocausta, 628.

Hedylepta, 619. — Heterocnephes, 616.— Iloterodes, 606. — Hydro-
campa, 638.

Lepyrodes, 636.

Margaronia, 609.

Nevrina, 605.—Nosophora, 618.

Oligostigma, 639. — Omiodes, 619. — Omphisa, 620.— Orphnophanes,
625.—Orthaga, 564.—Oryba, 562.

Pachyarches, 608.—Pachynoa, 604.—Pagyda, 615.—Pannucha, 567.
—Paravetta, 557.—Parbattia, 592.—Phalangiodes, 637.—Pha-
kellura, 611. — Pionea, 593.— Pleonectusa, 624.— Polythlipta ,
600.—Propachys, 561.—Pseudolocastra, 566.—Pterygisus, 6388.—
Pycnarmon, 630.—Pygospila, 617.

Ramila, 641.—Ravanoa, 633.—Rhodaba, 566.

Sameodes, 595.—Sarama, 569.—Scirpophaga, 642.—Scoparia, 570.—
Scopocera, 564.—Siriocauta, 623.—Spilomela, 631.—Stegothyris,
625,.—Stenophyes, 600.—Stericta, 563.—Sybrida, 559.—Syneclera,
636.—Syngamia, 628.

Terastria, 622.—Toccolosida, 559.—Tyspana, 561.

Vitessa, 560.

Zebronia, 631.—Zinckenia, 629.

Pyrameis atalanta and other species, alluded to, 111, 125, 127. — cardui,

&c., significance of wing-markings in, 92.

Reselia fragilis, n.s., 184.
Rusicada brunnea, n.s,, 230,

( lexyr)

Satanastra, n.g., 442.

Sciapteron gracilis, n.s., 168.—jucunda, n. s., 167.—noblei, n.s., 166.

Sclerocona, n. g., 445.

Scoparia medinella, n.s., 571.—pulveralis, n.s., 570.

Selepa curiosa, n.s., 235.

Semioptila torta, alluded to, 336.

Semnopsyche diana, alluded to, 105.

Setora neutra, n.s., 195.

Seudyra dissimilis, n.s., 174.

Shan States, Rhopalocerous Lepidoptera collected in the (N. Manders) ;
genera alluded to :—

Abarathra, 539.—Abisara, 526.—Allotinus, 527.—Amblypodia, 532.—
Antigonus, 538.—Apatura, 521.—Aphneus, 529.—Argynnis, 525
—Astictopterus, 588.—Atella, 520.—Athyma, 523.

Badamia, 537.—Baoris, 537.—BParacus, 539.

Camena, 5380.—Castalius, 529.—Catachrysops, 529.—Catopsilia, 533.
Cethosia, 521.—Charazes, 525.—Cheritra, 530.—Chrysophanus,
531.— Cirrochroa, 522.—Coladenia, 538.—Colias, 5384.—Cupha,
520.—Curetis, 531.—Cyaniris, 527.—Cynthia, 521.—Cyrestis,
525.

Danais, 516.—Delias, 532.—Dilipa, 521.—Discophora, 519.—Dodona,
526,.—Doleschallia, 525.—Drupadia, 530.

Elymnias, 520.—Ergolis, 520.—Eronia, 5385.—Huplea,
516.—Eurytela, 520.—Euthalia, 524.

Gerydus, 527.—Gonepteryx, 534.

Halpe, 538. — Hasora, 537. — Hebomoia, 535. — Herona, 521.—
Hesperia, 539.— Hestina, 521, — ccna 534. — Hypolimnas,
523.—Hypolycena, 530.

Ilerda, 531.—TIolaus, 529.—Iraota, 531 Rie top 37.—Iaias, 535.

Jamnides, 528.—Junonia, 521.

Kallima,.525.

Lampides, 528.— Lehera, 550.— Leptocircus, 536. — Lethe, 518.—
Libythea, 526.—Limenitis, 523.—Logania, 527.—Lozura, 527.—
Lycena, 528.

Melanitis, 519.—Miletus, 527.—Mycalesis, 517.

Nacaduba, 529.—Neope, 518.—Neptis, 522

(nona, 520.—Orinoma, 519.—Ornithoptera, 535.

Papilio, 555.—Paragerydus, 527.—Pareba, 520.—Parnara, 537.—
Parthenos, 623.—Pieris, 5384.—Pithauria, 537.—Pithecops, 527.
—Plesioneura, 538.—Pontia, 532.—Poritia, 527.—Precis, 521.—
Prioneris, 533.— Pseudergolis, 522.— Pyrameis, 524.—Pyrgus,
539.

Rapala, 530.—Rhinopalpa, 525.

Sarangesa, 637.—Sephisa, 521.—Sithon, 5380.—Symbrenthia, 525,.—
Symphedra, 524.

Tachyris, 584.—Tagiades, 538.— Talicada, 528.—Telicota, .537.—
Terias, 533.—Lhanaos, 539.

C Texvi 7)

Udaspes, 538.
Vanessa, 525.
Yphthima, 519.
Zemeros, 526.—Zinaspa, 530.—Zizera, 528.

Spelotis uniformis, n.s., 226,

Stemmatophora denticulata, n.s., 290.—tactilis, n. s., 290.

Stericta sikkima, 563.

Susica? cepphica, n.s., 192.

Symitha punctata, n. s., 236.

Syntomis volans, n. s., 173,

Synvaleria, n. g., 672.

Tarache betica, n. 8., 224.—optiva, n. s., 224.

Thliptoceras, n.g., 274. T. calvatalis, n.s., 275.—epicrocalis, n.s., 275.
—variabilis, n. s., 274.

Thymara caudata, alluded to, 333. — Dohertyi, n.s., 332. — papilionaria,
alluded to, 334.—zaida, alluded to, 333.

Timandra burmana, n.s., 214.

Tinolius zingha, n.s., 185.

Toccolosida? pallifrons, n.s., 560.

Zebronia rigidalis, n.s., 631.

Zeritis fallax, latifimbriata, and leonina, alluded to, 555.

Zethes compactilis, n.s., 251.—exigqualis, n.s., 253.—mopsa, n. s., 251.—
palliolata, n. s., 252.—umbrifera, n. s., 258.

Zeuzera oblita, n.s., 198.

Zygena filipendule, var. chrysantheni, from the New Forest, exhibited
XXXVli.

MALLOPHAGA.
Nirmus assimilis, n.s., Xxili.

NEUROPTERA.
Neuropterous larva found in tombs at Cairo, xxxi.

WEST, NEWMAN AND CO., PRINTERS, a4, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.¢.

Troms. Hint.Soc. Lora. 1890. PU, I

F.A Dixey del. West, Newman lith. ©
Wings of Nymphalidee.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond 1890. PU i.

West, Newman lith.

Wings ot Nymphalhidee.

y)S : my, a
i f < : a 7 " - 7
in 28 ah ge iettn ie
cy tal sey ae te 7

Epes, lites. Sool ae WES OEE TID
ei Va

: a ae : eee { \ \ ; \
oe be Pe ee ‘ a
j alg i & (b) TIE 1: \
| It _ a 13 (6)
34 ZS 36

West,Newman lth.

| Wings of Nymphalide.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890. Pv.IV.

H.Knight ad nat.del. West,Newman chromo.

liffects of temperature on Ennomos Autumnaria.

- : t Ta.
; e
= is '
te yi a * = ‘
, a '
: - Py a . . ’
é a) Mg 7 ul i .
” ‘
‘ . = y fa
~- - ’ i '

o.
1
«

T'rows.Hint. Soc. Lond. 1890. Pv. V.

H Knight adnat.del.

West Newman chromo

lutlects of temperature on Selema illustraria.

Trans Hink. Soe. Lond. 1820. PU. VI.

6
E.G Moore del. et Jith. New Burme se epi doptera West,Newman chromo.

aw

=

Trans. Hint.Soec. Lona. 1890.Pv Vil.

EC.Moore del.etlith. | , West Newman chromo.
New Burmese Lepidoptera.

Trans.Hnt.Soc.Lond.1890.PL. Vil.

F.C Moore del. et lith, : West, Newman chromo
New Burmese Lepidoptera.

Trans. Hint. Soc. Lona. 1890. PIX.

West, Newman lith.

New African Longicornia.

Trans. Lint. Soe. Lond. I890, PL X

B'W.Frohawk del.et lth.

West, Newman chramo

Species of Thymara,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890. PU. XI.

Mintern Bros. lth.

of Cetonnda.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1590. Pl. XI.

|

| Terminal Segments of Hemiptera

Constance Hoskyns-Abrahall Lith. ad Nat. Imp. J. Galloway & Son, Man*™

“Nes

aa ae

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. I69@. FT XHL

Constance Hoskyns-Abrahall J.ith ad Nai. € amp. J. Galloway & Son, Man’

ay e

5 1 ee ; T rapped
Terminal Segments of Hemiptera

Terie. BABS oe land 1690 Fle ava

5 ~ «

Constance Hoskyns-Abrahall Lith. ad Nat. Imp. J. Galloway & Son, Man?

Terminal Segments of Hemiptera.

Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.J890. PL. XV.

je
ANI

———— 25 ° ARs)

28 22

8
ee
Pe ee et py
30 31 32

’ WestNewman se.

Wings & Palpi of Pyraldma

Trams. Lint

ay"

Trans. Fnt.Soc. Lond. [890. PL. XVI.

Trans. Fint. Soc. Lond. 1890. PL. XVII.

* ,
- » i
’ 4
a
&
oe, :
t
25, Sige :
‘ =
a .
: a
\ .
> 2 ea
‘ i)
= oso .
. 4 F .
4

Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1890. PLX1X,

H.W. de Graaf del. AJ Wendel hth PWM.Trap Chromo.

Sikkim Pyralidina.

a

se

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1890 PLXX.

7

HW. de Graaf del. A.J. Wendel Lith PWM. Trap Chromo

Sikkim Pyralidina.

& del Hat West, Newman lith.

Siphonophora artocarp).

k
4 fi fi 7, oh |
a. : po ; et
- : i ®
\ 7 a a7 7 »
‘ i i ~ : ap ke -
eT re ws
_ o - re a ad
‘ - ~ ei
ti 7 7 ' ai =

era Seay
vo Boer ak oal

en

ee

¥ 77 pte

AIRE bE ie OES PS RE ea aon Be
nS SG a Nai eNO AN I ie Bie ea Ah mle oie a lek Raima ania a

‘4

ee i ea

Bh Te tp eB la ee ER oe pee NS 2

o
uu
c
<=
jo
a
oa
Zz
fe)
me
>)
=
—
oO
ues
z
<
im
(e)
a
2
=
=
7)